You are on page 1of 636

Dell Compellent Enterprise Manager

2014 R1
Administrators Guide

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide


DocumentNumber:680017020
Revision

Date

Description

October2013

InitialreleasetosupportEnterpriseManager2014R1.

December2013

UpdatedforEnterpriseManager2014R1.2.

Notes, Cautions, and Warnings


Note: Indicatesimportantinformationthathelpsyoucompleteaprocedure.

Caution: Indicateseitherpotentialdamagetohardwareorlossofdataandtellsyouhowtoavoid
theproblem.
Warning: Indicatesthatfailuretofollowdirectionscouldresultinpropertydamage,personal
injury,ordeath.

Copyright Notice and Trademarks


2013DellInc.
Trademarksusedinthistext:Dell,theDelllogo,andCompellentaretrademarksofDellInc.Other
trademarksandtradenamesmaybeusedinthisdocumenttorefertoeithertheentitiesclaimingthemarks
andnamesortheirproducts.DellInc.disclaimsanyproprietaryinterestintrademarksandtradenames
otherthanitsown.

Contacting Dell Technical Support Services


Fortechnicalsupport,gotosupport.dell.com/compellent/.

Contents
Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xix
Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xix
Audience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xix
Related Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xix

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1 Enterprise Manager Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enterprise Manager Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Management Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software and Hardware Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Data Collector Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Client Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Server Agent Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Default Ports Used by Enterprise Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Data Collector Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Client Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Server Agent Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IPv6 Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enterprise Manager Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Storage Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Disaster Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Monitoring and Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enterprise Manager Client Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2 Getting Started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1
3
4
4
5
5
7
7
8
8
9
9
9
10
10
11
12
13

15

Use the Client to Connect to the Data Collector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Dell Compellent

iii

Contents

Next Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Add Enterprise Manager Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Add Storage Centers to Enterprise Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configure Storage Center Volumes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Add Servers to your Storage Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Add FluidFS Clusters to Enterprise Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configure Email Notifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Set up Remote Storage Centers and QoS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configure Replications and Live Volumes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prepare for Disaster Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

17
17
17
18
18
18
18
18
19
19

Storage Center Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21


3 Storage Center Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adding and Organizing Storage Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Storage Center User Privileges and User Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adding and Removing Storage Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Organizing Storage Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
User Interface for Storage Center Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Summary Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Storage Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hardware Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IO Usage Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Charting Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How Storage Virtualization Works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Disk Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Storage Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Data Progression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Storage Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing Volumes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Attributes that Determine Volume Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Volume Icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Creating Volumes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modifying Volumes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Creating and Managing Volume Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

iv

23
23
24
25
28
30
30
31
32
33
34
35
35
36
37
38
41
41
41
42
43
48

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Contents

Creating and Managing Volume Replays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Mapping Volumes to Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparing Volumes for Disaster Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deleting Volumes and Volume Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing Replay Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Default Replay Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-Consistent and Consistent Replay Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Creating and Applying Replay Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modifying Replay Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing Expiration Rules for Remote Replays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing Storage Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4 Storage Center Server Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Server Management Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing Storage Center Server Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing Servers Centrally Using Enterprise Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing Servers on a Storage Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Creating Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modifying Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mapping Volumes to Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Creating and Managing Server Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deleting Servers and Server Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing Servers Centrally on the Servers View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Server Types That Can Be Centrally Managed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enterprise Manager Server Agent for Windows Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IPMI Support for NAS Appliances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Registering Servers with Enterprise Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Organizing and Removing Registered Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Updating Server Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing Server Data Collection and Reporting Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Creating Server Volumes and Datastores . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assigning/Creating Virtual Servers on Storage Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manually Mapping a Windows Server to a Storage Center Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing Dell Compellent zNAS Appliances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing NAS Appliances Powered by Windows Storage Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing and Using the Server Agent on a Windows Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Dell Compellent

50
52
57
59
60
61
61
61
63
65
66

69
70
70
71
72
72
75
79
81
82
83
83
83
84
84
86
88
90
90
93
93
94
96
98

Contents

Download the Server Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Install and Register the Server Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manage the Server Agent with Server Agent Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Uninstalling the Server Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Space Recovery on Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Guidelines for Space Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Space Recovery Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Space Recovery Requirements for Virtual Environments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Space Recovery on Windows Server 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enabling Automated Space Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Running Manual Space Recovery for a Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Viewing Space Recovery Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

98
98
101
102
103
103
104
104
105
105
107
108

5 Storage Center Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109


Managing Storage Center Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Viewing and Modifying Storage Center Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modifying Storage Center Network Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuring Storage Center User Preferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuring Storage Center Data Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuring Storage Center Secure Console Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuring Storage Center SMTP Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuring Storage Center SNMP Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuring Storage Center Time Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuring Filters to Restrict Administrative Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuring a Storage Center to Inherit Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing Storage Center Users and Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
User Privilege Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
User Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
User Account Management and Authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing Local Storage Center Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing Local Storage Center User Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing Directory Service Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing Directory User Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing Disk Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shutting Down and Restarting a Storage Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

vi

109
109
111
113
116
118
119
121
122
123
126
127
127
127
127
128
134
137
143
146
148

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Contents

6 Storage Center Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151


Viewing Summary Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Storage Center Summary Plugins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Viewing Summary Information for a Single Storage Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Viewing Summary Information for Multiple Storage Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using the Status Plugin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using the Storage History Plugin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using the Storage Summary Plugin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using the Front End IO Summary Plugin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using the Current Alerts Plugin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using the Replication Validation Plugin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using the Top 10 Fastest Growing Volumes Plugin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using the Current Threshold Alerts Plugin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Viewing Detailed Storage Usage Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Viewing Historical IO Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using the IO Usage Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Viewing Current IO Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using the Charting Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuring Chart Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuring User Settings for Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuring Chart Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configure the Storage Center Data Gathering Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exporting Usage Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Monitoring Storage Center Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Monitoring a Storage Center Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Monitoring a Storage Center Disk Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Monitoring SSD Endurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Viewing UPS Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

152
152
153
154
156
158
159
161
162
163
163
163
164
168
168
171
171
173
173
175
176
176
179
179
181
182
184

7 SMI-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Dell Compellent SMI-S Provider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Supported Management Solutions
Supported SMI-S 1.5 Profiles
SMI-S User Account Requirements
Setting Up SMI-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Verify SMI-S Prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Dell Compellent

vii

Contents

Enable SMI-S for the Data Collector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Add a user for SMI-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Associate the SSL Certificate with the SMI-S Provider User . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using the Dell Compellent SMI-S Provider with Microsoft SCVMM 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Verify pre-requisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Review Limitations for SCVMM 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modify the SCVMM 2012 Management Server Registry to Allow HTTPS . . . . . . . . . .
Prepare the SCVMM 2012 SP1 Server for Indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Use SCVMM 2012 to Discover the Dell Compellent SMI-S Provider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

187
188
192
193
193
194
194
195
196

FluidFS 3.0 Cluster Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199


8 FS8600 Scale-out NAS with FluidFS 3.0 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
How FS8600 Scale-out NAS Works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FS8600 Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Key Features of the FS8600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview of the FS8600 Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Internal Backup Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Internal Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Internal Cache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview of the FS8600 Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Storage Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SAN Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Internal Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LAN/Client Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Data Caching and Redundancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
File Metadata Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Load Balancing and High Availability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Failure Scenarios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ports Used by the FluidFS Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Required Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Feature-Specific Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

201
202
203
205
205
206
206
206
207
207
207
208
208
208
208
209
210
210
210

9 FluidFS 3.0 System Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213


Using the Enterprise Manager Client or CLI to Connect to the FluidFS Cluster . . . . . . . . . 213
Managing Secured Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
viii

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Contents

Managing the FluidFS Cluster Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Managing Licensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing the System Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing the FTP Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing SNMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing the Health Scan Throttling Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing the Operation Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing Client Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shutting Down and Restarting NAS Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing NAS Appliance and NAS Controller Blinking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Validating Storage Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

220
221
221
224
225
226
227
228
230
232
232

10 FluidFS 3.0 Networking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235


Managing the Default Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing DNS Servers and Suffixes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing Static Routes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing the Internal Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing the Client Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Viewing the Fibre Channel WWNs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

235
236
238
240
240
244

11 FluidFS 3.0 Account Management and Authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245


Account Management and Authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Default Administrative Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Administrator Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Support Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Escalation Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CLI Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Default Local User and Local Group Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing Administrator Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing Local Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing Local Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing Active Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing LDAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing NIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing User Mappings Between Windows and UNIX/Linux Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
User Mapping Policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Dell Compellent

245
246
246
247
248
248
248
249
253
257
260
262
265
268
268

ix

Contents

User Mapping Policy and NAS Volume Security Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268


Managing the User Mapping Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Managing User Mapping Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

12 FluidFS 3.0 NAS Volumes, Shares, and Exports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273


Managing the NAS Pool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing NAS Volumes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
File Security Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thin and Thick Provisioning for NAS Volumes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Choosing a Strategy for NAS Volume Creation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example NAS Volume Creation Scenarios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NAS Volumes Storage Space Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuring NAS Volumes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Organizing NAS Volumes in Enterprise Manager Using Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cloning a NAS Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NAS Volume Clone Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NAS Volume Clone Restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing NAS Volume Clones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing CIFS Shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuring CIFS Shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Viewing and Disconnecting CIFS Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using CIFS Home Shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changing the Owner of a CIFS Share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing ACLs or SLPs on a CIFS Share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessing a CIFS Share Using Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessing a CIFS Share Using UNIX/Linux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing NFS Exports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuring NFS Exports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting Permissions for an NFS Export . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessing an NFS Export . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing Quota Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Quota Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Group Quotas and User Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conflicts Between Group Quotas and User Quotas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Quotas and Mixed Security Style NAS Volumes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuring Quota Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

273
276
276
277
277
278
279
280
284
286
286
286
287
288
288
290
291
292
293
294
295
295
296
301
301
302
302
302
302
303
303

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Contents

Managing Data Reduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

13 FluidFS 3.0 Data Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311


Managing Anti-virus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Excluding Files and Directory Paths from Scans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Supported Anti-Virus Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuring Anti-Virus Scanning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Viewing Anti-Virus Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing Snapshots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Creating On Demand Snapshots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing Scheduled Snapshots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modifying and Deleting Snapshots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restoring Data from a Snapshot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing NDMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Incremental Backups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Handling Hard Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Backing Up NAS Volume Data Using NDMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NDMP Environment Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Supported DMA Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuring NDMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifying NAS Volumes Using the DMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Viewing NDMP Jobs and Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing Replication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How Replication Works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Target NAS Volumes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing Replication Partnerships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replicating NAS Volumes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recovering an Individual NAS Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using Replication for Disaster Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

311
312
312
312
316
316
316
317
319
320
321
322
322
322
323
326
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
334
337
338

14 FluidFS 3.0 Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343


Viewing the Status of Hardware Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Viewing the Status of FluidFS Cluster Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Viewing the Status of Background Processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Viewing FluidFS Cluster NAS Pool Trends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Viewing FluidFS Cluster Storage Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Dell Compellent

343
344
345
345
345

xi

Contents

Viewing NAS Volume Storage Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Viewing FluidFS Cluster Traffic Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Viewing NAS Controller Traffic Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Viewing NAS Controller Load Balancing Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

345
346
346
347

15 FluidFS 3.0 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349


Adding and Removing FluidFS Clusters in Enterprise Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Organizing FluidFS Clusters Using Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adding a Storage Center to a FluidFS Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adding and Deleting NAS Appliances in a FluidFS Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Detaching, Attaching, and Replacing a NAS Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing Service Packs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing Firmware Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restoring the NAS Volume Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NAS Volume Configuration Backups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restore the NAS Volume Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restoring Local Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Local Users Configuration Backups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restore Local Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restoring Local Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Local Groups Configuration Backups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restore Local Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reinstalling FluidFS from the Internal Storage Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

349
350
351
353
356
358
359
360
360
360
361
361
362
362
362
363
363

16 FluidFS 3.0 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365


Viewing the Event Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Running Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Run FluidFS Diagnostics on a FluidFS Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Run Embedded System Diagnostics on a NAS Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Launching the iBMC Virtual KVM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting Common Issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshoot Active Directory Issues
Troubleshoot Backup Issues
Troubleshoot CIFS Issues
Troubleshoot NFS Issues
Troubleshoot NAS File Access And Permissions Issues

xii

365
366
367
368
369
370

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Contents

Troubleshoot Networking Problems


Troubleshoot Replication Issues
Troubleshoot System Issues

FluidFS 2.0 Cluster Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389


17 FluidFS 2.0 Cluster Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
Required Components for FluidFS 2.0 Clusters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FluidFS 2.0 Cluster Storage Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adding and Removing FluidFS 2.0 Clusters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing FluidFS 2.0 Clusters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing FluidFS 2.0 Cluster NAS Volumes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing FluidFS 2.0 Cluster CIFS Shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing FluidFS 2.0 Cluster NFS Exports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

391
392
392
395
397
401
403

18 FluidFS 2.0 Cluster Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407


Viewing FluidFS 2.0 Summary Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Viewing Detailed FluidFS 2.0 Status Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Monitoring FluidFS 2.0 File Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Monitoring FluidFS 2.0 Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Viewing the FluidFS Cluster Event Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

408
409
411
412
414

Storage Center Disaster Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415


19 Remote Storage Centers and QoS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Connecting to Remote Storage Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting Storage Centers Using Fibre Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting Storage Centers Using iSCSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Creating and Managing Quality of Service Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

417
417
418
419

20 Storage Center Replications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423


Replication Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Asynchronous Replication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Synchronous Replication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Legacy Synchronous Replication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Dell Compellent

423
424
424
425

xiii

Contents

Replication Behavior When a Destination Volume Fails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Replication Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replicating a Single Volume to Two Destinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Limitations for Volumes That Have Two Replications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Disaster Recovery Limitations for Volumes That Have Two Replications . . . . . . . . . .
Replication Icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuring Replications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Simulating Replications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replicating Single Volumes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replicating Multiple Volumes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modifying Replications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Monitoring Replications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Portable Volume Disks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Types of Portable Volume Disks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Requirements for Dell Compellent USB Disks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Requirements for Dell RD1000 Disk Bays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Portable Volume Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using Portable Volume Disks to Transfer Replication Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing Replication Baselines and Portable Volume Disks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

426
426
427
427
427
427
428
428
431
433
436
439
440
440
441
441
442
442
445

21 Storage Center Live Volumes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451


Storage Center Roles for Live Volumes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic Role Swapping for Live Volumes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Live Volume Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Live Volume Icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Creating Live Volumes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modifying Live Volumes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Monitoring Live Volumes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

451
452
452
452
453
454
457

22 Storage Center DR Preparation and Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459


Preparing for Disaster Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Saving and Validating Restore Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Predefining Disaster Recovery Settings for Replications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Testing Disaster Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Activating Disaster Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restarting Failed Replications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

xiv

459
459
461
462
465
468

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Contents

Restoring Failed Volumes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469


Deleting Restore Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470

23 Remote Data Collector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471


Remote Data Collector Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remote Data Collector Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuration Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing and Configuring a Remote Data Collector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Install a Remote Data Collector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configure the Remote Data Collector with the Data Collector Setup Wizard . . . . . . .
Disconnecting and Reconnecting a Remote Data Collector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using a Remote Data Collector to Activate Disaster Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enabling Email Notifications for the Remote Data Collector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

471
472
472
472
472
472
473
475
476
478

24 Storage Replication Adapter for VMware SRM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479


Where to Find Dell Compellent SRA Deployment Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dell Compellent SRA Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dell Compellent SRA Software Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Requirements for VMware SRM 5.5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Requirements for VMware SRM 5.0 and 5.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VMware SRM and Enterprise Manager Prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enterprise Manager SRA Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Primary Data Collector Only Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remote Data Collector Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reprotecting After Migrations with SRM 5.0 and ESX 4.1 Hosts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selecting the Replay Type to Use for SRM 5.x Volume Failover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Limitations for Selecting the Replay Type for SRM Failover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change the Replay Type Used for SRM Volume Failover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

479
479
480
480
480
481
482
482
483
483
484
484
484

Storage Center Monitoring and Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485


25 Storage Center Threshold Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
Configuring Threshold Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
Setting Up Threshold Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
Assigning Storage Objects to a Threshold Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491

Dell Compellent

xv

Contents

Assigning Threshold Definitions to Storage Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Viewing Threshold Alerts for a Threshold Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Viewing and Deleting Threshold Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuring Volume Advisor Movement Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Threshold Definitions That Support Volume Advisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Volume Advisor Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additional Requirements for the Volume Latency Threshold Definition . . . . . . . . . . . .
Types of Volume Movement Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Creating Threshold Definitions to Recommend Volume Movement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Moving a Volume Based on a Recommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Export Threshold Alert Data to a File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuring Email Notifications for Threshold Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Performing Threshold Queries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

492
495
496
498
498
498
499
499
500
504
506
507
508

26 Storage Center Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511


Chargeback Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Storage Center Automated Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Displaying Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Working with Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuring Automated Report Generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Testing Automated Reports Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configure Enterprise Manager to Email Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

511
512
513
515
516
518
519

27 Storage Center Chargeback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521


Configure Chargeback or Modify Chargeback Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assign Storage Costs for Global Disk Classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assign Storage Costs for Storage Center Disk Tiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuring Chargeback Departments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting Up Departments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing Department Line Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assigning Volumes to Chargeback Departments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Perform a Manual Chargeback Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Viewing Chargeback Runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Working with Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exporting Chargeback Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

xvi

522
524
525
525
525
527
528
531
532
535
536

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Contents

28 Storage Center and Enterprise Manager Log Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539


Storage Center Alerts and Indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status Levels for Alerts and Indications
Viewing Storage Center Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Viewing Storage Center Indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Send Alerts and Indications to Enterprise Manager Immediately . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Storage Center Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sending Storage Center Logs to Enterprise Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Viewing Storage Center Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enterprise Manager Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enterprise Manager Event Types
Viewing Enterprise Manager Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuring Email Alerts for Enterprise Manager Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Export Monitoring Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configure Data Collection Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

539
540
542
544
545
545
548
550
551
553
554
555

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557
29 Data Collector Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559
Using the Data Collector Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starting the Data Collector Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing the Data Collector Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using the Enterprise Manager Data Collector Website . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Updating Data Collector Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing Data Collector Service Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuring Network Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuring Security Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuring Directory Service Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuring SMTP Server Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuring Reporting Limit Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuring SMI-S Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing Available Storage Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing Available FluidFS Clusters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Viewing Log Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Dell Compellent

559
559
560
562
563
563
567
569
571
572
573
574
575
576
578
578

xvii

Contents

Gathering and Exporting Troubleshooting Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Migrating the Primary Data Collector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Migrating a Microsoft SQL Server Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Uninstalling the Data Collector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deleting Old Data Collector Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

579
580
581
582
582

30 Enterprise Manager User Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583


Enterprise Manager User Privileges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Authenticating Users with an External Directory Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configure the Data Collector to Use a Directory Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grant Access to Directory Service Users and Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Revoke Access for Directory Service Users and Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing Local Users with the Data Collector Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing User Settings with the Enterprise Manager Client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
User Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Email Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Charting Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Client Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

584
585
585
589
592
593
595
595
596
596
596

31 Phone Home Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599


Data Types that Can Be Sent Using Phone Home . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599
Enabling Automatic Phone Home . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600
Manually Initiating Phone Home . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603

Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607

xviii

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Preface
TheprefaceintroducesyoutotheEnterpriseManagerdocumentation.Itprovidesthepurposeand
audienceofthisdocumentaswellasalistofrelatedpublications.

Purpose
ThisguidedescribeshowtouseEnterpriseManagertomanageandmonitoryourDellCompellentstorage
infrastructure.ForinformationaboutinstallingandconfiguringrequiredEnterpriseManagercomponents,
seetheEnterpriseManagerInstallationGuide.

Audience
Storageadministratorsmakeupthetargetaudienceforthisdocument.Theintendedreaderhasaworking
knowledgeofstorageandnetworkingconcepts.

Related Publications
ThefollowingdocumentationisavailableforEnterpriseManager:

EnterpriseManagerInstallationGuide
Containsinstallationandsetupinformation.

EnterpriseManagerAdministratorsGuide
Containsindepthfeatureconfigurationandusageinformation.

EnterpriseManagerOnlineHelp
ProvidescontextsensitivehelpfortheClient,DataCollectorManager,andServerAgent.

Dell Compellent

xix

xx

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Introduction
ThissectionprovidesanoverviewofEnterpriseManageranddescribeshowtogetstarted.

Contents
Chapter1:EnterpriseManagerOverview ...................................................... 3
Chapter2:GettingStarted .................................................................. 15

Dell Compellent

Introduction

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Enterprise Manager Overview


EnterpriseManagerallowsyoutomonitor,manage,andanalyzeStorageCentersand
FluidFSclustersfromacentralizedmanagementconsole.TheEnterpriseManagerData
CollectorstoresdataandalertsitgathersfromStorageCentersandFluidFSclustersinan
externaldatabaseoranembeddeddatabase.EnterpriseManagerClientsconnecttothe
DataCollectortocommunicatewithmanagedStorageCenters.

Contents
EnterpriseManagerComponents ............................................... 4
ManagementCompatibility .................................................... 4
SoftwareandHardwareRequirements .......................................... 5
DefaultPortsUsedbyEnterpriseManager ....................................... 8
IPv6Support ................................................................ 9
EnterpriseManagerFeatures .................................................. 10
EnterpriseManagerClientOverview .......................................... 13

Dell Compellent

Chapter 1 Enterprise Manager Overview

Enterprise Manager Components


EnterpriseManagerconsistsofthefollowingcomponents:
Required/
Optional

Component

Description

PrimaryData
Collector

Servicethatgathersreportingdata
andalertsfromStorageCenters

Required

EnterpriseManager
InstallationGuide

Client

Windowsbasedapplicationthat
connectstotheDataCollectorto
provideacentralizedmanagement
consoleforoneormoreStorage
Centers

Required

EnterpriseManager
InstallationGuide

RemoteData
Collector

DataCollectorthatisconnectedtothe Optional
primaryDataCollectorandcanbe
usedtoactivateadisasterrecoverysite
iftheprimaryDataCollectorbecomes
unavailable

EnterpriseManager
AdministratorsGuide

ServerAgent

ServiceforWindowsthatallows
EnterpriseManagertofreevolume
storagespacefromexpiredReplays
thatwouldotherwiseremainlocked
byWindows

EnterpriseManager
AdministratorsGuide

Optional

Setup Documentation

Management Compatibility
EnterpriseManagermanagesDellCompellentproductsandalsoprovidesmanagement
integrationforMicrosoftandVMwareproducts.
EnterpriseManageriscompatiblewiththeproductslistedinthefollowingtable.

Product

Version

DellCompellentStorageCenter

StorageCenterOSversions5.56.4

DellCompellentFS8600

FluidFSversions2.03.0

MicrosoftSystemCenterVirtual
MachineManager(SCVMM)

Versions2012and2012SP1

VMwarevCenterSiteRecovery
Manager(SRM)

Versions5.0,5.1,and5.5
Note: CompatibilityisprovidedbytheDellCompellent
StorageReplicationAdapter(SRA)6.2.2.

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Software and Hardware Requirements

Software and Hardware Requirements


ThefollowingsectionslisttherequirementsfortheDataCollector,Client,andServer
Agent.

Data Collector Requirements


ThefollowingtableliststheEnterpriseManagerDataCollectorrequirements.
Component

Requirements

Operatingsystem Anyofthefollowing64bitoperatingsystemswiththelatestservicepacks:
WindowsServer2003
WindowsServer2008
WindowsServer2008R2
WindowsServer2012
Note: 32bitoperatingsystemsarenotsupported,andWindowsServerCoreis
notsupported.

Dell Compellent

CPU

64bit(x64)microprocessorwithtwoormorecores

RAM

Atleast4GB;8GBifusingtheDellCompellentSiteRecoveryAdapter(SRA)
forVMwarevCenterSiteRecoveryManager

Diskspace

Atleast20GB

Chapter 1 Enterprise Manager Overview

Component

Requirements

Software

Allofthefollowing:
Microsoft.NETFramework2.0andMicrosoft.NETFramework3.5
WindowsPowerShell2.0orhigher(forSMISonly)
JavaRuntimeEnvironment(JRE)1.7;boththe32bitand64bitJREare
required

Webbrowser

Anyofthefollowingwebbrowsers:
InternetExplorer7,8,and9
InternetExplorer10forthedesktop
Firefox314
Safari5.x
GoogleChrome
Note: Otherwebbrowsersmayworkbutarenotofficiallysupported.

Database

Oneofthefollowing:
MicrosoftSQLServer2005
MicrosoftSQLServer2005Express(limitedto4GB)
MicrosoftSQLServer2008
MicrosoftSQLServer2008Express(limitedto4GB)
MicrosoftSQLServer2008R2
MicrosoftSQLServer2008R2Express(limitedto10GB)
MicrosoftSQLServer2012
MicrosoftSQLServer2012Express(limitedto10GB)
MySQL5.0
MySQL5.1
MySQL5.5
Embeddeddatabaseonthefilesystem(maximumof30daysor2GB)
Note: Thedatabaseusedforstoringdatacanbechangedafterinstallation.

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Software and Hardware Requirements

Client Requirements
ThefollowingtableliststherequirementsfortheEnterpriseManagerClient.
Component

Requirements

Operatingsystem Anyofthefollowing32bitor64bitoperatingsystems(withthelatestservice
packs):
WindowsXP
WindowsVista
Windows7
Windows8
WindowsServer2003
WindowsServer2008
WindowsServer2008R2
WindowsServer2012
Note: WindowsServerCoreisnotsupported.
CPU

32bit(x86)or64bit(x64)microprocessor

Software

Allofthefollowing:
JavaRuntimeEnvironment(JRE)1.7;on64bitsystemsboththe32bitand
the64bitJREarerequired
Microsoft.NETFramework2.0(includedwithallsupportedoperating
systemsexceptWindowsXP)

Webbrowser

Anyofthefollowingwebbrowsers:
InternetExplorer7,8,and9
InternetExplorer10forthedesktop
Firefox314
Safari5.x
GoogleChrome
Note: Otherwebbrowsersmayworkbutarenotofficiallysupported.

Server Agent Requirements


ThefollowingtableliststherequirementsfortheEnterpriseManagerServerAgentfor
Windowsbasedservers.
Component

Requirements

Operatingsystem Anyofthefollowing32bitor64bitoperatingsystems(withthelatestservice
packs):
WindowsServer2003
WindowsServer2008(fullinstallationonly)
WindowsServer2008R2(fullorcoreinstallation)
WindowsStorageServer2008R2
WindowsServer2012(fullorcoreinstallation)
CPU
Software

32bit(x86)or64bit(x64)microprocessor
Microsoft.NETFramework2.0
MicrosoftWindowsInstaller4.5(includedwithWindowsServer2008and
later)

Dell Compellent

Chapter 1 Enterprise Manager Overview

Default Ports Used by Enterprise Manager


TheEnterpriseManagercomponentsusenetworkconnectionstocommunicatewitheach
otherandwithothernetworkresources.Thefollowingtableslistthedefaultnetworkports
usedbytheDataCollector,ServerAgent,andClient.Manyoftheportsareconfigurable.
Note: Someportsmightnotbeneededforyourconfiguration.Fordetails,seethe
Purposecolumnineachtable.

Data Collector Ports


ThefollowingtableliststheportsusedbytheEnterpriseManagerDataCollector.
Port

Protocol

Name

Purpose

Inbound Ports
514

UDP

syslog

ReceivinglogsforwardedfromStorageCenters

3033

TCP

WebServerPort

Receiving:
Communicationfromallclients,includingthe
EnterpriseManagerClientandStorageReplication
Adapter(SRA)6.2.2
AlertsfromFluidFSclusters

8080

TCP

LegacyWebServices Receiving:
Port
CommunicationfromServerAgents
AlertsforwardedfromStorageCenters

7342

TCP

LegacyClient
ListenerPort

CommunicatingwiththeremoteDataCollector
Providingautomaticupgradefunctionalityfor
previousversionsoftheEnterpriseManagerClient

5988

TCP

SMISoverHTTP

ReceivingunencryptedSMIScommunication

5989

TCP

SMISoverHTTPS

ReceivingencryptedSMIScommunication

Outbound Ports
25

TCP

SMTP

Sendingemailnotifications

443

TCP

SSL

CommunicatingwithmanagedStorageCentersand
managedzNASservers
SendingPhoneHomedata
Activatingthelicense

514

UDP

syslog

ForwardingStorageCenterlogstosyslogservers

1433

TCP

MicrosoftSQLServer ConnectingtoanexternalMicrosoftSQLServer
database

3306

TCP

MySQL

ConnectingtoanexternalMySQLdatabase

8080

TCP

VMwareSDK

CommunicatingwithVMwareservers

27355 TCP

ServerAgentSocket
ListeningPort

CommunicatingwithServerAgents

35451 TCP

FluidFS

CommunicatingwithmanagedFluidFSclusters

44421 TCP

FluidFSdiagnostics

RetrievingdiagnosticsfrommanagedFluidFSclusters

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

IPv6 Support

Client Ports
ThefollowingtableliststheportsusedbytheEnterpriseManagerClient.
Port

Protocol

Name

Purpose

WebServerPort

CommunicatingwiththeDataCollector

Outbound Ports
3033

TCP

Server Agent Ports


ThefollowingtableliststheportsusedbytheEnterpriseManagerServerAgent.
Port

Protocol

Name

Purpose

ServerAgentSocket
ListeningPort

ReceivingcommunicationfromtheDataCollector

Inbound Ports
27355 TCP

Outbound Ports
8080

TCP

LegacyWebServices CommunicatingwiththeDataCollector
Port

IPv6 Support
TheDataCollectorcanuseIPv6toacceptconnectionsfromtheEnterpriseManagerClient
andtocommunicatewithmanagedStorageCenters.
TouseIPv6,assignIPv6addressesasdescribedinthefollowingtable.
IPv6 Connection

Requirements

ClienttoDataCollector

ClientcomputermusthaveanIPv6address.
DataCollectorservermusthavebothanIPv4andanIPv6address.

DataCollectortoStorage DataCollectorservermusthavebothanIPv4andanIPv6address.
Center
StorageCentermusthavebothanIPv4andanIPv6addressonthe
managementinterface.

Dell Compellent

Chapter 1 Enterprise Manager Overview

Enterprise Manager Features


EnterpriseManagerprovidesthefollowingfeatures.

Storage Management
EnterpriseManagerprovidesthefollowingstoragemanagementfeatures.

Storage Center Management


EnterpriseManagerallowsyoutocentrallymanageyourDellCompellentStorageCenters.
ForeachStorageCenter,youcanconfigurevolumes,ReplayProfiles,andStorageProfiles.
Youcanalsopresentconfiguredstoragetoserversbydefiningserverobjectsandmapping
volumestothem.

See Also
Chapter 3:StorageCenterAdministration,onpage 23

FluidFS Cluster Management


EnterpriseManagerallowsyoutocentrallymanageyourFluidFSclustersandmonitor
FluidFSclusterstatusandperformance.AFluidFSclusterisascaleoutNASsolution
consistingofFS8600NASappliances,theDellFluidFileSystem(FluidFS),andtheDell
CompellentStorageCenter.FluidFS,Dellsscaleoutfilesystem,provideshigh
performance,highlyscalable,andefficientfilestorageforWindows,UNIX,andLinux
clients.CombinedwithStorageCenter,FluidFSprovidesaunifiedblockandfilestorage
solution.

See Also
FluidFS3.0ClusterManagementonpage 199
FluidFS2.0ClusterManagementonpage 389

Servers
EnterpriseManagerallowsyoutomanagethestorageallocatedtoeachserverand
providesStorageCenterintegrationwithWindowsandVMwareservers.Therearetwo
waysthatserverscanbemanaged:addingthemtoStorageCentersandregisteringthem
totheEnterpriseManagerDataCollector.

See Also
Chapter 4:StorageCenterServerAdministration,onpage 69

SMI-S
EnterpriseManagersupportstheStorageManagementInitiativeSpecification(SMIS),a
standardinterfacespecificationdevelopedbytheStorageNetworkingIndustry
Association(SNIA).SMISallowsEnterpriseManagertointeroperatewithstorage
managementsoftwareandhardwarefromothervendors.

See Also
Chapter 7:SMIS,onpage 185

10

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Enterprise Manager Features

Disaster Recovery
EnterpriseManagerallowsyoutoplanandimplementadisasterrecoverystrategyforyour
StorageCentervolumes.

Remote Storage Centers and Quality of Service


StorageCenterscanbeconnectedtoeachotherbyFibreChanneloriSCSItoallowdatato
becopiedbetweenthem.EnterpriseManagerallowsyoutocoordinateconnectedStorage
Centerstodistributecopiesofyourdatatoremotesites,ensuringthatyourdatais
protectedandavailableevenifonesitegoesdown.
QualityofService(QoS)definitionsallowyoutocontrolwhenandhowmuchbandwidth
isusedforcommunicationbetweenStorageCenters.

See Also
Chapter 19:RemoteStorageCentersandQoS,onpage 417

Replications
AspartofanoverallDisasterRecoveryPlan,replicationcopiesvolumedatafromone
StorageCentertoanotherStorageCentertosafeguarddataagainstlocalorregionaldata
threats.IfthesourceStorageCenterorsourcesitebecomesunavailable,youcanactivate
thedestinationvolumetoregainaccesstoyourdata.

See Also
Chapter 20:StorageCenterReplications,onpage 423

Live Volumes
ALiveVolumeisapairofreplicatingvolumesthatcanbemappedandactiveatthesame
time.Similartoaconventionalreplication,theprimary(source)volumeonaprimary
StorageCenterreplicatestoasecondary(destination)volumeonasecondaryStorage
Center.However,boththeprimaryvolumeandsecondaryvolumecanacceptwrites.

See Also
Chapter 21:StorageCenterLiveVolumes,onpage 451

Disaster Recovery Activation


Ifyouconfigurereplications,LiveVolumes,orboth,youcanuseEnterpriseManagerto
prepareforandperformdisasterrecovery.EnterpriseManagerallowsyoutopredefine
yourdisasterrecoveryplans,includingwhichserverstherecoveryvolumeswillbe
mappedto.Intheeventofarealdisaster,youcanuseEnterpriseManagertoactivateyour
disasterrecoveryplans,makingyourdataavailabletotheresourcesthatneeditassoonas
possible.

See Also
Chapter 22:StorageCenterDRPreparationandActivation,onpage 459

Dell Compellent

11

Chapter 1 Enterprise Manager Overview

Remote Data Collector


AremoteDataCollectorisinstalledataremotesiteandconnectedtotheprimaryData
CollectortoprovideaccesstodisasterrecoveryoptionswhentheprimaryDataCollector
isunavailable.IntheeventthattheprimaryDataCollectorisdown,youcanconnecttothe
remoteDataCollectoratanothersitetoperformDisasterRecovery.

See Also
Chapter 23:RemoteDataCollector,onpage 471

Dell Compellent Storage Replication Adapter for VMware SRM


EnterpriseManagerincludestheDellCompellentStorageReplicationAdapter(SRA),
whichallowssitestomanagedisasterrecoveryforVMwareinfrastructureusingthe
VMwarevCenterSiteRecoveryManager.

See Also
Chapter 24:StorageReplicationAdapterforVMwareSRM,onpage 479

Monitoring and Reporting


EnterpriseManagerprovidesthefollowingreportingandmonitoringfeatures.

Threshold Alerts
TheThresholdAlertsfeatureprovidescentralizedadministrationandmonitoringof
thresholdalertdefinitions.ThetypesofusagemetricsthatcanbemonitoredareIO,
storage,andreplicationusage.EnterpriseManagercollectstheusagedatafromthe
managedStorageCenters.StorageobjectsontheStorageCentersareassignedtothreshold
definitionsandeachthresholddefinitioncontainsoneormorethresholdvalues.Whenthe
valueofamonitoredmetricreachesathresholdvalue,analertoccurs.

See Also
Chapter 25:StorageCenterThresholdAlerts,onpage 487

Reports
TheReportsfeatureallowsausertoviewStorageCenterandChargebackreports
generatedbyEnterpriseManager.EnterpriseManagercanbeconfiguredtogeneratethe
reportsonascheduledbasis.

See Also
Chapter 26:StorageCenterReports,onpage 511

Chargeback
TheChargebackfeaturemonitorsstorageconsumptionandcalculatesdatastorage
operatingcosts.Chargebackcanbeconfiguredtochargeforstoragebasedontheamount
ofallocatedspaceortheamountofconfiguredspace.Whencostisbasedonallocated
space,Chargebackcanbeconfiguredtochargebasedonstorageusage,whichisthe
amountofspaceused,orstorageconsumption,whichisthedifferenceintheamountof
spaceusedsincethelastChargebackrun.

See Also
Chapter 27:StorageCenterChargeback,onpage 521

12

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Enterprise Manager Client Overview

Log Monitoring
TheLogMonitoringfeatureprovidesacentralizedlocationtoviewStorageCenteralerts,
indications,andlogscollectedbytheEnterpriseManagerDataCollectorandsystemevents
loggedbyEnterpriseManager.

See Also
Chapter 28:StorageCenterandEnterpriseManagerLogMonitoring,onpage 539

Performance Monitoring
ThePerformanceMonitoringfeatureprovidesaccesstosummaryinformationaboutthe
managedStorageCentersandhistorical/currentIOperformanceinformation.Usethis
informationtomonitorthehealthandstatusofStorageCenters.

See Also
Chapter 6:StorageCenterMonitoring,onpage 151

Enterprise Manager Client Overview


TheEnterpriseManagerClientisaWindowsbasedprogramthatallowsyoutoconnectto
theEnterpriseManagerDataCollectorandcentrallymanageyourStorageCentersand
FluidFSclusters.
Top pane

View pane

Views

Right pane

Theleftpane,whichiscomprisedoftheViewpaneandViews,canberesizedbydragging
therightbordertotheleftorright.

Dell Compellent

13

Chapter 1 Enterprise Manager Overview

ThefollowingtabledescribestheprimaryelementsoftheEnterpriseManagerClient.
Client Elements

Description

Toppane

Containsthefollowingoptions:
EditDataCollectorSettings:Whenclicked,opensadialogboxthatallows
youtoviewandmodifyDataCollectorsettings.
EditUserSettings:Whenclicked,opensadialogboxthatallowsyouto
viewandmodifyyouraccountsettings.
Help:Whenclicked,displaystheEnterpriseManagerOnlineHelpinaweb
browser.
Support:Whenclicked,displaystheDellCompellentSupportwebsiteina
webbrowser.
About:Whenclicked,opensadialogboxthatdisplaysthesoftwareversion
oftheEnterpriseManagerClient.

Viewpane

Displaysoptionsspecifictotheviewthatiscurrentlyselected.Forexample,
whentheStorageviewisselected,theviewpanedisplaystheStorageCenters
andFluidFSclustersthathavebeenaddedtoEnterpriseManager.

Views

Displaystheviewbuttons.Theviewsare:
Storage:Whenselected,allowsyoutoview,monitor,andconfigure
managedStorageCentersandFluidFSclusters.
Servers:Whenselected,allowsyoutoregisterserverstotheDataCollector
andperformserveractions,suchasspacerecovery.
Replications&LiveVolumes:Whenselected,allowsyoutoconfigure
replications,LiveVolumes,QualityofServicedefinitions,andmanage
disasterrecovery.
Monitoring:Whenselected,allowsyoutoviewandacknowledgeStorage
Centeralerts,indications,logs,andEnterpriseManagerlogs.
ThresholdAlerts:Whenselected,allowsyoutorunthresholdqueriesand
definethresholdalerts.
Chargeback:Whenselected,allowsyoutoconfigureandrunchargebackin
ordertobillorganizationsbasedonstorageusage.
Reports:Whenselected,allowsyoutoviewautomatedreportsand
Chargebackreports.

Rightpane

14

Displaysmanagementandmonitoringoptionsfortheviewthatisselectedin
theviewspane.

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Getting Started
StarttheEnterpriseManagerClientandconnecttotheDataCollector.Whenyouare
finished,considerthesuggestednextsteps.

Contents
UsetheClienttoConnecttotheDataCollector .................................. 15
NextSteps .................................................................. 17

Use the Client to Connect to the Data Collector


StarttheEnterpriseManagerClientanduseittoconnecttotheDataCollector.Bydefault,
youcanlogonasalocalEnterpriseManageruser.IftheDataCollectorisconfiguredtouse
anexternaldirectoryservice,youcanlogonasanActiveDirectoryorOpenLDAPuser.If
Kerberosauthenticationisconfigured,youcanlogonautomaticallyusingyourWindows
sessioncredentialswithouttypingthemmanually.

Prerequisites

Dell Compellent

TheEnterpriseManagerClientmustbeinstalledonthecomputeryouareusing.For
installationinstructions,seetheEnterpriseManagerInstallationGuide.

IftheDataCollectorisnotconfiguredtouseanexternalActiveDirectoryorOpenLDAP
directoryservice,youmustknowtheusernameandpasswordforalocalEnterprise
Manageruseraccount.

IfyouwanttologonasanActiveDirectoryorOpenLDAPuser,theDataCollectormust
beconfiguredtouseanexternalActiveDirectoryorOpenLDAPdirectoryservice,and
yourdirectoryuseraccountordirectoryusergroupmustbeaddedtoanEnterprise
Managerusergroup.

IfyouwanttologonautomaticallyusingyourWindowssessioncredentials,theData
CollectormustbeconfiguredtouseKerberosauthenticationwithanexternalActive
DirectoryorOpenLDAPdirectoryservice.

15

Chapter 2 Getting Started

Steps
1 StarttheEnterpriseManagerClientapplication.TheEnterpriseManagerClient
appears.

2 TypetheusernameandpasswordintheUserNameandPasswordfields.
3 Specifyyourcredentials.

IfyouwanttologonasalocalEnterpriseManageruser,ActiveDirectoryuser,or
OpenLDAPuser,typetheusernameandpasswordintheUserNameandPassword
fields.

IfyouwanttologonautomaticallyusingyourWindowssessioncredentials,select
theUseWindowsCredentialscheckbox.

4 IntheHost/IPfield,typethehostnameorIPaddressoftheserverthathoststheData
Collector.IftheDataCollectorandClientareinstalledonthesamesystem,youcantype
localhostinstead.
5 IfyouchangedtheWebServerPortduringinstallation,typetheupdatedportinthe
WebServerPortfield.

16

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Next Steps

6 ClickLogIn.TheClientconnectstotheDataCollectoranddisplaystheStorageview.

See Also
AuthenticatingUserswithanExternalDirectoryServiceonpage 585
ManagingLocalUserswiththeDataCollectorManageronpage 593

Next Steps
Thissectiondescribessomebasictasksthatyoumaywanttoperformafteryourfirstlog
ontoEnterpriseManager.Thesetasksareconfigurationdependentandnotalltaskswill
berequiredatallsites.

Add Enterprise Manager Users


TheDataCollectorcontrolsuseraccesstoEnterpriseManagerfunctionsandassociated
StorageCentersbasedontheprivilegesassignedtousers:Reporter,VolumeManager,or
Administrator.Newusers,aswellastheassociatedStorageCenters,arecreatedand
managedonlybytheDataCollectorManager.
IfyouwanttoallowothermembersofyourorganizationtouseEnterpriseManager,use
theDataCollectorManagertograntthemaccess.Youcangrantaccessusingeitherofthe
followingmethods:

CreatelocalEnterpriseManagerusers.

ConfiguretheDataCollectortoauthenticateusersusinganexternalActiveDirectoryor
OpenLDAPdirectoryservice,andthengrantaccesstospecificdirectoryusersand/or
usergroups.

See Also
Chapter 30:EnterpriseManagerUserManagement,onpage 583

Add Storage Centers to Enterprise Manager


UsetheEnterpriseManagerClienttoaddStorageCenterstoEnterpriseManager.

See Also
AddingandOrganizingStorageCentersonpage 23

Dell Compellent

17

Chapter 2 Getting Started

Configure Storage Center Volumes


AfteryouhaveaddedStorageCenterstoEnterpriseManager,youcanstartcreatingand
managingvolumes.YoucanalsomanageReplayProfilesandStorageProfiles.

See Also
ManagingVolumesonpage 41
ManagingReplayProfilesonpage 60
ManagingStorageProfilesonpage 66

Add Servers to your Storage Centers


UseEnterpriseManagertoaddserversthatuseStorageCentervolumestoyourStorage
Centers.Toenableadditionalfunctionality,suchastheabilitytodisplayoperatingsystem
andconnectivityinformation,andtomanagethevolumesordatastoresmappedtothe
servers,registertheseserverstotheEnterpriseManagerDataCollector.Beforeyouregister
Windowsservers,youmustfirstinstalltheEnterpriseManagerServerAgent.

See Also
Chapter 4:StorageCenterServerAdministration,onpage 69

Add FluidFS Clusters to Enterprise Manager


IfyouhaveoneormoreFluidFSclusters,addthemtoEnterpriseManagerduringthe
FluidFSclusterdeploymentprocess.

See Also
AddingandRemovingFluidFS2.0Clustersonpage 392

Configure Email Notifications


EnterpriseManagercansendemailstonotifyyouwhenthresholdalertsareexceeded,
automatedreportsareready,andEnterpriseManagereventsoccur.Toenableemail
notifications,configureSMTPsettingsfortheDataCollector,addyouremailaddressto
yourEnterpriseManageruseraccount,andthenchoosetheeventsforwhichyouwantto
benotified.

See Also
ConfiguringEmailAlertsforEnterpriseManagerEventsonpage 553
ConfiguringEmailNotificationsforThresholdAlertsonpage 507
ConfigureEnterpriseManagertoEmailReportsonpage 519

Set up Remote Storage Centers and QoS


IfyouwanttoprotectyourdatabyreplicatingvolumesfromoneStorageCentertoanother,
setupconnectivitybetweenyourStorageCenters.CreateQualityofService(QoS)
definitionsoneachStorageCentertocontrolhowmuchbandwidthisusedtotransmitdata
toremoteStorageCenters.

See Also
Chapter 19:RemoteStorageCentersandQoS,onpage 417

18

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Next Steps

Configure Replications and Live Volumes


Tomakesurethatyourdataisprotectedevenifonesitegoesdown,configurereplications
andLiveVolumestomirrorvolumestoremoteStorageCenters.

See Also
Chapter 20:StorageCenterReplications,onpage 423
Chapter 21:StorageCenterLiveVolumes,onpage 451

Prepare for Disaster Recovery


IfyouconfigurereplicationsorLiveVolumes,youcanpredefinedisasterrecoverysettings
tosimplifythedisasterrecoveryprocess.YoucanalsoinstallaremoteDataCollectorat
anothersitetoallowaccesstoEnterpriseManagerdisasterrecoveryoptionswhenthe
primaryDataCollectorisunavailable.

See Also
PreparingforDisasterRecoveryonpage 459
Chapter 23:RemoteDataCollector,onpage 471

Dell Compellent

19

Chapter 2 Getting Started

20

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Storage Center Management


ThissectiondescribeshowtouseEnterpriseManagertoadminister,maintain,andmonitorStorage
Centers.

Contents
Chapter3:StorageCenterAdministration ..................................................... 23
Chapter4:StorageCenterServerAdministration ............................................... 69
Chapter5:StorageCenterMaintenance ...................................................... 109
Chapter6:StorageCenterMonitoring ....................................................... 151
Chapter7:SMIS .......................................................................... 185

Dell Compellent

21

Storage Center Management

22

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Storage Center Administration


TheDellCompellentStorageCenterSANprovidescentralized,blocklevelstoragethatcan
beaccessedbyFibreChanneloriSCSI.

Contents
AddingandOrganizingStorageCenters ....................................... 23
UserInterfaceforStorageCenterManagement .................................. 30
HowStorageVirtualizationWorks ............................................. 35
ManagingVolumes .......................................................... 41
ManagingReplayProfiles .................................................... 60
ManagingStorageProfiles .................................................... 66

Adding and Organizing Storage Centers


StorageCentersareassociatedwithspecificEnterpriseManagerusersinsteadoftheData
Collector.AnindividualEnterpriseManagerusercanviewandmanageonlytheStorage
Centersthathavebeenmappedtohisorheraccount.ThismeansthattheStorageCenters
thatarevisibletooneEnterpriseManageruserarenotnecessarilyvisibletoanotheruser.
WhenanEnterpriseManageruseraddsaStorageCenter,heorshemustprovide
credentialsforaStorageCenteruser.Theprivilegeandusergroup(s)assignedtothe
StorageCenteruserdeterminetheaccessthatisallowedintheEnterpriseManagerclient.

ThefirsttimeaStorageCenterisaddedtoEnterpriseManager,youmustspecifya
StorageCenteruseraccountthathastheAdministratorprivilege.WhentheStorage
CenterissubsequentlyaddedforotherEnterpriseManagerusers,youcanspecify
StorageCenteruseraccountsanyprivilegelevel.

IfyourEnterpriseManageruseraccounthastheReporterprivilege,youmustspecifya
StorageCenteruseraccountthathastheReporterprivilege.
Note: AnEnterpriseManagerAdministratorcanalsousetheDataCollector
ManagertograntStorageCenteraccesstoanEnterpriseManageruserwiththe
Reporterprivilege.

Dell Compellent

23

Chapter 3 Storage Center Administration

Storage Center User Privileges and User Groups


StorageCentergroupsdeterminewhichstorageobjectscanbeviewedbytheStorage
Centeruser,andtheprivilegeleveldefineswhattheusercando.
Note: StorageCenteruserprivilegesandEnterpriseManageruserprivilegesshare
thesamenamesbuttheyarenotthesame.StorageCenteruserprivilegescontrol
accesstoStorageCenterfunctionality,andEnterpriseManageruserprivileges
controlaccesstoEnterpriseManagerfunctionality.
ThefollowingtableshowstheaccessallowedtoaStorageCenterthroughEnterprise
ManagerbasedontheprivilegeassignedtotheStorageCenteruseraccount.
Enterprise Manager
Client View

Access Allowed for Storage Center User Privilege


Reporter

Volume Manager

Storage

Viewstorageobjects
addedtotheassociated
StorageCenteruser
group

Managestorageobjects Manageallstorage
addedtotheassociated objects
StorageCenteruser
group

Servers

ViewStorageCenter
informationforservers
visibletotheassociated
StorageCenteruser
group

ViewStorageCenter
Manageallstorage
informationand
objects
managevolumesand
datastoresforservers
visibletotheassociated
StorageCenteruser
group

Replications&Live
Volumes

Noaccesstoreplications,LiveVolumes,QoS
nodes,orRestorePoints

Monitoring

NoaccesstoStorageCenteralerts,indications,or Fullaccess
logs

ThresholdAlerts

NoaccesstoThresholdAlertsorobjectsaddedto Fullaccess
ThresholdDefinitions

Chargeback

Noaccesstovolumesorvolumefolders

Reports

Administrator

Fullaccess

Fullaccess

Fullaccess

See Also
EnterpriseManagerUserPrivilegesonpage 584

24

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Adding and Organizing Storage Centers

Adding and Removing Storage Centers


UsetheEnterpriseManagerClienttoaddorremoveStorageCenters.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Add a Storage Center


AddaStorageCentertoEnterpriseManagertomanageandmonitortheStorageCenter
fromtheEnterpriseManagerClient.

Prerequisites

YoumusthavetheusernameandpasswordforaStorageCenteruseraccount.

ThefirsttimeaStorageCenterisaddedtoEnterpriseManager,youmustspecifya
StorageCenteruseraccountthathastheAdministratorprivilege.WhentheStorage
CenterissubsequentlyaddedforotherEnterpriseManagerusers,youcanspecify
StorageCenteruseraccountsanyprivilegelevel.

IfyourEnterpriseManageruseraccounthastheReporterprivilege,youmust
specifyaStorageCenteruseraccountthathastheReporterprivilege.

TheEnterpriseManagerDataCollectormusthaveconnectivitytotheStorageCenter
managementinterface.

TheStorageCentercertificatemustcontainthehostnameormanagementIPaddress
thatisusedtoaddtheStorageCentertoEnterpriseManager.Forinstructionson
regeneratinganSSLcertificate,seetheStorageCenterAdministratorsGuide.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectDellCompellentorStorageCenters.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickAddStorageCenter.TheAddStorageCenterwizard
appears.

Dell Compellent

IfoneormoreStorageCentersaremappedtoanotheruser,thedialogboxdisplays
alistofavailableStorageCenters.

25

Chapter 3 Storage Center Administration

IfnoStorageCentersaremappedtoanotheruser,thedialogboxallowsyoutoenter
anewStorageCenter.

4 (Conditional)IfthedialogboxisdisplayingalistofStorageCenters,selectaStorage
Centerfromthelistoraddanewone.

ToaddaStorageCenterthatdoesnotappearinthelist,makesuretheAddanew
StorageCentertotheDataCollectorcheckboxisselected,thenclickNext.

ToaddaStorageCenterthatappearsinthelist,cleartheAddanewStorageCenter
totheDataCollectorcheckbox,selecttheappropriateStorageCenter,thenclick
Next.

5 EnterStorageCenterlogoninformation.

HostName:(NewStorageCenteronly)EnterthehostnameorIPaddressofa
StorageCentercontroller.ForadualcontrollerStorageCenter,entertheIPaddress
orhostnameofthemanagementcontroller.

UserNameandPassword:EntertheusernameandpasswordforaStorageCenter
user.
Note: IfyouspecifyaStorageCenteruserwiththeReporterorVolume
Managerprivilege,accesstotheStorageCenterfromEnterpriseManageris
restrictedbasedontheprivilegeandusergroup(s)assignedtotheStorage
Centeruser.

Folder:SelecttheparentfolderfortheStorageCenter.

6 (Optional)ConfiguretheStorageCentertousesettingsappliedtoanotherStorage
CenterbyselectingtheInheritsettingsfromexistingStorageCentercheckbox.Ifthis
checkboxisselected,afterthewizardclosestheInheritSettingswizardappears.
7 ClickFinish.

IftheInheritsettingsfromexistingStorageCentercheckboxwasnotselected,the
StorageCenterisaddedtoEnterpriseManager.

IftheInheritsettingsfromexistingStorageCentercheckboxwasselected,the
InheritSettingsdialogboxappears.

8 (Inheritsettingsonly)ChoosetheStorageCentersettingstoinherit.
a SelecttheStorageCenterfromwhichyouwanttoinheritsettings,thenclickNext.
Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.
b Selectthecheckboxforeachcategoryofsettingsthatyouwanttoinherit.Foruser
interfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

26

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Adding and Organizing Storage Centers

Whenyouaredone,clickFinish.

IfpasswordsarenotconfiguredforthePhoneHomeproxy,SecureConsole
proxy,orSMTPserver,thedialogboxcloses.

IfapasswordforthePhoneHomeproxy,SecureConsoleproxy,orSMTPserver
isconfigured,youarepromptedtoreentertherequiredpassword(s).

d Entertherequiredpassword(s)tocompletethewizard.

See Also
StorageCenterUserPrivilegesandUserGroupsonpage 24

Reconnect to a Storage Center


IfEnterpriseManagercannotcommunicatewithorlogintoaStorageCenter,Enterprise
ManagermarkstheStorageCenterasdown.ReconnecttotheStorageCentertoprovide
theupdatedconnectivityinformationorcredentials.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickReconnecttoStorageCenter.TheReconnecttoStorage
Centerdialogboxappears.
4 EnterStorageCenterlogoninformation.

HostName:EnterthehostnameorIPaddressofaStorageCentercontroller.Fora
dualcontrollerStorageCenter,entertheIPaddressorhostnameofthemanagement
controller.

UserNameandPassword:EntertheusernameandpasswordforaStorageCenter
user.
Note: IfyouspecifyaStorageCenteruserwiththeReporterorVolume
Managerprivilege,accesstotheStorageCenterfromEnterpriseManageris
restrictedbasedontheprivilegeandusergroup(s)assignedtotheStorage
Centeruser.

5 ClickOK.

Remove a Storage Center


RemoveaStorageCenterwhenyounolongerwanttomanageitfromEnterpriseManager.
Note: WhenaStorageCenterisremovedfromallEnterpriseManageruserswith
theAdministratororVolumeManagerprivilege,itisautomaticallyremovedfrom
EnterpriseManageruserswiththeReporterprivilege.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenteryouwanttoremove.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickDelete.TheDeleteObjectsdialogboxappears.
4 ClickOK.

Dell Compellent

27

Chapter 3 Storage Center Administration

Organizing Storage Centers


UsefolderstogroupStorageCentersintheEnterpriseManagerClient.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Create a Storage Center Folder


UsefolderstogroupandorganizeStorageCenters.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectStorageCenters.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickCreateFolder.TheCreateFolderdialogboxappears.
4 IntheNamefield,typeanameforthefolder.
5 IntheParentfield,selectaparentfolder.
6 ClickOK.

Move a Storage Center Into a Folder


AStorageCentercanbeaddedtoafolderatanytime.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenteryouwanttomove.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickMove.TheSelectFolderdialogboxappears.
4 Selectaparentfolder.
5 ClickOK.

Rename a Storage Center Folder


UsetheEditSettingsdialogboxtochangethenameofaStorageCenterfolder.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenterfolderyouwanttomodify.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 IntheNamefield,typeanameforthefolder.
5 ClickOK.

Move a Storage Center Folder


UsetheEditSettingsdialogboxtomoveaStorageCenterfolder.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenterfolderyouwanttomodify.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 IntheParentfield,selectaparentfolder.
5 ClickOK.

28

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Adding and Organizing Storage Centers

Delete a Storage Center Folder


DeleteaStorageCenterfolderifitisnolongerneeded.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCenterfoldermustbeempty.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenterfolderyouwanttodelete.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickDelete.TheDeleteObjectsdialogboxappears.
4 ClickOK.

Dell Compellent

29

Chapter 3 Storage Center Administration

User Interface for Storage Center Management


MoststorageconfigurationandmanagementforanindividualStorageCenteris
performedfromtheStorageviewintheEnterpriseManagerClient.SelectaStorageCenter
intheStoragenavigationpanetoviewandmanageit.
ThefollowingtabsappearinthedisplaypanewhenaStorageCenterisselected:

SummaryTabonpage 30

StorageTabonpage 31

HardwareTabonpage 32

IOUsageTabonpage 33

ChartingTabonpage 34

Summary Tab
TheSummarytaboftheStorageviewdisplaysacustomizabledashboardthatsummarizes
StorageCenterinformationcollectedbyEnterpriseManager.TheSummarytabis
displayedbydefaultwhenaStorageCenterisselectedfromtheStoragenavigationtree.

See Also
ManagingStorageCenterSettingsonpage 109
ViewingSummaryInformationonpage 152

30

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

User Interface for Storage Center Management

Storage Tab
TheStoragetaboftheStorageviewallowsyoutoviewandmanagestorageontheselected
StorageCenter.Thistabismadeupoftwoelements:thenavigationpaneandtheright
pane.

Navigation pane

Right pane

Navigation Pane
TheStoragetabnavigationpaneshowsthefollowingnodes:

Dell Compellent

StorageCenter:Showsasummaryofcurrentandhistoricalstorageusageonthe
selectedStorageCenter.

Volumes:Allowsyoutocreateandmanagevolumesandvolumefoldersontheselected
StorageCenter,aswellascreatealocalrecoveryfromavolumeReplay.

Servers:Allowsyoutocreateandmanagephysicalandvirtualservers,serverclusters,
andserverfoldersontheselectedStorageCenter.

RemoteStorageCenters:AllowsyoutocreateandviewiSCSIconnectionstoremote
StorageCentersforwhichyouhaveaccess.

Disks:AllowsyoutoviewdiskfoldersontheselectedStorageCenter.Forinformation
onStorageCenterdisksanddiskfolders,refertotheStorageCenterSystemManager
AdministratorsGuide.

PortableVolumes:Allowsyoutoviewandmanageportablevolumes,whichareused
totransportinitialreplicationdatatoremoteStorageCenters.Thisoptionisuseful
whentransferringtheinitialreplicationdataoverthenetworkwouldbetooslow.

StorageTypes:AllowsyoutoviewtheStorageTypespreparedontheselectedStorage
Center.ForinformationonStorageTypes,refertotheStorageCenterSystemManager
AdministratorsGuide.

31

Chapter 3 Storage Center Administration

ReplayProfiles:Allowsyoutoview,modify,andcreateReplayprofilesfortheselected
StorageCenter,aswellasapplyReplayProfilestooneormorevolumes.

StorageProfiles:AllowsyoutoviewandcreateStorageprofilesdefinedontheselected
StorageCenter.ThisnodeappearsonlyifAllowStorageProfileSelectionisenabledin
theStorageCenteruserpreferences.ForcompleteinformationonStorageProfiles,refer
totheStorageCenterSystemManagerAdministratorsGuide.

See Also
AddingandOrganizingStorageCentersonpage 23
ManagingStorageCenterSettingsonpage 109
ManagingVolumesonpage 41
ManagingReplayProfilesonpage 60
ManagingServersonaStorageCenteronpage 72
ManagingStorageProfilesonpage 66
RemoteStorageCentersandQoSonpage 417

Right Pane
Therightpaneshowsinformationandconfigurationoptionsforthenodeorobjectselected
inthenavigationpane.Theinformationandconfigurationoptionsdisplayedforeachnode
isdescribedintheonlinehelp.

Hardware Tab
TheHardwaretaboftheStorageviewdisplaysstatusinformationfortheStorageCenter
hardwareandallowsyoutoperformhardwarerelatedtasks.

See Also
MonitoringStorageCenterHardwareonpage 179
ManagingDiskEnclosuresonpage 146
ShuttingDownandRestartingaStorageCenteronpage 148

32

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

User Interface for Storage Center Management

IO Usage Tab
TheIOUsagetaboftheStorageviewdisplayshistoricalIOperformancestatisticsforthe
selectedStorageCenterandassociatedstorageobjects.

See Also
ViewingHistoricalIOPerformanceonpage 168

Dell Compellent

33

Chapter 3 Storage Center Administration

Charting Tab
TheChartingtaboftheStorageviewdisplaysrealtimeIOperformancestatisticsforthe
selectedstorageobject.

See Also
ViewingCurrentIOPerformanceonpage 171

34

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

How Storage Virtualization Works

How Storage Virtualization Works


StorageCentervirtualizesstoragebygroupingdisksintopoolsofstoragecalledStorage
Types,whichholdsmallchunks(pages)ofdata.Astoragetypeappliesadatapagesizeand
redundancyleveltoadiskfolder.Ifdataprogressionislicensed,StorageCentermoves
databetweentiersanddrivetypes,aswellasamongmultipleRAIDlevelswithinthesame
tier,foraconstantbalanceofperformanceandcost.StorageProfilesallowanadministrator
tocontrolhowavolumeusesvirtualizedstorage.

Disk Management
StorageCentermanagesbothphysicaldisksandthedatamovementwithinthevirtualdisk
pool.Disksareorganizedphysically,logically,andvirtually.

Physically:Disksaregroupedbytheenclosureinwhichtheyreside,asshowninthe
Enclosuresfolder.

Logically:Disksaregroupedbyclassindiskfolders.StorageCenterenclosuresmay
containanycombinationofdiskclasses.

Virtually:Alldiskspaceisallocatedintotiers.ThefastestdisksresideinTier1and
highercapacitydiskswithlowerperformanceresideinTier3.Datathatisaccessed
frequentlyremainsonTier1,anddatathathasnotbeenaccessedforthelast12
progressioncyclesisgraduallymigratedtoTiers2and3.Disktieringisshownwhen
youselectadiskfolder.
Note: EnterpriseManagerallowsyoutoviewdisksattachedtotheStorageCenter.
Tomanagedisksanddiskfolders,usetheStorageCenterSystemManager.For
moreinformation,seetheStorageCenterSystemManagerAdministratorsGuide.

Disk Folders
Adiskfoldercontainsbothmanagedandsparedrives.Manageddrivesareusedfordata
storage.Sparedrivesareheldinreservetoautomaticallyreplaceadriveifadrivefails.By
default,theAssigneddiskfolderistheparentdiskfolderforalldrives.Drivesarefurther
groupedbyclassinsubordinatefolders.

Disk Classes
Disksareclassifiedbasedontheirperformancecharacteristics.Eachclassisshownina
separatefolderwithintheAssigneddiskfolder.

Dell Compellent

HardDiskDrives(HDDs):ForHDDs,thediskclassificationdescribesitsspindle
speedandcanbeanyofthreedisktypes.

7K(7200RPM)

10K

15K

SolidStateDevices(SSDs):SSDsaredifferentiatedbyreadorwriteoptimizationand
canbeeitheroftwodisktypes.

Writeintensive(SLCSSD)

Readintensive(MLCSSD)

35

Chapter 3 Storage Center Administration

Storage Types
Astoragetypeisapoolofstoragewithasingledatapagesizeandspecifiedredundancy
levels.StorageCenterassessesthedisksavailableinadiskfolderandpresentsthe
applicablestoragetypeoptions.Oncethedeterminationismade,itcannotbechanged
withoutassistancefromDellTechnicalSupportServices,evenwhendisktypeschange.
Note: EnterpriseManagerallowsyoutoviewStorageTypesconfiguredonthe
StorageCenter.TomanageStorageTypes,usetheStorageCenterSystemManager.
Formoreinformation,seetheStorageCenterSystemManagerAdministratorsGuide.

Disk Types
ThetypesofdiskspresentinStorageCenterdefinewhetherasystemisconsidered
StandardorFlashOptimized.Thisclassificationfurtherdetermineshowdataprogression
movesdatabetweentiers.
Storage Type

Disk Classes

Standard

WriteintensiveSSDs+HDDs
HDDs(7K,10K,15K)

FlashOptimizeda

WriteintensiveSSDs
WriteintensiveSSDs+ReadintensiveSSDs
WriteintensiveSSDs+ReadintensiveSSDs+HDDs

a.

AminimumofsixSSDsarerequiredforaFlashOptimizedarray.WhentwotypesofSSDsarepresent,
thearraymustcontainatleastsixofeachtype.

Datapage Size
Bydefault,dataismigratedbetweentiersandRAIDlevelsin2MBblocks.Datacanbe
movedinsmallerorlargerblockstomeetspecificapplicationrequirements.Theseblocks
arereferredtoasdatapages.

2MB:Defaultdatapagesize,thisselectionisappropriateformostapplications.

512KB:Appropriateforapplicationswithhighperformanceneeds,orinenvironments
inwhichReplaysaretakenfrequentlyunderheavyIO.Selectingthissizeincreases
overheadandreducesthemaximumavailablespaceintheStorageType.Flash
Optimizedstoragetypesuse512KBbydefault.

4MB:Appropriateforsystemsthatusealargeamountofdiskspacewithinfrequent
Replays.
Caution: Beforechangingthedatapagesetting,contactDellTechnicalSupport
Servicestodiscusstheimpactonperformanceandforadviceabouthowtoensure
thatsystemresourcesremainbalanced.

36

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

How Storage Virtualization Works

Redundancy
Redundancylevelsprovidefaulttoleranceforadiskfailure.Redundancyoptionsmaybe
restricteddependingonthedisksize.

Nonredundant:UsesRAID0inallclasses,inalltiers.Dataisstripedbutprovidesno
redundancy.Ifonediskfails,alldataislost.Donotusenonredundantstoragefora
volumeunlessthedatahasbeenbackedupelsewhere.

Singleredundant:Protectsagainstthelossofanyonedrive.Singleredundanttierscan
containanyofthefollowingtypesofRAIDstorage.

RAID10(eachdiskismirrored)

RAID55(stripedacross5drives)

RAID59(stripedacross9drives)

Dualredundant:Protectsagainstthelossofanytwodrives.Diskslargerthan900GB
shouldusedualredundancy,andinsomecasesitismandated.Dualredundanttiers
cancontainanyofthefollowingtypesofRAIDstorage.

RAID10DualMirror(dataiswrittensimultaneouslytothreeseparatedisks)

RAID66(4datasegments,2paritysegmentsforeachstripe)

RAID610(8datasegments,2paritysegmentsforeachstripe)

Data Progression
StorageCenterusesDataProgressiontomovedatawithinavirtualizedstorage
environment.DataProgressionmovesdatabetweentiersanddrivetypes,aswellas
amongmultipleRAIDlevelswithinthesametier,foraconstantbalanceofperformance
andcost.

How Data Progression Works


Onceevery24hours,StorageCenterassessesdiskuseandmovesdatatodiskspacethatis
moreefficientforthedatausage.Bydefault,DataProgressionrunseachdayat7PM
systemtime,butthetimingoftheruncanbechangedintheStorageCentersettings.Data
ProgressionbehaviorisdeterminedbytheStorageProfileappliedtoeachvolume.

Data Progression and Replays


StorageCenteralsousesDataProgressiontomoveReplays.WhenaReplayiscreated,
eitherasscheduledormanually,thedataisfrozenandmovedtothetierspecifiedbythe
StorageProfiletoholdReplays.
ReplayscanoccurasascheduledeventaccordingtotheReplayProfile,manuallyby
creatingaReplay,orondemandbyStorageCentertomovedataoffofTier1inaFlash
Optimizedstoragetype.

Dell Compellent

37

Chapter 3 Storage Center Administration

Storage Profiles
StorageProfilescontrolhowStorageCentermanagesvolumedata.Foragivenvolume,the
selectedStorageProfiledictateswhichdisktieracceptsinitialwrites,aswellashowdata
progressionmovesdatabetweentierstobalanceperformanceandcost.PredefinedStorage
ProfilesarethemosteffectivewaytomanagedatainStorageCenter.
AccesstoStorageProfilesiscontrolledbyusersettings,andStorageProfilesmaynotbe
visibletoallusers.IfyouruservolumedefaultsallowyoutoselectaStorageProfile,the
StoragetabdisplaysthemundertheStorageProfilesnode.

Profiles for Standard Storage Types


ThetablebelowsummarizestheStorageProfilesavailableforStandardstoragetypes.Each
profileisdescribedinmoredetailfollowingthetable.
Name

Initial Write Tier (T) and RAID Levels


Tier

Recommended(AllTiers)

Writes:T1RAID10

Progression
YesallTiers

Replays:RAID5/RAID6
HighPriority(Tier1)

Writes:T1RAID10

No

Replays:T1RAID5/RAID6
MediumPriority(Tier2)

Writes:T2RAID10

No

Replays:T2RAID5/RAID6
LowPriority(Tier3)

Writes:T3RAID10

No

Replays:T3RAID5/RAID6

Note: TheRecommended,HighPriority,andMediumPriorityprofilesarenot
availablefortheFlashOptimizedStorageType.

Recommended (All Tiers)


TheRecommendedStorageProfileisavailableonlywhenDataProgressionislicensed.
CostandperformanceareoptimizedwhenallvolumesusetheRecommendedStorage
Profile.TheRecommendedprofileallowsautomaticdataprogressionbetweenandacross
allstoragetiersbasedondatatypeandusage.
WhenavolumeusestheRecommendedProfile,allnewdataiswrittentoTier1RAIDlevel
10storage.DataProgressionmoveslessactivedatatotheTier1RAID5/RAID 6oraslower
tierbasedonhowfrequentlythedataisaccessed.Inthisway,themostactiveblocksofdata
remainonhighperformancedrives,whilelessactiveblocksautomaticallymovetolower
cost,highcapacitySASdrives.
BecauseSSDsareautomaticallyassignedtoStorageTier1,profilesthatincludeStorage
Tier1allowvolumestouseSSDstorage.Ifyouhavevolumesthatcontaindatathatisnot
accessedfrequently,anddonotrequiretheperformanceofTier1SSDs,useaMediumor
LowPriorityProfileorcreateandapplyanewprofilethatdoesnotincludeStorageTier1.

38

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

How Storage Virtualization Works

High Priority (Tier 1)


TheHighPriorityStorageProfileprovidesthehighestperformancebystoringdataonTier
1.ItisefficientintermsofusingRAID5or6,butitusesmoreexpensivemediatostorethe
data.AvolumecreatedusingtheHighPriorityprofilestoreswrittendataonTier 1RAID
10.ReplaydataisstoredonTier1RAID5/RAID6.StorageCenterdoesnotmigratedatato
lowerstoragetiersunlessTier1storagebecomesfull.
IfDataProgressionisnotlicensed,thedefaultStorageProfileisHighPriority.Without
DataProgression,youmustconfigurevolumestouseaspecifictierofstorage,asdatawill
notmigratebetweentiers.

Medium Priority (Tier 2)


TheMediumPriorityStorageProfileprovidesabalancebetweenperformanceandcost
efficiency.AvolumecreatedusingtheMediumPriorityprofilestoreswrittendataonTier
2RAID10.ReplaydataisstoredonTier2RAID5/RAID6.StorageCenterdoesnotmigrate
datatootherstoragetiersunlessTier2storagebecomesfull.

Low Priority (Tier 3)


TheLowPriorityprofileprovidesthemostcostefficientstorage.Creatingavolumeusing
theLowPriorityprofilestoreswrittendataonTier3RAID10.ReplaydataisstoredonTier
3RAID5/6.StorageCenterdoesnotmigratedatatohighertiersofstorageunlessTier3
storagebecomesfull.

Profiles for Flash Optimized Storage


ThetablebelowsummarizesStorageProfilesavailableforFlashOptimizedstoragetypes.
Eachprofileisdescribedinmoredetailfollowingthetable.
Name

Initial
Tier (T) and RAID Levels
Write Tier

Progression

LowPriority(Tier3)

Writes:T3RAID10
Replays:T3RAID5/RAID6

No

FlashOptimizedwithProgression
(Tier1toAllTiers)

Writes:T1RAID10
YesAllTiers
Replays:T2/T3RAID5/RAID6

WriteIntensive(Tier1)

Writes:T1RAID10
Replays:T1RAID10

No

FlashOnlywithProgression(Tier
1toTier2)

Writes:T1RAID10
Replays:T2RAID5

YestoTier2
only

LowPrioritywithProgression
(Tier3toTier2)

Writes:T3RAID10
YestoTier2
Replays:T3RAID5/RAID6,or only
T2RAID5

Low Priority (Tier 3)


TheLowPriorityprofileprovidesthemostcostefficientstorage.Creatingavolumeusing
theLowPriorityprofilestoreswrittendataonTier3RAID10.ReplaydataisstoredonTier
3RAID5/6.StorageCenterdoesnotmigratedatatohighertiersofstorageunlessTier3
storagebecomesfull.

Dell Compellent

39

Chapter 3 Storage Center Administration

Flash Optimized with Progression (Tier 1 to All Tiers)


TheFlashOptimizedwithProgressionStorageProfileprovidesthemostefficientstorage
foranenclosurecontainingbothreadintensiveandwriteintensiveSSDs.Whenastorage
typeusesthisprofile,allnewdataiswrittentowriteintensiveTier1drives.Replaydata
ismovedtoTier2,andlessactivedataprogressestoTier3.
IfTier1fillstowithin95%ofcapacity,StorageCentercreatesaspacemanagementReplay
andmovesitimmediatelytoTier2tofreeupspaceonTier1.Thespacemanagement
ReplayismovedimmediatelyanddoesnotwaitforascheduledDataProgression.Space
managementReplaysaremarkedasCreatedOnDemandandcannotbemodified
manuallyorusedtocreateViewVolumes.SpacemanagementReplayscoalesceintothe
nextscheduledormanualReplay.StorageCentercreatesonlyoneondemandReplayper
volumeatatime.

Write Intensive (Tier 1)


TheWriteIntensiveStorageProfiledirectsallinitialwritestowriteintensiveSSDsonTier
1(RAID10).ThedatadoesnotprogresstoanyotherTier.Thisprofileisusefulforstoring
transactionlogsandtemporarydatabasefiles.

Flash Only with Progression (Tier 1 to Tier 2)


TheFlashOnlywithProgressionStorageProfileperformsinitialwritesonhigh
performanceTier1drives.LessactivedataprogressestoTier2,butremainsonSSDs.This
profileisusefulforstoringvolumeswithdatathatrequiresoptimalreadperformance,
suchasgoldenimages,linkedclones,andsomedatabases.

Low Priority with Progression (Tier 3 to Tier 2)


TheLowPrioritywithProgressionStorageProfiledirectsinitialwritestolessexpensive
Tier3(RAID10)drives,andthenallowsfrequentlyaccesseddatatoprogresstoTier2.This
profileisusefulformigratinglargeamountsofdatatoStorageCenterwithoutoverloading
Tier1SSDs.

40

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Volumes

Managing Volumes
AStorageCentervolumeisalogicalunitofstoragethatserverscanaccessoveranetwork.
YoucanallocatemorelogicalspacetoavolumethanisphysicallyavailableontheStorage
Center.

Attributes that Determine Volume Behavior


Whenavolumeiscreated,attributesareassociatedwiththevolumetocontrolitsbehavior.
Attribute

Description

StorageType

Specifiesthediskfolder,tierredundancy,anddatapagesizeofthestorageusedby
thevolume.

StorageProfile ControlstheRAIDtypeandstoragetiersusedbythevolume.
ReplayProfile DescribeswhentotakeperiodicReplaysforoneormorevolumesandthetimeat
whichReplaysaredeleted(expired).

See Also
StorageTypes
ManagingStorageProfiles
ManagingReplayProfiles

Volume Icons
ThefollowingtabledescribesthevolumeiconsthatappearintheStoragetabnavigation
pane.
Icon Description
Thevolumeisnotmappedtoanyservers.
Thevolumeismappedtooneormoreservers.
ThevolumeisthesourceforareplicationtoaremoteStorageCenter.
Note: ThisiconisalsodisplayedforvolumesthathavebeenconfiguredtoCopy,Mirror,or
MigrateintheStorageCenterManager.TheseoperationsarenotavailableintheEnterprise
ManagerClient.
ThevolumeisthedestinationforareplicationfromaremoteStorageCenter.
ThevolumeiscurrentlytheprimaryvolumeinaLiveVolume.
ThevolumeiscurrentlythesecondaryvolumeinaLiveVolume.

Dell Compellent

41

Chapter 3 Storage Center Administration

Creating Volumes
CreatevolumestopresentserversalogicalunitofstorageonaStorageCenter.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Create a Volume
Ifyouneedasmallnumberofvolumes,youcancreatethemoneatatime.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectVolumes.
5 Intherightpane,clickCreateVolume.TheCreateVolumedialogboxappears.
6 IntheNamefield,typeanameforthevolume.
7 IntheSizefield,typeasizeforthevolumeinkilobytes(KB),megabytes(MB),gigabytes
(GB),orterabytes(TB).
8 IntheVolumeFolderpane,selecttheparentfolderforthevolume.
9 (Optional)Configuretheremainingvolumeattributesasneeded.

ToscheduleReplaycreationandexpirationforthevolume,applyoneormore
ReplayProfilesbyclickingChangeacrossfromReplayProfiles.

Tomapthevolumetoaserver,clickChangeacrossfromServer.

IfChargebackisenabled,selectthedepartmenttochargeforstoragecostsassociated
withthevolumebyclickingChangeacrossfromChargebackDepartment.

TousespecificdisktiersandRAIDlevelsforvolumedata,selecttheappropriate
StorageProfilefromtheStorageProfiledropdownmenu.Usingthe
RecommendedStorageProfileallowsthevolumetotakefulladvantageofdata
progression.

IfmorethanoneStorageTypeisdefinedontheStorageCenter,selecttheStorage
TypetoprovidestoragefromtheStorageTypedropdownmenu.

10 ClickOK.

Create Multiple Volumes Simultaneously


Ifyouneedtocreatemanyvolumes,youcanstreamlinetheprocessbycreatingmultiple
volumesatatime.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectVolumes.
5 Intherightpane,clickCreateMultipleVolumes.TheCreateVolumedialogbox
appears.
6 UsetheCreateVolumedialogboxtoconfigurethefirstvolume.
a IntheNamefield,typeanameforthevolume.
b IntheSizefield,typeasizeforthevolumeinkilobytes(KB),megabytes(MB),
gigabytes(GB),orterabytes(TB).
c

42

IntheVolumeFolderpane,selecttheparentfolderforthevolume.

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Volumes

d (Optional)Configuretheremainingvolumeattributesasneeded.

ToscheduleReplaycreationandexpirationforthevolume,applyoneormore
ReplayProfilesbyclickingChangeacrossfromReplayProfiles.

Tomapthevolumetoaserver,clickChangeacrossfromServer.

IfChargebackisenabled,selectthedepartmenttochargeforstoragecosts
associatedwiththevolumebyclickingChangeacrossfromChargeback
Department.

TousespecificdisktiersandRAIDlevelsforvolumedata,selecttheappropriate
StorageProfilefromtheStorageProfiledropdownmenu.Usingthe
RecommendedStorageProfileallowsthevolumetotakefulladvantageofdata
progression.

IfmorethanoneStorageTypeisdefinedontheStorageCenter,selecttheStorage
TypetoprovidestoragefromtheStorageTypedropdownmenu.

e ClickOK.TheCreateMultipleVolumesdialogboxappearsanddisplaysthe
volumeyoucreatedinthepreviousstep.
7 UsetheCreateMultipleVolumesdialogboxtocreateadditionalvolumes.

Tomanuallydefineanothervolume,clickAddVolume.

Toaddavolumebasedonapreviousvolume,selectthevolumefromthelist,then
clickAddVolumew/AttributesofSelected.

Tomodifyapreviousvolume,selectthevolumefromthelist,thenclickEdit
Volume.

Toremoveapreviousvolume,selectthevolumefromthelist,thenclickRemove
Volume.

8 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

Modifying Volumes
Youcanrename,move,orexpandavolumeafterithasbeencreated.Youcanalsomodify
advancedvolumeattributesifneeded.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Rename a Volume
Avolumecanberenamedwithoutaffectingitsavailability.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectthevolumeyouwanttomodify.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditVolumedialogboxappears.
6 IntheNamefield,typeanewnameforthevolume.
7 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

Move a Volume to a Different Volume Folder


UsetheEditSettingsdialogboxtochoosewhichvolumefoldercontainsthevolume.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.

Dell Compellent

43

Chapter 3 Storage Center Administration

3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectthevolumeyouwanttomodify.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditVolumedialogboxappears.
6 IntheVolumeFoldernavigationpane,selectanewparentvolumefolder.
7 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

Move Multiple Volumes to a Different Volume Folder


Rightclickaselectionofvolumestomovethemtoadifferentfolder.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selecttheVolumesnodeorthevolumefolderthat
containsthevolumes.
5 Intherightpane,selectthevolumesthatyouwanttomove.

Toselectcontiguousvolumes,selectthefirstvolume,thenholddownShiftand
selectthelastvolume.

Toselectindividualvolumes,holddownControlwhileselectingthem.

6 Rightclickoneoftheselectedvolumes,thenselectMovetoFolder.TheMovetoFolder
dialogboxappears.
7 Inthenavigationpane,selectanewparentvolumefolder.
8 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

Expand a Volume
Expandthesizeofavolumeifmorespaceisneeded.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectthevolumeyouwanttoexpand.
5 Intherightpane,clickExpandVolume.TheExpandVolumedialogboxappears.
6 Typeanewsizeforthevolume,thenclickOK.

Enable or Disable Read/Write Caching for a Volume


Readandwritecachinggenerallyimprovesperformance.ForvolumesthatuseSSD
storage,readcachingmayormaynotimproveperformance,andDellCompellent
recommendsdisablingwritecaching.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 MakesureAllowCacheSelectionisenabledforvolumesintheStorageCenteruser
preferences.
a IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
b ClickthePreferencestab.
c

MakesuretheAllowCacheSelectioncheckboxisselected.

d ClickOK.

44

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Volumes

4 ClicktheStoragetab.
5 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectthevolumeyouwanttomodify.
6 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditVolumedialogboxappears.
7 Enableordisablethecacheoptionsasneeded.Theseoptionsaredescribedintheonline
help.

SelectorcleartheReadCachecheckbox.
ForvolumesusingSSDstorage,enablingthisoptionmayormaynotimprove
performance,dependingontheapplication.Forthesevolumes,DellCompellent
recommendstestingapplicationsbeforeenablingordisablingreadcache.

SelectorcleartheWriteCachecheckbox.
ForvolumesusingSSDstorage,DellCompellentrecommendsdisablingwritecache
tomaximizeperformanceformostapplications.

8 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

Assign Replay Profiles to a Volume


AssignoneormoreReplayProfilestoavolumetocreateReplaysonanautomated
schedule.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectthevolumeyouwanttomodify.
5 Intherightpane,clickSetReplayProfiles.TheSetReplayProfilesdialogboxappears.
6 Intheuppertable,selectthecheckboxforeachReplayProfileyouwanttoassigntothe
volume.
7 ToremovetheReplayProfilesthatwerepreviouslyassignedtothevolume,selectthe
ReplaceExistingReplayProfilescheckbox.
8 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

Assign Replay Profiles to Multiple Volumes


ReplayProfilescanbeassignedtomultiplevolumesinoneoperation.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selecttheVolumesnodeorthevolumefolderthat
containsthevolumes.
5 Intherightpane,useshift+clickand/orcontrol+clicktoselectmultiplevolumes.
6 Rightclicktheselection,thenselectSetReplayProfiles.TheSetReplayProfilesdialog
boxappears.
7 Intheuppertable,selectthecheckboxforeachReplayProfileyouwanttoassigntothe
volume.
8 ToremovetheReplayProfilesthatwerepreviouslyassignedtothevolume,selectthe
ReplaceExistingReplayProfilescheckbox.
9 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

Dell Compellent

45

Chapter 3 Storage Center Administration

Assign a Different Storage Profile to a Volume


TheStorageProfiledeterminestheRAIDtypeandstoragetiersusedbythevolume.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectthevolumeyouwanttomodify.
5 Intherightpane,clickStorageProfile.TheSetStorageProfiledialogboxappears.
6 FromtheStorageProfiledropdownmenu,selectaStorageProfile.
7 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

Assign a Different Storage Profile to Multiple Volumes


TheStorageProfiledeterminestheRAIDtypeandstoragetiersusedbythevolume.A
StorageProfilecanbeassignedtomultiplevolumesinoneoperation.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selecttheVolumesnodeorthevolumefolderthat
containsthevolumes.
5 Intherightpane,useshift+clickand/orcontrol+clicktoselectmultiplevolumes.
6 Rightclicktheselection,thenselectSetStorageProfile.TheSetStorageProfiledialog
boxappears.
7 FromtheStorageProfiledropdownmenu,selectaStorageProfile.
8 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

Force Writes to the Lowest Storage Tier for a Volume


TheImporttolowesttieroptionforcesalldatawrittentothevolumetotheloweststorage
tierconfiguredforthevolume.Enablingthisoptiondecreasesperformanceforthevolume.

Prerequisites
ThevolumemustuseaStandardstoragetype.TheImporttolowesttieroptionisnot
availableforFlashOptimizedstoragetypes.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectthevolumeyouwanttomodify.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditVolumedialogboxappears.
6 SelecttheImporttolowesttiercheckbox.
7 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

46

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Volumes

Associate a Chargeback Department with a Volume


IfChargebackisenabled,youcanassignaChargebackDepartmenttothevolumetomake
surethedepartmentischargedforthestorageusedbythevolume.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectthevolumeyouwanttomodify.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditVolumedialogboxappears.
6 NexttoChargebackDepartment,clickChange.TheAddChargebackDepartment
dialogboxappears.
7 Selecttheappropriatedepartment,thenclickOK.
8 ClickOKtoclosetheEditVolumedialogbox.

Configure a Space Consumption Limit for a Volume


Setaspaceconsumptionlimittospecifythemaximumspacethatcanbeusedonthe
volume.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectthevolumeyouwanttomodify.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditVolumedialogboxappears.
6 ConfiguretheSpaceConsumptionLimitoptions.
a SelectEnabled.
b Inthefield,typethemaximumspacethatcanbeusedonthevolumeinkilobytes
(KB),megabytes(MB),gigabytes(GB),orterabytes(TB).
7 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

Configure an OpenVMS Unique Disk ID for a Volume


ConfigureanOpenVMSUniqueDiskIDtoidentifythevolumetoserversrunningthe
OpenVMSoperatingsystem.Youmayneedtoresetthisvaluewhenrecoveringavolume
fromaReplay.Forexample,ifyoumapavolumetoaserver,createaReplay,andthen
mountanewviewvolumetotheserver,thenewviewvolumehasanewdiskID.Toallow
theservertorecognizeitasthesamevolume,mustmodifythediskIDtomatchtheoriginal
value.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectthevolumeyouwanttomodify.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditVolumedialogboxappears.
6 IntheOpenVMSUniqueDiskIDfield,typeanewdiskID.
7 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

Dell Compellent

47

Chapter 3 Storage Center Administration

Configure Related View Volume Maximums for a Volume


Foragivenvolume,youcanconfigurethemaximumnumberofviewvolumes,including
theoriginalvolume,thatcanbecreatedforvolumesthatsharethesameReplay.Youcan
alsoconfigurethemaximumcombinedsizeforthesevolumes.

Prerequisites
ConsultwithDellTechnicalSupportServicesbeforechangingtheselimits.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectthevolumeyouwanttomodify.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditVolumedialogboxappears.
6 IntheMaximumVolumeCountfield,typethemaximumnumberofviewvolumes,
includingtheoriginalvolume,thatcanbecreatedforvolumesthatsharethesame
Replayhistoryasthisvolume.
7 IntheMaximumConfiguredVolumeSpace,typethemaximumcombinedsizeforall
viewvolumes,includingtheoriginalvolume,thatsharethesameReplayhistoryasthis
volumeinkilobytes(KB),megabytes(MB),gigabytes(GB),orterabytes(TB).Todisable
thislimit,selecttheUnlimitedcheckbox.
8 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

Creating and Managing Volume Folders


Usevolumefoldersorganizevolumesortorestrictaccesstovolumes.
Formoreinformationonrestrictingaccesstousersandgroups,refertotheStorageCenter
SystemManagerAdministratorsGuide.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Create a Volume Folder


Createavolumefoldereithertoorganizevolumesortorestrictaccesstovolumes.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectVolumes.
5 Intherightpane,clickCreateVolumeFolder.TheCreateVolumeFolderdialogbox
appears.
6 IntheNamefield,typeanameforthefolder.
7 IntheParentfield,selectaparentfolder.
8 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

48

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Volumes

Rename a Volume Folder


UsetheEditSettingsdialogboxtorenameavolumefolder.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectthevolumefolderyouwanttorename.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
6 IntheNamefield,typeanewnameforthevolumefolder.
7 ClickOK.

Move a Volume Folder


UsetheEditSettingsdialogboxtomoveavolumefolder.Folderscanbenestedinother
folders.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectthevolumefolderyouwanttomove.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
6 IntheParentfield,selecttheappropriateparentfolder.
7 ClickOK.

Associate a Chargeback Department with a Volume Folder


IfChargebackisenabled,youcanassignaChargebackDepartmenttoafoldertomakesure
thedepartmentischargedforthestorageusedbyallvolumesinthefolder.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectthevolumefolderyouwanttomodify.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
6 NexttoChargebackDepartment,clickChange.TheAddChargebackDepartment
dialogboxappears.
7 Selecttheappropriatedepartment,thenclickOK.
8 ClickOKtoclosetheEditSettingsdialogbox.

Dell Compellent

49

Chapter 3 Storage Center Administration

Creating and Managing Volume Replays


UseReplaystocreateapointintimecopyofoneormorevolumes.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Manually Create a Replay for a Volume


CreateamanualReplayifyouneedacopyofthedataforthispointintimeandyoudonot
wanttocreateaReplayschedule.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectthevolume.
5 Intherightpane,clickCreateReplay.

TheCreateReplaydialogboxappears.

IfthevolumeisassociatedwithoneormoreconsistentReplayProfiles,a
confirmationdialogboxappears.

6 Ifaconfirmationdialogboxappears:

ClickYestocreatereplaysforallvolumesassociatedwiththeconsistentReplay
Profile.

ClickNotocreateareplayfortheselectedvolumeonly.

7 IntheExpireTimefield,typethenumberofminutes,hours,days,orweekstokeepthe
Replaybeforedeletingit.IfyoudonotwanttheReplaytoexpire,selectDoNotExpire.
8 (Optional)IntheDescriptionfield,typeadescriptionoftheReplay.Thedefault
descriptivetextisManuallyCreated.
9 ClickOK.

Assign Replay Profiles to a Volume


AssignoneormoreReplayProfilestoavolumeifyouwantReplaystobecreatedonan
automatedschedule.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectthevolumeyouwanttomodify.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditVolumedialogboxappears.
6 SelecttheappropriateReplayProfiles.
a NexttoReplayProfiles,clickChange.TheSelectReplayProfilesdialogbox
appears.
b Inthetoppaneofthedialogbox,selecttheReplayProfilestoassigntothevolume.

50

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Volumes

Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.TheSelectReplayProfilesdialogboxcloses.

7 ClickOKtoclosetheEditVolumedialogbox.

Create a Local Recovery Volume from a Replay


CreatearecoveryvolumefromaReplayifyouneedtoaccessdatathatiscontainedinthe
Replay.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectthevolume.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheReplaystab.
6 RightclicktheReplayfromwhichyouwanttocreatealocalrecoveryvolume,then
selectCreateVolumefromReplay.TheCreateVolumefromReplaydialogbox
appears.
7 (Optional)Modifydefaultsettingsfortherecoveryvolumeasneeded.

Tochangethevolumename,modifytheNamefield.

Tochangetheparentfolderforthevolume,selectafolderintheVolumeFolder
pane.

ToscheduleReplaycreationandexpirationforthevolume,applyoneormore
ReplayProfilesbyclickingChangeacrossfromReplayProfiles.

8 Maptherecoveryvolumetotheserverfromwhichthedatawillbeaccessed.
a ClickChangeacrossfromServer.TheSelectServerdialogboxappears.
b Selecttheserver,thenclickOK.TheSelectServerdialogboxcloses.
c

(Optional)ClickAdvancedMappingtoconfigureLUNsettings,restrictmapping
paths,orpresentthevolumeasreadonly.

9 ClickOKtocreatethelocalrecoveryvolume.

Pause Replay Creation for a Volume


PauseReplaycreationforavolumetotemporarilypreventReplayProfilesfromcreating
automaticReplaysforthevolume.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectthevolume.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
6 IntheReplayProfilesarea,selectthePauseReplayCreationcheckbox.
7 ClickOK.

Pause Replay Expiration for a Volume


PauseReplayexpirationforavolumetotemporarilypreventReplayProfilesfromexpiring
Replaysforthevolume.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.

Dell Compellent

51

Chapter 3 Storage Center Administration

4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectthevolume.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
6 IntheReplayProfilesarea,selectthePauseReplayExpirationcheckbox.
7 ClickOK.

Allow the Most Recent Replay for a Volume to be Expired


IfyoudonotneedtokeepatleastoneReplayforagivenvolumeatalltimes,youcanallow
themostrecentvolumeReplaytobeexpiredbyaReplayProfile.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectthevolume.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
6 IntheReplayProfilesarea,selecttheAllowReplaystocoalesceintoactiveReplay
checkbox.
7 ClickOK.

Expire a Replay
IfyounolongerneedaReplayandyoudonotwanttowaitforittobeexpiredbasedon
theReplayProfile,youcanexpireitmanually.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectthevolumeforwhichyouwanttoexpirea
Replay(s).
5 Intherightpane,clicktheReplaystab.
6 RightclicktheReplayyouwanttoexpire,thenselectExpire.TheExpiredialogbox
appears.
Note: ToexpiremultipleReplayssimultaneously,holddownShiftwhileyou
selecttheReplays,thenrightclickaselectedReplayandselectExpire.
7 ClickOKtoexpiretheselectedReplay(s).

See Also
ManagingReplayProfilesonpage 60

Mapping Volumes to Servers


Mappingavolumetoaserverallowstheservertoaccessthevolume.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Map a Volume to a Server


Mapavolumetoaservertoallowtheservertousethevolumeforstorage.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.

52

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Volumes

3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectthevolumeyouwanttomaptoaserver.
5 Intherightpane,clickMapVolumetoServer.TheMapVolumetoServerwizard
appears.
6 Selecttheservertowhichyouwanttomapthevolume,thenclickNext.Thewizard
advancestothenextpage.
7 (Optional)ClickAdvancedMappingtoconfigureLUNsettings,restrictmapping
paths,orpresentthevolumeasreadonly.
8 Whenyouaredone,clickFinish.

Map Multiple Volumes to a Server


Multiplevolumescanbemappedtoaserverinasingleoperation.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selecttheVolumesnodeorthefolderthatcontains
thevolumes.
5 Intherightpane,useshift+clickand/orcontrol+clicktoselectmultiplevolumes.
6 Rightclicktheselection,thenselectMapVolumetoServer.TheMapVolumesto
Serverwizardappears.
7 Selecttheservertowhichyouwanttomapthevolumes,thenclickNext.Thewizard
advancestothenextpage.
8 (Optional)ClickAdvancedMappingtorestrictmappingpathsorpresentthevolumes
asreadonly.
9 Whenyouaredone,clickFinish.

Unmap a Volume from a Server


Unmapavolumefromaserveriftheservernolongerneedstoaccessthevolume.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectthevolumeyouwanttounmapfromaserver.
5 Intherightpane,clickRemoveMappings.TheRemoveMappingsdialogboxappears.
6 Selecttheserver(s)tounmapfromthevolume,thenclickOK.Ifthevolumeisthe
destinationofareplicationandyouselectedthemappingtothesourceStorageCenter,
aconfirmationdialogboxappears.

Dell Compellent

53

Chapter 3 Storage Center Administration

7 Ifaconfirmationdialogboxappears:

ClickOKtoremovethemappingtothesourceStorageCenter,whichmightinterfere
withthereplication.

ClickCanceltokeepthemappingtothesourceStorageCenter.

Unmap Multiple Volumes from Servers


Multiplevolumescanbeunmappedfromserversinasingleoperation.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selecttheVolumesnodeorthefolderthatcontains
thevolumes.
5 Intherightpane,useshift+clickand/orcontrol+clicktoselectmultiplevolumes.
6 Rightclicktheselection,thenselectRemoveMappings.TheRemoveMappingsdialog
boxappears.
7 Selectthevolume/servermappingstoremove,thenclickOK.Ifavolumeisthe
destinationofareplicationandyouselectedthemappingtothesourceStorageCenter,
aconfirmationdialogboxappears.
8 Ifaconfirmationdialogboxappears:

ClickOKtoremovethemappingtothesourceStorageCenter,whichmightinterfere
withthereplication.

ClickCanceltokeepthemappingtothesourceStorageCenter.

Promote a Volume Mapping from a Server to a Server Cluster


Ifavolumeismappedtoaserverthatbelongstoaservercluster,youcanpromotethe
mappingtotheserverclustersothatitismappedonallserversinthecluster.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectthevolume.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheMappingstab.
6 Intherightpane,selecttheserverforwhichyouwanttopromotethemapping,then
clickPromotetoCluster.ThePromotetoClusterdialogboxappears.
7 ClickOK.

Demote a Mapping from a Server Cluster to an Individual Server


Ifavolumeismappedtoaservercluster,youcandemotethemappingsothatitismapped
tooneoftheserversthatbelongstothecluster.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectthevolume.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheMappingstab.

54

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Volumes

6 Intherightpane,selecttheserverclusterforwhichyouwanttodemotethemapping,
thenclickDemotefromCluster.TheDemotefromClusterdialogboxappears.
7 ClickOK.

Deploy a Bootable Volume Image to a New Server


Copyabootablevolumeimageandmapittoanewservertostreamlinetheserver
deploymentprocess.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectthevolumeyouwanttocopy.
5 Intherightpane,clickCreateBootfromSANCopy.TheCreateBootfromSANCopy
dialogboxappears.
6 (Optional)Modifydefaultsettingsforthevolumecopyasneeded.

Tochangethevolumename,modifytheNamefield.

Tochangetheparentfolderforthevolume,selectafolderintheVolumeFolder
pane.

ToscheduleReplaycreationandexpirationforthevolume,applyoneormore
ReplayProfilesbyclickingChangeacrossfromReplayProfiles.

7 Maptherecoveryvolumetotheserverthatwillbootfromit.
a ClickChangeacrossfromServer.TheSelectServerdialogboxappears.
b Selecttheserver,thenclickOK.TheSelectServerdialogboxcloses.
c

(Optional)ClickAdvancedMappingtoconfigureLUNsettings,restrictmapping
paths,orpresentthevolumeasreadonly.

8 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

Change the LUN Used by a Volume/Server Mapping


TheLogicalUnitNumberidentifiesthevolumetotheserveroperatingsystem.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectthevolume.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheMappingstab.
6 Intherightpane,selecttheserverforwhichyouwanttomodifymappingsettings,then
clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingswizardappears.
7 ClickContinue.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.
8 ConfiguretheLUNsettings:

TospecifyaspecificLUNnumber,cleartheUsenextavailableLUNcheckbox,then
typetheLUNintheLUNtousewhenmappingtoVolumefield.

ToassignthenextunusedLUNfortheserver,selecttheUsenextavailableLUN
checkbox.

Tomakethevolumebootable,selecttheMapvolumeusingLUN0checkbox.

9 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

Dell Compellent

55

Chapter 3 Storage Center Administration

Specify Which Controller Processes IO for a Volume/Server Mapping


FordualcontrollerStorageCenters,youcanmanuallyspecifywhichcontrollerprocesses
IOforavolume/servermapping.Bydefault,theStorageCenterautomaticallychoosesa
controller.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectthevolume.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheMappingstab.
6 Intherightpane,selecttheserverforwhichyouwanttomodifymappingsettings,then
clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingswizardappears.
7 ClickContinue.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.
8 CleartheAllowtheStorageCentertoautomaticallydeterminethebestControllerto
activateVolumeoncheckbox.
9 FromtheActivateVolumeonControllerdropdownmenu,selectthecontrollerthat
shouldprocessIOforthevolume/servermapping.
10 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

Limit the Number of Paths that can be Used for a Volume/Server Mapping
YoucanspecifythemaximumnumberofpathsusedbyserversthatsupportmultipathIO.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectthevolume.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheMappingstab.
6 Intherightpane,selecttheserverforwhichyouwanttomodifymappingsettings,then
clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingswizardappears.
7 ClickContinue.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.
8 UsethearrowsnexttotheMaximumnumberofpathsperServerfieldtoincreaseor
decreasethepathlimit.
9 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

Change a Volume/Server Mapping to Read-Only


Topreventaserverfromwritingtoavolume,changethevolume/servermappingtoread
only.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectthevolume.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheMappingstab.
6 Intherightpane,selecttheserverforwhichyouwanttomodifymappingsettings,then
clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingswizardappears.
7 ClickContinue.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.

56

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Volumes

8 SelecttheThevolumeshouldbepresentedasreadonlytotheservercheckbox.
9 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

Preparing Volumes for Disaster Recovery


Toprepareavolumefordisasterrecovery,youcanconfigurereplicationforavolumeor
convertavolumetoaLiveVolume.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Replicate a Volume to Another Storage Center


ReplicateavolumetoanotherStorageCentertosafeguarddataagainstlocalorregional
datathreats.
1 Makesureyourconfigurationmeetsthereplicationrequirements.
2 ClicktheStorageview.
3 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
4 ClicktheStoragetab.
5 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectthevolumeyouwanttoreplicate.
6 Intherightpane,clickReplicateVolume.TheCreateReplicationwizardappears.
7 SelecttheremoteStorageCentertowhichthevolumewillbereplicated,thenclickNext.
Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.
8 Modifythereplicationanddestinationvolumeattributesasneeded.Theseattributes
aredescribedintheonlinehelp.
9 Whenyouarefinished,clickFinish.

See Also
ReplicationRequirementsonpage 426
ConfiguringReplicationsonpage 428

Replicate Multiple Volumes to Another Storage Center


Multiplereplicationscanbeconfiguredinasingleoperation.Replicatemultiplevolumes
toanotherStorageCentertosafeguarddataagainstlocalorregionaldatathreats.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selecttheVolumesnodeorthefolderthatcontains
thevolumes.
5 Intherightpane,useshift+clickand/orcontrol+clicktoselectmultiplevolumes.
6 Rightclicktheselection,thenselectReplicateVolume.TheCreateReplicationwizard
appears.
7 SelecttheremoteStorageCentertowhichthevolumeswillbereplicated,thenclick
Next.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.

Dell Compellent

57

Chapter 3 Storage Center Administration

8 Modifythereplicationanddestinationvolumeattributesasneeded,thenclickNext.
Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.
9 Reviewthereplicationsyouhaveconfigured.
a (Optional)Ifyouwanttomodifyareplicationbeforeitiscreated,selectit,thenclick
EditSettings.
b Whenyouaredone,clickFinish.Thevolumesbegintoreplicatetotheremote
StorageCenter.

See Also
ReplicationRequirementsonpage 426
ConfiguringReplicationsonpage 428

Convert a Volume to a Live Volume


Convertavolumetoalivevolumeifyouwanttosafeguarddataagainstlocalorregional
datathreatsandyouwanttomapthevolumetoserversatboththelocalandremotesites.
1 MakesureyourconfigurationmeetstheLiveVolumerequirements.
2 ClicktheStorageview.
3 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
4 ClicktheStoragetab.
5 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectthevolumeyouwanttoconvert.
6 Intherightpane,clickConverttoLiveVolume.TheCreateLiveVolumewizard
appears.
7 SelecttheremoteStorageCentertowhichthevolumewillbereplicated,thenclickNext.
Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.
8 Modifythereplication,destinationvolume,andLiveVolumeattributesasneeded.
Theseattributesaredescribedintheonlinehelp.
9 Whenyouarefinished,clickFinish.

See Also
LiveVolumeRequirementsonpage 452
CreatingLiveVolumesonpage 453

Convert Multiple Volumes to Live Volumes


MultiplevolumescanbeconvertedtoLiveVolumesinasingleoperation.Converta
volumetoalivevolumeifyouwanttosafeguarddataagainstlocalorregionaldatathreats
andyouwanttomapthevolumetoserversatboththelocalandremotesites.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selecttheVolumesnodeorthefolderthatcontains
thevolumes.
5 Intherightpane,useshift+clickand/orcontrol+clicktoselectmultiplevolumes.
6 Rightclicktheselection,thenselectConverttoLiveVolume.TheCreateLiveVolume
wizardappears.

58

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Volumes

7 SelecttheremoteStorageCentertowhichthevolumewillbereplicated,thenclickNext.
Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.
8 Modifythereplicationattributes,destinationvolumeattributes,andLiveVolume
attributesasneeded,thenclickNext.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.
9 ReviewtheLiveVolumesyouhaveconfigured.
a (Optional)IfyouwanttomodifyaLiveVolumebeforeitiscreated,selectit,then
clickEditSettings.
b Whenyouaredone,clickFinish.Thevolumesbegintosynchronizewiththeremote
StorageCenter.

See Also
LiveVolumeRequirementsonpage 452
CreatingLiveVolumesonpage 453

Deleting Volumes and Volume Folders


Deletevolumesandvolumefolderswhentheyarenolongerneeded.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Delete a Volume
Bydefault,adeletedvolumeismovedtotheRecycleBin.
Caution: YoucanrecoveravolumefromtheRecycleBin,butaftertheRecycleBin
isemptied,dataonthatvolumecannotberecovered.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectthevolumeyouwanttodelete.
5 Intherightpane,clickDelete.TheDeletedialogboxappears.
Caution: DonotselectSkipRecycleBinandpermanentlydeletevolumes
unlessyouwanttoimmediatelydeletethevolumewithoutsavingthemetadata
intheRecycleBin.Thispermanentlydeletesthevolume,preventingyoufrom
recoveringthedata.
6 ClickOKtodeletethevolume.Thevolumeismarkedfordeletionandmovedtothe
RecycleBin.

Restore a Volume from the Recycle Bin


RestoreavolumefromtheRecycleBinifyouneedtoretainthevolumeinsteadofdeleting
it.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.

Dell Compellent

59

Chapter 3 Storage Center Administration

4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectthevolumeintheRecycleBinthatyouwant
torestore.
5 Intherightpane,clickRestoreVolume.ThevolumeismovedfromtheRecycleBinto
itspreviouslocation.

Empty the Recycle Bin


EmptytheRecycleBinifyouaresureyouwanttodeletetherecycledvolume(s).
a

Caution: AftertheRecycleBinisemptied,dataonarecycledvolume(s)cannotbe
recovered.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectRecycleBin.
5 Intherightpane,clickEmptyRecycleBin.TheEmptyRecycleBindialogboxappears.
6 ClickOKtoconfirmthatyouwanttopermanentlydeleteallvolumesintheRecycleBin.

Delete a Volume Folder


Avolumefoldermustbeemptybeforeitcanbedeleted.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectthevolumefolderyouwanttomove.
5 Intherightpane,clickDelete.TheDeletedialogboxappears.
6 ClickOKtodeletethefolder.

Managing Replay Profiles


AReplayProfileisacollectionofrulesdescribingwhentotakeperiodicReplaysforoneor
morevolumesandthetimeatwhichReplaysaredeleted(expired).
AReplayisapointintimecopy(PITC)ofoneormorevolumes.StorageCenterReplays
differfromtraditionalPITCsbecauseblocksofdataorpagesarefrozenandnotcopied.No
userdataismoved,makingtheprocessefficientinbothtimetakentocompletetheReplay,
andspaceusedbyReplays.
Note: IftwoormoreReplaysarescheduledtobecreatedatthesametimefora
givenvolume,theStorageCentercreatesonlyoneReplay.TheReplaythathasthe
longestexpirationtimeiscreated,andtheotherscheduledReplaysareignored.

60

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Replay Profiles

Default Replay Profiles


Bydefault,StorageCenterprovidestwostandardReplayProfilesthatcannotbedeleted.

Daily:CreatesaReplayeverydayat12:01AM,andexpirestheReplayinoneweek.

Sample:Appliesthreeschedulerules:

CreatesaReplayevery12hoursbetween12:05AMand6PM,expiringinfivedays.

CreatesaReplayonthefirstdayofeverymonthat11:30PM,expiringin26weeks.

CreatesaReplayeverySaturdayat11:30PM,expiringin5weeks.

Non-Consistent and Consistent Replay Profiles


WhenaReplayistakenforavolume,IOishaltedtoallowtheoperationtotakeplace.A
consistentReplayProfilehaltsIOtoallassociatedvolumesuntilaReplayistakenforeach
volume,ensuringthattheReplayscontaindataforthesametimeperiod.Anonconsistent
ReplayProfilecreatesReplaysforassociatedvolumeswithoutguaranteeingthatthe
Replayswillfinishatthesametime,whichislessresourceintensive.
Consistent Replay Profile

Non-Consistent Replay Profile

HaltsIOacrossallvolumesasagroup

HaltsIOforeachvolumeindependentlyofother
volumes.

Resourceintensive

Lessresourceintensivedependsontheamount
ofdatawrittensincethepreviousReplay

Limitedto40volumes

Nolimittothenumberofvolumestowhichthe
ReplayProfileisattached

Replaysaretakenofallvolumes
simultaneously

ChoosebetweenStandard(onevolumeatatime)
orParallel(allvolumessimultaneously)

CansetanAlertifReplayscannotbecompleted AllReplaysaretaken
withinadefinedtime.Replaysnotcompleted
beforealertisgeneratedarenottaken.(Thiscan
leadtoincompletegroupsofReplaysacross
volumes.)
CandeleteincompletegroupofReplays

AllReplaysaretaken

CanbeconvertedtoNonConsistentReplay
Profile

CanbeconvertedtoConsistentReplayProfile

Creating and Applying Replay Profiles


TocreateandexpireReplaysautomatically,createaReplayProfileandapplyittooneor
morevolumesorservers.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Create a Replay Profile


CreateaReplayProfiletodefineautomatedReplaycreationandexpirationschedulesthat
canbeappliedtovolumes.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.

Dell Compellent

61

Chapter 3 Storage Center Administration

4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectReplayProfiles.
5 Intherightpane,clickCreateReplayProfile.TheCreateReplayProfiledialogbox
appears.
6 IntheNamefield,typeanamefortheReplayProfile.
7 AddaruletotheReplayProfile.
a ClickAddRule.TheAddRuledialogboxappears.
b Fromthedropdownmenu,selecttheintervalatwhichtheruleruns.
c

Configurethedate(s)andtime(s)atwhichyouwantReplaystobecreated.

d IntheExpirationfield,typethelengthoftimetokeepReplaysbeforedeletingthem.
e ClickOK.TheAddRuledialogboxcloses.
8 (Optional)RepeatStep 7tocreateadditionalrulesasnecessary.
9 FromtheReplayCreationMethoddropdownmenu,selectanoptiontocontrolhow
ReplaystriggeredbytheReplayProfilearecreated.

Standard:Whenselected,takesReplaysinseriesforallvolumesassociatedwiththe
Replay.

Parallel:Whenselected,takesReplayssimultaneouslyforallvolumesassociated
withtheReplay.

Consistent:Whenselected,haltsIOandtakesReplaysforallvolumesassociated
withtheReplay.

10 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

Apply a Replay Profile to One or More Volumes


ToaddReplaycreationandexpirationschedulestoavolume,associateaReplayProfile
withthevolume.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selecttheReplayProfile.
5 Intherightpane,clickApplytoVolume(s).TheApplytoVolume(s)dialogbox
appears.
6 Selectthevolume(s)towhichyouwanttoapplytheReplayProfile.
7 (Optional)ToremoveexistingReplayProfilesfromtheselectedvolume(s),select
ReplaceexistingReplayProfiles.
8 ClickOK.

Apply a Replay Profile to a Server


ToaddReplaycreationandexpirationschedulestoallvolumesmappedtoaserver,
associateaReplayProfilewiththeserver.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selecttheReplayProfile.
5 Intherightpane,clickApplytoServer.TheApplytoServerdialogboxappears.

62

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Replay Profiles

6 SelecttheservertowhichyouwanttoapplytheReplayProfile.
Note: IfyouapplyaReplayProfiletoaservercluster,theReplayProfileis
appliedonlytothevolumesthataremappeddirectlytotheservercluster.
Volumesthataremappedexclusivelytoserversthatbelongtotheclusterarenot
affected.
7 (Optional)ToremoveexistingReplayProfilesfromtheselectedserver,selectReplace
existingReplayProfiles.
8 ClickOK.

Create a Replay for all Volumes Associated with a Replay Profile


YoucancreateaReplayforallvolumesassociatedwithaReplayProfileinsteadof
manuallycreatingaReplayforeachvolume.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selecttheReplayProfile.
5 Intherightpane,clickCreateReplay.TheCreateReplaydialogboxappears.
6 IntheExpireTimefield,typethenumberofminutes,hours,days,orweekstokeepthe
Replaybeforedeletingit.IfyoudonotwanttheReplaytoexpire,selectDoNotExpire.
7 (Optional)IntheDescriptionfield,typeadescriptionoftheReplay.Thedefault
descriptivetextisManuallyCreated.
8 ClickOK.

Modifying Replay Profiles


ModifyaReplayProfiletochangetheautomatedReplaycreationandexpirationschedules
thatareappliedtotheassociatedvolumes.ChangestoaReplayProfileaffectonlynew
ReplaystakenwiththemodifiedReplayProfile.ExistingReplaysarenotchanged.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Rename a Replay Profile


UsetheEditReplayProfiledialogboxtorenameaReplayProfile.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selecttheReplayProfilethatyouwanttomodify.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
6 IntheNamefield,typeanewnamefortheReplayProfile.
7 ClickOK.

Dell Compellent

63

Chapter 3 Storage Center Administration

Modify Rules for a Replay Profile


ReplayProfilerulesdeterminewhenReplaysarecreatedandexpired.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selecttheReplayProfilethatyouwanttomodify.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
6 (Optional)AddaruletotheReplayProfile.
a ClickAddRule.TheAddRuledialogboxappears.
b Fromthedropdownmenu,selecttheintervalatwhichtheruleruns.
c

Configurethedate(s)andtime(s)atwhichyouwantReplaystobecreated.

d IntheExpirationfield,typethelengthoftimetokeepReplaysbeforedeletingthem.
e ClickOK.TheAddRuledialogboxcloses.
7 (Optional)Modifytheexistingrulesasneeded.

Tomodifyarule,selecttherule,thenclickEditRule.

Toremovearule,selecttherule,thenclickRemoveRule.

8 ClickOK.

Change the Replay Creation Method for a Replay Profile


TheReplaycreationmethodcontrolshowReplaystriggeredbytheReplayProfileare
created.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selecttheReplayProfilethatyouwanttomodify.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
6 FromtheReplayCreationMethoddropdownmenu,selectanoptiontocontrolhow
ReplaystriggeredbytheReplayProfilearecreated.

Standard:Whenselected,takesReplaysinseriesforallvolumesassociatedwiththe
Replay.

Parallel:Whenselected,takesReplayssimultaneouslyforallvolumesassociated
withtheReplay.

Consistent:Whenselected,haltsIOandtakesReplaysforallvolumesassociated
withtheReplay.

7 ClickOK.

Delete a Replay Profile


AReplayProfilecannotbedeletedifitisbeingusedbyanyvolumes.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selecttheReplayProfile.

64

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Replay Profiles

5 MakesuretheReplayProfileisnotinusebyanyvolumes.
6 Intherightpane,clickDelete.TheDeletedialogboxappears.
7 ClickOK.

Managing Expiration Rules for Remote Replays


Bydefault,ReplayProfilesappliedtoremotevolumeshavethesamerulesforexpiration
asforlocalvolumes.However,youcanspecifydifferentexpirationrulesforremote
volumesifneeded.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Create Replay Profile Expiration Rules for Remote Replays


CreateremoteexpirationrulesforaReplayProfileifyouwanttheremoteReplaystoexpire
onadifferentschedulethanthelocalReplays.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selecttheReplayProfile.
5 IntheScheduleRulespane,rightclickthescheduleandselectEditRemoteReplay
Expiration.TheEditRemoteReplayExpirationdialogboxappears.
6 ConfiguretheremoteReplayexpirationrule.
a SelecttheremoteStorageCenter(s)forwhichyouwanttospecifyanexpirationrule
fortheReplays.
b IntheRemoteExpirationfield,typethenumberofminutes,hours,days,orweeks
tokeeptheremoteReplaybeforedeletingit.
c

ClickOK.

Modify a Replay Profile Expiration Rule for Remote Replays


ModifyaremoteexpirationruleforaReplayProfiletochangethetimeatwhichremote
Replaysareexpired.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selecttheReplayProfile.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheRemoteExpirationRulestab.
6 RightclicktheremoteexpirationruleandselectEditRemoteReplayExpiration.The
EditRemoteReplayExpirationdialogboxappears.
7 ConfiguretheremoteReplayexpirationrule.
a IntheRemoteExpirationfield,typethenumberofminutes,hours,days,orweeks
tokeeptheremoteReplaybeforedeletingit.
b ClickOK.

Dell Compellent

65

Chapter 3 Storage Center Administration

Managing Storage Profiles


StorageProfilesdescribetheRAIDlevelandtiersonwhichdataisstored.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Create a Storage Profile


CreateaStorageProfileifyouwanttospecifycustomRAIDlevelandtiersettingsthatcan
beappliedtooneormorevolumes.

Prerequisites
InyourStorageCenterUserVolumeDefaults,theAllowStorageProfileselectioncheck
boxmustbeselected.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectStorageProfiles.
5 Intherightpane,clickCreateStorageProfile.TheCreateStorageProfilewindow
appears.
6 FromtheStorageCenterTasksmenu,selectStorageProfile>CreateStorageProfile.
TheCreateStorageProfiledialogboxappears.
7 ConfiguretheStorageProfile.
a IntheNamefield,typeanamefortheStorageProfile.
b FromtheRaidTypeUseddropdownmenu,selecttheRAIDlevel(s)usedfor
volumesassociatedwiththeStorageProfile.
c

IntheStorageTiersarea,selecttheStorageTiers(diskclasses)thatcanbeusedfor
volumesassociatedwiththeStorageProfile.

8 ClickOK.

Apply a Storage Profile to One or More Volumes


ApplyaStorageProfiletoavolumetospecifytheRAIDlevelandtiersusedbythevolume.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selecttheStorageProfile.
5 Intherightpane,clickApplytoVolume(s).TheApplytoVolume(s)dialogbox
appears.
6 Selectthevolume(s)towhichyouwanttoapplytheStorageProfile.
7 ClickOK.

66

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Storage Profiles

Apply a Storage Profile to a Server


ApplyaStorageProfiletoaservertospecifytheRAIDlevelandtiersusedbyallvolumes
thataremappedtotheserver.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selecttheStorageProfile.
5 Intherightpane,clickApplytoServer.TheApplytoServerdialogboxappears.
6 SelecttheservertowhichyouwanttoapplytheStorageProfile.
7 ClickOK.

Delete a Storage Profile


DeleteaStorageProfileifitisnolongerneeded.

Prerequisites

InyourStorageCenterUserVolumeDefaults,theAllowStorageProfileselection
checkboxmustbeselected.

TheStorageProfilecannotbeappliedtoanyvolumes.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selecttheStorageProfile.
5 Intherightpane,clickDelete.TheDeletedialogboxappears.
6 ClickOK.

See Also
StorageProfiles

Dell Compellent

67

Chapter 3 Storage Center Administration

68

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Storage Center Server Administration


EnterpriseManagerallowsyoutoallocatestorageoneachStorageCenterfortheservers
inyourenvironment.ServersthatareconnectedtoStorageCenterscanalsoberegistered
toEnterpriseManagertostreamlinestoragemanagementandtorunSpaceRecoveryfor
Windowsservers.

Contents
ServerManagementOptions .................................................. 70
ManagingServersonaStorageCenter ......................................... 72
ManagingServersCentrallyontheServersView ................................ 83
InstallingandUsingtheServerAgentonaWindowsServer ...................... 98
SpaceRecoveryonWindows ................................................. 103

Dell Compellent

69

Chapter 4 Storage Center Server Administration

Server Management Options


Topresentstoragetoaserver,acorrespondingserverobjectmustbeaddedtotheStorage
Center.YoucanmanageserversindividuallyforeachStorageCenterand/orcentrally
manageserversbyregisteringthemtoEnterpriseManager.

Managing Storage Center Server Objects


StorageCenterserverobjectsaremanagedindividuallyforeachStorageCenterfromthe
StoragetabontheStorageview.StorageCentershavenoknowledgeabouttheservers
otherthantheoperatingsystem,whichmustbemanuallyspecified.

70

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Server Management Options

Managing Servers Centrally Using Enterprise Manager


ServersthatareregisteredtoEnterpriseManageraremanagedfromtheServersview.
RegisteredserversarecentrallymanagedregardlessofwhichStorageCenterstheyare
connectedto.

ThefollowingadditionalfeaturesareavailableforserversthatareregisteredtoEnterprise
Manager:

Dell Compellent

EnterpriseManagergathersoperatingsystemandconnectivityinformationfrom
registeredservers.

EnterpriseManagercanautomaticallyaddacorrespondingStorageCenterserver
objectforeachregisteredserver.

StorageCentervolumescanbecreated,mounted,andformattedontheserversdirectly
fromtheEnterpriseManagerClient.

WhencreatingavolumeforaWindowsorVMwareserver,EnterpriseManagercan
recommendaStorageCentertohostthevolumebasedoncapacityandperformance.

EnterpriseManagercanscheduleandrunSpaceRecoveryonWindowsvolumes
throughtheEnterpriseManagerServerAgent.

71

Chapter 4 Storage Center Server Administration

Managing Servers on a Storage Center


UsetheStoragetaboftheStorageviewtocreateandmanageserverobjectsforeach
StorageCenter.

CreatingServersonpage 72

ModifyingServersonpage 75

MappingVolumestoServersonpage 79

CreatingandManagingServerFoldersonpage 81

DeletingServersandServerFoldersonpage 82

Creating Servers
CreateaservertoallowaStorageCentertopassIOthroughtheportsonthatserver.After
aserveriscreated,volumescanbemappedtoit.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Create a Physical Server


Createaphysicalserverobjecttorepresentaphysicalserverinyourenvironment.
1 MakesuretheserverHBA(s)hasconnectivitytotheStorageCenterHBA(s).

iSCSI:ConfiguretheiSCSIinitiatorontheservertousetheStorageCenterHBA(s)
asthetarget.

FibreChannel:ConfigureFibreChannelzoningtoallowtheserverHBA(s)and
StorageCenterHBA(s)tocommunicate.

2 ClicktheStorageview.
3 SelectaStorageCenterintheStoragepane.
4 ClicktheStoragetab.
5 SelectServersintheStoragetabnavigationpane.
6 Intherightpane,clickCreateServer.TheCreateServerdialogboxappears.

72

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Servers on a Storage Center

7 Configuretheserverattributes.Theseattributesaredescribedintheonlinehelp.
a EnteranamefortheserverintheNamefield.
b Toaddtheservertoaserverfolder,clickChange,selectafolder,andclickOK.
c

SelecttheoperatingsystemfortheserverfromtheOperatingSystemdropdown
menu.

d TogenerateStorageCenteralertswhenconnectivityislostbetweentheStorage
Centerandtheserver,selectAlertOnLostConnectivity.
e SelectordefineoneormoreHBAsfortheserver.

IfoneormoreserverHBAsarevisibletotheStorageCenter,selecttheminthe
HostBusAdapterstable.

IfaserverHBAisnotvisibletotheStorageCenter,clickManuallyAddHBAto
defineitmanually.
Note: IPaddresscanbeaddedforHBAsthatwillbeinstalledontheserver
inthefuture.WhentheHBAthatusesthatIPaddressisinstalled,itwillbe
configuredandreadytouse.

8 ClickOK.

Create a Virtual Server


Createavirtualserverobjecttorepresentavirtualmachineinyourenvironment.

Prerequisites
Theserverthathoststhevirtualservermustbeaddedasaphysicalserver.

Steps
1 MakesuretheserverHBA(s)hasconnectivitytotheStorageCenterHBA(s).

iSCSI:ConfiguretheiSCSIinitiatorontheservertousetheStorageCenterHBA(s)
asthetarget.

FibreChannel:ConfigureFibreChannelzoningtoallowtheserverHBA(s)and
StorageCenterHBA(s)tocommunicate.

2 ClicktheStorageview.
3 SelectaStorageCenterintheStoragepane.
4 ClicktheStoragetab.
5 SelecttheserverthathoststhevirtualserverintheStoragetabnavigationpane.

Dell Compellent

73

Chapter 4 Storage Center Server Administration

6 Intherightpane,clickCreateVirtualServer.TheCreateVirtualServerdialogbox
appears.

7 Configuretheserverattributes.Theseattributesaredescribedintheonlinehelp.
a EnteranamefortheserverintheNamefield.
b Toaddtheservertoaserverfolder,clickChange,selectafolder,andclickOK.
c

SelecttheoperatingsystemfortheserverfromtheOperatingSystemdropdown
menu.

d TogenerateStorageCenteralertswhenconnectivityislostbetweentheStorage
Centerandtheserver,selectAlertOnLostConnectivity.
e SelectordefineoneormoreHBAsfortheserver.

IfoneormoreserverHBAsarevisibletotheStorageCenter,selecttheminthe
HostBusAdapterstable.

IfaserverHBAisnotvisibletotheStorageCenter,clickManuallyAddHBAto
defineitmanually.
Note: IPaddresscanbeaddedforHBAsthatwillbeinstalledontheserver
inthefuture.WhentheHBAthatusesthatIPaddressisinstalled,itwillbe
configuredandreadytouse.

8 ClickOK.

Create a Server Cluster


Createaserverclusterobjecttorepresentaclusterofserversinyourenvironment.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 SelectaStorageCenterintheStoragepane.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 SelectServersintheStoragetabnavigationpane.

74

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Servers on a Storage Center

5 Intherightpane,clickCreateServerCluster.TheCreateServerClusterdialogbox
appears.

6 Configuretheserverclusterattributes.Theseattributesaredescribedintheonlinehelp.
a EnteranamefortheserverintheNamefield.
b Toaddtheserverclustertoaserverfolder,clickChange,selectafolder,andclick
OK.
c

FromtheOperatingSystemdropdownmenu,selecttheoperatingsystemforthe
cluster.
Note: Allserversinaserverclustermustberunningthesameoperating
system.

d TogenerateStorageCenteralertswhenconnectivityislostbetweentheStorage
Centerandtheserver(s),selectAlertOnLostConnectivity.
7 Addserverstotheservercluster.

Toaddanexistingservertothecluster,clickAddServertoCluster,selecttheserver
toadd,andthenclickOK.

Todefineanewserver,clickCreateNewServer,configuretheserverattributes,and
thenclickOK.Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

8 ClickOK.

Modifying Servers
Modifyaservertochangeitsattributes,applyaReplayProfile,andaddorremoveHBAs.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Apply One or More Replay Profiles to a Server


AssociateaReplayProfilewithaservertoaddReplaycreationandexpirationschedulesto
allvolumesthatarecurrentlymappedtoaserver.Volumesthataresubsequentlymapped
totheserverdonotinherittheReplaycreationandexpirationschedules.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 SelectaStorageCenterintheStoragepane.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.

Dell Compellent

75

Chapter 4 Storage Center Server Administration

4 SelecttheserverintheStoragetabnavigationpane.
5 Intherightpane,clickApplyReplayProfilestoServer.TheApplytoServerdialog
boxappears.
6 SelecttheReplayProfilestoassigntothevolume(s)fromthetoppaneofthedialogbox.
7 ToremoveexistingReplayProfilesfromeachvolumemappedtotheserver,select
ReplaceexistingReplayProfiles.
8 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

Add a Server to a Server Cluster


Youcanaddaserverobjecttoaserverclusteratanytime.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 SelectaStorageCenterintheStoragepane.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selecttheserveryouwanttoaddtoacluster.
5 Intherightpane,clickAddServertoCluster.TheAddServertoClusterdialogbox
appears.
6 SelecttheserverclustertowhichyouwanttoaddtheserverandclickOK.

Remove a Server from a Server Cluster


Youcanremoveaserverobjectfromaserverclusteratanytime.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 SelectaStorageCenterintheStoragepane.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 SelecttheservertoremoveintheStoragetabnavigationpane.
5 Intherightpane,clickRemoveServerfromCluster.TheRemoveServerfromCluster
dialogboxappears.
6 ClickOK.

Convert a Physical Server to a Virtual Server


Ifyoumigratedaphysicalservertoavirtualmachine,changethephysicalserverobjectto
avirtualserverobjectandselectthehostphysicalserver.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 SelectaStorageCenterintheStoragepane.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 SelecttheserverintheStoragetabnavigationpane.
5 Intherightpane,clickConverttoVirtualServer.TheConverttoVirtualServerdialog
boxappears.
6 Selecttheserverorserverclusterthathoststhevirtualserver,thenclickOK.

Convert a Virtual Server to a Physical Server


Ifyoumigratedavirtualmachinetoaphysicalserver,modifythecorrespondingvirtual
serverobjectaccordingly.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 SelectaStorageCenterintheStoragepane.

76

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Servers on a Storage Center

3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 SelecttheserverintheStoragetabnavigationpane.
5 Intherightpane,clickConverttoPhysicalServer.TheConverttoPhysicalServer
dialogboxappears.
6 ClickOK.

Rename a Server
Aserverobjectcanberenamedatanytime,andthenamedoesnotneedtomatchthehost
nameorIPaddressoftheserver.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 SelectaStorageCenterintheStoragepane.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 SelecttheserverintheStoragetabnavigationpane.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
6 EnteranamefortheserverintheNamefield.
7 ClickOK.

Change the Operating System of a Server


Ifyouinstalledanewoperatingsystemorupgradedtheoperatingsystemonaserver,
updatethecorrespondingserverobjectaccordingly.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 SelectaStorageCenterintheStoragepane.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 SelecttheserverintheStoragetabnavigationpane.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
6 SelecttheoperatingsystemfortheserverfromtheOperatingSystemdropdown
menu.
7 ClickOK.

Move a Server to a Different Server Folder


Forconvenience,serverobjectscanbeorganizedbyfolders.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 SelectaStorageCenterintheStoragepane.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 SelecttheserverintheStoragetabnavigationpane.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
6 SelectthefoldertowhichtomovetheserverintheServerFoldernavigationtree.
7 ClickOK.

Dell Compellent

77

Chapter 4 Storage Center Server Administration

Add One or More HBAs to a server


Tomapavolumetoaserver,theStorageCentermustbeabletocommunicatewithatleast
oneHBAontheserver.
1 MakesuretheserverHBA(s)hasconnectivitytotheStorageCenterHBA(s).

iSCSI:ConfiguretheiSCSIinitiatorontheservertousetheStorageCenterHBA(s)
asthetarget.

FibreChannel:ConfigureFibreChannelzoningtoallowtheserverHBA(s)and
StorageCenterHBA(s)tocommunicate.

2 ClicktheStorageview.
3 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
4 ClicktheStoragetab.
5 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selecttheserver.
6 Intherightpane,clickAddHBAstoServer.TheAddHBAstoServerdialogbox
appears.
7 SelectordefineoneormoreHBAsfortheserver.

IfoneormoreserverHBAsarevisibletotheStorageCenter,selectthemintheSelect
HBA(s)toaddtoservertable.

IfaserverHBAisnotvisibletotheStorageCenter,clickManuallyAddHBAto
defineitmanually.

8 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

Remove One or More HBAs from a Server


IfaserverHBAhasbeenrepurposedandisnolongerusedtocommunicatewiththe
StorageCenter,removeitfromtheserverobject.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selecttheserver.
5 Intherightpane,clickRemoveHBAsfromServer.TheRemoveHBAsfromServer
dialogboxappears.
6 SelecttheHBA(s)thatyouwanttoremove.

78

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Servers on a Storage Center

7 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.IftheHBAisusedbyoneormoremappedvolumes,
aconfirmationdialogboxappears.

8 Ifaconfirmationdialogboxappears:

ClickCanceltokeeptheHBA.

ClickOKtoremovetheHBA,whichmightinterferewiththemappedvolume.

Mapping Volumes to Servers


Mapavolumetoaservertoallowtheservertousethevolumeforstorage.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Map a Volume to a Server


Mapanexistingvolumetoaservertoallowtheservertouseit.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 SelectaserverintheStoragetabnavigationpane.
5 Intherightpane,clickMapVolumetoServer.TheMapVolumetoServerwizard
appears.
6 IntheVolumenavigationtree,selectthevolumeyouwanttomap,thenclickNext.The
wizardadvancestothenextpage.
7 (Optional)ClickAdvancedOptionstoconfigureLUNsettings,restrictmappingpaths,
orpresentthevolumeasreadonly.
8 Whenyouaredone,clickFinish.

Unmap One or More Volumes From a Server


Ifaservernolongerusesavolume,youcanunmapthevolumefromtheserver.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 SelectaStorageCenterintheStoragepane.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 SelecttheserverfromwhichtounmapvolumesintheStoragetabnavigationpane.
5 Intherightpane,clickRemoveMappings.TheRemoveMappingsdialogboxappears.
6 Selectthevolume(s)tounmapfromtheserver.
7 ClickOK.

Dell Compellent

79

Chapter 4 Storage Center Server Administration

Create a Volume and Map it to a Server


Ifaserverrequiresadditionalstorageandyoudonotwanttouseanexistingvolume,you
cancreateandmapavolumetotheserverinasingleoperation.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 SelectaStorageCenterintheStoragepane.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 SelecttheserveronwhichtomapanewvolumeintheStoragetabnavigationpane.
5 Intherightpane,clickCreateVolume.TheCreateVolumedialogboxappears.
6 EnteranameforthevolumeintheNamefield.
7 Selectaunitofstoragefromthedropdownmenuandenterthesizeforthevolumein
theSizefield.Theavailablestorageunitsarekilobytes(KB),megabytes(MB),gigabytes
(GB),andterabytes(TB).
8 IntheVolumeFolderpane,selecttheparentfolderforthevolume.
9 (Optional)Configuretheremainingvolumeattributesasneeded.

ToscheduleReplaycreationandexpirationforthevolume,applyoneormore
ReplayProfilesbyclickingChangeacrossfromReplayProfiles.

ToconfigureLUNsettings,restrictmappingpaths,orpresentthevolumeasread
only,clickAdvancedMapping.

IfChargebackisenabled,selectthedepartmenttochargeforstoragecostsassociated
withthevolumebyclickingChangeacrossfromChargebackDepartment.

TousespecificdisktiersandRAIDlevelsforvolumedata,selecttheappropriate
StorageProfilefromtheStorageProfiledropdownmenu.Usingthe
RecommendedStorageProfileallowsthevolumetotakefulladvantageofdata
progression.

IfmorethanoneStorageTypeisdefinedontheStorageCenter,selecttheStorage
TypetoprovidestoragefromtheStorageTypedropdownmenu.

10 ClickOK.Thevolumeiscreatedandmappedtotheserver.

Create Multiple Volumes Simultaneously and Map Them to a Server


Ifaserverrequiresadditionalstorageandyoudonotwanttouseexistingvolumes,you
cancreateandmapmultiplevolumestotheserverinasingleoperation.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 SelectaStorageCenterintheStoragepane.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 SelecttheserveronwhichtomapnewvolumesintheStoragetabnavigationpane.
5 Intherightpane,clickCreateMultipleVolumes.TheCreateVolumedialogbox
appears.
6 EnteranameforthevolumeintheNamefield.
7 Selectaunitofstoragefromthedropdownmenuandenterthesizeforthevolumein
theSizefield.Theavailablestorageunitsarekilobytes(KB),megabytes(MB),gigabytes
(GB),andterabytes(TB).
8 Toaddthevolumetoavolumefolder,selectafolderintheVolumeFoldernavigation
tree.

80

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Servers on a Storage Center

9 (Optional)Configuretheremainingvolumeattributesasneeded.

ToscheduleReplaycreationandexpirationforthevolume,applyoneormore
ReplayProfilesbyclickingChangeacrossfromReplayProfiles.

ToconfigureLUNsettings,restrictmappingpaths,orpresentthevolumeasread
only,clickAdvancedMapping.

IfChargebackisenabled,selectthedepartmenttochargeforstoragecostsassociated
withthevolumebyclickingChangeacrossfromChargebackDepartment.

TousespecificdisktiersandRAIDlevelsforvolumedata,selecttheappropriate
StorageProfilefromtheStorageProfiledropdownmenu.Usingthe
RecommendedStorageProfileallowsthevolumetotakefulladvantageofdata
progression.

IfmorethanoneStorageTypeisdefinedontheStorageCenter,selecttheStorage
TypetoprovidestoragefromtheStorageTypedropdownmenu.

10 ClickOK.TheCreateMultipleVolumesdialogboxappearsanddisplaysthenewly
createdvolume.
11 UsetheCreateMultipleVolumesdialogboxtocreateadditionalvolumes.

Tomanuallydefineanothervolume,clickAddVolume.

Toaddavolumebasedonapreviousvolume,selectthevolumefromthelistand
clickAddVolumew/AttributesofSelected.

Tomodifyapreviousvolume,selectitfromthelistandclickEditVolume.

Toremoveapreviousvolume,selectitfromthelistandclickRemoveVolume.

12 ClickOK.Thevolumesarecreatedandmappedtoservers.

Creating and Managing Server Folders


UseserverfolderstogroupandorganizeserversdefinedontheStorageCenter.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Create a Server Folder


Createaserverfoldertogroupserverstogether.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 SelectaStorageCenterintheStoragepane.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 SelectaserverintheStoragetabnavigationpane.
5 Intherightpane,clickCreateServerFolder.TheCreateServerFolderdialogbox
appears.
6 EnteranamefortheserverfolderintheNamefield.
7 SelectaparentfolderintheParentnavigationtree.
8 ClickOK.

Rename a Server Folder


UsetheEditSettingsdialogboxtorenameaserverfolder.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 SelectaStorageCenterintheStoragepane.

Dell Compellent

81

Chapter 4 Storage Center Server Administration

3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 SelectaserverintheStoragetabnavigationpane.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
6 EnteranewnamefortheserverfolderintheNamefield.
7 ClickOK.

Move a Server Folder


UsetheEditSettingsdialogboxtomoveaserverfolder.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 SelectaStorageCenterintheStoragepane.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 SelecttheserverfoldertomoveintheStoragetabnavigationpane.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
6 SelectanewparentfolderintheParentnavigationtree.
7 ClickOK.

Deleting Servers and Server Folders


DeleteserversandserverfolderswhentheynolongerutilizestorageontheStorageCenter.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Delete a Server
DeleteaserverifitnolongerutilizesstorageontheStorageCenter.Whenaserveris
deleted,allvolumemappingstotheserverarealsodeleted.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 SelectaStorageCenterintheStoragepane.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 SelecttheservertodeleteintheStoragetabnavigationpane.
5 Intherightpane,clickDelete.TheDeletedialogboxappears.
6 ClickOK.

Delete a Server Folder


Deleteaserverfolderifitisnolongerneeded.

Prerequisites
Theserverfoldermustbeempty.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 SelectaStorageCenterintheStoragepane.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 SelecttheserverfoldertodeleteintheStoragetabnavigationpane.
5 Intherightpane,clickDelete.TheDeletedialogboxappears.
6 ClickOK.

82

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Servers Centrally on the Servers View

Managing Servers Centrally on the Servers View


UsetheServersviewtoregisterserverstoEnterpriseManager,provisionstoragefor
registeredservers,andrunSpaceRecoveryforregisteredWindowsservers.

Server Types That Can Be Centrally Managed


ServersrunningWindowsandVMwareoperatingsystems,aswellasDellCompellent
NASappliances,canberegisteredtoEnterpriseManager.
Server Type
Windows

Supported Versions/Models
WindowsServer2003
WindowsServer2008(fullinstallationonly)
WindowsServer2008R2(fullorcoreinstallation)
WindowsServer2012(fullorcoreinstallation)
Note: TheEnterpriseManagerServerAgentmustbeinstalled
onaWindowsserverbeforeitcanberegistered.

VMware

ESX/ESXi3.5
ESX/ESXi4
ESXi5.0,5.1,and5.5
vCenterServer4.15.5

DellCompellentNAS
Appliances

DellCompellentNASServer(requirestheServerAgent)
DellNX3000forCompellent(requirestheServerAgent)
DellCompellentzNASAppliance

Enterprise Manager Server Agent for Windows Servers


ToregisteraWindowsservertoEnterpriseManager,theEnterpriseManagerServerAgent
mustbeinstalledontheserver.TheServerAgentallowsEnterpriseManagerto
communicatewiththeWindowsservertoretrieveinformation,streamlinestorage
managementfortheserver,andperformSpaceRecovery.
TheServerAgentisrequiredforWindowsserversonly.Othersupportedservertypesdo
notrequiretheServerAgent.

Dell Compellent

83

Chapter 4 Storage Center Server Administration

IPMI Support for NAS Appliances


TheDellCompellentNASappliancesincludeIntelligentPlatformManagementInterface
(IPMI)cards.EnterpriseManagercommunicateswiththeIPMIcardtoretrievefanspeed,
temperature,voltage,andpowersupplyinformation.TheIPMIcardalsoallowsEnterprise
ManagertocleartheSystemEventLog(SEL),powerofftheserver,andresettheserver.
TheIPMIcardmustbeproperlyconfiguredtoallowEnterpriseManagertocommunicate
withit.ForIPMIconfiguration,seethedocumentationforyourNASproduct:
Product

Documentation

DellCompellentNASServer StorageCenterNASStorageSolutionSetupGuide
StorageCenterNASStorageSolutionUserGuide
DellNX3000forCompellent

DellNX3000forCompellentSetupGuide

DellCompellentzNAS
Appliance

StorageCenterzNASSetupGuide
StorageCenterzNASUserGuide

Registering Servers with Enterprise Manager


RegisteraphysicalorvirtualserverwithEnterpriseManagertostreamlinethestorage
provisioningprocessandtoenableSpaceRecoveryforWindowsservers.

Register a Windows-Based Server


RegistertheEnterpriseManagerServerAgentonaWindowsservertomanageitonthe
Serversview.

Prerequisites
TheEnterpriseManagerServerAgentmustbeinstalledandrunningontheserver.

Steps
1 ClicktheServersview.
2 SelecttheServersfolderintheServerspane.
3 Intherightpane,clickRegisterServerandselectAddWindowsServerAgent.The
RegisterServerdialogboxappears.
4 EnterthehostnameorIPaddressofaWindowsserverintheHostorIPAddressfield.
5 EntertheportnumberofthesocketlisteningportontheServerAgentinthePortfield.
6 ConfigureautomaticmanagementsettingsfortheStorageCenter(s)towhichtheserver
isconnected.

ToautomaticallycreateandmanagetheserverontheStorageCenter(s),selectthe
AutoManageStorageCenterscheckbox.

Toautomaticallycreateandmanagevirtualmachineshostedbytheserveronthe
StorageCenter(s),selectAutoManageVirtualMachinesOnStorageCenters.
Note: IftheserverhasphysicaliSCSIHBAs,EnterpriseManagermaynot
automaticallyrecognizetheWWNsfortheserver.Inthissituation,configurethe
iSCSIHBA(s)totargettheStorageCenter,createaserverontheStorageCenter,
thenmanuallymaptheStorageCenterservertotheServerAgent.

84

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Servers Centrally on the Servers View

7 SelectaparentfolderfortheserverintheFoldernavigationtree.
8 ClickOK.

See Also
InstallandRegistertheServerAgentonpage 98
ManuallyMappingaWindowsServertoaStorageCenterServeronpage 93

Register a Dell NX3000 for Compellent Appliance


RegistertheEnterpriseManagerServerAgentonaDellNX3000forCompellentAppliance
tomanageitontheServersview.EnterpriseManagercommunicateswiththeIntelligent
PlatformManagementInterface(IPMI)cardtoretrievefanspeed,temperature,voltage,
andpowersupplyinformation.TheIPMIcardalsoallowsEnterpriseManagertoclearthe
SystemEventLog(SEL),powerofftheserver,andresettheserver.

Prerequisites

TheIPMIcardintheappliancemustbeconfigured.

TheEnterpriseManagerServerAgentmustbeinstalledandrunningontheNASserver.

Steps
UsetheServerAgentManagertoregistertheServerAgentandspecifytheIPMI
configurationsettings.

See Also
InstalltheServerAgentonaFullInstallationofWindowsServeronpage 99

Register a VMware vCenter Server


RegisteraVMwarevCenterServertomanageitontheServersview.
1 ClicktheServersview.
2 SelecttheServersfolderintheServerspane.
3 Intherightpane,clickRegisterServerandselectAddVMwarevCenterServer.The
RegisterServerdialogboxappears.
4 EnterthehostnameorIPaddressofavCenterServerintheHostorIPAddressfield.
5 EntertheusernameandpasswordofanadministratoronthevCenterServerintheUser
NameandUserPasswordfields.
6 ConfigureautomaticmanagementsettingsfortheStorageCenter(s)towhichtheserver
isconnected.

ToautomaticallycreateandmanagetheserverontheStorageCenter(s),selectthe
AutoManageStorageCenterscheckbox.

Toautomaticallycreateandmanagevirtualmachineshostedbytheserveronthe
StorageCenter(s),selectAutoManageVirtualMachinesOnStorageCenters.

7 SelectaparentfolderfortheserverintheFoldernavigationtree.
8 ClickOK.

Register a VMware ESX Server


RegisteraVMwareESXServertomanageitontheServersview.
1 ClicktheServersview.
2 SelecttheServersfolderintheServerspane.

Dell Compellent

85

Chapter 4 Storage Center Server Administration

3 Intherightpane,clickRegisterServerandselectAddVMwareESXServer.The
RegisterServerdialogboxappears.
4 EnterthehostnameorIPaddressofaESXserverintheHostorIPAddressfield.
5 EntertheusernameandpasswordofanadministratorontheESXserverintheUser
NameandUserPasswordfields.
6 ConfigureautomaticmanagementsettingsfortheStorageCenter(s)towhichtheserver
isconnected.

ToautomaticallycreateandmanagetheserverontheStorageCenter(s),selectthe
AutoManageStorageCenterscheckbox.

Toautomaticallycreateandmanagevirtualmachineshostedbytheserveronthe
StorageCenter(s),selectAutoManageVirtualMachinesOnStorageCenters.

7 SelectaparentfolderfortheserverintheFoldernavigationtree.
8 ClickOK.

Register a Dell Compellent zNAS Appliance


RegisteraDellCompellentzNASappliancetomanageitontheServersview.Enterprise
ManagercommunicateswiththeIntelligentPlatformManagementInterface(IPMI)cardto
retrievefanspeed,temperature,voltage,andpowersupplyinformation.TheIPMIcard
alsoallowsEnterpriseManagertocleartheSystemEventLog(SEL),powerofftheserver,
andresettheserver.

Prerequisites
TheIPMIcardintheappliancemustbeconfigured.

Steps
1 ClicktheServersview.
2 SelecttheServersfolderintheServerspane.
3 Intherightpane,clickRegisterServerandselectAddzNasServer.TheRegisterServer
dialogboxappears.
4 EnterthehostnameorIPaddressofthezNasserverintheHostorIPAddressfield.
5 EntertheusernameandpasswordforanadministratoronthezNASserverintheUser
NameandUserPasswordfields.
6 EnterthehostnameorIPaddressoftheIPMIcardintheIPMIHostorIPAddressfield.
7 EntertheusernameandpasswordforIPMIintheIPMIUserNameandIPMIUser
Passwordfields.
8 SelectaparentfolderfortheserverintheFoldernavigationtree.
9 ClickOK.

Organizing and Removing Registered Servers


Useserverfolderstoorganizeserversintogroups.Youcanalsouseserverfolderstoapply
SpaceRecoverysettingstomultipleWindowsservers.

Create a Server Folder


Createaserverfoldertogroupserverstogether.
1 ClicktheServersview.
2 SelectaserverfolderintheServerspane.

86

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Servers Centrally on the Servers View

3 Intherightpane,clickCreateFolder.TheCreateFolderdialogboxappears.
4 EnteranameforthefolderintheNamefield.
5 SelectaparentfolderforthenewfolderintheParentnavigationtree.
6 ClickOK.

Rename a Server Folder


UsetheEditSettingsdialogboxtorenameaserverfolder.
1 ClicktheServersview.
2 IntheServerspane,selecttheserverfolder.
3 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditFolderdialogboxappears.
4 EnteranewnameforthefolderintheNamefield.
5 ClickOK.

Move a Server Folder


UsetheEditSettingsdialogboxtomoveaserverfolder.
1 ClicktheServersview.
2 IntheServerspane,selecttheserverfolder.
3 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditFolderdialogboxappears.
4 SelectanewparentfolderintheParentnavigationtree.
5 ClickOK.

Move a Server to a Different Folder


UsetheEditSettingsdialogboxtomoveaservertoadifferentfolder.
1 ClicktheServersview.
2 IntheServerspane,selecttheserverthatyouwanttomove.
3 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 IntheFoldernavigationtree,selectafolder.
5 ClickOK.

Enable or Disable Automatic Management of Storage Center Server Objects


YoucanconfigureEnterpriseManagertoautomaticallycreateandmanagetheserverand
hostedvirtualserversontheStorageCenter(s)towhichitisconnected.
1 ClicktheServersview.
2 SelecttheservertoeditintheServerspane.
3 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ConfigureautomaticmanagementsettingsfortheStorageCenter(s)towhichtheserver
isconnected.

ToautomaticallycreateandmanagetheserverontheStorageCenter(s),selectthe
AutoManageStorageCenterscheckbox.

Toautomaticallycreateandmanagevirtualmachineshostedbytheserveronthe
StorageCenter(s),selectAutoManageVirtualMachinesOnStorageCenters.

5 ClickOK.

Dell Compellent

87

Chapter 4 Storage Center Server Administration

Delete a Registered Server


RemovearegisteredserverfromtheServersviewifyounolongerwanttomanageitfrom
EnterpriseManager.IfAutoManageStorageCentersisenabledfortheserver,deletingit
removestheHBAsfromthecorrespondingStorageCenterserverobjects.
1 ClicktheServersview.
2 IntheServerspane,selecttheserver.
3 Intherightpane,clickDelete.TheDeleteObjectsdialogboxappears.
4 ClickOK.

Delete a Server Folder


Deleteaserverfolderifitisnolongerneeded.

Prerequisites
Theserverfoldermustbeempty.

Steps
1 ClicktheServersview.
2 IntheServerspane,selecttheserverfolder.
3 Intherightpane,clickDelete.TheDeleteObjectsdialogboxappears.
4 ClickOK.

Updating Server Information


Youcanretrievecurrentinformationfromserversandscanfornewvolumesonservers.

Retrieve Current Information from a Server


YoucantriggerEnterpriseManagertorefreshthedatathatisdisplayedfortheserver.
1 ClicktheServersview.
2 SelectaserverintheServerspane.TheSummarytabappears.
3 Intherightpane,clickUpdateInformation.TheUpdateInformationdialogbox
appears.
4 ClickOK.

Scan for New Volumes on a Server


Ifvolumeshavebeenaddedtoaserver,scantheservertodisplaythemontheServerview.
1 ClicktheServersview.
2 SelectaserverintheServerspane.TheSummarytabappears.
3 Intherightpane,clickRescanforVolumes.TheRescanforVolumesdialogbox
appears.
4 ClickOK.

88

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Servers Centrally on the Servers View

Retrieve Current Information from all of the Servers


TriggerEnterpriseManagertorefreshthedatathatisdisplayedforallservers.IfAuto
ManageStorageCentersisenabledoneormoreservers,thisactionaddscorresponding
serverobjectstotheassociatedStorageCenters.
1 ClicktheServersview.
2 SelecttherootServersfolderintheServerspane.TheSummarytabforallservers
appears.
3 Intherightpane,clickUpdateInformationonServers.TheUpdateInformationon
Serversdialogboxappears.
Note: Thisprocesscantakeaseveralminutestofinish.
4 ClickOK.

Scan for New Volumes on all of the Servers


Ifvolumeshavebeenaddedtomultipleservers,scanallserverstodisplaythevolumeson
theServersview.
1 ClicktheServersview.
2 SelecttheServersfolderintheServerspane.TheSummarytabforallserversappears.
3 Intherightpane,clickRescanforVolumesonServers.TheRescanforVolumeson
Serversdialogboxappears.
4 ClickOK.

Change the Connection Timeout for a Windows Server


YoucanconfigurethemaximumtimeinsecondsthatEnterpriseManagerwaitsfora
responseforqueriessenttotheServerAgent.
1 ClicktheServersview.
2 IntheServerspane,selectaWindowsserver.
3 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 IntheConnectionTimeoutfield,typeanewtimeoutinseconds.

Thedefaultis300seconds.

Theminimumvalueis180seconds.

Themaximumvalueis1200seconds.

5 ClickOK.

Dell Compellent

89

Chapter 4 Storage Center Server Administration

Managing Server Data Collection and Reporting Settings


DatacollectionandreportingsettingsapplytoallserversaddedtotheServerview.

Automatically Retrieve Information for all Registered Servers


Ifautomatedupdatingisenabled,informationisupdatedevery30minutes.
1 ClicktheServersview.
2 IntheServerspane,clickServersProperties

.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.

3 SelecttheAllowAutomatedUpdateInformationcheckbox.
4 ClickOK.
WhentheAllowAutomatedUpdateInformationcheckboxisselected,the
informationdisplayedforalloftheregisteredserversisupdatedevery30minutes.

Configure Reporting Settings for all Registered Servers


Youcanspecifythenumberofdaysforwhichdataisgatheredforallservers.
1 ClicktheServersview.
2 IntheServerspane,clickServersProperties

.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.

3 IntheDaysForReportingfield,enterthenumberofdaysofdatatogatherfrom
registeredservers.
4 ClickOK.

Creating Server Volumes and Datastores


CreatingavolumeonaWindowsserverorcreatingadatastoreonaVMwareserver
automaticallycreatesaStorageCentervolumeandmapsittotheserverinoneoperation.

Create a Volume and Map it to a Windows Server


Youcancreateavolume,mapittoaWindowsserver,formatit,andmountitontheserver
inoneoperation.
1 ClicktheServersview.
2 IntheServerspane,selecttheWindowsserveronwhichtocreatethevolume.
3 Intherightpane,clickCreateVolume.TheCreateVolumedialogboxappears.
4 Enteranameforthevolume,whichisdisplayedasthedisklabelinWindows,inthe
Labelfield.
5 Selectaunitofstoragefromthedropdownmenuandenterthesizeforthevolumein
theTotalSpacefield.Theavailablestorageunitsarekilobytes(KB),megabytes(MB),
gigabytes(GB),andterabytes(TB).
6 SelectthesmallestamountofdiskspacethatcanbeallocatedforafileintheAllocation
Sizedropdownmenu.Thedefaultallocationvalueisdependentonthesizeofthe
volume.
7 SelecthowtoformatthevolumefromtheFormatTypedropdownmenu:

90

GPT:FormatsthevolumeusingtheGUIDPartitionTablediskpartitioningscheme.

MBR:Formatsthevolumeusingthemasterbootrecorddiskpartitioningscheme.

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Servers Centrally on the Servers View

8 SpecifyhowtomountthevolumeintheDriveorMountPointarea:

UseNextAvailableDriveLetter:Thevolumeismountedontheserverusingthe
nextunuseddriveletter.

AssigntoDriveLetter:Thevolumeismountedontheserverusingthedriveletter
selectedfromthedropdownmenu.Toupdatelisttheofdrivelettersthatare
availableontheserver,clickRefresh.

MounttoEmptyNTFSFolder:Thevolumeismountedtoanemptyfolderonthe
server.Thepathtothefoldermustbeenteredinthetextfield.Toverifythepath
enteredisvalid,clickVerifymountpointisavailable.

9 SelecttheStorageCenteronwhichtocreatethevolume.

TomanuallychoseaStorageCenter,selectitfromtheStorageCenterdropdown
menu.

ToautomaticallychoseaStorageCenterbasedoncapacityandperformance,click
RecommendaStorageCenter.TherecommendedStorageCenterappearsinthe
StorageCenterdropdownmenu.

10 IfyouwanttospecifyacustomLUN,restrictmappingpaths,configuremultipathing,
ormakethevolumereadonly,clickAdvancedMapping.
11 ToconfiguresettingsfortheStorageCentervolumethatwillbecreated,clickVolume
Settings.IntheVolumeSettingsdialogboxappears,modifytheoptionsasneeded,
thenclickOK.
12 ClickOK.

Create a Datastore and Map it to a VMware ESX Server


Youcancreateavolume,mapittoaVMwareESXserver,andmountitontheserverinone
operation.
1 ClicktheServersview.
2 IntheServerspane,selecttheVMwareESXserveronwhichtocreatethedatastore.
3 Intherightpane,clickCreateDatastore.TheCreateDatastoredialogboxappears.
4 EnteranameforthedatastoreintheNamefield.
5 Selectaunitofstoragefromthedropdownmenuandenterthesizeforthevolumein
theTotalSpacefield.Theavailablestorageunitsarekilobytes(KB),megabytes(MB),
gigabytes(GB),andterabytes(TB).
6 SelectthesizelimitforvirtualdiskswithinthedatastorefromtheMaxFileSize
dropdown.
7 SelecttheStorageCenteronwhichtocreatethevolume.

TomanuallychoseaStorageCenter,selectitfromtheStorageCenterdropdown
menu.

ToautomaticallychoseaStorageCenterbasedoncapacityandperformance,click
RecommendaStorageCenter.TherecommendedStorageCenterappearsinthe
StorageCenterdropdownmenu.

8 IfyouwanttospecifyacustomLUN,restrictmappingpaths,configuremultipathing,
ormakethevolumereadonly,clickAdvancedMapping.
9 ToconfiguresettingsfortheStorageCentervolumethatwillbecreated,clickVolume
Settings.IntheVolumeSettingsdialogboxappears,modifytheoptionsasneeded,
thenclickOK.
10 ClickOK.

Dell Compellent

91

Chapter 4 Storage Center Server Administration

Create a Datastore and Map it to a VMware Virtual Machine


Youcancreateavolume,mapittoaVMwarevirtualmachine,andcreatearawdevice
mappingtothevirtualmachineinoneoperation.
1 ClicktheServersview.
2 Clicktheplussign(+)nexttotheESXServer,onwhichthevirtualmachineislocated,
todisplaytheVirtualMachinesnode.
3 Clicktheplussign(+)nexttotheVirtualMachinesnodetodisplaythevirtualmachine.
4 Selectthevirtualmachineonwhichtocreatethedatastore.
5 ClickCreateRDMVolume.
6 EnteranameforthedatastoreintheVolumeNamefield.
7 Selecttheunitofstoragefromthedropdownmenuandenterthesizeofthedatastore
intheTotalSpacefield.
8 SelecttheStorageCenteronwhichtocreatethevolume.

TomanuallychoseaStorageCenter,selectitfromtheStorageCenterdropdown
menu.

ToautomaticallychoseaStorageCenterbasedoncapacityandperformance,click
RecommendaStorageCenter.TherecommendedStorageCenterappearsinthe
StorageCenterdropdownmenu.

9 Toconfigureadvancedvolumemappingoptions,clickAdvancedMapping.
10 Toconfigurethevolumecreationsettings,clickVolumeSettings.IntheVolume
Settingsdialogboxappears,modifytheoptionsasneeded,thenclickOK.
11 ClickOK.

Expand a Datastore
ExpandaVMwaredatastoreifitisrunningoutofspace.
1 ClicktheServersview.
2 SelectthedatastoreintheServerspane.
3 Intherightpane,clickExpandDatastore.TheExpandDatastoredialogboxappears.
4 IntheNewSizefield,typeanewsizeforthedatastore.
5 ClickOK.

Delete a Volume or Datastore


Deleteavolumeordatastoreifitisnolongerneededbytheserver.Volumesthatarenot
hostedonaStorageCentercannotbedeleted.
1 ClicktheServersview.
2 SelectthevolumeordatastoretodeleteintheServerspane.
3 Intherightpane,clickDelete.TheDeleteObjectsdialogboxappears.
4 ClickOK.

92

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Servers Centrally on the Servers View

Assigning/Creating Virtual Servers on Storage Centers


VirtualmachinesthatarenotautomaticallymanagedonaStorageCentermustbe
manuallyassignedtoserverobjectsontheStorageCenter(s)thatprovidestorage.

Assign a Virtual Machine to a Storage Center server object


IfavirtualserverobjecthasalreadybeencreatedontheStorageCenter,assignthevirtual
servertothatobject.
1 ClicktheServersview.
2 IntheServerspane,selectthevirtualmachinethatneedstobeassignedtoaStorage
Center.
3 Intherightpane,clickAssigntoVirtualServeronStorageCenter.TheAssignSC
ServertoVirtualMachinedialogboxappears.
4 SelecttheStorageCenteronwhichtoassigntheserver.
5 ClickNext.
6 SelecttheserverontheStorageCentertoassigntothevirtualmachine.
7 ClickFinish.

Create a Storage Center Server Object for a Virtual Machine


IfthereisnovirtualserverobjectontheStorageCenter,createoneforthevirtualmachine.
1 ClicktheServersview.
2 IntheServerspane,selectthevirtualmachinethatneedstobecreatedonaStorage
Center.
3 Intherightpane,clickCreateVirtualServeronStorageCenter.TheCreateSCServer
forVirtualMachinedialogboxappears.
4 SelecttheStorageCenteronwhichtocreatetheserver.
5 ClickNext.
6 EnteranamefortheserverintheServerNamefield.
7 SelecttheoperatingsystemoftheserverfromtheServerOperatingSystemfield.
8 ClickFinish.

Manually Mapping a Windows Server to a Storage Center Server


IftheWWNsofaserverarenotcorrectlyassociatedwiththeappropriateStorageCenter
serverobjects,youcanmanuallycreatethemappings.

Add a Mapping Between a Windows Server and a Storage Center Server


IfEnterpriseManagerdidnotautomaticallyrecognizetheWWNsofaWindowsserver
whenitwasregistered,manuallyassociatetheserverwithaStorageCenterserver.
1 ClicktheServersview.
2 SelectaWindowsserverintheServerspane.TheSummarytabappears.
3 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClickAddintheManualStorageCenterServerMappingarea.TheSelectStorage
Centerdialogboxappears.
5 SelecttheStorageCentertowhichyouwanttomapaserverandclickOK.TheSelect
Serverdialogboxappears.

Dell Compellent

93

Chapter 4 Storage Center Server Administration

6 SelecttheserverobjectontheStorageCentertomaptoandclickOK.
7 ClickOK.TheservermappingisaddedandtheEditSettingsdialogboxreappears.
8 ClickOK.

Remove a Mapping Between a Windows Server and a Storage Center Server


IfaWindowsservernolongerusesstorageonamanuallymappedStorageCenter,youcan
removetheassociation.
1 ClicktheServersview.
2 SelectaWindowsserverintheServerspane.TheSummarytabappears.
3 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 SelectthemappingtoremoveintheManualStorageCenterServerMappingarea.
5 ClickRemove.TheDeleteObjectsdialogboxappears.
6 ClickOK.TheservermappingisremovedandtheEditSettingsdialogboxreappears.
7 ClickOK.

Managing Dell Compellent zNAS Appliances


UsetheServersviewtomoveazNASappliancetoaserverfolder,openthezNAS
ManagementWebApplication,orremovethezNASappliancefromEnterpriseManager.
IftheIPMIcardiscorrectlyconfigured,youcanviewhardwarestatus,clearthesystem
eventlog,andcontrolthepower.

View zNAS Appliance Information


TheSummarytabdisplaysinformationabouttheNASserversoftwareandhardware.

Prerequisites
ToviewhardwareinformationprovidedbyIPMI:

TheIPMIcardintheappliancemustbeconfiguredcorrectly.

IPMIcardinformationmustbeconfiguredinEnterpriseManager.

Steps
1 ClicktheServersview.
2 IntheServerspane,selectazNASappliance.TheSummarytabappears.

See Also
IPMISupportforNASAppliancesonpage 84

Clear the IPMI System Event Log (SEL) for a zNAS appliance
UsetheServersviewtoremotelyclearthesystemeventlog.

Prerequisites

TheIPMIcardintheappliancemustbeconfigured.

IPMIcardinformationmustbeconfiguredinEnterpriseManager.

Steps
1 ClicktheServersview.
2 IntheServerspane,selectazNASappliance.TheSummarytabappears.

94

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Servers Centrally on the Servers View

3 ClickClearSEL.TheClearSELdialogboxappears.
4 ClickOK.TheIPMIsystemeventlogiscleared.

Shut Down a zNAS Appliance


IftheIPMIcardisconfiguredcorrectly,youcanremotelyshutdownazNASappliance.

Prerequisites

TheIPMIcardintheappliancemustbeconfigured.

IPMIcardinformationmustbeconfiguredinEnterpriseManager.

Steps
1 ClicktheServersview.
2 IntheServerspane,selectazNASappliance.TheSummarytabappears.
3 ClickPowerOff.ThePowerOffdialogboxappears.
4 ClickOK.TheNASserverispoweredoff.

Reset the Power for a zNAS Appliance


IftheIPMIcardisconfiguredcorrectly,youcanremotelyresetpowerforazNAS
appliance.

Prerequisites

TheIPMIcardintheappliancemustbeconfigured.

IPMIcardinformationmustbeconfiguredinEnterpriseManager.

Steps
1 ClicktheServersview.
2 IntheServerspane,selectazNASappliance.TheSummarytabappears.
3 ClickPowerReset.ThePowerResetdialogboxappears.
4 ClickOK.ThepoweronthezNASapplianceisreset.

Refresh the Information Displayed about the zNAS Appliance


TheSummarytabprovidesanoptiontorefreshthedatadisplayedforazNASappliance.
1 ClicktheServersview.
2 IntheServerspane,selectazNASappliance.TheSummarytabappears.
3 ClickUpdateInformation.TheUpdateInformationdialogboxappears.
4 ClickOK.TheinformationaboutthezNASapplianceisupdated.

Dell Compellent

95

Chapter 4 Storage Center Server Administration

Managing NAS Appliances Powered by Windows Storage Server


TheServersviewdisplaysoperatingsystemandHBAconnectivityinformationaboutDell
CompellentNASappliancespoweredbyWindowsStorageServer.IftheIPMIcardis
correctlyconfigured,youcanviewhardwarestatus,clearthesystemeventlog,andcontrol
thepower.

View Operating System Information about a Windows-Based NAS Appliance


TheSummarytabdisplaysinformationabouttheNASserversoftwareandhardware.
1 ClicktheServersview.
2 IntheServerspane,selectaWindowsbasedNASappliance.TheSummarytab
appears.
TheSummarytabdisplaysinformationabouttheapplianceoperatingsystem,
connectedStorageCenters,HBAports,volumes,andSpaceRecoveryhistory.

View HBA Connectivity Information for a Windows-Based NAS Appliance


TheConnectivitytabdisplaysinformationabouttheHBAsinstalledintheappliance.For
eachHBA,theStorageCenterServerPortspanedisplaysthecorrespondingStorage
Centerserverobjects.
1 ClicktheServersview.
2 IntheServerspane,selectaWindowsbasedNASappliance.TheSummarytab
appears.
3 ClicktheConnectivitytab.

View Hardware Health Information for a Windows-Based NAS Appliance


TheIPMIcardintheWindowsbasedNASapplianceprovideshardwaremonitoringand
remotemanagementfunctionality.

Prerequisites

TheIPMIcardintheappliancemustbeconfigured.

IPMIcardinformationmustbeconfiguredinEnterpriseManager.

Steps
1 ClicktheServersview.
2 IntheServerspane,selectaWindowsbasedNASappliance.TheSummarytab
appears.
3 ClicktheIPMItab.
TheIPMItabdisplaysIPMIalerts,fanspeed,temperature,voltage,andpowersupply
information.

Clear the System Event Log (SEL) for a Windows-based NAS appliance
IftheIPMIcardisconfiguredcorrectly,youcanremotelyclearthesystemeventlog.

Prerequisites

96

TheIPMIcardintheappliancemustbeconfigured.

IPMIcardinformationmustbeconfiguredinEnterpriseManager.

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Servers Centrally on the Servers View

Steps
1 ClicktheServersview.
2 IntheServerspane,selectaWindowsbasedNASappliance.TheSummarytab
appears.
3 ClicktheIPMItab.
4 ClickClearSEL.TheClearSELdialogboxappears.
5 ClickOK.Thesystemeventlogiscleared.

Shut Down a Windows-Based NAS Appliance


IftheIPMIcardisconfiguredcorrectly,youcanremotelyshutdownaWindowsbased
NASappliance.

Prerequisites

TheIPMIcardintheappliancemustbeconfigured.

IPMIcardinformationmustbeconfiguredinEnterpriseManager.

Steps
1 ClicktheServersview.
2 IntheServerspane,selectaWindowsbasedNASappliance.TheSummarytab
appears.
3 ClicktheIPMItab.
4 ClickPowerOff.ThePowerOffdialogboxappears.
5 ClickOK.Theapplianceispoweredoff.

Reset the Power for a Windows-Based NAS Appliance


IftheIPMIcardisconfiguredcorrectly,youcanremotelyresetpowerforaWindowsbased
NASappliance.

Prerequisites

TheIPMIcardintheappliancemustbeconfigured.

IPMIcardinformationmustbeconfiguredinEnterpriseManager.

Steps
1 ClicktheServersview.
2 IntheServerspane,selectaWindowsbasedNASappliance.TheSummarytab
appears.
3 ClicktheIPMItab.
4 ClickPowerReset.ThePowerResetdialogboxappears.
5 ClickOK.Theappliancepowerisreset.

Dell Compellent

97

Chapter 4 Storage Center Server Administration

Installing and Using the Server Agent on a Windows Server


ToregisteraWindowsservertoEnterpriseManager,theEnterpriseManagerServerAgent
mustbeinstalledontheserver.TheServerAgentallowsEnterpriseManagerto
communicatewiththeWindowsservertoretrieveinformation,streamlinestorage
managementfortheserver,andperformSpaceRecovery.

Download the Server Agent


DownloadtheServerAgentInstaller.msifilefromtheDatacollectorwebsite.Ifyouare
installingtheServerAgentonafullinstallationofWindowsServer,performthistaskfrom
theserver.IfyouareinstallingtheServerAgentonacoreinstallationofWindowsServer,
downloadtheServerAgentonanothercomputerandthentransferthefiletotheserver.
1 NavigatetothefollowingaddressinawebbrowsertoaccesstheDataCollector
Website:
https://<Data_Collector_Server>:<Web_Server_Port>

Variable

Description

Data_Collector_Server ThehostnameorIPaddressoftheDataCollectorserver.
Web_Server_Port

ThewebserverportoftheDataCollectorserver.Thedefaultis3033.

2 Ifacertificatewarningappears,acknowledgethewarningtocontinuetotheData
CollectorWebsite.
3 ClickDownloadintheServerAgentInstallerrowandsavetheinstallertothe
Windowsserverorvirtualmachine.

Install and Register the Server Agent


InstalltheEnterpriseManagerServerAgentonaWindowsservertocollectinformation
anddisplayinformationabouttheserver.IfyouareusingMicrosoftHyperV
virtualization,theServerAgentcanbeinstalledonthehostserverandvirtualmachines
runningWindows.IfyouareusingVMwarevirtualization,theServerAgentcanbe
installedonvirtualmachinesrunningWindows.

Install the Server Agent on a Server Core Installation of Windows Server


InstallMicrosoft.NETFramework2.0,opentherequiredTCPports,installtheServer
Agent,andregistertheServerAgenttotheDataCollector.

Prerequisites

TheServerAgentmustbedownloaded.

TheservermustmeettherequirementslistedinServerAgentRequirementsonpage 7.

TheservermusthavenetworkconnectivitytotheEnterpriseManagerDataCollector.

ThefirewallontheservermustallowTCPport27355inboundandTCPport8080
outbound.

Steps
1 RunthefollowingcommandtoinstallMicrosoft.NETFramework2.0.
start /w ocsetup

NetFx2-ServerCore

2 TransfertheServerAgentInstaller.msifiletotheserver.

98

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Installing and Using the Server Agent on a Windows Server

3 FromthedirectorythatcontainstheServerAgentInstaller.msifile,runthefollowing
commandtoinstalltheServerAgent.
msiexec /i "Compellent Enterprise Manager Server Agent Setup.msi"

TheInstallShieldWizardappears.
4 CompletethewizardtoinstalltheServerAgent.
5 Onthelastpageofthewizard,selecttheLaunchServerAgentManagercheckbox,
thenclickFinish.ThePropertiesdialogboxappears.
6 RegistertheServerAgentwiththeEnterpriseManagerDataCollector.
Note: ServerAgentscanalsoberegisteredusingtheServerviewinthe
EnterpriseManagerClient.
a SpecifytheaddressandportoftheEnterpriseManagerDataCollector.

Host/IPAddress:EnterthehostnameorIPaddressoftheDataCollector.

WebServicesPort:EntertheLegacyWebServicePortoftheDataCollector.The
defaultis8080.

b (Optional)ConfigureEnterpriseManagertoautomaticallyaddtheservertothe
StorageCenter(s)towhichithasconnectivity.

Toautomaticallyaddtheserver,selecttheAutomaticallyManageonStorage
Centercheckbox.

Toautomaticallyaddvirtualmachineshostedbytheserver,selectthe
AutomaticallyManageVirtualMachinesonStorageCentercheckbox.
Note: IftheserverhasphysicaliSCSIHBAs,EnterpriseManagermaynot
automaticallyrecognizetheWWNsfortheserver.Inthissituation,configure
theiSCSIHBA(s)totargettheStorageCenter,createaserverontheStorage
Center,thenmanuallymaptheStorageCenterservertotheServerAgent.

ClickOK.

See Also
DefaultPortsUsedbyEnterpriseManageronpage 8
RegisteraWindowsBasedServeronpage 84
ManuallyMappingaWindowsServertoaStorageCenterServeronpage 93

Install the Server Agent on a Full Installation of Windows Server


InstalltheServerAgentandregisterittotheDataCollector.

Prerequisites

Dell Compellent

TheServerAgentmustbedownloaded.

TheservermustmeettherequirementslistedinServerAgentRequirementsonpage 7.

TheservermusthavenetworkconnectivitytotheEnterpriseManagerDataCollector.

ThefirewallontheservermustallowTCPport27355inboundandTCPport8080
outbound.

IfyouareinstallingtheServerAgentonaNASserver,theIPMIcardmustbe
configured.

99

Chapter 4 Storage Center Server Administration

Steps
1 DoubleclickthedownloadedServerAgentInstaller.msifile.

IfaSecurityWarningdialogappears,clickRuntostarttheinstallation.

TheInstallShieldWizardappears.

2 CompletethewizardtoinstalltheServerAgent.
3 Onthelastpageofthewizard,selecttheLaunchServerAgentManagercheckbox,
thenclickFinish.ThePropertiesdialogboxappears.
4 RegistertheServerAgentwiththeEnterpriseManagerDataCollector.
Note: ServerAgentscanalsoberegisteredusingtheServerviewinthe
EnterpriseManagerClient.
a SpecifytheaddressandportoftheEnterpriseManagerDataCollector.

Host/IPAddress:EnterthehostnameorIPaddressoftheDataCollector.

WebServicesPort:EntertheLegacyWebServicePortoftheDataCollector.The
defaultis8080.

b (Optional)ConfigureEnterpriseManagertoautomaticallyaddtheservertothe
StorageCenter(s)towhichithasconnectivity.

Toautomaticallyaddtheserver,selecttheAutomaticallyManageonStorage
Centercheckbox.

Toautomaticallyaddvirtualmachineshostedbytheserver,selectthe
AutomaticallyManageVirtualMachinesonStorageCentercheckbox.
Note: IftheserverhasphysicaliSCSIHBAs,EnterpriseManagermaynot
automaticallyrecognizetheWWNsfortheserver.Inthissituation,configure
theiSCSIHBA(s)totargettheStorageCenter,createaserverontheStorage
Center,thenmanuallymaptheStorageCenterservertotheServerAgent.

IftheServerAgentisinstalledonaNASserver,entertheIPMIconfigurationsettings
inthefollowingfields:

IPMIIPAddress:EntertheIPaddressoftheIPMIcard.

IPMIUserName:EntertheIPMIusername.

IPMIPassword:EntertheIPMIpassword.

d ClickOK.

See Also
DefaultPortsUsedbyEnterpriseManageronpage 8
RegisteraWindowsBasedServeronpage 84
ManuallyMappingaWindowsServertoaStorageCenterServeronpage 93

100

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Installing and Using the Server Agent on a Windows Server

Manage the Server Agent with Server Agent Manager


UsetheServerAgentManagertomanageandconfiguretheServerAgentservice.
Minimize/Close

Status Message Area


Control Buttons

Version and Port

Commands

Start the Server Agent Manager


Undernormalconditions,theServerAgentManagerisminimizedtotheWindowssystem
tray.
ToopentheServerAgentManager,performeitherofthefollowingactionsontheserver:

IftheServerAgentManagerisminimized,doubleclicktheServerAgentManager
icon intheWindowssystemtray.

IftheServerAgentManagerisnotrunning,starttheEnterpriseManagerServerAgent
Managerapplication.

IftheServerAgentisinstalledonaservercoreinstallationofWindowsServer,runthe
followingcommand:
"c:\Program Files (x86)\Compellent Technologies\Enterprise Services
Agent\ServerAgentManager.exe"

TheServerAgentManagerwindowappears.

Change the Listening Port of the Server Agent Service


IfthedefaultServerAgentlisteningport(27355)isalreadyinuseontheserver,youcan
specifyacustomport.
1 InServerAgentManager,clickProperties.ThePropertiesdialogboxappears.
2 EntertheportnumberintheSocketListeningPortfield.
3 ClickOK.

Modify the Connection to the Data Collector


IftheDataCollectorport,hostname,orIPaddresshaschanged,usetheServerAgent
Managertoupdatetheinformation.
1 InServerAgentManager,clickProperties.ThePropertiesdialogboxappears.
2 SpecifytheaddressandportoftheEnterpriseManagerDataCollector.

Dell Compellent

Host/IPAddress:EnterthehostnameorIPaddressoftheDataCollector.

WebServicesPort:EntertheLegacyWebServicePortoftheDataCollector.The
defaultis8080.

101

Chapter 4 Storage Center Server Administration

3 IftheServerAgentisinstalledonaNASserver,entertheconfigurationsettingsofIPMI
inthefollowingfields:

IPMIIPAddress:EntertheIPaddressoftheIPMIcard.

IPMIUserName:EntertheIPMIusername.

IPMIPassword:EntertheIPMIpassword.

4 ClickOK.ThePropertiesdialogboxcloses.

Update the Server Agent to Match the Data Collector Version


IftheDataCollectorisupdatedtoanewversion,usetheServerAgentManagertoupdate
theServerAgenttoamatchingversion.
1 IntheWindowssystemtray,doubleclicktheServerAgenticon.TheServerAgent
Managerwindowappears.
2 ClickCHECKFORUPGRADE.TheServerAgentcontactstheDataCollectorto
determineifanupdateisavailable.
IfanewServerAgentisavailable,theUpgradeAvailabledialogboxappears.
3 ClickOK.TheEnterpriseManagerwebsiteopensinthedefaultbrowserandprompts
youtodownloadtheupdatedServerAgentinstallfile.
4 SavetheServerAgentsetupfiletoalocaldiskontheWindowsserver.
5 Doubleclickonthesetupfile.IftheOpenFileSecurityWarningdialogboxappears,
clickRun.
AServerAgentupgradedialogboxappearsthatasksifyouwanttocontinue.
6 ClickYes.Theinstallwizardappears.
7 CompletetheinstallwizardtoupdatetheServerAgent.

Uninstalling the Server Agent


UninstalltheServerAgentifyounolongerneedtorunSpaceRecoveryorautomate
storagemanagementfortheserver.

Uninstall the Server Agent on a Full Installation of Windows Server


UsetheWindowsProgramsandFeaturescontrolpanelitemtouninstalltheCompellent
EnterpriseManagerServerAgentapplication.

102

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Space Recovery on Windows

Uninstall the Server Agent on a Core Installation of Windows Server


UsethewmiccommandtodeterminethePackageCachepathfortheServerAgent,then
uninstalltheServerAgentbyrunningthemsiexeccommand.
1 Runthefollowingcommandtodisplayinformationabouttheinstalledapplications.
wmic product list full

2 Intheoutputofthecommand,locatetheentryfortheServerAgent.
Example:
Description=Compellent Enterprise Manager Server Agent
IdentifyingNumber={E27C9FDB-8FEC-45CB-8825-C507D6D7DCFF}
InstallDate=20130429
InstallLocation=C:\Program Files (x86)\Compellent
Technologies\Enterprise Services Agent\
InstallState=5
Name=Compellent Enterprise Manager Server Agent
PackageCache=C:\Windows\Installer\b5cdbfb.msi
SKUNumber=
Vendor=Dell
Version=6.4.1.17

3 RecordthepathlistedforthePackageCache.
4 Runthefollowingcommandtoinitiatetheuninstall.Replace<PackageCache>withthe
packagecachepathyourecordedinthepreviousstep.
msiexec /x <PackageCache>

Aconfirmationdialogboxappears.
5 ClickYes.TheCompellentEnterpriseManagerServerAgentdialogboxappears.
6 SelectAutomaticallycloseapplicationsandattempttorestartthemaftersetupis
complete,thenclickOK.

Space Recovery on Windows


SpaceRecoveryusestheEnterpriseManagerServerAgenttofindandrecoverunuseddisk
spaceasreportedbyWindows.Theamountofspacethatcanberecovereddependsonthe
frequencyandexpirationofStorageCenterReplays.Ingeneral,morefrequentStorage
CenterReplayswithshorterexpirationtimesresultinmorerecoverablespace.Tobe
eligibleforrelease,aReplaymustbeexpiredwithnoStorageCenterViewVolumes
attached.

Guidelines for Space Recovery


Forbestresults,followtheseguidelinesforrunningSpaceRecovery:

ScheduleSpaceRecoverytorunonceperweekduringoffhours.
InsteadofrunningSpaceRecoveryimmediatelyonanyvolume,maximizetheamount
ofspacerecoveredbyschedulingSpaceRecoverytorunonceperweek.Ifyourun
SpaceRecoverymorefrequently,notethatDataProgressionmustrunontheStorage
CenterpriortoSpaceRecoveryinordertorecoverunusedspace.

Dell Compellent

103

Chapter 4 Storage Center Server Administration

ViewstoragetrendsonvolumesrunningSpaceRecoverytoseeprogressiveresults.

RegularlyscheduledSpaceRecoveryoperationsgraduallyresultinmorespace
recovery.ToseetheprogressiveresultsofSpaceRecovery,viewthestoragetrendsof
volumesrunningSpaceRecovery.

General Space Recovery Requirements


ThefollowingtablesliststheSpaceRecoveryrequirementsforaWindowsserver:
Component

Requirement

Operatingsystem

Anyofthefollowingoperatingsystems(withlatestservicepacks):
WindowsServer2003
WindowsServer2008(fullinstallationonly)
WindowsServer2008R2(fullorcoreinstallation)
WindowsStorageServer2008R2
WindowsServer2012(fullorcoreinstallation)

Software

EnterpriseManagerServerAgent

Disk/Volume

OnlydisksinitializedasBasic(eitherMBRorGPT)aresupported.Dynamic
disksarenotsupported.
OnlyNTFSfilessystemssupported.
Clustersharedvolumesandvolumesthatwerestripedormirroredby
Windowsmirroringutilitiesarenotsupported.
Note: LiveVolumesarenotsupported.

See Also
ServerAgentRequirementsonpage 7

Space Recovery Requirements for Virtual Environments


ThefollowingtableliststhevirtualenvironmentssupportedbytheSpaceRecovery
feature:
Environment

Supported Configurations for Windows Virtual Machines

VMware

ThevirtualmachinemustberunningoneofthesupportedWindowsServer
operatingsystemsandconfiguredtoaccesstheStorageCentervolumeinone
ofthefollowingways:
DirectmapLUNusingtheMicrosoftiSCSISoftwareInitiator.
RawDeviceMappings(RDMs)inphysicalmodemappedthroughESXhost.
(RDMsinvirtualmodedonotworkwithSpaceRecovery.)

MicrosoftHyperV ThevirtualmachinemustberunningoneofthesupportedWindowsServer
operatingsystemsandconfiguredtoaccesstheStorageCentervolumeinone
ofthefollowingways:
DirectmapLUNusingtheMicrosoftiSCSISoftwareInitiator.
PassthroughdiskusingSCSIadapteronHyperVguest.(LUNsmapped
usingIDEadaptershowupasvirtualATAdevicesandwillnotworkwith
SpaceRecovery.)

104

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Space Recovery on Windows

Space Recovery on Windows Server 2012


WindowsServer2012introducessupportfortheATATRIMandSCSIUNMAP
commands,whichnotifythestoragedevicethatcertainpreviouslyallocatedsectorsareno
longerneededandcanbepurged.StorageCenter6.3supportstheSCSIUNMAP
command,whichmeansthatSpaceRecoveryisnotneededforWindowsServer2012
volumesthatarehostedbyStorageCenter6.3orlater.
Becauseitisnotneeded,SpaceRecoveryisautomaticallydisabledforWindowsServer
2012volumesthatarehostedbyStorageCenter6.3orlater.However,SpaceRecoveryis
supportedforWindowsServer2012volumesthatarehostedbyStorageCenterversions
6.2andearlier.

Enabling Automated Space Recovery


AutomatedSpaceRecoverycanbeenabledforallregisteredservers,allserversinafolder,
individualservers,and/orindividualservervolumes.WhenAutomatedSpaceRecoveryis
enabled,thetimeofdaytoperformSpaceRecoverycanbespecified.

Globally Enable Automated Space Recovery


ToallowAutomatedSpaceRecoverytorun,itmustbeenabledglobally.
1 ClicktheServersview.
2 IntheServerspane,clickServersProperties

.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.

3 SelecttheAutomatedSpaceRecoverycheckbox.
4 IntheSpaceRecoveryTimeofDayfield,enterthetimeofdaytoperformautomated
SpaceRecovery.
5 ClickOK.

Globally Disable Automated Space Recovery


IfyouwanttopreventAutomatedSpaceRecoveryfromrunningwithoutchangingthe
SpaceRecoverysettingsforindividualfolders,servers,andvolumes,disableSpace
Recoveryglobally.
1 ClicktheServersview.
2 IntheServerspane,clickServersProperties

.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.

3 CleartheAutomatedSpaceRecoverycheckbox.
4 ClickOK.

Enable Automated Space Recovery for a Server Folder


YoucanenableAutomatedSpaceRecoveryforallserverscontainedbyaserverfolder.

Prerequisites
ForSpaceRecoverytorun,AutomatedSpaceRecoverymustbeenabledglobally.

Steps
1 ClicktheServersview.
2 MakesureautomatedSpaceRecoveryisgloballyenabledunderServersProperties

3 IntheServerspane,selectaserverfolder.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 SelecttheAllowAutomatedSpaceRecoverycheckbox.

Dell Compellent

105

Chapter 4 Storage Center Server Administration

6 TosetadefaultSpaceRecoveryschedule,selecttheVolumesUseDefaultSpace
RecoverySchedulecheckbox,thenspecifythescheduleintheSpaceRecovery
Schedulefields.
7 ClickOK.

See Also
GloballyEnableAutomatedSpaceRecoveryonpage 105

Enable Automated Space Recovery for a Windows Server


WhenyouenableAutomatedSpaceRecoveryforaserver,SpaceRecoveryisenabledfor
allvolumesthatarehostedbyaStorageCenter.

Prerequisites

AutomatedSpaceRecoverymustbeenabledglobally.

Iftheserverisamemberofoneormorefolders,theAllowAutomatedSpaceRecovery
checkboxmustbeselectedforeachparentfolder.

Steps
1 ClicktheServersview.
2 MakesureautomatedSpaceRecoveryisenabledgloballyunderServersProperties
andontheparentserverfolder(s).

3 SelecttheWindowsserverintheServerspane.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 SelecttheAllowAutomatedSpaceRecoverycheckbox.
6 TosetadefaultSpaceRecoveryschedule,selecttheVolumesUseDefaultSpace
RecoverySchedulecheckbox,thenspecifythescheduleintheSpaceRecovery
Schedulefields.

Daily:SpacerecoveryisperformedeverydayatthetimespecifiedinEnabling
AutomatedSpaceRecoveryonpage 105.

Weekly:Spacerecoveryisperformedeveryweek,ondayoftheweekselectedfrom
thedropdownmenuthatappears,andatthetimespecifiedinEnablingAutomated
SpaceRecoveryonpage 105.

Monthly:Spacerecoveryisperformedeverymonth,ondayofthemonthspecified
inthefieldthatappearsorthelastdayofthemonthifselected,atthetimespecified
inEnablingAutomatedSpaceRecoveryonpage 105.

7 ClickOK.

See Also
GloballyEnableAutomatedSpaceRecoveryonpage 105
EnableAutomatedSpaceRecoveryforaServerFolderonpage 105

106

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Space Recovery on Windows

Specify a Space Recovery Schedule for an Individual Windows Volume


WhenyouenableAutomatedSpaceRecoveryforaserver,SpaceRecoveryisenabledfor
allvolumesthatarehostedbyaStorageCenter.

Prerequisites

AutomatedSpaceRecoverymustbeenabledglobally.

Iftheserverisamemberofoneormorefolders,theAllowAutomatedSpaceRecovery
checkboxmustbeselectedforeachparentfolder.

TheAllowAutomatedSpaceRecoverycheckboxmustbeselectedfortheparent
Windowsserver.

Steps
1 ClicktheServersview.
2 MakesureautomatedSpaceRecoveryisenabledgloballyunderServersProperties
ontheparentserverfolder(s),andtheparentserver.

3 SelectaWindowsvolumeintheServerspane.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 MakesuretheAllowAutomatedSpaceRecoverycheckboxisselected.
6 SelecttheSetAutomatedSpaceRecoverySchedulecheckbox.
7 SelecthowoftentoperformSpaceRecoveryfromtheSpaceRecoverySchedule
dropdown.

Daily:SpacerecoveryisperformedeverydayatthetimespecifiedinEnabling
AutomatedSpaceRecoveryonpage 105.

Weekly:Spacerecoveryisperformedeveryweek,ondayoftheweekselectedfrom
thedropdownmenuthatappears,andatthetimespecifiedinEnablingAutomated
SpaceRecoveryonpage 105.

Monthly:Spacerecoveryisperformedeverymonth,ondayofthemonthspecified
inthefieldthatappearsorthelastdayofthemonthifselected,atthetimespecified
inEnablingAutomatedSpaceRecoveryonpage 105.

8 ClickOK.

See Also
GloballyEnableAutomatedSpaceRecoveryonpage 105
EnableAutomatedSpaceRecoveryforaServerFolderonpage 105
EnableAutomatedSpaceRecoveryforaWindowsServeronpage 106

Running Manual Space Recovery for a Volume


SpacerecoverycanbeperformedmanuallyonWindowsservervolumes.
1 ClicktheServersview.
2 SelectthevolumeonwhichtorunspacerecoveryintheServerspane.
3 Intherightpane,clickRunSpaceRecovery.TheRunSpaceRecoverydialogbox
appears.
4 ClickOK.

Dell Compellent

107

Chapter 4 Storage Center Server Administration

Viewing Space Recovery Results


TheresultsofSpaceRecoverycanbeviewedorsentbyemailtothecurrentuser.

View Space Recovery History


TheSpaceRecoveryHistorytabdisplaysalogofpastSpaceRecoveryruns.
1 ClicktheServersview.
2 SelectServersintheServerspane.
3 Intherightpane,clicktheSpaceRecoveryHistorytab.

Send Space Recovery Reports by Email


UsetheManageEventstabtoconfigureEnterpriseManagertosendSpaceRecovery
Reportstoyouremailaddress.
1 InthetoppaneoftheEnterpriseManagerClient,clickEditUserSettings.
2 ClicktheManageEventstab.
3 SelecttheSpaceRecoveryReportcheckbox.
4 ClickOK.

108

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Storage Center Maintenance


EnterpriseManagercanmanageStorageCentersettings,usersandusergroups,andapply
settingstomultipleStorageCenters.

Contents
ManagingStorageCenterSettings ............................................ 109
ConfiguringaStorageCentertoInheritSettings ................................ 126
ManagingStorageCenterUsersandGroups ................................... 127
ManagingDiskEnclosures .................................................. 146
ShuttingDownandRestartingaStorageCenter ................................ 148

Managing Storage Center Settings


EnterpriseManagercanmanagesettingsforindividualStorageCentersandapplythese
settingstomultipleStorageCenters.
ThefollowingsectionsdescribehowtomanageStorageCentersettings:

ViewingandModifyingStorageCenterInformationonpage 109

ModifyingStorageCenterNetworkSettingsonpage 111

ConfiguringStorageCenterUserPreferencesonpage 113

ConfiguringStorageCenterDataSettingsonpage 116

ConfiguringStorageCenterSecureConsoleSettingsonpage 118

ConfiguringStorageCenterSMTPSettingsonpage 119

ConfiguringStorageCenterSNMPSettingsonpage 121

ConfiguringStorageCenterTimeSettingsonpage 122

ConfiguringFilterstoRestrictAdministrativeAccessonpage 123

Viewing and Modifying Storage Center Information


EnterpriseManagerprovidesoptionsforchangingdefaultpropertiesforeachindividual
StorageCenterthatismanagedbyEnterpriseManager.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Dell Compellent

109

Chapter 5 Storage Center Maintenance

Rename a Storage Center


RenamingaStorageCenterchangesitsnameintheStorageCenterSystemManagerand
EnterpriseManager.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenteryouwanttomodify.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheGeneraltab.
5 IntheStorageCenterNamefield,typeanewname.
6 ClickOK.

Rename an Individual Controller


ThecontrollernamecanbechangedwithoutaffectingthenameoftheStorageCenter.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 ClicktheHardwaretab.
3 IntheHardwaretabnavigationpane,selectthecontroller.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 IntheNamefield,typeanewnameforthecontroller.
6 ClickOK.

Change the Operating Mode of a Storage Center


ChangetheoperatingmodeofaStorageCenterbeforeperformingmaintenanceorinstall
softwareupdatestoisolatealertsfromthoseevents.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenteryouwanttomodify.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheGeneraltab.
5 IntheOperatingModefieldselectNormal,Maintenance,orInstall.SelectingInstall
orMaintenanceisolatesalertsfromthosethatwouldoccurduringnormaloperation.
6 ClickOK.

View Storage Center License Information


EnterpriseManagerdisplaysStorageCenterlicenseinformationbutdoesnotallowyouto
modifyit.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheLicensetabtodisplaylicenseinformation.
5 ClickOK.

110

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Storage Center Settings

Apply a New License to a Storage Center


Ifyouaddapplications,orincreasethenumberofdiskslicensedforyourStorageCenter,
youmayneedtoapplyanewlicense.Thelicenseisemailedtoyoufromyourprovider.

Prerequisites

TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruser
withtheAdministratorprivilege.

YoumustbeabletoaccessaStorageCenterlicensefilefromthecomputerfromwhich
youarerunningtheEnterpriseManagerClient.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheLicensetab.
5 ClickSubmitLicenseFile.Adialogboxappears.
6 BrowsetoandselectaStorageCenterlicensefile,thenclickOpen.Thedialogbox
closes.
7 ClickApply.
8 Afterthelicenseisapplied,clickOK.

Connect to a Storage Center with Storage Center System Manager


StorageCenterSystemManageristhenativeuserinterfaceoftheStorageCenter.Some
tasks,suchasmanagingdisks,mustbeperformedusingSystemManager.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickStorageCenterManager.TheCompellentSystemManager
windowappearsandconnectstotheStorageCenter.

Modifying Storage Center Network Settings


ThesharedmanagementIP,controllermanagementinterfaces,andiDRACcanbe
managedusingEnterpriseManager.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Modify the Storage Center Shared Management IP Address(es)


InadualcontrollerStorageCenter,thesharedmanagementIPaddressishostedbythe
leaderundernormalcircumstances.Iftheleaderfails,thepeertakesoverthemanagement
IP,allowingmanagementaccesswhenthenormalleaderisdown.IftheStorageCenteris
runningversion6.3orlater,anIPv6managementIPaddresscanalsobeassigned.
Note: AsinglecontrollerStorageCenterdoesnothaveasharedmanagementIP
addressbydefault,butitcanbeconfiguredtofacilitateafuturetransitiontodual
controllers.

Dell Compellent

111

Chapter 5 Storage Center Maintenance

Prerequisites
IftheStorageCenterisaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingahostname,thenewIPaddress
mustbeaddedtotheDNSAorAAAArecordfortheStorageCentertoavoidconnectivity
issues.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenteryouwanttomodify.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheGeneraltab.
5 IntheManagementIPfield,typeanIPv4addresstouseasthemanagementIP.
6 (Optional)IntheIPv6ManagementIPfield,typeanIPv6addresstouseasthe
managementIP.
Note: AnIPv6managementIPissupportedbyStorageCenterversion6.3and
later.
7 ClickOK.

Modify Management Interface Settings for a Controller


TheIPaddress,netmask,andgatewaycanbemodifiedforthecontrollermanagement
interface.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 ClicktheHardwaretab.
3 IntheHardwaretabnavigationpane,selectthecontroller.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 Modifythemanagementinterfacesettings.
a IntheIPAddressfield,typeanewIPaddressforthecontrollermanagement
interface.
b IntheIPNetMaskfield,typeanetworkmaskforthecontrollermanagement
interface.
c

IntheIPGatewayfield,typethedefaultrouteforthenetwork.

6 ClickOK.

Modify DNS Settings for a Controller


EnterpriseManagerallowsyoutospecifyaprimaryDNSserver,secondaryDNSserver,
andthenameofthedomaintowhichtheStorageCenterbelongs.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 ClicktheHardwaretab.
3 IntheHardwaretabnavigationpane,selectthecontroller.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ModifytheDNSsettings.
a IntheDNSServerfield,typetheIPaddressofaDNSserveronthenetwork.
b (Optional)IntheSecondaryDNSServerfield,typetheIPaddressofabackupDNS
serveronthenetwork.

112

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Storage Center Settings

IntheDomainNamefield,typethenameofthedomaintowhichtheStorageCenter
belongs.

6 ClickOK.

Modify iDRAC Interface Settings for a Controller


TheiDRACinterfaceprovidesoutofbandmanagementforthecontroller.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 ClicktheHardwaretab.
3 IntheHardwaretabnavigationpane,selectthecontroller.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ChoosehowtheiDRACinterfaceshouldbeconfiguredfromtheConfigureviadrop
downmenu.

ToconfiguretheiDRACinterfacemanually,selectStatic.

ToallowaDHCPservertoconfiguretheiDRACinterfaceautomatically,select
DHCP.

6 IfyouselectedStaticinthepreviousstep,specifytheiDRACinterfacesettings.
a IntheBMCIPAddressfield,typeanIPaddressfortheiDRACinterface.
b IntheBMCNetMaskfield,typethenetworkmask.
c

IntheBMCGatewayfield,typethedefaultroutefortheiDRAC.

7 ClickOK.

Configuring Storage Center User Preferences


StorageCenteruserpreferencesestablishdefaultsfortheStorageCenteruseraccountthat
wasusedtoaddtheStorageCentertoEnterpriseManager.EnterpriseManagerhonors
thesepreferences.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Set the Default Size for New Volumes


Thedefaultvolumesizeisusedwhenanewvolumeiscreatedunlesstheuserspecifiesa
differentvalue.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClickthePreferencestab.
5 IntheDefaultVolumeSizefield,typeadefaultsizefornewvolumesinkilobytes(KB),
megabytes(MB),gigabytes(GB),orterabytes(TB).
6 ClickOK.

Dell Compellent

113

Chapter 5 Storage Center Maintenance

Set Default Cache Settings for New Volumes


Thedefaultcachesettingsareusedwhenanewvolumeiscreatedunlesstheuserchanges
them.Youcanpreventthedefaultcachesettingsfrombeingchangedduringvolume
creationbyclearingtheAllowCacheSelectioncheckbox.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClickthePreferencestab.
5 SelectorcleartheReadCacheandWriteCachecheckboxestosetthedefaultcache
settingsfornewvolumes.
6 SelectorcleartheAllowCacheSelectioncheckboxtoalloworpreventusersfrom
configuringcachesettingswhencreatingvolumes.
7 ClickOK.

Set the Default Base Volume Name for New Volumes


Thedefaultbasenameisusedasthenameforanewvolumeunlesstheuserspecifiesa
differentname.Ifoneorvolumeswiththebasenamealreadyexist,anumberisappended
tothebasenametocreatethenewvolumename.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClickthePreferencestab.
5 IntheBaseVolumeNamefield,typeanametouseasabasefornewvolumes.The
defaultbaseisNewVolume.
6 ClickOK.

Set the Default Replay Options for New Volumes


ThedefaultReplayoptionsareusedwhenanewvolumeiscreatedunlesstheuserchanges
them.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClickthePreferencestab.
5 ChoosedefaultReplayprofiles.
a IntheReplayarea,clickChange.TheSelectReplayProfilesdialogboxappears.
b Inthetoppane,selecttheReplayProfilestoassigntonewvolumesbydefault.
c

ClickOK.TheSelectReplayProfilesdialogboxcloses.

6 IntheMinimumReplayIntervalfield,thenumberofminutesthatmustpassaftera
replayistakenbeforeasubsequentreplaycanbetaken.
7 ClickOK.

114

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Storage Center Settings

Allow or Disallow Advanced Volume Mapping Settings


AdvancedvolumemappingoptionsincludeLUNconfiguration,mappingpathoptions,
andmakingthevolumereadonly.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClickthePreferencestab.
5 SelectorcleartheAllowAdvancedMappingcheckboxtoenableordisableadvanced
volumemappingoptions.
6 ClickOK.

Set the Default Operating System for New Servers


Thedefaultoperatingsystemisusedfornewserversunlesstheuserselectsadifferent
option.Forconvenience,DellCompellentrecommendschoosingtheoperatingsystemthat
ismostcommoninyourenvironment.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClickthePreferencestab.
5 FromtheOperatingSystemdropdownmenu,selectthedefaultoperatingsystemfor
newservers.
6 ClickOK.

Set the Default Storage Profile for New Volumes


ThedefaultStorageProfileisusedwhenanewvolumeiscreatedunlesstheuserselectsa
differentStorageProfile.YoucanpreventtheStorageProfilefrombeingchangedduring
volumecreationbyclearingtheAllowStorageProfileSelectioncheckbox.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClickthePreferencestab.
5 FromtheStorageProfiledropdownmenu,selecttheStorageProfiletouseasthe
defaultfornewvolumes.
6 ToallowuserstoselectaStorageProfilewhencreatingavolume,selectAllowStorage
ProfileSelection.
7 ClickOK.

Set the Default Storage Type for New Volumes


ThedefaultStorageTypeisusedwhenanewvolumeiscreatedunlesstheuserselectsa
differentStorageType.YoucanpreventtheStorageProfilefrombeingchangedduring
volumecreationbyclearingtheAllowStorageTypeSelectioncheckbox.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.

Dell Compellent

115

Chapter 5 Storage Center Maintenance

4 ClickthePreferencestab.
5 FromtheStorageTypedropdownmenu,selecttheStorageTypetouseasthedefault
fornewvolumes.
6 ToallowuserstoselectaStorageTypewhencreatingavolume,selectAllowStorage
Typeselection.
7 ClickOK.

Configuring Storage Center Data Settings


Youcanconfigurecache,DataProgression,Replay,andRAIDstripewidthsettingsforthe
StorageCenter.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Set Storage Center Cache Options


GlobalStorageCentercachesettingsoverridecachesettingsforindividualvolumes.Read
cacheimprovesreadperformancebyanticipatingthenextreadandholdingitinvolatile
memory.Writecacheincreaseswriteperformancebyholdingwrittendatainvolatile
memoryuntilitcanbesafelystoredondisk.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheStoragetab.
5 SelectorcleartheReadCacheEnabledandWriteCacheEnabledcheckboxes.
6 ClickOK.

Schedule or Limit Data Progression (For Storage Center version 5.1 or later)
ForStorageCentersrunningversion5.1orlater,youcanschedulewhenDataProgression
runsandlimithowlongitisallowedtorun.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheStoragetab.
5 IntheDataProgressionStartTimefield,selectortypethetimeatwhichData
Progressionstartsrunningdaily.

116

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Storage Center Settings

6 FromtheDataProgressionMaxRunTimedropdownmenu,selectthemaximumtime
periodthatDataProgressionisallowedtorun.
7 ClickOK.

Set RAID Stripe Width


TheRAIDstripewidthcontrolsthenumberofdisksacrosswhichRAIDdataisstriped.The
stripewidthsforRAID5andRAID6areindependentlyconfigured.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheStoragetab.
5 FromtheRAID5StripeWidthdropdownmenu,selectastripewidthof5or9disks.
6 FromtheRAID6StripeWidthdropdownmenu,selectastripewidthof6or10disks.
7 ClickOK.

Configure an iSNS Server


SetthehostnameorIPaddressoftheInternetStorageNameService(iSNS)serveronyour
network.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheStoragetab.
5 IntheiSNSServerHostorIPAddressfield,typethehostnameorIPaddressofan
iSNSserverthatprovidesnameservicesforinitiatorsandtargetsonyournetwork.
6 ClickOK.

Apply Data Settings to Multiple Storage Centers


DatasettingsthatareassignedtoasingleStorageCentercanbeappliedtootherStorage
Centers.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Dell Compellent

117

Chapter 5 Storage Center Maintenance

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenterthathasthesettingsyouwanttoapplyto
otherStorageCenters.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheStoragetab.
5 SelecttheApplythesesettingstootherStorageCenterscheckbox.
6 ClickApply.TheSelectStorageCenterdialogboxappears.
7 SelectthecheckboxforeachStorageCentertowhichyouwanttoapplythesettings.
8 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

Configuring Storage Center Secure Console Settings


ThesecureconsoleallowssupportpersonneltoaccesstheStorageCenterconsolewithout
connectingthroughtheserialport.
Note: DonotmodifythesecureconsoleconfigurationwithouttheassistanceofDell
TechnicalSupportServices.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Enable Secure Console Access


EnablethesecureconsoletoallowsupportpersonneltoaccesstheStorageCenterconsole
withoutconnectingthroughtheserialport.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheSecureConsoletab.
5 SelecttheEnablesecureconsoleaccesscheckbox.
6 IntheSecureConsoleServerHostorIPAddressfield,typethehostnameorIPaddress
ofansecureconsoleserverprovidedbyDellTechnicalSupportServices.
7 IfaSOCKSproxyisrequiredtoallowtheStorageCentertocommunicatewiththe
secureconsoleserverspecifiedinthepreviousstep,configuretheProxySettings.
a FromtheProxyTypedropdownmenu,selectSOCKS4orSOCKS5.
b IntheIPAddressfield,typetheIPaddressoftheproxyserver.
c

InthePortfield,typetheportusedbytheproxyserver.

d Iftheproxyserverrequiresauthentication,completetheUserNameandPassword
fields.
8 ClickOK.

118

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Storage Center Settings

Restart the Storage Center Secure Console Server


DellTechnicalSupportServicesmightaskyoutorestartthesecureconsoleserverduring
thetroubleshootingprocess.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheSecureConsoletab.
5 ClicktheRestartService.Aconfirmationdialogboxappears.
6 ClickOKtoconfirm.
7 ClickOK.

Apply Secure Console Settings to Multiple Storage Centers


SecureConsolesettingsthatareassignedtoasingleStorageCentercanbeappliedtoother
StorageCenters.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenterthathasthesettingsyouwanttoapplyto
otherStorageCenters.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheSecureConsoletab.
5 SelecttheApplythesesettingstootherStorageCenterscheckbox.
6 ClickApply.TheSelectStorageCenterdialogboxappears.
7 SelectthecheckboxforeachStorageCentertowhichyouwanttoapplythesettings.
8 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

IftheSecureConsoleproxypasswordisnotconfiguredorwasmodified,thedialog
boxcloses.

IftheSecureConsoleproxypasswordwasconfiguredpreviouslyandnotmodified,
theSecureConsoleProxypassworddialogboxappears.

9 (Proxypasswordonly)InthePasswordfield,typethepasswordfortheproxy,then
clickOK.

Configuring Storage Center SMTP Settings


SMTPserversettingscanbeconfiguredindividuallyforeachStorageCenterorappliedto
multipleStorageCenters.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Dell Compellent

119

Chapter 5 Storage Center Maintenance

Configure Storage Center SMTP Server Settings


ConfigureSMTPsettingstoallowtheStorageCentertosendalertmessageemailstousers
whohavespecifiedarecipientaddressintheircontactproperties.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenteryouwanttomodify.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheSMTPServertab.
5 ConfiguretheSMTPserversettings.
a SelecttheEnableSMTPEmailcheckbox.
b IntheSMTPMailServerfield,entertheIPaddressorfullyqualifieddomainname
oftheSMTPemailserver.ClickTestServertoverifyconnectivitytotheSMTP
server.
c

(Optional)IntheBackupSMTPServerfield,entertheIPaddressorfullyqualified
domainnameofabackupSMTPemailserver.ClickTestServertoverify
connectivitytotheSMTPserver.

d IftheSMTPserverrequiresemailstocontainaMAILFROMaddress,specifyan
emailaddressintheSenderEmailAddressfield.
e (Optional)IntheCommonSubjectLinefield,enterasubjectlinetouseforall
emailssentbytheStorageCenter.
f

ConfigurehowtheStorageCenteridentifiesitselftotheSMTPserver:

TouseSMTP,typetheStorageCenterfullyqualifieddomainnameintheHello
Message(HELO)field.

TouseESMTP,selecttheSendExtendedHello(EHLO)checkbox,thentypethe
StorageCenterfullyqualifieddomainnameintheExtendedHelloMessage
(EHLO)field.

g IftheSMTPserverrequiresclientstoauthenticatebeforesendingemail,selectthe
UseAuthorizedLogin(AUTHLOGIN)checkbox,thentypeausernameand
passwordintheLoginIDandPasswordfields.
6 ClickOK.

Apply SMTP Settings to Multiple Storage Centers


SMTPsettingsthatareassignedtoasingleStorageCentercanbeappliedtootherStorage
Centers.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenterthathasthesettingsyouwanttoapplyto
otherStorageCenters.

120

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Storage Center Settings

3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheSMTPServertab.
5 SelecttheApplythesesettingstootherStorageCenterscheckbox.
6 ClickApply.TheSelectStorageCenterdialogboxappears.
7 SelectthecheckboxforeachStorageCentertowhichyouwanttoapplythesettings.
8 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

Ifapasswordisnotconfiguredorwasmodified,thedialogboxcloses.

Ifapasswordwasconfiguredpreviouslyandnotmodified,theSMTPServer
Passworddialogboxappears.

9 (Passwordonly)InthePasswordfield,typethepasswordforSMTP,thenclickOK.

Configuring Storage Center SNMP Settings


SNMPallowstheStorageCentertobemonitoredoverthenetwork.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Configure SNMP Settings for a Storage Center


ConfigureSNMPifyouwanttomonitortheStorageCenterwithanetworkmanagement
system.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheSNMPServertab.
5 SetthecommunitystringsthatallowaccesstotheStorageCenterSNMPagent.
a IntheReadOnlyCommunityStringfield,typeapasswordusedtoallownetwork
managementsystemstoreadfromtheStorageCenterSNMPagent.
b IntheReadWriteCommunityStringfield,typeapasswordusedtoallownetwork
managementsystemstoreadfromorwritetotheStorageCenterSNMPagent.
6 IftheAgentRunningstatusisNotRunning,clickStartAgent.
7 SpecifysettingsforthenetworkmanagementsystemtowhichStorageCenterwillsend
SNMPtraps.
a IntheTrapCommunityStringfield,typeapasswordusedtoallowtheStorage
CenterSNMPagenttocommunicatewiththeNetworkManagementSystem.
b IntheTrapDestinationfield,typehostnameorIPaddressoftheNetwork
ManagementSystemthatiscollectingtrapinformation.
c

FromtheTrapTypedropdownmenu,selectthetraptypetouse.

d ClickStartTrap.
8 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

Dell Compellent

121

Chapter 5 Storage Center Maintenance

Apply SNMP Settings to Multiple Storage Centers


SNMPsettingsthatareassignedtoasingleStorageCentercanbeappliedtootherStorage
Centers.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenterthathasthesettingsyouwanttoapplyto
otherStorageCenters.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheSNMPServertab.
5 SelecttheApplythesesettingstootherStorageCenterscheckbox.
6 ClickApply.TheSelectStorageCenterdialogboxappears.
7 SelectthecheckboxforeachStorageCentertowhichyouwanttoapplythesettings.
8 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

Configuring Storage Center Time Settings


DateandtimesettingscanbeconfiguredindividuallyforeachStorageCenterorapplied
tomultipleStorageCenters.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Set the Date and Time for a Storage Center


Selectthetimezone,thensetthedateandtimeorconfiguretheStorageCenterto
synchronizewithanNTPserver.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheTimetab.
5 FromtheRegiondropdownmenu,selecttheregionwheretheStorageCenteris
located.
6 FromtheTimeZonedropdownmenu,selectthetimezonewheretheStorageCenter
islocated.

122

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Storage Center Settings

7 Setthedateandtime.

Tosetthedateandtimemanually,makesuretheUseNTPServercheckboxis
cleared,thensetthedateandtimeintheCurrentTimefields.

ToconfiguretheStorageCentertosynchronizethedateandtimewithaNetwork
TimeProtocolserver,selecttheUseNTPServercheckbox,thentypethehostname
orIPaddressofanNTPserverintheServerHostorIPAddressfield.

8 ClickOK.

Apply Date and Time Settings to Multiple Storage Centers


DateandtimesettingsthatareassignedtoasingleStorageCentercanbeappliedtoother
StorageCenters.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenterthathasthesettingsyouwanttoapplyto
otherStorageCenters.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheTimetab.
5 SelecttheApplythesesettingstootherStorageCenterscheckbox.
6 ClickApply.TheSelectStorageCenterdialogboxappears.
7 SelectthecheckboxforeachStorageCentertowhichyouwanttoapplythesettings.
8 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

Configuring Filters to Restrict Administrative Access


AccessfilterscanbecreatedtoselectivelyallowadministrativeaccesstoaStorageCenter
basedonIPaddress,userprivilegelevel,orusername.Whenoneormoreaccessfiltersare
defined,administrativeconnectionsthatdonotmatchanaccessfilteraredenied.

EnterpriseManagerdoesnotallowyoutocreateanaccessfilterpolicythatwouldreject
yourcurrentadministrativeconnection.

Accessfiltersapplytonewadministrativeconnectionsonly;existingadministrative
connectionsarenotaffected.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Create an Access Filter for a Storage Center


Createanaccessfiltertoexplicitlyallowadministrativeconnectionsfromauserprivilege
level,specificuser,IPaddress,orrangeofIPaddresses.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Dell Compellent

123

Chapter 5 Storage Center Maintenance

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheIPFilteringtab.
5 ClickCreateFilter.TheCreateIPFilterdialogboxappears.
6 SelecttheStorageCenteruseroruserprivilegeleveltoallow.

ToallowaccesstoaStorageCenteruserprivilegelevel,selectUserPrivilegeLevel,
thenselectaprivilegelevelfromthedropdownmenu.

ToallowaccesstoanindividualStorageCenteruser,selectSpecificUser,thenselect
auserfromthedropdownmenu.

7 SpecifywhichsourceIPaddressestoallow.
Note: Ifnetworkaddresstranslation(NAT)isenabledinyournetwork
environment,besuretospecifytheIPaddress(es)visibletotheStorageCenter.

ToallowallsourceIPaddresses,selectAllHosts.

ToallowaccesstoaspecificIPaddress,selectSingleIPAddress,thentypetheIP
addressinthefield.

ToallowaccesstoarangeofIPaddresses,selectRangeofIPAddresses,thentype
thefirstandlastIPaddressesinthefields.

8 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

Modify an Access Filter for a Storage Center


ModifyanaccessfiltertochangetheusersorIPaddressesitallows.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheIPFilteringtab.
5 Selecttheaccessfilterthatyouwanttomodify,thenclickModifyFilter.TheModifyIP
Filterdialogboxappears.
6 Modifytheaccessfiltersettingsasneeded.Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,
clickHelp.
7 (Optional)ModifytheallowedStorageCenteruseroruserprivilegelevel.

124

ToallowaccesstoaStorageCenteruserprivilegelevel,selectUserPrivilegeLevel,
thenselectaprivilegelevelfromthedropdownmenu.

ToallowaccesstoanindividualStorageCenteruser,selectSpecificUser,thenselect
auserfromthedropdownmenu.

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Storage Center Settings

8 (Optional)ModifytheallowedsourceIPaddresses.
Note: Ifnetworkaddresstranslation(NAT)isenabledinyournetwork
environment,besuretospecifytheIPaddress(es)visibletotheStorageCenter.

ToallowallsourceIPaddresses,selectAllHosts.

ToallowaccesstoaspecificIPaddress,selectSingleIPAddress,thentypetheIP
addressinthefield.

ToallowaccesstoarangeofIPaddresses,selectRangeofIPAddresses,thentype
thefirstandlastIPaddressesinthefields.

9 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

Delete an Access Filter for a Storage Center


Deleteanaccessfilterifitisnolongerneededoryouwanttorevokeadministrativeaccess
totheusersandIPaddressesthatthefiltermatches.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheIPFilteringtab.
5 Selecttheaccessfilterthatyouwanttodelete,thenclickDeleteFilter.TheDeleteIP
Filterdialogboxappears.
6 ClickOKtoconfirmdeletion,thenclickOKtoclosetheEditSettingsdialogbox.

View and Delete Access Violations for a Storage Center


Viewaccessviolationstodeterminewhohasunsuccessfullyattemptedtologin.A
maximumof100accessviolationsarerecordedanddisplayedforaStorageCenter.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheIPFilteringtab.
5 ClickShowAccessViolations.TheShowAccessViolationsdialogboxappears.
6 (Optional)Deleteaccessviolations.
a Selectthecorrespondingcheckboxforeachviolationthatyouwanttodelete.
b ClickDeleteSelectedViolations.Aconfirmationdialogboxappears.

Dell Compellent

125

Chapter 5 Storage Center Maintenance

ClickOKtoclosetheconfirmationdialogbox,thenclickOKtoclosetheShow
AccessViolationsdialogbox.

7 ClickOKtoclosetheEditSettingsdialogbox.

Apply Access Filtering Settings to Multiple Storage Centers


AccessfilteringsettingsthatareassignedtoasingleStorageCentercanbeappliedtoother
StorageCenters.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenterthathasthesettingsyouwanttoapplyto
otherStorageCenters.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheIPFilteringtab.
5 SelecttheApplythesesettingstootherStorageCenterscheckbox.
6 ClickApply.TheSelectStorageCenterdialogboxappears.
7 SelectthecheckboxforeachStorageCentertowhichyouwanttoapplythesettings.
8 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

Configuring a Storage Center to Inherit Settings


AStorageCentercanbeconfiguredtoinheritsettingsfromanotherStorageCentertosave
timeandensurethatStorageCentersareconfiguredconsistently.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 Intherightpane,clickInheritSettings.TheInheritSettingswizardappears.
4 SelecttheStorageCenterfromwhichyouwanttoinheritsettings,thenclickNext.The
wizardadvancestothenextpage.
5 Selectthecheckboxforeachcategoryofsettingsthatyouwanttoinherit.Foruser
interfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

126

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Storage Center Users and Groups

6 Whenyouaredone,clickFinish.

IfyoumodifiedpasswordsforthePhoneHomeproxy,SecureConsoleproxy,or
SMTPserver(orifpasswordsarenotconfigured),thedialogboxcloses.

IfapasswordforthePhoneHomeproxy,SecureConsoleproxy,orSMTPserverwas
configuredpreviouslyandnotmodified,youarepromptedtoreentertherequired
passwords.

7 Entertherequiredpassword(s)tocompletethewizard.

Managing Storage Center Users and Groups


StorageCenterusershaveaccesstofolders,volumes,views,andcommandsdependingon
theirprivilegelevelandtheusergroupstowhichtheybelong.Useraccountscanbecreated
locallyand/orexistexternallyinadirectoryservice.

User Privilege Levels


Eachuserisassignedasingleprivilegelevel.StorageCenterhasthreelevelsofuser
privilege.
Privilege Level

Allowed Access

Administrator

ReadandwriteaccesstotheentireStorageCenter(norestrictions).All
Administratorshavethesamepredefinedprivileges.OnlyAdministratorscan
manageusersandusergroups.

VolumeManager Readandwriteaccesstothefoldersassociatedwiththeassignedusergroups.
Userswiththisprivilegelevelcancreatevolumesintheallowedvolumefolders
andmapthemtoexistingserversintheallowedserverfolders.
Reporter

Readonlyaccesstothefoldersassociatedwiththeassignedusergroup(s).

User Groups
Usergroupsgrantaccesstovolume,server,anddiskfolders.

UserswiththeAdministratorprivilegehaveaccesstoallfoldersandcannotbeadded
tousergroups.

UserswiththeVolumeManagerorReporterprivilegemustbeassociatedwithoneor
moreusergroups,andcanaccessonlythevolume,server,anddiskfoldersmade
availabletothem.

User Account Management and Authentication


StorageCenteraccessisgrantedusingeitherofthefollowingmethods:

Dell Compellent

Localusersandusergroups:Useraccountscanbecreatedandmaintainedonthe
StorageCenter.

Externaldirectoryservice:InenvironmentsthatuseActiveDirectoryorOpenLDAP,
StorageCentercanauthenticatedirectoryusers.Accesscanbegrantedtoindividual
directoryusersanddirectoryusergroups.TheseusersaccesstheStorageCenterusing
theirdomaincredentials.

127

Chapter 5 Storage Center Maintenance

Managing Local Storage Center Users


EnterpriseManagercancreate,manage,anddeletelocalStorageCenterusers.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Create a Local Storage Center User


CreatealocalStorageCenterusertoassignprivilegestoanewuser.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheUsersandUserGroupstab.
5 OntheLocalUserssubtab,clickTasksCreateLocalUser.TheCreateLocalUser
dialogboxappears.
6 IntheNamefield,typeanamefortheuser.
Note: Toavoidusernameconflictswithdirectoryserviceusers,donotusethe
@or\charactersinlocalusernames.
7 FromthePrivilegedropdownmenu,selecttheprivilegeleveltoassigntotheuser.

Administrator:Whenselected,thelocaluserhasfullaccesstotheStorageCenter.

VolumeManager:Whenselected,thelocaluserhasreadandwriteaccessto
volumes,servers,anddisksinthefoldersassociatedwiththeassignedusergroups.

Reporter:Whenselected,thelocaluserhasreadonlyaccesstovolumes,servers,
anddisksinthefoldersassociatedwiththeassignedusergroups.

8 FromtheSessionTimeoutdropdownmenu,selectthemaximumlengthoftimethat
thelocalusercanbeidlewhileloggedintotheStorageCenterSystemManagerbefore
theconnectionisterminated.
9 (VolumeManagerandReporteronly)Addoneormorelocalusergroupstothelocal
user.
a IntheLocalUserGroupsarea,clickChange.TheSelectLocalUserGroupsdialog
boxappears.
b (Optional)Tocreateanewlocalusergroup,clickCreateLocalUserGroup,then
completetheCreateLocalUserGroupwizard.Foruserinterfacereference
information,clickHelp.
c

Selectthecheckboxforeachlocalusergroupyouwanttoassociatewiththelocal
user.

d Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.TheSelectLocalUserGroupsdialogboxcloses.
10 SpecifyandconfirmapasswordfortheuserinthePasswordandConfirmPassword
fields.
11 (Optional)SpecifymoreinformationabouttheuserintheDetailsarea.

128

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Storage Center Users and Groups

12 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.TheCreateLocalUserdialogboxcloses.
13 ClickOKtoclosetheEditSettingsdialogbox.

Configure the Default User Preferences for New Storage Center Users
ThedefaultuserpreferencesareappliedtonewStorageCenterusers.Thepreferencescan
beindividuallycustomizedfurtheraftertheuseriscreated.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheUsersandUserGroupstab.
5 OntheLocalUserssubtab,clickTasksConfigureDefaultUserPreferences.The
ConfigureDefaultUserPreferencesdialogboxappears.
6 Modifytheuserpreferencesasneeded,thenclickOK.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.
7 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.TheConfigureDefaultUserPreferencesdialogbox
closes.
8 ClickOKtoclosetheStorageCenterEditSettingsdialogbox.

See Also
ConfigurePreferencesforaLocalStorageCenterUser

Increase the Privilege Level for a Local Storage Center User


TheprivilegelevelcanbeincreasedforlocalusersthathavetheVolumeManageror
Reporterprivilege.Theprivilegelevelforausercannotbedecreased.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheUsersandUserGroupstab.
5 OntheLocalUserssubtab,selecttheuser,thenclickEditSettings.TheEditSettings
dialogboxappears.

Dell Compellent

129

Chapter 5 Storage Center Maintenance

6 FromthePrivilegedropdownmenu,selecttheprivilegeleveltoassigntotheuser.

Administrator:Whenselected,thelocaluserhasfullaccesstotheStorageCenter.

VolumeManager:Whenselected,thelocaluserhasreadandwriteaccesstothe
foldersassociatedwiththeassignedusergroups.

Reporter:Whenselected,thelocaluserhasreadonlyaccesstothefoldersassociated
withtheassignedusergroups.

7 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.ThelocaluserEditSettingsdialogboxcloses.
8 ClickOKtoclosetheStorageCenterEditSettingsdialogbox.

Change the Session Timeout for a Local Storage Center User


Thesessiontimeoutcontrolsthemaximumlengthoftimethatthelocalusercanbeidle
whileloggedintotheStorageCenterSystemManagerbeforetheconnectionisterminated.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheUsersandUserGroupstab.
5 OntheLocalUserssubtab,selecttheuser,thenclickEditSettings.TheEditSettings
dialogboxappears.
6 FromtheSessionTimeoutdropdownmenu,selectthemaximumlengthoftimethat
thelocalusercanbeidlewhileloggedintotheStorageCenterSystemManagerbefore
theconnectionisterminated.
7 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.ThelocaluserEditSettingsdialogboxcloses.
8 ClickOKtoclosetheStorageCenterEditSettingsdialogbox.

Enable or Disable Access for a Local Storage Center User


WhenalocalStorageCenteruserisdisabled,itisnotallowedtologin.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheUsersandUserGroupstab.
5 OntheLocalUserssubtab,selecttheuser,thenclickEditSettings.TheEditSettings
dialogboxappears.
6 Enableordisableaccessforthelocaluser.

130

Toenableaccess,selecttheEnabledcheckbox.

Todisableaccess,cleartheEnabledcheckbox.

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Storage Center Users and Groups

7 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.ThelocaluserEditSettingsdialogboxcloses.
8 ClickOKtoclosetheStorageCenterEditSettingsdialogbox.

Modify Local Group Membership for a Local Storage Center User


Usergroupsgrantaccesstovolume,server,anddiskfoldersforuserswiththeVolume
ManagerorReporterprivilegelevel.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheUsersandUserGroupstab.
5 OntheLocalUserssubtab,selecttheuser,thenclickEditSettings.TheEditSettings
dialogboxappears.
6 Modifylocalgroupmembershipfortheuser.
a IntheLocalUserGroupsarea,clickChange.TheSelectLocalUserGroupsdialog
boxappears.
b (Optional)Tocreateanewlocalusergroup,clickCreateLocalUserGroup,then
completetheCreateLocalUserGroupwizard.Foruserinterfacereference
information,clickHelp.
c

Selectthecheckboxforeachlocalusergroupyouwanttoassociatewiththelocal
user.

d Toremovethelocaluserfromalocalgroup,clearthecheckboxforthegroup.
e Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.TheSelectLocalUserGroupsdialogboxcloses.
7 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.ThelocaluserEditSettingsdialogboxcloses.
8 ClickOKtoclosetheStorageCenterEditSettingsdialogbox.

Configure Preferences for a Local Storage Center User


Bydefault,eachStorageCenteruserinheritsthedefaultuserpreferences.Ifnecessary,the
preferencescanbeindividuallycustomizedforauser.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheUsersandUserGroupstab.
5 OntheLocalUserssubtab,selecttheuser,thenclickEditSettings.TheEditSettings
dialogboxappears.
6 ClickConfigureUserPreferences.TheConfigureUserPreferencesdialogbox
appears.

Dell Compellent

131

Chapter 5 Storage Center Maintenance

7 Modifytheuserpreferencesasneeded,thenclickOK.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.
8 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.ThelocaluserEditSettingsdialogboxcloses.
9 ClickOKtoclosetheStorageCenterEditSettingsdialogbox.

See Also
ConfiguretheDefaultUserPreferencesforNewStorageCenterUsers

Modify Descriptive Information About a Local Storage Center User


Thedescriptiveinformationaboutalocaluserincludeshisorherrealname,department,
title,location,telephonenumbers,emailaddress(es),andnotes.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheUsersandUserGroupstab.
5 OntheLocalUserssubtab,selecttheuser,thenclickEditSettings.TheEditSettings
dialogboxappears.
6 ClickConfigureUserPreferences.TheConfigureUserPreferencesdialogbox
appears.
7 ModifytheRealNamefieldasnecessary.
8 ModifythefieldsintheDetailsareaasnecessary,thenclickOK.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.
9 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.ThelocaluserEditSettingsdialogboxcloses.
10 ClickOKtoclosetheStorageCenterEditSettingsdialogbox.

Change the Password for a Local Storage Center User


ChangingthepasswordforalocalStorageCenteruserthroughEnterpriseManager
automaticallyupdatesanyStorageCentermappingsthatweremadeusingtheusers
credentials.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheUsersandUserGroupstab.

132

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Storage Center Users and Groups

5 OntheLocalUserssubtab,selecttheuser,thenclickChangePassword.TheChange
Passworddialogboxappears.
6 Enterandconfirmanewpasswordforthelocaluser,thenclickOK.

Delete a Local Storage Center User


DeleteaStorageCenteruserifheorshenolongerrequiresaccess.Thelocaluserthatwas
usedtoaddtheStorageCentertoEnterpriseManagercannotbedeleted.Thelastuserwith
theAdministratorprivilegecannotbedeletedbecauseStorageCenterrequiresatleastone
Administrator.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheUsersandUserGroupstab.
5 OntheLocalUserssubtab,selecttheuser,thenclickDelete.TheDeletedialogbox
appears.
6 ClickOKtoconfirm,thenclickOKtoclosetheEditSettingsdialogbox.

Restore a Deleted Local Storage Center User


Anewpasswordmustbeprovidedwhenrestoringadeleteduser.Ifyouarerestoringa
deleteduserwiththeVolumeManagerorReporterprivilege,theusermustbeaddedto
oneormorelocalusergroups.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheUsersandUserGroupstab.
5 OntheLocalUserssubtab,clickTasksRestoreDeletedUser.TheRestoreDeleted
Userwizardappears.
6 Selectthelocaluserthatyouwanttorestore,thenclickNext.Thewizardadvancesto
thenextpage.
7 (VolumeManagerandReporteronly)Addthelocalusertooneormorelocaluser
groups.
a IntheLocalUserGroupsarea,clickChange.TheSelectLocalUserGroupsdialog
boxappears.
b (Optional)Tocreateanewlocalusergroup,clickCreateLocalUserGroup,then
completetheCreateLocalUserGroupwizard.Foruserinterfacereference
information,clickHelp.

Dell Compellent

133

Chapter 5 Storage Center Maintenance

Selectthecheckboxforeachlocalusergroupyouwanttoassociatewiththelocal
user.

d Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.TheSelectLocalUserGroupsdialogboxcloses.
8 EnterandconfirmanewpasswordforthelocaluserintheNewPasswordandConfirm
Passwordfields.
9 Modifytheremainingusersettingsasneeded.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.
10 Whenyouarefinished,clickFinishtoclosethewizard,thenclickOKtoclosetheEdit
Settingsdialogbox.

Managing Local Storage Center User Groups


Usergroupsgrantaccesstovolume,server,anddiskfolders.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Create a Local Storage Center User Group


CreatealocalStorageCenterusergrouptograntaccesstospecificvolume,server,anddisk
folders.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheUsersandUserGroupstab.
5 OntheLocalUserGroupssubtab,clickCreateLocalUserGroup.TheCreateLocal
UserGroupwizardappears.
6 Addvolumefolderstothelocalusergroup.
a Ifyouneedtocreateavolumefolder,clickCreateVolumeFolder,thencompletethe
fieldsintheCreateVolumeFolderdialogbox.
b Intheuppertable,selectthevolumefolder(s)youwanttoaddtothelocaluser
group,thenclickAddVolumeFolders.Thevolumefoldersmovefromtheupper
tabletothelowertable.
c

Whenyouarefinished,clickNext.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.

7 Addserverfolderstothelocalusergroup.
a Ifyouneedtocreateaserverfolder,clickCreateServerFolder,thencompletethe
fieldsintheCreateServerFolderdialogbox.
b Intheuppertable,selecttheserverfolder(s)youwanttoaddtothelocalusergroup,
thenclickAddServerFolders.Theserverfoldersmovefromtheuppertabletothe
lowertable.
c

134

Whenyouarefinished,clickNext.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Storage Center Users and Groups

8 Adddiskfolderstothelocalusergroup.
a Intheuppertable,selectthediskfolder(s)youwanttoaddtothelocalusergroup,
thenclickAddDiskFolders.Thediskfoldersmovefromtheuppertabletothe
lowertable.
b Whenyouarefinished,clickNext.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.
9 IntheNamefield,typeanameforthelocalusergroup,thenclickFinish.
10 ClickOKtoclosetheEditSettingsdialogbox.

Manage User Membership for a Local Storage Center User Group


LocalStorageCenterusersanddirectoryusersthathavebeenindividuallygrantedaccess
canbeaddedtolocalStorageCenterusergroups.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheUsersandUserGroupstab.
5 OntheLocalUserGroupssubtab,selectthelocalusergroup,thenclickManageUsers.
TheManageUsersdialogboxappears.
6 Manageusermembershipfortheusergroup.

Toaddusers,selecttheuser(s)youwanttoaddintheuppertable,thenclickAdd
Users.Theusersmovefromtheuppertabletothelowertable.

Toremoveusers,selecttheuser(s)youwanttoremoveinthelowertable,thenclick
RemoveUsers.Theusersmovefromtheuppertabletothelowertable.

7 Whenyouarefinished,clickOKtoclosetheManageUsersdialogbox.
8 ClickOKtoclosetheEditSettingsdialogbox.

Manage Directory User Group Membership for a Local Storage Center User Group
Addadirectoryusergrouptoalocalusergrouptograntaccesstoalldirectoryusersinthe
directoryusergroup.

Prerequisites

TheStorageCentermustbeconfiguredtoauthenticateuserswithanexternaldirectory
service.

Thedirectoryusergroup(s)youwanttoaddtoalocalStorageCenterusergroupmust
havebeengrantedVolumeManagerorReporteraccesstotheStorageCenter.

TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruser
withtheAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheUsersandUserGroupstab.

Dell Compellent

135

Chapter 5 Storage Center Maintenance

5 OntheLocalUserGroupssubtab,selectthelocalusergroup,thenclickManage
DirectoryUserGroups.TheManageDirectoryUserGroupsdialogboxappears.
6 Managedirectoryusergroupmembershipfortheusergroup.

Toadddirectoryusergroups,selectthedirectoryusergroup(s)youwanttoaddin
theuppertable,thenclickAddDirectoryUserGroups.Thedirectoryusergroup(s)
movefromtheuppertabletothelowertable.

Toremovedirectoryusergroups,selectthedirectoryusergroup(s)youwantto
removeinthelowertable,thenclickRemoveDirectoryUserGroups.Thedirectory
usergroupsmovefromtheuppertabletothelowertable.

7 Whenyouarefinished,clickOKtoclosetheManageDirectoryUserGroupsdialog
box.
8 ClickOKtoclosetheEditSettingsdialogbox.

Manage Folder Access Granted by a Local Storage Center User Group


ThefoldersthatareassociatedwithalocalStorageCenterusergroupdeterminetheaccess
thatisgrantedbytheusergroup.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheUsersandUserGroupstab.
5 OntheLocalUserGroupssubtab,selectthelocalusergroup,thenclickManage
Folders.TheManageFoldersdialogboxappears.
6 Managevolumefoldersforthelocalusergroup.
a Ifyouneedtocreateavolumefolder,clickCreateVolumeFolder,thencompletethe
fieldsintheCreateVolumeFolderdialogbox.
b Toaddavolumefolder,selectthevolumefolder(s)youwanttoaddintheupper
table,thenclickAddVolumeFolders.Thevolumefoldersmovefromtheupper
tabletothelowertable.
c

Toremoveavolumefolder,selectthevolumefolder(s)youwanttoremovefromthe
localusergroupinthelowertable,thenclickRemoveVolumeFolders.Thevolume
foldersmovefromthelowertabletotheuppertable.

d Whenyouarefinished,clickNext.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.
7 Manageserverfoldersforthelocalusergroup.
a Ifyouneedtocreateaserverfolder,clickCreateServerFolder,thencompletethe
fieldsintheCreateServerFolderdialogbox.
b Toaddaserverfolder,selecttheserverfolder(s)youwanttoaddintheuppertable,
thenclickAddServerFolders.Theserverfoldersmovefromtheuppertabletothe
lowertable.

136

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Storage Center Users and Groups

Toremoveaserverfolder,selecttheserverfolder(s)youwanttoremovefromthe
localusergroupinthelowertable,thenclickRemoveServerFolders.Theserver
foldersmovefromthelowertabletotheuppertable.

d Whenyouarefinished,clickNext.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.
8 Managediskfoldersforthelocalusergroup.
a Addorremoveadiskfolder.

Toaddadiskfolder,selectthediskfolder(s)youwanttoaddintheuppertable,
thenclickAddDiskFolders.Thediskfoldersmovefromtheuppertabletothe
lowertable.

Toremoveadiskfolder,selectthediskfolder(s)youwanttoremovefromthe
localusergroupinthelowertable,thenclickRemoveDiskFolders.Thedisk
foldersmovefromthelowertabletotheuppertable.

b Whenyouaredone,clickFinish.Thewizardcloses.
9 ClickOKtoclosetheEditSettingsdialogbox.

Delete a Local Storage Center User Group


DeletealocalStorageCenterusergroupifitisnolongerneeded.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheUsersandUserGroupstab.
5 OntheLocalUserGroupssubtab,selectthelocalusergroup,thenclickDelete.The
Deletedialogboxappears.
6 ClickOKtoconfirmdeletion,thenclickOKtoclosetheEditSettingsdialogbox.

Managing Directory Service Users


DirectoryserviceuserscanbeindividuallygrantedaccesstoaStorageCenter.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Grant Access to a Directory User


GrantaccesstoadirectoryusertoallowtheusertologintotheStorageCenterusingtheir
directorycredentials.

Prerequisites

Dell Compellent

TheStorageCentermustbeconfiguredtoauthenticateuserswithanexternaldirectory
service.

TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruser
withtheAdministratorprivilege.

137

Chapter 5 Storage Center Maintenance

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheUsersandUserGroupstab.
5 OntheDirectoryUserssubtab,clickTasksGrantAccesstoDirectoryUser.The
GrantAccesstoDirectoryUserdialogboxappears.
6 IntheNamefield,typethedirectoryusernameassignedtotheuser.Thefollowing
formatsaresupported:

username@domain

domain\username

7 IntheDistinguishedNamefield,typethedistinguishednamefortheuser.
Example:CN=FirstnameLastname,CN=Users,DC=example,DC=com
8 FromthePrivilegedropdownmenu,selecttheprivilegeleveltoassigntotheuser.

Administrator:Whenselected,thelocaluserhasfullaccesstotheStorageCenter.

VolumeManager:Whenselected,thelocaluserhasreadandwriteaccesstothe
foldersassociatedwiththeassignedusergroups.

Reporter:Whenselected,thelocaluserhasreadonlyaccesstothefoldersassociated
withtheassignedusergroups.

9 FromtheSessionTimeoutdropdownmenu,selectthemaximumlengthoftimethat
thelocalusercanbeidlewhileloggedintotheStorageCenterSystemManagerbefore
theconnectionisterminated.
10 (VolumeManagerandReporteronly)Addoneormorelocalusergroupstothelocal
user.
a IntheLocalUserGroupsarea,clickChange.TheSelectLocalUserGroupsdialog
boxappears.
b (Optional)Tocreateanewlocalusergroup,clickCreateLocalUserGroup,then
completetheCreateLocalUserGroupwizard.Foruserinterfacereference
information,clickHelp.
c

Selectthecheckboxforeachlocalusergroupyouwanttoassociatewiththelocal
user.

d Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.TheSelectLocalUserGroupsdialogboxcloses.
11 (Optional)SpecifymoreinformationabouttheuserintheDetailsarea.Foruser
interfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.
12 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.TheCreateLocalUserdialogboxcloses.
13 ClickOKtoclosetheEditSettingsdialogbox.

Increase the Privilege Level for a Directory Service User


TheprivilegelevelcanbeincreasedfordirectoryserviceusersthathavetheVolume
ManagerorReporterprivilege.Theprivilegelevelforausercannotbedecreased.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

138

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Storage Center Users and Groups

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheUsersandUserGroupstab.
5 OntheDirectoryUserssubtab,selecttheuser,thenclickEditSettings.TheEdit
Settingsdialogboxappears.
6 FromthePrivilegedropdownmenu,selecttheprivilegeleveltoassigntotheuser.

Administrator:Whenselected,thelocaluserhasfullaccesstotheStorageCenter.

VolumeManager:Whenselected,thelocaluserhasreadandwriteaccesstothe
foldersassociatedwiththeassignedusergroups.

Reporter:Whenselected,thelocaluserhasreadonlyaccesstothefoldersassociated
withtheassignedusergroups.

7 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.ThelocaluserEditSettingsdialogboxcloses.
8 ClickOKtoclosetheStorageCenterEditSettingsdialogbox.

Change the Session Timeout for a Directory Service User


Thesessiontimeoutcontrolsthemaximumlengthoftimethatthelocalusercanbeidle
whileloggedintotheStorageCenterSystemManagerbeforetheconnectionisterminated.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheUsersandUserGroupstab.
5 OntheDirectoryUserssubtab,selecttheuser,thenclickEditSettings.TheEdit
Settingsdialogboxappears.
6 FromtheSessionTimeoutdropdownmenu,selectthemaximumlengthoftimethat
thelocalusercanbeidlewhileloggedintotheStorageCenterSystemManagerbefore
theconnectionisterminated.
7 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.ThelocaluserEditSettingsdialogboxcloses.
8 ClickOKtoclosetheStorageCenterEditSettingsdialogbox.

Enable or Disable Access for a Directory Service User


Whenadirectoryserviceuserisdisabled,itisnotallowedtologin.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.

Dell Compellent

139

Chapter 5 Storage Center Maintenance

3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheUsersandUserGroupstab.
5 OntheDirectoryUserssubtab,selecttheuser,thenclickEditSettings.TheEdit
Settingsdialogboxappears.
6 Enableordisableaccessforthedirectoryserviceuser.

Toenableaccess,selecttheEnabledcheckbox.

Todisableaccess,cleartheEnabledcheckbox.

7 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.ThelocaluserEditSettingsdialogboxcloses.
8 ClickOKtoclosetheStorageCenterEditSettingsdialogbox.

Modify Local Group Membership for a Directory Service User


Usergroupsgrantaccesstovolume,server,anddiskfoldersforuserswiththeVolume
ManagerorReporterprivilegelevel.

Prerequisites

ThedirectoryserviceusermusthavebeenindividuallygrantedaccesstotheStorage
Center.Usersthathavebeengrantedaccessbasedonadirectorygroupinheritlocal
groupmembershipfromthedirectorygroupsettings.

TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruser
withtheAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheUsersandUserGroupstab.
5 OntheDirectoryUserssubtab,selecttheuser,thenclickEditSettings.TheEdit
Settingsdialogboxappears.
6 Modifylocalgroupmembershipfortheuser.
a IntheLocalUserGroupsarea,clickChange.TheSelectLocalUserGroupsdialog
boxappears.
b (Optional)Tocreateanewlocalusergroup,clickCreateLocalUserGroup,then
completetheCreateLocalUserGroupwizard.Foruserinterfacereference
information,clickHelp.
c

Selectthecheckboxforeachlocalusergroupyouwanttoassociatewiththelocal
user.

d Toremovethelocaluserfromalocalgroup,clearthecheckboxforthegroup.
e Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.TheSelectLocalUserGroupsdialogboxcloses.
7 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.ThelocaluserEditSettingsdialogboxcloses.
8 ClickOKtoclosetheStorageCenterEditSettingsdialogbox.

Configure Preferences for a Directory Service User


Bydefault,eachStorageCenteruserinheritsthedefaultuserpreferences.Ifnecessary,the
preferencescanbeindividuallycustomizedforauser.

140

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Storage Center Users and Groups

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheUsersandUserGroupstab.
5 OntheDirectoryUserssubtab,selecttheuser,thenclickEditSettings.TheEdit
Settingsdialogboxappears.
6 ClickConfigureUserPreferences.TheConfigureUserPreferencesdialogbox
appears.
7 Modifytheuserpreferencesasneeded,thenclickOK.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.
8 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.ThelocaluserEditSettingsdialogboxcloses.
9 ClickOKtoclosetheStorageCenterEditSettingsdialogbox.

See Also
ConfiguretheDefaultUserPreferencesforNewStorageCenterUsers

Modify Descriptive Information About a Directory Service User


Thedescriptiveinformationaboutalocaluserincludeshisorherrealname,department,
title,location,telephonenumbers,emailaddress(es),andnotes.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheUsersandUserGroupstab.
5 OntheDirectoryUserssubtab,selecttheuser,thenclickEditSettings.TheEdit
Settingsdialogboxappears.
6 ClickConfigureUserPreferences.TheConfigureUserPreferencesdialogbox
appears.
7 ModifytheRealNamefieldasnecessary.
8 ModifythefieldsintheDetailsareaasnecessary,thenclickOK.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.
9 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.ThelocaluserEditSettingsdialogboxcloses.
10 ClickOKtoclosetheStorageCenterEditSettingsdialogbox.

Dell Compellent

141

Chapter 5 Storage Center Maintenance

Delete a Directory Service User


Deleteadirectoryserviceuserifheorshenolongerrequiresaccess.Theuserthatwasused
toaddtheStorageCentertoEnterpriseManagercannotbedeleted.Thelastuserwiththe
AdministratorprivilegecannotbedeletedbecauseStorageCenterrequiresatleastone
Administrator.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheUsersandUserGroupstab.
5 OntheDirectoryUserssubtab,selecttheuser,thenclickDelete.TheDeletedialogbox
appears.
6 ClickOKtoconfirm,thenclickOKtoclosetheEditSettingsdialogbox.

Restore a Deleted Directory Service User


IfyouarerestoringadeleteduserwiththeVolumeManagerorReporterprivilege,theuser
mustbeaddedtooneormorelocalusergroups.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheUsersandUserGroupstab.
5 OntheDirectoryUserssubtab,clickTasksRestoreDeletedUser.TheRestore
DeletedUserwizardappears.
6 Selectthedirectoryserviceuserthatyouwanttorestore,thenclickNext.Thewizard
advancestothenextpage.
7 (VolumeManagerandReporteronly)Addthelocalusertooneormorelocaluser
groups.
a IntheLocalUserGroupsarea,clickChange.TheSelectLocalUserGroupsdialog
boxappears.
b (Optional)Tocreateanewlocalusergroup,clickCreateLocalUserGroup,then
completetheCreateLocalUserGroupwizard.Foruserinterfacereference
information,clickHelp.
c

Selectthecheckboxforeachlocalusergroupyouwanttoassociatewiththelocal
user.

d Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.TheSelectLocalUserGroupsdialogboxcloses.

142

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Storage Center Users and Groups

8 Modifytheremainingusersettingsasneeded.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.
9 Whenyouarefinished,clickFinishtoclosethewizard,thenclickOKtoclosetheEdit
Settingsdialogbox.

Managing Directory User Groups


Grantingaccesstoadirectoryusergroupgrantsaccesstoalldirectoryusersthatbelongto
thegroup.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Grant Access to a Directory User Group


Grantaccesstoadirectoryusergrouptoallowdirectoryusersinthegrouptologintothe
StorageCenter.

Prerequisites

TheStorageCentermustbeconfiguredtoauthenticateuserswithanexternaldirectory
service.

TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruser
withtheAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheUsersandUserGroupstab.
5 OntheDirectoryUserGroupssubtab,clickGrantAccesstoDirectoryUserGroups.
TheGrantAccesstoDirectoryUserGroupsdialogboxappears.
6 IntheDisplayNamefield,typeanametoidentifythedirectoryusergroup.
7 IntheDistinguishedNamefield,typethedistinguishednameforthedirectoryuser
group.
Example:CN=Groupname,CN=Users,DC=example,DC=com
8 FromthePrivilegedropdownmenu,selecttheprivilegeleveltoassigntotheuser
group.

Dell Compellent

Administrator:Whenselected,directoryusersinthegrouphavefullaccesstothe
StorageCenter.

VolumeManager:Whenselected,directoryusersinthegrouphavereadandwrite
accesstothefoldersassociatedwiththeassignedusergroups.

Reporter:Whenselected,directoryusersinthegrouphavereadonlyaccesstothe
foldersassociatedwiththeassignedusergroups.

143

Chapter 5 Storage Center Maintenance

9 (VolumeManagerandReporteronly)Addoneormorelocalusergroupstothe
directoryusergroup.
a IntheLocalUserGroupsarea,clickChange.TheSelectLocalUserGroupsdialog
boxappears.
b (Optional)Tocreateanewlocalusergroup,clickCreateLocalUserGroup,then
completetheCreateLocalUserGroupwizard.Foruserinterfacereference
information,clickHelp.
c

Selectthecheckboxforeachlocalusergroupyouwanttoassociatewiththe
directoryusergroup.

d Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.TheSelectLocalUserGroupsdialogboxcloses.
10 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.TheGrantAccesstoDirectoryUserGroupsdialog
boxcloses.
11 ClickOKtoclosetheEditSettingsdialogbox.

Increase the Privilege Level for a Directory User Group


TheprivilegelevelcanbeincreasedfordirectoryservicegroupsthathavetheVolume
ManagerorReporterprivilege.Theprivilegelevelforadirectoryservicegroupcannotbe
decreased.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheUsersandUserGroupstab.
5 OntheDirectoryUserGroupssubtab,selectthedirectoryusergroup,thenclickEdit
Settings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
6 FromthePrivilegedropdownmenu,selecttheprivilegeleveltoassigntotheuser
group.

Administrator:Whenselected,directoryusersinthegrouphavefullaccesstothe
StorageCenter.

VolumeManager:Whenselected,directoryusersinthegrouphavereadandwrite
accesstothefoldersassociatedwiththeassignedusergroups.

Reporter:Whenselected,directoryusersinthegrouphavereadonlyaccesstothe
foldersassociatedwiththeassignedusergroups.

7 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.TheEditSettingsdialogboxcloses.
8 ClickOKtoclosetheStorageCenterEditSettingsdialogbox.

144

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Storage Center Users and Groups

Modify Local Group Membership for a Directory User Group


Localusergroupsgrantaccesstovolume,server,anddiskfoldersfordirectoryusergroups
withtheVolumeManagerorReporterprivilegelevel.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheUsersandUserGroupstab.
5 OntheDirectoryUserGroupssubtab,selectthedirectoryusergroup,thenclickEdit
Settings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
6 Modifylocalgroupmembershipforthedirectoryusergroup.
a IntheLocalUserGroupsarea,clickChange.TheSelectLocalUserGroupsdialog
boxappears.
b (Optional)Tocreateanewlocalusergroup,clickCreateLocalUserGroup,then
completetheCreateLocalUserGroupwizard.Foruserinterfacereference
information,clickHelp.
c

Selectthecheckboxforeachlocalusergroupyouwanttoassociatewiththe
directoryusergroup.

d Toremovethedirectoryusergroupfromalocalgroup,clearthecheckboxforthe
localgroup.
e Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.TheSelectLocalUserGroupsdialogboxcloses.
7 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.TheEditSettingsdialogboxcloses.
8 ClickOKtoclosetheStorageCenterEditSettingsdialogbox.

Delete a Directory User Group


Deleteadirectoryusergroupifyounolongerwanttoallowaccesstothedirectoryusers
thatbelongtothegroup.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenter.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheUsersandUserGroupstab.
5 OntheDirectoryUserGroupssubtab,selectthedirectoryusergroup,thenclick
Delete.TheDeletedialogboxappears.
6 ClickOKtoconfirm.
7 ClickOKtoclosetheStorageCenterEditSettingsdialogbox.

Dell Compellent

145

Chapter 5 Storage Center Maintenance

Managing Disk Enclosures


EnterpriseManagercanrenameanenclosure,setanassettag,cleartheswapstatusfor
replaceablehardwaremodulesinadiskenclosure,mutealarms,resetthetemperature
sensors,anddeleteanenclosurefromaStorageCenter.

Rename a Disk Enclosure


Changethedisplaynameofadiskenclosuretodifferentiateitfromotherdiskenclosures.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 ClicktheHardwaretab.
3 IntheHardwaretabnavigationpane,selecttheenclosure.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 IntheNamefield,typeanewnamefortheenclosure.
6 ClickOK.

Set an Asset Tag for a Disk Enclosure


Anenclosureassettagcanbeusedtoidentifyaspecificcomponentforcompanyrecords.
EnterpriseManagerallowsyoutosetanassettagforenclosuresthatsupportit.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 ClicktheHardwaretab.
3 IntheHardwaretabnavigationpane,selecttheenclosure.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 IntheAssetTagfield,typeanassettagfortheenclosure.
6 ClickOK.

Delete an Enclosure
DeleteanenclosureifitwillbephysicallyremovedfromtheStorageCenter.

Prerequisites

AlldatamustbemovedofftheenclosurebyreleasingthedisksandrebalancingRAID.
SeetheStorageCenterSystemManagerAdministratorsGuidefordetails.

Theenclosuremustbedown.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 ClicktheHardwaretab.
3 IntheHardwaretabnavigationpane,selecttheenclosure.
4 Intherightpane,clickDeleteEnclosure.TheDeleteEnclosuredialogboxappears.
5 ClickOK.

Mute an Enclosure Alarm


Muteanenclosurealarmtopreventitfromsounding.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 ClicktheHardwaretab.
3 IntheHardwaretabnavigationpane,selectAudibleAlarmsundertheenclosure.
4 Intherightpane,rightclicktheaudiblealarm,thenselectRequestMute.

146

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Disk Enclosures

Unmute an Enclosure Alarm


Unmuteanenclosurealarmtoallowittosound.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 ClicktheHardwaretab.
3 IntheHardwaretabnavigationpane,selectAudibleAlarmsundertheenclosure.
4 Intherightpane,rightclicktheaudiblealarm,thenselectRequestMuteOff.

Clear the Swap Status for an Enclosure Cooling Fan


Cleartheswapstatusforanenclosurecoolingfantoacknowledgethatithasbeenreplaced.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 ClicktheHardwaretab.
3 IntheHardwaretabnavigationpane,selectCoolingFanSensors.
4 Intherightpane,selectthecoolingfan,thenclickRequestSwapClear.

Clear the Swap Status for an Enclosure IO Module


CleartheswapstatusforanenclosureIOmoduletoacknowledgethatithasbeenreplaced.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 ClicktheHardwaretab.
3 IntheHardwaretabnavigationpane,selectI/OModules.
4 Intherightpane,selecttheIOmodule,thenclickRequestSwapClear.

Clear the Swap Status for an Enclosure Power Supply


Cleartheswapstatusforanenclosurepowersupplytoacknowledgethatithasbeen
replaced.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 ClicktheHardwaretab.
3 IntheHardwaretabnavigationpane,selectPowerSupplies.
4 Intherightpane,selectthepowersupply,thenclickRequestSwapClear.

Clear the Under Voltage Status for a Power Supply


Cleartheundervoltagestatusforanenclosurepowersupplytoacknowledgethatyouare
awareofit.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 ClicktheHardwaretab.
3 IntheHardwaretabnavigationpane,selectPowerSupplies.
4 Intherightpane,selectthepowersupply,thenclickRequestDCUndervoltageClear.

Clear the Swap Status for a Temperature Sensor


Theswapstatusforatemperaturesensorissetwhenthecomponentthatcontainsthe
sensorisreplaced.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 ClicktheHardwaretab.

Dell Compellent

147

Chapter 5 Storage Center Maintenance

3 IntheHardwaretabnavigationpane,selectTemperatureSensors.
4 Intherightpane,rightclickthesensor,thenclickRequestSwapClear.

Clear the Minimum and Maximum Recorded Values for Temperature Sensor
Cleartheminimumandmaximumrecordedvaluesforatemperaturesensortoresetthem.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 ClicktheHardwaretab.
3 IntheHardwaretabnavigationpane,selectTemperatureSensors.
4 Intherightpane,rightclickthesensor,thenclickRequestMin/MaxTempsClear.

Enable or Disable the Disk Indicator Light


Thedrivebayindicatorlightidentifiesadrivebaysoitcanbeeasilylocatedinan
enclosure.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 ClicktheHardwaretab.
3 IntheHardwaretabnavigationpane,selectDisks.
4 Intherightpane,selectthedisk,thenclickIndicatorOn/Off.

Clear the Swap Status for a Disk


Cleartheswapstatusforadisktoacknowledgethatithasbeenreplaced.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 ClicktheHardwaretab.
3 IntheHardwaretabnavigationpane,selectDisks.
4 Intherightpane,selectthedisk,thenclickRequestSwapClear.

Shutting Down and Restarting a Storage Center


ShuttingdownorrestartingaStorageCenteraffectsallcontrollers.Controllerscanalsobe
shutdownorrestartedindividually.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Shut Down All Controllers in Storage Center


ShuttingdownaStorageCentercreatesasystemoutage,duringwhichtimenoIOis
processed.Usethisprocessonlyasdirected,forexampletoreplacehardware,tomovethe
StorageCentertoanotherlocation,ortoshutdownfordatacenterpowermaintenance.

Prerequisites

AnoutagemustbescheduledsothathaltingIOdoesnotimpactyournetwork.

IOtothecontrollersmustbehalted.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview,thenselecttheStorageCenter.
2 Intherightpane,clickTasksSystemShutdown/Restart.TheShutdown/Restart
dialogboxappears.
3 Fromthefirstdropdownmenu,selectShutdown.

148

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Shutting Down and Restarting a Storage Center

4 ClickOK.
5 Afterthecontrollershaveshutdown,shutdownthediskenclosuresbyphysically
turningoffthepowersupplies.

Next Steps
Aftertheoutageiscomplete,seetheStorageCenterSystemManagerAdministratorsGuidefor
instructionsonhowtostarttheStorageCenterintheproperorder.

See Also
SetStorageCenterCacheOptions

Restart All Controllers in a Storage Center


IftheStorageCenterhasdualcontrollers,thecontrollerscanberestartedinsequenceor
simultaneously.
1 ClicktheStorageview,thenselecttheStorageCenter.
2 Intherightpane,clickTasksSystemShutdown/Restart.TheShutdown/Restart
dialogboxappears.
3 Fromthefirstdropdownmenu,selectRestart.
4 (Dualcontrolleronly)FromtheRestartoptionsdropdownmenu,choosehowyou
wantthecontrollerstorestart.

Torestartthecontrollersoneaftertheother,avoidinganoutage,selectRestartin
Sequence.

Torestartthecontrollersatthesametime,causinganoutage,selectRestart
Simultaneously.

5 ClickOK.

Shut Down a Controller


IftheStorageCenterhasdualcontrollers,theremainingcontrollercontinuestoprocessIO.
IftheStorageCenterhasonlyonecontroller,shuttingitdowncreatesanoutage.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 ClicktheHardwaretab,thenselectthecontroller.
3 Intherightpane,clickShutdown/RestartController.TheShutdown/Restart
Controllerdialogboxappears.
4 Fromthedropdownmenu,selectRestart.
5 ClickOK.

Restart a Controller
IftheStorageCenterhasdualcontrollers,theremainingcontrollercontinuestoprocessIO.
IftheStorageCenterhasonlyonecontroller,restartingitdowncreatesanoutage.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 ClicktheHardwaretab,thenselectthecontroller.
3 Intherightpane,clickShutdown/RestartController.TheShutdown/Restart
Controllerdialogboxappears.
4 Fromthedropdownmenu,selectRestart.
5 ClickOK.

Dell Compellent

149

Chapter 5 Storage Center Maintenance

150

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Storage Center Monitoring


EnterpriseManagerprovidesaccesstosummaryinformationaboutmanagedStorage
Centers,includingandhistoricalIOperformancecurrentIOperformance,andhardware
status.UsethisinformationtomonitorthehealthandstatusofaStorageCenter.

Contents
ViewingSummaryInformation .............................................. 152
ViewingDetailedStorageUsageInformation .................................. 164
ViewingHistoricalIOPerformance ........................................... 168
ViewingCurrentIOPerformance ............................................. 171
ConfiguringChartOptions .................................................. 173
ConfiguretheStorageCenterDataGatheringSchedule .......................... 176
ExportingUsageData ....................................................... 176
MonitoringStorageCenterHardware ......................................... 179

Dell Compellent

151

Chapter 6 Storage Center Monitoring

Viewing Summary Information


StorageCentersummarypluginsprovidesummaryinformationforindividualStorage
Centers.ThesummarypluginscanalsobeusedtocomparemultipleStorageCenters.

Storage Center Summary Plugins


ThefollowingpluginscanbeconfiguredtoappearontheSummarytabandComparison
tab.
Summary Plugin

Description

SystemStatus

DisplaysasummaryofdiskspaceandalertsforaStorageCenter.

StorageHistory

Displaysagraphthatshowsavailablediskspace,useddiskspace,and
thelowdiskspacealertthresholdforaStorageCenter.

StorageSummary

DisplaysalistthatshowsthenumberstorageobjectsontheStorage
CenterandabarchartthatshowsthediskspaceonaStorageCenter.

FrondEndIOSummary

DisplaysagraphthatshowsfrontendIOfromaStorageCentertothe
serversforthepastfourweeks.

CurrentAlerts

Displaysatablethatshowsallofthestorageobjectsthatcurrentlyhave
analertstatusforaStorageCenter.

ReplicationValidation

Displaysatablethatshowsreplicationsandthecorresponding
replicationstatusesforaStorageCenter.

Top10FastestGrowing
Volumes

DisplaysatablethatshowsthefastestgrowingvolumesonaStorage
Center.

CurrentThresholdAlerts Displaysatablethatshowsallofthecurrentthresholdalertsfora
StorageCenter.

152

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Viewing Summary Information

Viewing Summary Information for a Single Storage Center


WhenaStorageCenterisselectedfromtheStoragepane,informationabouttheStorage
CenterisdisplayedonthepanesoftheSummarytab.

View Summary Plugins for a Storage Center


UsetheSummarytabtoviewthesummarypluginsthatarecurrentlyenabled.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 SelectaStorageCenterfromtheStoragepane.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.

See Also
UsingtheStatusPlugin
UsingtheStorageHistoryPlugin
UsingtheStorageSummaryPlugin
UsingtheFrontEndIOSummaryPlugin
UsingtheCurrentAlertsPlugin
UsingtheReplicationValidationPlugin
UsingtheTop10FastestGrowingVolumesPlugin
UsingtheCurrentThresholdAlertsPlugin

Configure Which Plugins Appear on the Summary Tab


Eachsummaryplugincanbeindividuallyenabledordisabled.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 SelectaStorageCenterfromtheStoragepane.

Dell Compellent

153

Chapter 6 Storage Center Monitoring

3 OntheSummarytab,clickSelectSummaryPlugins.TheEditSummarySettings
dialogboxappears.
4 Selectthecheckboxesofthepluginstodisplayandclearthecheckboxesoftheview
pluginstohide.
5 ClickOKtosavechangestothepluginsoftheSummarytab.

Reorder Plugins on the Summary Tab


Thesummarypluginscanbereorderedasneeded.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 SelectaStorageCenterfromtheStoragepane.
3 OntheSummarytab,clickSelectSummaryPlugins.TheEditSummarySettings
dialogboxappears.
4 Reorderthesummarypluginsasneeded.

Tomoveapluginuponelevel,pressMoveUp

once.

Tomoveaplugindownonelevel,pressMoveDown

Tomoveaplugintothetop,pressMovetoTop

Tomoveaplugintothebottom,pressMovetoBottom

once.

once.
once.

5 ClickOKtosavechangestothepluginsoftheSummarytab.

Viewing Summary Information for Multiple Storage Centers


EnterpriseManagerprovidestwowaystoviewsummaryinformationformultipleStorage
Centers.WhentheStorageCentersnodeoraStorageCenterfolderisselected,the
Summarytabprovidesgeneralsummaryinformation,andtheComparisontaballowsyou
tocomparetheStorageCentersusingaspecificsummaryplugin.

View General Summary Information for Multiple Storage Centers


Generalsummaryinformationincludesaggregatestorageusageinformationand
summaryinformationforeachStorageCenter.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenterfolderortheStorageCentersnode.

154

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Viewing Summary Information

3 ClicktheSummarytab.

Use a Summary Plugin to Compare Storage Centers


StorageCentersummaryinformationcanbecomparedusingthesummaryplugins.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenterfolderortheStorageCentersnode.
3 ClicktheComparisontab.

4 Fromthedropdownmenuinthetoprightcorner,selectthesummarypluginthatyou
wanttousetocomparetheStorageCenters.

See Also
UsingtheStatusPlugin
UsingtheStorageHistoryPlugin

Dell Compellent

155

Chapter 6 Storage Center Monitoring

UsingtheStorageSummaryPlugin
UsingtheFrontEndIOSummaryPlugin
UsingtheCurrentAlertsPlugin
UsingtheReplicationValidationPlugin
UsingtheTop10FastestGrowingVolumesPlugin
UsingtheCurrentThresholdAlertsPlugin

Using the Status Plugin


TheStatusplugindisplaysStorageCenterdiskspaceinformationandthestatusofcurrent
andthresholdalerts.

UsethetoppartoftheStatusviewtocomparetheamountofuseddiskspacewith
amountoffreediskspaceonaStorageCenter.

UsethebottompartoftheStatusplugintoviewasummaryofthecurrentalertsand
thresholdalertsonaStorageCenter.

Status Information
ThetopportionoftheStatusplugindisplaysinformationaboutdiskspaceusage.
Field/Option

Description

AvailableSpace

TotalamountofdiskspaceavailableonallofthedisksofaStorageCenter.

FreeSpace

AmountofdiskspaceavailableforusebyaStorageCenter,displayedinunitsof
dataandasapercentageofAvailableSpace.

UsedSpace

AmountofdiskspaceusedbyaStorageCenter,displayedinunitsofdataandas
apercentageofAvailableSpace.

Alert Information
ThetopportionoftheStatusplugindisplaysinformationaboutthealertsforaStorage
Center.
Thealerticonsindicatethehighestactivealertlevel.
Alert Icon

Description
Indicatesnounacknowledgedalertsforacategory
IndicatesthatthehighestunacknowledgedalertlevelisWarning
IndicatesthatthehighestunacknowledgedalertlevelisError

156

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Viewing Summary Information

ThefollowingtypesofalertsaresummarizedontheStatusplugin.
Alert Type

Description

CurrentAlerts

DisplaysthetotalnumberofStorageCenteralertsandthenumberofalerts
fortheeachoffollowingcategories:
StorageAlerts
DiskAlerts
HardwareAlerts
SystemAlerts
ConnectivityAlerts
TheCurrentAlertsstatusiconindicatesthehighestunacknowledgedalert
levelforthecategoriesunderCurrentAlerts.

ThresholdAlerts

DisplaysthetotalnumberofEnterpriseManagerthresholdalertsandthe
numberofalertsforeachofthefollowingcategories:
IOAlerts
StorageAlerts
ReplicationAlerts
TheThresholdAlertsstatusiconindicatesthehighestactivealertlevelfor
thecategoriesunderThresholdAlerts.

ReplicationRestore
PointAlerts

DIsplaysthetotalnumberofrestorepointalerts.

Viewing More Detailed Information


TheStatuspluginprovidesshortcutstoareasthatdisplaymoredetailedinformation.

Display More Information About Disk Space


ClickMoreDetails,whichislocatedtotherightofthediskspaceinformation,todisplay
theStoragetabfortheselectedStorageCenter.

Display More Information About the Current Alerts


ClickCurrentAlertstodisplaytheStorageCenterAlertstabontheMonitoringview.

Display More Information about the Replication Restore Point Alerts


ClickReplicationRestorePointAlertstodisplaytheReportsPointstabonthe
Replications&LiveVolumesview.

Display More Information about the Threshold Alerts


ClickThresholdAlertstodisplaytheDefinitionstabontheThresholdAlertsview.

Dell Compellent

157

Chapter 6 Storage Center Monitoring

Using the Storage History Plugin


TheStorageHistoryplugindisplaysagraphthatshowsthepastfourweeksofdiskspace
usageforaStorageCenter.

Usethisgraphtocomparetheamountofuseddiskspacetotheamountofavailabledisk
spaceonaStorageCenter.Inaddition,usethisgraphtocomparetheuseddiskspacetothe
alertthresholdfordiskspace.Analarmoccursiftheamountofuseddiskspacereachesthe
alertthresholdvalue.

Storage History Information


ThefollowinginformationisdisplayedaboutpastdiskspaceusageontheStorageHistory
plugin:
Field/Option

Description

AvailableSpace

TotalamountofdiskspaceavailableonallofthedisksofaStorageCenter.

UsedSpace

AmountofdiskspaceusedbyaStorageCenter.

AlertThresholdSpace

LowdiskspacethresholdforaStorageCenter.

Manipulating the Storage History Graph


Youcanchangethezoomlevelofthegraph,saveitasanimage,orprintit.

Zoom in on an Area of the Graph


Zoominifyouwanttoviewmoredetails.
1 Usethemousetoselectanareaofthegraphinwhichtozoom.
a Clickandholdtherightorleftmousebuttononthegraph.
b Dragthemousetotherighttoselectanareaofthegraph.
2 Releasethemousebuttontozoomintotheselectedareaofthegraph.

Return to the Normal View of the Graph


Ifyouhavechangedthezoomlevelofthegraph,youcanreturntothenormalview.
1 Clickandholdtherightorleftmousebuttononthegraph.
2 Dragthemousetothelefttoreturntothenormalzoomlevelofthegraph.

158

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Viewing Summary Information

Save the Graph as a PNG Image


Savethegraphasanimageifyouwanttouseitelsewhere,suchasinadocumentoran
email.
1 RightclickthegraphandselectSaveAs.TheSavedialogboxappears.
2 SelectalocationtosavetheimageandenteranamefortheimageintheFilenamefield.
3 ClickSavetosavethegraph.

Print the Graph


Printthegraphifyouwantapapercopy.
1 RightclickthegraphandselectPrint.ThePageSetupdialogboxappears.
2 SelectthepapersizetoprinttofromtheSizedropdownmenu.
3 SelecttheLandscaperadiobuttontoallowtheentiregraphtoprint.
4 ClickOK.ThePrintdialogboxappears.
5 SelecttheprintertousefromtheNamedropdownmenu.
6 ClickOK.Thegraphisprintedtotheselectedprinter.

Using the Storage Summary Plugin


TheStorageSummaryplugindisplaysanObjectCountareathatshowsthenumber
storageobjectsonaStorageCenterandabarchartthatshowsdetailedinformationabout
diskspaceonaStorageCenter.

Storage Summary Object Count Area


UsetheObjectCountareatoviewthetypeandnumberofstorageobjectsthatexistonthe
StorageCenter.

Dell Compellent

159

Chapter 6 Storage Center Monitoring

Storage Summary Bar Chart


Usethebarcharttoviewavailablediskspace,allocateddiskspace,useddiskspace,free
diskspace,andSavingsvsRAID10.Inaddition,theamountofconfigureddiskspaceand
oversubscribeddiskspaceisdisplayedbelowthebarchart.
ThefollowinginformationisdisplayedinthebarchartontheStorageSummaryplugin:
Field/Option

Description

ConfiguredSpace

Totalsizeforallvolumespresentedtotheservers.

OversubscribedSpace

ConfiguredSpaceminustheAvailableSpace.

SavingvsRaidTen

AmountofdiskspacesavedbyeffectiveuseofRAID5insteadofRAID10.

AvailableSpace

TotalamountofdiskspaceavailableonthedisksofaStorageCenter.

AllocatedSpace

Amountofdiskspaceallocatedonthedisks,displayedinunitsofdataand
asapercentageofAvailableSpace.

UsedSpace

AmountofdiskspaceusedbyaStorageCenter,displayedinunitsofdata
andasapercentageofAvailableSpace.

FreeSpace

AmountofdiskspaceavailableforusebyaStorageCenter,displayedin
unitsofdataandasapercentageofAvailableSpace.

Manipulating the Storage Summary Bar Chart


Youcanchangethezoomlevelofthechart,saveitasanimage,orprintit.

Zoom in on an Area of the Bar Chart


Zoominifyouwanttoviewmoredetails.
1 Usethemousetoselectanareaofthebarchartinwhichtozoom.
a Clickandholdtherightorleftmousebuttononthebarchart.
b Dragthemousetotherighttoselectanareaofthebarchart.
2 Releasethemousebuttontozoomintotheselectedareaofthebarchart.

Return to the Normal View of the Bar Chart


Ifyouhavechangedthezoomlevelofthechart,youcanreturntothenormalview.
1 Clickandholdtherightorleftmousebuttononthebarchart.
2 Dragthemousetothelefttoreturntothenormalzoomlevelofthebarchart.

Save the Chart as a PNG Image


Savethechartasanimageifyouwanttouseitelsewhere,suchasinadocumentoran
email.
1 RightclickthebarchartandselectSaveAs.TheSavedialogboxappears.
2 SelectalocationtosavetheimageandenteranamefortheimageintheFilenamefield.
3 ClickSavetosavethebarchart.

Print the Bar Chart


Printthechartifyouwantapapercopy.
1 RightclickthebarchartandselectPrint.ThePageSetupdialogboxappears.
2 SelectthepapersizetoprinttofromtheSizedropdownmenu.

160

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Viewing Summary Information

3 SelecttheLandscaperadiobuttontoallowtheentirebarcharttoprint.
4 ClickOK.ThePrintdialogboxappears.
5 SelecttheprintertousefromtheNamedropdownmenu.
6 ClickOK.Thebarchartisprintedtotheselectedprinter.

Using the Front End IO Summary Plugin


TheFrontEndIOSummaryplugindisplaystwographsthatshowthepastfourweeksof
frontendIOactivity,whichismeasuredinMBpersecondandIOoperationspersecond.

UsetheStorageCenterFEMBReporttoviewread,write,andtotalfrontendactivity
measuredinMB/secandusetheFEIOReporttoviewread,write,andtotalfrontend
activitymeasuredinIO/sec.

Zoom in on an Area of a Graph


Zoominifyouwanttoviewmoredetails.
1 Usethemousetoselectanareaofagraphinwhichtozoom.
a Clickandholdtherightorleftmousebuttononthegraph.
b Dragthemousetotherighttoselectanareaofthegraph.
2 Releasethemousebuttontozoomintotheselectedareaofthegraph.

Return to the Normal View of a Graph


Ifyouhavechangedthezoomlevelofthechart,youcanreturntothenormalview.
1 Clickandholdtherightorleftmousebuttononthegraph.
2 Dragthemousetothelefttoreturntothenormalzoomlevelofthegraph.

Save a Graph as a PNG Image


Savethechartasanimageifyouwanttouseitelsewhere,suchasinadocumentoran
email.
1 RightclickonagraphandselectSaveAs.TheSavedialogboxappears.
2 SelectalocationtosavetheimageandenteranamefortheimageintheFilenamefield.
3 ClickSavetosavethegraph.

Dell Compellent

161

Chapter 6 Storage Center Monitoring

Print a Graph
Printthechartifyouwantapapercopy.
1 RightclickonagraphandselectPrint.ThePageSetupdialogboxappears.
2 SelectthepapersizetoprinttofromtheSizedropdownmenu.
3 SelecttheLandscaperadiobuttontoallowtheentirebarcharttoprint.
4 ClickOK.ThePrintdialogboxappears.
5 SelecttheprintertousefromtheNamedropdownmenu.
6 ClickOK.Thegraphisprintedtotheselectedprinter.

Using the Current Alerts Plugin


TheCurrentAlertsplugindisplaysatablethatlistsalertsforaStorageCenterand
associatedstorageobjects.

UsethisplugintomonitorandacknowledgeStorageCenteralerts.

See Also
ViewingStorageCenterAlertsonpage 540

Acknowledge an Alert
AlertscanbeacknowledgedtoindicatetotheStorageCenterthatyouhavereadthealert
messageandareawareoftheproblem.UnacknowledgedalertsdisplaysastatusofNoin
theAcknowledgefield.
1 Selecttheunacknowledgedalert(s)toacknowledge.
2 Rightclicktheselectedalert(s)andselectAcknowledge.TheAcknowledgeAlert
dialogboxappears.
Note: TheAcknowledgeoptiondoesnotappearifoneoftheselectedalertsis
alreadyacknowledged.
3 ClickOKtoacknowledgetheselectedalert(s).
TheAcknowledgedstatusoftheselectedalert(s)changestoYes.

Update the List of Alerts


ClickRefresh

162

toupdatethelistofalerts.

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Viewing Summary Information

Using the Replication Validation Plugin


TheReplicationValidationplugindisplaysatablethatlistsreplicationsand
correspondingstatuses.Usethisplugintomonitorthestatusofreplicationsfromthe
currentStorageCentertoadestinationStorageCenter.

See Also
SavingandValidatingRestorePointsonpage 459
TestingDisasterRecovery
ActivatingDisasterRecovery

Using the Top 10 Fastest Growing Volumes Plugin


TheTop10FastestGrowingVolumesplugindisplaysatablethatliststhevolumesona
StorageCenterthataregrowingatthefastestrate.Usethisplugintomonitorthegrowth
ofthetenfastestgrowingvolumesaStorageCenter.

See Also
ReplicatingSingleVolumesonpage 431
ModifyingVolumesonpage 43

Using the Current Threshold Alerts Plugin


TheCurrentThresholdAlertsplugindisplaysatablethatlistsactivethresholdalertsfor
aStorageCenterandassociatedstorageobjects.Usethisplugintomonitorcurrent
thresholdalertsforaStorageCenter.

See Also
ViewingandDeletingThresholdAlertsonpage 496

Dell Compellent

163

Chapter 6 Storage Center Monitoring

Display the Threshold Definition for an Alert


Ifyouwanttoviewthethresholddefinitionthatgeneratedanalertindetail,youcangoto
thedefinitiondirectlyfromthealert.
1 Selectthealertforwhichyouwanttodisplaythethresholddefinition.
2 RightclickthealertandselectGotoDefinition,ordoubleclickthealert.
ThethresholddefinitionoftheselectedalertisdisplayedontheDefinitionstabofthe
ThresholdAlertsview.SeeConfiguringThresholdDefinitionsonpage 487.

Update the List of Threshold Alerts


ClickRefresh

toupdatethelistofalerts.

Viewing Detailed Storage Usage Information


DetailedstorageusageinformationisavailableforeachStorageTypethatisconfiguredfor
aStorageCenter.

View Storage Usage by Tier and RAID Type


StorageusagebytierandRAIDtypeisdisplayedforeachStorageType.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenterfolderyouwanttomodify.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,expandStorageType,thenselecttheindividual
storagetypeyouwanttoexamine.
5 ClicktheSummarysubtabtoviewstorageusagebytierandRAIDtype.

164

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Viewing Detailed Storage Usage Information

View Storage Usage by Volumes


StorageusagebyvolumeisdisplayedforeachStorageType.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenterfolderyouwanttomodify.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,expandStorageType,thenselecttheindividual
storagetypeyouwanttoexamine.
5 ClicktheVolumessubtabtoviewstorageusagebyvolume.

Dell Compellent

165

Chapter 6 Storage Center Monitoring

View Historical Storage Usage


AllocatedspaceandusedspaceovertimeisdisplayedforeachStorageType.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenterfolderyouwanttomodify.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,expandStorageType,thenselecttheindividual
storagetypeyouwanttoexamine.
5 ClicktheHistoricalUsagesubtabtoviewallocatedspaceandusedspaceovertime.

6 (Optional)ChangethetimespanofthegraphbyclickingLastWeek,LastMonth,Last
Year,orCustom.

View a Data Progression Pressure Report


Foreachstoragetype,thedataprogressionpressurereportdisplayshowspaceisallocated,
consumed,andscheduledtomoveacrossdifferentRAIDtypesandstoragetiers.Usethe
DataProgressionPressureReporttomakedecisionsaboutthetypesofdiskstoaddtoa
StorageCenter.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenterfolderyouwanttomodify.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,expandStorageType,thenselecttheindividual
storagetypeyouwanttoexamine.
5 ClickthePressureReportsubtabtoviewthedataprogressionpressurereport.By
default,themostrecentdatagatheredfromtheStorageCenterisdisplayed.

166

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Viewing Detailed Storage Usage Information

6 (Optional)Toviewapreviouslygenerateddataprogressionreport,selectareportfrom
thedropdownmenu.Reportsareidentifiedbythedateandtimeatwhichtheywere
generated.

Thedataprogressionpressurereportdisplaysthefollowinginformationforeachtier.

Dell Compellent

Pressure Report Column

Description

RAIDLevel

Levelinthetier.

DiskTrack

TypeoftrackmaybeFastorStandard.

Chart

Barchartdisplayingallocatedspaceandspaceconsumed.

DiskAllocated

Spacereservedforvolumes.

DiskUsed

Fromtheamountallocated,theamountthatisinusebyvolumes.

MovingUp

InthenextDataProgressioncycle,theamountthatwillbemoved
up.Indicatedinthebarchartbyagreenbaranduparrow.

MovingDown

Inthenextdataprogressioncycle,theamountthatwillbemoved
down.Indicatedinthebarchartbyanorangebarandadown
arrow.

VolumeAllocated

AmountofspacepresentedfortheusebyvolumesafterRAIDis
applied.

VolumeUsed

AmountofspaceusedbyvolumesafterRAIDisapplied.

SavedasRAID10

AmountofspacesavedbymovinglessaccesseddatatoRAID5
ratherthanusingRAID10foralldata.

167

Chapter 6 Storage Center Monitoring

Viewing Historical IO Performance


TheIOUsagetabisusedtoviewandmonitorhistoricalIOperformancestatisticsfora
StorageCenterandassociatedstorageobjects.TheComparisonViewontheIOUsagetab
isusedtodisplayandcomparehistoricalIOusagedatafrommultiplestorageobjects.

Using the IO Usage Tab


UsetheIOUsagetabtoviewhistoricalIOusagedataforaStorageCenterorassociated
storageobject,andtocompareIOusagedatafrommultiplestorageobjects.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

View Historical IO Usage Data for a Storage Center


SelectaStorageCenterontheIOUsagetabtoviewhistoricalIOusagedata.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 SelectaStorageCenterfromtheStoragepane.
3 ClicktheIOUsagetab.
4 SelectaStorageCenterobjectfromtheIOUsagenavigationpane.
TheIOChartstabdisplaysachartthatshowsthehistoricalIOusagedataoftheStorage
Center.
5 TorefreshthedisplayedIOusagedata,clickRefresh
pane.

ontheIOUsagenavigation

View Historical IO Usage Data for a Storage Object


SelectaspecificobjectintheIOUsagetabnavigationpanetoviewhistoricalIOusagedata
fortheobject.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 SelectaStorageCenterfromtheStoragepane.
3 ClicktheIOUsagetab.
4 SelectastorageobjectfromtheIOUsagenavigationpane.
5 DependingonthetypeofstorageobjectsselectedinStep 4,oneorbothofthefollowing
tabsappear:

168

IOCharts:DisplayschartsthatshowshistoricalIOusagedata.

IfaStorageCenterisselected,theIOChartstabdisplaysIOusagedataforthe
frontendandbackendconnectionsoftheStorageCenter.

Ifastorageobjectisselectedthathasotherstorageobjectsassignedtoit,theIO
ChartstabdisplayscalculatedaveragesoftheIOusagedataforalloftheobjects
assignedtotheselectedstorageobject.

Ifastorageobjectisselectedthatdoesnothavestorageobjectsassignedtoit,the
IOChartstabdisplaystheIOusagedataoftheselectedstorageobject.

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Viewing Historical IO Performance

MostActiveReport:Displaysatablethatshowstheminimum,maximum,average,
andstandarddeviationvaluesofthehistoricalIOusagedata.
TheMostActiveReporttabisdisplayedonlyiftheselectedstorageobjectisoneof
thefollowingcontainerobjects:

Volumesoravolumefolder

Serversoraserverfolder

RemoteStorageCenters

Disksordiskspeedfolder

6 TorefreshthedisplayedIOusagedata,clickRefresh
pane.

ontheIOUsagenavigation

Change the Period of Data to Display on the IO Usage Tab


Youcandisplaydataforthelastday,last3days,last5days,lastweek,lastmonth,ora
customtimeperiod.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 SelectaStorageCenterfromtheStoragepane.
3 ClicktheIOUsagetab.
4 ClickoneofthefollowingbuttonstochangetheperiodofIOusagedatatodisplay:

LastDay:Displaysthepast24hoursofIOusagedata.

Last3Days:Displaysthepast72hoursofIOusagedata.

Last5Days:Displaysthepast120hoursofIOusagedata.

LastWeek:Displaysthepast168hoursofIOusagedata.

LastMonth:DisplaysIOusagedataforthepastmonth.

Custom:Displaysoptionsthatallowyoutospecifythestarttimeandtheendtime
oftheIOusagedatatodisplay.

5 IfyouclickedCustom,performthefollowingtaskstospecifythestarttimeandend
timeoftheIOusagedatatodisplay.
Tospecifythestarttime:
a SelectOtherfromtheStartTimedropdownmenu.
b Selectthestartdateofthetimeperiodtodisplayfromthedatedropdownmenu
calendar.
c

Specifythestarttimeofthetimeperiodinthetimefield.
Tosetthestarttimetothebeginningoftheday,selecttheStartofDaycheckbox.

d ClickUpdatetodisplayIOusagedatausingthespecifiedstarttime.
Tospecifytheendtime:
a CleartheUseCurrentcheckbox.
b Selectthestopdateofthetimeperiodtodisplayfromthedatedropdownmenu
calendar.
c

Specifythestoptimeofthetimeperiodinthetimefield.
Tosetthestoptimetotheendoftheday,selecttheEndofDaycheckbox.

d ClickUpdatetodisplayIOusagedatausingthespecifiedendtime.

Dell Compellent

169

Chapter 6 Storage Center Monitoring

Display the Comparison View


UsetheComparisonViewtocomparehistoricalIOusageforstorageobjects.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 SelectaStorageCenterfromtheStoragepane.
3 ClickIOUsagetab.
4 ClickSelectView

ontheIOUsagenavigationpane.

5 SelectComparisonViewfromthedropdownmenu.
TheoptionsontheIOUsagenavigationpanearereplacedwithComparisonView
options.
6 SelectthecheckboxesofthestorageobjectstocomparefromtheIOUsagenavigation
pane.
Note: TheComparisonViewcannotcomparemorethan10objectsatonetime.
7 ClickUpdate.
TheTotalIO/SecandTotalMB/SecchartsappearbydefaultanddisplaythetotalIO
usageforwritesandreads,inIO/secandMB/Sec,fortheselectedstorageobjects.
8 Selectthecheckboxesofadditionalchartstodisplay:
Note: Thechartsthatbecandisplayeddependonthestorageobjectsthatwere
selectedinStep 6.

WriteIO/Sec:Displayswrites,inIO/sec,fortheselectedstorageobjectsinasingle
chart.

ReadIO/Sec:Displaysreads,inIO/sec,fortheselectedstorageobjectsinasingle
chart.

WriteMB/Sec:Displayswrites,inMB/sec,fortheselectedstorageobjectsinasingle
chart.

ReadMB/Sec:Displaysreads,inMB/sec,fortheselectedstorageobjectsinasingle
chart.

ReadLatency:Displaysreadlatencies,inms,fortheselectedstorageobjectsina
singlechart.

WriteLatency:Displayswritelatencies,inms,fortheselectedstorageobjectsina
singlechart.

XferLatency:Displaydatatransferlatencies,inms,fortheselectedserversor
remoteStorageCentersinasinglechart.

AvgIOSize:DisplaysaverageIOsizesfortheselectedstorageobjectsinasingle
chart.

IOPending:DisplayspendingIOsfortheselectedstorageobjectsinasinglechart.

9 ClickUpdate.

170

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Viewing Current IO Performance

Viewing Current IO Performance


TheChartingtabisusedtoviewandmonitorcurrentIOperformancestatisticsfora
StorageCenterandassociatedstorageobjects.TheComparisonViewontheChartingtab
isusedtodisplayandcompareIOusagedatafrommultiplestorageobjects.

Using the Charting Tab


UsetheChartingtabtoviewcurrentIOusagedataforaStorageCenterorassociated
storageobjectandcompareIOusagedataformultiplestorageobjects.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

View Current IO Usage Data for a Storage Center


SelectaStorageCenterontheChartingtabtoviewcurrentIOusagedata.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 SelectaStorageCenterfromtheStoragepane.
3 ClicktheChartingtab.
4 SelecttheStorageCenterfromtheChartingnavigationpane.
TheIOChartstabdisplaysachartthatshowstheIOusagedatafortheStorageCenter.
5 TorefreshtheIOusagedata,clickRefresh

ontheChartingnavigationpane.

6 TostopcollectingIOusagedatafromtheStorageCenter,clicktheStopbutton.To
resumecollectingIOusagedata,clicktheStartbutton.

View Current IO Usage Data for a Storage Object


SelectaspecificobjectintheChartingtabnavigationpanetoviewcurrentIOusagedata
fortheobject.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 SelectaStorageCenterfromtheStoragepane.
3 ClicktheChartingtab.
4 SelectastorageobjectfromthefromtheChartingnavigationpane.
5 DependingonthetypeofstorageobjectsselectedinStep 4,oneorbothofthefollowing
tabsappear:

Dell Compellent

IOCharts:DisplayschartsthatshowsIOusagedata.

IfaStorageCenterisselected,theIOChartstabdisplaysIOusagedataforthe
frontendandbackendconnectionsoftheStorageCenter.

Ifastorageobjectisselectedthathasotherstorageobjectsassignedtoit,theIO
ChartstabdisplayscalculatedaveragesoftheIOusagedataforalloftheobjects
assignedtotheselectedstorageobject.

Ifastorageobjectisselectedthatdoesnothavestorageobjectsassignedtoit,the
IOChartstabdisplaystheIOusagedataoftheselectedstorageobject.

171

Chapter 6 Storage Center Monitoring

MostActiveReport:Displaysatablethatshowstheminimum,maximum,average,
andstandarddeviationvaluesoftheIOusagedata,whichtheEnterpriseManager
collectsevery5minutesbydefault.
TheMostActiveReporttabisdisplayedonlyiftheselectedstorageobjectisoneof
thefollowingcontainerobjects:

Volumesoravolumefolder

Serversoraserverfolder

RemoteStorageCenters

Disksordiskspeedfolder

6 TorefreshtheIOusagedata,clickRefresh

ontheChartingnavigationpane.

7 TostopcollectingIOusagedatafromtheStorageCenter,clicktheStopbutton.To
resumecollectingIOusagedata,clicktheStartbutton.

Change the Period of Data to Display on the Charting Tab


Youcandisplaydataforthelast5minutes,last15minutes,last30minutes,orlasthour.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 SelectaStorageCenterfromtheStoragepane.
3 ClicktheChartingtab.
4 SelecttheperiodoftheIOusagedatatodisplayontheChartingtabfromtheShowLast
dropdownmenu.

5Minutes:Displaysthepast5minutesofIOusagedata.

15Minutes:Displaysthepast15minutesofIOusagedata.

30Minutes:Displaysthepast30minutesofIOusagedata.

1Hour:Displaysthepast60minutesofIOusagedata.

Display the Comparison View on the Charting tab


UsetheComparisonViewtocomparecurrentIOusageforstorageobjects.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 SelectaStorageCenterfromtheStoragepane.
3 ClickChartingtab.
4 ClickSelectView

ontheChartingnavigationpane.

5 SelectComparisonViewfromthedropdownmenu.
TheoptionsontheChartingnavigationpanearereplacedwithComparisonView
options.
6 SelectthecheckboxesofthestorageobjectstocomparefromtheChartingnavigation
pane.
Note: TheComparisonViewcannotcomparemorethan10objectsatonetime.
7 ClickUpdate.
TheTotalIO/SecandTotalMB/SecchartsappearbydefaultanddisplaythetotalIO
usageforwritesandreads,inIO/secandMB/Sec,fortheselectedstorageobjects.

172

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Configuring Chart Options

8 Selectthecheckboxesofadditionalchartstodisplay:
Note: Thechartsthatbecandisplayeddependonthestorageobjectsthatwere
selectedinStep 6.

WriteIO/Sec:Displayswrites,inIO/sec,fortheselectedstorageobjectsinasingle
chart.

ReadIO/Sec:Displaysreads,inIO/sec,fortheselectedstorageobjectsinasingle
chart.

WriteMB/Sec:Displayswrites,inMB/sec,fortheselectedstorageobjectsinasingle
chart.

ReadMB/Sec:Displaysreads,inMB/sec,fortheselectedstorageobjectsinasingle
chart.

ReadLatency:Displaysreadlatencies,inms,fortheselectedstorageobjectsina
singlechart.

WriteLatency:Displayswritelatencies,inms,fortheselectedstorageobjectsina
singlechart.

XferLatency:Displaydatatransferlatencies,inms,fortheselectedserversor
remoteStorageCentersinasinglechart.

AvgIOSize:DisplaysaverageIOsizesfortheselectedstorageobjectsinasingle
chart.

IOPending:DisplayspendingIOsfortheselectedstorageobjectsinasinglechart.

9 ClickUpdate.

Configuring Chart Options


UserSettingsaffectthechartsontheSummary,IOUsage,andChartingtabs,andtheChart
SettingsaffectthechartsontheIOUsageandChartingtabs.

ConfiguringUserSettingsforChartsonpage 173

ConfiguringChartSettingsonpage 175

Configuring User Settings for Charts


ModifytheUserSettingsforyouruseraccounttodisplayalertsonthechartsandchange
thechartcolors.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Dell Compellent

173

Chapter 6 Storage Center Monitoring

Display Alerts on Charts


Youcanconfigurechartstodisplaytherelationshipsbetweenthereporteddataandthe
configuredthresholdalertsandStorageCenteralerts.
1 InthetoppaneoftheEnterpriseManagerClient,clickEditUserSettings.TheEdit
UserSettingsdialogboxappears.
2 IntheChartingOptionsareaoftheGeneraltab,selectthecheckbox(es)ofthealert(s)
todisplayoncharts:

Showthresholdalertlevelsoncharts:DisplaysahorizontallineparalleltotheX
axisthatshowstherelationshipbetweenthereporteddataandthethresholdlevel.
Thedefaultistohidethresholdalerts.

ShowStorageCenteralertsoncharts:DisplaysaverticallineparalleltotheYaxis
thatshowstherelationshipbetweenthereporteddataandStorageCenteralerts.The
defaultistohideStorageCenteralerts.

3 ClickOK.

Customize Chart Colors


Youcanchoosethebackgroundcolor,gridlinecolor,andcrosshaircolorforcharts.
1 InthetoppaneoftheEnterpriseManagerClient,clickEditUserSettings.TheEdit
UserSettingsdialogboxappears.
2 ClickontheGeneraltab.ThefollowingcolorsaredisplayedintheChartingOptions
area:

BackgroundColor:Colorofthebackgroundbehindthechart.

GridlineColor:Colorofthegridlinesinthechart.

CrosshairColor:Colorofthecrosshairsinthechart.

3 Tocustomizeacolor,clicktheChangelinklocatedtotherightofthecurrentcolor
swatch.TheSelectColordialogboxappears.

Toselectacolorfromalistofcolorswatches,clicktheSwatchestab,andclickona
colortoselectit.

ToselectacolorbasedonanHSBvalue,clicktheHSBtab,thenentertheHSBvalue
byspecifyinghue(H),saturation(S),andbrightness(B)values.

ToselectacolorbasedonanRGBvalue,clicktheRGBtab,thenentertheRGBvalue
byspecifyingred(R),green(G),andblue(B)values.

4 ClickOKtoclosetheSelectColordialogbox.
5 ClickOK.Thecustomizedcolorsettingswillappearthenexttimeachartisupdated.

Display Data Point Sliders on Charts


Chartslidersdisplayspecificdataforaselecteddatapoint.Whenchartslidersareenabled,
atabledisplaysthespecificdatavaluesfortheselecteddatapoint.
1 InthetoppaneoftheEnterpriseManagerClient,clickEditUserSettings.TheEdit
UserSettingsdialogboxappears.
2 ClickontheGeneraltab.
3 UnderChartingOptions,selecttheShowslidersonchartscheckbox.
4 ClickOK.

174

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Configuring Chart Options

Configuring Chart Settings


ThechartconfigurationoptionsincludedisplayingthresholdandStorageCenteralertson
chartsandchangingthecolorsofcharts.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Combine Usage Data into One Chart


YoucancombineIOusagedataintoasinglechartwithmultipleYaxes.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 SelectaStorageCenterfromtheStoragepane.
3 ClicktheIOUsageorChartingtab.
4 SelecttheCombineChartscheckboxtocombinetheIOusagedataintoasinglechart
withmultipleYaxes.

Scale Usage Data in a Chart


YoucanchangethescaleforMB/Sec,IO/Sec,andLatency.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 SelectaStorageCenterfromtheStoragepane.
3 ClicktheIOUsageorChartingtab.
4 Selectthecheckboxoftheusagemetrictoscale.

ToscaletheMB/Secmetric,selecttheSetMB/SecScalecheckbox.

ToscaletheIO/Secmetric,selecttheSetIO/SecScalecheckbox.

Toscalethelatencymetric,selecttheSetLatencyScalecheckbox.

5 EnteravalueintheselectedusagemetricfieldtoscaletheYaxis.
6 PressEnter.ThedatainthechartscalestofitthenewYaxis.

Select the Usage Data to Display in a Chart


Youcanshoworhideusagedataforachart.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 SelectaStorageCenterfromtheStoragepane.
3 ClicktheIOUsageorChartingtab.
4 SelectaStorageCenterorstorageobjectfromtheIOUsageorChartingnavigation
pane.
5 Selectthecheckboxesoftheusagemetricstodisplayinthechartandclearthecheck
boxesoftheusagemetricstonotdisplayinthechart.
Note: Reducingthenumberofusagemetricstodisplayreducesthetimerequired
toupdatetheIOCharttab.

Dell Compellent

175

Chapter 6 Storage Center Monitoring

Configure the Storage Center Data Gathering Schedule


YoucanconfiguretheintervalsatwhichEnterpriseManagergathersIOUsage,Replication
Usage,andStorageUsagedatafrommanagedStorageCenters.
1 InthetoppaneoftheEnterpriseManagerClient,clickEditDataCollectorSettings.
TheEditDataCollectorSettingsdialogboxappears.
2 ClicktheSchedulestab.
3 Configurethedatacollectionschedules,intheStorageCenterReportGathering
Settingsarea,byperformingthefollowingsteps:

TochangehowoftenIOusagedataiscollected,selectadifferentperiodoftimefrom
theIOUsagedropdownmenu.

Tochangehowoftenreplicationusagedataiscollected,selectadifferentperiodof
timefromtheReplicationUsagedropdownmenu.

Tochangehowoftenstorageusagedataiscollected,selectadifferentperiodoftime
fromtheStorageUsagedropdownmenu.
IfDailyisselectedfromtheStorageUsagedropdownmenu,thetimeoftheday
thatstorageusagedataiscollectedcanbeselectedfromtheStorageUsageTime
dropdownmenu.

4 ClickOK.

Exporting Usage Data


YoucanexportStorageUsageandIOUsagedatatoCSV,Text,Excel,HTML,XML,orPDF.

Export Storage Usage Data


YoucanexportstorageusagedataforStorageCenters,volumes,andservers.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 SelectaStorageCenterfromtheStoragepane.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 ClickSaveStorageUsageData

176

ontheStoragenavigationpane.

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Exporting Usage Data

TheSaveStorageUsageDatadialogboxappears.

5 Specifythestorageusagedatatoexportbyselectingorclearingthecheckboxesinthe
StorageCenterStorageUsage,VolumeStorageUsage,andServerStorageUsage
areasofthedialogbox.
Bydefault,allofthestorageusagedataisselectedtobeexported.
6 Specifyhowtodisplaythesizedataintheoutputbyselectingoneofthefollowingradio
buttons:

Savesizedataastext(easyforreading):Displayssizedatausingtheunitsthatare
themostappropriateforthedisplayedvalues.Forexample,2097152megabytesis
displayedas2TB.

SavesizedataasMB(easyforsorting):Displayssizedatainmegabytes,withouta
unitofmeasurelabel.Forexample,2TBisdisplayedas2097152(megabytes).

7 Selectafiletypefortheoutput:CSV(.csv),Text(.txt),Excel(.xls),HTML(.htm),XML
(.xml),orPDF(.pdf).
8 ClickBrowsetospecifythefilenameandlocationtosavethefile.
9 ClickOK.

Export IO Usage Data


YoucanexportIOusagedataforthemostactivevolumes,servers.anddisks.Youcanalso
exportIOusagedataforStorageCenters,volumes,servers,disks,controllers,andstorage
profiles.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 ClicktheIOUsageorChartingtab.
3 ClickSaveIOUsageData

Dell Compellent

ontheIOUsageorChartingnavigationpane.

177

Chapter 6 Storage Center Monitoring

TheSaveIOUsageDatadialogboxappears.

4 SpecifythetypeofIOusagedatatoexportbyselectingoneofthefollowingradio
buttons:

SaveMostActiveReportIOUsageInformation

SaveChartIOUsageInformation

5 IfyouselectedtheSaveMostActiveReportIOUsageInformationradiobutton,
selectthecheckboxesoftheIOusagedatatoexport:

VolumeMostActive:ExportsIOusagedataforthevolumes.

ServerMostActive:ExportsIOusagedatafortheservers.

DiskMostActive:ExportsIOusagedataforthedisks.

RemoteStorageCenterIOUsage:ExportsIOusagedataforremoteStorage
Centers.

6 IfyouselectedtheSaveChartIOUsageInformationradiobutton:
a SelectthestorageobjectfromwhichtoexportIOusagedatafromtheSelectObject
Typedropdownmenu.
b IfyouselectedanobjectotherthanaStorageCenter,selectthecheckboxesofthe
storageobjectsfromwhichyouwanttoexportIOusagedata.

Toselectallofthestorageobjects,clickSelectAll.

Todeselectallofthestorageobjects,clickUnselectAll.

7 Selectafiletypefortheoutput:CSV(.csv),Text(.txt),Excel(.xls),HTML(.htm),XML
(.xml),orPDF(.pdf).
8 ClickBrowsetospecifythefilenameandlocationtosavethefile.
9 ClickOK.

178

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Monitoring Storage Center Hardware

Monitoring Storage Center Hardware


UsetheHardwaretaboftheStorageviewtomonitorStorageCenterhardware.

MonitoringaStorageCenterControlleronpage 179

MonitoringaStorageCenterDiskEnclosureonpage 181

MonitoringSSDEnduranceonpage 182

ViewingUPSStatusonpage 184

See Also
ManagingDiskEnclosuresonpage 146
ShuttingDownandRestartingaStorageCenteronpage 148

Monitoring a Storage Center Controller


TheHardwaretabdisplaysstatusinformationforthecontroller(s)inaStorageCenter.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

View Summary Information for All Controllers in a Storage Center


TheControllersnodeontheHardwaretabdisplayssummaryinformationforall
controllersinaStorageCenter.
1 ClicktheStorageview,thenclicktheHardwaretab.
2 IntheHardwaretabnavigationpane,selectControllers.
3 Usethetabsintherightpanetoviewsummaryinformationforthecontrollersand
controllercomponents.

Dell Compellent

179

Chapter 6 Storage Center Monitoring

View Summary Information for a Controller


ThecontrollernodeontheHardwaretabdisplayssummaryinformationforthecontroller,
includingname,version,status,andnetworksettings.
1 ClicktheStorageview,thenclicktheHardwaretab.
2 IntheHardwaretabnavigationpane,selectthecontroller.Therightpanedisplays
summaryinformation.

View IO Card Information and Status for a Controller


ThecontrollernodeontheHardwaretabdisplayssummaryandstatusinformationforall
FibreChannel,iSCSI,andSASIOcardsinstalledinthecontroller.
1 ClicktheStorageview,thenclicktheHardwaretab.
2 IntheHardwaretabnavigationpane,expandtheControllersnode,expandthenode
foraspecificcontroller,thenselectIOCards.Therightpanedisplayssummary
informationforallIOcardtypespresentinthecontroller.
3 Toviewmoredetailedinformationforaparticularprotocol,selectFibreChannel,
iSCSI,orSASintheHardwaretabnavigationpane.

View Fan Status for a Controller


TheFanSensorsnodeontheHardwaretabdisplayssummaryandstatusinformationfor
fansinthecontroller.
1 ClicktheStorageview,thenclicktheHardwaretab.
2 IntheHardwaretabnavigationpane,expandtheControllersnode,expandthenode
foraspecificcontroller,thenclickFanSensors.Therightpanedisplayssummary
informationforthefansinthecontroller.

View Power Supply Status for a Controller


ThePowerSupplynodeontheHardwaretabdisplayssummaryandstatusinformation
forpowersuppliesinthecontroller.
1 ClicktheStorageview,thenclicktheHardwaretab.
2 IntheHardwaretabnavigationpane,expandtheControllersnode,expandthenode
foraspecificcontroller,thenclickPowerSupply.Therightpanedisplayssummary
informationforthepowersuppliesinthecontroller.

View Temperature Information for a Controller


TheTemperatureSensornodeontheHardwaretabdisplayssummaryandstatus
informationfortemperaturesensorsinthecontroller.
1 ClicktheStorageview,thenclicktheHardwaretab.
2 IntheHardwaretabnavigationpane,expandtheControllersnode,expandthenode
foraspecificcontroller,thenclickTemperatureSensor.Therightpanedisplays
summaryandstatusinformationfortemperaturesensorsinthecontroller.

180

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Monitoring Storage Center Hardware

View Voltage Sensor Status for a Controller


TheVoltageSensornodeontheHardwaretabdisplaysstatusinformationforvoltage
sensorsinthecontroller.
1 ClicktheStorageview,thenclicktheHardwaretab.
2 IntheHardwaretabnavigationpane,expandtheControllersnode,expandthenode
foraspecificcontroller,thenclickVoltageSensor.Therightpanedisplaysstatus
informationforvoltagesensorsinthecontroller.

View Cache Card Status for a Controller


TheCacheCardnodeontheHardwaretabdisplaysstatusinformationforthecachecard
inthecontroller.
1 ClicktheStorageview,thenclicktheHardwaretab.
2 IntheHardwaretabnavigationpane,expandtheControllersnode,expandthenode
foraspecificcontroller,thenclickCacheCard.Therightpanedisplaysstatus
informationforcachecardinthecontroller.

Monitoring a Storage Center Disk Enclosure


TheHardwaretabdisplaysstatusinformationforthediskenclosure(s)inaStorageCenter.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

View Summary Information for All Enclosures in a Storage Center


TheEnclosuresnodeontheHardwaretabdisplayssummaryinformationforalldisk
enclosuresinaStorageCenter.
1 ClicktheStorageview,thenclicktheHardwaretab.
2 IntheHardwaretabnavigationpane,selectEnclosures.
3 Usethetabsintherightpanetoviewsummaryinformationfortheenclosuresand
enclosurecomponents.

View Summary Information for an Enclosure


TheenclosurenodeontheHardwaretabdisplayssummaryinformationfortheenclosure.
1 ClicktheStorageview,thenclicktheHardwaretab.
2 IntheHardwaretabnavigationpane,selecttheenclosure.Therightpanedisplays
summaryinformation.

View Alarm Status for an Enclosure


TheAudibleAlarmsnodeontheHardwaretabdisplaysalarmstatusfortheenclosure.
1 ClicktheStorageview,thenclicktheHardwaretab.
2 IntheHardwaretabnavigationpane,selectAudibleAlarms.Therightpanedisplays
summaryinformation.

Dell Compellent

181

Chapter 6 Storage Center Monitoring

View Cooling Fan Status for an Enclosure


TheCoolingFanSensorsnodeontheHardwaretabdisplayscoolingfanstatusforthe
enclosure.
1 ClicktheStorageview,thenclicktheHardwaretab.
2 IntheHardwaretabnavigationpane,selectCoolingFanSensors.Therightpane
displayssummaryinformation.

View IO Module Status for an Enclosure


TheI/OModulesnodeontheHardwaretabdisplaysIOmodulestatusfortheenclosure.
1 ClicktheStorageview,thenclicktheHardwaretab.
2 IntheHardwaretabnavigationpane,selectI/OModules.Therightpanedisplays
summaryinformation.

View Power Supply Status for an Enclosure


ThePowerSuppliesnodeontheHardwaretabdisplayspowersupplystatusforthe
enclosure.
1 ClicktheStorageview,thenclicktheHardwaretab.
2 IntheHardwaretabnavigationpane,selectPowerSupplies.Therightpanedisplays
summaryinformation.

View Temperatures for an Enclosure


TheTemperatureSensornodeontheHardwaretabdisplaystemperaturesforthe
enclosure.
1 ClicktheStorageview,thenclicktheHardwaretab.
2 IntheHardwaretabnavigationpane,selectTemperatureSensorundertheenclosure.
Therightpanedisplayssummaryinformation.

View Disk Status for an Enclosure


TheDisksnodeontheHardwaretabdisplaysthedisksinstalledintheenclosure.
1 ClicktheStorageview,thenclicktheHardwaretab.
2 IntheHardwaretabnavigationpane,selectDisks.Therightpanedisplayssummary
information.
3 Toviewsummaryinformationforaparticulardisk,selectthediskinthetable.
SummaryinformationfortheselecteddiskisdisplayedontheSummarytab.

Monitoring SSD Endurance


ThelifespanofaSolidStateDrive(SSD)isdeterminedbyhowmuchdataiswrittentoit.
TheendurancelevelforanSSDisdisplayedasapercentagethatindicatestheamountof
wearliferemaining.SomeSSDstrackandreportendurancestatusandsomedonot.
Afreshdrivestartswithanendurancelevelof100%,andtheenduranceleveldecreasesas
dataiswrittentothedrive.AStorageCentertriggersanalertwhenitdeterminesthatan
SSDwillreachitsendurancelimitwithin120days.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

182

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Monitoring Storage Center Hardware

View Current Endurance and Endurance History for an SSD


ThecurrentendurancelevelforanSSDisdisplayedasapercentage.Theendurancelevel
foranSSDisalsorecordedovertimeandcanbedisplayedinagraph.
1 ClicktheStorageview,thenclicktheStoragetab.
2 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selecttheSSD.
3 ViewenduranceinformationfortheSSD.

ToviewthecurrentendurancelevelfortheSSD,seetheEndurancevaluedisplayed
intherightpane.

ToviewendurancehistoryinformationfortheSSD,clicktheEnduranceHistory
subtab.

View the Current Endurance Level for All SSDs in a Disk Folder
IfadiskfoldercontainsSSDs,thesummarytabledisplaysthepercentageofwearlife
remainingforeachSSDandacorrespondingendurancechart.
1 ClicktheStorageview,thenclicktheStoragetab.
2 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectthediskfolder.
3 OntheDiskssubtab,locatetheEnduranceandEnduranceChartcolumnsinthetable.

TheEnduranceChartcolumnshowsaweargaugethatindicatestheamountofwear
liferemainingandwhenanalertwillbesent.Thegaugeindicatorsare:

Dell Compellent

Red:Failzonecalculatedfromdiskdatathatestimateswhen120daysremaininthe
lifeofthedisk.Analertissentwhenthewearlifemovesfromthegreenzonetothe
redzone.

Green:Safeoperatingzone.

BlackTickMark:CurrentEndurancelevel,inwhichthefarrightpositionindicates
100%endurance(newdisk,nowear)andthefarleftpositionindicates0%(endof
life).ThisisalsoshownastheEndurancepercentageintheEndurancecolumn.

183

Chapter 6 Storage Center Monitoring

Viewing UPS Status


AUPSprovidespowerredundancytoaStorageCenterwiththeuseofabackupbattery.
IfthepowertoaStorageCenteriscutoff,theUPSimmediatelyswitchesovertothebattery
givingaStorageCenteradministratortimetoproperlypowerdowntheStorageCenteror
fixthepowerissue.WhentheUPSswitchestothebattery,itsendsanonbatterymessage
totheStorageCenter.TheStorageCenterregistersthebatterymessageasanalert,turnsoff
writecache,andflushesthecachetodisk.TheStorageCentercontinuestooperateinthis
wayuntilitshutsdownortheUPSsendsanonlinemessageallowingtheittoreturnto
normaloperations.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

View Summary Information for All UPS Units that Serve the Storage Center
TheUPSnodeontheHardwaretabdisplayssummaryinformationfortheUPSunitsthat
providebackuppowerfortheStorageCenter.

Prerequisites
OneormoreUPSunitsmusthavebeenconfiguredfortheStorageCenterfromtheSystem
Manager.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview,thenclicktheHardwaretab.
2 IntheHardwaretabnavigationpane,selectUPS.Therightpanedisplayssummary
information.

View Summary Information for a UPS Unit that Serves the Storage Center
TheHardwaretabdisplayssummaryinformationfortheUPSunitsthatprovidebackup
powerfortheStorageCenter.

Prerequisites
OneormoreUPSunitsmusthavebeenconfiguredfortheStorageCenterfromtheSystem
Manager.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview,thenclicktheHardwaretab.
2 IntheHardwaretabnavigationpane,undertheUPSnode,selectthenameofaUPS
unit.Therightpanedisplayssummaryinformation.

184

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

SMI-S
TheStorageManagementInitiativeSpecification(SMIS)isastandardinterface
specificationdevelopedbytheStorageNetworkingIndustryAssociation(SNIA).Basedon
theCommonInformationModel(CIM)andWebBasedEnterpriseManagement(WBEM)
standards,SMISdefinescommonprotocolsanddatamodelsthatenableinteroperability
betweenstoragevendorsoftwareandhardware.

Contents
DellCompellentSMISProvider .............................................. 185
SettingUpSMIS ........................................................... 186
UsingtheDellCompellentSMISProviderwithMicrosoftSCVMM2012 .......... 193

Dell Compellent SMI-S Provider


TheDellCompellentSMISProviderisincludedwiththeEnterpriseManagerData
Collector.YoucanconfigureSMISduringinitialDataCollectorinstallationorpost
installationbymodifyingtheDataCollectorManagerproperties.WhenSMISisenabled
andconfigured,theDataCollectorautomaticallyinstallsandmanagestheDellCompellent
SMISProvider;noadditionalinstallationisrequired.

Supported Management Solutions


EnterpriseManagerSMISiscompatiblewiththefollowingcombinationsofMicrosoft
SystemCenterVirtualMachineManager(SCVMM)2012andMicrosoftServerversions.

SCVMM2012runningonWindowsServer2008R2

SCVMM2012SP1runningonWindowsServer2012(requiresHTTPS)
Note: EnterpriseManagerSMISintegrationhasbeentestedonlywithMicrosoft
SystemCenterVirtualMachineManager(SCVMM)2012.AlthoughSMIS
integrationmayworkwithotherstoragemanagementsolutions,integrationwith
othersolutionshasnotbeentestedandisnotofficiallysupported.

Dell Compellent

185

Chapter 7 SMI-S

Supported SMI-S 1.5 Profiles


AnSMISprofiledescribesthemanagementinterfacesforastoragesubsystem.
TheDellCompellentSMISproviderpackagedwithEnterpriseManagersupportsthe
followingSMIS1.5profiles:

AccessPoints

iSCSITargetPorts

Array

JobControl

BlockServices

MaskingandMapping

BlockServerPerformance

MultipleComputerSystem

CopyServices

PhysicalPackage

DiskDriveLite

ReplicationServices

ExtentComposition

Server

FCTargetPorts

Software

Health

ThinProvisioning

SMI-S User Account Requirements


WhenSMISisenabled,atleastoneSMISuseraccountmustbeaddedtotheDell
CompellentSMISProvider.
EachSMISuseraccountmustmatch:

ThenameandpasswordofanEnterpriseManageruser.

ThenameofalocalWindowsadministratoruser.Thepasswordsdonotneedtomatch.

AWindowsPowerShellscriptthatmanagesSMISuseraccountsisinstalledwiththeData
Collector.Thisscriptguidesyouthroughtheprocessofcreatingauserthatmeetsthese
requirements.

Setting Up SMI-S
TosetupSMIS,enableSMISfortheDataCollector,thenaddtherequiredSMISuser.If
youareusingHTTPS,anadditionaltaskmustbeperformedtoassociatetheSSLcertificate
withtheSMISuser.HTTPSisrequiredforSCVMM2012SP1onWindowsServer2012.
CompletethefollowingtaskstosetupSMIS:
1 VerifySMISPrerequisites
2 EnableSMISfortheDataCollector
3 AddauserforSMIS
4 (HTTPSonly)AssociatetheSSLCertificatewiththeSMISProviderUser

Verify SMI-S Prerequisites


BeforeyouconfigureSMIS,makesuretherequiredsoftwareisinstalledontheserverthat
hoststheEnterpriseManagerDataCollectorandopentherequiredports.
1 MakesurethefollowingMicrosoftsoftwareisinstalled:

186

Microsoft.NETFramework3.5

WindowsPowerShell2.0orlater

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Setting Up SMI-S

2 UseWindowsPowerShelltoopentherequiredports.
a StarttheWindowsPowerShellapplication.
b Runthefollowingcommandstoopentherequiredports:

netsh advfirewall firewall add rule name="CIM-XML" dir=in


protocol=TCP localport=5988-5989 action=allow

netsh advfirewall firewall add rule name="CIM-XML" dir=out


protocol=TCP localport=5990 action=allow

IfyouconfiguredtheDataCollectortousetheSLPprotocol,runthefollowing
commandstoopentheSLPports:

netsh advfirewall firewall add rule name="SLP-udp" dir=in


protocol=UDP localport=427 action=allow

netsh advfirewall firewall add rule name="SLP-udp" dir=out


protocol=UDP localport=427 action=allow

3 MakesureLaunchSMISUserConfigurationScriptviaPowerShellappearsinthe
StartmenuorStartscreen.
4 (Conditional)Ifthescriptisnotinstalled,performthefollowingstepstoinstallit.
Note: IfyoumanuallyinstallthescriptitisnotavailableintheStartmenuor
Startscreen.
a StarttheCommandPromptapplication.
b Runtheappropriatecommandtochangedirectories:
cd C:\Program Files (x86)\Compellent Technologies\Compellent
Enterprise Manager\msaservice\SmisConfigCmdlets

Runthefollowingcommandtoregisterthe32bitcmdset:
C:\windows\Microsoft.NET\Framework\v2.0.50727\InstallUtil.exe
Compellent.SMISConfiguration.CommandSet.dll

d Runthefollowingadditionalcommandtoregisterthe64bitcmdset:
C:\windows\Microsoft.NET\Framework64\v2.0.50727\InstallUtil.exe
Compellent.SMISConfiguration.CommandSet.dll

5 (Conditional)Ifyouinstalledthescriptmanually,performthesestepstolaunchthe
script.
a UseExplorertobrowsetothefollowingfolder:
C:\ProgramFiles(x86)\CompellentTechnologies\CompellentEnterprise
Manager\msaservice\SmisConfigCmdlets
b RightclicktheConfigureEMSMISfile,thenselectRunwithPowerShell.

Enable SMI-S for the Data Collector


UsetheEnterpriseManagerDataCollectorManagertoenableSMIS.
1 StarttheEnterpriseManagerDataCollectorManagerapplication.TheEnterprise
ManagerLoginscreenappears.
2 EntertheusernameandpasswordofauserthathastheAdministratorprivilege,then
clickLOGIN.TheDataCollectorManagerwindowappearsanddisplaystheGeneral
Informationtab.

Dell Compellent

187

Chapter 7 SMI-S

3 ClicktheSMIStab.

4 EnableSMIS.
a SelecttheEnabledcheckbox.Whenenabled,theDataCollectorinstallsandstarts
theDellCompellentSMISProvider,whichrunsasaseparatetaskfromtheData
Collector.
Note: WhentheEnterpriseManagerDataCollectorstopsitalsostopsthe
DellCompellentSMISProvider,whichcantakesometimetocomplete.
MakesureyoustoptheDataCollectorandwaitfortheoperationtofinish
beforeupdatingoruninstallingit.
b (Optional)ToforcetheDellCompellentSMISProvidertousetheServiceLocation
Protocol(SLP)tobroadcasttheavailabilityoftheserver,selecttheSLPEnabled
checkbox.Thisoptionisdisabledbydefault.
c

IfyouareusingSCVMM2012SP1onWindowsServer2012,orifyouwanttouse
HTTPSwithSCVMM2012onWindowsServer2008R2,selecttheHTTPScheckbox.

d ClickApplyChanges.
5 ClickOKtoclosetheDataCollectorproperties.

Add a user for SMI-S


AddauserforSMIStoEnterpriseManager,thenUsetheSMISUserConfigurationScript
toaddamatchingusertotheDellCompellentSMISProvider.Thenameandpasswordof
bothaccountsmustmatch.
1 AddausertoEnterpriseManagerthathastheAdministratorprivilegeandhasa
passwordthatisnolongerthaneightcharacters.FormoreinformationseeManaging
LocalUserswiththeDataCollectorManager.

TheuserthatyouaddtotheDellCompellentSMISProvidermustmatchthisuser.

Toavoidconfusion,DellCompellentrecommendsnamingtheusersmis.

2 MakesuretheWindowsPowerShellexecutionpolicyallowsscriptstorun.
a StartWindowsPowerShell.
b Toviewthecurrentexecutionpolicy,runthecommandGet-ExecutionPolicy.

188

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Setting Up SMI-S

IftheexecutionpolicyiscurrentlysettoRestricted,runthecommand
Set-ExecutionPolicy AllSignedtoallowsignedscriptstorun.
Afteryouaredoneusingthescript,youcanchangetheexecutionpolicybackto
Restrictedifneeded.

3 StarttheLaunchSMISUserConfigurationScriptviaPowerShellapplication.
WindowsPowerShellappears.
4 (Conditional)IfPowerShellpromptsyoutorunthescript,pressRorA,thenpress
Enter.Thescriptrunsanddisplaysawelcomemessage.

5 AddauserthatmatchestheusernameandpasswordofanEnterpriseManageruser.
a PressUtomanageusers,thenpressEnter.TheManageUsersmenuappears.

Dell Compellent

189

Chapter 7 SMI-S

b PressAtoaddauser,thenpressEnter.ThePleasechooseanEMusermenuappears.

TypethenumberthatcorrespondstotheEnterpriseManageruseryouadded,then
pressEnter.Apasswordpromptappears.

d TypeandconfirmthepasswordfortheEnterpriseManageruserthatyouselectedin
thepreviousstep.Afteryouconfirmthepassword,thescriptpromptsyoutocreate
amatchinglocalWindowsadministratoraccountifitdoesnotalreadyexist.

e PressOtocreateacorrespondinglocalWindowsuser,thenpressEnter.Thescript
promptsyouaboutthepasswordforthelocalWindowsuser.

190

Tousethesamepassword,pressY,thenpressEnter.

Tospecifyadifferentpassword,pressN,thenpressEnter.

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Setting Up SMI-S

IfthelocalWindowsadministratoruserdoesnothaverightstologinasaservice,it
promptsyoutoaddthem.

PressOtoallowthelocalWindowsadministratorusertologinasaservice,then
pressEnter.ThescriptpromptsyoutosetthePasswordNeverExpiresoptionforthe
localWindowsadministratoruser.

g ChoosewhetheryouwanttoallowthepasswordforthelocalWindows
administratorusertoexpire.

Topreventthepasswordfromexpiring,pressY,thenpressEnter.

Toallowthepasswordtoexpire,pressN,thenpressEnter.

Whentheusersetupiscomplete,thescriptdisplaysthetextUser added successfully


andreturnstotheMangeUsersmenu.
6 ToconfirmthattheuserhasbeenaddedattheManageUsersmenu,pressLtolistusers,
thenpressEnter.

Dell Compellent

191

Chapter 7 SMI-S

Associate the SSL Certificate with the SMI-S Provider User


IfyouconfiguredtheDataCollectortouseHTTPSforSMISconnections,usetheSMIS
UserConfigurationScripttoassociatetheDellCompellentSMISProviderSSLcertificate
withtheuseryoucreated.
1 StarttheLaunchSMISUserConfigurationScriptviaPowerShellapplication.
WindowsPowerShellappears.
2 (Conditional)IfPowerShellpromptsyoutorunthescript,pressRorA,thenpress
Enter.Thescriptrunsanddisplaysawelcomemessage.

3 AssociatetheDellCompellentSMISProviderSSLcertificatewiththeuseryoucreated.
a PressCtomanagecertificates,thenpressEnter.TheManageCertificatesmenu
appears.

192

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Using the Dell Compellent SMI-S Provider with Microsoft SCVMM 2012

b PressAtoaddtheSSLcertificatetothetruststore,thenPressEnter.Thescript
promptsyoutoselectanSMISprovideruserwithwhichtheSSLcertificatewillbe
associated.

TypethenumberthatcorrespondstotheSMISProvideruseryouadded,thenpress
Enter.

ThescriptassociatesthecertificatewiththeSMISProvideruseranddisplaysthetext
Certificate added successfullyandreturnstotheMangeCertificatesmenu.
4 Toconfirmthatthecertificatehasbeenassociatedwiththeappropriateuseratthe
ManageCertificatesmenu,pressLtolistusers,thenpressEnter.

Using the Dell Compellent SMI-S Provider with Microsoft


SCVMM 2012
CompletethefollowingtaskstoallowMicrosoftSystemCenterVirtualMachineManager
(SCVMM)2012todiscovertheDellCompellentSMISprovider:
1 Verifyprerequisites.
2 ReviewLimitationsforSCVMM2012.
3 (HTTPSonly)ModifytheSCVMM2012ManagementServerRegistrytoAllowHTTPS.
4 UseSCVMM2012toDiscovertheDellCompellentSMISProvider.

Verify pre-requisites
VerifythatthefollowingrequirementsaremetbeforeyoutouseMicrosoftSCVMM2012
todiscovertheDellCompellentSMISproviderandStorageCenters.

Dell Compellent

MicrosoftSCVMM2012serverandtheEnterpriseManagerDataCollectormustbe
installedonseparateservers,andbothserversmustbemembersofthesameActive
Directorydomain.

SMISmustbeenabledandconfiguredfortheEnterpriseManagerDataCollector.

TheStorageCentersyouwanttomanagewithSMISmustbeaddedtotheEnterprise
ManagerandmappedtotheSMISuser.

193

Chapter 7 SMI-S

Review Limitations for SCVMM 2012


ReviewthefollowinglimitationsbeforeyouuseMicrosoftSCVMM2012todiscoverthe
DellCompellentSMISproviderandStorageCenters.

Thin Provisioning
TheSCVMM2012consolelimitsthemaximumvolumesizeatcreationtimetotheavailable
capacityofthestoragepool.DellCompellentthinprovisioningdoesnothavethis
restriction.ThislimitationcanalsocausetheSCVMM2012consoletodisplayanerrorfor
AllocatedStorageifallocatedstorageexceedstheavailablephysicalstorage.
Tocreateavolumethatislargerthantheavailablestoragepool,usethePowerShellcmdlet
New-SCStorageLogicalUnitinsteadoftheSCVMM2012console.

Adding Server WWNs


IfaWWNisnotassociatedwithaStorageCenterserverobject,SMIScreatesonenew
serverobjectforeachavailableWWN.IfaserverhasmorethanoneWWN,SMIScreates
oneserverobjectforeachWWNinsteadofcreatingoneserverobjectwithmultipleWWNs.
IfaserverhasmorethanoneWWN,createtheserverobjectmanuallyinsteadofallowing
SMIStoautomaticallycreatetheobject(s).

Volume Names
SCVMM2012doesnotallowspacesorspecialcharacterssuchasunderscoresordashesin
volumenames.However,volumesthathavebeencreatedpriortodiscoverycaninclude
spacesintheirnames.
WhencreatingLUNsusingSCVMM2012,donotincludespacesinvolumenames.

Storage Center Controller Failover


IntheeventofaStorageCentercontrollerfailover,someoperationsmayappeartofailin
SCVMMduetotimeouts.Forinstance,ifcontrollerfailoveroccurswhencreatingavolume
inSCVMM,thevolumeiscreatedsuccessfullyontheStorageCenterbuttheoperation
appearstofailinSCVMM.
IntheeventofaStorageCentercontrollerfailover,refreshtheDellCompellentSMIS
ProviderinSCVMM.Refreshingtheproviderafterfailoverhelpsensurethatthe
informationinSCVMMremainsaccurate.

Modify the SCVMM 2012 Management Server Registry to Allow


HTTPS
IfyouconfiguredtheDataCollectortouseHTTPSforSMISconnections,certificateerrors
canoccurwhenSCVMM2012importstheDellCompellentSMISProvidercertificate.To
preventtheseerrors,edittheregistryontheSCVMM2012managementserver.
Warning: Seriousproblemsmightoccurifyoumodifytheregistryincorrectly.For
addedprotection,backuptheregistrybeforeyoumodifyit.
1 StarttheRegistryEditorapplication.
2 IftheUserAccountControldialogboxappears,clickYestocontinue.TheRegistry
Editorwindowappears.

194

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Using the Dell Compellent SMI-S Provider with Microsoft SCVMM 2012

3 DisableCNverificationforthestorageprovidercertificate.
a InRegistryEditor,navigatetothefollowingfolder:

WindowsServer2008R2:SelectHKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESOFTWARE
MicrosoftStorageManagement.

WindowsServer2012:SelectHKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESoftware
MicrosoftWindowsCurrentVersionStorageManagement.

b IftheDisableHttpsCommonNameCheckentrydoesnotexist,selectEditNew
DWORD(32bit)Value,andthentypeDisableHttpsCommonNameChecktocreateit.
c

DoubleclickDisableHttpsCommonNameCheck.

d IntheValuedatabox,type1,thenclickOK.
4 IftheserverthathostsSCVMMisrunningWindowsServer2012,disableclient
certificatechecking.
a InRegistryEditor,selectHKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESoftwareMicrosoft
WindowsCurrentVersionStorageManagement.
b DoubleclickEnableHTTPListenerClientCertificateCheck.
c

IntheValuedatabox,type0,thenclickOK.

5 IftheserverthathostsSCVMMisrunningWindowsServer2012orWindowsServer
2008R2withJanuary2012MicrosoftSecurityUpdateKB2585542installed,performthe
followingstepstomodifytheregistry.
a InRegistryEditor,selectHKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESystem
CurrentControlSetControlSecurityProvidersSCHANNEL.
b IftheSendExtraRecordentrydoesnotexist,selectEditNewDWORD(32bit)
Value,andthentypeSendExtraRecordtocreateit.
c

DoubleclickSendExtraRecord.

d IntheValuedatabox,type2,thenclickOK.
Note: Formoreinformation,seesupport.microsoft.com/kb/2643584.
6 CloseRegistryEditor.

Prepare the SCVMM 2012 SP1 Server for Indications


IfyouareusingtheDellCompellentSMISProviderwithSCVMM2012SP1runningon
WindowsServer2012,configuretheSCVMMservertoacceptSMISindications.
Note: ThesestepsarenotrequiredforSCVMM2012runningonWindowsServer
2008R2.
1 MakesuretheWindowsStandardsBasedStorageManagementfeatureisinstalled.
2 InWindowsPowerShell,runthefollowingcommandtoopentherequiredports:
netsh advfirewall firewall add rule name="CIM-XML" dir=in protocol=TCP
localport=5990 action=allow

3 InWindowsPowerShell,runthefollowingcommandtoallowtheNetworkServiceto
bindtotheHTTPSport:
netsh http add urlacl url=https://*:5990/ user="NT AUTHORITY\NETWORK
SERVICE"

Dell Compellent

195

Chapter 7 SMI-S

4 UsethePowerShellscriptthatisbundledwiththeDataCollectortogeneratea
selfsignedcertificate.
a CopythePowerShellscriptfromtheserverthathoststheDataCollectortotheserver
thathostsSCVMM2012SP1.ThescriptislocatedatthefollowingpathontheData
Collectorserver:
C:\ProgramFiles(x86)\CompellentTechnologies\CompellentEnterprise
Manager\msaservice\Pegasus\gencert.ps1
b OntheserverthathostsSCVMM2012SP1,useWindowsPowerShelltorunthe
scriptandgenerateaselfsignedcertificate:
.\gencert.ps1

5 InWindowsPowerShell,runthefollowingcommandtorestarttheWindows
StandardsBasedStorageManagementservice:
Restart-Service MSStrgSvc

Use SCVMM 2012 to Discover the Dell Compellent SMI-S Provider


TheAddStorageDeviceswizardallowsyoutoaddtheDellCompellentSMISProvider.
1 StarttheMicrosoftSCVMM2012AdministratorConsole.
2 SelectandopentheFabricworkspace.
3 OntheHometab,clickAddResources,thenselectAddStorageDevices.TheAdd
StorageDeviceswizardappears.
4 UsetheAddStorageDeviceswizardtoaddtheDellCompellentSMISProvider.See
thefollowingtableforadditionalinstructions.
Note: DependingontheconfigurationofyourStorageCenters,itcantake
severalminutestodiscovertheDellCompellentSMISprovider.
Wizard Step

Description

SpecifytheIPaddressor Enterthefollowing:
FQDNofthestorage
IPaddress/FQDNandport:EntertheIPaddressortheFQDN
provider
oftheEnterpriseManagerserver,whichhoststheDell
CompellentSMISprovider,followedbytheconnectionport.
ThedefaultportforHTTPis5988,andthedefaultportfor
HTTPSis5989.
Forexample,enterhostname.example.com:5988where
hostname.example.comistheFQDNoftheEnterpriseManager
serverand5988isthedefaultHTTPport.
Usesecureconnection:Bydefault,theUsesecureconnectionis
enabled.Touseanonsecureconnection,clearthecheckbox.
RunAsaccount:SpecifytheSMISuseraccountandpassword
thatyouaddedtotheDellCompellentSMISProvider.By
default,RunAsaccountsthatareassignedtotheStorage
Devicecategoryarelisted.
Note: IfnoRunAsaccountsexist,selectCreateRunAsAccount
intheSelectaRunAsAccountdialog.

196

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Using the Dell Compellent SMI-S Provider with Microsoft SCVMM 2012

Wizard Step

Description

GatherInformation

SCVMM2012automaticallyattemptstodiscoverandimportthe
storagedeviceinformation.
1 IfyouselectedtheUseSecureconnectionoption,theImport
Certificatedialogappears.Reviewthecertificateinformation
andclickImport.
Note: Ifanerrorappears,makesureyouhavemodifiedthe
registryoftheSCVMM2012servertoallowHTTPSconnections.
SeeModifytheSCVMM2012ManagementServerRegistryto
AllowHTTPSonpage 194.
2 Whenthediscoveryprocesssucceeds,thediscoveredstorage
arrays,storagepools,manufacturer,model,andcapacityare
listedonthepage.Whentheprocesscompletes,clickNext.

SelectStoragePools

SelectstoragepoolsyouwantSCVMM2012tomanage:
1 Underastoragearray,selectthestoragepoolthatyouwant
SCVMM2012tomanage.
2 IntheClassificationcolumn,selectthestorageclassificationyou
wanttoassigntothestoragearray.
Note: Tocreateanewclassification,clickNewClassificationand
enteranameanddescriptionfortheclassification.
3 Selectstoragearraysandassociatedclassificationsforallstorage
poolsyouwantSCVMM2012tomanage.
4 Whenyouhavefinishedselectingstoragepools,clickNext.

SummaryPage

ConfirmallsettingsontheSummaryPageandclickFinish.

5 Verifythenewlydiscoveredstorageinformation.
Note: ItcantakeseveralminutesforSCVMM2012todiscoverstoragepools.
UsetheJobsviewtomonitordiscoveryprocess.
a OntheHometaboftheFabricworkspace,clickFabricResources.
b ExpandtheStoragenode,andverifyanyofthefollowing:

Dell Compellent

Toviewthestoragepoolsthatareassignedtoaclassification,click
ClassificationsandPools.Expandtheclassificationwhereyouaddedstorage;
expandastoragepooltoviewlogicalunitinformationforthestoragepool.

Toviewstorageproviderinformation,clickProviders.Youcanviewthestorage
providername,managementaddress,managedarrays,andtheproviderstatus.

Toviewdiscoveredstoragearrays,clickArrays.Youcanviewthenameofthe
array,totalandusedcapacity,thenumberofmanagedstoragepools,the
providernameandport,andtheproviderstatus.

197

Chapter 7 SMI-S

198

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

FluidFS 3.0 Cluster Management


ThissectiondescribeshowtouseEnterpriseManagertomanageFluidFSversion3.0clusters.

Contents
Chapter8:FS8600ScaleoutNASwithFluidFS3.0Overview ................................... 201
Chapter9:FluidFS3.0SystemManagement .................................................. 213
Chapter10:FluidFS3.0Networking ......................................................... 235
Chapter11:FluidFS3.0AccountManagementandAuthentication .............................. 245
Chapter12:FluidFS3.0NASVolumes,Shares,andExports .................................... 273
Chapter13:FluidFS3.0DataProtection ...................................................... 311
Chapter14:FluidFS3.0Monitoring ......................................................... 343
Chapter15:FluidFS3.0Maintenance ........................................................ 349
Chapter16:FluidFS3.0Troubleshooting ..................................................... 365

Dell Compellent

199

FluidFS 3.0 Cluster Management

200

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

FS8600 Scale-out NAS with FluidFS 3.0


Overview
ThissectioncontainsanoverviewofFS8600scaleoutNetworkAttachedStorage(NAS).

Contents
HowFS8600ScaleoutNASWorks ............................................ 201
FS8600Terminology ........................................................ 202
KeyFeaturesoftheFS8600 .................................................. 203
OverviewoftheFS8600Hardware ............................................ 205
OverviewoftheFS8600Architecture .......................................... 206
DataCachingandRedundancy .............................................. 208
FileMetadataProtection .................................................... 208
LoadBalancingandHighAvailability ......................................... 208
PortsUsedbytheFluidFSCluster ............................................ 210

How FS8600 Scale-out NAS Works


DellCompellentFS8600scaleoutNASleveragestheDellFluidFileSystem(FluidFS)and
theDellCompellentStorageCenterSANtopresentfilestoragetoMicrosoftWindows,
UNIX,andLinuxclients.TheFluidFSclustersupportstheWindows,UNIX,andLinux
operationsystemsinstalledonadedicatedserverorinstalledonvirtualmachinesifyou
areusingHyperVorVMwarevirtualization.
TheStorageCenter(s)presentacertainamountofcapacity(NASpool)totheFluidFS
cluster.ThisNASpoolisthendividedintoNASvolumes,whichinturnareusedtocreate
CIFSsharesandNFSexports.

Dell Compellent

201

Chapter 8 FS8600 Scale-out NAS with FluidFS 3.0 Overview

Totheclient,theFluidFSclusterpresentsitselfasasinglefileserver,hostingmultipleCIFS
sharesandNFSexports,withasingleIPaddressandnamespace.Clientsconnecttothe
FluidFSclusterusingtheirrespectiveoperatingsystemsNASprotocols:

UNIXandLinuxusersaccessfilesthroughtheNFSprotocol

WindowsusersaccessfilesthroughtheCIFSprotocol

TheFluidFSclusterservesdatatoallclientsconcurrently,withnoperformance
degradation.

FS8600 Terminology
ThefollowingtabledefinesterminologyrelatedtoFS8600scaleoutNAS.
Term

Description

FluidFileSystem(FluidFS) Dellshighperformance,scalablefilesystemsoftwareinstalledon
NAScontrollers.
Appliance(NASappliance) Arackmounted2UchassisthatcontainstwohotswappableNAS
controllersinanactiveactiveconfigurationinaFluidFScluster.
CachedataismirroredbetweenthepairedNAScontrollerswithin
theNASappliance.
Controller(NAScontroller) ThetwoprimarycomponentsofaNASappliance,eachofwhich
functionsasaseparatememberintheFluidFScluster.

202

Peercontroller

TheNAScontrollerwithwhichaspecificNAScontrollerispairedin
aNASappliance.

Standbycontroller

ANAScontrollerthatisinstalledwiththeFluidFSsoftwarebutis
notpartofaFluidFScluster.Forexample,aneworreplacement
NAScontrollerfromtheDellfactoryisconsideredastandby
controller.

BackupPowerSupplies

EachNAScontrollercontainsabackuppowersupplythatprovides
backupbatterypowerintheeventofapowerfailure.

FluidFScluster

OnetofourFS8600scaleoutNASappliancesconfiguredasa
FluidFScluster.

StorageCenter

UptotwoCTSC040orSC8000StorageCentersthatprovidethe
NASstoragecapacity.

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Key Features of the FS8600

Term

Description

EnterpriseManager

Multisystemmanagementsoftwareanduserinterfacerequiredfor
managingtheFluidFSclusterandStorageCenter(s).

FS8600scaleoutNAS

Afullyconfigured,highlyavailable,andscalableFS8600FluidFS
cluster,providingNAS(CIFSandNFS)services,whichiscomprised
ofNASappliances,storageprovidedbyStorageCenter(s),and
EnterpriseManager.

NASpool

ThesumofallstorageprovidedbyuptotwoStorageCentersminus
spacereservedforinternalsystemuse.

NASvolume

Avirtualizedvolume(s)thatconsumesstoragespaceintheNAS
pool.AdministratorscancreateCIFSsharesandNFSexportsona
NASvolumeandsharethemwithauthorizedusers.

LANorclientnetwork

ThenetworkthroughwhichclientsaccessCIFSsharesorNFS
exports.Itisalsothenetworkusedbythestorageadministratorto
managetheFluidFScluster.

ClientVIP

VirtualIPaddress(es)thatclientsusetoaccessCIFSsharesandNFS
exportshostedbytheFluidFScluster.

CIFSShare

AdirectoryinaNASvolumethatissharedonthenetworkusingthe
CommonInternetFileSystem(CIFS)protocol.

NFSexport

AdirectoryinaNASvolumethatissharedonthenetworkusingthe
NetworkFileSystem(NFS)protocol.

NetworkData
ManagementProtocol
(NDMP)

ProtocolusedforNDMPbackupandrestore.

Replication

CopiesNASvolumedatabetweentwoFS8600FluidFSclustersor
betweentwoNASvolumes.

Replicationpartners

FS8600FluidFSclustersparticipatinginareplicationoperation.

Snapshot

AnimageofalltheNASvolumedatafrozenasreadonlyata
specificpointintime.

Key Features of the FS8600


ThefollowingtablesummarizeskeyfeaturesofFS8600scaleoutNAS.
Feature

Description

Sharedbackend
infrastructure

TheStorageCenterSANandFS8600scaleoutNASleveragethe
samevirtualizeddiskpool.

Unifiedblockandfile
management

UnifiedStorageCenterSANandFS8600scaleoutNAS
managementandreportingusingEnterpriseManager.

Highperformance,scale SupportforasinglenamespacespanninguptofourNAS
outNAS
appliances(eightNAScontrollers).

Dell Compellent

Capacityscaling

Abilitytoscaleasinglenamespaceupto2PBcapacitywithtwo
StorageCenters.

Connectivityoptions

Offers1GbEand10GbE,copperandopticaloptionsforconnectivity
totheclientnetwork.

203

Chapter 8 FS8600 Scale-out NAS with FluidFS 3.0 Overview

Feature

Description

Highlyavailableand
activeactivedesign

Redundant,hotswappableNAScontrollersineachNASappliance.
BothNAScontrollersinaNASapplianceprocessI/O.

Automaticloadbalancing Automaticbalancingofclientconnectionsacrossnetworkportsand
NAScontrollers,aswellasbackendI/OacrossStorageCenter
volumes.

204

Multiprotocolsupport

SupportforCIFS/SMB(onWindows)andNFS(onUNIXandLinux)
protocolswithabilitytoshareuserdataacrossbothprotocols.

Clientauthentication

Controlaccesstofilesusinglocalandremoteclientauthentication,
includingLDAP,ActiveDirectory,andNIS.

Quotarules

Controlclientspaceusage.

Filesecuritystyle

ChoiceoffilesecuritymodeforaNASvolume(UNIX,NTFS,or
mixed).

StorageCenterData
progression

AutomaticmigrationofinactivedataintheNASpooltoless
expensivedrives.

StorageCenterDynamic
capacity

StorageCenterfeaturethatallowsyoutothinprovisiontheblock
levelstorageallocatedtotheNASpoolandNASvolumesand
consumespaceonlywhenwritesoccur.

Cachemirroring

ThereadandwritecacheismirroredbetweenNAScontrollers,
whichensuresahighperformanceresponsetoclientrequestsand
maintainsdataintegrityintheeventofaNAScontrollerfailure.

Journalingmode

IntheeventofaNAScontrollerfailure,thecacheintheremaining
NAScontrolleriswrittentostorageandtheNAScontroller
continuestowritedirectlytostorage,whichprotectsagainstdata
loss.

BackupPowerSupply

Maintainsdataintegrityintheeventofapowerfailurebykeeping
aNAScontrolleronlinelongenoughtowritethecachetothe
internalstoragedevice.

NASvolumethinclones

CloneNASvolumeswithouttheneedtophysicallycopythedata
set.

Deduplication

Policydrivenpostprocessdeduplicationtechnologythatmindfully
eliminatesredundantdataatrest.

Compression

LZPS(LevelZeroProcessingSystem)compressionalgorithmthat
intelligentlyshrinksdataatrest.

Metadataprotection

Metadataisconstantlychecksummedandstoredinmultiple
locationsonboththeFS8600applianceandwithintheStorage
Center(s)fordataconsistencyandprotection.

Snapshots

Redirectonwritesnapshotsthatareuseraccessibleoverthe
network.

Replication

NASvolumelevel,snapshotbased,asynchronousreplicationto
peerNAScontroller(s)toenabledisasterrecovery.

NDMPbackups

Snapshotbased,asynchronous,threewaybackup(remoteNDMP)
overEthernettocertifiedthirdpartybackupsolutions.

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Overview of the FS8600 Hardware

Feature

Description

Antivirusscanning

CIFSantivirusscanningoffloadingusingInternetContent
AdaptationProtocol(ICAP)tocertifiedthirdpartyICAPenabled
antivirussolutions.

Monitoring

Builtinperformancemonitoringandcapacityplanning.

Copilotsupportand
PhoneHome

AwardwinningDellCompellentCopilotsupportandPhoneHome
capabilities.

Overview of the FS8600 Hardware


FS8600scaleoutNASconsistsofonetofourFS8600appliancesconfiguredasaFluidFS
cluster.EachNASapplianceisarackmounted2Uchassisthatcontainstwohotswappable
NAScontrollersinanactiveactiveconfiguration.InaNASappliance,thesecondNAS
controllerwithwhichoneNAScontrollerispairediscalledthepeercontroller.FS8600
scaleoutNASsupportsexpansion,thatis,youcanstartwithoneNASapplianceandadd
NASappliancestotheFluidFSclusterasneededtoincreaseperformance.
NASappliancenumbersstartat1andNAScontrollernumbersstartat0.Appliance1
containsController0andController1,Appliance2containsController2andController3,
andsoon.ToidentifythephysicalhardwaredisplayedinEnterpriseManager,youmust
matchtheServiceTagshowninEnterpriseManagerwiththeServiceTagprintedona
stickeronthefrontrightsideoftheNASappliance.
ThefollowingFS8600applianceconfigurationsareavailable.AllNASappliancesina
FluidFSclustermustusethesameconfigurationyoucannotmix1GbEand10GbE,or
FibreChannelandiSCSI.

1GbEthernetclientconnectivitywith8GbFibreChannelbackendconnectivitytothe
StorageCenter(s)

10GbEthernetclientconnectivitywith8GbFibreChannelbackendconnectivitytothe
StorageCenter(s)

10GbEthernetclientconnectivitywith10GbEthernetiSCSIbackendconnectivityto
theStorageCenter(s)

Internal Backup Power Supply


EachNAScontrollerisequippedwithaninternalBackupPowerSupply(BPS)thatprotects
dataduringapowerfailure.TheBPSprovidescontinuouspowertotheNAScontrollers
foraminimumoffiveminutesincaseofapowerfailureandhassufficientbatterypower
toallowtheNAScontrollerstosafelyshutdown.Inaddition,theBPSprovidesenough
timefortheNAScontrollerstowritealldatafromthecachetononvolatileinternal
storage.
TheNAScontrollersregularlymonitortheBPSbatterystatus,whichrequirestheBPSto
maintainaminimumlevelofpowerfornormaloperation.ToensuretheBPSbatterystatus
isaccurate,theNAScontrollersroutinelyundergobatterycalibrationcycles.Duringa
batterycalibrationcycle,theBPSgoesthroughchargeanddischargecycles;therefore,
batteryerroreventsduringthisprocessareexpected.Abatterycalibrationcycletakesup
tosevendaystocomplete.IfaNAScontrollerstartsabatterycalibrationcycle,andthepeer
NAScontrollerBPShasfailed,theNAScontrollersenterjournalingmode,whichmight
impactperformance.Therefore,DellrecommendsrepairingafailedBPSassoonas
possible.

Dell Compellent

205

Chapter 8 FS8600 Scale-out NAS with FluidFS 3.0 Overview

Internal Storage
EachNAScontrollerhasaninternalstoragedevicethatisusedonlyfortheFluidFSimages
andforacachestorageoffloadlocationintheeventofapowerfailure.Theinternalhard
drivedoesnotprovidetheNASstoragecapacity.

Internal Cache
EachNAScontrollerhasaninternalcachethatprovidesfastreadsandreliablewrites.

See Also
DataCachingandRedundancyonpage 208

Overview of the FS8600 Architecture


FS8600scaleoutNASconsistsof:

206

Hardware

FluidFScluster

StorageCenter

NASappliancenetworkinterfaceconnections

SANnetwork

Internalnetwork

LAN/clientnetwork

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Overview of the FS8600 Architecture

ThefollowingfigureshowsanoverviewoftheFS8600scaleoutNASarchitecture.

Storage Center
TheStorageCenterprovidestheFS8600scaleoutNASstoragecapacity;theFS8600cannot
beusedasastandaloneNASappliance.Thiseliminatestheneedtohaveseparatestorage
capacityforblockandfilestorage.Inaddition,StorageCenterfeatures,suchasDynamic
CapacityandDataProgression,areautomaticallyappliedtoNASvolumes.

SAN Network
TheFS8600sharesabackendinfrastructurewiththeStorageCenter.TheSANnetwork
connectstheFS8600totheStorageCenterandcarriestheblockleveltraffic.TheFS8600
communicateswiththeStorageCenterusingeithertheiSCSIorFibreChannelprotocol,
dependingonwhichNASapplianceconfigurationyoupurchased.

Internal Network
TheinternalnetworkisusedforcommunicationbetweenNAScontrollers.Eachofthe
NAScontrollersintheFluidFSclustermusthaveaccesstoallotherNAScontrollersinthe
FluidFSclustertoachievethefollowinggoals:

Dell Compellent

ProvideconnectivityforFluidFSclustercreation

Actasaheartbeatmechanismtomaintainhighavailability

EnableinternaldatatransferbetweenNAScontrollers

207

Chapter 8 FS8600 Scale-out NAS with FluidFS 3.0 Overview

EnablecachemirroringbetweenNAScontrollers

EnablebalancedclientdistributionbetweenNAScontrollers

LAN/Client Network
TheLAN/clientnetworkisusedforclientaccesstotheCIFSsharesandNFSexports,and
itisalsousedbythestorageadministratortomanagetheFluidFScluster.Theclient
networkisassignedoneormorevirtualIPaddresses(clientVIPs)thatallowclientsto
accesstheFluidFSclusterasasingleentity.TheclientVIPalsoenablesloadbalancing
betweenNAScontrollers,andensuresfailoverintheeventofaNAScontrollerfailure.
IfclientaccesstotheFluidFSclusterisnotthrougharouter(inotherwords,aflatnetwork),
defineoneclientVIPperNAScontroller.IfclientsaccesstheFluidFSclusterthrougha
router,defineaclientVIPforeachclientinterfaceportperNAScontroller.

Data Caching and Redundancy


Newandmodifiedfilesarefirstwrittentothecache,andthencachedataisimmediately
mirroredacrossthepeerNAScontrollers(mirroringmode).Datacachingprovideshigh
performance,whilecachemirroringbetweenpeerNAScontrollersensuresdata
redundancy.Cachedataisultimatelytransferredtopermanentstorageasynchronously
throughoptimizeddataplacementschemes.
Whencachemirroringisnotpossible,suchasasingleNAScontrollerfailureorwhenthe
BPSbatterystatusislow,NAScontrollerswritedirectlytostorage(journalingmode).

File Metadata Protection


TheFluidFSclusterhasseveralbuiltinmeasurestostoreandprotectfilemetadata(which
includesinformationsuchasname,owner,permissions,datecreated,datemodified,and
asoftlinktothefilesstoragelocation).

Allmetadataupdatesareconstantlyjournaledtostoragetoavoidpotentialcorruption
ordatalossintheeventofapowerfailure.

Metadataisreplicatedontwoseparatevolumes.

Metadataismanagedthroughaseparatecachingscheme.

Checksumsprotectthemetadataanddirectorystructure,andthereisabackground
processthatregularlychecksandfixeswrongchecksums.

Load Balancing and High Availability


Foravailabilityandperformance,clientconnectionsareloadbalancedacrosstheavailable
NAScontrollers.BothNAScontrollersinaNASapplianceoperatesimultaneously.Ifone
NAScontrollerinaNASappliancefails,clientsfailoverautomaticallytothepeer
controller.Whenfailoveroccurs,someCIFSclientswillautomaticallyreconnecttothepeer
NAScontroller.Inothercases,aCIFSapplicationmightfail,andyoumustrestartit.NFS
clientsexperienceatemporarypauseduringfailover,butclientnetworktrafficresumes
automatically.

208

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Load Balancing and High Availability

Failure Scenarios
TheFluidFSclustercantolerateasingleNAScontrollerfailurewithoutimpacttodata
availabilityandwithoutdataloss.IfoneNAScontrollerinaNASappliancebecomes
unavailable(forexample,becausetheNAScontrollerfailed,isturnedoff,oris
disconnectedfromthenetwork),theNASappliancestatusisdegraded.Althoughthe
FluidFSclusterisstilloperationalanddataisavailabletoclients,youcannotperformmost
configurationmodificationsandperformancemightdecreasebecausedataisnolonger
cached.
TheimpacttodataavailabilityanddataintegrityofamultipleNAScontrollerfailure
dependsonthecircumstancesofthefailurescenario.Dellrecommendsdetachingafailed
NAScontrollerassoonaspossible,sothatitcanbesafelytakenofflineforservice.Data
accessremainsintactaslongasoneoftheNAScontrollersineachNASapplianceina
FluidFSclusterisfunctional.
Thefollowingtablesummarizestheimpacttodataavailabilityanddataintegrityof
variousfailurescenarios.
Scenario

System Status

Data Integrity

Comments

SingleNAS
controllerfailure

Available,
degraded

Unaffected

PeerNAScontrollerentersjournaling
mode
FailedNAScontrollercanbereplaced
whilekeepingthefilesystemonline

Dell Compellent

Sequential
dualNAS
controllerfailure
insingleNAS
appliancecluster

Unavailable

Unaffected

Sequentialfailureassumesthereisenough
timebetweenNAScontrollerfailuresto
writealldatafromthecachetodisk
(StorageCenterornonvolatileinternal
storage)

Simultaneous
dualNAS
controllerfailure
insingleNAS
appliancecluster

Unavailable

Losedatain
cache

Datathathasnotbeenwrittentodiskis
lost

Sequential
dualNAS
controllerfailure
inmultipleNAS
appliancecluster,
sameNAS
appliance

Unavailable

Unaffected

Sequentialfailureassumesthereisenough
timebetweenNAScontrollerfailuresto
writealldatafromthecachetodisk
(StorageCenterornonvolatileinternal
storage)

Simultaneous
dualNAS
controllerfailure
inmultipleNAS
appliancecluster,
sameNAS
appliance

Unavailable

Losedatain
cache

Datathathasnotbeenwrittentodiskis
lost

DualNAS
controllerfailure
inmultipleNAS
appliancecluster,
separateNAS
appliances

Available,
degraded

Unaffected

PeerNAScontrollerentersjournaling
mode
FailedNAScontrollercanbereplaced
whilekeepingthefilesystemonline

209

Chapter 8 FS8600 Scale-out NAS with FluidFS 3.0 Overview

Ports Used by the FluidFS Cluster


TheFluidFSclusterusestheportslistedinthefollowingtable.Youmightneedtoadjust
yourfirewallsettingstoallowthetrafficontheseports.Someportsmightnotbeused,
dependingonwhichfeaturesareenabled.

Required Ports
ThefollowingtablesummarizesportsthatarerequiredforallFluidFSclusters.
Port

Protocol

Service Name

22

TCP

SSH

53

TCP

DNS

80

TCP

Internalsystemuse

111

TCPandUDP

portmap

427

TCPandUDP

SLP

443

TCP

Internalsystemuse

445

TCPandUDP

CIFS/SMB

20492049+(domainnumber1)

TCPandUDP

NFS

35451

TCP

EnterpriseManager
communication

40004000+(domainnumber1)

TCPandUDP

statd

40504050+(domainnumber1)

TCPandUDP

NLM(lockmanager)

50015001+(domainnumber1)

TCPandUDP

mount

50515051+(domainnumber1)

TCPandUDP

quota

44421

TCP

FTP

4443044439

TCP

FTP(Passive)

Feature-Specific Ports
Thefollowingtablesummarizesportsthatarerequired,dependingonenabledfeatures.

210

Port

Protocol

Service Name

88

TCPandUDP

Kerberos

123

UDP

NTP

135

TCP

ADRPC

138

UDP

NetBIOS

139

TCP

NetBIOS

161

UDP

SNMPAgent

162

TCP

SNMPtrap

389

TCPandUDP

LDAP

464

TCPandUDP

Kerberosv5

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Ports Used by the FluidFS Cluster

Dell Compellent

Port

Protocol

Service Name

543

TCP

Kerberoslogin

544

TCP

Kerberosremoteshell

636

TCP

LDAPoverTLS/SSL

711

UDP

NIS

714

TCP

NIS

749

TCPandUDP

Kerberosadministration

1344

TCP

AntivirusICAP

3268

TCP

LDAPglobalcatalog

3269

TCP

LDAPglobalcatalogoverTLS/SSL

8004

TCP

ScanEngineserverWebUI(AVhost)

10000

TCP

NDMP

1055010551,
1056010568

TCP

Replication

211

Chapter 8 FS8600 Scale-out NAS with FluidFS 3.0 Overview

212

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

FluidFS 3.0 System Management


ThissectioncontainsinformationaboutbasicFluidFSclustersystemmanagement.These
tasksareperformedusingtheEnterpriseManagerClient.

Contents
UsingtheEnterpriseManagerClientorCLItoConnecttotheFluidFSCluster ...... 213
ManagingSecuredManagement ............................................. 215
ManagingtheFluidFSClusterName .......................................... 220
ManagingLicensing ........................................................ 221
ManagingtheSystemTime .................................................. 221
ManagingtheFTPServer .................................................... 224
ManagingSNMP ........................................................... 225
ManagingtheHealthScanThrottlingMode .................................... 226
ManagingtheOperationMode ............................................... 227
ManagingClientConnections ................................................ 228
ShuttingDownandRestartingNASControllers ................................ 230
ManagingNASApplianceandNASControllerBlinking ........................ 232
ValidatingStorageConnections .............................................. 232

Using the Enterprise Manager Client or CLI to Connect to the


FluidFS Cluster
Asastorageadministrator,youcanuseeithertheEnterpriseManagerClientorcommand
lineinterface(CLI)toconnecttoandmanagetheFluidFScluster.Bydefault,theFluidFS
clusterisaccessedthroughtheclientnetwork.
Note: Toavoidpotentialmanagementconflicts,Dellrecommendsthatyoudonot
attempttologontobothEnterpriseManagerandtheCLIatthesametime.

Connect to the FluidFS Cluster Using the Enterprise Manager Client


LogontotheEnterpriseManagerClienttomanagetheFluidFScluster.
1 StarttheEnterpriseManagerClientapplication.TheEnterpriseManagerClient
appears.
2 IntheUserNamefield,typetheEMDataCollectorusername.
3 InthePasswordfield,typetheEMDataCollectorpassword.

Dell Compellent

213

Chapter 9 FluidFS 3.0 System Management

4 IntheHost/IPfield,typethehostnameorIPaddressoftheserverthathoststheData
Collector.IftheDataCollectorandClientareinstalledonthesamesystem,youcantype
localhost instead.
5 IfyouchangedtheWebServerPortduringinstallation,typetheupdatedportinthe
WebServerPortfield.
6 ClickLogIn.TheEnterpriseManagerClientconnectstotheDataCollectorand
displaystheStorageview,includingFluidFSclusters.

Reconnect to the FluidFS Cluster


IfEnterpriseManagercannotcommunicatewithorlogintoaFluidFScluster,Enterprise
ManagermarkstheFluidFSclusterasdown.ReconnecttotheFluidFSclustertoprovide
theupdatedconnectivityinformationorcredentials.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,expandFluidFSClustersandselectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickReconnecttoFluidFSCluster.TheReconnecttoFluidFS
Clusterdialogboxappears.
5 IntheUserNamefield,typetheFluidFSclusteradministratorusername.Thedefault
usernameisAdministrator.
6 InthePasswordfield,typetheFluidFSclusteradministratorpassword.Thedefault
passwordisStor@ge!.
7 ClickOK.

Connect to the FluidFS Cluster CLI Using a VGA Console


LogontotheCLIusingaVGAconsoletomanagetheFluidFScluster.

Prerequisites
ConnectamonitortotheNAScontrollersVGAportandconnectakeyboardtooneofthe
NAScontrollersUSBports.

Steps
1 Fromthecommandline,typethefollowingcommandattheloginasprompt:
cli

2 TypetheFluidFSclusteradministratorusernameattheloginasprompt.Thedefault
usernameisAdministrator.
3 TypetheFluidFSclusteradministratorpasswordatthe<user_name>spassword
prompt.ThedefaultpasswordisStor@ge!.YouareloggedontotheCLIandaWelcome
windowisdisplayed,listingtheinstalledFluidFSversionandtheavailablecommands
inthemainmenu.

Connect to the FluidFS Cluster CLI Through SSH Using a Password


LogontotheCLIthroughSSHtomanagetheFluidFScluster.
1 Useeitherofthefollowingoptions:

UsinganSSHclient,connecttoaclientVIP.Fromthecommandline,typethe
followingcommandattheloginasprompt:
cli

UsingaUNIX/Linuxworkstation,typethefollowingcommandfromaprompt:
ssh cli@<client_VIP_or_name>

214

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Secured Management

2 TypetheFluidFSclusteradministratorusernameattheloginasprompt.Thedefault
usernameisAdministrator.
3 TypetheFluidFSclusteradministratorpasswordatthe<user_name>spassword
prompt.ThedefaultpasswordisStor@ge!.YouareloggedontotheCLIandaWelcome
windowisdisplayed,listingtheinstalledFluidFSversionandtheavailablecommands
inthemainmenu.

Connect to the FluidFS Cluster CLI Through SSH Without Using a Password
YoucanuseSSHkeystobypasstheSSHloginprompttomanagetheFluidFScluster.
1 LogontoaUNIX/LinuxworkstationforwhichyouwanttobypasstheSSHlogin
prompt.
2 Fromthecommandline,typethefollowingcommand:
ssh-keygen -t rsa

3 PressEnterattheEnterfileinwhichtosavethekey(/home/<user_name>/.ssh/id_rsa)
prompt.
4 PressEnterattheEnterpassphrase(emptyfornopassphrase)promptandagainatthe
Entersamepassphraseagainprompt.AnSSHkeyisgeneratedat/home/
<user_name>/.ssh/id_rsa.pub.

5 CopytheSSHkey.
6 LogontotheCLIusingapassword.
7 Typethefollowingcommand:
system administrators edit Administrator -SSHKey <SSH_key>

NowyoucanusethefollowingcommandtologontotheFluidFSclusterfromthe
workstationwithoutneedingapassword:
ssh <FluidFS_administrator_user_name>@<client_VIP_or_name>

Youcanalsousethefollowingformattoruncommandsfromtheworkstationwithout
needingapassword:
ssh <FluidFS_administrator_user_name>@<client_VIP_or_name>
<CLI_command>

See Also
ConnecttotheFluidFSClusterCLIThroughSSHUsingaPasswordonpage 214

Managing Secured Management


Bydefault,allFluidFSclustermanagementportsareopenonallsubnets,alongwiththe
otherportsneededforclientaccess(CIFS/NFS),replication,andNDMP.Secured
management,whenenabled,exclusivelylimitsallmanagementtraffictoonespecific
subnet.Thesubnetonwhichsecuredmanagementisenabledalsohasthenecessaryports
openforclientaccess,replication,andNDMPtraffic.Othersubnetswillnothaveanyof
themanagementportslisteningonthem,makingthemavailableonlyforclientaccess,
replication,andNDMPtraffic.Thispreventsusersonclient(data)accesssubnetsfrom
accessinganyFluidFSclustermanagementfunctions.

Dell Compellent

215

Chapter 9 FluidFS 3.0 System Management

InFluidFS,themanagementportslistedinthefollowingtabledonotparticipateinCIFS/
NFScommunication,butareexposedontheclientnetworkbydefault.Enablingsecured
managementallowsyoutoexposethemanagementportsonamanagementsubnetonly.
Service

Port

WebServices

80

SecureWebServices

443

FTP

44421

FTP(Passive)

4443044439

SSH

22

EnterpriseManager
communication

35451

Securedmanagementcanbeenabledonlyafterthesystemisdeployed.Tomakeasubnet
secure:

Itmustexistpriortoenablingthesecuredmanagementfeature.

Itcanresideontheclientnetwork(subnetlevelisolationofmanagementtraffic)orthe
LOM(LightsOutManagement)Ethernetport(physicalisolationofmanagement
traffic).TheLOMEthernetportislocatedonthelowerrightsideofthebackpanelofa
NAScontroller.

Youmustloginfromthissubnet.

Add a Secured Management Subnet


Thesubnetonwhichyouenablesecuredmanagementmustexistpriortoenablingthe
securedmanagementfeature.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheSecuritytab.
6 ClickAddFluidFSManagementSubnet.TheAddFluidFSManagementSubnet
dialogboxappears.
7 FromtheInterfacedropdownmenu,selecttheinterfaceonwhichthesecured
managementsubnetislocated.

SelectAdmintousetheLOMEthernetportforphysicalisolationofmanagement
traffic.YoumustalsoconnectanetworkcabletotheLOMEthernetport.

SelectClientforsubnetlevelisolationofmanagementtraffic.

8 AddoneormoremanagementVIPsthroughwhichtheadministratormanagesthe
FluidFScluster.
a IntheVirtualIPv4Addressesarea,clickAdd.TheAddClientIPAddressdialog
boxappears.
b IntheIPv4Addressfield,typeamanagementVIPIPaddress.
c

216

ClickOK.

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Secured Management

9 AddanIPaddressforeachNAScontroller.RepeatthefollowingstepsforeachNAS
controller.
a SelectaNAScontrollerandclickEditSettings.TheEditControllerIPAddress
dialogboxappears.
b IntheIPAddressfield,typeanIPaddressfortheNAScontroller.
c

ClickOK.

10 (Optional)ConfiguretheremainingFluidFSmanagementsubnetattributesasneeded.
Theseoptionsaredescribedintheonlinehelp.

Tochangethenetmaskofthenetwork,typeanetmaskintheNetmaskfield.

TospecifyaVLANtag,typeaVLANtagintheVLANTagfield.WhenaVLAN
spansmultipleswitches,theVLANtagisusedtospecifytowhichportsand
interfacestosendbroadcastpackets.

11 ClickOKtoclosetheAddFluidFSManagementSubnetdialogbox,thenclickOKto
closetheEditSettingsdialogbox.

Change the Secured Management Subnet Interface


Changetheinterfaceonwhichthesecuredmanagementsubnetislocated.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheSecuritytab.
6 ClickEditFluidFSManagementSubnet.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
7 FromtheInterfacedropdownmenu,selecttheinterfaceonwhichthesecured
managementsubnetislocated.

SelectAdmintousetheLOMEthernetportforphysicalisolationofmanagement
traffic.YoumustalsoconnectanetworkcabletotheLOMEthernetport.

SelectClientforsubnetlevelisolationofmanagementtraffic.

8 ClickOKtoclosetheFluidFSmanagementsubnetEditSettingsdialogbox,thenclick
OKtoclosetheEditSettingsdialogbox.

Change the Netmask for the Secured Management Subnet


Changethenetmaskforthesecuredmanagementsubnet.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheSecuritytab.
6 ClickEditFluidFSManagementSubnet.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
7 IntheNetmaskfield,typeanetmaskforthesecuredmanagementsubnet.
8 ClickOKtoclosetheFluidFSmanagementsubnetEditSettingsdialogbox,thenclick
OKtoclosetheEditSettingsdialogbox.

Dell Compellent

217

Chapter 9 FluidFS 3.0 System Management

Change the VLAN Tag for the Secured Management Subnet


ChangetheVLANtagforthesecuredmanagementsubnet.WhenaVLANspansmultiple
switches,theVLANtagisusedtospecifytowhichportsandinterfacestosendbroadcast
packets.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheSecuritytab.
6 ClickEditFluidFSManagementSubnet.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
7 IntheVLANTagfield,typeaVLANtagforthesecuredmanagementsubnet.
8 ClickOKtoclosetheFluidFSmanagementsubnetEditSettingsdialogbox,thenclick
OKtoclosetheEditSettingsdialogbox.

Change the VIPs for the Secured Management Subnet


ChangethesecuredmanagementsubnetVIPsthroughwhichtheadministratormanages
theFluidFScluster.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheSecuritytab.
6 ClickEditFluidFSManagementSubnet.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
7 ToaddamanagementVIP:
a IntheVirtualIPv4Addressesarea,clickAdd.TheAddClientIPAddressdialog
boxappears.
b IntheIPv4Addressfield,typeamanagementVIPIPaddress.
c

ClickOK.

8 ToremoveamanagementVIP:
a SelectamanagementVIP.
b ClickRemove.
Note: AsecuredmanagementsubnetmusthaveatleastonemanagementVIP.
9 ClickOKtoclosetheFluidFSmanagementsubnetEditSettingsdialogbox,thenclick
OKtoclosetheEditSettingsdialogbox.

Change the NAS Controller IP Addresses for the Secured Management Subnet
ChangetheNAScontrollerIPaddressesforthesecuredmanagementsubnet.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheSecuritytab.

218

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Secured Management

6 ClickEditFluidFSManagementSubnet.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
7 SelectaNAScontrollerandclickEditSettings.TheEditControllerIPAddressdialog
boxappears.
8 IntheIPAddressfield,typeanIPaddressfortheNAScontroller.
9 ClickOKtoclosetheEditControllerIPAddressdialogbox.
10 ClickOKtoclosetheEditFluidFSManagementSubnetdialogbox,thenclickOKto
closetheEditSettingsdialogbox.

Delete the Secured Management Subnet


Deletethesecuredmanagementsubnetifyounolongerwanttoexclusivelylimit
managementtraffictoonespecificsubnet.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheSecuritytab.
6 ClickDeleteFluidFSManagementSubnet.TheDeletedialogboxappears.
7 ClickOKtoclosetheDeletedialogbox,thenclickOKtoclosetheEditSettingsdialog
box.

Enable Secured Management


Enablesecuredmanagementtoexclusivelylimitmanagementtraffictoonespecificsubnet.
Afterenablingsecuredmanagement,ifyouareconnectedtoEnterpriseManager
throughthesecuredmanagementsubnet,yourmanagementsessionistemporarily
interruptedwhilethechangetakeseffect.Duringthistimethefollowingmessageis
displayedinEnterpriseManager:
Communication with the cluster was interrupted in process of issuing
a command that performs modification to the cluster.

Afterthechangetakeseffect,yourmanagementsessionwillresumeautomatically.
Managementsessionsonallothersubnetsaredisconnected.

Prerequisites
Thesubnetonwhichyouenablesecuredmanagementmustexistpriortoenablingthe
securedmanagementfeature.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheSecuritytab.
6 FromtheRestrictiondropdownmenu,selectRestricted.
7 ClickOK.

Dell Compellent

219

Chapter 9 FluidFS 3.0 System Management

Disable Secured Management


Disablesecuredmanagementtoallowmanagementtrafficfromanysubnet.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheSecuritytab.
6 FromtheRestrictiondropdownmenu,selectUnrestricted.
7 ClickOK.

Managing the FluidFS Cluster Name


TheFluidFSclusternameisauniquenameusedtoidentifytheFluidFSclusterin
EnterpriseManagerandthenamethatclientsusetoaccesstheFluidFScluster.Thisname
isalsotheFluidFSclusterNetBIOSname.
IfclientsaccesstheFluidFSclusterbyname(insteadofIPaddress),youmustaddanentry
intheDNSserverthatassociatestheFluidFSclusternametotheFluidFSclusterclient
VIPs.IfyouareusingmultipleclientVIPs,addallclientVIPstotheDNSserverand
associatethemwiththesameFluidFSclustername(knownasroundrobinDNS).This
enablesclientloadbalancingbetweenclientVIPs.

View the FluidFS Cluster Name


ViewthecurrentFluidFSclusternamethatisdisplayedinEnterpriseManagerandthe
namethatclientsusetoaccesstheFluidFScluster.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.TheFluidFSclusternameisdisplayedatthetopoftheright
pane.

Rename the FluidFS Cluster


ChangingtheFluidFSclusternamechangestheFluidFSclusternamethatisdisplayedin
EnterpriseManagerandthenamethatclientsusetoaccesstheFluidFScluster.Youmust
alsomakethereciprocalchangeontheDNSserver.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheGeneraltab.
6 IntheNamefield,typeanewnamefortheFluidFScluster.
7 ClickOK.

220

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Licensing

Managing Licensing
ThelicensedetermineswhichNASfeaturesareavailableintheFluidFScluster.

View License Information


AllFluidFSclusterfeaturesareautomaticallyincludedinthelicenseforFS8600scaleout
NAS.EnterpriseManagerdisplaysFluidFSclusterlicenseinformation,butthelicense
cannotbemodified.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectInternal.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheLicensetab.Thelicenseinformationisdisplayed.

Accept the End-User License Agreement


Youmustaccepttheenduserlicenseagreement(EULA)beforeusingthesystem.The
EULAisinitiallyacceptedduringdeployment,andtheEULAapprovernameandtitlecan
bechangedatanytime.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectInternal.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheLicensetab.
6 ClickAcceptLicenseAgreement.TheAcceptLicenseAgreementdialogboxappears.
7 ReadtheEULA.
8 IntheApproverNamefield,typeyourname.
9 IntheApproverTitlefield,typeyourtitle.
10 ClickOK.

Managing the System Time


Settingthesystemtimeaccuratelyiscriticalfortheproperfunctioningofthesystem.
Settingthesystemtimeenables:

Windowsclientstomountthefilesystem

Scheduledactivities,suchassnapshotandreplicationtasks,tooccurattheappropriate
time

ThecorrecttimetoberecordedintheEventLog

Therearetwooptionsforsettingthesystemtime:

Dell Compellent

Manuallysetthetime:ManuallysetthetimefortheFluidFScluster.

AutomaticallysynchronizethetimewithanNTPserver:NetworkTimeProtocol
(NTP)synchronizesclocksoveranetwork.IftheFluidFSclusterispartofaWindows
network,theActiveDirectoryservercanserveastheNTPserver.IftheFluidFScluster
isnotpartofaWindowsnetwork,configureittosynchronizewithalocalNTPserver
(ifsuchaserverexists),orwithanNTPserverontheInternet

221

Chapter 9 FluidFS 3.0 System Management

View the Time Zone


ViewthecurrenttimezonefortheFluidFScluster.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheTimetab.ThetimezoneisdisplayedintheTimeZonedropdownmenu.

Set the Time Zone


ChangethetimezonefortheFluidFScluster.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheTimetab.
6 FromtheTimeZonedropdownmenu,selectatimezone.
7 ClickOK.

View the Time


ViewthecurrenttimefortheFluidFSclusterifyoumanuallysetthetime.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheTimetab.ThetimeisdisplayedintheTimemenus.

Set the Time Manually


ManuallysetthetimefortheFluidFSclusterifyouarenotusingNTP.

Prerequisites
NTPmustbedisabled.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheTimetab.
6 FromtheTimemenus,selectthedateandtime.
7 ClickOK.

222

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing the System Time

View the NTP Servers


ViewthecurrentNTPserversfortheFluidFScluster.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheTimetab.TheNTPserversaredisplayedintheNTPServerslist.

Add or Remove NTP Servers


AddoneormoreNTPserverswithwhichtosynchronizetheFluidFSclustertime.Adding
multipleNTPserversensurescontinuedtimesynchronizationintheeventofanNTP
serverfailure.IftheFluidFSclustercannotestablishcontactwiththefirstserver,itwill
attempttoconnecttotheremainingserversinorder.
RemoveanNTPserverifitisnolongeravailablewithwhichtosynchronizetheFluidFS
clustertime.

Prerequisites
NTPmustbeenabled.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheTimetab.
6 AddorremoveNTPservers.

ToaddanNTPserver,typethehostnameorIPaddressofanNTPserverintheNTP
ServerstextfieldandclickAdd.

ToremoveanNTPserver,selectanNTPserverfromtheNTPServerslistandclick
Remove.

7 ClickOK.

Enable NTP
EnableNTP,thenaddoneormoreNTPserverswithwhichtosynchronizetheFluidFS
clustertime.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheTimetab.
6 SelecttheUseNTPServerscheckbox.
7 ClickOK.

Dell Compellent

223

Chapter 9 FluidFS 3.0 System Management

Disable NTP
DisableNTPifyouprefertomanuallysettheFluidFSclustertime.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheTimetab.
6 CleartheUseNTPServerscheckbox.
7 ClickOK.

Managing the FTP Server


TheFluidFSclusterincludesanFTPserverthatprovidesastoragelocationforthe
followingtypesofsystemfiles:

Diagnosticresultsfiles

Licensefile

SNMPMIBsandtraps

Servicepackfiles

Access the FTP Server


TheFTPservercanbeaccessedat:
ftp://<FluidFS_administrator_user_name>@<client_VIP_or_name>:44421/

Example:ftp://Administrator@172.22.69.32:44421/
YouwillbepromptedfortheFluidFSclusteradministratorpassword.

Enable or Disable the FTP Server


Bydefault,theFTPserverisenabledtoallowEnterpriseManagertoPhoneHomethe
FluidFSclusterdiagnostics.TheFTPservermustbeenabledtouploadservicepacksand
licensefiles,toaccessandPhoneHomeFluidFSclusterdiagnosticresults,andtoaccess
SNMPMIBsandtraps.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheSecuritytab.
6 EnableordisabletheFTPserver.

ToenabletheFTPserver,selecttheFTPEnabledcheckbox.

TodisabletheFTPserver,cleartheFTPEnabledcheckbox.

7 ClickOK.

224

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing SNMP

Managing SNMP
SimpleNetworkManagementProtocol(SNMP)isonewaytomonitorthehealthofthe
systemandgeneratealertmessages(SNMPtraps)forsystemproblems.TouseSNMP,the
FluidFSclusterspecificManagementInformationBases(MIBs)andtrapsmustbe
compiledintoacustomerprovidedSNMPmanagementstation.TheMIBsaredatabasesof
informationspecifictotheFluidFScluster.

Obtain SNMP MIBs and Traps


TheSNMPMIBsandtrapsfortheFluidFSclusterareavailablefordownloadfromthe
FluidFSclusterFTPserver.

Prerequisites
TheFTPservermustbeenabled.

Steps
DownloadtheSNMPMIBsandtrapsfrom:
ftp://<FluidFS_administrator_user_name>@<client_VIP_or_name>:44421/mibs/

See Also
ManagingtheFTPServeronpage 224

Change the SNMP Read-only Community


ChangethereadonlycommunityfordevicesreadingSNMPvariablesfromtheFluidFS
cluster.Bydefault,thereadonlycommunityisFluidFS.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheSNMPServertab.
6 IntheReadOnlyCommunityfield,typeareadonlycommunity.
7 ClickOK.

Change the SNMP Trap System Location or Contact


ChangethesystemlocationorcontactpersonforFluidFSclustergeneratedSNMPtraps.
Bydefault,theSNMPtrapsystemlocationandcontactpersonareunknown.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheSNMPServertab.
6 ChangetheSNMPtrapsystemlocationorcontact.

TospecifyadescriptionforthelocationoftheFluidFScluster,typealocationinthe
TrapSystemLocationfield.

TospecifythenameoftheSNMPcontactperson,typeacontactnameintheTrap
SystemContactfield.

7 ClickOK.

Dell Compellent

225

Chapter 9 FluidFS 3.0 System Management

Add or Remove SNMP Trap Recipients


AddorremovehoststhatreceivetheFluidFSclustergeneratedSNMPtraps.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheSNMPServertab.
6 AddorremoveSNMPtraprecipients.

ToaddanSNMPtraprecipient,typeahostnameorIPaddressintheTrap
RecipientstextfieldandclickAdd.

ToremoveanSNMPtraprecipient,selectanSNMPtraprecipientandclickRemove.

7 ClickOK.

Enable or Disable SNMP Traps


EnableordisableSNMPtrapsbycategory(NASVolumes,Hardware,AccessControl,
Network,orSystem).ForenabledSNMPtraps,specifytheseverityofeventsforwhichto
sendSNMPtraps.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheSNMPServertab.
6 EnableordisableSNMPtraps.

ToenableSNMPtraps,selecttheseverity(MajororAll)ofeventsforwhichtosend
SNMPtrapsfromtherelevantdropdownmenus(NASVolumes,Hardware,
AccessControl,Network,orSystem).

TodisableSNMPtraps,selectNonefromtherelevantdropdownmenus(NAS
Volumes,Hardware,AccessControl,Network,orSystem).

7 ClickOK.

Managing the Health Scan Throttling Mode


Healthscanthrottlinghasthreemodes:

Normal:(Defaultmode)Healthscanisrunningandscanningthefilesystemtoidentify
potentialerrors.

Maintenance:Healthscanisrunninginhighpriorityandscanningthefilesystemto
identifypotentialerrors.

Off:Healthscanisoffandwillnotrun.

DellrecommendskeepingthehealthscanthrottlingmodesettoNormalunlessspecifically
directedotherwisebyDellTechnicalSupportServices.

226

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing the Operation Mode

View the Health Scan Throttling Mode


Viewthecurrenthealthscanthrottlingmode.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheFileSystemtab.ThehealthscanthrottlingmodeisdisplayedintheThrottling
Typedropdownmenu.

Change the Health Scan Throttling Mode


Changethehealthscanthrottlingmode.Dellrecommendskeepingthehealthscan
throttlingmodesettoNormalunlessspecificallydirectedotherwisebyDellTechnical
SupportServices.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
6 FromtheThrottlingTypedropdownmenu,selectanewhealthscanthrottlingmode
(Normal,Maintenance,orOff).
7 ClickOK.

Managing the Operation Mode


TheFluidFSclusterhasthreeoperationmodes:

Normal:SystemisservingclientsusingCIFSandNFSprotocolsandoperatingin
mirroringmode.

WriteThroughMode:SystemisservingclientsusingCIFSandNFSprotocols,butis
forcedtooperateinjournalingmode.Thismighthaveanimpactonwriteperformance.
Thismodeofoperationisrecommendedwhen,forexample,youhaverepeatedelectric
powerfailures.

NoService:SystemisnotservingclientsusingCIFSorNFSprotocolsandallows
limitedmanagementcapabilities.ThismodemustbeenabledbeforereplacingaNAS
appliance.

View the Operation Mode


Viewthecurrentoperationmode.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheGeneraltab.TheoperationmodeisdisplayedintheSystemOperationMode
field.

Dell Compellent

227

Chapter 9 FluidFS 3.0 System Management

Change the Operation Mode


ChangingtheoperationmodemightaffecttheaccessibilityandperformanceofCIFS
sharesandNFSexports.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheGeneraltab.
6 ClickEditOperationMode.TheEditOperationModedialogboxappears.
7 Selectanewoperationmode(Normal,WriteThroughMode,orNoService).
8 ClickOKtoclosetheEditOperationModedialogbox,thenclickOKtoclosetheEdit
Settingsdialogbox.

Managing Client Connections


Thefollowingoptionsareavailableformanagingclientconnections:

DisplaythedistributionofclientsbetweenNAScontrollers

AssignaclienttoaNAScontroller

ManuallymigrateclientstoanotherNAScontroller

FailbackclientstotheirassignedNAScontroller

RebalanceclientconnectionsacrossNAScontrollers

Display the Distribution of Clients Between NAS Controllers


DisplaythecurrentdistributionofclientsbetweenNAScontrollers.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectConnections.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheClientConnectionstab.TheCurrentControllerIDand
CurrentInterfaceIDcolumnsdisplaytheNAScontrollerandinterfacetowhicheach
clientisconnected.

View Clients Assigned to a NAS Controller


ViewclientsthatarecurrentlyassignedtoaparticularNAScontroller.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectConnections.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheClientConnectionstab.IfthePinnedControllerIDcolumn
displays1foraclient,theclientisnotassignedtoaNAScontroller.Otherwise,the
PinnedControllerIDcolumndisplaysthenumberoftheNAScontrollertowhichthe
clientisassigned.

228

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Client Connections

Assign a Client to a NAS Controller


YoucanpermanentlyassignoneormoreclientstoaparticularNAScontroller.However,
foreffectiveloadbalancing,DelldoesnotrecommendmanuallyassigningclientstoNAS
controllers.
AssigningaclienttoaNAScontrollerdisconnectstheclientsconnection.Clientswillthen
automaticallyreconnecttotheassignedNAScontroller.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectConnections.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheClientConnectionstab.
6 RightclickaclientandselectPinClienttoNASController.ThePinClienttoNAS
Controllerdialogboxappears.
7 SelectthePincheckbox.
8 FromthePinClienttodropdownmenu,selecttheNAScontrollertowhichtoassign
theclient.
9 FromtheUseClientInterfacedropdownmenu,selecttheclientinterfaceontheNAS
controllertowhichtoassigntheclient.
10 ClickOK.

Unassign a Client From a NAS Controller


YoucanpermanentlyunassignoneormoreclientsfromaparticularNAScontrollersothe
clientissubjecttotheregularFluidFSclusterloadbalancing.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectConnections.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheClientConnectionstab.
6 RightclickaclientandselectPinClienttoNASController.ThePinClienttoNAS
Controllerdialogboxappears.
7 ClearthePincheckbox.
8 ClickOK.

Manually Migrate Clients to Another NAS Controller


YoucanmanuallymigrateclientsbetweenNAScontrollersif,forexample,thereisan
imbalanceinnetworkloadontheNAScontrollers.MigratingaclienttoanotherNAS
controllerdisconnectstheclientsconnection.Clientswillthenautomaticallyreconnectto
theNAScontrollertowhichtheyweremigrated.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectConnections.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheClientConnectionstab.

Dell Compellent

229

Chapter 9 FluidFS 3.0 System Management

6 RightclickaclientandselectMoveClienttoNASController.TheMoveClienttoNAS
Controllerdialogboxappears.
7 FromtheMoveClienttodropdownmenu,selecttheNAScontrollertowhichto
migratetheclient.
8 ClickOK.

Fail Back Clients to Their Assigned NAS Controller


YoumustfailbackclientconnectionstotheiroriginalNAScontrollerwhenaNAS
controllerthatwasdownbecomesavailable.
Failingbackclientconnectionsdisconnectsonlytheclientconnectionsthatfailedoverdue
totheoriginalNAScontrollerfailure.Thoseclientswillthenautomaticallyreconnecttothe
assignedNAScontroller.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectConnections.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheClientConnectionstab.
6 Intherightpane,clickFailbackClients.TheFailbackClientsdialogboxappears.
7 ClickOK.

Rebalance Client Connections Across NAS Controllers


RebalancingclientconnectionsevenlydistributesconnectionsacrossalltheavailableNAS
controllers.Youmustrebalanceclientconnectionsinthefollowingscenarios:

AfterFluidFSclusterhardwarechanges(forexample,addingaNASappliance)

WhenaNAScontrollerthatwasdownbecomesavailable

Rebalancingclientconnectionsdisconnectsallclientconnections.Clientswillthen
automaticallyreconnecttotheFluidFScluster.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectConnections.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheClientConnectionstab.
6 Intherightpane,clickRebalanceClients.TheRebalanceClientsdialogboxappears.
7 ClickOK.

Shutting Down and Restarting NAS Controllers


Insomecases,youmusttemporarilyshutdownaFluidFSclusterorrebootaNAS
controller.

Shut Down the FluidFS Cluster


Insomecases,youmightneedtotemporarilyshutdownallNAScontrollersinaFluidFS
cluster.Forexample,youmightneedtodothisifyouaremovingtheNAShardwaretoa
differentlocation.WhenaFluidFSclusterisshutdown,NASvolumedataisnolonger
availabletoclientsandclientsaredisconnected.

230

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Shutting Down and Restarting NAS Controllers

Prerequisites
Dellrecommendsschedulingamaintenancewindowandinformingclientsthatthe
resourceshostedbytheFluidFSclusterwillbeunavailable.

Steps
Caution: Followtheprocedureexactlyintheorderthatfollowstopreventdata
inconsistency.
1 ChangetheFluidFSclusteroperationmodetoNoService.
2 PressandreleasetherecessedpowerbuttonatthebackofeachNAScontrollertoshut
downtheNAScontrollers.
Note: Donotpressandholdthepowerbuttondownforseveralseconds.
Pressingandholdingthepowerbuttondownforseveralsecondswillnotshut
downtheNAScontrollers.

See Also
ChangetheOperationModeonpage 228

Start Up the FluidFS Cluster


StartupaFluidFSclustertoresumeoperationaftershuttingdownallNAScontrollersina
FluidFScluster.

Prerequisites
Beforeturningonthesystem,ensurethatallcablesareconnected,andallcomponentsare
connectedtoapowersource.

Steps
1 Ifpreviouslyshutdown,turntheStorageCenter(s)backonbeforestartingtheFluidFS
cluster.
2 PressandreleasetherecessedpowerbuttonatthebackofeachNAScontrollertoturn
ontheNAScontrollers.
3 ChangetheFluidFSclusteroperationmodetoNormal.

See Also
ChangetheOperationModeonpage 228

Reboot a NAS Controller


OnlyoneNAScontrollercanberebootedinaNASapplianceatatime.RebootingaNAS
controllerdisconnectsclientconnectionswhileclientsarebeingtransferredtootherNAS
controllers.ClientswillthenautomaticallyreconnecttotheFluidFScluster.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,expandAppliancesandexpandaNASappliance.
5 SelectaNAScontroller.
6 Intherightpane,clickReboot.TheRebootdialogboxappears.
7 ClickOK.

Dell Compellent

231

Chapter 9 FluidFS 3.0 System Management

Managing NAS Appliance and NAS Controller Blinking


YoucanmakethesystemidentificationbuttononaNASapplianceorNAScontrollerblink
toeasilylocatethatparticularNASapplianceorNAScontrollerwithinarack.Thesystem
identificationbuttonforaNASapplianceislocatedonthefrontpanelandislabeled .
ThesystemidentificationbuttonforaNAScontrollerislocatedonthebackpanelandis
labeled .

Enable or Disable NAS Appliance Blinking


WhenNASapplianceblinkingisenabled,thesystemidentificationbuttonblinkssoyou
caneasilylocatetheNASappliancewithinarack.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,expandAppliancesandselectaNASappliance.
5 Intherightpane,clickBlink.TheBlinkdialogboxappears.
6 EnableordisableNASapplianceblinking.

ToenableNASapplianceblinking,selectBlinkthisappliance.

TodisableNASapplianceblinking,selectStopblinkingthisappliance.

7 ClickOK.

Enable or Disable NAS Controller Blinking


WhenNAScontrollerblinkingisenabled,thesystemidentificationbuttonblinkssoyou
caneasilylocatetheNAScontrollerwithinarack.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,expandAppliancesandexpandaNASappliance.
5 SelectaNAScontroller.
6 Intherightpane,clickBlink.TheBlinkdialogboxappears.
7 EnableordisableNAScontrollerblinking.

ToenableNAScontrollerblinking,selectBlinkthiscontroller.

TodisableNAScontrollerblinking,selectStopblinkingthiscontroller.

8 ClickOK.

Validating Storage Connections


ValidatingstorageconnectionsgathersthelatestserverdefinitionsontheFluidFScluster
andmakessurethatmatchingserverobjectsaredefinedontheStorageCenter(s)providing
thestoragefortheFluidFScluster.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.

232

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Validating Storage Connections

4 Intherightpane,selectTasksStorageCentersValidateStorageConnections.The
ValidateStorageConnectionsdialogboxappears.
5 ClickOK.

Dell Compellent

233

Chapter 9 FluidFS 3.0 System Management

234

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

10

FluidFS 3.0 Networking


ThissectioncontainsinformationaboutmanagingtheFluidFSclusternetworking
configuration.ThesetasksareperformedusingtheEnterpriseManagerClient.

Contents
ManagingtheDefaultGateway .............................................. 235
ManagingDNSServersandSuffixes .......................................... 236
ManagingStaticRoutes ..................................................... 238
ManagingtheInternalNetwork .............................................. 240
ManagingtheClientNetworks ............................................... 240
ViewingtheFibreChannelWWNs ........................................... 244

Managing the Default Gateway


Thedefaultgatewayenablesclientaccessacrosssubnets.Onlyonedefaultgatewaycanbe
defined.Ifclientaccessisnotthrougharouter(inotherwords,aflatnetwork),adefault
gatewaydoesnotneedtobedefined.

View the Default Gateway


Viewthecurrentdefaultgateway.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectNetwork.Intherightpane,thedefault
gatewayisdisplayedintheDefaultGatewayfield.

Change the Default Gateway


Changethedefaultgatewayifthedefaultgatewaychangesforthenetwork.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectNetwork.
5 Intherightpane,rightclickthedefaultgatewaystaticrouteandselectEditSettings.
TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.

Dell Compellent

235

Chapter 10 FluidFS 3.0 Networking

6 IntheGatewayIPv4Addressfield,typeanewdefaultgatewayIPaddress.
7 ClickOK.

Managing DNS Servers and Suffixes


DomainNameService(DNS)isanetworkingservicethatenablesuserstolocate
computersbyprovidingnametoIPaddressandIPaddresstonameresolutionservices.
YoucanconfigureoneormoreexternalDNSservers(externaltotheFluidFSclusterbut
withinthesite)tobeusedfornameresolution.ADNSsuffixspecifiesaDNSdomainname
withoutthehostpartofthename(forexample,west.example.comratherthan
computer1.west.example.com).
IfclientsaccesstheFluidFSclusterbyname,youmustaddanentryintheDNSserverthat
associatestheFluidFSclusternametotheFluidFSclusterclientVIPs.Ifyouareusing
multipleclientVIPs,addallclientVIPstotheDNSserverandassociatethemwiththesame
FluidFSclustername(knownasroundrobinDNS).Thisenablesclientloadbalancing
betweenclientVIPs.Inaddition,youmustconfigureDNSifyouareusingActive
Directory,andtheDNSserversmustbethesameDNSserversthatyourActiveDirectory
domaincontrollersuse.

View DNS Servers and Suffixes


ViewthecurrentDNSserversprovidingnameresolutionservicesfortheFluidFScluster
andtheassociatedDNSsuffixes.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheNetworktab.TheDNSserversandsuffixesaredisplayedintheDNSServers
IPv4AddressesandDNSSuffixeslists.

Add DNS Servers and Suffixes


AddoneormoreDNSserverstoprovidenameresolutionservicesfortheFluidFScluster
andaddassociatedDNSsuffixes.AddingmultipleDNSserversandsuffixesensures
continuednameresolutionservicesintheeventofaDNSserverfailure.IftheFluidFS
clustercannotestablishcontactwiththepreferredserver,itwillattempttoconnecttothe
remainingserversinorder.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheNetworktab.
6 ToaddaDNSserver,typetheIPaddressofaDNSserverintheDNSServersIPv4
AddressestextfieldandclickAdd.
7 DNSserversarelistedindescendingorderofpreference.

236

ToincreasetheorderofpreferenceforaDNSserver,selectaDNSserverandclick
Up.

TodecreasetheorderofpreferenceforaDNSserver,selectaDNSserverandclick
Down.

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing DNS Servers and Suffixes

8 ToaddaDNSsuffix,typetheDNSsuffixintheDNSSuffixestextfieldandclickAdd.
9 DNSsuffixesarelistedindescendingorderofpreference.

ToincreasetheorderofpreferenceforaDNSsuffix,selectaDNSsuffixandclickUp.

TodecreasetheorderofpreferenceforaDNSsuffix,selectaDNSsuffixandclick
Down.

10 ClickOK.

Change the Order of Preference for DNS Servers and Suffixes


ChangetheorderofpreferenceforaDNSserverorDNSsuffix.IftheFluidFScluster
cannotestablishcontactwiththepreferredserver,itwillattempttoconnecttothe
remainingserversinorder.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheNetworktab.
6 DNSserversarelistedindescendingorderofpreference.

ToincreasetheorderofpreferenceforaDNSserver,selectaDNSserverandclick
Up.

TodecreasetheorderofpreferenceforaDNSserver,selectaDNSserverandclick
Down.

7 DNSsuffixesarelistedindescendingorderofpreference.

ToincreasetheorderofpreferenceforaDNSsuffix,selectaDNSsuffixandclickUp.

TodecreasetheorderofpreferenceforaDNSsuffix,selectaDNSsuffixandclick
Down.

8 ClickOK.

Remove DNS Servers and Suffixes


RemoveaDNSserverorDNSsuffixifitisnolongeravailableorused.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheNetworktab.
6 ToremoveaDNSserver,selectaDNSserverintheDNSServersIPv4Addresseslist
andclickRemove.
7 ToremoveaDNSsuffix,selectaDNSsuffixintheDNSSuffixeslistandclickRemove.
8 ClickOK.

Dell Compellent

237

Chapter 10 FluidFS 3.0 Networking

Managing Static Routes


Tominimizehopsbetweenrouters,staticroutesarerecommendedinroutednetworks
whentherearemultipledirectpathsfromtheFluidFSclustertovariousrouters.Static
routesallowyoutoconfiguretheexactpathsinwhichthesystemcommunicateswith
variousclientsonaroutednetwork.
Considerthenetworkshowninthefollowingfigure.Therecanbeonlyonedefault
gatewayforthesystem.AssumethatrouterXisdesignatedasthedefaultgateway.Packets
thataresenttoclientsinsubnetYwouldberoutedtorouterX,whichwouldthenbesent
back(throughtheswitch)torouterY.ThesepacketstravelthroughrouterXneedlessly,
reducingthethroughputtoallsubnetsinthenetwork.

Thesolutionistodefine,inadditiontoadefaultgateway,aspecificgatewayforcertain
subnetsbyconfiguringstaticroutes.Todothis,youmustdescribeeachsubnetinyour
networkandidentifythemostsuitablegatewaytoaccessthatsubnet.
Staticroutesdonothavetobedesignatedfortheentirenetworkadefaultgatewayis
mostsuitablewhenperformanceisnotanissue.Youcanselectwhenandwheretouse
staticroutestobestmeetperformanceneeds.

View the Static Routes


Viewthecurrentstaticroutes.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectNetwork.Thestaticroutesaredisplayedin
therightpaneintheStaticRouteslist.

Add a Static Route


Whenaddingastaticroute,youmustspecifythesubnetpropertiesandthegateway
throughwhichtoaccessthissubnet.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.

238

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Static Routes

3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectNetwork.
5 Intherightpane,clickCreateStaticRoute.TheCreateStaticRoutedialogboxappears.
6 IntheTargetNetworkIPv4Subnetfield,typeanetworkIPaddress(forexample,
10.10.5.0).
7 IntheTargetSubnetIPv4Netmaskfield,typeanetmask(forexample,255.255.255.0).
8 IntheGatewayIPv4Addressfield,typethegatewayIPaddressthroughwhichto
accessthesubnet(forexample,10.10.5.1).
9 ClickOK.

Change the Target Subnet for a Static Route


Changethesubnetpropertiesofastaticroute.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectNetwork.
5 Intherightpane,rightclickastaticrouteandselectEditSettings.TheEditSettings
dialogboxappears.
6 IntheTargetNetworkIPv4Subnetfield,typeanetworkIPaddress(forexample,
10.10.5.0).
7 IntheTargetSubnetIPv4Netmaskfield,typeanetmask(forexample,255.255.255.0).
8 ClickOK.

Change the Gateway for a Static Route


Changethegatewaythroughwhichtoaccessthesubnetforastaticroute.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectNetwork.
5 Intherightpane,rightclickastaticrouteandselectEditSettings.TheEditSettings
dialogboxappears.
6 IntheGatewayIPv4Addressfield,typethegatewayIPaddressthroughwhichto
accessthesubnet(forexample,10.10.5.1).
7 ClickOK.

Delete a Static Route


Deleteastaticroutetosendtrafficforasubnetthroughthedefaultgatewayinsteadofa
specificgateway.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectNetwork.

Dell Compellent

239

Chapter 10 FluidFS 3.0 Networking

5 Intherightpane,rightclickastaticrouteandselectDelete.TheDeletedialogbox
appears.
6 ClickOK.

Managing the Internal Network


TheinternalnetworkdefinestheprivatesubnetdedicatedtotheFluidFSclusterfor
internalcommunication.Thisrangeisnotroutedoraccessiblebyothermachinesonthe
network.

See Also
InternalNetworkonpage 207

View the Internal Network IP Address


ViewthecurrentinternalnetworkIPaddress.WhileitisnotdisplayedinEnterprise
Manager,thenetmaskisaClassCnetmask(255.255.255.0).
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheNetworktab.TheinternalnetworkIPaddressisdisplayedintheRangefield.

Change the Internal Network IP Address


YoucanchangetheinternalnetworkIPaddress.However,thenetmaskcannotbechanged
fromaClassCnetmask(255.255.255.0).Theinternalsubnetmustnotconflictwithother
subnetsonthenetwork.IfsharinginternalswitcheswithotherFluidFSclusters,makesure
thattheinternalsubnetdoesnotconflictwiththeinternalsubnetusedfortheotherFluidFS
clusters.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheNetworktab.
6 IntheRangefield,typeanetworkIPaddress(forexample,10.255.69.0).
7 ClickOK.

Managing the Client Networks


TheclientnetworksdefinetheclientVIP(s)throughwhichclientsaccessCIFSsharesand
NFSexports.IfclientaccesstotheFluidFSclusterisnotthrougharouter(inotherwords,
aflatnetwork),DellrecommendsdefiningoneclientVIPperNAScontrollerforeffective
loadbalancing.IfclientsaccesstheFluidFSclusterthrougharouter,defineaclientVIPfor
eachclientinterfaceportperNAScontroller.

See Also
LAN/ClientNetworkonpage 208

240

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing the Client Networks

View the Client Networks


Viewthecurrentclientnetworks.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectNetwork.Theclientnetworksaredisplayed
intherightpaneintheClientNetworkslist.

Create a Client Network


CreateaclientnetworkonwhichclientswillaccessCIFSsharesandNFSexports.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectNetwork.
5 Intherightpane,clickCreateClientNetwork.TheCreateClientNetworkdialogbox
appears.
6 IntheNetmaskfield,typeanetmaskfortheclientnetwork.
7 AddclientVIPsthroughwhichtheclientswillaccessCIFSsharesandNFSexports.
a IntheVirtualIPv4Addressesarea,clickAdd.TheAddClientIPAddressdialog
boxappears.
b IntheIPv4Addressfield,typeaclientVIPIPaddress.
c

ClickOK.

d RepeatthesestepforeachclientVIP.
8 AddanIPaddressforeachNAScontroller.
a SelectaNAScontrollerandclickEditSettings.TheEditControllerIPAddress
dialogboxappears.
b IntheIPAddressfield,typeanIPaddressfortheNAScontroller.
c

ClickOK.

d RepeatthesestepsforeachNAScontroller.
9 (Optional)Configuretheremainingclientnetworkattributesasneeded.Theseoptions
aredescribedintheonlinehelp.

TospecifyaVLANtag,typeaVLANtagintheVLANTagfield.WhenaVLAN
spansmultipleswitches,theVLANtagisusedtospecifytowhichportsand
interfacestosendbroadcastpackets.

10 ClickOK.

Change the Netmask for a Client Network


Changethenetmaskforaclientnetwork.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectNetwork.

Dell Compellent

241

Chapter 10 FluidFS 3.0 Networking

5 Intherightpane,rightclickaclientnetworkandselectEditSettings.TheEditSettings
dialogboxappears.
6 IntheNetmaskfield,typeanetmaskfortheclientnetwork.
7 ClickOK.

Change the VLAN Tag for a Client Network


ChangetheVLANtagforaclientnetwork.WhenaVLANspansmultipleswitches,the
VLANtagisusedtospecifytowhichportsandinterfacestosendbroadcastpackets.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectNetwork.
5 Intherightpane,rightclickaclientnetworkandselectEditSettings.TheEditSettings
dialogboxappears.
6 IntheVLANTagfield,typeaVLANtagfortheclientnetwork.
7 ClickOK.

Change the Client VIPs for a Client Network


ChangetheclientVIPsthroughwhichclientswillaccessCIFSsharesandNFSexports.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectNetwork.
5 Intherightpane,rightclickaclientnetworkandselectEditSettings.TheEditSettings
dialogboxappears.
6 ToaddaclientVIP:
a IntheVirtualIPv4Addressesarea,clickAdd.TheAddClientIPAddressdialog
boxappears.
b IntheIPv4Addressfield,typeaclientVIPIPaddress.
c

ClickOK.

7 ToremoveaclientVIP:
a SelectaclientVIP.
b ClickRemove.
Note: AclientnetworkmusthaveatleastoneclientVIP.
8 ClickOK.

Change the NAS Controller IP Addresses for a Client Network


ChangetheNAScontrollerIPaddressesforaclientnetwork.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectNetwork.

242

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing the Client Networks

5 Intherightpane,rightclickaclientnetworkandselectEditSettings.TheEditSettings
dialogboxappears.
6 SelectaNAScontrollerandclickEditSettings.TheEditControllerIPAddressdialog
boxappears.
7 IntheIPAddressfield,typeanIPaddressfortheNAScontroller.
8 ClickOKtoclosetheEditControllerIPAddressdialogbox,thenclickOKtoclosethe
EditSettingsdialogbox.

Delete a Client Network


DeleteaclientnetworkifclientsnolongerneedtoaccessCIFSsharesandNFSexportson
thatnetwork.YoucannotdeletethePrimarysubnet.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectNetwork.
5 Intherightpane,rightclickaclientnetworkandselectDelete.TheDeletedialogbox
appears.
6 ClickOK.

View the Client Network MTU


ViewthecurrentMaximumTransmissionUnit(MTU)oftheclientnetwork.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheNetworktab.TheMTUisdisplayedintheMTUfield.

Change the Client Network MTU


ChangetheMaximumTransmissionUnit(MTU)oftheclientnetworktomatchyour
environment.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheNetworktab.
6 IntheMTUfield,typeanewMTU.Ifyournetworkhardwaresupportsjumboframes,
enter9000,otherwiseenter1500.
7 ClickOK.

View the Client Network Bonding Mode


Viewthecurrentbondingmode(AdaptiveLoadBalancingorLinkAggregationControl
Protocol)oftheclientnetworkinterface.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.

Dell Compellent

243

Chapter 10 FluidFS 3.0 Networking

3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheNetworktab.ThebondingmodeisdisplayedintheModedropdownmenu.

Change the Client Network Bonding Mode


Changethebondingmode(AdaptiveLoadBalancingorLinkAggregationControl
Protocol)oftheclientnetworkinterfacetomatchyourenvironment.

Prerequisites

IfusingALB,useoneclientVIPperclientportintheFluidFScluster.

IfusingLACP,useoneclientVIPperNAScontrollerintheFluidFScluster.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheNetworktab.
6 FromtheModedropdownmenu,selectabondingmode(ALBorLACP).
7 ClickOK.

Viewing the Fibre Channel WWNs


EnterpriseManagerdisplaystheNAScontrollerWWNsneededforyoutoupdatefabric
zoningonyourFibreChannelswitch.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,expandAppliancesandexpandaNASappliance.
5 ExpandaNAScontrollerandselectInterfaces.TheWWNsfortheNAScontrollerare
displayedintherightpaneintheFibreChannellist.

244

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

11

FluidFS 3.0 Account Management and


Authentication
ThissectioncontainsinformationaboutmanagingFluidFSclusteraccountsand
authentication.ThesetasksareperformedusingtheEnterpriseManagerClient.

Contents
AccountManagementandAuthentication ..................................... 245
DefaultAdministrativeAccounts ............................................. 246
DefaultLocalUserandLocalGroupAccounts ................................. 248
ManagingAdministratorAccounts ........................................... 249
ManagingLocalUsers ...................................................... 253
ManagingLocalGroups ..................................................... 257
ManagingActiveDirectory .................................................. 260
ManagingLDAP ........................................................... 262
ManagingNIS ............................................................. 265
ManagingUserMappingsBetweenWindowsandUNIX/LinuxUsers ............. 268

Account Management and Authentication


TherearetwotypesofaccesstotheFluidFScluster:

AdministratorlevelaccessforFluidFSclustermanagement

ClientlevelaccesstoCIFSsharesandNFSexports

Administratoraccountscontroladministratorlevelaccess.Usersandgroupscontrol
clientlevelaccesstoCIFSsharesandNFSexports.
TheFluidFSclustersupportsadministratorlevelandclientlevelauthenticationforboth
localandremoteusersandgroups:

Dell Compellent

Localusersandgroups:TheFluidFSclustermanagesandauthenticatesusersand
groups.Localmanagementisusefulwhenyouhaveonlyalimitednumberofusersand
groups.Inaddition,authenticationdoesnotdependonexternalservers.

Remoteusersandgroups:Manageandauthenticateusersandgroupsusingthe
followingexternaldatabasetypes.Remotemanagementisusefulwhenyouhavemany
usersandgroups,butdependsontheavailabilityoftheexternaldatabase.

245

Chapter 11 FluidFS 3.0 Account Management and Authentication

ActiveDirectory:ConfiguretheFluidFSclustertoaccessanActiveDirectory
databasetoauthenticateWindowsusers.
Note: ActiveDirectorycanalsobeusedasanLDAPdatabasetoUNIX/Linux
users.

NISorLDAP:ConfiguretheFluidFSclustertoaccessaNISorLDAPdatabaseto
authenticateUNIX/Linuxusers.
Note: Localandremoteuserscanbeusedsimultaneously.

Note: IfyouconfigureActiveDirectoryandeitherNISorLDAP,youcansetup
mappingsbetweentheWindowsusersinActiveDirectoryandtheUNIX/Linux
usersinLDAPorNIStoallowonesetofcredentialstobeusedforbothtypesofdata
access.

Default Administrative Accounts


TheFluidFSclusterhasthefollowingbuiltinadministrativeaccounts,eachofwhich
servesaparticularpurpose.
SSH
Access
SSH
Enabled by Access
Default
Allowed

VGA
Console
Access
Enabled by
Default

VGA
Console
Access
Allowed

Default
Password

Login Name

Purpose

Administrator

FluidFScluster
management(nota
UNIX/Linuxuser)

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Stor@ge!

support

FluidFScluster
No
troubleshooting
(regularUNIX/Linux
user)

Yes

No

Yes

None(mustbe
setby
Administrator)

No

No

Yes

Yes

N@sst0r3
(cannotbe
changed)

escalation

FluidFScluster
No
troubleshooting
whenunabletologin
withsupportaccount

Yes

No

Yes

N@sst0r3
(cannotbe
changed)

cli

Gatewayto
commandline
interfaceaccess

Yes(can
bypass
password
usingSSH
key)

N/A

N/A

N/A

enableescalationaccess Enableescalation
account

Yes(can
bypass
password
usingSSH
key)

Administrator Account
TheAdministratoraccountisusedforFluidFSclustermanagementusingtheEnterprise
ManagerClientandCLI.Thisaccountcannotberemovedorrenamed.Thisaccounthas
writepermissionsonallCIFSsharesbydefault.

246

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Default Administrative Accounts

Support Account
IfDellTechnicalSupportServicesneedstoperformremotetroubleshooting,youcanmake
yoursystemaccessibletothemusingthesupportaccount.
Caution: Dellstronglyrecommendsthatyoudonotattempttousethesupport
account.Operationsperformedasthesupportuserareforadvancedremote
troubleshootingtoresolvecriticalsystemissuesonly.Misuseofthisaccountcan
damagetheFluidFSclusterand/oritsdata.
Note: IfDellpersonnelmustaccessthesupportaccountforremote
troubleshooting,Dellrecommendsthatyouchangethepasswordtoanew,strong
passwordafterthetroubleshootingsessionisconcluded.

Enable or Disable the Support Account


EnablethesupportaccountifDellTechnicalSupportServicesneedstoperformremote
troubleshooting.Whentroubleshootingiscomplete,disablethesupportaccount.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheSecuritytab.
6 Enableordisablethesupportaccount.

Toenablethesupportaccount,selecttheAllowRemoteSupportcheckbox.

Todisablethesupportaccount,cleartheAllowRemoteSupportcheckbox.

7 ClickOK.

Change the Support Account Password


Dellrecommendsthatyouchangethesupportaccountpasswordtoanew,strong
passwordaftereachtroubleshootingsessionisconcluded.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheSecuritytab.
6 ClickChangeSupportUserPassword.TheChangeSupportUserPassworddialogbox
appears.
7 InthePasswordfield,typeapassword.Thepasswordmustbeatleastsevencharacters
longandcontainthreeofthefollowingelements:alowercasecharacter,anuppercase
character,adigit,oraspecialcharacter(suchas,,or).
8 IntheConfirmPasswordfield,retypethepassword.
9 ClickOKtoclosetheChangeSupportUserPassworddialogbox,thenclickOKto
closetheEditSettingsdialogbox.

Dell Compellent

247

Chapter 11 FluidFS 3.0 Account Management and Authentication

Escalation Accounts
IfDellTechnicalSupportServicesneedstoperformremotetroubleshooting,butan
administratorisunabletoaccesstheEnterpriseManagerClientorCLItoenablethe
supportaccount,youcanusetheescalationaccountinstead.Theescalationaccountis
enabledusingtheenableescalationaccessaccount,whichrequiresVGAconsoleaccess.
Caution: Dellstronglyrecommendsthatyoudonotattempttousetheescalation
account.Operationsperformedastheescalationuserareforadvancedremote
troubleshootingtoresolvecriticalsystemissuesonly.Misuseofthisaccountcan
damagetheFluidFSclusterand/oritsdata.

Prerequisites
ConnectamonitortotheNAScontrollersVGAportandconnectakeyboardtooneofthe
NAScontrollersUSBports.

Steps
1 Fromthecommandline,typeenableescalationaccessattheloginasprompt.
2 TypeN@sst0r3atthePasswordprompt.
3 Respondtotheprompttospecifythenumberofminutestokeeptheescalationaccount
enabled.
4 TypeYes tothepromptconfirmingthatyouwanttoenabletheescalationaccount.You
arereturnedtoaloginpromptandtheescalationaccountisenabled.
5 Typeescalationattheloginasprompt.
6 TypeN@sst0r3atthePasswordprompt.

CLI Account
Thecliaccountisusedinconjunctionwithanadministratoraccounttoaccessthe
commandlineinterfaceoftheFluidFScluster.

See Also
ConnecttotheFluidFSClusterCLIUsingaVGAConsoleonpage 214
ConnecttotheFluidFSClusterCLIThroughSSHUsingaPasswordonpage 214
ConnecttotheFluidFSClusterCLIThroughSSHWithoutUsingaPasswordonpage 215.

Default Local User and Local Group Accounts


TheFluidFSclusterhasthefollowingbuiltinlocaluserandlocalgroupaccounts,eachof
whichservesaparticularpurpose.
Account Type

Account Name

Purpose

LocalUser

Administrator

AccountusedforFluidFSclustermanagement

LocalUser

nobody

Accountusedastheownerofeverythingforguestaccounts

LocalGroup

Administrators

AccommodatestheAdministratoraccount,andallother
users(localandremote)designatedasadministrators
BUILTINdomaingroupfullycompatiblewiththe
WindowsAdministratorsgroup

LocalGroup

248

nobody_group

Accommodatesthenobodyaccount

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Administrator Accounts

Account Type

Account Name

Purpose

LocalGroup

LocalUsers

Accommodateslocaluseraccounts

LocalGroup

Users

BUILTINdomaingroupfullycompatiblewiththeWindows
Usersgroup

LocalGroup

BackupOperators

BUILTINdomaingroupfullycompatiblewiththeWindows
BackupOperatorsgroup

Managing Administrator Accounts


Youcancreatebothlocaladministratorsandmakeremoteusers(AD/LDAP/NIS)
administrators.Systemalertswillbesenttotheemailaddressspecifiedforthe
administrator.
Whencreatinganadministrator,youspecifyanadministratorpermissionlevel.The
permissionleveldefinesthesetofactionsthatareallowedbytheadministrator.Permission
levelsarepredefinedinthesystemasfollows:

Dell Compellent

NASClusterAdministrator:TheadministratorcanmanageanyaspectoftheFluidFS
cluster.

NASVolumeAdministrator:Thefollowingtablesummarizeswhichsettingsavolume
administratorcanchangefortheNASvolume(s)towhichtheyareassigned.Theycan
alsoview,butnotchange,settingsforotherNASvolumesandtherestoftheFluidFS
clusterconfiguration.
NAS Volume Setting

Volume Administrator
Allowed to Change Setting?

NASvolumename

Yes

NASvolumefoldertowhichtheNASvolumeisassigned

Yes

Accesstimegranularity

Yes

Permissionsinteroperability

Yes

Reportzerodiskusage

Yes

Datareduction

Yes

NASvolumespacesettingsandalertthresholds

Yes

CIFSsharesandNFSexports

Yes

Snapshotsandsnapshotschedules

Yes

RestoreNASvolumefromsnapshot

Yes

RestoreNASvolumeconfiguration

Yes

Quotas

Yes

NASvolumeclones

No

Replication

No

249

Chapter 11 FluidFS 3.0 Account Management and Authentication

View Administrators
Viewthecurrentlistofadministratoraccounts.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheAdministratorUserstab.Theadministratorsaredisplayed.

Add an Administrator
AddanadministratoraccounttomanagetheFluidFSclusterusingtheEnterpriseManager
ClientandCLI.Youcanonlydefineotheradministratorswithpermissionlevelsthatare
hierarchicallylowerthanyourown.

Prerequisites
Beforeyoucancreatealocaladministrator,youmustcreatealocaluserthatwillbecome
anadministrator.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheAdministratorUserstab.
6 ClickCreateAdministratorUser.TheCreateAdministratorUserdialogboxappears.
7 Selectalocalorremoteusertobecomeanadministrator.
a ClickSelectUser.TheSelectUserdialogboxappears.
b FromtheDomaindropdownmenu,selectthedomaintowhichtheuseris
assigned.
c

IntheUserfield,typeeitherthefullnameoftheuserorthebeginningoftheuser
name.

d (Optional)Configuretheremainingusersearchoptionsasneeded.Theseoptions
aredescribedintheonlinehelp.
Tochangethemaximumnumberofsearchresultstoreturn,selectthemaximum
numberofsearchresultsfromtheMaxResultsdropdownmenu.
e ClickSearch.
f

Selectauserfromthesearchresults.

g ClickOK.
8 FromthePrivilegedropdownmenu,selectthepermissionleveloftheadministrator:

NASClusterAdministrator:Theadministratorcanmanageanyaspectofthe
FluidFScluster.

NASVolumeAdministrator:TheadministratorcanonlyviewtheFluidFScluster
configurationandmanagetheNASvolume(s)towhichtheyareassigned.

9 IntheEmailAddressfield,typeanemailaddressfortheadministrator.
10 ClickOKtoclosetheCreateAdministratorUserdialogbox,thenclickOKtoclosethe
EditSettingsdialogbox.

250

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Administrator Accounts

Assign NAS Volumes to a Volume Administrator


Bydefault,newvolumeadministratorscannotmanageanyNASvolumes.Afteravolume
administratoriscreated,youcanchangetheNASvolumesthatcanbemanagedbythe
volumeadministrator.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheAdministratorUserstab.
6 SelectavolumeadministratorandclickManageNASVolumes.TheManageNAS
Volumesdialogboxappears.
7 ChoosetheNASvolumestoassigntothevolumeadministrator.

ToassignaNASvolumetothevolumeadministrator,selectaNASvolumeinthe
toppaneandclickAddVolumes.

TounassignaNASvolumefromthevolumeadministrator,selectaNASvolumein
thebottompaneandclickRemoveVolumes.

8 ClickOKtoclosetheManageNASVolumesdialogbox,thenclickOKtoclosetheEdit
Settingsdialogbox.

Change the Permission Level of an Administrator


Changethepermissionlevelofanadministratoraccount.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheAdministratorUserstab.
6 SelectanadministratorandclickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
7 FromthePrivilegedropdownmenu,selectthepermissionleveloftheadministrator:

NASClusterAdministrator:Theadministratorcanmanageanyaspectofthe
FluidFScluster.

NASVolumeAdministrator:TheadministratorcanonlyviewtheFluidFScluster
configurationandmanagetheNASvolume(s)towhichtheyareassigned.

8 ClickOKtoclosetheadministratorEditSettingsdialogbox,thenclickOKtoclosethe
EditSettingsdialogbox.

Change the Email Address of an Administrator


Changetheemailaddresstowhichsystemalertsaresentforanadministratoraccount.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheAdministratorUserstab.
6 SelectanadministratorandclickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.

Dell Compellent

251

Chapter 11 FluidFS 3.0 Account Management and Authentication

7 IntheEmailAddressfield,typeanemailaddressfortheadministrator.
8 ClickOKtoclosetheadministratorEditSettingsdialogbox,thenclickOKtoclosethe
EditSettingsdialogbox.

Enable or Disable Local Administrator Password Expiration


Whenpasswordexpirationisenabled,localusersandlocaladministratorsareforcedto
changetheirpasswordafterthespecifiednumberofdays.Thepasswordexpiration
settingsforremoteusersaremaintainedintheexternaldatabaseandarenotaffectedby
thissetting.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheAdministratorUserstab.
6 ClickEditPasswordExpiration.TheEditPasswordExpirationdialogboxappears.
7 Enableordisablelocaluserandadministratorpasswordexpiration.

Toenablelocaluserandadministratorpasswordexpiration,cleartheLocalAccount
PasswordNeverExpirescheckbox.

Todisablelocaluserandadministratorpasswordexpiration,selecttheLocal
AccountPasswordNeverExpirescheckbox.

8 Ifpasswordexpirationisenabled,intheMaxPasswordAgeforLocalAccountsindays
field,typethenumberofdaysafterwhichthepasswordwillexpire.
9 ClickOKtoclosetheEditPasswordExpirationdialogbox,thenclickOKtoclosethe
EditSettingsdialogbox.

Change the Local Administrator Maximum Password Age


Youcanchangethenumberofdaysafterwhichtoforcelocalusersandlocaladministrators
tochangetheirpassword.Thepasswordexpirationsettingsforremoteusersare
maintainedintheexternaldatabaseandarenotaffectedbythissetting.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheAdministratorUserstab.
6 ClickEditPasswordExpiration.TheEditPasswordExpirationdialogboxappears.
7 IntheMaxPasswordAgeforLocalAccountsindaysfield,typethenumberofdays
afterwhichthepasswordwillexpire.
8 ClickOKtoclosetheEditPasswordExpirationdialogbox,thenclickOKtoclosethe
EditSettingsdialogbox.

Change an Administrator Password


Youcanchangethepasswordonlyforalocaladministratoraccount.Thepasswordfor
remoteadministratorsismaintainedintheexternaldatabase.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.

252

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Local Users

3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectAccessControl.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheLocalUsersandGroupstab.
6 SelectanadministratorandclickChangePassword.TheChangePassworddialogbox
appears.
7 InthePasswordfield,typeapasswordfortheadministrator.Thepasswordmustbeat
leastsevencharacterslongandcontainthreeofthefollowingelements:alowercase
character,anuppercasecharacter,adigit,oraspecialcharacter(suchas,,or).
8 IntheConfirmPasswordfield,retypethepasswordfortheadministrator.
9 ClickOK.

Delete an Administrator
DeleteanadministratoraccountwhenitisnolongerusedforFluidFSclustermanagement.
ThebuiltinAdministratoraccountcannotbedeleted.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheAdministratorUserstab.
6 SelectanadministratorandclickDelete.TheDeletedialogboxappears.
7 ClickOKtoclosetheDeletedialogbox,thenclickOKtoclosetheEditSettingsdialog
box.

Managing Local Users


YoucancreatelocalusersthatcanaccessCIFSsharesandNFSexports,orthatwillbecome
aFluidFSclusteradministrator.Youmightwanttocreatelocalusersinthefollowingcases:

Youdonothaveremoteusers(AD/LDAP/NIS)

BothCIFS/NFSwillbeused,butyouhavearemoteuserrepository(AD/LDAP/NIS)
relevantforonlyoneprotocolandasmallnumberofusersusingtheotherprotocol

WhenpromptedtoauthenticatetoaccessaCIFSshare,localusersmustusethefollowing
formatfortheusername:<client_VIP_or_name>\<local_user_name>.

Add a Local User


Addalocaluseraccount.

Prerequisites
Thelocalgrouptowhichthelocaluserwillbeassignedmustalreadyhavebeencreated.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectAccessControl.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheLocalUsersandGroupstab.TheCreateLocalUserdialog
boxappears.

Dell Compellent

253

Chapter 11 FluidFS 3.0 Account Management and Authentication

6 IntheUsernamefield,typeanameforthelocaluser.Theusernamemaycontainonly
thefollowingcharacters:letters,numbers,underscores,hyphens,spaces,andperiods.
Also,aperiodcannotbeusedasthelastcharacter.
7 FromthePrimaryLocalGroupdropdownmenu,selectthelocalgrouptowhichthe
localuserisassigned.
8 InthePasswordfield,typeapasswordforthelocaluser.Thepasswordmustbeatleast
sevencharacterslongandcontainthreeofthefollowingelements:alowercase
character,anuppercasecharacter,adigit,oraspecialcharacter(suchas,,or).
9 IntheConfirmPasswordfield,retypethepasswordforthelocaluser.
10 (Optional)Configuretheremaininglocaluserattributesasneeded.Theseoptionsare
describedintheonlinehelp.

Toenablethelocaluser,selecttheEnabledcheckbox.

Toaddorremovesecondarygroupsforthelocaluser,usetheAddandRemove
buttons.

11 ClickOK.

Change the Primary Local Group to Which a Local User is Assigned


Changetheprimarylocalgrouptowhichalocaluserisassigned.Theprimarygroupto
whichauserbelongsdeterminesthequotafortheuser.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectAccessControl.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheLocalUsersandGroupstab.
6 SelectalocaluserandclickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
7 FromthePrimaryLocalGroupdropdownmenu,selectthegrouptowhichthelocal
userisassigned.
8 ClickOK.

Change the Secondary Local Groups to Which a Local User is Assigned


Changethesecondarylocalgroupstowhichalocaluserisassigned.Secondarygroups
determineWindows(CIFSshare)permissions.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectAccessControl.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheLocalUsersandGroupstab.
6 SelectalocaluserandclickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
7 Toaddasecondarylocalgrouptowhichthelocaluserisassigned:
a IntheAdditionalGroupsarea,clickAdd.TheSelectGroupdialogboxappears.
b FromtheDomaindropdownmenu,selectthedomaintowhichthelocalgroupis
assigned.
c

254

IntheGroupfield,typeeitherthefullnameofthelocalgrouporthebeginningof
thelocalgroupname.

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Local Users

d (Optional)Configuretheremaininglocalgroupsearchoptionsasneeded.These
optionsaredescribedintheonlinehelp.
Tochangethemaximumnumberofsearchresultstoreturn,selectthemaximum
numberofsearchresultsfromtheMaxResultsdropdownmenu.
e ClickSearch.
f

Selectalocalgroupfromthesearchresults.

g ClickOK.
8 Toremoveasecondarylocalgrouptowhichthelocaluserisassigned,selectalocal
groupintheAdditionalGroupsareaandclickRemove.
9 ClickOK.

Enable or Disable a Local User


DisablingalocaluserpreventsthelocaluserfromaccessingCIFSsharesandNFSexports.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectAccessControl.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheLocalUsersandGroupstab.
6 SelectalocaluserandclickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
7 Enableordisablethelocaluser.

Toenablethelocaluser,selecttheEnabledcheckbox.

Todisablethelocaluser,cleartheEnabledcheckbox.

8 ClickOK.

Enable or Disable Local User Password Expiration


Whenpasswordexpirationisenabled,localusersandlocaladministratorsareforcedto
changetheirpasswordafterthespecifiednumberofdays.Thepasswordexpiration
settingsforremoteusersaremaintainedintheexternaldatabaseandarenotaffectedby
thissetting.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectAccessControl.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheLocalUsersandGroupstab.
6 ClickEditPasswordExpiration.TheEditPasswordExpirationdialogboxappears.
7 Enableordisablelocaluserandadministratorpasswordexpiration.

Toenablelocaluserandadministratorpasswordexpiration,cleartheLocalAccount
PasswordNeverExpirescheckbox.

Todisablelocaluserandadministratorpasswordexpiration,selecttheLocal
AccountPasswordNeverExpirescheckbox.

8 Ifpasswordexpirationisenabled,intheMaxPasswordAgeforLocalAccountsindays
field,typethenumberofdaysafterwhichthepasswordwillexpire.
9 ClickOKtoclosetheEditPasswordExpirationdialogbox.

Dell Compellent

255

Chapter 11 FluidFS 3.0 Account Management and Authentication

Change the Local User Maximum Password Age


Youcanchangethenumberofdaysafterwhichtoforcelocalusersandlocaladministrators
tochangetheirpassword.Thepasswordexpirationsettingsforremoteusersare
maintainedintheexternaldatabaseandarenotaffectedbythissetting.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectAccessControl.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheLocalUsersandGroupstab.
6 ClickEditPasswordExpiration.TheEditPasswordExpirationdialogboxappears.
7 IntheMaxPasswordAgeforLocalAccountsindaysfield,typethenumberofdays
afterwhichthepasswordwillexpire.
8 ClickOKtoclosetheEditPasswordExpirationdialogbox.

Change a Local User Password


Changethepasswordforalocaluseraccount.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectAccessControl.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheLocalUsersandGroupstab.
6 SelectalocaluserandclickChangePassword.TheChangePassworddialogbox
appears.
7 InthePasswordfield,typeanewpasswordforthelocaluser.Thepasswordmustbeat
leastsevencharacterslongandcontainthreeofthefollowingelements:alowercase
character,anuppercasecharacter,adigit,oraspecialcharacter(suchas,,or).
8 IntheConfirmPasswordfield,retypethepasswordforthelocaluser.
9 ClickOK.

Delete a Local User


DeletealocaluseraccountwhentheusernolongerneedstoaccessCIFSsharesandNFS
exports,ormangetheFluidFScluster(inthecaseofanadministratorbasedonalocaluser).

Prerequisites
Ifthelocaluserhasanassociatedadministratoraccount,youmustdeletetheadministrator
accountbeforedeletingthelocaluseraccount.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectAccessControl.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheLocalUsersandGroupstab.
6 SelectalocaluserandclickDelete.TheDeletedialogboxappears.
7 ClickOK.

256

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Local Groups

Managing Local Groups


Createlocalgroupstoapplyquotarulestomultipleusers.Youcanassignlocalusers,
remoteusers,andremoteusersgroupstooneormorelocalgroups.Theprimarygroupto
whichauserbelongsdeterminesthequotafortheuser.

View Local Groups


Viewthecurrentlocalgroups.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectAccessControl.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheLocalUsersandGroupstab.Thelocalgroupsaredisplayed
intheLocalUserGroupslist.

Add a Local Group


Addalocalgroupcontaininglocalusers,remoteusers,orremoteusersgroups.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectAccessControl.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheLocalUsersandGroupstab.
6 ClickCreateLocalGroup.TheCreateLocalGroupdialogboxappears.
7 IntheGroupNamefield,typeanameforthelocalgroup.
8 IntheLocalUsersarea,selectthelocalusersthatshouldbeassignedtothelocalgroup.
a ClickAdd.TheSelectUserdialogboxappears.
b FromtheDomaindropdownmenu,selectthedomaintowhichthelocaluseris
assigned.
c

IntheUserfield,typeeitherthefullnameofthelocaluserorthebeginningofthe
localusername.

d (Optional)Configuretheremaininglocalusersearchoptionsasneeded.These
optionsaredescribedintheonlinehelp.
Tochangethemaximumnumberofsearchresultstoreturn,selectthemaximum
numberofsearchresultsfromtheMaxResultsdropdownmenu.
e ClickSearch.
f

Selectalocaluserfromthesearchresults.

g ClickOK.
9 IntheExternalUsersarea,selecttheindividualremoteusersthatshouldbeassignedto
thelocalgroup.
a ClickAdd.TheSelectUserdialogboxappears.
b FromtheDomaindropdownmenu,selectthedomaintowhichtheremoteuseris
assigned.
c

Dell Compellent

IntheUserfield,typeeitherthefullnameoftheremoteuserorthebeginningofthe
remoteusername.

257

Chapter 11 FluidFS 3.0 Account Management and Authentication

d (Optional)Configuretheremainingremoteusersearchoptionsasneeded.These
optionsaredescribedintheonlinehelp.
Tochangethemaximumnumberofsearchresultstoreturn,selectthemaximum
numberofsearchresultsfromtheMaxResultsdropdownmenu.
e ClickSearch.
f

Selectaremoteuserfromthesearchresults.

g ClickOK.
10 IntheExternalGroupsarea,selecttheremoteusergroupsthatshouldbeassignedto
thelocalgroup.
a ClickAdd.TheSelectGroupdialogboxappears.
b FromtheDomaindropdownmenu,selectthedomaintowhichtheremoteuser
groupisassigned.
c

IntheGroupfield,typeeitherthefullnameoftheremoteusergrouporthe
beginningoftheremoteusergroupname.

d (Optional)Configuretheremainingremoteusergroupsearchoptionsasneeded.
Theseoptionsaredescribedintheonlinehelp.
Tochangethemaximumnumberofsearchresultstoreturn,selectthemaximum
numberofsearchresultsfromtheMaxResultsdropdownmenu.
e ClickSearch.
f

Selectaremoteusergroupfromthesearchresults.

g ClickOK.
11 ClickOK.

Change the Users Assigned to a Local Group


Modifywhichlocalusers,remoteusers,orremoteusersgroupsareassignedtoalocal
group.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectAccessControl.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheLocalUsersandGroupstab.
6 SelectagroupandclickEditSettings.TheEditUserMappingPolicydialogbox
appears.
7 Toassignlocaluserstothelocalgroup:
a IntheLocalUsersarea,clickAdd.TheSelectUserdialogboxappears.
b FromtheDomaindropdownmenu,selectthedomaintowhichthelocaluseris
assigned.
c

IntheUserfield,typeeitherthefullnameofthelocaluserorthebeginningofthe
localusername.

d (Optional)Configuretheremaininglocalusersearchoptionsasneeded.These
optionsaredescribedintheonlinehelp.
Tochangethemaximumnumberofsearchresultstoreturn,selectthemaximum
numberofsearchresultsfromtheMaxResultsdropdownmenu.
e ClickSearch.

258

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Local Groups

Selectalocaluserfromthesearchresults.

g ClickOK.
8 Toassignindividualremoteuserstothelocalgroup:
a IntheExternalUsersarea,clickAdd.TheSelectUserdialogboxappears.
b FromtheDomaindropdownmenu,selectthedomaintowhichtheremoteuseris
assigned.
c

IntheUserfield,typeeitherthefullnameoftheremoteuserorthebeginningofthe
remoteusername.

d (Optional)Configuretheremainingremoteusersearchoptionsasneeded.These
optionsaredescribedintheonlinehelp.
Tochangethemaximumnumberofsearchresultstoreturn,selectthemaximum
numberofsearchresultsfromtheMaxResultsdropdownmenu.
e ClickSearch.
f

Selectaremoteuserfromthesearchresults.

g ClickOK.
9 Toassignremoteusergroupstothelocalgroup:
a IntheExternalGroupsarea,clickAdd.TheSelectGroupdialogboxappears.
b FromtheDomaindropdownmenu,selectthedomaintowhichtheremoteuser
groupisassigned.
c

IntheGroupfield,typeeitherthefullnameoftheremoteusergrouporthe
beginningoftheremoteusergroupname.

d (Optional)Configuretheremainingremoteusergroupsearchoptionsasneeded.
Theseoptionsaredescribedintheonlinehelp.
Tochangethemaximumnumberofsearchresultstoreturn,selectthemaximum
numberofsearchresultsfromtheMaxResultsdropdownmenu.
e ClickSearch.
f

Selectaremoteusergroupfromthesearchresults.

g ClickOK.
10 Toremoveusersorgroupsfromthelocalgroup,selectauserorgroupintherelevant
area(LocalUsers,ExternalUsers,orExternalGroups)andclickRemove.
11 ClickOK.

Delete a Local Group


Deletealocalgroupifitisnolongerused.

Prerequisites
Beforealocalgroupcanbedeleted,youmustremoveitsmembers.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectAccessControl.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheLocalUsersandGroupstab.

Dell Compellent

259

Chapter 11 FluidFS 3.0 Account Management and Authentication

6 SelectagroupandclickDelete.TheDeletedialogboxappears.
7 ClickOK.

Managing Active Directory


InenvironmentsthatuseActiveDirectory(AD),youcanconfiguretheFluidFSclusterto
jointheActiveDirectorydomainandauthenticateWindowsclientsusingActiveDirectory
foraccesstoCIFSshares.TheFluidFSclustersupportsmixedmodeandnativemode
ActiveDirectoryconfigurations.

Enable Active Directory Authentication


JointheFluidFSclustertoanActiveDirectorydomaintoallowittocommunicatewiththe
directoryservice.
Bydefault,theFluidFSclusterusesthedomaincontrollerreturnedbyActiveDirectory.
Alternatively,youcandesignateadomaincontrollerifyouwanttoensurethattheFluidFS
clusterusesaspecificdomaincontroller.Addingmultipledomaincontrollersensures
continuedauthenticationofusersintheeventofadomaincontrollerfailure.IftheFluidFS
clustercannotestablishcontactwiththepreferredserver,itwillattempttoconnecttothe
remainingserversinorder.

Prerequisites

AnActiveDirectorydirectoryservicemustbedeployedinyourenvironment.

TheFluidFSclustermusthavenetworkconnectivitytothedirectoryservice.

YoumustbefamiliarwiththeActiveDirectoryconfiguration.

TheFluidFSclusterrequirescredentialsfromanActiveDirectoryaccountforthejoin
operation.Thejoinoperationistheonlytimethesecredentialsarerequiredandtheyare
notstoredorcachedbytheFluidFScluster.
UseoneofthefollowingoptionsfortheaccountusedtojointheFluidFSclustertothe
domain:

260

UseaDomainAdminaccount.Thisisthepreferredmethod.

Useanaccountthathasbeendelegatedthejoinacomputertothedomain
privilege,aswellasbeingdelegatedfullcontroloverallcomputerobjectsinthe
domain.

Ifbothoftheaboveoptionsareunavailable,theminimumrequirementforan
accountwouldbe:

AnOrganizationalUnit(OU)adminthathasbeendelegatedthejoina
computertothedomainprivilege,aswellasbeingdelegatedfullcontrolover
objectswithinthatOU,includingcomputerobjects.

BeforejoiningtheFluidFSclustertothedomain,acomputerobjectmustbe
createdbytheOUadminfortheFluidFScluster;intheOUprivilegesto
administerareprovided.TheFluidFSclustercomputerobjectname,andthe
NetBIOSnameusedwhenjoiningit,mustmatch.WhencreatingtheFluidFS
clustercomputerobject,intheUserorGroupfieldunderpermissionstojoinitto
thedomain,selecttheOUadminaccount.Then,theFluidFSclustercanbejoined
usingtheOUadmincredentials.

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Active Directory

FluidFSclustersneedreadaccessforthetokenGroupsattributeforallusers.The
defaultconfigurationofActiveDirectoryforalldomaincomputersistoallowread
accesstothetokenGroupsattribute.Ifthepermissionisnotgiven,ActiveDirectory
domainusersthatareinnestedgroupsorOUsencounterAccessDeniederrors,and
usersthatarenotinnestedOUsorgroupsarepermittedaccess.

TheActiveDirectoryserverandtheFluidFSclustermustuseacommonsourceoftime.

YoumustconfiguretheFluidFSclustertouseDNS.TheDNSserversyouspecifymust
bethesameDNSserversthatyourActiveDirectorydomaincontrollersuse.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectAccessControl.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheDirectoryServicestab.
6 ClickJoinDomain.TheJoinDomaindialogboxappears.
7 IntheDomainfield,typeadomaintowhichtojointheFluidFScluster.
8 IntheUsernamefield,typeanActiveDirectoryaccountname.
9 InthePasswordfield,typetheActiveDirectoryaccountpassword.
10 (Optional)ConfiguretheremainingActiveDirectoryattributesasneeded.These
optionsaredescribedintheonlinehelp.

Todesignateoneormorepreferreddomaincontrollers,selecttheEnablepreferred
controllersforjoinanduserauthenticationcheckbox.

Toaddadomaincontroller,typeadomaincontrollerhostnameorIPaddressinthe
InputDomainControllerstextfieldandclickAdd.

Tochangetheorderofpreferencefordomaincontrollers,usetheUpandDown
buttonstolistthedomaincontrollersindescendingorderofpreference.

11 ClickOK.

See Also
ManagingtheSystemTimeonpage 221
ManagingDNSServersandSuffixesonpage 236

Modify Active Directory Authentication Settings


YoucannotdirectlymodifythesettingsforActiveDirectoryauthentication.Youmust
removetheFluidFSclusterfromtheActiveDirectorydomainandthenreaddittothe
ActiveDirectorydomain.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectAccessControl.
4 Intherightpane,clicktheDirectoryServicestab.
5 ClickLeaveDomain.TheLeaveDomaindialogboxappears.
6 ClickOK.
7 ClickJoinDomain.TheJoinDomaindialogboxappears.

Dell Compellent

261

Chapter 11 FluidFS 3.0 Account Management and Authentication

8 Configuretheoptionsasneeded.
9 ClickOK.

See Also
EnableActiveDirectoryAuthenticationonpage 260

Disable Active Directory Authentication


RemovetheFluidFSclusterfromanActiveDirectorydomainifyounolongerneedthe
FluidFSclustertocommunicatewiththedirectoryservice.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectAccessControl.
4 Intherightpane,clicktheDirectoryServicestab.
5 ClickLeaveDomain.TheLeaveDomaindialogboxappears.
6 ClickOK.

Managing LDAP
InenvironmentsthatuseLightweightDirectoryAccessProtocol(LDAP),youcan
configuretheFluidFSclustertoauthenticateUNIX/LinuxclientsusingLDAPforaccessto
NFSexports.TheLDAPdatabasecanbeprovidedbyeitheranLDAPserverorActive
Directory.
TheFluidFSclusterssupportsthefollowingLDAPconfigurations:

AnonymousLDAP:TheconnectionfromtheFluidFSclustertotheLDAPserver(s)is
notauthenticated.Thedataissentinplaintext.

AuthenticatedLDAP:TheconnectionfromtheFluidFSclustertotheLDAPserver(s)is
authenticatedusingausernameandpassword.Thedataissentinplaintext.

LDAPoverTLS/SSL:TheconnectionfromtheFluidFSclustertotheLDAPserver(s)is
authenticatedandencrypted.TovalidatethecertificateusedbytheLDAPserver,you
mustexporttheSSLcertificatefromtheLDAPserveranduploadittotheFluidFS
cluster.

Enable LDAP Authentication


ConfiguretheFluidFSclustertocommunicatewiththeLDAPdirectoryservice.
AddingmultipleLDAPserversensurescontinuedauthenticationofusersintheeventof
anLDAPserverfailure.IftheFluidFSclustercannotestablishcontactwiththepreferred
server,itwillattempttoconnecttotheremainingserversinorder.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectAccessControl.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheDirectoryServicestab.
6 ClickEditExternalUserDatabase.TheEditExternalUserDatabasedialogbox
appears.
7 SelectLDAP.

262

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing LDAP

8 IntheBaseDNfield,typeanLDAPbasedistinguishednametorepresentwhereinthe
directorytobeginsearchingforusers.Itisusuallyintheformat:dc=domain, dc=com.
9 IntheLDAPServerstextfield,typethehostnameorIPaddressofanLDAPserverand
clickAdd.RepeatthisstepforanyadditionalLDAPservers.
10 (Optional)ConfiguretheremainingLDAPattributesasneeded.Theseoptionsare
describedintheonlinehelp.

ToindicatethatActiveDirectoryprovidestheLDAPdatabase,selecttheUseLDAP
onActiveDirectoryExtendedSchemacheckbox.

ToauthenticatetheconnectionfromtheFluidFSclustertotheLDAPserver,select
theUseNonAnonymousLDAPbindcheckbox.Then,typetheLDAPbind
distinguishednameusedtoauthenticatetheconnectionintheBindDNfieldand
typetheLDAPbindpasswordintheBindPasswordfield.

ToencrypttheconnectionfromtheFluidFSclustertotheLDAPserverusingTLS,
selecttheUseTLSoverLDAPcheckbox.

TovalidatethecertificateusedbytheLDAPserver,selecttheInstallLDAP
Certificatecheckbox.Then,clickUploadCertificateandselecttheLDAPSSL
certificatetouploadtotheFluidFScluster.

11 ClickOK.

Change the LDAP Base DN


TheLDAPbasedistinguishednamerepresentswhereinthedirectorytobeginsearching
forusers.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectAccessControl.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheDirectoryServicestab.
6 ClickEditExternalUserDatabase.TheEditExternalUserDatabasedialogbox
appears.
7 IntheBaseDNfield,typeanLDAPbasedistinguishedname.Itisusuallyintheformat:
dc=domain, dc=com.
8 ClickOK.

Add or Remove LDAP Servers


TheremustbeatleastoneLDAPserverconfigured.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectAccessControl.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheDirectoryServicestab.
6 ClickEditExternalUserDatabase.TheEditExternalUserDatabasedialogbox
appears.

Dell Compellent

263

Chapter 11 FluidFS 3.0 Account Management and Authentication

7 AddorremoveLDAPservers.

ToaddanLDAPserver,typethehostnameorIPaddressofanLDAPserverinthe
LDAPServerstextfieldandclickAdd.

ToremoveanLDAPserver,selectanLDAPserverandclickRemove.

8 ClickOK.

Enable or Disable LDAP on Active Directory Extended Schema


EnabletheextendedschemaoptionifActiveDirectoryprovidestheLDAPdatabase.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectAccessControl.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheDirectoryServicestab.
6 ClickEditExternalUserDatabase.TheEditExternalUserDatabasedialogbox
appears.
7 EnableordisableLDAPonActiveDirectoryextendedschema.

ToindicatethatActiveDirectoryprovidestheLDAPdatabase,selecttheUseLDAP
onActiveDirectoryExtendedSchemacheckbox.

ToindicatethatanLDAPserverprovidestheLDAPdatabase,cleartheUseLDAP
onActiveDirectoryExtendedSchemacheckbox.

8 ClickOK.

Enable or Disable Authentication for the LDAP Connection


EnableauthenticationfortheconnectionfromtheFluidFSclustertotheLDAPserverifthe
LDAPserverrequiresauthentication.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectAccessControl.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheDirectoryServicestab.
6 ClickEditExternalUserDatabase.TheEditExternalUserDatabasedialogbox
appears.
7 EnableordisableauthenticationfortheLDAPconnection.

ToenableauthenticationfortheLDAPconnection,selecttheUseNonAnonymous
LDAPbindcheckbox.Then,typetheLDAPbinddistinguishednameusedto
authenticatetheconnectionintheBindDNfieldandtypetheLDAPbindpassword
intheBindPasswordfield.

TodisableauthenticationfortheLDAPconnection,cleartheUseNonAnonymous
LDAPbindcheckbox.

8 ClickOK.

264

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing NIS

Enable or Disable TLS Encryption for the LDAP Connection


EnableTLSencryptionfortheconnectionfromtheFluidFSclustertotheLDAPserverto
avoidsendingdatainplaintext.TovalidatethecertificateusedbytheLDAPserver,you
mustexporttheLDAPSSLcertificateanduploadittotheFluidFScluster.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectAccessControl.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheDirectoryServicestab.
6 ClickEditExternalUserDatabase.TheEditExternalUserDatabasedialogbox
appears.
7 EnableordisableTLSencryptionfortheLDAPconnection.

ToenableTLSencryptionfortheLDAPconnection,selecttheUseTLSoverLDAP
checkbox.

TodisableTLSencryptionfortheLDAPconnection,cleartheUseTLSoverLDAP
checkbox.

8 IfTLSencryptionisenabled,enableordisableLDAPcertificatevalidation.

ToenableLDAPcertificatevalidation,selecttheInstallLDAPCertificatecheckbox.
Then,clickUploadCertificateandbrowsetoandselecttheLDAPSSLcertificateto
uploadtotheFluidFScluster.

TodisableLDAPcertificatevalidation,cleartheInstallLDAPCertificatecheckbox.

9 ClickOK.

Disable LDAP Authentication


DisableLDAPauthenticationifyounolongerneedtheFluidFSclustertocommunicate
withthedirectoryservice.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectAccessControl.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheDirectoryServicestab.
6 ClickEditExternalUserDatabase.TheEditExternalUserDatabasedialogbox
appears.
7 SelectNone.
8 ClickOK.

Managing NIS
InenvironmentsthatuseNetworkInformationService(NIS),youcanconfigurethe
FluidFSclustertoauthenticateclientsusingNISforaccesstoNFSexports.

Enable NIS Authentication


ConfiguretheFluidFSclustertocommunicatewiththeNISdirectoryservice.

Dell Compellent

265

Chapter 11 FluidFS 3.0 Account Management and Authentication

AddingmultipleNISserversensurescontinuedauthenticationofusersintheeventofa
NISserverfailure.IftheFluidFSclustercannotestablishcontactwiththepreferredserver,
itwillattempttoconnecttotheremainingserversinorder.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectAccessControl.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheDirectoryServicestab.
6 ClickEditExternalUserDatabase.TheEditExternalUserDatabasedialogbox
appears.
7 SelectNIS.
8 IntheNISDomainNamefield,typeaNISdomainname.
9 IntheNISServerstextfield,typethehostnameorIPaddressofaNISserverandclick
Add.RepeatthisstepforanyadditionalNISservers.
10 NISserversarelistedindescendingorderofpreference.

ToincreasetheorderofpreferenceforaNISserver,selectaNISserverandclickUp.

TodecreasetheorderofpreferenceforaNISserver,selectaNISserverandclick
Down.

11 ClickOK.

Change the NIS Domain Name


TheNISdomainnamespecifieswhichdomaintoqueryintheNISdirectoryservice.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectAccessControl.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheDirectoryServicestab.
6 ClickEditExternalUserDatabase.TheEditExternalUserDatabasedialogbox
appears.
7 IntheNISDomainNamefield,typeaNISdomainname.
8 ClickOK.

Add or Remove NIS Servers


TheremustbeatleastoneNISserverconfigured.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectAccessControl.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheDirectoryServicestab.
6 ClickEditExternalUserDatabase.TheEditExternalUserDatabasedialogbox
appears.

266

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing NIS

7 AddorremoveNISservers.

ToaddaNISserver,typethehostnameorIPaddressofaNISserverintheNIS
ServerstextfieldandclickAdd.

ToremoveaNISserver,selectaNISserverandclickRemove.

8 ClickOK.

Change the Order of Preference for NIS Servers


ChangetheorderofpreferenceforaNISserver.IftheFluidFSclustercannotestablish
contactwiththepreferredserver,itwillattempttoconnecttotheremainingserversin
order.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectAccessControl.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheDirectoryServicestab.
6 ClickEditExternalUserDatabase.TheEditExternalUserDatabasedialogbox
appears.
7 NISserversarelistedindescendingorderofpreference.

ToincreasetheorderofpreferenceforaNISserver,selectaNISserverandclickUp.

TodecreasetheorderofpreferenceforaNISserver,selectaNISserverandclick
Down.

8 ClickOK.

Disable NIS Authentication


DisableNISauthenticationifyounolongerneedtheFluidFSclustertocommunicatewith
thedirectoryservice.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectAccessControl.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheDirectoryServicestab.
6 ClickEditExternalUserDatabase.TheEditExternalUserDatabasedialogbox
appears.
7 SelectNone.
8 ClickOK.

Dell Compellent

267

Chapter 11 FluidFS 3.0 Account Management and Authentication

Managing User Mappings Between Windows and UNIX/Linux


Users
YoucandefinemappingsbetweenWindowsusersinActiveDirectoryandUNIX/Linux
usersinLDAPorNIS.ThisensuresthataWindowsuserinheritstheUNIX/Linuxuser
permissions,andaUNIX/LinuxuserinheritstheWindowsuserpermissions,depending
onthedirectionofthemappingandtheNASvolumesecuritystyle.

User Mapping Policies


Theusermappingpoliciesinclude:

Automaticmapping:AutomaticallymapallWindowsusersinActiveDirectorytothe
identicalUNIX/LinuxusersinLDAPorNIS,andmapallUNIX/Linuxuserstothe
identicalWindowsusers.Automaticmappingisdisabledbydefault.

Mappingrules:DefinemappingsbetweenspecificWindowsusersinActiveDirectory
andtheidenticalUNIX/LinuxusersinLDAPorNIS.Thesespecificmappingrulestake
precedenceoverautomaticmapping.Youcanselectthedirectionofthemappingthe
mappingcangoinonedirectionorboth:

Mappingisallowedinonedirection:

WindowsuserstoaUNIX/Linuxuser

UNIX/LinuxusertoaWindowsuser

MappingisallowedinbothdirectionsbetweenaWindowsuserandaUNIX/Linux
user.

User Mapping Policy and NAS Volume Security Style


UsermappingpermissionsdependonthefilesecuritystylefortheNASvolume:

NTFSsecuritystyle:PermissionsarecontrolledbyWindowsandNTFS.TheUNIX/
LinuxuserwilladheretothepermissionsofthecorrespondingWindowsuser,
regardlessoftheUNIX/Linuxpermissionsettings.

UNIXsecuritystyle:PermissionsarebasedontheUNIX/Linuxpermissions.The
WindowsuserwilladheretothepermissionsofthecorrespondingUNIX/Linuxuser.

Mixedsecuritystyle:BothUNIX/LinuxandWindowspermissionsareused.Eachuser
canoverridetheotheruserspermissionsettings;therefore,becarefulwhenusingthe
Mixedsecuritystyle.

Managing the User Mapping Policy


ConfiguretheFluidFSclustermappingpolicytoautomaticallymapallusersortoonly
allowmappingsbetweenspecificusers.

Automatically Map Windows and UNIX/Linux Users


AutomaticallymapallWindowsusersinActiveDirectorytotheidenticalUNIX/Linux
usersinLDAPorNIS,andmapallUNIX/LinuxuserstotheidenticalWindowsusers.
Mappingruleswilloverrideautomaticmapping.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectAccessControl.

268

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing User Mappings Between Windows and UNIX/Linux Users

5 Intherightpane,clicktheUserMappingstab.
6 ClickEditUserMappingPolicy.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
7 SelectAutomaticallymapCIFSandNFSuserswiththesamename.
8 ClickOK.

Map Windows and UNIX/Linux Users by Mapping Rules Only


OnlyallowmappingsbetweenspecificWindowsusersinActiveDirectoryandthe
identicalUNIX/LinuxusersinLDAPorNIS.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectAccessControl.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheUserMappingstab.
6 ClickEditUserMappingPolicy.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
7 SelectMapCIFSandNFSusersbasedontheMappingRulesonly.
8 ClickOK.

Managing User Mapping Rules


Managemappingrulesbetweenspecificusers.Mappingrulesoverrideautomatic
mapping.

Create a User Mapping Rule


CreateamappingrulebetweenaspecificWindowsuserinActiveDirectoryandthe
identicalUNIX/LinuxuserinLDAPorNIS.Mappingrulesoverrideautomaticmapping.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectAccessControl.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheUserMappingstab.
6 ClickCreateUserMappingRule.TheCreateUserMappingRuledialogboxappears.
7 IntheWindowsUserNamearea,clickSelectUser.TheSelectUserdialogboxappears.
8 SelectaWindowsuser.
a FromtheDomaindropdownmenu,selectthedomaintowhichtheuseris
assigned.
b IntheUserfield,typeeitherthefullnameoftheuserorthebeginningoftheuser
name.
c

(Optional)Configuretheremainingusersearchoptionsasneeded.Theseoptions
aredescribedintheonlinehelp.
Tochangethemaximumnumberofsearchresultstoreturn,selectthemaximum
numberofsearchresultsfromtheMaxResultsdropdownmenu.

d ClickSearch.
e Selectauserfromthesearchresults.
f

Dell Compellent

ClickOK.

269

Chapter 11 FluidFS 3.0 Account Management and Authentication

9 IntheUNIXUserNamearea,clickSelectUser.TheSelectUserdialogboxappears.
10 SelectaUNIX/Linuxuser.
a FromtheDomaindropdownmenu,selectthedomaintowhichtheuseris
assigned.
b IntheUserfield,typeeitherthefullnameoftheuserorthebeginningoftheuser
name.
c

(Optional)Configuretheremainingusersearchoptionsasneeded.Theseoptions
aredescribedintheonlinehelp.
Tochangethemaximumnumberofsearchresultstoreturn,selectthemaximum
numberofsearchresultsfromtheMaxResultsdropdownmenu.

d ClickSearch.
e Selectauserfromthesearchresults.
f

ClickOK.

11 Selectthedirectionoftheusermapping:

Thetwouserswillhaveidenticalfileaccesspermissions(viaanyprotocol)

EnableUnixToWindowsMapping

EnableWindowsToUnixMapping

12 ClickOK.

Change the Direction of Mapping for a User Mapping Rule


ChangethedirectionofmappingbetweenaspecificWindowsuserinActiveDirectoryand
theidenticalUNIX/LinuxuserinLDAPorNIS.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectAccessControl.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheUserMappingstab.
6 SelectausermappingruleandclickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogbox
appears.
7 Selectthedirectionoftheusermapping:

Thetwouserswillhaveidenticalfileaccesspermissions(viaanyprotocol)

EnableUnixToWindowsMapping

EnableWindowsToUnixMapping

8 ClickOK.

Delete a User Mapping Rule


DeleteamappingrulebetweenaspecificWindowsuserinActiveDirectoryandthe
identicalUNIX/LinuxuserinLDAPorNIS.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectAccessControl.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheUserMappingstab.

270

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing User Mappings Between Windows and UNIX/Linux Users

6 SelectausermappingruleandclickDelete.TheDeletedialogboxappears.
7 ClickOK.

Dell Compellent

271

Chapter 11 FluidFS 3.0 Account Management and Authentication

272

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

12

FluidFS 3.0 NAS Volumes, Shares, and


Exports
ThissectioncontainsinformationaboutmanagingtheFluidFSclusterfromtheclient
perspective.ThesetasksareperformedusingtheEnterpriseManagerClient.

Contents
ManagingtheNASPool ..................................................... 273
ManagingNASVolumes .................................................... 276
ManagingCIFSShares ...................................................... 288
ManagingNFSExports ..................................................... 295
ManagingQuotaRules ...................................................... 302
ManagingDataReduction ................................................... 307

Managing the NAS Pool


WhenconfiguringaFluidFScluster,youspecifytheamountofrawStorageCenterspace
toallocatetotheFluidFScluster(NASpool).ThemaximumsizeoftheNASpoolis:

1PBwithoneStorageCenter

2PBwithtwoStorageCenters

TheusablesizeoftheNASpooldependsonhowmuchspacethesystemdeductsfromthe
NASpoolforinternaluse.Onaverage,thesystemdeductsapproximately400GBperNAS
applianceforinternaluse.Theexactamountofinternalspacevariesbyconfiguration,but
itisroughlycalculatedasfollowsperFluidFScluster:
(256GBnumberofNASappliances)+(4GBnumberofStorageCentervolumes)+20
GB+0.5%ofthetotalNASpool(100GB*numberofNASappliances,ifdatareduction
isenabled)

View Internal Storage Reservations


ViewinformationaboutthespacethatthesystemdeductsfromtheNASpoolforinternal
use.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.

Dell Compellent

273

Chapter 12 FluidFS 3.0 NAS Volumes, Shares, and Exports

4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheFileSystemtab.TheinternalstoragereservationsaredisplayedintheInternal
StorageReservationslist.

View the Size of the NAS Pool


ViewthecurrentconfiguredsizeoftheNASpool.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,selectTasksStorageCentersExpandNASPool.TheExpand
NASPooldialogboxappears.TheconfiguredsizeoftheNASpoolisdisplayedinthe
ConfiguredNASPoolSizefield.
5 ClickCancel.

Expand the Size of the NAS Pool


YoucanincreasethesizeoftheNASpoolasyourNASstoragespacerequirements
increase,withoutaffectingtheservicestotheclients.However,youcannotdecreasethe
sizeoftheNASpool.
ThemaximumsizeoftheNASpoolis:

1PBwithoneStorageCenter

2PBwithtwoStorageCenters

Prerequisites
TheStorageCenter(s)musthaveenoughcapacitytoallocatemorestoragespacetothe
FluidFScluster.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,selectTasksStorageCentersExpandNASPool.TheExpand
NASPooldialogboxappears.
5 IntheNewNASPoolSizefield,typeanewsizefortheNASpoolingigabytes(GB)or
terabytes(TB).
Note: ThenewsizeisboundbythesizedisplayedintheMinimumNewSize
fieldandtheMaximumNewSizefield.
6 ClickOK.
7 FromtheStorageTypedropdownmenu,selectthetypeofstoragepool,which
includesasingledatapagesizeandaspecifiedredundancylevel.
8 ClickOK.TheprogressoftheexpandNASpoolprocessisdisplayedintheExpand
NASPooldialogbox.Ifyouclosethedialogbox,theprocesswillcontinuetoruninthe
background.

See Also
ViewingtheStatusofBackgroundProcessesonpage 345

274

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing the NAS Pool

Enable or Disable the NAS Pool Used Space Alert


YoucanenableanalertthatistriggeredwhenaspecifiedpercentageoftheNASpoolspace
hasbeenused.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,selectNASVolumes.
5 Intherightpane,clickSetNASPoolSpaceSettings.TheSetNASPoolSpaceSettings
dialogboxappears.
6 EnableordisabletheNASpoolusedspacealert.

ToenabletheNASpoolusedspacealert,selecttheEnableUsedSpaceAlert
ThresholdPercentagecheckbox.

TodisabletheNASpoolusedspacealert,cleartheEnableUsedSpaceAlert
ThresholdPercentagecheckbox.

7 IftheNASpoolusedspacealertisenabled,intheAlertwhenUsedSpaceisOverfield,
typeanumber(from0to100)tospecifythepercentageofusedNASpoolspacethat
triggersanalert.
8 ClickOK.

Enable or Disable the NAS Pool Unused Space Alert


YoucanenableanalertthatistriggeredwhentheremainingunusedNASpoolspaceis
belowaspecifiedsize.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,selectNASVolumes.
5 Intherightpane,clickSetNASPoolSpaceSettings.TheSetNASPoolSpaceSettings
dialogboxappears.
6 EnableordisabletheunusedNASpoolspacealert.

ToenabletheunusedNASpoolspacealert,selecttheUnusedSpaceAlert
Thresholdcheckbox.

TodisabletheunusedNASpoolspacealert,cleartheUnusedSpaceAlert
Thresholdcheckbox.

7 IftheunusedNASpoolspacealertisenabled,intheAlertwhenUnusedSpaceis
Belowfield,typeasizeinmegabytes(MB),gigabytes(GB),orterabytes(TB)tospecify
theunusedNASpoolspacethattriggersanalert.
8 ClickOK.

Dell Compellent

275

Chapter 12 FluidFS 3.0 NAS Volumes, Shares, and Exports

Managing NAS Volumes


ANASvolumeisasubsetoftheNASpoolinwhichyoucreateCIFSsharesandNFS
exportstomakestoragespaceavailabletoclients.NASvolumeshavespecificmanagement
policiescontrollingtheirspaceallocation,dataprotection,securitystyle,andsoon.
YoucaneithercreateonelargeNASvolumeconsumingtheentireNASPoolordividethe
NASpoolintomultipleNASvolumes.Ineithercaseyoucancreate,resize,ordeletethese
NASvolumes.
NASvolumeavailabilitydependsontheavailabilityoftheStorageCenter(s).IfaStorage
Centerisoffline,NASvolumedataisnotavailablefortheFluidFScluster.Correctthe
StorageCenterproblemtoresumeNASvolumeavailability.
SeveralNASfeaturesareconfiguredonaperNASvolumebasis:

Securitystyles

Quotarules

Datareduction

Snapshots

NDMPbackup

Replication

See Also
FileSecurityStylesonpage 276
ManagingQuotaRulesonpage 302
ManagingClientConnectionsonpage 228
ManagingSnapshotsonpage 316
ManagingNDMPonpage 321
ManagingReplicationonpage 329

File Security Styles


TheWindowsandUNIX/Linuxoperatingsystemsusedifferentmechanismsforresource
accesscontrol.Therefore,youassigneachNASvolumeafilesecuritystyle(NTFS,UNIX,
orMixed)thatcontrolsthetypeofaccesscontrols(permissionandownership)forthefiles
anddirectoriesthatclientscreateintheNASvolume.
ANASvolumesupportsthefollowingsecuritystyles:

276

UNIX:ControlsfileaccessusingUNIXpermissions.Aclientcanchangepermissions
onlybyusingthechmodandchowncommandsontheNFSmountpoint.

NTFS:ControlsfileaccessbyWindowspermissions.Aclientcanchangethe
permissionandownershipusingWindows(FilePropertiesSecuritytab).

Mixed:SupportsbothNTFSandUNIXsecuritystyles.Ifyouchoosethisoption,the
defaultsecurityofafileordirectoryisthelastoneset.Permissionsandaccessrights
fromonemethodtoanotherareautomaticallytranslated.Forexample,ifaWindows
administratorsetsupfileaccesspermissionsonafilethroughaCIFSShare,aLinuxuser
canaccessthefilesystemthroughNFSandchangeallthefilepermissions.Therefore,
thisoptionisnotrecommendedinproductionenvironments,exceptwherethereisa
needforscratchspaceandwhenyouarenotconcernedaboutfileaccesssecurityand
simplyneedsomeNASvolumespacetostorefilestemporarily.

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing NAS Volumes

BothNTFSandUNIXsecuritystylesallowmultiprotocolfileaccess.Thesecuritystyle
simplydeterminesthemethodofstoring/managingthefileaccesspermissionsinformation
withintheNASvolume.
IfyouneedtoaccessthesamesetoffilesfrombothWindowsandUNIX/Linux,thebest
waytoimplementmultiprotocolaccessisbysettingupindividualusermappingrulesor
byenablingautomaticusermapping.Ownershipandaccesspermissionsareautomatically
translatedbasedonusermappingsettingsandfileaccesscredentials.
ModifyingthefilesecuritystyleofaNASvolumeaffectsonlyfilesanddirectoriescreated
afterthemodification.

Thin and Thick Provisioning for NAS Volumes


InadditiontothethinprovisioningappliedtotheNASpool,NASvolumescanbe
thinprovisioned.Withthinprovisioning(thedefault),storagespaceisconsumedonthe
StorageCenter(s)onlywhendataisphysicallywrittentotheNASvolume,notwhenthe
NASvolumeisinitiallyallocated.Thinprovisioningofferstheflexibilitytothinprovision
NASvolumestoaccountforfutureincreasesinusage.However,becauseitispossiblefor
thestoragespaceusedbytheNASvolumestoexceedthestoragespaceallocatedtothe
NASpool,ensurethatyoumonitoravailablecapacityontheStorageCenter(s)toensure
thattheFluidFSclusteralwayshassufficientfreespaceavailable.Youcanalsospecifya
portionoftheNASvolume(ReservedSpace)thatisdedicatedtotheNASvolume(noother
volumescantakethespace).ThetotalReservedSpaceofallNASvolumescannotexceed
theavailablecapacityoftheNASpool.
IfafileisdeletedfromathinprovisionedNASvolume,thefreespaceasseeninEnterprise
Managerdoesnotincrease.Similarly,theStorageCenterdoesnotreportanycapacityfreed
upintheNASpool.However,thefreedupcapacityisvisibleandavailabletoclientsinthe
CIFSsharesorNFSexports.
ThickprovisioningallowsyoutoallocatestoragespaceontheStorageCenter(s)statically
toaNASvolume(noothervolumescantakethespace).Thickprovisioningisappropriate
ifyourenvironmentrequiresguaranteedspaceforaNASvolume.

Choosing a Strategy for NAS Volume Creation


ChoosingtodefinemultipleNASvolumesenablesyoutoapplydifferentmanagement
policies,suchasdatareduction,dataprotection,securitystyle,andquotas,basedonyour
storageneeds.
Considerthefollowingfactorstohelpchoosetherightstrategybasedonyour
environmentsrequirements:

Dell Compellent

Generalrequirements

NASvolumescanbeeasilycreated,resized(increasedordecreased)basedonthe
systemcapacity,ordeleted.

AsingleNASvolumecancontainNFSexports,CIFSshares,oracombinationofNFS
exportsandCIFSshares.

TheminimumsizeofaNASvolumeis20MB(oriftheNASvolumehasalready
beenused,theminimumsizeisthestoreddata).

Businessrequirements:Acompanyorapplicationrequirementforseparationorfor
usingasingleNASvolumemustbeconsidered.NASvolumescanbeusedtoallocate
storagefordepartmentsondemand,usingthethresholdmechanismtonotify
administratorswhentheyapproachtheendoftheirallocatedfreespace.

277

Chapter 12 FluidFS 3.0 NAS Volumes, Shares, and Exports

Datareduction:EachNASvolumecanhaveadedicateddatareductionpolicytobest
suitthetypeofdataitstores.

Snapshots:EachNASvolumecanhaveadedicatedsnapshotschedulingpolicytobest
protectthetypeofdataitstores.

Securitystyle:Inmultipleprotocolenvironments,itmightbebeneficialtoseparatethe
dataanddefineNASvolumeswithUNIXsecuritystyleforUNIX/Linuxbasedclients,
andNTFSforWindowsbasedclients.Thisenablestheadministratortomatchthe
securitystylewithbusinessrequirementsandvariousdataaccesspatterns.Thesecurity
stylecanalsobesettoMixedwhichsupportsbothPOSIXsecurityandWindowsACLs
onthesameNASvolume.

Quotas:DifferentquotapoliciescanbeappliedtodifferentNASvolumes,allowingthe
administratortofocusonmanagingquotaswhenitisappropriate.

Example NAS Volume Creation Scenarios


ThefollowingscenariosprovideexamplesofhowNASvolumescanbecreatedtomeetthe
needsofanexampleorganizationwiththedepartmentsandNASvolumerequirements
describedinthefollowingtable.

Department

Hourly
Change %
Number of
of Existing
Security
NDMP CIFS/NFS Read/
Write Mix Data
Style
Snapshots Replication Backup Clients

PostProduction NFS

Hourly

No

Weekly 20

20/80

1%

Administration CIFS
andFinance

No

No

Weekly 10

50/50

None

Broadcast

Mixed

No

No

Weekly 10

90/10

None

Press

CIFS

Daily

No

No

10/90

5%

Marketing

CIFS

Daily

Yes

No

50/50

None

Anaverageread/writemixis80/20.Anaveragehourlychangerateforexistingdataislessthan1%.

Scenario 1
CreateNASvolumesbasedondepartments.Theadministratorlogicallybreaksupstorage
andmanagementintofunctionalgroups.Inthisscenario,thedepartmentalrequirements
arequitedifferentandsupportthedesigntologicallycreateNASvolumesalong
departmentlines.

278

Advantages:

ItislogicallyeasytomanagetheNASvolumes.

TheNASvolumesarecreatedtomatchtheexactneedsofthedepartment.

Disadvantage:TheNASvolumesbecomedifficulttomanageifthenumberof
departmentsintheorganizationincreases.

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing NAS Volumes

Scenario 2
GroupdepartmentsthathavesimilarsecurityrequirementsintoNASvolumes.The
administratorcreatesthreeNASvolumes:oneforNFS,oneforCIFS,andanotherfor
mixed.

Advantage:TheNASvolumesworkseparatelybetweenWindowsandLinux.

Disadvantage:Unwantedservicesmaybeprovidedtocertaindepartments.For
example,iftheCIFSvolumeisbackedupweeklyfortheadministrationandfinance
departments,thepressandmarketingdepartmentsalsogetbackupseventhoughthey
donotrequireit.

Scenario 3
NASvolumescanbecreatedbasedonthefeature(snapshots,replication,NDMPbackup,
andsoon).

Advantage:TheNASvolumesarecreatedtomatchtheexactneedsforeachfeature.

Disadvantage:Usermappingisrequired.Auserneedstochooseonesecuritystyle,
eitherNTFSorUNIX,andbasedonthesecuritystylechosenthecorrectmappingfor
otherusersisset.

NAS Volumes Storage Space Terminology


EnterpriseManagerdisplaysstoragespacedetailsforindividualNASvolumesandforall
NASvolumescollectively.ThefollowingtabledefinesterminologyusedinEnterprise
ManagerrelatedtoNASvolumestoragespace.

Dell Compellent

Term

Description

Size

MaximumsizeofaNASvolumedefinedbythestorageadministrator.

UsedSpace

StoragespaceoccupiedbywritestotheNASvolume(userdataand
snapshots).

ReservedSpace

AportionofathinprovisionedNASvolumethatisdedicatedtotheNAS
volume(noothervolumescantakethespace).Theamountofreserved
spaceisspecifiedbythestorageadministrator.Reservedspaceisused
beforeunreservedspace.

UnreservedSpace

AportionofathinprovisionedNASvolumethatisnotreserved(other
volumescantakethespace).TheamountofunreservedspaceforaNAS
volumeis:(NASvolumesize)(NASvolumereservedspace).

AvailableSpace

StoragespacethatisphysicallycurrentlyavailablefortheNASvolume.
TheamountofavailablespaceforaNASvolumeis:(unusedNASvolume
reservedspace)+(NASvolumeunreservedspace,providedthatthereis
freespaceintheNASpool).

279

Chapter 12 FluidFS 3.0 NAS Volumes, Shares, and Exports

Term

Description

OvercommittedSpace

AportionofathinprovisionedNASvolumethatisnotavailableandnot
inusebytheNASvolume.TheamountofovercommittedspaceforaNAS
volumeis:(NASvolumesize)(NASvolumeavailablespace)(NAS
volumeusedspace).
Withthinprovisioning,storagespaceisconsumedonlywhendatais
physicallywrittentotheNASvolume,notwhentheNASvolumeis
initiallyallocated.Thismeansmorestoragespacecanbeallocatedtothe
NASvolumesthanhasbeenallocatedintheNASpoolitself.

SnapshotSpace

StoragespaceoccupiedbysnapshotsofaNASvolume.

DataReductionSaving Storagespacereclaimedasaresultofdatareductionprocessing.

Configuring NAS Volumes


ManageNASvolumesandNASvolumealerts.

View NAS Volumes


ViewthecurrentNASvolumes.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,selectNASVolumes.TheNASvolumesare
displayedintherightpane.

Add a NAS Volume


AddaNASvolumetoallocatestoragethatcanbesharedonthenetwork.WhenaNAS
volumeisadded,defaultvaluesareappliedforsomesettings.Tochangethedefaults,you
mustmodifytheNASvolume.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,selectNASVolumes.
5 Intherightpane,clickCreateNASVolume.TheCreateNASVolumedialogbox
appears.
6 IntheNamefield,typeanamefortheNASvolume.
7 IntheSizefield,typeasizefortheNASvolumeinmegabytes(MB),gigabytes(GB),or
terabytes(TB).
Note: ANASvolumemusthaveaminimumsizeof20MB.
8 IntheFolderpane,selectaparentfolderfortheNASvolume.
9 ClickOK.

280

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing NAS Volumes

Rename a NAS Volume


RenameaNASvolume.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
6 IntheNamefield,typeanewnamefortheNASvolume.
7 ClickOK.

Change Access Time Granularity for a NAS Volume


ChangetheaccesstimegranularitysettingsofaNASvolumetochangetheintervalat
whichfileaccesstimestampsareupdated.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
6 IntheAccessTimeGranularityarea,selecttheintervalatwhichfileaccesstimestamps
areupdated.Theseoptionsaredescribedintheonlinehelp.
7 ClickOK.

Change Permissions Interoperability for a NAS Volume


ChangethepermissionsinteroperabilitysettingsofaNASvolumetochangethefileaccess
securitystylefortheNASvolume.ModifyingthefilesecuritystyleofaNASvolumeaffects
onlyfilesanddirectoriescreatedafterthemodification.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
6 InthePermissionsInteroperabilityarea,selectthefileaccesssecuritystylefortheNAS
volume.Theseoptionsaredescribedintheonlinehelp.
7 ClickOK.

Enable or Disable Zero Disk Usage Reporting for a NAS Volume


WhenzerodiskusagereportingisenabledforaNASvolume,theDUcommandreports0
whentheactualallocatedsizeofafileisunknown.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.

Dell Compellent

281

Chapter 12 FluidFS 3.0 NAS Volumes, Shares, and Exports

4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
6 Enableordisablezerodiskusagereporting.

Toenablezerodiskusagereporting,selecttheReportZeroDiskUsagecheckbox.

Todisablezerodiskusagereporting,cleartheReportZeroDiskUsagecheckbox.

7 ClickOK.

Change the Space Settings of a NAS Volume


ChangethespacesettingsofaNASvolume,includingprovisioning,size,andreserved
space.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditVolumeSpaceSettings.TheEditVolumeSpaceSettings
dialogboxappears.
6 FromtheSpaceProvisioningdropdownmenu,selectthespaceprovisioningtype
(ThickorThin).Theseoptionsaredescribedintheonlinehelp.
7 IntheSizefield,typeanewsizefortheNASvolumeinmegabytes(MB),gigabytes
(GB),orterabytes(TB).
Note: ThenewsizemustbelargerthanthespaceusedbytheNASvolume.
8 (ForthinNASvolumes)IntheReservedSpacefield,typethesizeofthestoragethatis
staticallyallocatedtotheNASvolumeinmegabytes(MB),gigabytes(GB),orterabytes
(TB).
Note: ThereservedspacemustbesmallerthantheconfiguredsizeoftheNAS
volume.
9 ClickOK.

Enable or Disable a NAS Volume Used Space Alert


YoucanenableanalertthatistriggeredwhenaspecifiedpercentageoftheNASvolume
spacehasbeenused.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditVolumeSpaceSettings.TheEditVolumeSpaceSettings
dialogboxappears.

282

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing NAS Volumes

6 EnableordisableaNASvolumeusedspacealert.

ToenableaNASvolumeusedspacealert,selecttheUsedSpacecheckbox.

TodisableaNASvolumeusedspacealert,cleartheUsedSpacecheckbox.

7 IfaNASvolumeusedspacealertisenabled,intheAlertwhenUsedSpaceisOver
field,typeanumber(from0to100)tospecifythepercentageofusedNASvolumespace
thattriggersanalert.
8 ClickOK.

Enable or Disable a NAS Volume Unused Space Alert


YoucanenableanalertthatistriggeredwhentheremainingunusedNASvolumespaceis
belowaspecifiedsize.Ifaclientapplicationrequiresacertainamountofstoragespace,you
mightwanttoenableanunusedspacealerttoensurethattheapplicationalwayshasthe
requiredstoragespace.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditVolumeSpaceSettings.TheEditVolumeSpaceSettings
dialogboxappears.
6 EnableordisableaNASvolumeunusedspacealert.

ToenableaNASvolumeunusedspacealert,selecttheUnusedSpacecheckbox.

TodisableaNASvolumeunusedspacealert,cleartheUnusedSpacecheckbox.

7 IfaNASvolumeunusedspacealertisenabled,intheAlertwhenUnusedSpaceis
Belowfield,typeasizeinmegabytes(MB),gigabytes(GB),orterabytes(TB)tospecify
theunusedNASvolumespacethattriggersanalert.
8 ClickOK.

Enable or Disable a NAS Volume Snapshot Space Consumption Threshold Alert


YoucanenableanalertthatistriggeredwhenaspecifiedpercentageoftheNASvolume
spacehasbeenusedforsnapshots.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditVolumeSpaceSettings.TheEditVolumeSpaceSettings
dialogboxappears.
6 EnableordisableaNASvolumesnapshotspaceconsumptionthresholdalert.

Dell Compellent

ToenableaNASvolumesnapshotspaceconsumptionthresholdalert,selectthe
SnapshotSpaceConsumptioncheckbox.

TodisableaNASvolumesnapshotspaceconsumptionthresholdalert,clearthe
SnapshotSpaceConsumptioncheckbox.

283

Chapter 12 FluidFS 3.0 NAS Volumes, Shares, and Exports

7 IfaNASvolumesnapshotspaceconsumptionthresholdalertisenabled,intheAlert
whenSnapshotSpaceisOverfield,typeanumber(from0to100)tospecifythe
percentageofusedNASvolumespacethattriggersanalert.
8 ClickOK.

Delete a NAS Volume


AfterdeletingaNASvolume,thestoragespaceusedbythedeletedNASvolumeis
reclaimedbytheNASpool.DeletingaNASvolumedeletesallthefilesanddirectoriesas
wellasitsproperties,thatis,CIFSsharesandNFSexports,snapshotsdefinitions,andso
on.Oncedeleted,theNASvolumecannotberestoredunlessitisredefinedandrestored
fromanexternalbackup.

Prerequisites

BeforeaNASvolumecanbedeleted,youmustremoveitsCIFSshares,NFSexports,
replications,quotarules,NASvolumeclones,andanyotherreferencetotheNAS
volume.

EnsurethattheNASvolumeisnotmountedandwarnaffectedclientsthatthedatawill
bedeleted.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clickDelete.TheDeletedialogboxappears.
6 SelecttheIacknowledgethatwhendeletingtheseNASVolume(s)alldatastoredon
themwillbelostcheckbox.
7 ClickOK.

Organizing NAS Volumes in Enterprise Manager Using Folders


BydefaultEnterpriseManagerdisplaysNASvolumesinalphabeticalorder.Tocustomize
theorganizationofNASvolumesinEnterpriseManager,youcancreatefolderstogroup
NASvolumes.

Create a NAS Volume Folder


AddfolderstoorganizeNASvolumes.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,selectNASVolumes.
5 Intherightpane,clickCreateNASVolumeFolder.TheCreateNASVolumeFolder
dialogboxappears.
6 IntheNamefield,typeanameforthefolder.
7 IntheParentFolderpane,selectaparentfolder.
8 ClickOK.

284

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing NAS Volumes

Rename a NAS Volume Folder


RenameaNASvolumefolder.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNASvolume
folder.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
6 IntheNamefield,typeanewnameforthefolder.
7 ClickOK.

Change the Parent Folder for a NAS Volume Folder


ChangetheparentfolderforaNASvolumefolder.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNASvolume
folder.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
6 IntheParentFolderpane,selectaparentfolder.
7 ClickOK.

Move a NAS Volume Into a NAS Volume Folder


MoveaNASvolumeintoaNASvolumefolderifyouwanttogroupitwithotherNAS
volumes.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
6 IntheFolderpane,selectaparentfolder.
7 ClickOK.

Delete a NAS Volume Folder


DeleteaNASvolumefolderifyounolongerwanttouseitgroupNASvolumes.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNASvolume
folder.

Dell Compellent

285

Chapter 12 FluidFS 3.0 NAS Volumes, Shares, and Exports

5 Intherightpane,clickDelete.TheDeletedialogboxappears.
6 ClickOK.IfthefoldercontainsNASvolumes,theyaremovedintotheparentfolderof
theNASvolumefolderthatyoudelete.

Cloning a NAS Volume


CloningaNASvolumecreatesawritablecopyoftheNASvolume.Thisisusefultotest
againstnonproductiondatasetsinatestenvironmentwithoutimpactingtheproduction
filesystemenvironment.MostoperationsthatcanbeperformedonNASvolumescanalso
beperformedoncloneNASvolumes,suchasresizing,deleting,andconfiguringCIFS
shares,NFSexports,snapshots,replication,NDMP,andsoon.
ThecloneNASvolumeiscreatedfromasnapshot(basesnapshot)fromtheoriginalNAS
volume(basevolume).NospaceisconsumedbythecloneNASvolumeuntildatastored
onitismodified.

NAS Volume Clone Defaults


ThecloneNASvolumewillhavethefollowingdefaultvalues:

Hasthesamesizeasitsbasevolume,isthinprovisioned,anditsreservespaceis0(and
thereforeitconsumesnospace)

Quotausageiscopiedfromthebasesnapshotofthebasevolume

Quotaruleshavethedefaultdefinitions(likeanewNASvolume)

Hasthesamepermissionsonfoldersincludingtherootdirectoryasthebasevolume

Hasthesamesecuritystyleandaccesstimegranularitydefinitionsasthebasevolume

TherearenoCIFSshares,NFSexports,orsnapshotschedulesdefined

NAS Volume Clone Restrictions


ThefollowingrestrictionsexistwithcloneNASvolumes:

286

YoucannotcreateacloneNASvolumeofacloneNASvolume(nestedclones)unlessa
cloneNASvolumeisreplicatedtoanotherFluidFSclusterandthencloned.

YoucannotdeleteabasevolumeuntilallofitscloneNASvolumeshavebeendeleted.

AsnapshotcannotbedeletedaslongastherearecloneNASvolumesbasedonit.

Restoringtoanoldersnapshotfailsifitwouldresultinabasesnapshotgettingdeleted.

YoucanreplicateacloneNASvolumeonlyafterthebasevolumeisreplicated.Ifthe
basesnapshotinthebasevolumeisremoved,andacloneNASvolumeexistsonthe
replicationtargetFluidFScluster,replicationbetweenNASvolumeswillstop.To
resumereplication,theclonedNASvolumeonthetargetFluidFSclustermustbe
deleted.

YoucannotcreateacloneNASvolumefromareplicationsourceNASvolumeorNDMP
snapshot.However,youcancreateacloneNASvolumeofareplicationtargetNAS
volume.

PriortocreatingacloneNASvolume,datareductionandthesnapshotspace
consumptionthresholdalertmustbedisabledonthebasevolume(previously
deduplicateddataisallowed).

DatareductioncannotbeenabledonacloneNASvolume.

OnceaNASvolumeiscloned,datareductioncannotbereenableduntilallcloneNAS
volumeshavebeendeleted.

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing NAS Volumes

AcloneNASvolumecontainsuserandgrouprecoveryinformation,butnottheNAS
volumeconfiguration.

CloneNASvolumescounttowardsthetotalnumberofNASvolumesintheFluidFS
cluster.

Managing NAS Volume Clones


View,create,anddeleteNASvolumeclones.

View NAS Volume Clones


ViewthecurrentNASvolumeclones.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheSnapshotstab.TheNASvolumeclonesaredisplayedinthe
VolumeCloneslist.

Create a NAS Volume Clone


CloningaNASvolumecreatesawritablecopyoftheNASvolume.

Prerequisites

TheremustbeanexistingsnapshotfromwhichthecloneNASvolumewillbecreated.

Datareductionmustbedisabledonthebasevolume.

Thesnapshotspaceconsumptionthresholdalertmustbedisabledonthebasevolume.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheSnapshotstabandselectasnapshot.
6 ClickCreateNASVolumeClone.TheCreateNASVolumeClonedialogboxappears.
7 IntheNamefield,typeanamefortheNASvolumeclone.
8 IntheFolderpane,selectaparentfolderfortheNASvolumeclone.
9 ClickOK.

Delete a NAS Volume Clone


DeleteaNASvolumecloneifitisnolongerused.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.

Dell Compellent

287

Chapter 12 FluidFS 3.0 NAS Volumes, Shares, and Exports

5 Intherightpane,clicktheSnapshotstabandselectaNASvolumeclone.
6 ClickDelete.TheDeletedialogboxappears.
7 SelecttheIacknowledgethatwhendeletingtheseNASVolume(s)alldatastoredon
themwillbelostcheckbox.
8 ClickOK.

Managing CIFS Shares


CommonInternetFileSystem(CIFS)sharesprovideaneffectivewayofsharingfilesacross
aWindowsnetworkwithauthorizedclients.TheFluidFSclustersupportsSMBprotocol
version1.0,2.0,and2.1.
WhenyoufirstcreateaCIFSshare,accessislimitedasfollows:

TheAdministratoraccounthasfullaccess.

IfyouareusingActiveDirectory,theADdomainadministratorhasfullaccess.

ToassignotherusersfullaccesstoaCIFSshare,youmustlogintotheCIFSshareusing
oneoftheabovementionedadministratoraccountsandsetaccesspermissionsand
ownershipoftheCIFSshare.

Configuring CIFS Shares


View,add,modify,anddeleteCIFSshares.

View All CIFS Shares on the FluidFS Cluster


ViewallcurrentCIFSsharesfortheFluidFScluster.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,selectCIFSShares.TheCIFSsharesare
displayedintherightpane.

View CIFS Shares on a NAS Volume


ViewthecurrentCIFSsharesforaNASvolume.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheCIFSSharestab.TheCIFSsharesaredisplayed.

Add a CIFS Share


CreateaCIFSsharetoshareadirectoryinaNASvolumeusingtheCIFSprotocol.Whena
CIFSshareisadded,defaultvaluesareappliedforsomesettings.Tochangethedefaults,
youmustmodifytheCIFSshare.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.

288

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing CIFS Shares

4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,selectCIFSShares.
5 Intherightpane,clickCreateCIFSshare.TheSelectNASVolumedialogboxappears.
6 SelectaNASvolumeonwhichtocreateaCIFSshareandclickOK.TheCreateCIFS
sharedialogboxappears.
7 IntheShareNamefield,typeanamefortheCIFSshare.
8 InthePathfield,specifythedirectoryyouwanttoshare:
Note: Afoldernamemustbelessthan255characterslongandmaynotcontain
thefollowingcharacters:>,,\,|,?,and*.

TosharetherootoftheNASvolume,leavethePathfieldsettothedefaultvalueof/.

Totypeanexistingdirectorytoshare,typethepathtothedirectoryinthePathfield.

Tobrowsetoanexistingdirectorytoshare:
ClickSelectFolder.TheSelectFolderdialogboxappearsanddisplaysthetoplevel
foldersfortheNASvolume.Locatethefoldertoshare,selectthefolder,andclick
OK.

Todrilldownintoaparticularfolderandviewthesubfolders,doubleclickthe
foldername.

Toviewtheparentfoldersofaparticularfolder,clickUp.

Totypeanewdirectorytoshare,typethepathtothedirectorytocreateinthePath
fieldandselecttheCreateFolderIfItDoesNotExistcheckbox.

Tobrowseexistingdirectoriesandcreateanewdirectorytoshare:
ClickSelectFolder.TheSelectFolderdialogboxappearsanddisplaysthetoplevel
foldersfortheNASvolume.Navigateintothefolderinwhichtocreatethenew
folderandclickCreateFolder.TheCreateFolderdialogboxappears.IntheName
field,typeanameforthefolder,thenclickOKtoclosetheCreateFolderdialogbox.
SelectthenewfolderandclickOK.

Todrilldownintoaparticularfolderandviewthesubfolders,doubleclickthe
foldername.

Toviewtheparentfoldersofaparticularfolder,clickUp.

9 (Optional)ConfiguretheremainingCIFSshareattributesasneeded.Theseoptionsare
describedintheonlinehelp.

TypedescriptivetextforthebenefitofadministratorsintheNotesfield.Thistextis
notdisplayedtoCIFSclients

TopreventclientswithoutpermissionsfortheCIFSsharefrombeingabletoview
theCIFSshare,anditsfoldersandfiles,selecttheAccessBasedEnumerationcheck
box.

10 ClickOK.

Enable or Disable Accessed-Based Share Enumeration for a CIFS Share


WhenSLPaccessbasedshareenumerationisenabled,ifagivenuserorgroupdoesnot
havesharelevelpermissionsforaparticularCIFSshare,theCIFSshare,anditsfoldersand
files,willnotbevisibletotheuserorgroup.WhenSLPaccessbasedshareenumerationis
disabled,theCIFSshare,anditsfoldersandfiles,willbevisibletousersandgroups
regardlessofwhethertheyhavepermissionsfortheCIFSshare.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.

Dell Compellent

289

Chapter 12 FluidFS 3.0 NAS Volumes, Shares, and Exports

3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,selectCIFSShares.
5 Intherightpane,selectaCIFSshareandclickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialog
boxappears.
6 Enableordisableaccessbasedshareenumeration.

Toenableaccessbasedshareenumeration,selecttheAccessBasedEnumeration
checkbox.

Todisableaccessbasedshareenumeration,cleartheAccessBasedEnumeration
checkbox.

7 ClickOK.

Delete a CIFS Share


IfyoudeleteaCIFSshare,thedataintheshareddirectoryisnolongersharedbutitisnot
removed.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,selectCIFSShares.
5 Intherightpane,selectaCIFSshareandclickDelete.TheDeletedialogboxappears.
6 ClickOK.

Viewing and Disconnecting CIFS Connections


YoucanviewactiveCIFSclientsconnectionsanddisconnectindividualCIFSconnections.

Display Active CIFS Connections


DisplaythecurrentCIFSconnections.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectConnections.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheCIFSConnectionstab.TheactiveCIFSconnectionsare
displayed.

Disconnect a CIFS Connection


DisconnectaparticularCIFSconnection.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectConnections.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheCIFSConnectionstab.
6 RightclickaCIFSconnectionandselectDisconnect.TheDisconnectdialogbox
appears.
7 ClickOK.

290

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing CIFS Shares

Using CIFS Home Shares


TheFluidFSclusterenablesyoutocreateashareperclientthatislimitedtothatclient.For
example,whenaclientjsmithconnectstotheFluidFScluster,jsmithwillbepresented
withanyavailablegeneralshares,aswellasasharelabeledjsmiththatisvisibleonlyto
jsmith.
WhencreatingaCIFSsharewithauserbaseddirectorystructure(homeshare),theshare
willnotbeaccessibleinitially.Thisisbecausealldirectoriesforeachusermustbecreated
bythestorageadministrator.Thiscanbeaccomplishedwithascript(usercreatedscript),
batchfile,orPowerShellcmdletthatiswrittenbythestorageadministrator.Alternatively,
thestorageadministratorcanmanuallycreatethesefolders.Thisistoprovidestronger
accesscontrolstothestorageadministrator.Thestorageadministratorcandecidewhether
someoralloftheuserswillbegivenahomeshare.

Configure CIFS Home Shares


EnableCIFShomesharestocreateashareperclientthatislimitedtothatclient.
1 CreateaCIFSsharethatistherootofalltheusersfolders.Forexample,createaCIFS
sharenamedusers,atdirectory/users.
2 GiveownershipoftheCIFSsharetotheaccountthatwillcreatethefolders(eitherusing
ausercreatedscriptormanually)foreachusershomeshare.
a UsingWindowsExplorer,connecttotheCIFSshare.
b InthesecuritysettingoftheCIFSshare,clickonAdvanced,andchangeownerto
DomainAdmins,aspecificDomainAdministrator,oraFluidFScluster
administratoraccount.
c

DisconnectfromtheCIFSshareandreconnecttoitastheaccountthathas
ownershipofit,aspreviouslysetinStep b.

3 CreateaCIFSsharecontainingauserbaseddirectorytree.
a ClicktheStorageview.
b IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
c

ClicktheFileSystemtab.

d IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,selectCIFSShares.
e Intherightpane,clickEditCIFSHomeShareSetting.TheSetCIFSHomeShare
dialogboxappears.
f

SelecttheEnabledcheckbox.

g ClickChange.TheSelectNASVolumedialogboxappears.
h SelecttheNASvolumeonwhichtheCIFShomesharesarelocatedandclickOK.

Dell Compellent

IntheInitialPathfield,typethepathcreatedinStep 1,forexample/users.

FromtheFolderTemplatedropdownmenu,selecttheformthattheusersfolders
shouldtake:

Select/Domain/Userifyouwanttheusersfolderstotaketheformof
<path_prefix>/<domain>/<username>.

Select/Userifyouwanttheusersfolderstotaketheformof<path_prefix>/
<username>.

291

Chapter 12 FluidFS 3.0 NAS Volumes, Shares, and Exports

k (Optional)ConfiguretheremainingCIFShomesharesattributesasneeded.These
optionsaredescribedintheonlinehelp.

TopreventclientswithoutpermissionsforaCIFShomesharefrombeingableto
viewtheCIFShomeshare,anditsfoldersandfiles,selecttheAccessBased
Enumerationcheckbox.

ToenablevirusscanningforCIFShomeshares,selecttheVirusScancheckbox.

Todenyaccesstofileslargerthanthespecifiedantivirusscanningfilesize
threshold,selecttheDenyunscannedlargefilescheckbox.

Tochangethemaximumsizeoffilesthatareincludedinantivirusscanning,
typeasizeintheVirusscanfilesizethresholdfieldinkilobytes(KB),megabytes
(MB),gigabytes(GB),orterabytes(TB).

Toexemptfileextensionsfromantivirusscanning,selecttheEnablevirusscan
extensionexclusioncheckboxandspecifytheextensionsintheExtensions
excludedfromscanlist.

Toexemptdirectoriesfromantivirusscanning,selecttheEnablevirusscan
directoryexclusioncheckboxandspecifythedirectoriesintheDirectories
excludedfromscanlist.

ClickOK.

4 UsingWindowsExplorer,foreachuserthatyouwanttobegivenahomeshare,create
afolderforthemthatconfirmstotheFolderTemplateyouselectedStep j.

Changing the Owner of a CIFS Share


WhenaCIFSshareiscreated,theowneroftheCIFSsharemustbechangedbeforesetting
anyaccesscontrollists(ACLs)orsharelevelpermissions(SLP),orattemptingtoaccessthe
CIFSshare.ThefollowingmethodscanbeusedtoinitiallychangetheownerofaCIFS
share:

UseanActiveDirectorydomainaccountthathasitsprimarygroupsetastheDomain
Adminsgroup.

UsetheFluidFSclusterAdministratoraccount(usedifnotjoinedtoActiveDirectoryor
DomainAdmincredentialsarenotavailable).

Change the Owner of a CIFS Share Using an Active Directory Domain Account
TheActiveDirectorydomainaccountmusthaveitsprimarygroupsetastheDomain
AdminsgrouptochangetheownerofaCIFSshare.Thesestepsmightvaryslightly
dependingonwhichversionofWindowsyouareusing.
1 OpenWindowsExplorerandintheaddressbartype:\\<client_VIP_or_name>.A
listofallCIFSsharesisdisplayed.
2 RightclicktherequiredCIFSshare(folder)andselectProperties.ThePropertiesdialog
boxappears.
3 ClicktheSecuritytabandthenclickAdvanced.TheAdvancedSecuritySettings
dialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheOwnertabandthenclickEdit.TheAdvancedSecuritySettingsdialogbox
appears.
5 ClickOtherusersorgroups.TheSelectUserorGroupdialogboxappears.
6 ChoosethedomainadminuseraccountthatisusedtosetACLsforthisCIFSshareor
choosetheDomainAdminsgroup.ClickOK.

292

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing CIFS Shares

7 EnsurethatReplaceowneronsubcontainersandobjectsisselectedandclickOK.
8 ClickthePermissionstabandfollowMicrosoftbestpracticestoassignACL
permissionsforusersandgroupstotheCIFSshare.

Change the Owner of a CIFS Share Using the FluidFS Cluster Administrator
Account
IftheFluidFSclusterisnotjoinedtoActiveDirectory,usetheAdministratoraccountto
changetheownerofaCIFSshare.Thesestepsmightvaryslightlydependingonwhich
versionofWindowsyouareusing.
1 StarttheMapnetworkdrivewizard.
2 InFoldertype:\\<client_VIP_or_name>\<CIFS_share_name>.
3 SelectConnectusingdifferentcredentials.
4 ClickFinish.
5 Whenprompted,typetheAdministratorcredentialsandclickOK.
6 RightclickthemappedCIFSshare(folder)andselectProperties.ThePropertiesdialog
boxappears.
7 ClicktheSecuritytabandthenclickAdvanced.TheAdvancedSecuritySettings
dialogboxappears.
8 ClicktheOwnertabandthenclickEdit.TheAdvancedSecuritySettingsdialogbox
appears.
9 ClickOtherusersorgroups.TheSelectUserorGroupdialogboxappears.
10 ChoosethedomainadminuseraccountthatisusedtosetACLsforthisCIFSshareor
choosetheDomainAdminsgroup.Alternatively,theFluidFSclusterAdministrator
accountcanbeused.ClickOK.
11 EnsurethatReplaceowneronsubcontainersandobjectsisselectedandclickOK.
12 Aftertheownerisset,unmapthenetworkdrive.
13 Remapthenetworkdriveastheaccountthathasownershipofit,aspreviouslysetin
Step 10.
14 ClickthePermissionstaboftheAdvancedSecuritySettingsdialogboxandfollow
MicrosoftbestpracticestoassignACLpermissionsforusersandgroupstotheCIFS
share.

Managing ACLs or SLPs on a CIFS Share


TheFluidFSclustersupportstwolevelsofaccesscontroltoCIFSshares,files,andfolders:

AccessControlLists(ACLs):Governsaccesstospecificfilesandfolders.The
administratorcancontrolawiderangeofoperationsthatusersandgroupscan
perform.

ShareLevelPermissions(SLPs):Governsaccesstoentireshares.Theadministrator
controlsonlyread,change,orfullaccesstoanentireshare.

SLPsarelimitedastheyonlyaddressfullcontrol,modify,andreadrightsforanygiven
userorgroupattheCIFSsharelevel.ACLsofferafinerlevelofcontrol,andcancontrol
manymoreoperationsthanonlyread/change/fullaccess,anditisrecommendedtoleave
thedefaultsettingforSLP(everyonehasfullcontrol)anduseACLstocontrolaccesstothe
CIFSshare,unlessthereisaspecificrequirementforSLPsthatcannotbeaccomplished
usingACLs.

Dell Compellent

293

Chapter 12 FluidFS 3.0 NAS Volumes, Shares, and Exports

DellrecommendsthataWindowsadministratorfollowsthebestpracticesdefinedby
MicrosoftforACLsandSLPs.
Note: DonotcreatebothACLtypepermissionsandSLPsforthesameCIFSshare.

Note: DonotattempttocreateaCIFSshareusingMMC.UseMMConlytosetSLPs.

Setting ACLs on a CIFS Share


TosetACLs,useWindowsExplorerprocedures.WhendefininganACLforalocaluser
account,youmustusetheformat:<client_VIP_or_name>\<local_user_name>.

Setting SLPs on a CIFS Share


TosetSLPs,youmustusetheMicrosoftManagementConsole(MMC)withtheShared
Foldersnapintosetpermissions.AdministratorscanuseapredefinedMMCfile(.msc)
fromtheWindowsServer2000/2003/2008startmenuandaddaSharedFoldersnapinto
connecttotheFluidFScluster.TheMMCdoesnotletyouchosewhichusertoconnectwith
aremotecomputer.Bydefault,itformstheconnectionthroughtheuserloggedontothe
machine.Toconnectthroughadifferentuser:

IftheFluidFSclusterthatyouaretryingtomanageisjoinedtoanActiveDirectory,log
intothemanagementstationwith<domain>\Administrator.

BeforeusingMMC,connecttotheFluidFSclusterbyusingtheclientVIPaddressinthe
addressbarofWindowsExplorer.Loginwiththeadministratoraccountandthen
connecttoMMC.
Note: Youmightneedtoresetthelocaladministratorpasswordfirst.

IftherearenopredefinedMMCfiles:
1 SelectStartRun.
2 TypemmcandclickOK.TheConsole1[ConsoleRoot]windowisdisplayed.
3 SelectFileAdd/RemoveSnapin.
4 SelectSharedFoldersandclickAdd.
5 IntheSharedFolderswindow,chooseAnothercomputerandtypetheFluidFScluster
name(asconfiguredintheDNS).Alternatively,youcanusetheclientVIP.
6 ClickFinish.ThenewsharestreeisdisplayedintheConsoleRootwindow.
7 RightclickontherequiredCIFSshare,andchooseProperties.
8 IntheSharePropertieswindow,clicktheSharePermissiontabtosetSLPs.

Accessing a CIFS Share Using Windows


MicrosoftWindowsoffersseveralmethodstoconnecttoCIFSshares.ToaccessaCIFS
share,theclientmustbeavaliduser(localorremote)andprovideavalidpassword.

Option 1 - net use Command


Executethenet usecommandfromacommandprompt:
net use <drive_letter>: \\<client_VIP_or_name>\<CIFS_share_name>

294

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing NFS Exports

Option 2 - UNC path


UsetheUNCpath.
1 FromtheStartmenu,selectRun.TheRunwindowisdisplayed.
2 TypethepathtotheCIFSsharetowhichyouwanttoconnect:
\\<client_VIP_or_name>\<CIFS_share_name>

3 ClickOK.

Option 3 - Map the Share as a Network Drive


Maptheshareasanetworkdrive.
1 OpenWindowsExplorerandchooseToolsMapNetworkDrive.TheMap
NetworkDrivedialogboxappears.
2 FromtheDrivedropdownlist,selectanyavailabledrive.
3 TypethepathtotheCIFSsharetowhichyouwanttoconnectintheFolderfieldor
browsetotheCIFSshare:
\\<client_VIP_or_name>\<CIFS_share_name>

4 ClickFinish.

Option 4 - Network
ConnecttotheshareusingtheWindowsNetwork.Thisoptiondoesnotmaptheshare.
1 FromtheStartmenu,selectComputer.TheComputerwindowisdisplayed.
2 ClickNetwork.
3 LocatetheNASapplianceanddoubleclickit.
4 FromtheCIFSshareslist,selecttheCIFSsharetowhichyouwanttoconnect.

Accessing a CIFS Share Using UNIX/Linux


MounttheCIFSsharefromaUNIX/Linuxoperatingsystemusingoneofthefollowing
commands:
# mount -t smbfs -o user_name=<username>,password=<password> //
<client_VIP_or_name>/<CIFS_share_name> /<local_folder>
# smbmount //<client_VIP_or_name>/<CIFS_share_name> /<local_folder> -o
user_name=<username>

Managing NFS Exports


NetworkFileSystem(NFS)exportsprovideaneffectivewayofsharingfilesacrossaUNIX/
Linuxnetworkwithauthorizedclients.AftercreatingNFSexports,NFSclientsthenneed
tomounteachNFSexport.TheFluidFSclusterfullysupportsNFSprotocolversion3and
partiallysupportsNFSprotocolversion4.

Dell Compellent

SupportedNFSv4features:

Fileandbyterangelocking

Kerberosv5securityusinganADserver

AUTH_SYSlegacyweakauthentication

UIDtranslationusinganLDAPserver(UNIXorAD)oranNISserver

UTF8fileanddirectorynames

295

Chapter 12 FluidFS 3.0 NAS Volumes, Shares, and Exports

UnsupportedNFSv4features:

Delegationoffilelockstoclients

ACLs

FullinteroperabilitybetweenNFSv3andNFSv4(forexample,conflictresolutionfor
locksfromclientsusingdifferentprotocols)

Antivirusscanningandresultcaching

LIPKEYandSPKM3security(notmandatoryinNFSv4.1)

KerberosUNIXserver

Configuring NFS Exports


View,add,modify,anddeleteNFSexportsandcontrolwhetherNFSv4isenabled.

View All NFS Exports on a FluidFS Cluster


ViewallcurrentNFSexportsforaFluidFScluster.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,selectNFSExports.TheNFSexportsare
displayedintherightpane.

View NFS Exports on a NAS Volume


ViewthecurrentNFSexportsforaNASvolume.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheNFSExportstab.TheNFSexportsaredisplayed.

Add an NFS Export


CreateanNFSexporttoshareadirectoryinaNASvolumeusingtheNFSprotocol.When
anNFSexportisadded,defaultvaluesareappliedforsomesettings.Tochangethe
defaults,youmustmodifytheNFSexport.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,selectNFSExports.
5 ClickCreateNFSexport.TheSelectNASVolumedialogboxappears.
6 SelectaNASvolumeonwhichtocreateanNFSexportandclickOK.TheCreateNFS
exportdialogboxappears.

296

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing NFS Exports

7 IntheFolderPathfield,specifythedirectoryyouwanttoshare:
Note: Afoldernamemustbelessthan255characterslongandmaynotcontain
thefollowingcharacters:>,,\,|,?,and*.

TosharetherootoftheNASvolume,leavetheFolderPathfieldsettothedefault
valueof/.

Totypeanexistingdirectorytoshare,typethepathtothedirectoryintheFolder
Pathfield.

Tobrowsetoanexistingdirectorytoshare:
ClickSelectFolder.TheSelectFolderdialogboxappearsanddisplaysthetoplevel
foldersfortheNASvolume.Locatethefoldertoshare,selectthefolder,andclick
OK.

Todrilldownintoaparticularfolderandviewthesubfolders,doubleclickthe
foldername.

Toviewtheparentfoldersofaparticularfolder,clickUp.Totypeanewdirectory
toshare,typethepathtothedirectorytocreateintheFolderPathfieldandselect
theCreateFolderIfItDoesNotExistcheckbox.

Tobrowseexistingdirectoriesandcreateanewdirectorytoshare:
ClickSelectFolder.TheSelectFolderdialogboxappearsanddisplaysthetoplevel
foldersfortheNASvolume.Navigateintothefolderinwhichtocreatethenew
folderandclickCreateFolder.TheCreateFolderdialogboxappears.IntheName
field,typeanameforthefolder,thenclickOKtoclosetheCreateFolderdialogbox.
SelectthenewfolderandclickOK.

Todrilldownintoaparticularfolderandviewthesubfolders,doubleclickthe
foldername.

Toviewtheparentfoldersofaparticularfolder,clickUp.

8 (Optional)ConfiguretheremainingNFSexportattributesasneeded.Theseoptionsare
describedintheonlinehelp.

TypedescriptivetextforthebenefitofadministratorsintheNotesfield.Thistextis
notdisplayedtoCIFSclients

TochangetheclientaccesssettingsfortheNFSexport,usetheAdd,Remove,and
Editbuttons.

9 ClickOK.

Change the Folder Path for an NFS Export


ChangethepathtothedirectoryyouwanttoshareforanNFSexport.

Prerequisites
ThenewdirectorymustexistontheNASvolume.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,selectNFSExports.
5 Intherightpane,selectanNFSexportandclickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialog
boxappears.

Dell Compellent

297

Chapter 12 FluidFS 3.0 NAS Volumes, Shares, and Exports

6 IntheFolderPathfield,typethenewpathtothedirectoryyouwanttoshare.
7 ClickOK.

Change the Client Authentication Methods for an NFS Export


Changetheauthenticationmethod(s)thatclientsusetoaccessanNFSexport.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,selectNFSExports.
5 Intherightpane,selectanNFSexportandclickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialog
boxappears.
6 IntheAuthenticationMethodsarea,selectthecheckboxesforoneormore
authenticationmethods(UNIXStyle,Kerberosv5,Kerberosv5Integrity,orKerberos
v5Privacy)thatclientsareallowedtousetoaccessanNFSexport.Theseoptionsare
describedintheonlinehelp.
7 ClickOK.

Change the Client Access Permissions for an NFS Export


ChangethepermissionsforclientsaccessinganNFSexport.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,selectNFSExports.
5 Intherightpane,selectanNFSexportandclickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialog
boxappears.
6 ToaddaccesspermissionsforclientsaccessingtheNFSexport:
a ClickAdd.TheAddAccessPermissiondialogboxappears.
b IntheClientMachineTrustarea,selectanoptiontospecifywhichclientmachines
(AllClients,SingleClient,ClientMachinesinaNetwork,orClientMachinesin
aNetgroup)areallowedtoaccesstheNFSexport.Theseoptionsaredescribedinthe
onlinehelp.
c

SpecifywhetherclientshavereadandwriteaccessorreadonlyaccesstotheNFS
export.

Toallowreadandwriteaccess,selecttheRead/WriteAccesscheckbox.

Toallowreadonlyaccess,cleartheRead/WriteAccesscheckbox.

d FromtheTrustUsersdropdownmenu,selectwhichclientaccounts(Allbutroot,
Everybody,orNobody)areallowedtoaccesstheNFSexport.Theseoptionsare
describedintheonlinehelp.
e ClickOK.

298

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing NFS Exports

7 TochangeaccesspermissionsforclientsaccessingtheNFSexport:
a SelectanentryintheAccessDetailslistandclickEdit.TheEditAccessPermission
dialogboxappears.
b IntheClientMachineTrustarea,selectanoptiontospecifywhichclientmachines
(AllClients,SingleClient,ClientMachinesinaNetwork,orClientMachinesin
aNetgroup)areallowedtoaccesstheNFSexport.Theseoptionsaredescribedinthe
onlinehelp.
c

SpecifywhetherclientshavereadandwriteaccessorreadonlyaccesstotheNFS
export.

Toallowreadandwriteaccess,selecttheRead/WriteAccesscheckbox.

Toallowreadonlyaccess,cleartheRead/WriteAccesscheckbox.

d FromtheTrustUsersdropdownmenu,selectwhichclients(Allbutroot,
Everybody,orNobody)areallowedtoaccesstheNFSexport.Theseoptionsare
describedintheonlinehelp.
e ClickOK.
8 ToremoveaccesspermissionsforclientsaccessingtheNFSexport,selectanentryinthe
AccessDetailslistandclickRemove.
9 ClickOK.

Enable or Disable Secure Ports for an NFS Export


RequiringsecureportslimitsclientaccesstoanNFSexporttoportslowerthan1024.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,selectNFSExports.
5 Intherightpane,selectanNFSexportandclickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialog
boxappears.
6 Enableordisablesecureports.

Toenablesecureports,selecttheRequireSecurePortcheckbox.

Todisablesecureports,cleartheRequireSecurePortcheckbox.

7 ClickOK.

Enable or Disable Reported Size Limiting for an NFS Export


Toenableaccessforclientmachinesthatcannothandlelargefilesystems,limitthe
reportedsizeoftheNFSexport.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,selectNFSExports.
5 Intherightpane,selectanNFSexportandclickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialog
boxappears.
6 Enableordisablereportedsizelimiting.

Dell Compellent

Toenablereportedsizelimiting,selecttheLimitReportedSizeEnabledcheckbox.

Todisablereportedsizelimiting,cleartheLimitReportedSizeEnabledcheckbox.

299

Chapter 12 FluidFS 3.0 NAS Volumes, Shares, and Exports

7 Ifreportedsizelimitingisenabled,intheLimitReportedSizefield,typethemaximum
reportedsizefortheNFSexportinkilobytes(KB),megabytes(MB),gigabytes(GB),or
terabytes(TB).
8 ClickOK.

Enable or Disable 32-bit File ID Compatibility for an NFS Export


Topreservecompatibilitywith32bitapplications,theFluidFSclustercanforce64bit
clientstouse32bitinodenumbersforanNFSexport.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,selectNFSExports.
5 Intherightpane,selectanNFSexportandclickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialog
boxappears.
6 Enableordisable32bitfileIDcompatibility.

Toenable32bitfileIDcompatibility,selectthe32bitfileIDcompatibilitycheck
box.

Todisable32bitfileIDcompatibility,clearthe32bitfileIDcompatibilitycheck
box.

7 ClickOK.

Delete an NFS Export


IfyoudeleteanNFSexport,thedataintheshareddirectoryisnolongersharedbutitisnot
removed.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,selectNFSExports.
5 Intherightpane,selectanNFSexportandclickDelete.TheDeletedialogboxappears.
6 ClickOK.

Enable or Disable NFS v4 for a FluidFS Cluster


NFSv4isenabledordisabledonasystemwidebasis.Bydefault,NFSv4isdisabled,which
forcesclientstouseNFSv3andearlier.Youmightwanttodothisifyouhaveclientsthat
areincompatiblewithNFSv4.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
6 EnableordisableNFSv4.

ToenableNFSv4,selecttheNFSv4Enabledcheckbox.

TodisableNFSv4,cleartheNFSv4Enabledcheckbox.

7 ClickOK.

300

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing NFS Exports

Setting Permissions for an NFS Export


ToassignusersaccesstoanNFSexport,youmustlogintotheNFSexportusingatrusted
clientmachineaccountandsetaccesspermissionsandownershipoftheNFSexportusing
thechmodandchowncommandsontheNFSmountpoint.

Accessing an NFS Export


ClientsusethemountcommandtoconnecttoNFSexportsusingUNIX/Linux.
Note: Theparametersbelowarerecommendedparameters.Seethemount
commandmanualpageintherespectiveoperationsystemformoreinformation
andotheroptions.

Access an NFS Export With UNIX/Linux


TomountanNFSexportfolder,fromashellonaclientsystem,usethesucommandtolog
inasrootandrunthefollowingcommand:
# mount <options> <client_VIP_or_name>:/<volume_name>/<exported_folder>
<local_folder>

Access an NFS Export With UNIX/Linux Using NFS v4


TomountanNFSexportfolderandforcetheuseofNFSv4,fromashellonaclientsystem,
usethesucommandtologinasrootandrunthefollowingcommand:
# mount t nfs4 <client_VIP_or_name>:/<volume_name>/<exported_folder>
<local_folder>

Access an NFS Export With UNIX/Linux Using NFS v3


IfNFSv4isenabledontheFluidFScluster,youcanforceaspecificclienttouseNFSv3if
needed.TomountanNFSexportfolderandforcetheuseofNFSv3,fromashellonaclient
system,usethesucommandtologinasrootandrunthefollowingcommand:
# mount -o nfsvers=3,rsize=32768,wsize=32768 <client_VIP_or_name>:/
<volume_name>/<exported_folder> <local_folder>

Access an NFS Export With UNIX/Linux That Does Not Use TCP by Default
OlderversionsofUNIX/LinuxdonotuseTCPbydefault.TomountanNFSexportfolder,
fromashellonaclientsystem,usethesucommandtologinasrootandrunthefollowing
command:
# mount -o
hard,tcp,nfsvers=3,timeo=3,retrans=10,rsize=32768,wsize=32768
<client_VIP_or_name>:/<volume_name>/<exported_folder> <local_folder>

Access an NFS Export With a Mac


TomountanNFSexportfolder,runthefollowingcommand:
# mount_nfs -T -3 -r 32768 -w 32768 -P <client_VIP_or_name>:/
<volume_name>/<exported_folder> <local_folder>

Dell Compellent

301

Chapter 12 FluidFS 3.0 NAS Volumes, Shares, and Exports

Managing Quota Rules


QuotarulesallowyoutocontroltheamountofNASvolumespaceauserorgroupcan
utilize.QuotasareconfiguredonaperNASvolumebasis.
Whenauserreachesaspecifiedportionofthequotasize(softquotalimit)analertissent
tothestorageadministrator.Whenauserreachesthemaximumquotasize(hardquota
limit),theyareunabletowritedatatotheCIFSsharesandNFSexportsontheNAS
volume.

Quota Types
Thefollowingquotatypesareavailable:

Specificuserquota:Thisquotaisappliedonlytotheuser.Example:Ausernamed
Karla isgivena10GBquota.

Eachuserinaspecificgroup:Thisquotaisappliedtoeachuserthatbelongstothe
group.Example:ThreeusersnamedKarla,Tim,andJanebelongtothe
Administratorsgroup.EachuserintheAdministratorsgroup(Karla,Tim,and
Jane)isgivena10GBquota.

Quotaforanentiregroup:Thisquotaisappliedtoallusersinthegroupcollectively.
Example:ThreeusersnamedKarla,Tim,andJanebelongtothe Administrators
group.TheAdministratorsgroupiscollectivelygivena10GBquota,sothetotal
combinedspaceusedbyKarla,Tim,andJanecannotexceed10GB.If,forexample
Karlauses7GB,andTimuses2GB,Janecanuseonly1GB.

Defaultperuserquota:Thisquotaisappliedtousersforwhichnootherquotais
defined.Aspecificquotaforauseralwaysoverridesthedefaultuserquota.Example:
Userswithnootherquotaaregivena10GBquota.

Defaultpergroupquota:Thisquotaisappliedtogroupsforwhichnootherquotais
defined.Aspecificquotaforagroupalwaysoverridesthedefaultgroupquota.
Example:Groupswithnootherquotaaregivena10GBquota,sothetotalcombined
spaceusedbyeachuserinagroupcannotexceed10GB.

Group Quotas and User Groups


Groupquotasapplytousersonlywhenthatgroupistheirprimarygroup.Whenfilesare
countedagainstagroupquota,theyarecountedagainsttheprimarygroupoftheuserthat
ownsthefileatthetimethatthefileiscreated.Iftheusersprimarygroupmembership
changes,thefilestheycurrentlyown,aswellasanyfilestheymayowninthefuture,will
continuetobecountedagainsttheprimarygroupofwhichtheywereoriginallyamember.
Forexample,assumethattherearetwoActiveDirectorygroups,namedGroupAand
GroupB.IfUser1inGroupAuses4GBofcapacity,thatcapacityiscountedagainstGroupAs
quota.IfUser1issubsequentlymovedtoGroupB,that4GBwillcontinuetobecounted
againstGroupAsquota.Furthermore,ifUser1usesanother6GBofcapacitywhilebeinga
memberofGroupB,thatcapacitywillstillbecountedagainstGroupAsquota.

Conflicts Between Group Quotas and User Quotas


Intheeventofaconflictbetweenausersownquotaandtheperuserquotaforthegroup
towhichtheuserbelongs,theuserquotaoverridesthegroupquota.Forexample,ifyou
appliedaquotaof5GBtoeachuserintheAdministratorsgroup,butalsocreatedaquota
of10GBforausernamedKarla whobelongstothe Administratorsgroup,theKarla
userisgivena10GBquota.

302

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Quota Rules

Quotas and Mixed Security Style NAS Volumes


ForNASvolumeswiththemixedsecuritystyle,auniquequotamustbesetforboththe
Windows(ActiveDirectory)usersandUNIX/Linuxusers(LDAPorNIS).Thequotasfor
theWindowsandUNIX/Linuxuserareindependentofeachothereveniftheusersare
mapped(automaticallyormanually).ForNASvolumeswithNTFSorUNIXsecuritystyle
permissions,onlyoneuniquequotamustbeset.Theusermappingfunctionalitytakescare
ofthecrossprotocolinteroperability.TheWindowsandUNIX/Linuxusersharethesame
quotaforboththeWindowsandUNIX/Linuxaccountsthataremapped.

Configuring Quota Rules


QuotarulesallowyoutocontroltheamountofNASvolumespaceauserorgroupcan
utilize.

View Quota Rules for a NAS Volume


ViewthecurrentquotarulesforaNASvolume.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheQuotastab.Thequotarulesaredisplayed.

Set the Default Per User Quota


Configurethequotaappliedtousersforwhichnootherquotaisdefined.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,selectQuotaRulesSetDefaultQuotaSettings.TheSetDefault
QuotaSettingsdialogboxappears.
6 Toenableasoftquotalimit,selecttheUserDefaultSoftQuotacheckboxandtypea
softquotalimitinmegabytes(MB),gigabytes(GB),orterabytes(TB)atwhichanalert
willbeissued.
7 Toenableahardquotalimit,selecttheUserDefaultHardQuotacheckboxandtypea
hardquotalimitinmegabytes(MB),gigabytes(GB),orterabytes(TB)atwhichnomore
writingtotheNASvolumewillbepermitted.
8 ClickOK.

Set the Default Per Group Quota


Configurethequotaappliedtogroupsforwhichnootherquotaisdefined.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.

Dell Compellent

303

Chapter 12 FluidFS 3.0 NAS Volumes, Shares, and Exports

4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,selectQuotaRulesSetDefaultQuotaSettings.TheSetDefault
QuotaSettingsdialogboxappears.
6 Toenableasoftquotalimit,selecttheGroupDefaultSoftQuotacheckboxandtypea
softquotalimitinmegabytes(MB),gigabytes(GB),orterabytes(TB)atwhichanalert
willbeissued.
7 Toenableahardquotalimit,selecttheGroupDefaultHardQuotacheckboxandtype
ahardquotalimitinmegabytes(MB),gigabytes(GB),orterabytes(TB)atwhichno
morewritingtotheNASvolumewillbepermitted.
8 ClickOK.

Add a Quota Rule for a Specific User


Configurethequotathatisappliedtoauser.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheQuotastab.
6 ClickCreateUserQuotaRule.TheCreateQuotaRuledialogboxappears.
7 Selectausertowhichtoapplythequotarule.
a ClickSelectUser.TheSelectUserdialogboxappears.
b FromtheDomaindropdownmenu,selectthedomaintowhichtheuseris
assigned.
c

IntheUserfield,typeeitherthefullnameoftheuserorthebeginningoftheuser
name.

d (Optional)Configuretheremainingusersearchoptionsasneeded.Theseoptions
aredescribedintheonlinehelp.
Tochangethemaximumnumberofsearchresultstoreturn,selectthemaximum
numberofsearchresultsfromtheMaxResultsdropdownmenu.
e ClickSearch.
f

Selectauserfromthesearchresults.

g ClickOK.
8 Toenableasoftquotalimit,selecttheSoftQuotacheckboxandtypeasoftquotalimit
inmegabytes(MB),gigabytes(GB),orterabytes(TB)atwhichanalertwillbeissued.
9 Toenableahardquotalimit,selecttheHardQuotacheckboxandtypeahardquota
limitinmegabytes(MB),gigabytes(GB),orterabytes(TB)atwhichnomorewritingto
theNASvolumewillbepermitted.
10 ClickOK.

Add a Quota Rule for Each User in a Specific Group


Configurethequotaappliedtoeachuserthatbelongstoagroup.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.

304

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Quota Rules

3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheQuotastab.
6 ClickCreateGroupQuotaRule.TheCreateQuotaRuledialogboxappears.
7 SelectAnyUserinGroup.
8 Selectagrouptowhichtoapplythequotarule.
a ClickSelectGroup.TheSelectGroupdialogboxappears.
b FromtheDomaindropdownmenu,selectthedomaintowhichthegroupis
assigned.
c

IntheGroupfield,typeeitherthefullnameofthegrouporthebeginningofthe
groupname.

d (Optional)Configuretheremaininggroupsearchoptionsasneeded.Theseoptions
aredescribedintheonlinehelp.
Tochangethemaximumnumberofsearchresultstoreturn,selectthemaximum
numberofsearchresultsfromtheMaxResultsdropdownmenu.
e ClickSearch.
f

Selectagroupfromthesearchresults.

g ClickOK.
9 Toenableasoftquotalimit,selecttheSoftQuotacheckboxandtypeasoftquotalimit
inmegabytes(MB),gigabytes(GB),orterabytes(TB)atwhichanalertwillbeissued.
10 Toenableahardquotalimit,selecttheHardQuotacheckboxandtypeahardquota
limitinmegabytes(MB),gigabytes(GB),orterabytes(TB)atwhichnomorewritingto
theNASvolumewillbepermitted.
11 ClickOK.

Add a Quota Rule for an Entire Group


Configurethequotaappliedtoallusersinagroupcollectively.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheQuotastab.
6 ClickCreateGroupQuotaRule.TheCreateQuotaRuledialogboxappears.
7 SelectGroupitself.
8 Selectagrouptowhichtoapplythequotarule.
a ClickSelectGroup.TheSelectGroupdialogboxappears.
b FromtheDomaindropdownmenu,selectthedomaintowhichthegroupis
assigned.
c

Dell Compellent

IntheGroupfield,typeeitherthefullnameofthegrouporthebeginningofthe
groupname.

305

Chapter 12 FluidFS 3.0 NAS Volumes, Shares, and Exports

d (Optional)Configuretheremaininggroupsearchoptionsasneeded.Theseoptions
aredescribedintheonlinehelp.
Tochangethemaximumnumberofsearchresultstoreturn,selectthemaximum
numberofsearchresultsfromtheMaxResultsdropdownmenu.
e ClickSearch.
f

Selectagroupfromthesearchresults.

g ClickOK.
9 Toenableasoftquotalimit,selecttheSoftQuotacheckboxandtypeasoftquotalimit
inmegabytes(MB),gigabytes(GB),orterabytes(TB)atwhichanalertwillbeissued.
10 Toenableahardquotalimit,selecttheHardQuotacheckboxandtypeahardquota
limitinmegabytes(MB),gigabytes(GB),orterabytes(TB)atwhichnomorewritingto
theNASvolumewillbepermitted.
11 ClickOK.

Change the Soft Quota or Hard Quota Limit for a User or Group Quota Rule
Changethesoftquotaorhardquotalimitofauserorgroupquotarule.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheQuotastab.
6 SelectaquotaruleandclickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
7 Tochangethesoftquotalimit,typeanewsoftquotalimitinkilobytes(KB),megabytes
(MB),gigabytes(GB),orterabytes(TB)atwhichanalertwillbeissued.
8 Tochangethehardquotalimit,typeanewhardquotalimitinkilobytes(KB),
megabytes(MB),gigabytes(GB),orterabytes(TB)atwhichnomorewritingtotheNAS
volumewillbepermitted.
9 ClickOK.

Enable or Disable the Soft Quota or Hard Quota Limit for a User or Group Quota
Rule
Enableordisablethesoftquotaorhardquotalimitofauserorgroupquotarule.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheQuotastab.
6 SelectaquotaruleandclickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
7 Enableordisablethesoftquotalimit.

306

Toenablethesoftquotalimit,selecttheSoftQuotacheckbox.

Todisablethesoftquotalimit,cleartheSoftQuotacheckbox.

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Data Reduction

8 Enableordisablethehardquotalimit.

Toenablethehardquotalimit,selecttheHardQuotacheckbox.

Todisablethehardquotalimit,cleartheHardQuotacheckbox.

9 ClickOK.

Delete a User or Group Quota Rule


DeleteauserorgroupquotaruleifyounolongerneedtocontroltheamountofNAS
volumespaceauserorgroupcanutilize.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheQuotastab.
6 SelectaquotaruleandclickDelete.TheDeletedialogboxappears.
7 ClickOK.

Managing Data Reduction


DatareductionisenabledonaperNASvolumebasis.TheFluidFSclustersupportstwo
typesofdatareduction:

Datadeduplication:Usesalgorithmstoeliminateredundantdata,leavingonlyone
copyofthedatatobestored.TheFluidFSclusterusesvariableblockleveldeduplication
asopposedtofileleveldeduplication.

Datacompression:Usesalgorithmstoreducethesizeofstoreddata.

Datareductionalsoprovidesspacesavingsforsnapshotstakenafterfileshavebeen
reduced.
Bydefault,datareductionisappliedonlytofilesthathavenotbeenaccessedormodified
for30daystominimizetheimpactofdatareductionprocessingonperformance.The
minimumfilesizetobeconsideredfordatareductionprocessingis64KB.Datareduction
isappliedperNAScontroller,thatis,thesamechunksofdatathatareownedbythe
differentNAScontrollersarenotconsideredduplicates.
Becausequotasarebasedonlogicalratherthanphysicalspaceconsumption,data
reductiondoesnotaffectquotacalculations.
Intheeventthatyoudisabledatareduction,dataremainsinitsreducedstateduring
subsequentreadoperationsbydefault.Youhavetheoptiontoenablerehydrateonread
whendisablingdatareduction,whichcausesarehydration(reversalofdatareduction)of
dataonsubsequentreadoperations.YoucannotrehydrateanentireNASvolume,
althoughyoucouldaccomplishthisbyreadingtheentireNASvolume.
Thereareseveralfactorstoconsiderwhenenablingdatareduction:

Dell Compellent

Datareductionprocessinghasa520%impactontheperformanceofreadoperations
onreduceddata.Thereisnoimpacttowriteoperationsorreadoperationsonnormal
data.

StorageCenterdataprogressionisimpacted.Afterdatareductionprocessing,the
StorageCenter(s)migratesreduceddatauptoTier1disks.

Increasedinternaltrafficduringdatareductionprocessing.

307

Chapter 12 FluidFS 3.0 NAS Volumes, Shares, and Exports

Dataisrehydratedforantivirusscanning.

DataisrehydratedbeforebeingreplicatedtoatargetNASvolume.

YoucannotenabledatareductiononacloneNASvolume.

DatareductionstopsautomaticallywhenaNASvolumehaslessthan5GBunused
space.Therefore,aNASvolumeresizecaninadvertentlystopdatareduction.

Enable or Disable Data Reduction on the FluidFS Cluster


DatareductionmustbeenabledatthesystemlevelbeforeitwillrunonNASvolumeson
whichdatareductionisenabled.Tominimizetheimpactofdatareductionprocessingon
systemperformance,scheduledatareductiontorunduringoffpeaktimes.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
6 EnableordisabledatareductionontheFluidFScluster.

ToenabledatareductionontheFluidFScluster,selecttheEnableDataReduction
checkbox.

TodisabledatareductionontheFluidFScluster,cleartheEnableDataReduction
checkbox.

7 Ifdatareductionisenabled,scheduledatareductionprocessing.IntheRunData
Reductiondaily,beginningatXfield,selectthetime(in24hourformat)atwhichdata
reductionprocessingwillstart.IntheforXhoursfield,typethenumberofhours(from
1to24)thatdatareductionprocessingwillrun.
8 ClickOK.

Enable Data Reduction on a NAS Volume


DatareductionisenabledonaperNASvolumebasis.

Prerequisites
DatareductionmustbeenabledatthesystemlevelbeforeitwillrunonindividualNAS
volumes.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditDataReductionSettings.TheEditDataReduction
Settingsdialogboxappears.
6 SelecttheDataReductioncheckbox.
7 FromtheDataReductionTypedropdownmenu,selectthetype(s)ofdatareduction
(DeduplicationorDeduplicationandCompression)toperform.

308

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Data Reduction

8 (Optional)Configuretheremainingdatareductionattributesasneeded.Theseoptions
aredescribedintheonlinehelp.

Tochangethenumberofdaysafterwhichdatareductionisappliedtofilesthathave
notbeenaccessed,typethenumberofdaysintheFileslastaccessedmorethanX
daysagofield.

Tochangethenumberofdaysafterwhichdatareductionisappliedtofilesthathave
notbeenmodified,typethenumberofdaysintheFileslastmodifiedmorethanX
daysagofield.

9 ClickOK.

Change the Data Reduction Type for a NAS Volume


Changethedatareductiontype(DeduplicationorDeduplicationandCompression)for
aNASvolume.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditDataReductionSettings.TheEditDataReduction
Settingsdialogboxappears.
6 FromtheDataReductionTypedropdownmenu,selectthetype(s)ofdatareduction
(DeduplicationorDeduplicationandCompression)toperform.
7 ClickOK.

Change the Candidates for Data Reduction for a NAS Volume


Changethenumberofdaysafterwhichdatareductionisappliedtofilesthathavenotbeen
accessedormodifiedforaNASvolume.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditDataReductionSettings.TheEditDataReduction
Settingsdialogboxappears.
6 Tochangethenumberofdaysafterwhichdatareductionisappliedtofilesthathave
notbeenaccessed,typethenumberofdaysintheFileslastaccessedmorethanXdays
agofield.
7 Tochangethenumberofdaysafterwhichdatareductionisappliedtofilesthathave
notbeenmodified,typethenumberofdaysintheFileslastmodifiedmorethanXdays
agofield.
8 ClickOK.

Dell Compellent

309

Chapter 12 FluidFS 3.0 NAS Volumes, Shares, and Exports

Disable Data Reduction on a NAS Volume


Bydefault,afterdisablingdatareductiononaNASvolume,dataremainsinitsreduced
stateduringsubsequentreadoperations.Youhavetheoptiontoenablerehydrateonread
whendisablingdatareduction,whichcausesarehydration(reversalofdatareduction)of
dataonsubsequentreadoperations.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditDataReductionSettings.TheEditDataReduction
Settingsdialogboxappears.
6 CleartheDataReductioncheckbox.
7 Torehydratedataonsubsequentreadoperations,selecttheRehydrateonReadcheck
box.
8 ClickOK.

View Data Reduction Savings for a FluidFS Cluster


Viewtheamount(inmegabytes)andpercentageofstoragespacereclaimedforaFluidFS
clusterasaresultofdatareductionprocessing.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.ThedatareductionsavingsaredisplayedintheData
ReductionSavingfieldintherightpaneintheStatussection.

View Data Reduction Savings for a NAS Volume


Viewtheamount(inmegabytes)ofstoragespacereclaimedforaNASvolumeasaresult
ofdatareductionprocessing.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.ThedatareductionsavingsaredisplayedintheDataReductionSavingfield
intherightpane.

310

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

13

FluidFS 3.0 Data Protection


ThissectioncontainsinformationaboutprotectingFluidFSclusterdata.Dataprotectionis
animportantandintegralpartofanystorageinfrastructure.Thesetasksareperformed
usingtheEnterpriseManagerClient.

Contents
ManagingAntivirus ....................................................... 311
ManagingSnapshots ........................................................ 316
ManagingNDMP .......................................................... 321
ManagingReplication ....................................................... 329

Managing Anti-virus
TheFluidFSclusterantivirusserviceprovidesrealtimeantivirusscanningoffilesstored
inCIFSshares.TheantivirusserviceappliesonlytoCIFSshares;NFSisnotsupported.
Thescanoperationistransparenttotheclient,subjecttotheavailabilityofanantivirus
server.
Afileisscannedonlywhenaclienttriestoopenthefile(notwhenaninfectedfileis
written,afileisopenedtoread/modifyattributes,oldfilesareopenedforrewrite,andso
on).
Theantivirusserviceconsistsoftwocomponents:

Oneormorenetworkaccessiblecomputersrunningasupportedthirdparty,ICAP
enabledantivirusapplicationtoprovidetheantivirusscanningservicetotheFluidFS
cluster.

FluidFSclusterantivirusscanningpolicythatspecifiesfileextensionsanddirectories
toexcludefromscans,anantivirusscanningfilesizethreshold,andwhethertoallow
ordenyfileslargerthanthefilesizethreshold.

WhenaCIFSshareclientrequestsafilefromtheFluidFScluster,theFluidFSclusterpasses
thefiletoanantivirusserverforscanningandthentakesoneofthefollowingactions:

Dell Compellent

Ifthefileisvirusfree,theFluidFSclusterpermitsclientaccess.TheFluidFSclusterdoes
notscanthatfileagain,providingitremainsunmodifiedsincethelastcheck.

Ifthefileisinfected,theFluidFSclusterdeniesclientaccess.Thereisnoindicationto
theclientthatthefileisinfected.Theclientexperienceis:

Afiledeletionreturnsasystemspecificfilenotfoundstateforamissingfile,
dependingontheclientscomputer.

Anaccessdenialmightbeinterpretedasafilepermissionsproblem.

311

Chapter 13 FluidFS 3.0 Data Protection

Onlystorageadministratorscanrecoveranuninfectedversionofthefile,oraccessand
processtheinfectedfile.Togainaccesstoaninfectedfile,youmustconnecttotheCIFS
sharethroughanotherCIFSshareonwhichtheantivirusserviceisdisabled.Otherwise,
theFluidFSclusterrecognizesthefileasinfected,anddeniesaccess.Youmayalsoaccess
thefilethroughanNFSexport,becauseNFSdoesnotsupportantivirus.
FiletransfersbetweentheFluidFSclusterandtheantivirusserverarenotencrypted.
Therefore,Dellrecommendsprotecting/restrictingthecommunication.

Excluding Files and Directory Paths from Scans


Youcancontrolwhatfilesanddirectorypathsarescannedasfollows:

Extensionsexcludedfromscan:Specifiesfileextensions(filetypes)toexcludefrom
scanning,suchasdocx.

Directoriesexcludedfromscan:Specifiesdirectorypathstoexcludefromscanning,
suchas/tmp/logs(alternatively,foldersandsubfolders).
Thewildcards*(asterisk)and?(questionmark)arepermittedwhenspecifying
directorypaths,suchas/user/*/tmpor/user/t?p.

Supported Anti-Virus Applications


Forthelatestlistofsupportedantivirusapplications,seetheDellFluidFileSystemVersion
3SupportMatrix.

Configuring Anti-Virus Scanning


Toperformantivirusscanning,youmustaddanantivirusserverandthenenableanti
virusscanningonaperCIFSsharebasis.

Add an Anti-virus Server


Addoneormoreantivirusservers.Dellrecommendsaddingmultipleantivirusservers
toachievehighavailabilityofvirusscanning,andreducethelatenciesforfileaccess.NAS
antivirusallocatesscanningoperationstotheantivirusserverstomaximizetheavailable
scanningbandwidth.Thefewertheavailableantivirusservers,themoretimerequiredto
scanfiles.

Prerequisites

312

Theantivirusservermustbenetworkaccessible.Dellrecommendsthattheserveris
locatedonthesamesubnetastheFluidFScluster.

TheantivirusservermustrunasupportedICAPenabledantivirusapplication.

Theantivirusservermustbepresentandworking.Ifnoserverisavailable,fileaccess
isdeniedtoclients.

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Anti-virus

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectAntiVirusHosts.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheAntiVirusHoststab.
6 ClickAddAntiVirusScanner.TheAddAntiVirusScannerdialogappears.
7 IntheNamefield,typethehostnameorIPaddressoftheantivirusserver.
8 InthePortfield,typetheportthattheFluidFSclusterusestoconnecttotheantivirus
server.
9 ClickOK.

Delete an Anti-virus Server


Deleteanantivirusserverwhenitisnolongeravailable.

Prerequisites
Ifyouhaveonlyoneantivirusserver,youcannotdeletethatserveruntilyoufirstdisable
antivirusscanningonallCIFSshares.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectAntiVirusHosts.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheAntiVirusHoststab.
6 SelectanantivirusserverandclickDelete.TheDeletedialogappears.
7 ClickOK.

Enable Anti-virus Scanning for a CIFS Share


AntivirusscanningisenabledonaperCIFSsharebasis.

Prerequisites
YoumustconfigureantivirusserversbeforeenablingantivirusscanningforaCIFSshare.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,selectCIFSShares.
5 Intherightpane,selectaCIFSshareandclickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialog
boxappears.
6 SelecttheVirusScancheckbox.
7 (Optional)Configuretheremainingantivirusscanningattributesasneeded.These
optionsaredescribedintheonlinehelp.

Dell Compellent

Todenyaccesstofileslargerthanthespecifiedantivirusscanningfilesize
threshold,selecttheDenyunscannedlargefilescheckbox.

313

Chapter 13 FluidFS 3.0 Data Protection

Tochangethemaximumsizeoffilesthatareincludedinantivirusscanning,typea
sizeintheAntiVirusLargeFileSizefieldinkilobytes(KB),megabytes(MB),
gigabytes(GB),orterabytes(TB).

Toexemptfileextensionsfromantivirusscanning,selecttheEnablevirusscan
extensionexclusioncheckboxandspecifytheextensionsintheExtensions
excludedfromscanlist.

Toexemptdirectoriesfromantivirusscanning,selecttheEnablevirusscan
directoryexclusioncheckboxandspecifythedirectoriesintheDirectories
excludedfromscanlist.

8 ClickOK.

Allow or Deny Access to Files Larger than the Anti-virus Scanning File Size
Threshold for a CIFS Share
Specifywhethertoallowordenyaccesstofilesthatarelargerthanthespecifiedantivirus
scanningfilesizethresholdforaCIFSshare.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,selectCIFSShares.
5 Intherightpane,selectaCIFSshareandclickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialog
boxappears.
6 Allowordenyaccesstofileslargerthantheantivirusscanningfilesizethreshold.

Toallowaccesstofileslargerthantheantivirusscanningfilesizethreshold,clear
theDenyunscannedlargefilescheckbox.

Todenyaccesstofileslargerthantheantivirusscanningfilesizethreshold,select
theDenyunscannedlargefilescheckbox.

7 ClickOK.

Change the Anti-virus Scanning File Size Threshold for a CIFS Share
ChangethemaximumsizeoffilesthatareincludedinantivirusscanningforaCIFSshare.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,selectCIFSShares.
5 Intherightpane,selectaCIFSshareandclickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialog
boxappears.
6 IntheAntiVirusLargeFileSizefield,typeafilesizeinkilobytes(KB),megabytes
(MB),gigabytes(GB),orterabytes(TB).
7 ClickOK.

314

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Anti-virus

Include or Exclude File Extensions and Directories in Anti-virus Scanning for a


CIFS Share
Specifywhethertoperformantivirusscanningforallfileextensionsanddirectoriesfora
CIFSshare,orexemptsomefileextensionsanddirectoriesfromantivirusscanning.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,selectCIFSShares.
5 Intherightpane,selectaCIFSshareandclickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialog
boxappears.
6 Specifywhethertoperformantivirusscanningforallfileextensionsorexemptthe
specifiedfileextensionsfromantivirusscanning.

Toperformantivirusscanningforallfileextensions,cleartheEnablevirusscan
extensionexclusioncheckbox.

Toexemptthespecifiedfileextensionsfromantivirusscanning,selecttheEnable
virusscanextensionexclusioncheckbox.

7 Tospecifyfileextensionstoexemptfromantivirusscanning,addorremovefile
extensionsintheantivirusscanningexemptionlist.

Toaddafileextensiontotheantivirusscanningexemptionlist,typeafileextension
(forexample,docx)intheExtensionsexcludedfromscantextfieldandclickAdd.

Toremoveafileextensionfromtheantivirusscanningexemptionlist,selectafile
extensionandclickRemove.

8 Specifywhethertoperformantivirusscanningforalldirectoriesorexemptthe
specifieddirectoriesfromantivirusscanning.

Toperformantivirusscanningforalldirectories,cleartheEnablevirusscan
directoryexclusioncheckbox.

Toexemptthespecifieddirectoriesfromantivirusscanning,selecttheEnablevirus
scandirectoryexclusioncheckbox.

9 Tospecifydirectoriestoexemptfromantivirusscanning,addorremovedirectoriesin
theantivirusscanningexemptionlist.

Toaddadirectorytotheantivirusscanningexemptionlist,typeadirectory(for
example,/folder/subfolder)intheDirectoriesexcludedfromscantextfieldand
clickAdd.

Toremoveadirectoryfromtheantivirusscanningexemptionlist,selectadirectory
andclickRemove.

10 ClickOK.

Disable Anti-virus Scanning for a CIFS Share


AntivirusscanningisdisabledonaperCIFSsharebasis.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,selectCIFSShares.
5 Intherightpane,selectaCIFSshareandclickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialog
boxappears.

Dell Compellent

315

Chapter 13 FluidFS 3.0 Data Protection

6 CleartheVirusScancheckbox.
7 ClickOK.

Viewing Anti-Virus Events


EventsrelatedtoantivirusscanningcanbeviewedusingEnterpriseManager.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectAntiVirusHosts.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheEventstab.Theantivirusscanningeventsaredisplayed.

Managing Snapshots
Snapshotsarereadonly,pointintimecopiesofNASvolumedata.Storageadministrators
canrestoreaNASvolumefromasnapshotifneeded.Inaddition,clientscaneasilyretrieve
filesinasnapshot,withoutstorageadministratorintervention.
SnapshotsusearedirectonwritemethodtotrackNASvolumechanges.Thatis,snapshots
arebaseduponachangeset.WhenthefirstsnapshotofaNASvolumeiscreated,all
snapshotscreatedafterthebaselinesnapshotcontainchangesfromtheprevioussnapshot.
Therearevariouspoliciesthatcanbesetforcreatingasnapshot,includingwhena
snapshotistobetakenandhowlongtokeepsnapshots.Forexample,missioncriticalfiles
withhighchurnratesmightneedtobebackedupevery30minutes,whereasarchival
sharesmightonlyneedtobebackedupdaily.
BecausesnapshotsconsumespaceontheNASvolume,ensurethatyoumonitoravailable
capacityontheNASvolumeandscheduleandretainsnapshotsinamannerthatensures
thattheNASvolumealwayshassufficientfreespaceavailableforbothuserdataand
snapshots.Dellalsorecommendsenablingasnapshotspaceconsumptionalerttobe
informedwhensnapshotsareconsumingsignificantNASvolumespace.
TheFluidFSclusterautomaticallydeletesoneormoreoftheoldestsnapshotsforaNAS
volumeinthefollowingcases:

IfyoudeleteaNASvolume,theFluidFSclusterdeletesallofthesnapshotsfortheNAS
volume.

IfyourestoreaNASvolumefromasnapshot,theFluidFSclusterdeletesallthe
snapshotscreatedafterthesnapshotfromwhichyourestoredtheNASvolume.

Creating On Demand Snapshots


CreateaNASvolumesnapshottotakeanimmediatepointintimecopyofthedata.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheSnapshotstab.
6 ClickCreateSnapshot.TheCreateSnapshotdialogboxappears.
7 IntheNamefield,typeanameforthesnapshot.

316

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Snapshots

8 (Optional)Configuretheremainingsnapshotattributesasneeded.Theseoptionsare
describedintheonlinehelp.

Toretainthesnapshotindefinitely,cleartheEnableExpirationcheckbox.

Toexpirethesnapshotinthefuture,selecttheEnableExpirationcheckboxand
specifyadayandtimeonwhichtoexpirethesnapshot.

9 ClickOK.

Managing Scheduled Snapshots


Youcancreateascheduletogeneratesnapshotsregularly.Tominimizetheimpactof
snapshotprocessingonsystemperformance,schedulesnapshotsduringoffpeaktimes.
Snapshotscreatedbyasnapshotschedulewillbenamedusingtheformat
<snapshot_schedule_name>_YYYY_MM_DD__HH_MM.

Create a Snapshot Schedule for a NAS Volume


CreateaNASvolumesnapshotscheduletotakeascheduledpointintimecopyofthedata.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheSnapshotstab.
6 ClickCreateSnapshotSchedule.TheCreateSnapshotScheduledialogboxappears.
7 IntheNamefield,typeanameforthesnapshotschedule.
8 Specifywhentocreatesnapshots.

Tocreateasnapshotbasedonaperiodoftime,selecttheBasedonperiodoftime
checkboxandtypethefrequencyinminutes,hours,days,orweeks.

Tocreateasnapshotbasedondayandtime,selecttheBasedondayandtimecheck
boxandselectthedayandtime.

9 (Optional)Configuretheremainingsnapshotscheduleattributesasneeded.These
optionsaredescribedintheonlinehelp.

Toretainallsnapshotsthatarecreatedbythesnapshotscheduleindefinitely,select
theRetentionEnabledcheckbox.

Toexpirethesnapshotsthatarecreatedbythesnapshotscheduleinthefuture,clear
theRetentionEnabledcheckboxandspecifytheretentionperiodforsnapshotsin
minutes,hours,days,orweeksintheExpirationfield.

10 ClickOK.

Change the Snapshot Frequency for a Snapshot Schedule


Changehowoftentocreatesnapshotsforasnapshotschedule.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheSnapshotstab.

Dell Compellent

317

Chapter 13 FluidFS 3.0 Data Protection

6 SelectasnapshotscheduleandclickEditSettings.TheEditSnapshotScheduledialog
boxappears.
7 Specifywhentocreatesnapshots.

Tocreateasnapshotbasedonaperiodoftime,selecttheBasedonperiodoftime
checkboxandtypethefrequencyinminutes,hours,days,orweeks.

Tocreateasnapshotbasedondayandtime,selecttheBasedondayandtimecheck
boxandselectthedayandtime.

8 ClickOK.

Change the Retention Policy for a Snapshot Schedule


Specifywhethertoretainallsnapshotsthatarecreatedbyasnapshotschedule,orexpire
thesnapshotsafteraperiodoftime.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheSnapshotstabandselectasnapshotschedule.
6 ClickEditSettings.TheEditSnapshotScheduledialogboxappears.
7 Specifytheretentionpolicy:

Toretainallsnapshotsthatarecreatedbythesnapshotschedule,selectthe
RetentionEnabledcheckbox.

Toexpirethesnapshotsthatarecreatedbythesnapshotscheduleinthefuture,clear
theRetentionEnabledcheckboxandspecifytheretentionperiodforsnapshotsin
minutes,hours,days,orweeksintheExpirationfield.

8 ClickOK.

Delete a Snapshot Schedule


Deleteasnapshotscheduleifyounolongerwanttotakeascheduledpointintimecopyof
thedata.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheSnapshotstabandselectasnapshotschedule.
6 ClickDelete.TheDeletedialogboxappears.
7 ClickOK.

318

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Snapshots

Modifying and Deleting Snapshots


Managesnapshotsthatwerecreatedondemandorbyaschedule.

Rename a Snapshot
Renameasnapshot.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheSnapshotstab.
6 SelectasnapshotandclickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
7 IntheNamefield,typeanewnameforthesnapshot.
8 ClickOK.

Change the Retention Policy for a Snapshot


Specifywhethertoretainthesnapshotindefinitelyorexpirethesnapshotafteraperiodof
time.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheSnapshotstab.
6 SelectasnapshotandclickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
7 Specifytheretentionpolicy:

Toretainthesnapshotindefinitely,cleartheEnableExpirationcheckbox.

Toexpirethesnapshotinthefuture,selecttheEnableExpirationcheckboxand
specifyadayandtimeonwhichtoexpirethesnapshot.

8 ClickOK.

Delete a Snapshot
Deleteasnapshotifyounolongerneedthepointintimecopyofthedata.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheSnapshotstab.
6 SelectasnapshotandclickDelete.TheDeletedialogboxappears.
7 ClickOK.

Dell Compellent

319

Chapter 13 FluidFS 3.0 Data Protection

Restoring Data from a Snapshot


Youcanrestoredataintwoways:

Restoreindividualfiles:Onceasnapshotiscreated,theFluidFSclustercreatesaclient
accessiblesnapshotsdirectorycontainingacopyofthefilesincludedinthesnapshot.
Clientscaneasilyrestoreindividualfilesfromasnapshotusingcopyandpaste,without
storageadministratorintervention.Thismethodisusefulforthedaytodayrestore
activitiesofindividualfiles.

RestoreaNASVolumefromasnapshot:Thestorageadministratorcanrestorean
entireNASvolumewherecopyandpasteofhugeamountsofdatawouldtake
significanttime.Thismethodisusefulinthecaseofanapplicationerrororvirus
attacks.

Snapshotsretainthesamesecuritystyleastheactivefilesystem.Therefore,evenwhen
usingsnapshots,clientscanaccessonlytheirownfilesbasedonexistingpermissions.The
dataavailablewhenaccessingaspecificsnapshotisatthelevelofthespecificshareandits
subdirectories,ensuringthatuserscannotaccessotherpartsofthefilesystem.

View Available Snapshots


Viewsnaphotsavailableforrestoringdata.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheSnapshotstab.ThesnapshotsaredisplayedintheSnapshots
list.

Restore a NAS Volume from a Snapshot


ThestorageadministratorcanrestoreanentireNASvolumefromasnapshot.Therestored
NASvolumewillcontainalltheNASvolumedatathatexistedatthetimethesnapshotwas
created.EachfileintherestoredNASvolumewillhavetheproperties,suchaspermission
andtime,thatexistedwhenyou(oraschedule)createdthesnapshot.
Caution: Therestoreoperationcannotbeundone.Anydatacreatedorchanged
betweenthetimeofthesnapshotandwhentherestoreoperationiscompleted,is
permanentlyerased.YoushouldrestoreaNASvolumefromasnapshotonlyifyou
firstunderstandalltherepercussionsoftherestoreoperation,asdescribedbelow.
AfteryourestoreaNASvolumefromasnapshot:

TheFluidFSclusterdeletesanysnapshotscreatedafterthesnapshotfromwhichyou
restoredtheNASvolume.Snapshotscreatedbeforethesnapshotfromwhichyou
restoredtheNASvolumearenotaffected.

CurrentCIFSclientsoftheNASvolumeareautomaticallydisconnected.

CurrentNFSclientsoftheNASvolumereceivestale NFS file handleerror


messages.YoumustunmountandthenremounttheNFSexports.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.

320

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing NDMP

3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheSnapshotstab.
6 SelectasnapshotandclickRestoreNASVolume.TheRestoreNASVolumedialogbox
appears.
7 ClickOK.

Option 1 - Restore Files Using UNIX/Linux or Windows


Thisrestoreoptionallowsclientstorestoreafilefromasnapshotusingcopyandpaste.
1 AccesstheNFSexportorCIFSshare.
2 Accessthe.snapshotsdirectory.
3 Findthesnapshotaccordingtoitstimeofcreation.
4 Copythefiletoitsoriginallocation.

Option 2 - Restore Files Using Windows Only


SnapshotsintegrateintotheShadowCopiesandpreviousversionsfeaturesofWindows.
Thisrestoreoptionallowsclientstorestoreafileusingpreviousversions.
1 Rightclickthefile,selectProperties,andthenclickthePreviousVersionstab.Alist
containingavailablepreviousversionsofthefileisdisplayed.
2 Clicktheversiontorestore,andthenclickRestore.

Managing NDMP
TheFluidFSclustersupportsNetworkDataManagementProtocol(NDMP),whichisan
openstandardprotocolthatfacilitatesbackupoperationsfornetworkattachedstorage,
includingFluidFSclusterNASvolumes.NDMPshouldbeusedforlongertermdata
protection,suchasweeklybackupswithlongretentionperiods.
TheFluidFSclustersupportsremoteandthreewaybackuparchitectureimplementations,
whereinasupported,externalDataManagementApplication(DMA)servermediatesthe
datatransferbetweentheFluidFSclusterandthestoragedevice.TheFluidFScluster
supportsfull,differential,andincrementalNDMPLevelBasedBackup(levels09),Full,
Incremental/DifferentialTokenBasedBackup,andDirectAccessRecovery(DAR).The
FluidFSclustersupportsNDMPversion2,3,and4(defaultmode).
TheFluidFSclusterincludesanNDMPserverthatisresponsibleforthefollowing
operations:

ProcessingallNDMPbackupandrestorerequestssentfromDMAservers

SendingallNDMPrepliesandnotificationmessagestoDMAservers

Transferringcommandstoanddatato/fromlocallyattachedtapeandmediachanger
devices

Transferringdataoverthenetworkto/fromremoteNDMPtape/dataservers

TheNDMPserverhandlesallcommunicationswiththeDMAserversandotherNDMP
devicesthroughanXDRencodedTCP(TransmissionControlProtocol)datastream.

Dell Compellent

321

Chapter 13 FluidFS 3.0 Data Protection

TheNDMPserversupportstwobackuptypes:

dump:GeneratesinodebasedNDMPfilehistory

tar:GeneratespathbasedNDMPfilehistory

ThebackuptypeiscontrolledbytheNDMPenvironmentvariableTYPE.Bothbackup
typessupportthesamefunctionalities,butthetarbackuptypemightbeabletoprocessthe
informationmoreefficientlyforcertainDMAservers.

Incremental Backups
Eachtimeabackupisperformed,theNDMPserverstoresthetimestampforthebackup.
WhentheNDMPserverperformsanincrementalbackup,itusesthetimestampstoredfor
thepreviousfullorincrementalbackuptodetermineifadirectoryorfileneedstobe
included.
Bothsupportedbackuptypes(dumpandtar)supportincrementalbackup.Thealgorithm
fortraversingthebackuptargetdirectoryisthesame.However,becausetherearedifferent
requirementsforinodebasedfilehistorygenerationtosupportDAR,thebackupdata
streamgeneratedisdifferent:

dump:Eachdirectoryvisitedwillbebackedupandafilehistoryentrywillbe
generated.Itdoesnotmatterwhetherthedirectoryhaschanged.

tar:Backsupandgeneratesafilehistoryentryonlyforthedirectoriesthathave
changed.

Therefore,theamountofdatabackedupusingatarbackupwillbelessthanthatofadump
backup.Thesizedifferencedependsonthenumberofdirectoriesinthebackupdataset.

Handling Hard Links


NDMPbackuphandleshardlinkfilesinthemostefficientwaybydefault.Thatis,thehard
linkfilesdatacontentwillbebackeduponlyonce.Afterthebackupoperationencounters
thefirsthardlinkfileandbacksupitscontent,thebackupprocessrememberstheinode
numberofthatfile.Subsequently,whenthebackupoperationencountersfileswiththe
sameinodenumber,onlytheheaderisbackedup.Whenthisbackupdatastreamis
restored,thehardlinkfileswillberecoveredashardlinkfiles.
Thismodeofbackupcouldcreateaprobleminthecaseofaselectiverestorewhenthe
selectedfilesordirectoriestoberestoredcontainhardlinkfilesthatarenotthefirst
instanceencounteredduringbackup.Inthiscase,therestorewillfailandanNDMP
messageissenttotheDMAserverindicatingthefirstinstanceofthefilethatshouldalso
beincludedintheselectiverestore.
Awaytoworkaroundthisproblemistochangethebehaviorduringbackup.Ifabackup
isstartedwiththeDEREF_HARD_LINKenvironmentvariablesettoY,thebackupwill
backupallinstancesofthehardlinkfilesasiftheyareregularfiles,ratherthanjustbacking
upthefirstinstanceofthehardlinkfiles.Inthiscase,aselectiverestorewillalwayshave
thefiledata.Thedisadvantageofthisoptionisthatbackupsmighttakelongerandmore
spaceisrequiredtobackupadatasetwithhardlinkfiles.

Backing Up NAS Volume Data Using NDMP


TheFluidFSclusterdoesnotuseadedicatedIPv4addressforbackupoperations;any
configuredclientnetworkaddresscanbeused.DataissentoverEthernet.

322

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing NDMP

MultipleNDMPbackupandrestoresessionscanrunatthesametimewithamaximumof
48sessionsperNAScontroller.TominimizetheimpactofNDMPbackupprocessingon
systemperformance,scheduleNDMPduringoffpeaktimes.

AfteryouconfigureNDMPinaFluidFScluster,theNDMPservermonitorstheclient
networkforbackuprequestsfromtheDMAservers.TheDMAserverthenaccesses
(mounts)theNASvolumesthatitintendstobackupandinitiatesthebackupoperations.
ThefollowingstepsareinvolvedinbackingupNASvolumedatausingNDMP.
Note: NDMPdoesnotprovideHighAvailability(HA).Ifabackupsessionis
interruptedduetoconnectionloss,thesessionisterminated.
Note: Manuallydeletingthetemporarysnapshotforthecurrentbackupsessionis
notallowedandwillimmediatelyterminatethesession.
Note: Ifabackupsessionisterminatedwithanerror,thetemporarysnapshot
mightbeleftinplace,andthesystemwilldeletethesnapshotautomatically.
1 TheDMAservercreatesaconnectiontotheFluidFSclusterIPaddress.
2 TheNDMPserverontheFluidFSclustercreatesatemporarysnapshotofeachNAS
volumethattheDMAserverdesignatedforbackup.Alternatively,whenperforminga
backupofreplicationtargetNASvolumes,theFluidFSclusterdoesnotcreatea
dedicatedNDMPsnapshot.Instead,itusesthebasereplicasnapshotfromthelast
successfulreplication.
TemporaryNDMPsnapshotsarenamedusingthefollowingformat:
ndmp_backup_<session_ID>_<controller_number>.
3 TheNDMPservercopiestheNASvolumedatatotheDMAserver.
4 Afterreceivingthedata,theDMAservermovesthedatatoastoragedevice,suchasa
localdiskortapedevice.
5 Oncethebackupcompletes,theNDMPserverdeletesthetemporarysnapshots.

NDMP Environment Variables


NDMPenvironmentvariablesareamechanismtocontrolthebehavioroftheNDMP
serverforeachbackupandrestoresession.Thefollowingtablesummarizesthesupported
environmentvariables.
TodeterminewhethertheDMAserversupportssettingtheseenvironmentvariables,refer
tothedocumentationforyourDMAserver.IftheDMAservercannotsetagiven
environmentvariable,theNDMPserveroperateswiththedefaultvalue.

Dell Compellent

323

Chapter 13 FluidFS 3.0 Data Protection

Environment Variable

Description

Used In

Default
Value

TYPE

Specifiesthetypeofbackup/restore
application.Thevalidvaluesare:

Backup
and
Restore

dump

dump:NDMPservergeneratesinode
basedfilehistory
tar:NDMPservergeneratesfilebasedfile
history
FILESYSTEM

Specifiesthepathtobeusedforbackup.The Backup
pathmustbeadirectory.

N/A

LEVEL

Specifiesthedumplevelforthebackup
operation.Thevalidvaluesare0to9.

Backup

HIST

Specifieshowfilehistoryistobe
generated.Thevalidvaluesare:

Backup

DIRECT

SpecifieswhethertherestoreisaDirect
Backup
AccessRetrieval.ThevalidvaluesareYand and
N.
Restore

UPDATE

Specifieswhetherthedumplevelanddump Backup
timeforabackupoperationshouldbe
updatedontheNDMPserversosubsequent
backupscanreferencethedumplevelfrom
previousbackups.ThevalidvaluesareYand
N.

EXCLUDE

Specifiesapatternformatchingtodirectory Backup
andfilenamesthatarenottobebackedup.

Noexclude
patternis
specified
bydefault

d:Specifiesthatnode/dirformatfile
historywillbegenerated
f:Specifiesthatfilebasedfilehistorywill
begenerated
y:Specifiesthatthedefaultfilehistory
type(whichisthenode/dirformat)willbe
generated
n:Specifiesthatnofilehistorywillbe
generated

Thisenvironmentvariableisalistofstrings
separatedbyacomma.Eachentryismatched
againstnodesencounteredduringbackup.
Thestringcancontainanasterisk(*)asthe
wildcardcharacter,buttheasteriskmustbe
thefirstorlastcharacterofthepattern.A
maximumof32commaseparatedstringsare
supported.
RECURSIVE

Specifieswhethertherestoreshouldbe
recursive.ThevalidvaluesareYandN.

Restore

IfthisenvironmentvariableissettoN,only
filesthataretheimmediatechildrenofthe
restoretargetarerestored.

324

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing NDMP

Environment Variable

Description

Used In

Default
Value

RESTORE_OVERWRITE

Specifieswhethertherestoreoperation
shouldoverwriteexistingfileswiththe
backupdata.ThevalidvaluesareYandN.

Restore

LISTED_INCREMENTAL

Backup/
Specifieswhetheranadditionaldirectory
listingisaddedtothebackupstreamduring Restore
incrementalbackupsothattherestore
operationcanhandlefilesanddirectories
deletedbetweentheincrementalbackups.
Thisenvironmentvariablecontrolsbehavior
similartothelistedincrementaloptionof
thetarapplication.ThevalidvaluesareY
andN.

Duringbackup,ifthisvariableissettoY,an
additionaldirectorylistingisaddedtothe
backupdatastream.Becauseofthe
additionalprocessingrequired,thiscould
impactthebackupdatastreamsizeand
performance.
Duringrestore,ifthisvariableissettoYand
thebackupdatastreamwasgeneratedwith
thisvariablesettoY,theNDMPserverwill
handledeletingfilesanddirectoriesthatare
deletedbetweenincrementalbackups.
SettingthisvariabletoYrequiresadditional
processingtimeandincreasesthebackup
datastreamsize(thesizeoftheincrease
dependsonthenumberofelementsinthe
backupdataset).Ifthisfeatureisnot
importantinyourenvironment,thisvariable
shouldnotbeset.
BASE_DATE

Specifieswhetheratokenbasedbackupis
performed.Tokenbasedbackupisusedby
TivoliStorageManagerasanalternativeto
backupsusingtheLEVELenvironment
variable.Thevalidvaluesare:

Backup

Backup

1:Specifiesthattokenbasedbackupis
disabled
0:Specifiesthatatokenbasedbackupis
performed.Afterthebackupcompletes,a
tokencanberetrievedbyretrievingthe
DUMP_DATEenvironmentvariable.This
tokencanthenbepassedinasubsequent
backupasthevalueofBASE_DATE.The
backupperformedinthiscasewillbean
incrementalbackuprelativetothetime
whenthetokenwasgenerated.
DEREF_HARD_LINK

Dell Compellent

Specifieswhetherhardlinkfilesdata
contentisbackedupforallinstancesofthe
samefile.ThevalidvaluesareYandN.

325

Chapter 13 FluidFS 3.0 Data Protection

Supported DMA Servers


ForthelatestlistofsupportedDMAservers,seetheDellFluidFileSystemVersion3Support
Matrix.

Configuring NDMP
BeforeyoucantakeanNDMPbackup,youmustaddaDMAserverandconfigurethe
NDMPusername,password,andclientport.

Add a DMA Server


ConfigureoneormoreDMAserversfromwhichtheNDMPservercanserviceNAS
volumebackuprequests.ThereisnolimitonthenumberofDMAserverstakingbackups
atanypointintime.

Prerequisites

TheDMAservermustbenetworkaccessible.

TheDMAservermustrunasupportedNDMPbackupapplication.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectNDMPBackups.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
6 IntheDMAServersIPv4Addressestextfield,typetheIPaddressofaDMAserverand
clickAdd.RepeatthisstepforanyadditionalDMAservers.
7 ClickOK.

Remove a DMA Server


RemoveaDMAserverifitisnolongerneededforNDMPbackups.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectNDMPBackups.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
6 IntheDMAServersIPv4Addressestextfield,selecttheIPaddressofaDMAserver
andclickRemove.
7 ClickOK.

Change the NDMP Password


AusernameandpasswordarerequiredwhenconfiguringanNDMPserverintheDMA.
ThedefaultpasswordisrandomizedandmustbechangedpriortousingNDMP.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectNDMPBackups.

326

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing NDMP

5 Intherightpane,clickChangePassword.TheChangePassworddialogboxappears.
6 InthePasswordfield,typeanNDMPpassword.Thepasswordmustbeatleastseven
characterslongandcontainthreeofthefollowingelements:alowercasecharacter,an
uppercasecharacter,adigit,oraspecialcharacter(suchas,,or).
7 IntheConfirmPasswordfield,retypetheNDMPpassword.
8 ClickOK.

Change the NDMP Username


AusernameandpasswordarerequiredwhenconfiguringanNDMPserverintheDMA.
Bydefault,theusernameisbackup_user.Youcanchangethisusernameifneeded.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectNDMPBackups.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
6 IntheUsernamefield,typeanewNDMPusername.
7 ClickOK.

Change the NDMP Client Port


Bydefault,theNDMPservermonitorsport10000forincomingconnections.Youcan
changetheclientporttomatchtheportusedbytheDMA.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectNDMPBackups.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
6 IntheClientPortfield,typeanewclientport.
7 ClickOK.

Specifying NAS Volumes Using the DMA


Inordertoperformbackupandrestoreoperations,theDMAservermustbeconfiguredto
beabletoaccesstheFluidFScluster.
OneachDMAserver,youmustconfigurethefollowing:

ClientVIP(oraDNSname)thattheDMAserveraccesses.Ifyoueverchangetheclient
VIP,youmustalsomakethereciprocalchangeontheDMAservers.
Note: NDMPhasnoloadbalancingbuiltin.AsingleDMAbackingup10NAS
volumesfromasingleclientVIPforcesall10sessionsonthesameNAS
controller.Therefore,DellrecommendsusingDNSroundrobintoprovideload
balancing,byspecifyingtheDNSnameoftheFluidFSclusterintheDMA.

Dell Compellent

NDMPusernameandpassword(defaultusernameisbackup_user).

PortthattheNDMPservermonitorsforincomingconnections(defaultportis10000).

327

Chapter 13 FluidFS 3.0 Data Protection

Inaddition,someDMAserversrequirethefollowing:

HostnameoftheFluidFScluster,whichusesthefollowingformat:
<controller_number>.<FluidFS_cluster_name>

OStype:DellFluidFileSystem

Product:CompellentFS8600

Vendor:DellInc.

MostbackupapplicationsautomaticallylisttheavailableNASvolumestobackup.
Otherwise,youcanmanuallytypeintheNASvolumepath.TheFluidFSclusterexposes
backupNASvolumesatthefollowingpath:
/<NAS_volume_name>

Toimprovedatatransferspeed,increasethenumberofconcurrentbackupjobstomore
thanoneperNAScontroller,distributingtheloadacrosstheavailableNAScontrollers.

Viewing NDMP Jobs and Events


AllNDMPjobsandeventscanbeviewedusingEnterpriseManager.

View Active NDMP Jobs


ViewallNDMPbackupandrestoreoperationsbeingprocessedbytheFluidFScluster.
1 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
2 ClicktheSystemtab.
3 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectNDMPBackups.
4 Intherightpane,clicktheNDMPConnectionstab.TheNDMPjobsaredisplayed.

View NDMP Events


VieweventsrelatedtoNDMPbackups.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectNDMPBackups.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheNDMPEventstab.TheNDMPeventsaredisplayed.

328

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Replication

Managing Replication
ReplicationallowsyoutocopyNASvolumedatafromthelocal(source)FluidFSclusterto
adifferentNASvolumeonthelocalFluidFSclusterortoaremote(target)FluidFScluster.
ThefollowingfigureshowsanoverviewoflocalreplicationbetweenNASvolumesona
singleFluidFScluster.

ThefollowingfigureshowsanoverviewofremotereplicationbetweenNASvolumeson
differentFluidFSclusters.

Replicationcanbeusedinvariousscenariostoachievedifferentlevelsofdataprotection.
Replication Scenarios

Description

Fastbackupandrestore

Maintainfullcopiesofdataforprotectionagainstdataloss,
corruption,orusermistakes

Disasterrecovery

Mirrordatatoremotelocationsforfailoverduringadisaster

Remotedataaccess

Applicationscanaccessmirroreddatainreadonlyorreadwrite
mode

Onlinedatamigration

Minimizedowntimeassociatedwithdatamigration

Configuringreplicationisathreestepprocess:

Dell Compellent

AddareplicationpartnershipbetweentwoFluidFSclusters.

AddreplicationforaNASvolume.

Runreplicationondemandorschedulereplication.

329

Chapter 13 FluidFS 3.0 Data Protection

How Replication Works


Replicationleveragessnapshots.ThefirsttimeyoureplicateaNASvolume,theFluidFS
clustercopiestheentirecontentsoftheNASvolume.Forsubsequentreplication
operations,theFluidFSclustercopiesonlythedatathatchangedsincetheprevious
replicationoperationstarted.Thisallowsforfasterreplication,efficientuseofsystem
resources,andsavesonstoragespacewhilekeepingdataconsistent.Replicationis
asynchronous,meaningthatcommunicationwiththeclientcontinuesevenwhenthedata
isbeingreplicated.
TheamountoftimereplicationtakesdependsontheamountofdataontheNASvolume
andtheamountofdatathathaschangedsincethepreviousreplicationoperation.
Replicationreceivespriorityoverservingdatatoclients.
WhenreplicatingaNASvolumetoanotherFluidFScluster,theotherFluidFSclustermust
besetupasareplicationpartner.EachFluidFSclustermayhavemultiplereplication
partners,enablingyoutoreplicatedifferentNASvolumestodifferentpartners,depending
onoperationalrequirements.However,eachindividualNASvolumecanbereplicatedto
onlyonetargetNASvolumeononereplicationpartner.Thefollowingfiguresummarizes
whichreplicationsscenariosaresupportedandunsupported.

330

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Replication

Onceapartnerrelationshipisestablished,replicationisbidirectional.Onesystemcould
holdtargetNASvolumesfortheothersystemaswellassourceNASvolumestoreplicate
tothatothersystem.
Areplicationpolicycanbesetuptorunaccordingtoasetscheduleorondemand.
ReplicationdataflowsthroughasecureSSHtunnelfromsystemtosystemovertheclient
network.
Toaccessorrecoverdata,youcanpromoteatargetNASvolumetoarecoveryNASvolume
andgrantclientsaccesstotherecoveryNASvolumedata.TherecoveryNASvolumewill
appearasifitisalocalNASvolume.

Target NAS Volumes


AtargetNASvolumeisareadonlycopyofthesourceNASvolumethatresidesonthe
targetFluidFScluster.ThetargetNASvolumeholdsidenticalsystemconfiguration
information(quotarules,snapshotpolicy,securitystyle,andsoon)asthesourceNAS
volume.YoucanpromotetargetNASvolumestorecoveryNASvolumestemporarilyor
permanentlyandgrantclientsaccesstorecoveryNASvolumedata.

Dell Compellent

331

Chapter 13 FluidFS 3.0 Data Protection

ThefollowingconsiderationsapplytotargetNASvolumes:

UnlikesourceNASvolumes,youcannotcreatesnapshotsoftargetNASvolumes.

TheremustbesufficientfreespaceonthetargetFluidFSclustertostorethetargetNAS
volumes.

ThesystemretainsonlythecurrentreplicaofthesourceNASvolumes.Torollbackto
apreviouspointintime,youmustusesnapshots.

YoucaneitherreplicatethesourceNASvolumetoanexistingNASvolumeortoanew
targetNASvolume.IfyoureplicatetoanexistingNASvolume,theNASvolumemust
notcontainanydatayouwanttoretain.AnydataresidingontheNASvolumewillbe
overwrittenandcannotberecovered.

TargetNASvolumescounttowardsthetotalnumberofNASvolumesintheFluidFS
cluser.

Managing Replication Partnerships


WhenreplicatingaNASvolumetoanotherFluidFScluster,theotherFluidFSclustermust
besetupasareplicationpartner.ThisisabidirectionalreplicationtrustsourceNAS
volumesandtargetNASvolumescanbelocatedoneithersystem.

Add a Replication Partnership


Addareplicationpartnerbeforeconfiguringreplication.

Prerequisites

BoththesourceandtargetFluidFSclustersmustbemanagedbythesameEnterprise
ManagerDataCollector.

BoththesourceandtargetFluidFSclustershavethesameNASappliancecount.Ifthe
sourceFluidFSclusterhastwoNASappliances,thetargetFluidFSclustermusthave
twoNASappliances.Donot,forexample,attempttoreplicateafourNASappliance
FluidFSclustertoatwoNASapplianceFluidFScluster.Attemptingtoestablisha
replicationpartnershipbetweenFluidFSclusterswithdifferentNASappliancecounts
willfail.

BoththesourceandtargetFluidFSclustersareatthesameFluidFSversion.

ThesourceandtargetFluidFSclustersmustbeabletocommunicatewitheachotherso
thatreplicationoperationscanoccur.

VerifythattheFluidFSreplicationportsareopenonyourfirewalltoallowreplication
betweenthesourceandtargetFluidFSclusters.

ThetargetFluidFSclusterhasenoughspacetoreplicatethedatafromthesource
FluidFScluster.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,selectRemoteNASClusters.
5 Intherightpane,clickAddRemoteCluster.TheAddRemoteClusterwizardappears.
6 SelecttheremoteFluidFSclusterandclickNext.

332

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Replication

7 Configurethelocalandremotereplicationnetworks,ensuringthattheFluidFSclusters
cancommunicatewitheachotheroverthespecifiednetworks(thatis,routingisin
place).

TochangetheclientnetworkusedforreplicationonthelocalFluidFScluster,select
aclientnetworkfromtheLocalReplicationInformationClientNetworkdropdown
menu.

TochangetheIPaddressusedforreplicationonthelocalFluidFScluster,selectan
IPaddressfromtheLocalReplicationInformationReplicationIPAddressdrop
downmenu.

TochangetheclientnetworkusedforreplicationontheremoteFluidFScluster,
selectaclientnetworkfromtheRemoteReplicationInformationClientNetwork
dropdownmenu.

TochangetheIPaddressusedforreplicationontheremoteFluidFScluster,selectan
IPaddressfromtheRemoteReplicationInformationReplicationIPAddressdrop
downmenu.

8 ClickFinish.

Change the Local or Remote Networks for a Replication Partnership


ChangethelocalorremotereplicationnetworkorIPaddressforareplicationpartnership.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,selectRemoteNASClusters.
5 Intherightpane,selectaFluidFSclusterandclickEditSettings.TheEditSettings
dialogboxappears.
6 Configurethelocalandremotereplicationnetworks,ensuringthattheFluidFSclusters
cancommunicatewitheachotheroverthespecifiednetworks(thatis,routingisin
place).

TochangetheclientnetworkusedforreplicationonthelocalFluidFScluster,select
aclientnetworkfromtheLocalReplicationInformationClientNetworkdropdown
menu.

TochangetheIPaddressusedforreplicationonthelocalFluidFScluster,selectan
IPaddressfromtheLocalReplicationInformationReplicationIPAddressdrop
downmenu.

TochangetheclientnetworkusedforreplicationontheremoteFluidFScluster,
selectaclientnetworkfromtheRemoteReplicationInformationClientNetwork
dropdownmenu.

TochangetheIPaddressusedforreplicationontheremoteFluidFScluster,selectan
IPaddressfromtheRemoteReplicationInformationReplicationIPAddressdrop
downmenu.

7 ClickOK.

Delete a Replication Partnership


Whenyoudeleteareplicationpartnership,thereplicationrelationshipbetweenthesource
andtargetFluidFSclustersisdiscontinued.Whendeletingareplicationpartnership,
ensurethatbothsystemsareupandrunning.Ifbothsystemsareup,thereplication

Dell Compellent

333

Chapter 13 FluidFS 3.0 Data Protection

partnershipisdeletedonbothsystems.Ifoneofthesystemsisdownorunreachable,the
partnershipisdeletedonlyonthesystemthatisup.Oncetheothersystemcomesbackup,
thepartnershipmustbedeletedonthatsystemtoo.

Prerequisites
Replicationsbetweenthereplicationpartnersmustbedeleted.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,selectRemoteNASClusters.
5 Intherightpane,selectaFluidFSclusterandclickDelete.TheDeletedialogbox
appears.
6 ClickOK.

Replicating NAS Volumes


Youcanperformmanualandscheduledreplicationoperations,andpause,resume,delete,
andmonitorreplication.

Add Replication for a NAS Volume


AddingreplicationcreatesareplicationrelationshipbetweenasourceNASvolumeanda
targetNASvolume.Afteraddingreplication,youcansetupareplicationpolicytorun
accordingtoasetscheduleorondemand.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clickCreateReplication.TheCreateReplicationwizardappears.
6 SelectaFluidFSclusterandclickNext.TheSelectRemoteNASVolumepageappears.
7 SpecifyatargetNASvolumeusingoneofthefollowingoptions:

SelectanexistingNASvolumeonthetargetFluidFScluster.

CreateaNASvolumeonthetargetFluidFScluster.
ClickCreateRemoteVolume.TheCreateNASVolumedialogboxappears.Inthe
Namefield,typeanamefortheNASvolume.IntheSizefield,typeasizeforthe
NASvolumethatisthesamesizeorlargerthanthesourceNASvolume.Inthe
Folderfield,selectaparentfolderfortheNASvolume.ClickOKtoclosetheCreate
NASVolumedialogbox,thenselectthenewlycreatedNASvolume.

8 ClickFinish.

334

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Replication

Delete Replication for a NAS Volume


DeletingreplicationforaNASvolumeissimilartodisablingreplicationforaNASvolume
inthatitdoesnotdisruptreplicationoperationsforotherNASvolumesorthereplication
partnershipbetweenthesourceandtargetFluidFSclusters.Afterdeletingreplication,the
targetNASvolumebecomesastandalone,writableNASvolume.Youcandelete
replicationfromeitherthesourceortargetFluidFScluster.

Prerequisites

ThetargetNASvolumemustbepromotedtoastandaloneNASvolume.

Youmustremovereplicationschedulesforthereplication.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheReplicationtab.
6 ClickDelete.TheDeletedialogboxappears.
7 ClickOK.

Run Replication On Demand


Afterareplicationiscreated,youcanreplicateaNASvolumeondemand.Youcanrun
replicationonlyfromthesourceFluidFScluster.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheReplicationtab.
6 SelectReplicationTasksStartManualReplication.TheStartManualReplication
dialogboxappears.
7 ClickOK.

Schedule Replication
Afterareplicationiscreated,youcanschedulereplicationforaNASvolumetorun
regularly.YoucanschedulereplicationonlyfromthesourceFluidFScluster.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheReplicationtab.
6 SelectReplicationTasksCreateReplicationSchedule.TheCreateReplication
Scheduledialogboxappears.
7 IntheNamefield,typeanameforthereplicationschedule.

Dell Compellent

335

Chapter 13 FluidFS 3.0 Data Protection

8 Specifywhentorunreplication.

Torunreplicationbasedonaperiodoftime,selecttheBasedonperiodoftime
checkboxandtypethefrequencyinminutes,hours,days,orweeks.

Torunreplicationbasedondayandtime,selecttheBasedondayandtimecheck
boxandselectthedayandtime.

9 ClickOK.

Change a Replication Schedule


Changethefrequencythatreplicationrunsforareplicationschedule.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheReplicationtab.
6 SelectareplicationscheduleandclickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogbox
appears.
7 Specifywhentorunreplication.

Torunreplicationbasedonaperiodoftime,selecttheBasedonperiodoftime
checkboxandtypethefrequencyinminutes,hours,days,orweeks.

Torunreplicationbasedondayandtime,selecttheBasedondayandtimecheck
boxandselectthedayandtime.

8 ClickOK.

Delete a Replication Schedule


Deleteareplicationscheduleifyounolongerwantreplicationtorunregularly.Youcan
deleteareplicationscheduleonlyfromthesourceFluidFScluster.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheReplicationtab.
6 SelectareplicationscheduleandclickDelete.TheDeletedialogboxappears.
7 ClickOK.

Pause Replication
Whenyoupausereplication,anyreplicationoperationsfortheNASvolumethatarein
progressaresuspended.Whilereplicationispaused,scheduledreplicationsdonottake
place.ReplicationmaybepausedforindividualNASvolumes,butyoucannotpauseall
inprogressreplicationoperationstakingplaceinaFluidFScluster,orbetweenaspecified
pairofreplicationpartners.YoucanpausereplicationonlyfromthesourceFluidFScluster.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.

336

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Replication

4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheReplicationtab.
6 SelectReplicationTasksPauseReplication.ThePauseReplicationdialogbox
appears.
7 ClickOK.

Resume Replication
Whenyouresumereplication,anyreplicationoperationsthatwereinprogressatthetime
theoperationwaspausedwillresume.Inaddition,anyreplicationscheduleswillresume
attheirnextscheduledtime.ReplicationmayberesumedforindividualNASvolumes,but
youcannotresumeallinprogressreplicationoperationstakingplaceinaFluidFScluster,
orbetweenaspecifiedpairofreplicationpartners.Youcanresumereplicationonlyfrom
thesourceFluidFScluster.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheReplicationtab.
6 SelectReplicationTasksResumeReplication.TheResumeReplicationdialogbox
appears.
7 ClickOK.

Monitor Replication Progress


MonitortheprogressofallreplicationoperationsbeingprocessedfortheFluidFScluster.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,selectRemoteNASClusters.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheReplicationstab.Theprogressforeachreplicationis
displayedintheStatuscolumn.

Recovering an Individual NAS Volume


YoucanaccessorrestoredatafromatargetNASvolumeifneeded.

Promote a Target NAS Volume


WhenyoupromoteatargetNASvolume,youhavetheoptiontodemoteitatalatertime,
therebymakingthepromotiontemporary.Alternatively,youcanpermanentlypromoteit.
PromotingatargetNASvolumetoarecoveryNASvolumemakesthetargetNASvolume
writable,andclientscanmanuallyfailovertoit.Thisoperationcanbeperformed
regardlessofwhetherthesourceNASvolumeisavailable.TherecoveryNASvolumes
datawillbecompleteuptothepointintimeofthemostrecentsuccessfulreplication.

Dell Compellent

337

Chapter 13 FluidFS 3.0 Data Protection

WhenyoupromoteatargetNASvolume,anyreplicationoperationsfortheNASvolume
thatareinprogressaresuspended.YoucanpromoteatargetNASvolumefromeitherthe
sourceortargetFluidFScluster.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheReplicationtab.
6 SelectReplicationTasksPromoteDestination.ThePromoteDestinationdialogbox
appears.
7 ClickOK.

Demote a Target NAS Volume


DemotethetargetNASvolumetoresumetheoriginalreplicationoperations.Whenyou
demoteatargetNASvolume,alldatawrittentotherecoveryNASvolumewhileitwas
temporarilypromotedwillbelost.YoucandemoteatargetNASvolumeonlyfromthe
sourceFluidFScluster.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheReplicationtab.
6 SelectReplicationTasksDemoteDestination.TheDemoteDestinationdialogbox
appears.
7 ClickOK.

Using Replication for Disaster Recovery


Youcancreateadisasterrecoveryconfigurationinwhichyoureplicatedatafromaprimary
FluidFSclustertoatargetFluidFSclusterthatyoucanfailovertoiftheprimaryFluidFS
clusterstopsrespondingbecauseofanunexpectedfailure(hardware,disk,andsoon).The
targetFluidFSclustercouldeitherbeusedsolelyforbackupfortheprimarysite,oritcould
haveitsownNASvolumessharingdataatthetargetsite.Inabidirectionalconfiguration,
bothFluidFSclusterscanactasafailovertargetforeachother.
AfteryouhavefixedthereasonthatcausedtheoriginalFluidFSclustertofail,youcan
manuallyfailbacktotheoriginalconfigurationinwhichclientsaccessdataonthesource
NASvolume,whichinturnreplicatestothetargetNASvolume.Dependingontimeand
bandwidthconsiderations,failingbacktothesourceNASvolumemighttakea
considerableamountoftimetocomplete.
Thefollowingconsiderationsapplywhenusingreplicationfordisasterrecovery:

338

IftheoriginalsourceNASvolumeisnolongeravailable,youcanconfiguretherecovery
NASvolumetoreplicatetoanotherNASvolumeintheoriginalsourceFluidFScluster.
However,iftheoriginalsourceNASvolumeisavailable,Dellrecommendsfailingback
toit.FailingbacktotheoriginalsourceNASvolumeusuallytakeslesstimethanfailing
backtoanewNASvolume.IftheFluidFSclustershaveacommonsnapshot,theyonly

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Replication

needtosynchronizethedatathatchangedafterthatsnapshotwascreated.Ifno
commonsnapshotisavailable,orifreplicatingtoanewNASvolume,alldatamustbe
synchronized.

AsingleFluidFSclustercannotcontaintwosetsofCIFShomeshares.Considerthe
examplethatClusterAandClusterBbothhaveCIFShomeshares,fordifferentsitesor
userbases.ClusterAandClusterBbothserveasreplicationdestinationsforeach
othersNASvolumethatcontainstheCIFShomeshares.Iftheadministratortriestofail
overClusterAsNASvolumethatcontainsCIFShomesharestoClusterB,ClusterB
rejectsthisoperationbecauseitalreadyhasCIFShomesharesdefinedonit.

Managing the DNS Configuration for Single NAS Volume Failover


ForsingleNASvolumefailover,itisimportantthattheenvironmentissetuptoproperly
migrateclientsoftheNASvolumesyouarefailingover,withoutdisruptingtheclientsof
otherNASvolumesyouarenotfailingover.
WhenaNASvolumeisfailedoverfromoneFluidFSclustertoanother,theIPaddresses
thatareusedtoaccessitchangefromClusterAsIPaddressestoClusterBsIPaddresses.
DellrecommendsfacilitatingthischangeusingDNS.ItisrecommendedtosetupaDNS
entrytocorrelatetoeachNASvolume,andchangetheDNSentryforsingleNASvolumes
whentheyarefailedover.
Forexample,supposeMarketingandSaleshavetheirownNASvolumes,withaCIFS
shareontheNASvolumenamedmarketing_shareandsales_sharerespectively.ADNS
entrynamedFluidFSmarketing,iscreatedforMarketingandanotherDNSentryforSales
namedFluidFSsalesiscreated.BothNASvolumespointtothesamesetofclientVIPson
sourceClusterA.MarketingcanaccesstheMarketingNASvolumeorCIFSshareusing
\\FluidFSmarketing\marketing,andSalescanaccesstheSalesNASvolumeorCIFSshare
using\\FluidFSsales\sales.
Initially,bothDNSentriesFluidFSmarketingandFluidFSsalespointtothesamesetof
clientVIPs.Atthispoint,boththemarketingandsalesCIFSsharescanbeaccessedfrom
eitheroneoftheDNSnames,FluidFSmarketingorFluidFSsales.Whenyouwanttofail
overasingleNASvolume(forexampleMarketing)changetheDNSentriesfor
FluidFSmarketingtoresolvetotheclientVIPsonClusterB.
DellrecommendsthatyoumaintainatabletotrackwhichDNSentriesareusedtoaccess
eachNASvolume.Thishelpswhenperformingfailoverandsettingupgrouppolicies.

Setting Up and Performing Disaster Recovery


Thissectioncontainsahighleveloverviewofsettingupandperformingdisasterrecovery.
Intheseinstructions,ClusterAisthesourceFluidFSclustercontainingthedatathatmust
bebackedupandClusterBisthetargetFluidFScluster,whichbacksupthedatafrom
sourceclusterA.

Prerequisites

Dell Compellent

ClusterBisinstalled,buthasnoNASvolumesconfigured.

ClusterAandClusterBhavethesameNASappliancecount.Forexample,ifClusterA
hastwoNASappliances,ClusterBmusthavetwoNASappliances.

ClusterAandClusterBareatthesameFluidFSversion.

ClusterBhasdifferentnetworksettings(client,SAN,internal,andsoon)thansource
ClusterA,however,ClusterAandClusterBmustbeabletocommunicatewitheach
othersothatreplicationoperationscanoccur.

ClusterBhasenoughspacetoreplicatealldatafromClusterA.

339

Chapter 13 FluidFS 3.0 Data Protection

Steps
Phase1BuildupthereplicationpartnershipbetweenClusterAandClusterB
1 FromClusterA,setupareplicationpartnershipbetweenClusterAandClusterB.
2 CreatearegularreplicationschedulesothatthetargetvolumesinClusterBalways
haveanuptodatereplicationcopyforClusterA.
Thereplicationpolicymustbeaonetoonematchonavolumebasis,forexample:
SourcevolumeA1(ClusterA)totargetvolumeB1(ClusterB)
SourcevolumeA2(ClusterA)totargetvolumeB2(ClusterB)

SourcevolumeAn(ClusterA)totargetvolumeBn(ClusterB)
3 Ensurethatatleastonesuccessfulreplicationhasoccurredforallthesourcevolumesin
ClusterA.
Ifthereplicationfails,fixtheproblemsencounteredandrestartthereplicationprocess.
4 RecordallClusterAsettingsforfutureuse.ReplicationrestoreisnotacompleteBMR
restore.Settingssuchasnetworkconfiguration(client,SAN,andinternal)cannotbe
backedupandrestoredusingthereplicationmethod.NoteallClusterAsettings(for
usewhenrestoringClusterA)includingnetworkconfiguration,clusterwidesettings
suchasvolumename,alertsettings,andsoonforfutureuse.Ifthesystemrestore
operationfailstorestorethesesettings,youcanmanuallyrestoretheClusterAsettings
backtotheiroriginalvalues.
Phase2ClusterAfailsandclientsrequestfailovertotargetClusterB
IfClusterAstopsrespondingbecauseofanunexpectedfailure,failovertoClusterB.
1 Deletethereplicationpolicyfortheoriginalsourcevolumes(A1,A2,..,An).
2 ApplythesourcevolumeconfigurationfromClusterA.Thistransformstheoriginal
targetvolumes(B1,B2,..Bn)tostandaloneNASvolumes.Repeatthisprocedureto
bringalltargetvolumesinClusterBtostandaloneNASvolumeswiththevolume
configurationappliedfromClusterA.
3 RestoretheusersandgroupsconfigurationfromClusterA.ThisrestorestheClusterB
usersandgroupstoClusterAsettings.
4 EnsurethatClusterBisusedtotemporarilyserveclientrequestsduringthefailover
time.
a Chooseoneofthefollowingoptions:

IPaddressbasedfailovers:ChangetheIPaddressesforClusterBtomatchtheIP
addressesusedbyClusterA.Existingclientconnectionsmightbreakandmight
needtobereestablished.

DNSbasedfailovers:PointtheDNSnamesfromyourDNSservertoClusterB
insteadofClusterA.
EnsurethattheDNSserveronClusterBisthesameastheDNSserverorinthe
sameDNSfarmastheDNSserverofClusterA.Existingclientconnectionsmight
breakandmightneedtobereestablished.Youmustunmountandremountthe
NFSexportsontheclient.

b (SingleNASvolumefailovers)ManuallyupdatetheDNSentryfortheNASvolume
thatwasfailedover.Thisredirectsclientsthatareaccessingthisvolumefrom
ClusterAtoClusterB,whileotherclientskeepaccessingothervolumesusingthe
sameDNSname.ClientsystemsmightneedtorefreshtheirDNScache.

340

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Replication

(SingleNASvolumefailovers)ToforceCIFSandNFSclientstoClusterB,youmust
deletetheCIFSsharesandNFSexportsonClusterA.ThisforcestheCIFSandNFS
clientstoreconnect,atsuchtimetheyareconnectedtoClusterB.Afterrestoringthe
sourcevolumesconfigurationonClusterB,alloftheCIFSsharesandNFSexports
willbepresentonthetargetvolume(onClusterB),sonoCIFSshare/NFSexport
configurationinformationislost.
ThefailedovervolumecannowbeaccessedusingtheexactsameDNSnameand
CIFSshare/NFSexportnameasitwaswhenhostedonClusterA,exceptnowitis
hostedonClusterB.

d JoinClusterBtotheADserverorLDAP/NIS.
EnsurethattheADserverandLDAPserverareinthesameAD/LDAPfarmorsame
server.
Phase3RestoreClusterAandfailbackfromClusterBtoClusterA
AfteryouhavefixedthereasonthatcausedClusterAtofail,failbackovertoClusterA.
1 FixthereasonthatcausedClusterAtofailandifrequiredreinstallFluidFS.
2 RebuildtheFluidFScluster:

IPaddressbasedfailovers:UsethesettingsforClusterAthatyourecorded
earlier,butchangetheIPaddressesforClusterAtomatchtheIPaddresses
originallyusedbyClusterB.

DNSbasedfailovers:UsethesettingsforClusterAthatyourecordedearlier.

3 FromClusterB,setupareplicationpartnershipbetweenClusterBandClusterA.
4 ConfigurereplicationforallthepromotedrecoveryvolumesinClusterB,andspecify
thattheyreplicatebacktotheoriginalsourcevolumesinClusterA.
Thereplicationpolicymustbeaonetoonematchonavolumebasis,forexample:
SourcevolumeB1(ClusterB)totargetvolumeA1(ClusterA)
SourcevolumeB2(ClusterB)totargetvolumeA2(ClusterA)

SourcevolumeBn(ClusterB)totargetvolumeAn(ClusterA)
5 ManuallyperformreplicationonthepromotedrecoveryvolumesinClusterB(B1,B2,
..,Bn).Proceedtothenextstepwhenreplicationcompletes.
Ifthereplicationfails,fixtheproblemsencounteredandrestartthereplicationprocess.
EnsurethatalltheNASvolumesaresuccessfullyreplicatedtoClusterA.
6 FromClusterA,promotetheoriginalsourcevolumes(A1,A2,..,An).
7 FromClusterB,deletereplicationforthepromotedrecoveryvolumes(B1,B2,..,Bn)and
applythesourcevolumeconfigurationfromClusterBtoClusterA.Repeatthis
proceduretodeleteallthereplicationpoliciesandbringalltargetvolumesinClusterA
tostandaloneNASvolumes.
8 FromClusterA,restoretheusersandgroupsconfigurationfromClusterB.This
restorestheClusterAusersandgroupsconfigurationtoClusterBsettings.
Note: Ifthesystemconfigurationrestorefails,manuallysetthesystembackto
theoriginalsettings(usethesettingsforClusterAthatyourecordedearlier).

Dell Compellent

341

Chapter 13 FluidFS 3.0 Data Protection

9 StartusingClusterAtoserveclientrequests.
a Chooseoneofthefollowingoptions:

IPaddressbasedfailovers:ChangetheIPaddressesforClusterAtomatchtheIP
addressesoriginallyusedbyClusterAandchangetheIPaddressesforCluster
BtomatchtheIPaddressesoriginallyusedbyClusterB.Existingclient
connectionsmightbreakandmightneedtobereestablished.

DNSbasedfailovers:PointtheDNSnamesfromyourDNSservertoClusterA
insteadofClusterB.
EnsurethattheDNSserveronClusterAisthesameastheDNSserverorinthe
sameDNSfarmastheDNSserverofClusterB.Existingclientconnectionsmight
breakandmightneedtobereestablished.Youmustunmountandremountthe
NFSExportsontheclient.

b (SingleNASvolumefailovers)ManuallyupdatetheDNSentryfortheNASvolume
thatwasfailedover.Thisredirectsclientsthatareaccessingthisvolumefrom
ClusterBtoClusterA,whileotherclientskeepaccessingothervolumesusingthe
sameDNSname.ClientsystemsmightneedtorefreshtheirDNScache.
c

(SingleNASvolumefailovers)ToforceCIFSandNFSclientstoClusterA,youmust
deletetheCIFSsharesandNFSexportsonClusterB.ThisforcestheCIFSandNFS
clientstoreconnect,atsuchtimetheyareconnectedtoClusterA.Afterrestoringthe
sourcevolumesconfigurationonClusterA,alloftheCIFSsharesandNFSexports
willbepresentonthetargetvolume(onClusterA),sonoCIFSshare/NFSexport
configurationinformationislost.
ThefailedovervolumecannowbeaccessedusingtheexactsameDNSnameand
CIFSshare/NFSexportnameasitwaswhenhostedonClusterB,exceptnowitis
hostedonClusterA.

d JoinClusterAtotheADserverorLDAP/NIS.
e FromClusterA,configurereplicationbetweentheoriginalsourcevolumes(A1,A2,
..,An)andtheoriginaltargetvolumes(B1,B2,..,Bn)toprepareforthenextdisaster
recovery.

342

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

14

FluidFS 3.0 Monitoring


ThissectioncontainsinformationaboutmonitoringtheFluidFScluster.Thesetasksare
performedusingtheEnterpriseManagerClient.

Contents
ViewingtheStatusofHardwareComponents .................................. 343
ViewingtheStatusofFluidFSClusterServices ................................. 344
ViewingtheStatusofBackgroundProcesses ................................... 345
ViewingFluidFSClusterNASPoolTrends ..................................... 345
ViewingFluidFSClusterStorageUsage ....................................... 345
ViewingNASVolumeStorageUsage ......................................... 345
ViewingFluidFSClusterTrafficStatistics ...................................... 346
ViewingNASControllerTrafficStatistics ...................................... 346
ViewingNASControllerLoadBalancingStatistics .............................. 347

Viewing the Status of Hardware Components


EnterpriseManagerdisplaysthestatusofthefollowingNASapplianceandNAScontroller
hardwarecomponents:

Interfaces

Disks

Backuppowersupplies

Fans

Powersupply

View the Status of the Interfaces


ViewthestatusoftheinterfacesinaNAScontroller.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,expandAppliancesandexpandaNASappliance.
5 ExpandaNAScontrollerandselectInterfaces.Thestatusofeachinterfaceisdisplayed
intherightpane.

Dell Compellent

343

Chapter 14 FluidFS 3.0 Monitoring

View the Status of the Disks


ViewthestatusofthedisksintheinternalstoragedeviceinaNAScontroller.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,expandAppliancesandexpandaNASappliance.
5 ExpandaNAScontrollerandselectDisks.Thestatusofeachdiskisdisplayedinthe
rightpane.

View the Status of a Backup Power Supply


ViewthestatusofabackuppowersupplyinaNAScontroller.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,expandAppliancesandexpandaNASappliance.
5 ExpandaNAScontrollerandselectBackupPowerSupply.Thestatusofthebackup
powersupplyisdisplayedintherightpane.

View the Status of the Fans


ViewthestatusofthefansinaNASappliance.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,expandAppliancesandexpandaNASappliance.
5 SelectFans.Thestatusofeachfanisdisplayedintherightpane.

View the Status of the Power Supplies


ViewthestatusofthepowersuppliesinaNASappliance.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,expandAppliancesandexpandaNASappliance.
5 SelectPowerSupply.Thestatusofeachpowersupplyisdisplayedintherightpane.

Viewing the Status of FluidFS Cluster Services


EnterpriseManagerdisplaysthestatusofservicesconfiguredonaFluidFScluster(suchas
ActiveDirectory,LDAP,DNS,andNTP).
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.Thestatusofeachserviceisdisplayedintherightpaneinthe
StatusSummarysection.

344

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Viewing the Status of Background Processes

Viewing the Status of Background Processes


Someoperationstakesometimetoperformanddonotcompleteimmediately,suchas
detachingaNAScontroller.Inthesecases,youcanmonitortheprogressofoperationsin
EnterpriseManager.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectInternal.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheBackgroundProcessestab.Thestatusofeachbackground
processisdisplayed.

Viewing FluidFS Cluster NAS Pool Trends


EnterpriseManagerdisplaysstatisticsabouttheNASpoolforaFluidFScluster,including
totalcapacity,unusedreservedspace,unusedunreservedspace,andusedspace.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.TheNASpooltrendsaredisplayedintherightpaneintheNAS
PoolTrendssection.

Viewing FluidFS Cluster Storage Usage


EnterpriseManagerdisplaysalinechartthatshowsstorageusageovertimeforaFluidFS
cluster,includingtotalcapacity,unusedreservedspace,unusedunreservedspace,and
usedspace.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,selectaFluidFScluster.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheHistoricalStorageUsagetab.TheFluidFSclusterstorage
usagechartisdisplayed.

Viewing NAS Volume Storage Usage


EnterpriseManagerdisplaysalinechartthatshowsstorageusageovertimefora
particularNASvolume,includingNASvolumesize,usedspace,snapshotspace,unused
reservedspace,andunusedunreservedspace.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheHistoricalStorageUsagetab.TheNASvolumestorage
usagechartisdisplayed.

Dell Compellent

345

Chapter 14 FluidFS 3.0 Monitoring

Viewing FluidFS Cluster Traffic Statistics


EnterpriseManagerdisplayslinechartsthatshowtrafficstatisticsovertimeforaFluidFS
cluster.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClickthePerformancetabandselectaFluidFScluster.
4 Intherightpane,clicktheTrafficStatisticstab.Thetrafficstatisticschartisdisplayed.
5 (Optional)Customizethedisplayasneeded.Theseoptionsaredescribedintheonline
help.

Toadjustthetimeperiodofthedatatodisplay,clickanewtimeperiod:LastDay,
Last3Days,Last5Days,LastWeek,LastMonth,orCustom.IfyouselectCustom,
specifytheStartTimeandEndTimeofthedatatodisplayandthenclickUpdate.

TocombinethedataintoasinglechartwithmultipleYaxes,clickCombineCharts.

Tochangethedatametricstodisplay,selectoneormoreofthefollowingdata
metrics:

TotalPrimaryThroughout:DisplaysallreadandwritetrafficinKilobytesper
second.

CIFSWriteThroughout:DisplaysCIFSwritetrafficinKilobytespersecond.

CIFSReadThroughout:DisplaysCIFSreadtrafficinKilobytespersecond.

ReplicationWriteThroughout:DisplaysreplicationwritetrafficinKilobytes
persecond.

ReplicationReadThroughout:DisplaysreplicationreadtrafficinKilobytesper
second.

NDMPWriteThroughout:DisplaysNDMPwritetrafficinKilobytespersecond.

NDMPReadThroughout:DisplaysNDMPreadtrafficinKilobytespersecond.

NFSWriteThroughout:DisplaysNFSwritetrafficinKilobytespersecond.

NFSReadThroughout:DisplaysNFSreadtrafficinKilobytespersecond.

NFSIOPSWrite:DisplaysNFSwriteInput/Outputoperationspersecond.

NFSIOPSRead:DisplaysNFSreadInput/Outputoperationspersecond.

CIFSIOPSWrite:DisplaysCIFSwriteInput/Outputoperationspersecond.

CIFSIOPSRead:DisplaysCIFSreadInput/Outputoperationspersecond.

Viewing NAS Controller Traffic Statistics


EnterpriseManagerdisplayslinechartsthatshowtrafficstatisticsovertimeforaNAS
controller.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClickthePerformancetab.
4 InthePerformancetabnavigationpane,expandaFluidFSclusterandselectaNAS
controller.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheTrafficStatisticstab.Thetrafficstatisticschartisdisplayed.

346

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Viewing NAS Controller Load Balancing Statistics

6 (Optional)Customizethedisplayasneeded.Theseoptionsaredescribedintheonline
help.

Toadjustthetimeperiodofthedatatodisplay,clickanewtimeperiod:LastDay,
Last3Days,Last5Days,LastWeek,LastMonth,orCustom.IfyouselectCustom,
specifytheStartTimeandEndTimeofthedatatodisplayandthenclickUpdate.

TocombinethedataintoasinglechartwithmultipleYaxes,clickCombineCharts.

Tochangethedatametricstodisplay,selectoneormoreofthefollowingdata
metrics:

TotalPrimaryThroughout:DisplaysallreadandwritetrafficinKilobytesper
second.

CIFSWriteThroughout:DisplaysCIFSwritetrafficinKilobytespersecond.

CIFSReadThroughout:DisplaysCIFSreadtrafficinKilobytespersecond.

NDMPWriteThroughout:DisplaysNDMPwritetrafficinKilobytespersecond.

NDMPReadThroughout:DisplaysNDMPreadtrafficinKilobytespersecond.

NFSWriteThroughout:DisplaysNFSwritetrafficinKilobytespersecond.

NFSReadThroughout:DisplaysNFSreadtrafficinKilobytespersecond.

NFSIOPSWrite:DisplaysNFSwriteInput/Outputoperationspersecond.

NFSIOPSRead:DisplaysNFSreadInput/Outputoperationspersecond.

CIFSIOPSWrite:DisplaysCIFSwriteInput/Outputoperationspersecond.

CIFSIOPSRead:DisplaysCIFSreadInput/Outputoperationspersecond.

Viewing NAS Controller Load Balancing Statistics


EnterpriseManagerdisplaysstatisticsaboutloadbalancingforaNAScontroller,including
processorutilizationandthenumberofconnectionstotheNAScontroller.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClickthePerformancetab.
4 InthePerformancetabnavigationpane,expandaFluidFSclusterandselectaNAS
controller.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheLoadBalancingtab.Theloadbalancingstatisticsare
displayed.
6 (Optional)Customizethedisplayasneeded.Theseoptionsaredescribedintheonline
help.

Dell Compellent

Toadjustthetimeperiodofthedatatodisplay,clickanewtimeperiod:LastDay,
Last3Days,Last5Days,LastWeek,LastMonth,orCustom.IfyouselectCustom,
specifytheStartTimeandEndTimeofthedatatodisplayandthenclickUpdate.

TocombinethedataintoasinglechartwithmultipleYaxes,clickCombineCharts.

Tochangethedatametricstodisplay,selectoneormoreofthefollowingdata
metrics:

CPULoadPercentage:DisplaysCPUloadasapercentage.

TotalCIFSConnections:DisplaysCIFSconnectionsovertime.

347

Chapter 14 FluidFS 3.0 Monitoring

348

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

15

FluidFS 3.0 Maintenance


ThissectioncontainsinformationaboutperformingFluidFSclustermaintenance
operations.ThesetasksareperformedusingtheEnterpriseManagerClient.

Contents
AddingandRemovingFluidFSClustersinEnterpriseManager .................. 349
OrganizingFluidFSClustersUsingFolders .................................... 350
AddingaStorageCentertoaFluidFSCluster .................................. 351
AddingandDeletingNASAppliancesinaFluidFSCluster ...................... 353
Detaching,Attaching,andReplacingaNASController .......................... 356
ManagingServicePacks ..................................................... 358
ManagingFirmwareUpdates ................................................ 359
RestoringtheNASVolumeConfiguration ..................................... 360
RestoringLocalUsers ....................................................... 361
RestoringLocalGroups ..................................................... 362
ReinstallingFluidFSfromtheInternalStorageDevice ........................... 363

Adding and Removing FluidFS Clusters in Enterprise Manager


UseEnterpriseManagertoview,add,orremoveFluidFSclusters.

View FluidFS Clusters Managed by Enterprise Manager


ViewFluidFSclustersthathavebeenaddedtoEnterpriseManager.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectFluidFSClusters.TheFluidFSclustersthathavebeenadded
toEnterpriseManageraredisplayedintherightpane.

Add a FluidFS Cluster to Enterprise Manager


AddaFluidFSclustertomanageitusingEnterpriseManager.

Prerequisites
TheFluidFSclustermustbemountedinarack,cabled,anddeployed.IftheFluidFScluster
isnotdeployed,seetheDellCompellentFluidFSforFS8600ApplianceDeploymentGuide.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectDellCompellentorFluidFSClusters.

Dell Compellent

349

Chapter 15 FluidFS 3.0 Maintenance

3 Intherightpane,clickAddFluidFSCluster.TheAddFluidFSClusterwizardappears
anddisplaystheRegisterFluidFSClusterw/EnterpriseManagerpage.
4 CompletetheRegisterFluidFSClusterw/EnterpriseManagerpage.
a IntheHostorIPAddressfield,typethehostnameoraclientVIPoftheFluidFS
cluster.
b IntheUserNamefield,typethenameofaFluidFSclusteradministrator.
c

InthePasswordfield,typethepasswordfortheFluidFSclusteradministrator.

d IntheFolderpane,selecttheparentfolderfortheFluidFScluster.
5 ClickNext.TheFluidFSclusterisaddedtotheFluidFSClusterslistinEnterprise
Manager.

Remove a FluidFS Cluster from Enterprise Manager


RemoveaFluidFSclusterifyounolongerwanttomanageitusingEnterpriseManager.For
example,youmightwanttomovetheFluidFSclustertoanotherEnterpriseManagerData
Collector.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,expandFluidFSClustersandselectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickDelete.TheDeletedialogboxappears.
5 ClickOK.

Organizing FluidFS Clusters Using Folders


BydefaultEnterpriseManagerdisplaysFluidFSclustersinalphabeticalorder.To
customizetheorganizationofFluidFSclustersinEnterpriseManager,createfoldersto
groupFluidFSclusters.

Create a FluidFS Cluster Folder


AddfolderstoorganizeFluidFSclusters.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectFluidFSClusters.
3 Intherightpane,clickCreateFolder.TheCreateFolderdialogboxappears.
4 IntheNamefield,typeanameforthefolder.
5 IntheParentpane,selectaparentfolder.
6 ClickOK.

Rename a FluidFS Cluster Folder


RenameaFluidFSclusterfolder.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFSclusterfolder.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 IntheNamefield,typeanewnameforthefolder.
6 ClickOK.

350

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Adding a Storage Center to a FluidFS Cluster

Change the Parent Folder for a FluidFS Cluster Folder


ChangetheparentfolderforaFluidFSclusterfolder.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFSclusterfolder.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 IntheParentpane,selectaparentfolder.
6 ClickOK.

Move a FluidFS Cluster into a FluidFS Cluster Folder


MoveaFluidFSclusterintoafoldertogroupitwithotherFluidFSclusters.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickMoveTheSelectFolderdialogboxappears.
5 Selectaparentfolder.
6 ClickOK.

Delete a FluidFS Cluster Folder


DeleteaFluidFSclusterfolderifitisunused.

Prerequisites
Thefoldermustbeempty.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFSclusterfolder.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickDelete.TheDeletedialogboxappears.
5 ClickOK.

Adding a Storage Center to a FluidFS Cluster


ThebackendstorageforaFluidFSclustercanbeprovidedbyuptotwoStorageCenters.
IfaFluidFSclusterusesonlyoneStorageCenter,youmightwanttoaddanotherStorage
CentertoprovidestoragefortheFluidFSclusterif:

TheStorageCenterthatcurrentlyprovidesstoragefortheFluidFSclusterisrunning
outofspace.

Youwanttospreadoutthestorageload.

YouwanttoallocatemorestoragetotheNASpoolthanissupportedbyasingleStorage
Center.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerandhavefrontendconnectivity
totheFluidFScluster.

Dell Compellent

351

Chapter 15 FluidFS 3.0 Maintenance

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,expandFluidFSClustersandselectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,selectTasksStorageCentersAddStorageCenter.TheAdd
StorageCenterwizardappearsanddisplaystheSelectStorageCenters(only
supportedStorageCentersshown)page.
5 SelecttheadditionalStorageCentertoprovidestoragefortheFluidFSclusterandclick
Next.
6 (iSCSIonly)SelecttwofaultdomainsontheSelectiSCSIFaultDomainsfromStorage
CenterpageandclickNext.
7 (iSCSIonly)UsetheConfigureIPAddressesforNASControlleriSCSIHBAspageto
configuretheIPaddressesforSAN/eth30.Thispagedisplaystheexistingvaluesthat
wereconfiguredduringdeployment.Tousetheexistingvalues,clickNext.Tochange
thevalues:
a SelectaNAScontrollerandclickEditSettings.TheEditControllerIPAddress
dialogboxappears.
b IntheIPAddressfield,typeanIPaddressfortheNAScontroller.
c

ClickOK.RepeattheprecedingstepsforeachNAScontroller.

d TospecifyaVLANtag,typeaVLANtagintheVLANTagfield.WhenaVLAN
spansmultipleswitches,theVLANtagisusedtospecifytowhichportsand
interfacestosendbroadcastpackets.
e ClickNext.
8 (iSCSIonly)UsetheConfigureIPAddressesforNASControlleriSCSIHBAspageto
configuretheIPaddressesforSANb/eth31.Thispagedisplaystheexistingvaluesthat
wereconfiguredduringdeployment.Tousetheexistingvalues,clickNext.Tochange
thevalues:
a SelectaNAScontrollerandclickEditSettings.TheEditControllerIPAddress
dialogboxappears.
b IntheIPAddressfield,typeanIPaddressfortheNAScontroller.
c

ClickOK.RepeattheprecedingstepsforeachNAScontroller.

d TospecifyaVLANtag,typeaVLANtagintheVLANTagfield.WhenaVLAN
spansmultipleswitches,theVLANtagisusedtospecifytowhichportsand
interfacestosendbroadcastpackets.
e ClickNext.
9 UsetheConnectivityReportpagetoverifyconnectivitybetweentheFluidFScluster
andtheStorageCenter.TheNAScontrollerportsmustshowthestatusUpbeforeyou
cancompletethewizard.IfyouclickFinishandtheNAScontrollerportsdonothave
thestatusUp,anerrorwillbedisplayed.

352

ForiSCSINASappliances,whentheConnectivityReportinitiallyappears,iSCSIlog
onsmightstillbeoccurringinthebackground,causingsomeoralloftheFluidFS
clusteriSCSIinitiatorstoshowthestatusNotFound/Disconnected.Ifthishappens,
wait30seconds,thenclickRefreshtoupdatetheConnectivityReport.Whenthe
iSCSIlogonsarecompleteandtheConnectivityReporthasbeenrefreshed,the
statusforeachFluidFSclusteriSCSIinitiatorshowsUp.

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Adding and Deleting NAS Appliances in a FluidFS Cluster

ForFibreChannelNASappliances,whentheConnectivityReportinitiallyappears,
theFluidFSclusterHBAsshowthestatusNotFound/Disconnected.Youmust
recordtheWWNsandmanuallyupdatefabriczoningontheFibreChannelswitch.
Then,clickRefreshtoupdatetheConnectivityReport.Whenthezoningis
configuredcorrectlyandtheConnectivityReporthasbeenrefreshed,thestatusfor
eachFluidFSclusterHBAshowsUp.

10 ClickFinish.
Note: TheStorageCenterthatwasjustaddedisnotprovidingstoragespaceto
theFluidFSclusteryet.AfteraddingaStorageCenter,youmustexpandtheNAS
pooltogetthenewStorageCentertoprovideblocklevelstoragefortheNAS
pool.
11 ExpandtheNASpool.WhentheexpandNASpoolprocessiscomplete,bothStorage
CenterswillbedisplayedontheStorageCentertabandtheVolumeStatusshould
showUp.

See Also
ExpandtheSizeoftheNASPoolonpage 274

Adding and Deleting NAS Appliances in a FluidFS Cluster


UseEnterpriseManagertoaddordeleteaNASapplianceinaFluidFScluster.

Add NAS Appliances to a FluidFS Cluster


YoucanaddaNASappliance(twoNAScontrollers)toaFluidFSclustertoincrease
processingpower.AddingaNASapplianceallowsadditionalclientconnectionsand
evenlyredistributesclientconnectionsandFluidFSclusteroperationsamongmoreNAS
controllerscontributingtheirresources.
Forhighavailabilityreasons,youmustaddNASappliancesasNAScontrollerpairs.You
cannotaddasingleNAScontroller.OnlyoneNASappliancecanbeaddedatatimeupto
amaximumoffourNASappliances(eightNAScontrollers).
AddingaNASapplianceisaseamlessoperationthatdoesnotinterruptcurrentFluidFS
clusteroperations.AftertheNASapplianceissuccessfullyadded,newclientconnections
areautomaticallydistributedtoallNAScontrollers,ensuringthatthereisefficientload
balancingbetweenallNAScontrollers.

Prerequisites

Dell Compellent

TheadditionalNASapplianceismountedinarackandcabled,andtheNAScontrollers
areinstandbymodeandpoweredon.ANAScontrollerisonandinstandbymodeif
thepowerLEDisflashinggreenataroundtwoflashespersecond.

NASapplianceservicetagsarerecorded.

NewclientVIPIPaddressesareavailabletobeaddedtothenewNASappliance.If
clientaccesstotheFluidFSclusterisnotthrougharouter(inotherwords,aflat
network),DellrecommendsdefiningoneclientVIPperNAScontrollerforeffective
loadbalancing.IfclientaccesstotheFluidFSclusterisnotthrougharouter(inother
words,aflatnetwork),defineoneclientVIPperNAScontroller.

NewNAScontrollerIPaddressesareavailabletobeaddedtothenewNASappliance.
VerifythattherearetwoadditionalIPaddressesavailableperNASappliance.

353

Chapter 15 FluidFS 3.0 Maintenance

Steps
Note: Duetothecomplexityandprecisetimingrequired,Dellrecommendsthat
youscheduleamaintenancewindowtoaddtheNASappliance(s).
1 (Directlycabledinternalnetworkonly)IftheFluidFSclustercontainsasingleNAS
appliance,withadirectconnectionontheinternalnetwork,recabletheinternal
networkasfollows.
a CablethenewNASappliance(s)totheinternalswitch.
b RemovejustoneoftheinternalcablesfromtheoriginalNASappliance.
c

ConnectacablefromeachNAScontrollerportvacatedinStep btotheinternal
switch.

d RemovethesecondinternalcablefromtheoriginalNASappliance.
e ConnectacablefromeachNAScontrollerportvacatedinStep dtotheinternal
switch.
2 ClicktheStorageview.
3 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
4 ClicktheSystemtab.
5 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectAppliances.
6 Intherightpane,clickAddAppliances.TheAddApplianceswizardappearsand
displaystheSelectAppliancestoAddpage.
7 SelecttheNASappliancetoaddtotheFluidFScluster.
a Inthetoppane,selecttheNASappliance.
b ClickAddAppliance.TheselectedNASapplianceismovedtothebottompane.
c

ClickFinish.

ForFibreChannelNASappliances,theConfigureClientNetworkpage
displays.

ForiSCSINASappliances,theConfigureIPAddressesforNASController
iSCSIHBAspagedisplays.

8 (iSCSIonly)CompletetheConfigureIPAddressesforNASControlleriSCSIHBAs
pagetoconfiguretheIPaddressesforSAN/eth30.
a SelectaNAScontrollerandclickEditSettings.TheEditControllerIPAddress
dialogboxappears.
b IntheIPAddressfield,typeanIPaddressfortheNAScontroller.
c

ClickOK.RepeattheprecedingstepsforeachNAScontroller.

d TospecifyaVLANtag,typeaVLANtagintheVLANTagfield.WhenaVLAN
spansmultipleswitches,theVLANtagisusedtospecifytowhichportsand
interfacestosendbroadcastpackets.
e ClickNext.
9 (iSCSIonly)CompletetheConfigureIPAddressesforNASControlleriSCSIHBAs
pagetoconfiguretheIPaddressesforSANb/eth31.
a SelectaNAScontrollerandclickEditSettings.TheEditControllerIPAddress
dialogboxappears.
b IntheIPAddressfield,typeanIPaddressfortheNAScontroller.
c

354

ClickOK.RepeattheprecedingstepsforeachNAScontroller.

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Adding and Deleting NAS Appliances in a FluidFS Cluster

d TospecifyaVLANtag,typeaVLANtagintheVLANTagfield.WhenaVLAN
spansmultipleswitches,theVLANtagisusedtospecifytowhichportsand
interfacestosendbroadcastpackets.
e ClickNext.TheConfigureClientNetworkpagedisplays.
10 Ifneeded,addadditionalclientVIPsthroughwhichtheclientswillaccessCIFSshares
andNFSexports.
a IntheVirtualIPv4Addressesarea,clickAdd.TheAddClientIPAddressdialog
boxappears.
b IntheIPv4Addressfield,typeaclientVIPIPaddress.
c

ClickOK.

11 AddanIPaddressforeachnewNAScontroller.Repeatthefollowingstepsforeach
NAScontroller.
a SelectaNAScontrollerandclickEditSettings.TheEditControllerIPAddress
dialogboxappears.
b IntheIPAddressfield,typeanIPaddressfortheNAScontroller.
c

ClickOK.

12 (Optional)Configuretheremainingclientnetworkattributesasneeded.

Tochangethenetmaskoftheclientnetwork,typeanewnetmaskintheNetmask
field.

TospecifyaVLANtag,typeaVLANtagintheVLANTagfield.

13 ClickNext.Afteryouarefinishedconfiguringeachclientnetwork,theConnectivity
Reportpagedisplays.
14 UsetheConnectivityReportpagetoverifyconnectivitybetweentheFluidFScluster
andtheStorageCenter.TheNAScontrollerportsmustshowthestatusUpbeforeyou
cancompletethewizard.IfyouclickFinishandtheNAScontrollerportsdonothave
thestatusUp,anerrorwillbedisplayed.

ForiSCSINASappliances,whentheConnectivityReportinitiallyappears,iSCSIlog
onsmightstillbeoccurringinthebackground,causingsomeoralloftheFluidFS
clusteriSCSIinitiatorstoshowthestatusNotFound/Disconnected.Ifthishappens,
wait30seconds,thenclickRefreshtoupdatetheConnectivityReport.Whenthe
iSCSIlogonsarecompleteandtheConnectivityReporthasbeenrefreshed,the
statusforeachFluidFSclusteriSCSIinitiatorshowsUp.

ForFibreChannelNASappliances,whentheConnectivityReportinitiallyappears,
theFluidFSclusterHBAsshowthestatusNotFound/Disconnected.Youmust
recordtheWWNsandmanuallyupdatefabriczoningontheFibreChannelswitch.
Then,clickRefreshtoupdatetheConnectivityReport.Whenthezoningis
configuredcorrectlyandtheConnectivityReporthasbeenrefreshed,thestatusfor
eachFluidFSclusterHBAshowsUp.

15 ClickFinish.

See Also
ViewingtheStatusofBackgroundProcessesonpage 345

Dell Compellent

355

Chapter 15 FluidFS 3.0 Maintenance

Delete a NAS Appliance from the FluidFS Cluster


IfanattempttoaddaNASappliancetoaFluidFSclusterfails,theentryfortheNAS
appliancemustbedeletedfromtheFluidFSclusterbeforeyoucanreattempttoaddthe
NASapplianceoraddadifferentNASappliance.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,expandAppliancesandselectaNASappliance.
5 Intherightpane,clickDelete.TheDeletedialogboxappears.
6 ClickOK.

Detaching, Attaching, and Replacing a NAS Controller


UsetheseprocedurestoreplaceafailedNAScontroller.

Detach a NAS Controller


DetachaNAScontrolleronlyiftheNAScontrollerneedstobereplacedwithanewNAS
controller.AfteryoudetachaNAScontroller,itresetstoitsfactorydefaultsandpowersoff,
ifpossible.Otherwise,youmustreinstalltheFluidFSsoftwaretoresettheNAScontroller
toitsfactorydefaults.
OnlyoneNAScontrollercanbedetachedinaNASapplianceatatime.DetachingaNAS
controllerdisconnectsclientconnectionswhileclientsarebeingtransferredtootherNAS
controllers.ClientswillthenautomaticallyreconnecttotheFluidFScluster.WhileaNAS
controllerisdetachedfromtheFluidFScluster,CIFSsharesandNFSexportsremain
available(althoughperformancemightdecreasebecausedataisnolongercached);
however,mostFluidFSclusterconfigurationchangesarenotallowed.
Caution: OnlydetachaNAScontrollerunderthedirectionofDellTechnical
SupportServices.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,expandAppliancesandexpandaNASappliance.
5 SelectaNAScontroller.
6 Intherightpane,clickDetach.TheDetachdialogboxappears.
7 ClickOK.TheprogressofthedetachprocessisdisplayedintheDetachdialogbox.If
youclosethedialogbox,theprocesswillcontinuetoruninthebackground.TheNAS
controllerisdetachedwhentheNAScontrollerStatechangestoDetached(theStateis
displayedatSystemtabAppliancesController).

See Also
ViewingtheStatusofBackgroundProcessesonpage 345

Attach a NAS Controller


AttachanewNAScontrollerwhenreplacinganexistingNAScontroller.Onceattached,
thenewNAScontrollerinheritstheFluidFSclusterconfigurationsettingsoftheexisting
NAScontroller.

356

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Detaching, Attaching, and Replacing a NAS Controller

Prerequisites
VerifythattheNAScontrollerbeingattachedisinstandbymodeandpoweredon.ANAS
controllerisonandinstandbymodeifthepowerLEDisflashinggreenataroundtwo
flashespersecond.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,expandAppliancesandexpandaNASappliance.
5 SelectaNAScontroller.
6 Intherightpane,clickAttach.TheAttachdialogboxappears.
7 ClickOK.TheprogressoftheattachprocessisdisplayedintheAttachdialogbox.If
youclosethedialogbox,theprocesswillcontinuetoruninthebackground.TheNAS
controllerisattachedwhentheNAScontrollerStatechangestoFormatted(theStateis
displayedatSystemtabAppliancesController).
8 (FibreChannelonly)Aftertheattachoperationcompletes,recordthenewWWNsand
manuallyupdatefabriczoningontheFibreChannelswitch.

See Also
ViewingtheStatusofBackgroundProcessesonpage 345

Replace a NAS Controller


IntheeventofafailurewhereaNAScontrollercannotbebroughtbackonline(for
example,amalfunctioningNAScontroller),youmustremovetheexistingNAScontroller
fromtheFluidFSclusterandreplaceitwithadifferentNAScontroller.
WhileaNAScontrollerisdetachedfromtheFluidFScluster,CIFSsharesandNFSexports
remainavailable(althoughperformancemightdecreasebecausedataisnolongercached);
however,mostFluidFSclusterconfigurationchangesarenotallowed.Therefore,itis
importanttoreplaceafailedNAScontrollerassoonaspossible.
Note: OnlyreplaceaNAScontrollerunderthedirectionofDellTechnicalSupport
Services.

Prerequisites
BeforereplacingtheNAScontrollerensurethattheexistingNAScontrollerisverifiedas
failedbyDellTechnicalSupportServices.

Steps
1 DetachtheexistingNAScontroller.
2 Ensurethatallcablesarelabeled.
3 DisconnectallcablesfromthebackoftheexistingNAScontroller.
4 RemovetheexistingNAScontrollerfromtheNASappliancechassis.
a Pressthecontrollerreleasebuttontodisengagethecontrollerhandle.
b Pushthecontrollerhandledownuntilthecontrollerdisengagesfromtheappliance.
c

Dell Compellent

Usethecontrollerhandletopullthecontrolleroutoftheappliance.

357

Chapter 15 FluidFS 3.0 Maintenance

5 InsertthenewNAScontrollerintheNASappliancechassis.
a Ensurethatthecontrollercoverisclosed.
b Alignthecontrollerwiththeappropriateslotintheappliance.
c

Pushthecontrollerintotheapplianceuntilthecontrollerseatsintoplace.

d Pushthehandletowardthefrontoftheapplianceuntilitlocks.
6 ReconnectallcablestothesameportsonthenewNAScontroller.TheNAScontroller
automaticallypowersonifatleastonepowersupplyisconnectedtoapowersource.
7 AttachthenewNAScontroller.

See Also
DetachaNASControlleronpage 356
AttachaNASControlleronpage 356

Managing Service Packs


TheFluidFSclusterusesaservicepackmethodologytoupdatetheFluidFSsoftware.

View the Upgrade History


ViewalistofservicepackupdatesthathavebeeninstalledontheFluidFScluster.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.
4 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
5 ClicktheUpgradestab.TheupgradehistoryfortheFluidFSclusterisdisplayed.

Install a Service Pack to Update the FluidFS Software


OnlyoneFluidFSclustercanbeupdatedatatime.

Prerequisites

InstallingaservicepackcausestheNAScontrollerstorebootduringtheinstallation
process.ThismightcauseinterruptionsinCIFSandNFSclientconnections.Inaddition,
activeNDMPjobsareterminated.Therefore,Dellrecommendsschedulinga
maintenancewindowtoperformservicepackinstallations.

ContactDellTechnicalSupportServicestoobtainservicepacks.Donotmodifythe
servicepackfilename.

EnsurethatallNAScontrollersarepoweredonandtheirStateisFormatted(theState
isdisplayedatSystemtabAppliancesControllers).Youcannotupdatethe
FluidFSsoftwareifaNAScontrollerisdownordetached.

TheFluidFSclusterFTPservermustbeenabled.

Steps
Warning: Theservicepackinstallationprocessisirreversible.TheFluidFScluster
cannotrevertbacktoapreviousversiononceupdated.
1 UseanFTPclienttouploadtheservicepackfiletotheFluidFSclusterFTPserverat:
ftp://<FluidFS_administrator_user_name>@<client_VIP_or_name>:44421/
servicepack/

358

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Firmware Updates

Thefilemustbetransferredusingbinarymode.
Example:ThefollowingcommandsequencecanbeusedonaWindowscommand
prompt:
ftp
open <client_VIP_or_name> 44421
<FluidFS_administrator_user_name>
<FluidFS_administrator_password>
cd servicepack
bin
put <path_to_service_pack>/DellFluidFS-3.0.<xxxx>-SP.sh
quit

2 ClicktheStorageview.
3 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
4 ClicktheSummarytab.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
6 ClicktheUpgradestab.UninstalledservicepacksarelistedwithaStatusofNot
Installed.
Note: Itwilltakeseveralminutesfortheservicepacktobecomevisiblein
EnterpriseManager.Ifyoudonotseetheservicepack,waitafewminutesand
thencheckagain.
7 SelectaservicepackandclickInstallSoftwareUpgrade.TheInstallSoftwareUpgrade
dialogboxappears.
8 ClickOK.
Note: Duringtheupgradeprocess,communicationwiththeFluidFSclusterwill
beinterrupted.Thismightresultinacommunicationerror.However,the
upgradeprocesswillcontinuetoruninthebackground.

See Also
ManagingtheFTPServeronpage 224
ViewingtheStatusofBackgroundProcessesonpage 345

Managing Firmware Updates


FirmwareisautomaticallyupdatedonNAScontrollersduringservicepackupdatesand
afterafailedNAScontrollerisreplaced.Afterafirmwareupdateiscomplete,theNAS
controllerreboots.ItisimportantthatyoudonotremoveaNAScontrollerwhena
firmwareupdateisinprogress.Doingsocorruptsthefirmware.Afirmwareupdateisin
progressifboththerearpoweronLEDandcacheactive/offloadLEDrepeatedlyblink
amber5timesandthenblinkgreen5times.IfyouconnectamonitortoaNAScontrollers
VGAportduringafirmwareupdate,thefollowingmessageisdisplayed:Executing
firmware updates for TopHat system.

Dell Compellent

359

Chapter 15 FluidFS 3.0 Maintenance

Restoring the NAS Volume Configuration


RestoringtheNASvolumeconfigurationprovidesaneffectivewaytorestorethefollowing
NASvolumesettingswithouthavingtomanuallyreconfigurethem:

CIFSshares

NFSexports

Snapshotschedules

Quotarules

Thisisusefulinthefollowingcircumstances:

Afterrecoveringasystem

AfterrecoveringaNASvolume

WhenfailingovertoareplicationtargetNASvolume

NAS Volume Configuration Backups


WheneverachangeintheNASvolumesconfigurationismade,itisautomaticallysaved
inaformatthatallowsyoutorestoreitlater.Theconfigurationisstoredandencryptedin
the.clusterConfigfolder,whichislocatedintheNASvolumesrootfolder.Thisfolder
canbebackedup,eitherindividually,orwiththeNASvolumesuserdata,andlater
restored.
TheconfigurationofaNASvolumecanberestoredonanotherNASvolumeonthesame
systemoronanothersystem.
ANASvolumeconfigurationbackupcanbemadeavailabletoberestoredusingthe
followingmethods:

Thestorageadministratorcanmanuallycopythe.clusterConfigfoldertotheNAS
volumefromitsbackuporfromanotherNASvolume.Whenusingabackupfrom
anothersystem,therestoreoperationworksonlyifthesavedconfigurationwastaken
fromasystemusingthesameFluidFSversion.

Thestorageadministratorcancopythe.clusterConfigfoldertotheNASvolume
fromitsbackuporfromanotherNASvolumeusinganNDMPrestore.Whenusinga
backupfromanothersystem,therestoreoperationworksonlyifthesaved
configurationwastakenfromasystemusingthesameFluidFSversion.

The.clusterConfigfolderisautomaticallycopiedtotargetNASvolumesduring
replication.

Restore the NAS Volume Configuration


WhenyourestoreaNASvolumeconfiguration,itoverwritesandreplacestheexisting
configuration.ClientsthatareconnectedtotheFluidFSclusteraredisconnected.Clients
willthenautomaticallyreconnecttotheFluidFScluster.
1 Ensurethe .clusterConfigfolderhasbeencopiedtotherootfolderoftheNAS
volumeonwhichtheNASvolumeconfigurationwillberestored.Onewaytoaccess
therootfolderofaNASvolumeistoopenWindowsExplorerandintheaddressbar
type:\\<client_VIP_or_name>\C$\<NAS_volume>\.
2 ClicktheStorageview.
3 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
4 ClicktheFileSystemtab.

360

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Restoring Local Users

5 IntheFileSystemtabnavigationpane,expandNASVolumesandselectaNAS
volume.
6 Intherightpane,clickRestoreVolumeConfig.TheRestoreVolumeConfigdialogbox
appears.
7 Selectthesettingstorestorefrombackup:

TorestoreCIFSshares,selecttheCIFSSharescheckbox.

TorestoreNFSexports,selecttheNFSExportscheckbox.

Torestoresnapshotschedules,selecttheSnapshotSchedulingcheckbox.

Torestorequotarules,selecttheQuotaRulescheckbox.

8 ClickOK.

Restoring Local Users


Restoringthelocalusersconfigurationprovidesaneffectivewaytorestorealllocalusers
withouthavingtomanuallyreconfigurethem.Thisisusefulinthefollowing
circumstances:

Afterrecoveringasystem

WhenfailingovertoareplicationtargetNASvolume

Local Users Configuration Backups


Wheneverachangeinthelocalusersconfigurationismade,itisautomaticallysavedina
formatthatallowsyoutorestoreitlater.Theconfigurationisstoredandencryptedinthe
.clusterConfigfolder,whichislocatedintheNASvolumesrootfolder.Thisfoldercan
bebackedup,eitherindividually,orwiththeNASvolumesuserdata,andlaterrestored.
Alocalusersconfigurationbackupcanbemadeavailabletoberestoredusingthe
followingmethods:

Dell Compellent

Thestorageadministratorcanmanuallycopythe.clusterConfigfoldertoaNAS
volumeinthesystemfromitsbackuporfromanothersystem.Whenusingabackup
fromanothersystem,therestoreoperationworksonlyifthesavedconfigurationwas
takenfromasystemusingthesameFluidFSversion.

Thestorageadministratorcancopythe.clusterConfigfoldertoaNASvolumeinthe
systemfromitsbackuporfromanothersystemusinganNDMPrestore.Whenusinga
backupfromanothersystem,therestoreoperationworksonlyifthesaved
configurationwastakenfromasystemusingthesameFluidFSversion.

The.clusterConfigfolderisautomaticallycopiedtotargetNASvolumesduring
replication.

361

Chapter 15 FluidFS 3.0 Maintenance

Restore Local Users


LocaluserscanberestoredbyrestoringtheconfigurationstoredonthemostcurrentNAS
volumeintheFluidFSclusterandrestoringitonthesamesystemoronanothersystem.
Whenyourestorethelocalusersconfiguration,itoverwritesandreplacestheexisting
configuration.ClientsthatarecurrentlyconnectedtotheFluidFSclusteraredisconnected.
Clientswillthenautomaticallyreconnect.
1 Ensurethe .clusterConfigfolderhasbeencopiedtotherootfolderofaNAS
volumeonthesystemonwhichtorestorelocalusers.Onewaytoaccesstherootfolder
ofaNASvolumeistoopenWindowsExplorerandintheaddressbartype:
\\<client_VIP_or_name>\C$\<NAS_volume>\.
2 ClicktheStorageview.
3 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
4 ClicktheSystemtab.
5 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectAccessControl.
6 Intherightpane,clicktheLocalUsersandGroupstab.
7 ClickRestoreLocalUser.TheRestoreLocalUsersdialogboxappears.
8 FromtheBackupSourcedropdownmenu,selectthebackupfromwhichtorestore
localusers.
9 ClickOK.

Restoring Local Groups


Restoringthelocalgroupsconfigurationprovidesaneffectivewaytorestorealllocal
groupswithouthavingtomanuallyreconfigurethem.Thisisusefulinthefollowing
circumstances:

Afterrecoveringasystem

WhenfailingovertoareplicationtargetNASvolume

Local Groups Configuration Backups


Wheneverachangeinthelocalgroupsconfigurationismade,itisautomaticallysavedin
aformatthatallowsyoutorestoreitlater.Theconfigurationisstoredandencryptedinthe
.clusterConfigfolder,whichislocatedintheNASvolumesrootfolder.Thisfoldercan
bebackedup,eitherindividually,orwiththeNASvolumesuserdata,andlaterrestored.
Alocalgroupsconfigurationbackupcanbemadeavailabletoberestoredusingthe
followingmethods:

362

Thestorageadministratorcanmanuallycopythe.clusterConfigfoldertoaNAS
volumeinthesystemfromitsbackuporfromanothersystem.Whenusingabackup
fromanothersystem,therestoreoperationworksonlyifthesavedconfigurationwas
takenfromasystemusingthesameFluidFSversion.

Thestorageadministratorcancopythe.clusterConfigfoldertoaNASvolumeinthe
systemfromitsbackuporfromanothersystemusinganNDMPrestore.Whenusinga
backupfromanothersystem,therestoreoperationworksonlyifthesaved
configurationwastakenfromasystemusingthesameFluidFSversion.

The.clusterConfigfolderisautomaticallycopiedtotargetNASvolumesduring
replication.

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Reinstalling FluidFS from the Internal Storage Device

Restore Local Groups


Localgroupscanberestoredbyrestoringtheconfigurationstoredonthemostcurrent
NASvolumeintheFluidFSclusterandrestoringitonthesamesystemoronanother
system.
Whenyourestorethelocalgroupsconfiguration,itoverwritesandreplacestheexisting
configuration.ClientsthatarecurrentlyconnectedtotheFluidFSclusteraredisconnected.
Clientswillthenautomaticallyreconnect.
1 Ensurethe .clusterConfigfolderhasbeencopiedtotherootfolderofaNAS
volumeonthesystemonwhichtorestorelocalgroups.Onewaytoaccesstheroot
folderofaNASvolumeistoopenWindowsExplorerandintheaddressbartype:
\\<client_VIP_or_name>\C$\<NAS_volume>\.
2 ClicktheStorageview.
3 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
4 ClicktheSystemtab.
5 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectAccessControl.
6 Intherightpane,clicktheLocalUsersandGroupstab.
7 ClickRestoreLocalUserGroups.TheRestoreLocalUserGroupsdialogboxappears.
8 FromtheBackupSourcedropdownmenu,selectthebackupfromwhichtorestore
localgroups.
9 ClickOK.

Reinstalling FluidFS from the Internal Storage Device


EachNAScontrollercontainsaninternalstoragedevicefromwhichyoucanreinstallthe
FluidFSfactoryimage.Ifyouexperiencegeneralsysteminstabilityorafailuretoboot,you
mighthavetoreinstalltheimageononeormoreNAScontrollers.
Caution: OnlyreinstalltheFluidFSsoftwareunderthedirectionofDellTechnical
SupportServices.
Warning: ReinstallingtheFluidFSsoftwareonallNAScontrollerswillrevertyour
systemtofactorydefaults.AlldataontheFluidFSclusterwillbeunrecoverable
afterperformingtheprocedure.

Prerequisites

Dell Compellent

IftheNAScontrollerisstillanactivememberintheFluidFScluster,youmustfirst
detachit.

ConnectamonitortotheNAScontrollersVGAportandconnectakeyboardtooneof
theNAScontrollersUSBports.

363

Chapter 15 FluidFS 3.0 Maintenance

Steps
1 PressandreleasetherecessedpowerbuttonatthebackoftheNAScontrollertoshut
downtheNAScontroller.
Note: PoweroffonlytheNAScontrolleronwhichyouarereinstallingthe
FluidFSsoftware.DonotpowerofftheremainingNAScontrollers.Poweringoff
aNAScontrollerdisconnectsclientconnectionswhileclientsarebeing
transferredtootherNAScontrollers.Clientswillthenautomaticallyreconnect
totheFluidFScluster.
2 PressandreleasetherecessedpowerbuttonatthebackoftheNAScontrollertoturnon
theNAScontroller.
3 WhenyouseetheF11=BIOSBootManagerprompt,pressF11.
4 SelectthebootdeviceUSBFlashDisk.
5 SelectReinstallDellFluidFS<FluidFS_release_to_install>.
Note: ReinstalltheNAScontrollertoFluidFSversion2.0onlyifyouare
redeployingtheNAScontrollerinaFluidFSversion2.0cluster.
6 Confirmtheactionbytypingresetmysystem(version3.0)orresetmysystem -v2
(version2.0)andpressingEnter.
7 Oncethereinstallationcompletes,theNAScontrollerwillrebootintostandbymode.
8 AfterreinstallingFluidFS,attachtheNAScontrollertoaFluidFScluster.

See Also
AttachaNASControlleronpage 356
DetachaNASControlleronpage 356

364

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

16

FluidFS 3.0 Troubleshooting


ThissectioncontainsinformationabouttroubleshootingproblemswiththeFluidFScluster.
ThesetasksareperformedusingtheEnterpriseManagerClient.

Contents
ViewingtheEventLog ...................................................... 365
RunningDiagnostics ........................................................ 366
LaunchingtheiBMCVirtualKVM ............................................ 369
TroubleshootingCommonIssues ............................................. 370

Viewing the Event Log


AFluidFSclustergenerateseventswhennormaloperationsoccurandalsowhenproblems
occur.EventsallowyoutomonitortheFluidFScluster,anddetectandsolveproblems.
EventsareloggedtotheEventLog.

View the Event Log


VieweventscontainedintheEventLog.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheEventstab.Theeventsaredisplayed.
4 (Optional)Customizetheeventsdisplayasneeded.Theseoptionsaredescribedinthe
onlinehelp.

Toadjustthetimeperiodoftheeventsdatatodisplay,clickanewtimeperiod:Last
Day,Last3Days,Last5Days,LastWeek,LastMonth,orCustom.Ifyouselect
Custom,specifytheStartTimeandEndTimeoftheeventsdatatodisplayandthen
clickUpdate.

Tochangethemaximumnumberofeventstodisplay,selectthemaximumnumber
ofevents(100,500,or1000)fromtheMaxCountdropdownmenu.

Tochangethelowestseverityeventstodisplay,selectaseverityfromtheSeverity
Abovedropdownmenu.

View Details About An Event in the Event Log


ViewdetailedinformationforaneventcontainedintheEventLog.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.

Dell Compellent

365

Chapter 16 FluidFS 3.0 Troubleshooting

3 ClicktheEventstab.
4 Selectanevent.Theeventdetailsaredisplayedinthebottompane.

Sort the Event Log


SorteventscontainedintheEventLogbycolumnheading.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheEventstab.
4 Clickthecolumnheadingsofthetabletosorttheevents.

Search the Event Log


SearcheventscontainedintheEventLogforaspecifiedstring.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheEventstab.
4 IntheSearchfield,typethetexttosearchfor.
5 Selectsearchparametersasneeded:

Tomakethesearchcasesensitive,selecttheMatchCasecheckbox.

Topreventthesearchfromwrapping,cleartheWrapcheckbox.
Bydefault,whenasearchreachesthebottomofthelistandFindNext is
clicked,thesearchwrapsaroundtothefirstmatchinthelist.Whenasearch
reachesthetopofthelistandFindPrevious
isclicked,thesearchwraps
aroundtothelastmatchinthelist.

Tomatchwholephraseswithintheevents,selecttheFullMatchcheckbox.

Tohighlightallofthematchesofthesearch,selecttheHighlightcheckbox.

6 ClickFindNext

orFindPrevious

tosearchforthetextyouentered.

Ifamatchisfound,thefirsteventwithmatchingtextisselectedfromthelistof
events.

Ifamatchisnotfound,anErrordialogboxappearsanditdisplaysthetextthat
couldnotbefound.

Running Diagnostics
RunningdiagnosticshelpsyoudetectproblemswiththeFluidFScluster.Thediagnostic
optionsavailablefortheFluidFSclusterare:

366

FluidFSdiagnostics:Usedtodiagnosesoftwareissues.

Embeddedsystemdiagnostics:Usedtodiagnosehardwareissues.

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Running Diagnostics

Run FluidFS Diagnostics on a FluidFS Cluster


FluidFSdiagnosticscanberunwhiletheFluidFSclusterisstillonlineandservingdata.The
followingFluidFSdiagnosticoptionsareavailable:

ClientConnectivityDiagnostic:Tracksaspecificclientsattempttoconnecttothe
FluidFScluster.Oncethediagnosticisrunning,asktheclienttoreattemptthe
connection.

FileAccessibilityDiagnostic:Tracksaspecificclientsattempttoaccessafile.Oncethe
diagnosticisrunning,asktheclienttoreattemptfileaccess.

FileSystemDiagnostic:Collectsinformationonthecorefilesystemactivities,resource
consumption,andstatus.Ifaproblemoccursonlyduringaspecificactivity,repeatthat
activityoncethediagnosticisrunning.

GeneralSystemDiagnostic:CollectsgeneralinformationabouttheFluidFScluster
statusandsettings.

NetworkDiagnostic:Collectsnetworkinformationandtracksaspecificclients
attempttoconnecttotheFluidFScluster.Oncethediagnosticisrunning,asktheclient
toreattempttheconnection.

PerformanceDiagnostic:MonitorstheFluidFSclusterperformancewhilerunninga
basicbenchmarkandcollectingstatistics.Ifpossible,runthisdiagnosticwhenactivity
ontheFluidFSclusterisminimal.

ProtocolsLogDiagnostic:CollectsinformationforCIFSandNFSprotocolactivities,
resources,andstatus.Ifaproblemoccursonlyduringaspecificactivity,repeatthat
activityoncethediagnosticisrunning.

Oncompletionofthediagnostics,thecompressedarchiveofthediagnosticresultfilesare
availablefromtheFluidFSclusterFTPserverat:
ftp://<FluidFS_administrator_user_name>@<client_VIP_or_name>:44421/
diagnostics/archive/<diagnostic_name>

Prerequisites
TheFluidFSclusterFTPservermustbeenabled.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSystemtab.
4 IntheSystemtabnavigationpane,selectInternal.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheDiagnosticstab.
6 Selectthediagnostictorun.
7 ClickRunDiagnostic.TheRunDiagnosticdialogboxappears.
8 EnteranyrequesteddiagnosticparametersandclickOK.Thediagnosticparametersare
describedintheonlinehelp.Afterthediagnosticshavebeenrun,EnterpriseManager
willperformaPhoneHomeofthediagnosticsiftheFluidFSclusterFTPserveris
enabled.

See Also
ManagingtheFTPServeronpage 224

Dell Compellent

367

Chapter 16 FluidFS 3.0 Troubleshooting

Run Embedded System Diagnostics on a NAS Controller


Theembeddedsystemdiagnostics(alsoknownasEnhancedPrebootSystemAssessment
(ePSA)diagnostics)provideasetofoptionsforparticulardevicegroupsordevices
allowingyouto:

Runtestsautomaticallyorinaninteractivemode

Repeattests

Displayorsavetestresults

Runthoroughteststointroduceadditionaltestoptionstoprovideextrainformation
aboutthefaileddevice(s)

Viewstatusmessagesthatinformyouwhethertestsarecompletedsuccessfully

Viewerrormessagesthatinformyouofproblemsencounteredduringtesting

Ifamajorcomponentordeviceinthesystemdoesnotoperateproperly,runningthe
embeddedsystemdiagnosticsmightindicatecomponentfailure.Torunembeddedsystem
diagnostics,aNAScontrollermustbeoffline,whichmeansitisnotservingdata.
Thefollowingtablesummarizestheembeddedsystemdiagnosticsmenuoptions.
Menu

Description

Configuration

Displaystheconfigurationandstatusinformationofalldetecteddevices.

Results

Displaystheresultsofallteststhatareexecuted.

SystemHealth

Providesthecurrentoverviewofthesystemperformance.

EventLog

Displaysatimestampedlogoftheresultsofalltestsrunonthesystem.
Thisisdisplayedifatleastoneeventdescriptionisrecorded.

Prerequisites
ConnectamonitortotheNAScontrollersVGAportandconnectakeyboardtooneofthe
NAScontrollersUSBports.

Steps
1 PressandreleasetherecessedpowerbuttonatthebackoftheNAScontrollertoshut
downtheNAScontroller.
Note: PoweroffonlytheNAScontrolleronwhichyouarerunningthe
embeddedsystemdiagnostics.DonotpowerofftheremainingNAScontrollers.
PoweringoffaNAScontrollerdisconnectsclientconnectionswhiletheirclients
arebeingtransferredtootherNAScontrollers.Clientswillthenautomatically
reconnecttotheFluidFScluster.
2 PressandreleasetherecessedpowerbuttonatthebackoftheNAScontrollertoturnon
theNAScontroller.
3 WhenyouseetheF10=LaunchDellEmbeddedDiagnosticsModuleprompt,press
F10.TheePSAPrebootSystemAssessmentwindowisdisplayed,listingalldevices
detectedinthesystem.Thediagnosticsstartsexecutingthetestsonallthedetected
devices.
4 Afteryouarefinishedrunningtheembeddedsystemdiagnostics,selectExittoexitthe
diagnosticsandreboottheNAScontroller.

368

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Launching the iBMC Virtual KVM

Launching the iBMC Virtual KVM


TheiBMC(IntegratedBaseboardManagementController)virtualKVM(keyboard,video,
andmouse)allowsyoutoviewandmanagetheNAScontrollerconsoleremotelyovera
network.IfDellTechnicalSupportServicesneedstoperformremotetroubleshooting,you
canmakeyoursystemaccessibletothemusingtheiBMCvirtualKVM.

Prerequisites

TousetheiBMCvirtualKVM,youmustuseacomputerwithInternetExplorer.

BeforeconnectingtotheiBMCvirtualKVM,determinetheiBMCIPaddressand
password.

TodeterminetheiBMCIPaddressoftheNAScontroller:

IftheNAScontrollerisinstandbymode(aNAScontrollerisonandinstandby
modeifthepowerLEDisflashinggreenataroundtwoflashespersecond),the
iBMCIPaddressis192.168.254.253.

IftheFluidFSclusterisconfigured,theiBMCIPaddressisbasedontheNAS
controllernumber:
<internal_class_C_address>.<controller_number_plus_one_times_two>

.Forexample,iftheinternaladdressrangeis10.255.69.0/24,theiBMCIPaddress
ofNAScontroller0is10.255.69.2,theiBMCIPaddressofNAScontroller6is
10.255.69.14,andsoon.

TodeterminetheiBMCpassword:

IftheNAScontrollerisinstandbymode(aNAScontrollerisonandinstandby
modeifthepowerLEDisflashinggreenataroundtwoflashespersecond),the
iBMCpasswordisN@sst0r3.

IftheFluidFSclusterisconfigured,theiBMCpasswordissynchronizedwiththe
supportaccountpassword.

Steps
1 ConnectanetworkcabletotheLOM(LightsOutManagement)Ethernetportona
NAScontroller.TheLOMEthernetportislocatedonthelowerrightsideoftheback
panelofaNAScontroller.
2 ConnectaWindowsclienttotheiBMC.
a ConnectaWindowsclienttothesamenetworkusedfortheLOMEthernetport.
b SettheIPaddressoftheWindowsclienttomatchtheiBMCsubnet.
c

OpenanInternetExplorerwebbrowser.Intheaddressbarofthewebbrowser,type
theiBMCIPaddressoftheNAScontroller.TheiBMCloginpageappears.

d IntheUsernamefield,typeADMIN.
e InthePasswordfield,typetheiBMCpassword.
f

ClickOK.TheiBMCPropertiespageappears.

3 LaunchtheiBMCvirtualKVM.
a Inthenavigationpane,expandvKVM&vMediaandclickLaunch.
b Intherightpane,clickLaunchJavaKVMClient.TheVideoViewerappearsand
displaystheFluidFSclusterconsole.

Dell Compellent

369

Chapter 16 FluidFS 3.0 Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting Common Issues


Thissectioncontainsprobablecausesofandsolutionstocommonproblemsencountered
whenusingaFluidFScluster:

TroubleshootActiveDirectoryIssuesonpage 370

TroubleshootBackupIssuesonpage 371

TroubleshootCIFSIssuesonpage 372

TroubleshootNFSIssuesonpage 376

TroubleshootNASFileAccessAndPermissionsIssuesonpage 381

TroubleshootNetworkingProblemsonpage 383

TroubleshootReplicationIssuesonpage 384

TroubleshootSystemIssuesonpage 386

Troubleshoot Active Directory Issues


ThissectioncontainsprobablecausesofandsolutionstocommonActiveDirectory
problems.

Group Quota For an Active Directory User Does Not Work


Description

AgroupquotaruleisdefinedforanActiveDirectorygroup;however,whena
groupmemberconsumesspace,theactualusageofthegroupdoesnotgrowand
thegrouplimitationisnotenforced.

Cause

QuotaenforcementisperformedbasedontheUIDandGIDofthefile(UNIX)or
theSIDandtheGSIDoftheprimarygroupoftheuser(NTFS),ifdefined.
ForActiveDirectoryusers,thePrimaryGroupsettingisnotmandatory,andifnot
defined,theusedspaceisnotaccountedtoanygroup.Forgroupquotatobe
effectivewithActiveDirectoryusers,theirprimarygroupmustbeassigned.

Workaround

TosetuptheprimarygroupforanActiveDirectoryuser:
1 OpentheActiveDirectorymanagement.
2 Rightclickontheuser.
3 SelecttheMemberOftab.
4 Thegroupyouneedmustbelisted.ClickthegroupandthenclickSetPrimary
Group.
Nowquotastakeseffectfortheusersgroup.

370

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Troubleshooting Common Issues

Active Directory User Authentication Fails


Description

AvalidActiveDirectoryuserfailstoauthenticate.

Cause

Probablecausesmightbe:
Theuseristryingtoauthenticateusinganincorrectpassword.
TheuserislockedordisabledinActiveDirectory.
TheActiveDirectorydomaincontrollersareofflineorunreachable.
TheFluidFSclustersystemtimeandActiveDirectoryclockareoutofsync.

Workaround

1 ChecktheFluidFSclusterEventLogforerrors.
2 VerifythattheuserisnotdisabledorlockedinActiveDirectory.
3 Verifythatthedomaincontrollersareonlineandreachableusingthenetwork.
4 TheFluidFSclusterandActiveDirectoryservermustuseacommonsourceof
time.ConfigureNTPandverifythesystemtimeisinsyncwiththedomain
controllertime.

Active Directory Configuration Issues


Description

UnabletoaddActiveDirectoryusersandgroupstoCIFSshares.

Cause

Probablecausesmightbe:
UnabletopingthedomainusingaFQDN.
DNSmightnotbeconfigured.
NTPmightnotbeconfigured.

Workaround WhenconfiguringtheFluidFSclustertoconnecttoanActiveDirectorydomain:
1 EnsurethatyouuseaFQDNandnottheNetBIOSnameofthedomainorIP
addressofthedomaincontroller.
2 Ensurethattheuserhaspermissionstoaddsystemstothedomain.
3 Usethecorrectpassword.
4 ConfigureDNS.
5 TheFluidFSclusterandActiveDirectoryservermustuseacommonsourceof
time.ConfigureNTPandverifythesystemtimeisinsyncwiththedomain
controllertime.
6 IfmultipleNASappliancesareused,ensurethatyousetdifferentNetBIOS
names.ThesystemdefaultstoCIFSStorageasthename.

Troubleshoot Backup Issues


ThissectioncontainsprobablecausesofandsolutionstocommonNDMPproblems.

Dell Compellent

371

Chapter 16 FluidFS 3.0 Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting Snapshots
Description

Takinganddeletingsnapshotsfails.

Cause

Probablecausesmightbe:
TherearemanyclientI/Orequestswaitingtobeserviced,includingarequest
toremovealargedirectory.
Therearemanysnapshotcreation/deletionrequestsbeingcurrentlyprocessed.
AnothersnapshotrequestfortheNASvolumeiscurrentlybeingexecuted.
Thetotalnumberofsnapshotsreachedthesystemlimit.
ThewrongIPaddresswasspecifiedinthebackupjob.

Workaround

Foramanualrequestfailure,retrytakingordeletingthesnapshotaftera
minuteortwo.
Iftherequestoriginatedfromthesnapshotscheduler,waitanothercycleor
two.Ifthefailurepersists,trytakingordeletingthesnapshotmanuallyonthe
sameNASvolume.
Ifthesystemisunderaheavyworkload,waituntiltheworkloaddecreasesand
reissuethesnapshotrequest.
Checkthesnapshotschedule.Averydensesnapshotschedulehasanegative
impactontheoverallperformanceofthesystem.Theaccumulatedsnapshot
ratemustnotexceed20snapshotsperhourpersystem.
Checkthetotalnumberofsnapshotsinthesystem.Ifthenumberisinthe
thousands,deleteafewsnapshotsandretry.
EnsuretheclientVIPisspecifiedinthebackupjob.

Troubleshooting an NDMP Internal Error


Description

Backuporrestorefailswithaninternalerror.

Cause

NDMPinternalerrorsareindicatorsofafilesystemnotbeingaccessibleoraNAS
volumenotbeingavailable.

Workaround IfthebackupapplicationcannotconnecttoaFluidFScluster:
1 VerifythatNDMPisenabled.
2 VerifythatthebackupapplicationIPaddressisconfiguredinNDMP.
IfthebackupappliancecanconnecttoaFluidFScluster,butcannotlogin:
1 UsetheusernameconfiguredinEnterpriseManagerfortheNDMPclientwhile
settinguptheNDMPbackup/restoreinyourbackupapplication.
2 UsethepasswordconfiguredinEnterpriseManagerfortheNDMPclientwhile
settinguptheNDMPbackup/restoreinyourbackupapplication.
IfthebackupapplicationcanlogintotheFluidFScluster,butnoNASvolumesare
availableforbackup,verifythattheFluidFSclusterhasNASvolumescreatedonit.

Troubleshoot CIFS Issues


ThissectioncontainsprobablecausesofandsolutionstocommonCIFSproblems.

372

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Troubleshooting Common Issues

Access to CIFS File Denied Due to Unavailable AV Server


Description

WhenafileonaCIFSshareisopenedbyaclientapplication,theFluidFScluster
sendsthefiletoanantivirusservertobescanned.
Ifnoantivirusserverisavailable,accesstothefileandtothewholeCIFSshareis
disallowed.

Cause

BecausetheantivirusserversarenotavailableontheFluidFScluster,filescannot
beopenedonanantivirusenabledCIFSshare.

Workaround EnsurethattheproblemappearsonlyonantivirusenabledCIFSshares,while
clientsaccessingotherCIFSsharesdonotexperiencesuchproblems.
CheckthestatusoftheantivirusserversandthenetworkpathbetweentheFluidFS
clusterandtheantivirusservers.

Access to CIFS File/Folder Denied Due to Permissions


Description

CIFSaccesstoafileorfolderisdenied.

Cause

Aclientwithoutsufficientpermissionsperformsanoperationonafile/folder.

Workaround Checkthepermissionsonthefile/folderandsettherequiredpermissions.

CIFS ACL Corruption


Description

CIFSACLsarecorrupt.

Cause

ACLswereaccidentallychangedbyauserorscript.
ACLsarecorruptedafteranantivirusapplicationaccidentallyquarantined
correspondingfiles.
ACLsgotcorruptedafterdatarecoverybyabackupapplicationdueto
compatibilityissues.
ACLsgotcorruptedaftermigratingdatafromadifferentlocationbyusinga
thirdpartyapplication,forexample,RoboCopy.

Workaround

CheckthecurrentACLsettingintheWindowsclient.RedefinetheACLsforthe
filesbyusingaWindowsclientthesamewayyouinitiallydefinedit.Verifythat
yousettheACLsastheownerofthefiles,directories,andCIFSshares.Ifyou
cannotredefineyourACLsbecauseyoucurrentlydonothavepermissions,
performthefollowingsteps:
1 Restorethefilesfromsnapshotsorabackup.
2 Ifyouhavemigratedthedatafromadifferentlocation,forexample,usingthe
RoboCopyapplication,thereisagoodchanceyoucanrestoreACLsbycopying
onlyACLsmetadata,insteadofrecopyingthewholedata.
3 IfallfilesystemACLsarecorruptedyoucanrestorealldatafromaNAS
replicationpartner.

CIFS Client Clock Skew

Dell Compellent

Description

CIFSclientclockskewerrors.

Cause

Theclientclockmustbewithin5minutesoftheActiveDirectoryclock.

Workaround

ConfiguretheclienttoclocksynchwiththeActiveDirectoryserver(asanNTP
server)toavoidclockskewserrors.

373

Chapter 16 FluidFS 3.0 Troubleshooting

CIFS Client Disconnect on File Read


Description

TheCIFSclientisdisconnectedonfileread.

Cause

ExtremeCIFSworkloadduringNAScontrollerfailover.

Workaround

Theclientneedstoreconnectandopenthefileagain.

CIFS Client Incorrect Password Login Failure


Description

ACIFSclientfailstologin.

Cause

Theclientsuppliedthewrongpassworduponconnection.

Workaround

1 Interactiveclientscanretrywiththecorrectpassword.
2 Applicationsandserversmightneedspecialattentionastheuser/password,
whichisusuallysetinascriptorconfigurationfile,hasprobablyexpired.

CIFS Delete On Close Denial


Description

Filesaredeletedwhiletheyareinuse.

Cause

Ifafileisdeletedwhenitisopen,itismarkedfordeletion,andisdeletedafteritis
closed.Untilthen,thefileappearsinitsoriginallocationbutthesystemdeniesany
attempttoopenit.

Workaround Notifytheclientwhotriedtoopenthefilethatthefilehasbeendeleted.

CIFS File Sharing Conflict


Description

CIFSfileaccessisdeniedduetoasharingconflict.

Cause

WhenafileisopenedusingtheCIFSprotocol,theopeningapplication
communicatesthesharingmodethatmustbeusedwhilethisfileisopen.
Thissharingmodedescribeswhatotherclientsactivitiesareallowedonthisfile,
whileitisopen.
Thisdefinitionissentbytheapplicationandtheclientcannotcontrol/configureit.
Oncethereisaviolationofthesharingdefinition,theclientreceivesanaccess
deniederrorandaneventisissued.

Workaround

Thisisaninformativeevent.Theadministratormaycontactthelockingclientand
requesttoclosetheapplicationreferencingthisfile.
Itcouldbethattheapplicationthatopenedthefiledidnotshutdowngracefully.It
isrecommendedtoreboottheclientifpossible.

CIFS Locking Inconsistency

374

Description

TheCIFSserviceisinterruptedduetoCIFSinterlockingissues.

Cause

TherearevariousCIFSclientinterlockingscenarios.

Workaround

Thesystemrecoversitselfautomatically,issuingtheaboveeventwhenrecovered.

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Troubleshooting Common Issues

CIFS Maximum Connections Reached


Description

ThemaximumnumberofCIFSconnectionsperNAScontrollerhasbeenreached.

Cause

EachNASapplianceislimitedtoacertainnumberofconnections.

Workaround

Ifthesystemisinanoptimalstate(allNAScontrollersareonline)andthe
numberofCIFSclientsaccessingoneoftheNAScontrollersreachesthe
maximum,consideraddinganotherNASappliance.
Ifthesystemisinoptimalstate(allNAScontrollersareonline)buttheclients
aresignificantlyunbalancedbetweenNAScontrollers,rebalancetheclients
usingEnterpriseManager.
Ifthesystemisinadegradedstate(oneormoreNAScontrollersaredown)and
theCIFSclientsareconnectedtotheremainingNAScontroller,waituntilthe
systemreturnstooptimalordecreasethenumberofCIFSclientsusingthe
system.

CIFS Share Does Not Exist


Description
Cause

ClientattemptstoconnecttoanonexistentCIFSshare.
Spellingmistakeonclientside.
Clientisaccessingthewrongserver.

Workaround

ListtheavailableCIFSsharesandverifythatallCIFSsharesaredisplayedand
nothinghaschangedunintentionally.
VerifythatyoucanaccesstheproblematicCIFSshareusingaWindowsclient:
1 ClickRun.
2 EntertheclientaccessVIPandsharename:
\\<client_VIP_or_name>\<CIFS_share_name>

CIFS Share Name Truncated In Event After Mapping CIFS Share


Description

AfteraclientmapsaCIFSshare,thefollowingeventisgeneratedandtheCIFS
sharenameistruncatedintheevent.Inthisexample,theCIFSsharenameis
share1_av.
CIFS client connection failure. Un-available share
\\172.22.151.106\share1_a

Dell Compellent

Cause

ThisisaknownissuewithWindows.WindowsattemptstomaptheCIFSshareby
itsnameandalsobythenametruncatedbyonecharacter.

Workaround

Thiseventcanbesafelyignored.

375

Chapter 16 FluidFS 3.0 Troubleshooting

CIFS Path Share Not Found


Description

ClientaccessedasharethatreferstoanonexistentdirectoryintheNASvolume.

Cause

Thiserrorusuallyoccursinoneofthefollowingscenarios:
TheFluidFSclusterisrestoredfromabackuporremotereplication.During
restoretime,thedirectorystructureisnotcompleteandafewdirectoriesmight
notexist.
Whenaclientwithanauthorizationtoaccessahigherdirectoryinthesamepath
deletesoraltersadirectorythatisbeingmountedbyanotherclient.When
multipleclientsareaccessingthesamedataset,itisrecommendedtoapplya
strictpermissionschemetoavoidthisscenario.

Workaround

1 IftheFluidFSclusterisbeingrestored,communicatethecurrentstatustothe
clientandinstructtheclienttowaitfortherestoreprocesstocomplete.
2 Inthecaseofanotherclientdeletingoralteringadirectory,therearethree
options:
Restoretheproblematicpathfromabackup.
Manuallycreatethemissingdirectoriestoenableaccess.Clientsreceive
errorswhentryingtoaccessexistingdatainadeletedpath.
RemovetheCIFSshareandcommunicatethistotheclient.
3 ListallavailableCIFSsharesontheFluidFSclusterandidentifytheproblematic
CIFSshare.Itmusthaveanindicationthatitisnotaccessible.

CIFS Write to Read Only NAS Volume


Description

AclienttriestomodifyafileonareadonlyNASvolume.

Cause

ANASvolumeissettoreadonlywhenitisthetargetofareplication.
Themostfrequentreasonforthiseventiseither:
Theclientmeanttoaccessthetargetsystemforreadpurposes,butalsotriedto
modifyafilebymistake.
Theclientaccessedthewrongsystemduetosimilarityinname/IPaddress.
TheclientaccessedaNASvolumethatwasmadeareplicationtargetwithoutthe
clientsknowledge.

Workaround

RefertheclienttothecorrectNASvolume.
InordertowritetotheNASvolume,replicationmustbeterminatedfirstsothe
NASvolumebecomesstandalone.

Troubleshoot NFS Issues


ThissectioncontainsprobablecausesofandsolutionstocommonNFSproblems.

376

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Troubleshooting Common Issues

Cannot Mount NFS Export


Description

WhenattemptingtomountanNFSexport,themountcommandfailsduetovarious
reasonssuchas:
Permissiondenied.
FluidFSclusterisnotrespondingduetoportmapperfailureRPCtimedoutor
input/outputerror.
FluidFSclusterisnotrespondingduetoprogramnotregistered.
Accessdenied.
Notadirectory.

Cause

TheclientconnectsusingNFS/UDPandthereisafirewallintheway.
TheclientisnotintheNFSexportlist,theFluidFSclustercouldnotrecognizethe
clientsystemthroughNIS,ortheFluidFSclusterdoesnotaccepttheidentitythe
clientprovided.
TheFluidFSclusterisdownorhasinternalfilesystemproblems.
Themountcommandgotthroughtotheportmapper,buttherpc.mountdNFS
mountdaemonwasnotregistered.
TheclientsystemsIPaddress,IPrange,domainname,ornetgroupisnotinthe
NFSexportlistfortheNASvolumeitistryingtomountfromtheFluidFScluster.
Eithertheremotepathorthelocalpathisnotadirectory.
Theclientdoesnothaverootauthorityorisnotamemberofthesystemgroup.
NFSmountsandunmountsareonlyallowedforrootusersandmembersofthe
systemgroup.

Workaround

IftheissueisduetoNFS/UDPandfirewall,checkwhethertheclientmountsusing
UDP(thisisusuallythedefault)andthereisafirewallinthepath.Ifafirewall
exists,addanappropriateexceptiontothefirewall.
Iftheissueisduetopermissions:
Verifythepathyouprovidediscorrect.
Checkthatyouaretryingtomountasroot.
CheckthatthesystemsIPaddress,IPrange,domainname,ornetgroupisinthe
NFSexportslist.
IftheFluidFSclusterisnotrespondingduetoaportmapperfailure:
ChecktheFluidFSclusterstatus.
CheckthenetworkconnectionbytryingtoNFSmountfromsomeothersystem.
Verifywhetherotherclientsexperiencethesameproblem.
IftheFluidFSclusterisnotrespondingduetotheprogramnotbeingregistered,
checkiftheportmapperonyourclientisup.
Iftheissueisduetoaccessdenied:
GetalistoftheFluidFSclusterexportedfilesystemsusingthecommand:
showmount -e <client_VIP_or_name>
Checkthesystemnameornetgroupnameisnotintheuserlistforthefilesystem.
CheckthefilesystemsrelatedtotheNFSexportthroughEnterpriseManager.
Iftheissueisduetothedirectory,checkthespellinginyourcommandandtryto
runthemountcommandonbothdirectories.

Dell Compellent

377

Chapter 16 FluidFS 3.0 Troubleshooting

NFS Export Does Not Exist


Description

Attemptedtomountanexportthatdoesnotexist.

Cause

Thisfailureiscommonlycausedbyspellingmistakesontheclientsystemorwhen
accessingthewrongserver.

Workaround

1 ChecktheavailableNFSexportsontheFluidFScluster;verifythatallthe
requiredexportsexist.
2 Ontheproblematicclient,verifythattherelevantexportisavailabletothisclient:
% showmount -e <client_VIP_or_name>
Exportlistfor<client_VIP_or_name>:
/abc 10.10.10.0
/xyz 10.10.10.0
IftheNFSexportisavailable,reviewtheNFSexportnamespellingintherelevant
mountcommandontheclient.ItisrecommendedtocopyandpastetheNFS
exportnamefromtheshowmountoutputtothemountcommand.

NFS File Access Denied


Description

ThiseventisissuedwhenanNFSclientdoesnothaveenoughpermissionsforthe
fileonaNASvolume.

Cause

FileownershipisUID/UNIXandtheuserisnotprivilegedtoaccessthefile,or,file
ownershipisSID/ACLandaftertranslationtoUID/UNIXthepermissionsdonot
allowaccesstothefile.

Workaround

Fornativeaccess(whenaCIFSclientaccessesSID/ACLfileorNFSclient
accessesUID/UNIXfile)changethepermissionstoallowaccess.
Fornonnativeaccess,translationrulesareinvolvedanditisrecommendedto
contactDellTechnicalSupportServices.

NFS Insecure Access to Secure Export


Description

Aclienttriestoaccessasecureexportfromaninsecureport.

Cause

ThesecureNFSexportrequirementmeansthattheaccessingclientsmustusea
wellknownport(below1024),whichusuallymeansthattheymustberoot(uid=0)
ontheclient.

Workaround

IdentifytherelevantNFSexportandverifythatitissetassecure(requiressecure
clientport).
IftheNFSexportmustremainsecure,seetheNFSclientdocumentationinorder
toissuethemountrequestfromawellknownport(below1024).
IfasecureNFSexportisnotrequired(forexample,thenetworkisnotpublic),
ensurethattheexportisinsecureandretryaccessingit.

378

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Troubleshooting Common Issues

NFS Mount Fails Due to Export Options


Description

ThiseventisissuedwhenanNFSmountfailsduetoexportoptions.

Cause

TheexportlistfiltersclientaccessbyIPaddress,network,ornetgroup,andscreens
theaccessingclient.

Workaround 1 VerifytherelevantNFSexportdetails.Writedownallexistingoptionssothat
youareabletoreverttothem.
2 RemoveIPaddress/clientrestrictionsontheNFSexportandretrythemount.If
themountsucceeds,verifythattheIPaddressordomainisexplicitlyspecified,
orthatitispartofthedefinednetworkornetgroups.Oncethemountsucceeds,
adjusttheoriginaloptionsaccordingly.
Payattentiontopitfallscenarios,wherethenetworknetmaskisnotintuitive,for
example,192.175.255.254ispartof192.168.0.0/12butnotof192.168.0.0/16.

NFS Mount Fails Due to Netgroup Failure


Description

ThiseventisissuedwhenaclientfailstomountanNFSexportbecausetherequired
netgroupinformationcannotbeattained.

Cause

ThiserrorisusuallytheoutcomeofacommunicationerrorbetweentheFluidFS
clusterandtheNIS/LDAPserver.Itcanbearesultofanetworkissue,directory
serveroverload,orasoftwaremalfunction.

Workaround

RepeatthebelowprocessforeachconfiguredNIS/LDAPserver,eachtimeleaving
justasingleNIS/LDAPused,startingwiththeproblematicserver.
1 InspecttheNIS/LDAPserverlogsandseewhetherthereasonfortheerroris
reportedinthelogs.
2 Networktests:TrypingingtheFluidFSclusterfromaclientlocatedinthesame
subnetastheNIS/LDAPserver.TrypingingtheNIS/LDAPserverfromaclient
locatedinthesamesubnetastheFluidFScluster.
Ifpacketlossisevidentononeoftheabovenetworktests,resolvethenetwork
issuesintheenvironment.
3 UsingaLinuxclientlocatedinthesamesubnetastheFluidFSclusterand
configuredtousethesamedirectoryserver,querythenetgroupdetailsfromthe
NIS/LDAPserverusingtherelevantcommands.Ensurethatthereplyisreceived
inatimelymanner(upto3seconds).
Youcantemporarilyworkaroundtheproblembyremovingthenetgroup
restrictionontheNFSexportand/orbydefininganalternativedirectoryserver.
IdentifytherelevantNFSexportandtheoptionsdefinedforit,whilefocusingon
thenetgroupdefinition.Documenttheusednetgroupinordertorestoreitoncethe
issueissolvedandremovethenetgrouplimitation.

Dell Compellent

379

Chapter 16 FluidFS 3.0 Troubleshooting

NFS Mount Path Does Not Exist


Description

AclienttriestomountamountpaththatdoesnotexistsonaNASvolume.

Cause

Thiserrorusuallyoccursinoneofthefollowingscenarios:
TheFluidFSclusterisrestoredfromabackuporremotereplication.During
restoretime,thedirectorystructureisnotcompleteandafewdirectoriesmight
notexist.
Whenaclientwithanauthorizationtoaccessahigherdirectoryinthesamepath
deletesoraltersadirectorythatisbeingmountedbyanotherclient.When
multipleclientsareaccessingthesamedataset,itisrecommendedtoapplya
strictpermissionschemetoavoidthisscenario.

Workaround

1 IftheFluidFSclusterisbeingrestored,communicatethecurrentstatustothe
clientandinstructtheclienttowaitfortherestoreprocesstocomplete.
2 Inthecaseofanotherclientdeletingoralteringadirectory,therearethree
options:
Restoretheproblematicpathfromabackup.
Manuallycreatethemissingdirectoriestoenablethemount.Clientsreceive
errorswhentryingtoaccessexistingdatainadeletedpath.
RemovetheNFSexportandcommunicatethistotheclient.
3 ListallavailableNFSexportsontheFluidFSclusterandidentifytheproblematic
NFSexport.Itmusthaveanindicationthatitisnotaccessible.

NFS Owner Restricted Operation


Description

AnNFSclientisnotpermittedtoperformtherequestedactiontothespecificfile.

Cause

AnNFSclientattemptedachmodorchgrpoperationwhilenotbeingtheownerof
thefile.

Workaround Thisisaminor,userlevelissue.Frequenteventsofthistypemightindicatea
maliciousattempttoaccessrestricteddata.

NFS Write to Read-Only Export

380

Description

AnNFSclienttriestoperformmodificationsonareadonlyNFSexport.

Cause

AnNFSexportcanbedefinedasareadonlyNFSexport.Aclientaccessingaread
onlyNFSexportcannotperformwriteoperationsormodifyincludedfiles.

Workaround

Thisevent,byitself,doesnotrequireanyadministrativeintervention.

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Troubleshooting Common Issues

NFS Write To Read-Only NAS Volume


Description

AclienttriestomodifyafileonareadonlyNASvolume.

Cause

ANASvolumeissettoreadonlywhenitisthetargetofareplication.
Themostfrequentreasonforthiseventiseither:
Theclientmeanttoaccessthetargetsystemforreadpurposes,butalsotriesto
modifyafilebymistake.
Theclientaccessesthewrongsystemduetosimilarityinname/IPaddress.
TheclientisaccessingaNASvolumethatwasmadeareplicationtargetwithout
theclientsknowledge.

Workaround

RefertheclienttothecorrectNASvolume.
InordertowritetotheNASvolume,replicationmustbeterminatedfirstsothe
NASvolumebecomesstandalone.

NFS Write to Snapshot


Description

AnNFSclienttriestomodifyafilelocatedinasnapshot.

Cause

NASvolumesnapshotscannotbemodifiedbydesign.

Workaround

Informtheclientthatsnapshotdatacannotbemodified.Asnapshotisanexact
representationoftheNASvolumedataatthetimeofitscreation.

NFS Access Denied to a File or Directory


Description

AclientcannotaccesstheNFSfileordirectorydespitethefactthattheuserbelongs
tothegroupowningtheNFSobjectandthegroupmembersarepermittedto
performtheoperation.

Cause

NFSservers(versions2and3)usetheRemoteProcedureCall(RPC)protocolfor
authenticationofNFSclients.MostRPCclientshavealimitation,bydesign,ofup
to16groupspassedtotheNFSserver.Ifauserbelongstomorethan16UNIX
groups,assupportedbysomeUNIXtypes,someofthegroupsarenotpassedand
arenotcheckedbytheNFSserverandthereforetheclientsaccessmightbedenied.

Workaround

Apossiblewaytoverifythisproblemistousenewgrptotemporarilychangethe
primarygroupoftheuserandthusensureitispassedtotheserver.
Thesimpleworkaround,althoughnotalwaysfeasible,istoremovetheuserfrom
unnecessarygroups,leavingonly16groupsorless.

Troubleshoot NAS File Access And Permissions Issues


ThissectioncontainsprobablecausesofandsolutionstocommonNASfileaccessand
permissionsproblems.

Cannot Change the Ownership of a File or a Folder


Description

EveryfileontheFluidFSclusterisownedbyeitheraUNIXorNTFSuser.Inability
tochangeownershipistreateddifferently,dependingonwhethertheaccessis
nativeornonnative.

Cause

Theuserisnotauthorizedtoperformtheownershipchange.

Workaround Anauthorizedusermustperformthisaction.

Dell Compellent

381

Chapter 16 FluidFS 3.0 Troubleshooting

Cannot Modify NAS Files


Description

Auseroranapplicationcannotmodifyafile.

Cause

Theclientcannotmodifyafileduetolackofpermissionsonthefile.
TheNASvolumehasreachedfullcapacityandthefilesystemdeniesanywrite
requests,includingoverwrites.
TheNASvolumeisatargetinareplicationandisreadonly.

Workaround

1 Iftheproblemappearsonlyonsomefiles,thisisapermissionissue.Verifythat
theuseraccounthasmodifypermissionsonthefileoruseadifferentuser
account.
2 IftheproblemisrelatedtoaspecificNASvolume,verifythereisenoughfree
spaceontheNASvolumeorexpandit,andverifythattheaccessedNAS
volumeisnotatargetofareplication.

Mixed File Ownership Denied


Description

Boththefileownerandgroupownermustbefromthesameidentitytype(UNIX
vs.NTFS).Anattempttosetdifferentidentitytypeswasdetected.

Cause

ItisimpossibletochangeonlythefileownerIDtoUIDiftheoriginalfile
ownershipisSID/GSID.

Workaround

TochangethefileownershiptoUNIXstyleownership,setUIDandGIDatsame
time.

Problematic SMB Access From a UNIX/Linux Client


Description

AUNIX/LinuxclientistryingtomountaFluidFSclusterCIFSshareusingSMB
(using/etc/fstabordirectlyusingsmbmount).

Cause

AUNIX/Linuxclientistryingtoaccessthefilesystemusingthesmbclient
command,forexample:
smbclient //<FluidFS_cluster_name>/<CIFS_share> -U
user%password -c ls

Workaround

ItisrecommendedthatyouusetheNFSprotocolinterfacestoaccesstheFluidFS
clusterfilesystemfromUNIX/Linuxclients.Toworkaroundthisissue:
1 EnsurethattheadministratorcreatesNFSexportstothesamelocationsthat
youusetoaccessusingCIFSandconnecttothemusingthemountcommand
fromUNIX/Linuxclients.
2 UseNFSbasedinterfacestoaccesstheFluidFScluster.Forexample,fromthe
NAGIOSLinuxmanagementsystem,usethe/check_diskcommandinstead
ofthe/check_disk_smbcommand.

Strange UID and GID Numbers on Dell NAS System Files


Description

NewfilescreatedfromUbuntu7.xclientsgettheUIDandGIDof4294967294
(nfsnone).

Cause

Bydefault,Ubuntu7.xNFSclientsdonotspecifyRPCcredentialsontheirNFScalls.
Asaresult,filescreatedfromtheseclients,byanyuser,areownedby4294967294
(nfsnone)UIDandGID.

Workaround ToforceUNIXcredentialsonNFScalls,addthesec=sysoptiontotheFluidFScluster
mountsintheUbuntufstabfile.

382

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Troubleshooting Common Issues

Troubleshoot Networking Problems


Thissectioncontainsprobablecausesofandsolutionstocommonnetworkingproblems.

Name Server Unresponsive


Description

AllNIS,LDAP,orDNSserversareunreachableornotresponding.

Workaround Foreachserver:
1 PingtheserverfromaclientontheFluidFSclustersubnetandverifythatit
responds.
2 IssuearequesttotheserverfromaclientontheFluidFSclustersubnetandverify
thatitresponds.
3 Checktheserverlogstoseewhatiscausingtheservernottorespondtorequests.

Specific Subnet Clients Cannot Access the FluidFS cluster


Description

Users(neworold),accessingfromaspecificnetwork(s),cannotaccesstheFluidFS
cluster.

Cause

ThisissueisduetoaconflictbetweentheuserssubnetaddressesandtheFluidFS
clusterinternalnetworksaddress.TheFluidFSclusterroutestheresponsepackets
tothewrongnetwork.

Workaround

ChecktheinternalnetworkaddressesoftheFluidFSclusterandverifywhether
thereisaconflictwiththeproblematicclientnetworkaddresses.Ifaconflictexists,
manuallychangetheconflictingNASinternalnetworkaddress.

Troubleshooting DNS Configurations


Description

ClientsareunabletoconnecttotheFluidFSclusterusingthesystemnameand/or
unabletoresolvehostnames.

Cause

Probablecausesmightbe:
ClientIPaddressinformationisnotsetcorrectly.
TheFluidFSclusterisnotconfiguredtousethecorrectDNSserver.
DNSrecordsareincorrect.

Workaround

1 VerifythattheclientIPaddressinformationissetcorrectly.
2 VerifythattheFluidFSclusterisconfiguredtousethecorrectDNSserver.
3 ContacttheDNSserveradministratortoverifytheDNSrecordcreation.

RX and TX Pause Warning Messages


Description

ThefollowingwarningmessagesmightbedisplayedwhenEnterpriseManager
reportsconnectivityinaNotOptimalstate:
Rx_pause for eth(x) on node1 is off.
Tx_pause for eth(x) on node 1 is off.

Dell Compellent

Cause

Flowcontrolisnotenabledontheswitch(es)connectedtoaFluidFScluster
controller.

Workaround

Seetheswitchvendorsdocumentationtoenableflowcontrolontheswitch(es).

383

Chapter 16 FluidFS 3.0 Troubleshooting

Troubleshoot Replication Issues


Thissectioncontainsprobablecausesofandsolutionstocommonreplicationproblems.

Replication Configuration Error


Description

ReplicationbetweenthesourceandtargetNASvolumesfailsbecausethesource
andtargetFluidFSclustertopologiesareincompatible.

Cause

Thesourceandtargetsystemsareincompatibleforreplicationpurposes.

Workaround

VerifythatboththesourceandtargethavethesamenumberofNAScontrollers.

Replication Target FluidFS Cluster is Busy


\

Description

ReplicationbetweenthesourceNASvolumeandthetargetNASvolumefails
becausethetargetFluidFSclusterisnotavailabletoservetherequiredreplication.

Cause

ReplicationfailsbecausethetargetFluidFSclusterisnotavailabletoservethe
requiredreplication.

Workaround

VerifythereplicationstatusonthetargetFluidFScluster.

Replication Target File System is Busy


Description

ReplicationbetweenthesourceNASvolumeandthetargetNASvolumefails
becausethetargetFluidFSclusterfilesystemistemporarilyunavailabletoservethe
requiredreplication.

Cause

ReplicationfailsbecausethetargetFluidFSclusteristemporarilyunavailableto
servetherequiredreplication.

Workaround

Thereplicationcontinuesautomaticallywhenthefilesystemreleasespartofthe
resources.Verifythatthereplicationcontinuesautomaticallyafteraperiodoftime
(anhour).

Replication Target is Down


Description

ReplicationbetweenthesourceNASvolumeandthetargetNASvolumefails
becausethetargetNASvolumeisdown.

Cause

ReplicationfailsbecausethefilesystemofthetargetNASvolumeisdown.

Workaround

Checkwhetherthefilesystemisdowninthetargetsystem.IftheFluidFSclusterfile
systemisnotresponding,youmuststartthefilesystemonthetargetFluidFS
cluster.Thereplicationcontinuesautomaticallyafterthefilesystemstarts.

Replication Target is Not Optimal

384

Description

ReplicationbetweenthesourceNASvolumeandthetargetNASvolumefails
becausethetargetNASvolumeisnotoptimal.

Cause

ReplicationfailsbecausethefilesystemofthetargetNASvolumeisnotoptimal.

Workaround

Checkthesystemstatusofthetargetsystemtounderstandwhythefilesystemis
notoptimal.Thereplicationcontinuesautomaticallyafterthefilesystemrecovers.

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Troubleshooting Common Issues

Replication Target Volume is Busy Reclaiming Space


Description

ReplicationbetweenthesourceNASvolumeandthetargetNASvolumefails
becausethetargetNASvolumeisbusyfreeingupspace.

Cause

ReplicationfailsbecausethetargetNASvolumeisbusyfreeingupspace.

Workaround

Thereplicationcontinuesautomaticallywhenthespaceisavailable.Verifythatthe
replicationautomaticallycontinuesafteraperiodoftime(anhour).

Replication Target Volume is Detached


Description

ReplicationbetweenthesourceNASvolumeandthetargetNASvolumefails
becausethetargetNASvolumeisdetachedfromthesourceNASvolume.

Cause

ReplicationfailsbecausethetargetNASvolumewaspreviouslydetachedfromthe
sourceNASvolume.

Workaround

PerformthedetachactiononthesourceNASvolume.Ifrequired,reattachboth
NASvolumesinareplicationrelation.

Replication Disconnection
Description

ReplicationbetweenthesourceNASvolumeandthetargetNASvolumefails
becausetheconnectionbetweenthesourceandtargetsystemsislost.

Cause

Networkinfrastructureconnectionissuebetweenthesourceandthetarget.

Workaround

Checkwhetherthereplicationisautomaticallyrestored.Ifthereplicationisnot
automaticallyrestored,checkthenetworkcommunicationbetweenthesource
FluidFSclusterandthetargetFluidFScluster.Networkcommunicationcanbe
checkedbyusingathirdpartysysteminthesamesubnetthatcanpingboththe
sourceandtargetFluidFSclusters.Also,verifythattheFluidFSreplicationports
areopenonyourfirewalltoallowreplicationbetweenthesourceandtarget
FluidFScluster.

Replication Incompatible Versions


Description

ReplicationbetweenthesourceNASvolumeandthetargetNASvolumefails
becausetheFluidFSversionofthesourceFluidFSclusterishigherthantheFluidFS
versionofthetargetcluster.

Cause

ReplicationfailsbecausetheFluidFSversionofthesourceFluidFSclusterishigher
thantheFluidFSversionofthetargetFluidFScluster.

Workaround

UpgradetheFluidFSversionofthetargetFluidFSclustertomatchtheFluidFS
versionofthesourceFluidFScluster.

Replication Internal Error


Description

ReplicationbetweenthesourceandthetargetNASvolumesfailsduetoaninternal
error.

Workaround ContactDellTechnicalSupportServicestoresolvethisissue.

Dell Compellent

385

Chapter 16 FluidFS 3.0 Troubleshooting

Replication Target Does Not Have Enough Space


Description

ReplicationbetweenthesourceNASvolumeandtargetNASvolumefailsbecause
thereisnotenoughspaceinthetargetNASvolume.

Cause

ReplicationfailsbecausethereisnotenoughspaceinthetargetNASvolume.

Workaround

IncreasethespaceofthetargetNASvolume.

Replication Source FluidFS Cluster is Busy


\

Description

ReplicationbetweenthesourceNASvolumeandthetargetNASvolumefails
becausethefilesystemofthesourceNASvolumeisbusyreplicatingotherNAS
volumes.

Cause

ReplicationfailsbecausethefilesystemofthesourceNASvolumeisbusy
replicatingotherNASvolumes.

Workaround

Thereplicationcontinuesautomaticallywhenthefilesystemreleasespartofthe
resources.Verifythatthereplicationautomaticallycontinuesafteraperiodoftime
(anhour).

Replication Source is Down


Description

ReplicationbetweenthesourceNASvolumeandthetargetNASvolumefails
becausethefilesystemofsourceNASvolumeisdown.

Cause

ThefilesystemofthesourceNASvolumeisdown.

Workaround

CheckwhethertheFluidFSclusterisdowninthesourcesystem.IftheFluidFS
clusterisdown,youmuststartthefilesystemonthesourceFluidFScluster.The
replicationcontinuesautomaticallywhenthefilesystemstarts.

Replication Source is Not Optimal


Description

ReplicationbetweenthesourceandthetargetNASvolumesfailsbecausethefile
systemofthesourceNASvolumeisnotoptimal.

Cause

Replicationfailsbecausethefilesystemofthesourceisnotoptimal.

Workaround

Checkthefilesystemstatusofthesourcesystemtounderstandwhythefilesystem
isnotoptimal.

Replication Source Volume Is Busy Reclaiming Space


Description

ReplicationbetweenthesourceNASvolumeandthetargetNASvolumefails
becausethesourceNASvolumeisbusyreclaimingspace.

Cause

ReplicationfailedbecausethesourceNASvolumeisbusyreclaimingspace.

Workaround

Thereplicationcontinuesautomaticallywhenspaceisavailable.Verifythatthe
replicationautomaticallycontinuesafteraperiodoftime(anhour).

Troubleshoot System Issues


Thissectioncontainsprobablecausesofandsolutionstocommonsystemproblems.

386

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Troubleshooting Common Issues

NAS System Time Is Wrong


Description
Cause

Scheduledtasksarerunningatthewrongtimes.ThedateandtimeofEventLog
messagesiswrong.
ThetimeontheFluidFSclusterisincorrect.
NoNTPserverisdefinedfortheFluidFScluster.
TheNTPserverservicingtheFluidFSclusteriseitherdownorhasstopped
providingNTPservices.
TherearenetworkproblemscommunicatingwiththeNTPserver.

Workaround

1 IfyoumanuallyconfiguredtheNASsystemclock,verifythatthetimeisset
correctlyinEnterpriseManager.
2 IdentifytheFluidFSclusterNTPserverfromEnterpriseManager.Recordthe
hostname(s)orIPaddress(es)forfurtherreference.
3 IfnoNTPserverisdefined,defineone.Itisrecommendedsynchronizingthe
NASsystemclockwiththeNTPserverusedbytheActiveDirectorydomain
controller.Thisavoidstimedifferenceissuesandpossibleauthentication
problems.InmanycasesthedomaincontrollerisalsotheNTPserver.
4 VerifythattheNTPserverisupandprovidestheNTPservice.
5 CheckthenetworkpathbetweentheFluidFSclusterandtheNTPserver,using
ping,forexample.Verifythattheresponsetimeisinthemillisecondrange.

Troubleshooting System Shutdown


Description

DuringasystemshutdownusingEnterpriseManager,thesystemdoesnotstop
andtheNAScontrollersdonotshutdownafter20minutes.

Cause

Thesystemshutdownprocedureiscomprisedoftwoseparateprocesses:
Stoppingthefilesystem
PoweringdowntheNAScontrollers
Thefilesystemmighttakealongtimetocleanthecachetostorageeitherduetolot
ofdata,orduetoanintermittentconnectiontothestorage.
Duringthepoweringdownstage,theissuecouldbeduetotheOSkernelhanging
ontheNAScontrollerorfailingtosyncitsstatetothelocaldrive.

Workaround

IfthefilesystemhasstoppedandifoneoftheNAScontrollersisstillup,you
canphysicallypowerdowntheNAScontrollerusingthepowerbutton.
Ifthefilesystemhasnotstopped,youmustletitcontinuestopping.Thefile
systemreachesa10minutetimeout,flushesitscachetolocalstorage,and
continuestheshutdownprocess.

Dell Compellent

387

Chapter 16 FluidFS 3.0 Troubleshooting

NAS Volume Security Violation


Description

NASvolumesecurityviolation.

Cause

SelectingasecuritystyleforaNASvolumedictatesthedominantprotocoltobe
usedtosetpermissionsonfilesintheNASvolume:NFSforUNIXsecuritystyle
NASvolumesandCIFSforNTFSsecuritystyleNASvolumes.
Consequently,thismakessomeoperationsinvalid:
SettingUNIXpermissionsforafileinanNTFSsecuritystyleNASvolume.
SettingUID/GIDownershipforafileinanNTFSsecuritystyleNASvolume.
SettinganACLforafileinaUNIXsecuritystyleNASvolume.
ChangingthereadonlyflagforafileinaUNIXsecuritystyleNASvolume.
SettingSID/GSIDownershipforafileinaUNIXsecuritystyleNASvolume.
TheNASvolumesecuritystylemustreflectthemainprotocolusedtoaccessitsfiles.

Workaround Ifauserfrequentlyneedstoperformacrossprotocolsecurityrelatedactivity,split
thedataintoseparateNASvolumesbasedonthemainaccessprotocol.

Attach Operation Fails


Description

TheoperationtoattachtheNAScontrollertotheFluidFSclusterfails.

Workaround

ConnectakeyboardandmonitortotheNAScontrollerthatfailedtheattach
operation,andviewtheerrormessagetodeterminewhytheattachoperation
failed.
VerifythatwhiletheNAScontrollerwasdetached,theIPassignedtoitonthe
clientnetworkwasnotallocatedtoanotherhost.WhiletheNAScontrolleris
detached,itlosesitsidentity,includingIPaddresses.Whenitisattached,its
identityisappliedbacktotheNAScontroller,includingtheIPaddresses.
VerifythatthedefaultgatewayisinthePrimarysubnet.Ifthedefaultgatewayis
notinthePrimarysubnet,changethedefaultgateway.Forattachtosucceed,the
defaultgatewaymustbepingable.
Afteranattachoperationfails,theNAScontrollermustmanuallyberesetto
standbymode.

Controller Taking Long Time to Boot Up After Service Pack Upgrade


Description

TheNAScontrollertakesalongtimetobootupafterupgradingtheservicepack
oftheNAScontrollerfirmware.

Cause

Theupgradeprocesscantakeupto60minutestocomplete.

Workaround

ConnectakeyboardandmonitortotheNAScontrollerthatistakingalong
timetobootup.
Ifthesystemisbooting,andisatthebootphase,lettheupgradesfinish.This
cantakeupto60minutestocomplete.
DonotreboottheNAScontrollermanuallyifitisinthebootphase.

388

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

FluidFS 2.0 Cluster Management


ThissectiondescribeshowtouseEnterpriseManagertoadministerandmonitorFluidFS2.0clusters.

Contents
Chapter17:FluidFS2.0ClusterAdministration ............................................... 391
Chapter18:FluidFS2.0ClusterMonitoring .................................................. 407

Dell Compellent

389

FluidFS 2.0 Cluster Management

390

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

17

FluidFS 2.0 Cluster Administration


AFluidFSversion2.0clusterisaNASsolutionthatallowsadministratorstoeasilyleverage
DellCompellentStorageCenterDynamicCapacity(thinprovisioning),highavailability,
andblocklevelstorageperformancewhileprovidingfilelevelstoragetoWindowsand
UnixclientsusingtheNFSandSMBprotocols.

Contents
RequiredComponentsforFluidFS2.0Clusters ................................. 391
FluidFS2.0ClusterStorageTerminology ...................................... 392
AddingandRemovingFluidFS2.0Clusters .................................... 392
ManagingFluidFS2.0Clusters ............................................... 395
ManagingFluidFS2.0ClusterNASVolumes ................................... 397
ManagingFluidFS2.0ClusterCIFSShares ..................................... 401
ManagingFluidFS2.0ClusterNFSExports .................................... 403

Required Components for FluidFS 2.0 Clusters


TodeployaFluidFScluster,oneormoreStorageCentersandanEnterpriseManagerare
alsorequired.Thefollowingtabledescribeshowthesecomponentsinteract.
Component

Function

FluidFScluster

PresentsfilelevelstoragetoWindowsandUnixclientsusingtheNFSand
SMBprotocols

StorageCenter(s)

Providethebackendstorage(NASpool)totheFluidFScluster

EnterpriseManager Providesmanagementandreportingfunctionality,including:
AddingStorageCenterstoaFluidFScluster
ManagingtheFluidFSclusterstoragepool
CreatingandmanagingNASvolumes,CIFSshares,andNFSexports
CreatingNASvolumesnapshots
MonitoringtheFluidFScluster

Dell Compellent

391

Chapter 17 FluidFS 2.0 Cluster Administration

FluidFS 2.0 Cluster Storage Terminology


ThefollowingtabledefinesstorageterminologyrelatedtoFluidFSclusters.
Term

Definition

NASpool

ThesumofallbackendstorageprovidedbyoneormoreStorageCenters.

NASvolume

AvirtualizedvolumethatconsumesstoragespaceintheNASpool.
AdministratorscancreateCIFSsharesandNFSexportsonaNASvolume
tosharethemwithauthorizedusers.AFluidFSclustersupportsmultiple
NASvolumes.

NASvolumesnapshot Animageofallthedatafrozenasreadonlyataspecificpointintime.
Snapshotsavoidduplicatingblocksiftheyareidenticaltotheblocksinthe
activefilesystem.OnlywhenfilesintheActivefilesystemaremodifiedor
addedaretheoriginalblocksappendedtothelatestsnapshot,which
consumesdiskspace.
CIFSshare

AdirectoryinaNASvolumethatissharedonthenetworkusingthe
CommonInternetFileSystem(CIFS)protocol.

NFSexport

AdirectoryinaNASvolumethatissharedonthenetworkusingthe
NetworkFileSystem(NFS)protocol.

Adding and Removing FluidFS 2.0 Clusters


ThefollowingtasksdescribehowtoaddFluidFSclusters,organizethemintofolders,and
removethem.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Add a FluidFS Cluster


AddaFluidFSclustertomanageitwithEnterpriseManager.

Prerequisites

TheFluidFSclustermustbeinstalled,cabled,andconfiguredusingtheNASInitial
DeploymentUtility(IDU).

TheStorageCentersthatprovidestoragefortheFluidFSclustermustbeaddedto
EnterpriseManagerandhavefrontendconnectivitytotheFluidFScluster.

YourEnterpriseManageruseraccountmusthavetheAdministratororVolume
Managerprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectDellCompellentorFluidFSClusters.
3 Intherightpane,clickAddaFluidFSCluster.TheAddFluidFSClusterwizard
appearsanddisplaystheRegisterFluidFSClusterw/EnterpriseManagerpage.
4 CompletetheRegisterFluidFSClusterw/EnterpriseManagerpage.
a IntheHostorIPAddressfield,typethemanagementhostnameorIPaddressofthe
FluidFScluster.
b IntheUserNamefield,typethenameofanadministratorontheFluidFScluster.
c

392

InthePasswordfield,typethepasswordfortheFluidFSadministrator.

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Adding and Removing FluidFS 2.0 Clusters

d IntheFolderpane,selecttheparentfolderfortheFluidFScluster.
e ClickNext.TheSelectStorageCenter(s)pageappears.
5 IntheStorageCenterspane,selectuptotwoStorageCentersthatwillprovidethe
blocklevelstoragefortheNASpool,thenclickNext.TheConfigureFileSystempage
appears.
6 IfaStorageCenterthatyouselectedhasmorethanonestoragetypeconfigured,a
dialogboxappears.FromtheStorageTypedropdownmenu,selectthestoragetypeto
usefortheNASpool,thenclickOK.
7 IntheNASPoolSizefield,entertheamountofstoragethattheStorageCenter(s)will
providefortheFluidFScluster,thenclickNext.
EnterpriseManagerconfiguresvolumesoneachStorageCentertomakeuptheNAS
pool.Thisprocesscantakeuptoahalfhourormore.Whentheprocessiscomplete,the
finalpageofthewizardappears.
8 ClickFinish.

Add a FluidFS Cluster Folder


AddaFluidFSclusterfoldertoorganizetheFluidFSclusters.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectFluidFSClusters.
3 Intherightpane,clickCreateFolder.TheCreateFolderdialogboxappears.
4 IntheNamefield,typeanameforthefolder.
5 IntheParentpane,selectaparentfolder.
6 ClickOK.

Delete a FluidFS Cluster Folder


YoucandeleteaFluidFSclusterfolderifitisunused.

Prerequisites
TheFluidFSclusterfoldermustbeempty.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheFluidFSclusterfolder.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickDelete.TheDeleteObjectsdialogboxappears.
4 ClickOK.

Change the Password for a FluidFS Cluster


IfyouneedtochangethepasswordfortheFluidFScluster,useEnterpriseManagerto
changeittoavoidconnectivityinterruptionsbetweentheclusterandEnterpriseManager.
1 UsetheNASManagerwebinterfacetochangetheFluidFSclusterpassword.
a IntheEnterpriseManagerClient,clicktheStorageview.
b IntheStoragepane,selecttheFluidFScluster.
c

Intherightpane,clickNASManager.TheNASManageropensinthedefault
browser.

d UsetheNASManagertochangetheFluidFSclusterpassword.

Dell Compellent

393

Chapter 17 FluidFS 2.0 Cluster Administration

2 ChangetheFluidFSclusterpasswordinEnterpriseManager.
a IntheEnterpriseManagerClient,clicktheStorageview.
b IntheStoragepane,selecttheFluidFScluster.
c

Intherightpane,clickUpdateInformation
statuscode401:Unauthorizedappears.

.ThemessageTheserversentHTTP

d ClickReconnecttoFluidFSCluster.TheReconnecttoFluidFSClusterdialogbox
appears.
e TypethenewpasswordinthePasswordfield,thenclickOK.EnterpriseManager
reconnectstotheFluidFScluster.
f

Intherightpane,clickUpdateInformation

toupdatethedisplayedinformation.

Remove a FluidFS Cluster


RemoveaFluidFSclusterifyounolongerwanttomanageitusingEnterpriseManager.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheFluidFScluster.
3 Intherightpane,clickDelete.TheDeleteFluidFSClusterdialogboxappears.
4 ClickOK.

Remove a FluidFS Cluster and Delete all Associated Storage Center Volumes
RemoveaFluidFSclusterandpermanentlydeleteallassociatedStorageCentervolumes
andserversifyouareredeployingtheclusterandyoudonotneedtoretainanyofthedata
itcontains.

Prerequisites
TheFluidFSclustermustbeturnedoff.

Steps
1 IntheEnterpriseManagerclient,clicktheStorageview,thenselecttheFluidFScluster.
2 Intherightpane,clickDelete.TheDeleteFluidFSClusterdialogboxappears.
3 SelecttheDeletevolumesandServersfromassociatedStorageCenterscheckbox.
4 TopermanentlydeletetheFluidFSrelatedvolumesandserversfromtheStorage
Center(s),selecttheSkipRecyclingBinanddeletecompletelycheckbox.
Caution: IfthischeckboxisselectedwhenyoudeletetheFluidFScluster,all
datarelatedtotheFluidFSclusterispermanentlyremovedfromtheStorage
Center(s).
5 Toconfirmthatyouwanttopermanentlydeletethedata,typethenameoftheFluidFS
clusterintheEntertheclusternametoconfirmdeletingdatafield.
6 ClickOK.

394

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing FluidFS 2.0 Clusters

Managing FluidFS 2.0 Clusters


PerformthesetaskstomanageaFluidFSclusterfromEnterpriseManager.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Move a FluidFS Cluster Into a Folder


MoveaFluidFSclusterintoafolderifyouwanttogroupitwithotherclusters.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheFluidFScluster.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickMove.TheSelectFolderdialogboxappears.
4 Selectaparentfolder,thenclickOK.

Open the FluidFS NAS Manager Web Interface


TheFluidFSNASManagerwebinterfaceincludessomemanagementfunctionalitythatis
notavailableinEnterpriseManager.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheFluidFScluster.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickNASManager.TheNASManageropensinthedefault
browser.

Expand the NAS Pool for a FluidFS Cluster


ExpandtheNASpooliftheFluidFSclusterneedsmorespaceforNASvolumes.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheFluidFScluster.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickTasksStorageCentersExpandNASPool.TheExpand
NASPooldialogboxappears.
4 IntheNASPoolSizefield,enteravaluethatislargerthanthecurrentsizeoftheNAS
pool,thenclickOK.
EnterpriseManagerconfiguresadditionalStorageCentervolumesasnecessaryto
increasethesizeoftheNASpool.Thisprocesscantakeuptoahalfhourormore.

Add a Storage Center to Provide Storage for the NAS Pool


IftheStorageCenterthatcurrentlyprovidesbackendstoragefortheFluidFSclusteris
runningoutofspace,oryouwanttospreadoutthestorageload,youcanaddasecond
StorageCentertoprovidestoragefortheNASpool.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerandhavefrontendconnectivity
totheFluidFScluster.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheFluidFScluster.
3 OntheSummarytab,clickTasksStorageCentersAddStorageCenter.TheAdd
StorageCenterdialogboxappears.

Dell Compellent

395

Chapter 17 FluidFS 2.0 Cluster Administration

4 IntheStorageCenterspane,selectaStorageCenterthatwillprovideadditional
blocklevelstoragefortheNASpool.
5 IftheStorageCenterthatyouselectedhasmorethanonestoragetypeconfigured,a
dialogboxappears.FromtheStorageTypedropdownmenu,selectthestoragetypeto
usefortheNASpool,thenclickOK.
6 IntheNASPoolSizefield,enterthenewsizeoftheNASpool.

IfyouspecifyavaluethatislessthantwicethesizeoftheexistingNASpool,thenew
storagespaceisallocatedexclusivelyonthenewStorageCenter.

IfyouspecifyavaluethatismorethantwicethesizeoftheexistingNASpool,new
storagespaceisallocatedonbothStorageCenters.First,storageisallocatedonthe
newStorageCenterequaltotheexistingsizeoftheNASpool.Next,additional
storageisallocatedonbothStorageCenterstoachievethespecifiedNASpoolsize.
Note: ThesizeoftheNASpoolmustincreaseinordertotakeadvantageofthe
storageprovidedbythenewStorageCenter.

7 ClickOK.
EnterpriseManagerconfiguresStorageCentervolumestoincreasethesizeoftheNAS
pool.Thisprocesscantakeuptoahalfhourormore.

Send FluidFS Cluster Diagnostic Information to Dell Compellent for


Troubleshooting
IfFluidFSclustertroubleshootingisnecessary,youcansenddiagnosticinformationtoDell
Compellent.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheFluidFScluster.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickTriggerDiagnostics.TheTriggerDiagnosticsdialogbox
appears.
4 ClickOK.

Verify Storage Connections


VerifyingstorageconnectionsgathersthelatestserverdefinitionsontheFluidFScluster
andmakessurethatmatchingserverobjectsaredefinedontheStorageCenter(s).
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheFluidFScluster.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickTasksStorageCentersVerifyStorageConnections.The
VerifyStorageConnectionsdialogboxappears.
4 ClickOK.

396

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing FluidFS 2.0 Cluster NAS Volumes

Managing FluidFS 2.0 Cluster NAS Volumes


PerformthesetaskstomanageFluidFSclusterNASvolumesfromEnterpriseManager.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Add a NAS Volume


AddaNASvolumetoallocatestoragethatcanbesharedonthenetwork.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab,thenclickTasksAddNASvolume.TheAddNASvolume
dialogboxappears.
Note: TheTasksmenuisavailableonallFluidFSclustertabs.However,after
NASvolumesarecreatedtheyaremanagedontheFileSystemtab.
4 IntheNamefield,typeanamefortheNASvolume.SpacesarenotallowedinNAS
volumenames.
5 IntheAllocatedSpacefield,typetheallocatedsizeoftheNASvolumeinkilobytes
(KB),megabytes(MB),gigabytes(GB),orterabytes(TB).
6 FromtheSecurityStyledropdownmenu,chooseafileaccesssecuritymethodforthe
NASvolume.

ToallowbothUNIXandNTFSsecuritymethods,selectMIXED.Ifyouchoosethis
option,thedefaultsecurityofafileordirectoryisthelastoneset.Permissionsand
accessrightsfromonemethodtoanotherareautomaticallytranslated.

TouseUNIXpermissionsforallprotocols,selectUNIX.Filepermissionscanbe
alteredonlyusingthechmodandchowncommandsthroughNFSmounts.

TouseNTFSAccessControlLists(ACLs)forallprotocols,selectNTFS.File
permissionandaccessrightscanbealteredonlyfromaWindowsclient.

7 IfyouselectedUNIX,configurethedefaultUNIXfolderandfilepermissions.
a IntheDefaultUNIXfilepermissionsarea,selectorclearExecute,Write,andRead
checkboxesasneededtomodifythefilepermissions.
b IntheDefaultUNIXfolderpermissionsarea,selectorclearExecute,Write,and
Readcheckboxesasneededtomodifythefolderpermissions.
8 Configuretheremainingattributesasneeded.Theseattributesaredescribedinthe
OnlineHelp.
9 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.TheNASvolumeappearsintheFileSystemtab
navigationtree.

Dell Compellent

397

Chapter 17 FluidFS 2.0 Cluster Administration

Rename a NAS Volume


UsetheEditNASVolumedialogboxtorenameaNASvolume.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 Inthenavigationtree,selecttheNASvolume.
5 Intherightpane,clickEdit.TheEditNASVolumedialogboxappears.
6 ModifytheNamefieldasnecessary.SpacesarenotallowedinNASvolumenames.
7 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

Change the Allocated Size of a NAS Volume


IfaNASvolumeisrunningoutofspace,youcanincreasetheallocatedsize.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 Inthenavigationtree,selecttheNASvolume.
5 Intherightpane,clickEdit.TheEditNASVolumedialogboxappears.
6 IntheNASPoolSizefield,typeanewsizeinkilobytes(KB),megabytes(MB),
gigabytes(GB),orterabytes(TB).
Note: ThecombinedsizeofallNASvolumescannotexceedthesizeoftheNAS
pool.
7 ClickOK.

Change the Alert Threshold Percentage for NAS Volume Low Space Alerts
YoucanconfiguretheNASvolumeusagepercentageatwhichanalertisissued.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 Inthenavigationtree,selecttheNASvolume.
5 Intherightpane,clickEdit.TheEditNASVolumedialogboxappears.
6 IntheUsedSpaceAlertThresholdPercentfield,typeNASvolumeusagepercentage
atwhichyouwantanalerttobeissued.
7 ClickOK.

Change the Interval at Which File Access Time Stamps are Updated for a NAS
Volume
Forperformancereasons,theintervalatwhichfileaccesstimestampsareupdatedfor
readsisconfigurable.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 Inthenavigationtree,selecttheNASvolume.

398

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing FluidFS 2.0 Cluster NAS Volumes

5 Intherightpane,clickEdit.TheEditNASVolumedialogboxappears.
6 FromtheAccessTimeGranularitydropdownmenu,selectlevelofaccuracyforfile
accesstimestamps.

Topreventfileaccesstimestampsfrombeingupdatedforanyreads,select
Disabled.

Toenablefileaccesstimestampsforallreads,selectAlways.

Toupdatefileaccesstimestampsonceinagiventimeintervaltoimprove
performance,selectEveryFiveMinutes,Hourly,Daily,orWeekly.

7 ClickOK.

Change the File Access Security Method for a NAS Volume


SelectthefileaccesssecuritymethodfortheNASvolumethatbestmatchesyournetwork
environment.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 Inthenavigationtree,selecttheNASvolume.
5 Intherightpane,clickEdit.TheEditNASVolumedialogboxappears.
6 FromtheSecurityStyledropdownmenu,chooseafileaccesssecuritymethodforthe
NASvolume.

ToallowbothUNIXandNTFSsecuritymethods,selectMIXED.Ifyouchoosethis
option,thedefaultsecurityofafileordirectoryisthelastoneset.Permissionsand
accessrightsfromonemethodtoanotherareautomaticallytranslated.

TouseUNIXpermissionsforallprotocols,selectUNIX.Filepermissionscanonlybe
alteredusingthechmodandchowncommandsthroughNFSmounts.

TouseNTFSAccessControlLists(ACLs)forallprotocols,selectNTFS.File
permissionandaccessrightscanonlybealteredfromaWindowsclient.

7 IfyouselectedUNIX,configurethedefaultUNIXfolderandfilepermissions.
a IntheDefaultUNIXfilepermissionsarea,selectorclearExecute,Write,andRead
checkboxesasneededtomodifythefilepermissions.
b IntheDefaultUNIXfolderpermissionsarea,selectorclearExecute,Write,and
Readcheckboxesasneededtomodifythefolderpermissions.
8 ClickOK.

Create a Snapshot of a NAS Volume


CreateaNASvolumesnapshottotakeapointintimecopythedata.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 Inthenavigationtree,selecttheNASvolume.
5 Intherightpane,clickCreateSnapshot.TheCreateSnapshotdialogboxappears.
6 IntheNamefield,typeauniquesnapshotname.Spacesarenotallowedinsnapshot
names.
7 ClickOK.

Dell Compellent

399

Chapter 17 FluidFS 2.0 Cluster Administration

Rename a NAS Volume Snapshot


NASvolumescanberenamedfromtheSnapshotssubtabontheFileSystemtab.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 Inthenavigationtree,selecttheNASvolume.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheSnapshotssubtab.
6 Selectthesnapshotyouwanttorename,thenclickEditundertheSnapshotssubtab.
TheEditSnapshotdialogboxappears.
7 IntheNamefield,typeauniquesnapshotname.Spacesarenotallowedinsnapshot
names.
8 ClickOK.

Delete a NAS Volume Snapshot


Ifyounolongerneedthedata,youcandeleteaNASvolumesnapshot.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 Inthenavigationtree,selecttheNASvolume.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheSnapshotssubtab.
6 Selectthesnapshotyouwanttodelete,thenclickDeleteundertheSnapshotssubtab.
TheDeleteObjectsdialogboxappears.
7 ClickOK.

Delete a NAS Volume


TodeleteaNASvolume,itcannothaveanyCIFSsharesorNFSexports.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 Inthenavigationtree,selecttheNASvolume.
5 DeleteallCIFSsharesfromthevolume.
a ClicktheCIFSSharessubtab.
b ForeachCIFSshare,selecttheshareandthenclickDelete.TheDeleteObjects
dialogboxappears.
c

ClickOK.

6 DeleteallNFSexportsfromthevolume.
a ClicktheNFSExportssubtab.
b ForeachNFSexport,selecttheexportandthenclickDelete.TheDeleteObjects
dialogboxappears.
c

ClickOK.

7 Nearthetopoftherightpane,clickDelete.TheDeleteObjectsdialogboxappears.
8 ClickOK.

400

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing FluidFS 2.0 Cluster CIFS Shares

Managing FluidFS 2.0 Cluster CIFS Shares


PerformthesetaskstomanageCommonInternetFileSystem(CIFS)sharesfromEnterprise
Manager.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Create a CIFS Share


CreateaCIFSsharetoshareadirectoryinaNASvolumeusingtheCommonInternetFile
System(CIFS)protocol.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 Inthenavigationtree,selecttheNASvolumethathoststhedirectoryyouwanttoshare.
5 Intherightpane,clickCreateCIFSShare.TheCreateCIFSsharedialogboxappears.
6 IntheShareNamefield,typeanamefortheCIFSshare.
7 InthePathfield,typethepathofthedirectorytoshare.

TosharetheentireNASvolume,type/.

Ifthedirectoryhasnotbeencreated,selecttheCreateafolderifitdoesnotexist
checkbox.

8 Configuretheremainingattributesasneeded.Theseattributesaredescribedinthe
OnlineHelp.
9 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

Change the Directory Shared by a CIFS Share


YoucanchangethedirectorythatissharedbyaCIFSsharewithoutchangingtheCIFS
sharename.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 Inthenavigationtree,selecttheNASvolumethathoststheCIFSshare.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheCIFSSharessubtab.
6 SelecttheCIFSshareyouwanttomodify,thenclickEditbelowtheCIFSSharessubtab.
TheEditCIFSsharedialogboxappears.
7 InthePathfield,typethepathofthedirectorytoshare.

TosharetheentireNASvolume,type/.

Ifthedirectoryhasnotbeencreated,selecttheCreateafolderifitdoesnotexist
checkbox.

8 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

Dell Compellent

401

Chapter 17 FluidFS 2.0 Cluster Administration

Allow Hosts that do not Belong to the Active Directory Domain to Access the CIFS
Share
YoucanallowgueststhatarenotpartoftheActiveDirectoryDomaintoaccessaCIFS
share.However,guestaccesstoindividualfilesintheCIFSshareiscontrolledbyNTFS
AccessControlLists(ACLs)atthefilelevel.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 Inthenavigationtree,selecttheNASvolumethathoststheCIFSshare.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheCIFSSharessubtab.
6 SelecttheCIFSshareyouwanttomodify,thenclickEditbelowtheCIFSSharessubtab.
TheEditCIFSsharedialogboxappears.
7 SelecttheAllowGuestscheckbox,thenclickOK.

Hide Files for a CIFS Share


FilesthatarelocatedintheshareddirectorycanbehiddenfromtheCIFSshare.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 Inthenavigationtree,selecttheNASvolumethathoststheCIFSshare.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheCIFSSharessubtab.
6 SelecttheCIFSshareyouwanttomodify,thenclickEditbelowtheCIFSSharessubtab.
TheEditCIFSsharedialogboxappears.
7 IntheHiddenFilesfield,typeacommaseparatedlistoffilenamestohidefromCIFS
clients.Usetheasterisk(*)asawildcardcharacter.
8 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

Configure Anti-Virus Scanning for a CIFS Share


Ifantivirusscanningisenabled,youcanconfigureavirusscanningpolicyforfile
extensionsandcontrolhowinfectedfilesarehandled.

Prerequisites
Forantivirusscanningtofunction,oneormoreantivirushostsmustbespecifiedinthe
FluidFSNASManagerwebinterface.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 Inthenavigationtree,selecttheNASvolumethathoststheCIFSshare.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheCIFSSharessubtab.
6 SelecttheCIFSshareyouwanttomodify,thenclickEditbelowtheCIFSSharessubtab.
TheEditCIFSsharedialogboxappears.
7 SelecttheAntiViruscheckbox.Theantivirusoptionsappear.

402

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing FluidFS 2.0 Cluster NFS Exports

8 FromtheAntiVirusPolicydropdown,selectanoptiontocontrolhowvirusinfected
filesarehandled:

DoNothing:Whenselected,deniesaccesstotheclientandkeepsthefileinits
originallocation.AccessisallowedonlythroughotherCIFSshare(s)thatdoesnot
useantivirusscanning.

Quarantine:Whenselected,deniesaccesstotheclientandmovesthefiletothe
.QuarantinefolderintheNASvolumerootfolder.

Remove:Whenselected,deniesaccesstotheclientanddeletesthefile.

9 (Optional)IntheAntiVirusexclusiondirectoriesfield,typeacommaseparatedlistof
directoriestoexemptfromantivirusscanning.
10 Configureanantivirusscanningpolicyforfileextensions.

Toscanonlyfileswithspecificextensions,selectIncludefromtheAntiVirus
ExtensionsPolicydropdown,thentypeacommaseparatedlistoffileextensionsto
scanforvirusesintheScanONLYfileswiththefollowingextensionsfield.

Toscanallfilesexceptfilesthathavespecificextensions,selectExcludefromthe
AntiVirusExtensionsPolicydropdown,thentypeacommaseparatedlistoffile
extensionstoexemptfromantivirusscanningintheScanallfilesEXCEPTfiles
withthefollowingextensionsfield.

11 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

Delete a CIFS Share


IfyoudeleteaCIFSshare,thedataintheshareddirectoryisnolongersharedbutitisnot
removed.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 Inthenavigationtree,selecttheNASvolumethathoststheCIFSshare.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheCIFSSharessubtab.
6 SelecttheCIFSshareyouwanttomodify,thenclickDeletebelowtheCIFSShares
subtab.TheDeleteObjectsdialogboxappears.
7 ClickOK.

Managing FluidFS 2.0 Cluster NFS Exports


PerformthesetaskstomanageNetworkFileSystem(NFS)exportsfromEnterprise
Manager.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Create an NFS Export


CreateanNFSexporttoshareadirectoryinaNASvolumeusingtheNetworkFileSystem
(NFS)protocol.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.

Dell Compellent

403

Chapter 17 FluidFS 2.0 Cluster Administration

4 Inthenavigationtree,selecttheNASvolumethathoststhedirectoryyouwanttoshare.
5 Intherightpane,clickCreateNFSexport.TheCreateNFSexportdialogboxappears.
6 IntheShareNamefield,typeanamefortheNFSexport.
7 InthePathfield,typethepathofthedirectorytoshare.

TosharetheentireNASvolume,type/.

Ifthedirectoryhasnotbeencreated,selecttheCreateafolderifitdoesnotexist
checkbox.

8 Configuretheremainingattributesasneeded.Theseattributesaredescribedinthe
OnlineHelp.
9 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

Change the Directory Shared by an NFS Export


YoucanchangethedirectorythatissharedbyanNFSexportwithoutchangingtheNFS
exportname.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 Inthenavigationtree,selecttheNASvolumethathoststheNFSexport.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheNFSExportssubtab.
6 SelecttheNFSexportyouwanttomodify,thenclickEditbelowtheNFSExports
subtab.TheEditNFSexportdialogboxappears.
7 InthePathfield,typethepathofthedirectorytoshare.

TosharetheentireNASvolume,type/.

Ifthedirectoryhasnotbeencreated,selecttheCreateafolderifitdoesnotexist
checkbox.

8 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

Specify Which Users are Allowed to Access an NFS Export


Youcanchoosetheusersthataretrustedbycategory.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 Inthenavigationtree,selecttheNASvolumethathoststheNFSexport.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheNFSExportssubtab.
6 SelecttheNFSexportyouwanttomodify,thenclickEditbelowtheNFSExports
subtab.TheEditNFSexportdialogboxappears.
7 FromtheTrustUsersdropdownmenu,selectthecategoryofusersthataretrusted.All
otherusersareidentifiedasguests.
8 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

404

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing FluidFS 2.0 Cluster NFS Exports

Specify Which Client Hosts are Allowed to Access an NFS Export


YoucanallowaccesstoallclienthostsorrestrictaccessbasedonIPaddress,subnetwork,
ornetgroupdefinedinanexternalNetworkInformationServices(NIS)orLightweight
DirectoryAccessProtocol(LDAP)server.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 Inthenavigationtree,selecttheNASvolumethathoststheNFSexport.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheNFSExportssubtab.
6 SelecttheNFSexportyouwanttomodify,thenclickEditbelowtheNFSExports
subtab.TheEditNFSexportdialogboxappears.
7 FromtheExporttodropdownmenu,selectamethodtograntaccesstoclienthosts:

Toallaccesstoallhosts,selectAllClients.

Toallowaccesstoasinglehost,selectOneClient.

Toallowaccesstoallhostsinaspecificsubnetwork,selectClientsInNetwork.

Toallowaccesstoallhoststhatbelongtoanetgroupdefinedontheexternal
NetworkInformationServices(NIS)orLightweightDirectoryAccessProtocol
(LDAP)server,selectClientsInNetgroup.

8 IfyouselectedOneClient,ClientsInNetwork,orClientsInNetgroup,specifywhich
clienthostsareallowedtoaccesstheNFSexport:

IfyouselectedOneClient,typetheIPaddressorhostnameofthehostintheIPor
DomainNamefield.

IfyouselectedClientsinNetwork,typethenetworkaddressintheIPaddressfield,
thentypethesubnetmaskintheExportNetmaskfield.

IfyouselectedClientsInNetgroup,typethenameofthenetgroupintheNetgroup
field.

9 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

Enable or Disable Write Access for an NFS Export


YoucandisablewriteaccessforanNFSexporttopreventclientsfromchanginganyfiles.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 Inthenavigationtree,selecttheNASvolumethathoststheNFSexport.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheNFSExportssubtab.
6 SelecttheNFSexportyouwanttomodify,thenclickEditbelowtheNFSExports
subtab.TheEditNFSexportdialogboxappears.
7 Enableordisablewriteaccess:

Toenablewriteaccess,selectRead/write.

Todisablewriteaccess,selectReadonly.

8 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

Dell Compellent

405

Chapter 17 FluidFS 2.0 Cluster Administration

Disallow Insecure Ports for an NFS Export


YoucanpreventclientsfromaccessingtheNFSexportfrominsecureports(1024and
higher).
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 Inthenavigationtree,selecttheNASvolumethathoststheNFSexport.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheNFSExportssubtab.
6 SelecttheNFSexportyouwanttomodify,thenclickEditbelowtheNFSExports
subtab.TheEditNFSexportdialogboxappears.
7 SelecttheRequireSecurePortcheckbox.
8 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

Limit the Reported Size for an NFS Export


ToallowclientsthatdonotsupportlargefilesystemstoaccesstheNFSexport,limitthe
reportedsizeoftheNFSexport.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 Inthenavigationtree,selecttheNASvolumethathoststheNFSexport.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheNFSExportssubtab.
6 SelecttheNFSexportyouwanttomodify,thenclickEditbelowtheNFSExports
subtab.TheEditNFSexportdialogboxappears.
7 SelecttheLimitReportedSizecheckbox.
8 IntheMaximumReportedSizefield,typethemaximumsizetoreportinkilobytes
(KB),megabytes(MB),gigabytes(GB),orterabytes(TB).
9 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

Delete an NFS Export


IfyoudeleteanNFSexport,thedataintheshareddirectoryisnolongersharedbutitisnot
removed.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheFileSystemtab.
4 Inthenavigationtree,selecttheNASvolumethathoststheNFSexport.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheNFSExportssubtab.
6 SelecttheNFSexportyouwanttodelete,thenclickDeletebelowtheNFSExports
subtab.TheDeleteObjectsdialogboxappears.
7 ClickOK.

406

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

18

FluidFS 2.0 Cluster Monitoring


EnterpriseManagerdisplaysFluidFS2.0summary,status,filesystem,performance,and
eventloginformation.

Contents
ViewingFluidFS2.0SummaryInformation .................................... 408
ViewingDetailedFluidFS2.0StatusInformation ............................... 409
MonitoringFluidFS2.0FileSystems .......................................... 411
MonitoringFluidFS2.0Performance .......................................... 412
ViewingtheFluidFSClusterEventLog ........................................ 414

Dell Compellent

407

Chapter 18 FluidFS 2.0 Cluster Monitoring

Viewing FluidFS 2.0 Summary Information


WhenaFluidFSclusterisselectedintheStoragepane,summaryinformationisdisplayed
ontheSummarytab.

ThefollowingsummarypanesappearontheSummarytab:

Status:DisplaysasummaryofstorageusageandFluidFSclusterstatus.

LoadBalancing:Displaysasummaryofhowtheclusterloadisdistributedacross
individualFluidFScontrollers.

Controllers:DisplaysastatussummaryfortheFluidFScontrollersintheclusters.

NASVolumes:DisplaysasummaryoftheNASvolumesthatareconfiguredonthe
FluidFScluster.

StorageCenterServers:DisplaystheStorageCentersthatprovideblocklevelstorage
totheFluidFScluster.

View FluidFS Summary Information


ViewsummaryinformationforaFluidFSclustertogetastatusoverview.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheSummarytab.

Refresh the Information Displayed in a Summary Pane


Theinformationineachsummarypanecanbeupdatedindividually.
Toupdatetheinformationinasummarypane,click

408

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Viewing Detailed FluidFS 2.0 Status Information

Collapse a Summary Pane


Eachsummarypanecanbecollapsedindividually.
Tocollapseasummarypane,click

Expand a summary pane


Eachsummarypanecanbeexpandedindividually.
Toexpandasummarypane,click

Viewing Detailed FluidFS 2.0 Status Information


WhenaFluidFSclusterisselectedintheStoragepane,detailedstatusinformationis
displayedontheDetailstab.

View Status Messages for all Controllers in a FluidFS Cluster


SelecttheFluidFSclusternodeontheDetailstabtoviewacombinedlistofstatus
messagesforallcontrollers.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheDetailstab.
4 IntheDetailstabnavigationpane,makesuretheFluidFSclusterisselected.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheStatusMessagestab.

Dell Compellent

409

Chapter 18 FluidFS 2.0 Cluster Monitoring

View Status Messages for a Single FluidFS Controller


SelecttheindividualcontrollernodeontheDetailstabtoviewathestatusmessagesfora
singlecontroller.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheDetailstab.
4 IntheDetailstabnavigationpane,selectthecontroller.
5 Intherightpane,viewthecontentsoftheStatusMessagestab.

View FluidFS Cluster License Information


FluidFSclusterlicenseinformationcannotbechangedfromEnterpriseManager.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheDetailstab.
4 IntheDetailstabnavigationpane,makesuretheFluidFSclusterisselected.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheInstalledLicensestab.

View the Storage Center Volumes that Make Up the NAS Pool
TheStorageCentervolumesthatmakeuptheNASpoolareautomaticallycreatedduring
setup.AdditionalvolumesareautomaticallycreatedwhenaStorageCenterisaddedto
providestorageforthepool.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheDetailstab.
4 IntheDetailstabnavigationpane,makesuretheFluidFSclusterisselected.
5 Intherightpane,clicktheLUNstab.

View FluidFS Cluster Network Interface Information


FluidFSclusternetworkinterfaceinformationcanbeusefultotroubleshootconnectivity
issues.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheDetailstab.
4 IntheDetailstabnavigationpane,selectNetwork.TheFluidFSclusterinterfacesare
displayedintherightpane.
5 (Optional)Intherightpane,selectanetworkinterfacetoviewadditionalinterface
information.

410

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Monitoring FluidFS 2.0 File Systems

Monitoring FluidFS 2.0 File Systems


WhenaFluidFSclusterisselectedintheStoragepane,overviewinformationaboutthe
configuredfilesystemsisdisplayedontheFileSystemstab.

AgraphdisplaysstorageusagedatafortheNASpool.
Thefollowingtabsaredisplayed:

Dell Compellent

NASVolumestab:DisplaysasummaryoftheNASvolumesthatareconfiguredonthe
FluidFScluster.

CIFSSharestab:Displaysasummaryofnetworkfilesharesconfiguredforthe
CommonInternetFileSystem(CIFS)protocol.

NFSExportstab:DisplaysasummaryofnetworkexportsconfiguredfortheNetwork
FileSystem(NFS)protocol.

HistoricalStorageUsagetab:Displaysalinechartthatshowsstorageusageovertime.

HistoricalObjectCounttab:DisplaysalinechartthatshowsthenumberofNAS
volumes,CIFSshares,NFSexports,andsnapshotsovertime.

411

Chapter 18 FluidFS 2.0 Cluster Monitoring

Monitoring FluidFS 2.0 Performance


WhenaFluidFSclusterisselectedintheStoragepane,performanceinformationis
displayedonthePerformancetab.

Thefollowingtabsaredisplayed:

LoadBalancingtab:DisplayslinechartsthatshowCPUloadandclientconnections
overtime.

TrafficStatisticstab:Displayslinechartsthatshownetworktrafficstatisticsovertime.

ControllerComparisontab:Displayslinechartsthatshownetworkconnectionsand
loadforeachFluidFScontrollerovertime.

Change the Period of Data to Display on the Performance Tab


Toviewhistoricalperformancedata,youcanchangethetimeperiodbyselectinga
preconfiguredtimeperiodorbyspecifyingacustomtimeperiod.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheFluidFScluster.
3 ClickthePerformancetab.
4 Clickoneofthefollowingbuttonstochangetheperiodofperformancedatatodisplay:

412

LastDay:Displaysthepast24hoursofIOusagedata.

Last3Days:Displaysthepast72hoursofIOusagedata.

Last5Days:Displaysthepast120hoursofIOusagedata.

LastWeek:Displaysthepast168hoursofIOusagedata.

LastMonth:DisplaysIOusagedataforthepastmonth.

Custom:Displaysoptionsthatallowyoutospecifythestarttimeandtheendtime
oftheIOusagedatatodisplay.

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Monitoring FluidFS 2.0 Performance

5 IfyouclickedCustom,performthefollowingtaskstospecifythestarttimeandend
timeoftheIOusagedatatodisplay.
Tospecifythestarttime:
a SelectOtherfromtheStartTimedropdownmenu.
b Selectthestartdateofthetimeperiodtodisplayfromthedatedropdownmenu
calendar.
c

Specifythestarttimeofthetimeperiodinthetimefield.
Tosetthestarttimetothebeginningoftheday,selecttheStartofDaycheckbox.

d ClickUpdatetodisplayIOusagedatausingthespecifiedstarttime.
Tospecifytheendtime:
a CleartheUseCurrentcheckbox.
b Selectthestopdateofthetimeperiodtodisplayfromthedatedropdownmenu
calendar.
c

Specifythestoptimeofthetimeperiodinthetimefield.
Tosetthestoptimetotheendoftheday,selecttheEndofDaycheckbox.

d ClickUpdatetodisplayIOusagedatausingthespecifiedendtime.

Zoom In on an Area of the Graph


Youcanzoomintoexaminethedataingreaterdetail.
1 Usethemousetoselectanareaofthegraphinwhichtozoom.
a Clickandholdtherightorleftmousebuttononthegraph.
b Dragthemousetotherighttoselectanareaofthegraph.
2 Releasethemousebuttontozoomintotheselectedareaofthegraph.

Return to the Normal View of the Graph


Ifyouhavezoomedinonanareaofthegraph,youcanreturntothenormalview.
1 Clickandholdtherightorleftmousebuttononthegraph.
2 Dragthemousetothelefttoreturntothenormalzoomlevelofthegraph.

Save the Graph as a PNG Image


YoucanexportthegraphasaPNGimageforuseinothercontexts.
1 RightclickthegraphandselectSaveAs.TheSavedialogboxappears.
2 SelectalocationtosavetheimageandenteranamefortheimageintheFilenamefield.
3 ClickSavetosavethegraph.

Print the Graph


Ifyourcomputerisconnectedtoaprinter,youcanprintthegraph.
1 RightclickthegraphandselectPrint.ThePageSetupdialogboxappears.
2 SelectthepapersizetoprinttofromtheSizedropdownmenu.
3 SelecttheLandscaperadiobuttontoallowtheentiregraphtoprint.
4 ClickOK.ThePrintdialogboxappears.
5 SelecttheprintertousefromtheNamedropdownmenu.
6 ClickOK.Thegraphisprintedtotheselectedprinter.

Dell Compellent

413

Chapter 18 FluidFS 2.0 Cluster Monitoring

Viewing the FluidFS Cluster Event Log


TheEventstabdisplaystheFluidFSclustereventlog.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheFluidFScluster.
3 ClicktheEventstab.

414

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Storage Center Disaster Recovery


Thissectiondescribeshowtopreparefordisasterrecoveryandactivatedisasterrecoverywhenneeded.It
alsocontainsinstructionsaboutusingtheDellCompellentStorageReplicationAdapter(SRA),which
allowssitestouseVMwarevCenterSiteRecoveryManagerwithDellCompellentStorageCenters.

Contents
Chapter19:RemoteStorageCentersandQoS ................................................. 417
Chapter20:StorageCenterReplications ..................................................... 423
Chapter21:StorageCenterLiveVolumes .................................................... 451
Chapter22:StorageCenterDRPreparationandActivation ..................................... 459
Chapter23:RemoteDataCollector .......................................................... 471
Chapter24:StorageReplicationAdapterforVMwareSRM ..................................... 479

Dell Compellent

415

Storage Center Disaster Recovery

416

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

19

Remote Storage Centers and QoS


AremoteStorageCenterisaStorageCenterthatisconfiguredtocommunicatewiththe
localStorageCenterovertheFibreChanneland/oriSCSItransportprotocols.Qualityof
Service(QoS)definitionscontrolhowbandwidthisusedtosendreplicationandLive
VolumedatabetweenlocalandremoteStorageCenters.

Contents
ConnectingtoRemoteStorageCenters ........................................ 417
CreatingandManagingQualityofServiceDefinitions .......................... 419

Connecting to Remote Storage Centers


AremoteStorageCenterisaStorageCenterthatisconfiguredtocommunicatewiththe
localStorageCenterovertheFibreChanneland/oriSCSItransportprotocols.Once
connected,volumescanbereplicatedfromoneStorageCentertotheother,orLive
VolumescanbecreatedusingbothStorageCenters.
StorageCenterscanbeconnectedtoeachotherusingFibreChannel,iSCSI,orboth.To
connectStorageCenters,performthetasksthatcorrespondtothetypeofconnectionyou
wanttouse:

ConnectingStorageCentersUsingFibreChannel

ConnectingStorageCentersUsingiSCSI

Connecting Storage Centers Using Fibre Channel


WhenStorageCentersareconnectedtothesameFibreChannelfabricandzoningis
configuredcorrectly,eachStorageCenterautomaticallyappearsasaremoteStorage
Center;noadditionalconfigurationstepsarerequired.
1 ConnectbothStorageCenterstothesameFibreChannelfabric.
2 ConfigureFibreChannelzoningtoallowtheStorageCenterstocommunicate.When
communicationisestablished,eachStorageCenterautomaticallyappearsasaremote
StorageCenter.

Dell Compellent

417

Chapter 19 Remote Storage Centers and QoS

Connecting Storage Centers Using iSCSI


ThefollowingtasksdescribehowtoaddandremoveiSCSIconnectionstoremoteStorage
Centers.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Configure an iSCSI Connection for a Remote Storage Center


AddaniSCSIconnectiontoaremoteStorageCenterifyouwanttotransferreplicationand/
orLiveVolumedatausingtheiSCSIprotocol.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCenter(s)forwhichyouwanttoconfigureiSCSIconnectionsmustbeaddedto
EnterpriseManager.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectRemoteStorageCenters.
5 Intherightpane,clickConfigureiSCSIConnection.TheConfigureiSCSIConnection
wizardappears.
6 SelecttheStorageCenterforwhichyouwanttoconfigureaniSCSIconnection,then
clickNext.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.
7 SelectiSCSIcontrollerportsandselectthenetworkspeed.
a IntheLocaliSCSIControllerPortstable,selecttheiSCSIport(s)onthelocalStorage
CentertousefortheiSCSIconnection.
b IntheRemoteiSCSIControllerPortstable,selecttheiSCSIport(s)ontheremote
StorageCentertousefortheiSCSIconnection.
c

FromtheiSCSINetworkTypedropdownmenu,selecttheoptionthatcorresponds
tothespeedoftheconnectionbetweentheStorageCenters.

8 IfbothStorageCentersareconfiguredinlegacymodeandnetworkaddresstranslation
(NAT)isperformedfortheconnectionbetweenthem,configureNATsettings.
a SelecttheConfigureusingNetworkAddressTranslation(NAT)checkbox.The
ConfigureNATdialogboxappears.
b ForeachlocaliSCSIport,typethetranslatedIPaddressinthecorrespondingNAT
IPAddressfield.
c

ForeachremoteiSCSIport,typethetranslatedIPaddressinthecorrespondingNAT
IPAddressfield.

d Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.
9 Whenyouaredone,clickFinish.

418

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Creating and Managing Quality of Service Definitions

Remove an iSCSI Connection to a Remote Storage Center


IfnoreplicationsorLiveVolumesaredefinedforaremoteStorageCenter,theiSCSI
connectiontotheremoteStorageCentercanberemoved.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCenter(s)forwhichyouwanttoconfigureiSCSIconnectionsmustbeaddedto
EnterpriseManager.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selecttheremoteStorageCenter.
5 Intherightpane,clickConfigureiSCSIConnection.TheConfigureiSCSIConnection
wizardappears.
6 ClearthecheckboxforeachiSCSIportthatyouwanttoremovefromtheconnection.If
youremovealliSCSIports,theremoteStorageCenterisdisconnectedfromthelocal
StorageCenter.
7 Whenyouaredone,clickFinish.

Creating and Managing Quality of Service Definitions


QoSdefinitionscontrolhowbandwidthisusedforreplicationsandLiveVolumes.Create
aQoSdefinitionbeforeyoucreateareplicationorLiveVolume.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Create a QoS Definition


CreateaQoSdefinitiontocontrolhowbandwidthisusedtosendreplicationandLive
VolumedatabetweenlocalandremoteStorageCenters.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCenterforwhichyouwanttoconfigureaQoSdefinitionmustbeaddedto
EnterpriseManager.

Steps
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 ClicktheQoSNodestab.
3 Intherightpane,clickCreateQoSNode.TheCreateReplicationQoSwizardappears.
4 SelecttheStorageCenterforwhichyouwanttocreateaQoSnode,thenclickNext.The
Createpageappears.
5 ConfiguretheattributesoftheQoSdefinition.
a IntheNamefield,typeanamefortheQoSdefinition.
b IntheLinkSpeedfield,specifythespeedofthelinkinmegabitspersecond(Mbps)
orgigabitspersecond(Gbps).
c

Dell Compellent

SelecttheBandwidthLimitedcheckbox,thenclickFinish.Thewizardclosesand
theEditReplicationQoSScheduledialogboxappears.

419

Chapter 19 Remote Storage Centers and QoS

6 ConfigureabandwidthlimitforreplicationsandLiveVolumesassociatedwiththeQoS
definition.
a Toselectatimerange,clickthefirstcellintherangeanddragtothelastcellinthe
range.
b Afterthetimerangeisselected,rightclickthetable,thenselectthepercentageof
availablebandwidththatcanbeused.
Note: IfyouselectBlockedforatimerange,nodataistransferredduring
thatperiodforallreplicationsandLiveVolumesthatareassociatedwiththe
QoSnode.Thiscancausesynchronousreplicationstobecome
unsynchronized.
7 RepeatStep 6tosetadditionalbandwidthlimitsasneeded.
8 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

Rename a QoS Definition


UsetheEditSettingsbuttontorenameaQoSDefinition.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 ClicktheQoSNodestab,thenselecttheQoSdefinition.
3 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditReplicationQoSdialogboxappears.
4 IntheNamefield,typeanamefortheQoSdefinition.
5 ClickOK.

Change the Link Speed for a QoS Definition


UsetheEditSettingsbuttontochangethelinkspeedforaQoSDefinition.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 ClicktheQoSNodestab,thenselecttheQoSdefinition.
3 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditReplicationQoSdialogboxappears.
4 IntheLinkSpeedfield,specifythespeedofthelinkinmegabitspersecond(Mbps)or
gigabitspersecond(Gbps).
5 ClickOK.

Enable or Disable Bandwidth Limiting for a QoS Definition


UsetheEditSettingsbuttontoenableordisablebandwidthlimitingforaQoSDefinition.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 ClicktheQoSNodestab,thenselecttheQoSdefinition.
3 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditReplicationQoSdialogboxappears.
4 SelectorcleartheBandwidthLimitedcheckbox.
5 ClickOK.

Modify the Bandwidth Limit Schedule for a QoS Definition


UsetheEditSchedulebuttontomodifythebandwidthlimitscheduleforaQoSdefinition.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 ClicktheQoSNodestab,thenselecttheQoSdefinition.

420

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Creating and Managing Quality of Service Definitions

3 Intherightpane,clickEditSchedule.TheEditReplicationQoSScheduledialogbox
appears.
4 (Optional)Toresetthebandwidthlimitscheduletothedefault,clickanddragtoselect
allofthecells,thenrightclickthetableandselect100%.
5 ConfigureabandwidthlimitforreplicationsandLiveVolumesassociatedwiththeQoS
definition.
a Toselectatimerange,clickthefirstcellintherangeanddragtothelastcellinthe
range.
b Afterthetimerangeisselected,rightclickthetableandselectthepercentageof
availablebandwidththatcanbeused.
6 RepeatStep 5tosetadditionalbandwidthlimitsasneeded.
7 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

Delete a QoS Definition


DeleteaQoSdefinitionifitisnolongerusedbyanyreplicationsorLiveVolumes.

Prerequisites
TheQoSdefinitioncannotbeusedbyanyreplicationsorLiveVolumes.

Steps
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 ClicktheQoSNodestab,thenselecttheQoSdefinition.
3 Intherightpane,clickDelete.TheDeleteObjectsdialogboxappears.
4 ClickOK.

Dell Compellent

421

Chapter 19 Remote Storage Centers and QoS

422

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

20

Storage Center Replications


ReplicationcopiesvolumedatafromoneStorageCentertoanotherStorageCenterto
safeguarddataagainstlocalorregionaldatathreats.AStorageCentercanreplicate
volumestoaremoteStorageCenterandsimultaneouslybethetargetofReplicationfrom
aremoteStorageCenter.UsingEnterpriseManager,anadministratorcansetupa
replicationplanforStorageCentersthatsupportsanoverallDisasterRecoverystrategy.

Contents
ReplicationTypes .......................................................... 423
ReplicationBehaviorWhenaDestinationVolumeFails .......................... 426
ReplicationRequirements ................................................... 426
ReplicatingaSingleVolumetoTwoDestinations ............................... 427
ReplicationIcons ........................................................... 427
ConfiguringReplications .................................................... 428
PortableVolumeDisks ...................................................... 440

Replication Types
Therearethreereplicationtypes:asynchronous,synchronous,andlegacysynchronous.
Asynchronousreplicationperiodicallycopiesdatatothedestinationvolume,whichcan
allowthevolumestobecomeunsynchronizedatcertainpointsintime.Synchronous
replicationandlegacysynchronousreplicationwritedatatoboththesourceand
destinationvolumessimultaneouslytomakesuretheyaresynchronizedatalltimes.
Synchronousreplicationsupportsmorefeaturesthanlegacysynchronousreplication,but
tousesynchronousreplicationbothStorageCentersmustberunningversion6.3orlater.
Thefollowingtablecomparesthefeaturesofeachreplicationtype.
Supported Features

Dell Compellent

Replication Type

Storage Center

Replay

Active Replay

Deduplication

Asynchronous

Version5.0and
later

Yes

Yes

Yes

Synchronous

Version6.3or
later

Yes

Yes

Yes

Legacy
Synchronous

Version5.06.2

No

Yes

No

423

Chapter 20 Storage Center Replications

Asynchronous Replication
AsynchronousreplicationcopiesReplaysfromthesourcevolumetothedestination
volumeaftertheyarefrozen.
Note: Bydefault,dataisreplicatedfromthesourcevolumetotheloweststorage
tierofthedestinationvolume.Tochangethisdefault,modifythesettingsfora
replication.
Forasynchronousreplication,youcanenablethefollowingoptions:

ReplicateActiveReplay:AttemptstokeeptheActiveReplays(current,unfrozen
volumedata)ofthesourceanddestinationvolumessynchronized,whichcouldrequire
morebandwidth.Datathatiswrittentothesourcevolumeisqueuedfordeliverytothe
destinationvolume.IfthelocalStorageCenterorsitefailsbeforethewriteisdelivered,
itispossiblethatwriteswillnotbedeliveredtothedestinationvolume.Whenthis
featureisdisabled,Replaysarecopiedtothedestinationaftertheyarefrozen.

Deduplication:ReducestheamountofdatarequiredtotransferReplaystothe
destinationStorageCenterbycopyingonlythechangedportionsoftheReplayhistory.
ThisisaccomplishedbycomparingthechangeddataintheReplaybeingreplicated
withthepreviousdatasectorbysector,andtransmittingonlysectorsthatdiffer.While
deduplicationcanberesourceintensive,itisusefulwhenreplicatingvolumesover
lowerbandwidthWANlinks.

Synchronous Replication
ForStorageCenterversion6.3andlater,synchronousreplicationmakessurethatboththe
sourcevolumeandthedestinationvolumearefullysynchronizedandthereisnodataloss
intheeventofafailureonthesourceStorageCenter.
Synchronizationofthesourceanddestinationvolumesisachievedbymakingsurethat
eachwriteissuccessfullywrittentoboththesourcevolumeandthedestinationvolume
beforerespondingtotheserver.Becausewritesarewrittentoboththesourceand
destinationvolume,writeperformanceislimitedbythespeedoftheconnectiontothe
remoteStorageCenter.
SynchronousreplicationcopiesthevolumeActiveReplay(current,unfrozenvolumedata)
andanyReplaystothedestinationStorageCenter.Whenthesourceanddestination
volumearesynchronized,newReplaysarecreatedbypausingIOandcreatingReplaysfor
boththesourcevolumeandthedestinationvolume,andthenresumingIO.

Synchronous Replication Modes


Thesynchronousreplicationmodecontrolshowthesourcevolumebehaveswhenthe
destinationvolumeisunavailable.
Therearetwosynchronousreplicationmodes:

HighAvailabilityMode:Acceptswritestothesourcevolumewhenthedestination
volumeisunavailable(orwhenlatencyistoohigh)toavoidinterruptingservice.
However,ifwritesareacceptedtothesourcevolume,thedestinationvolumedata
becomesstale.

HighConsistencyMode:Preventswritestothesourcevolumewhenthedestination
volumeisunavailabletomakesurethatthevolumesremainidentical.However,the
sourcevolumecannotbemodifiedduringthistime,whichcaninterruptoperations.

Whenthedestinationvolumecomesbackonline,bothmodesresumetransferringReplays
andActiveReplaydatafromthesourcevolume.

424

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Replication Types

Deduplication for Synchronous Replication


DeduplicationreducestheamountofdatarequiredtotransferReplaystothedestination
StorageCenterbycopyingonlythechangedportionsoftheReplayhistory.Thisis
accomplishedbycomparingthechangeddataintheReplaybeingreplicatedwiththe
previousdatasectorbysector,andtransmittingonlysectorsthatdiffer.While
deduplicationcanberesourceintensive,itisusefulwhenreplicatingvolumesoverlower
bandwidthWANlinks.

Legacy Synchronous Replication


ForStorageCenterversions5.06.2,legacysynchronousreplicationmakessurethatboth
thesourcevolumeandthedestinationvolumearefullysynchronizedandthereisnodata
lossintheeventofafailureonthesourceStorageCenter.
Synchronizationofthesourceanddestinationvolumesisachievedbymakingsurethat
eachwriteissuccessfullywrittentoboththesourcevolumeandthedestinationvolume
beforereturningaSuccessfulCompletioncommandtotheserverIOrequest.Because
writesarewrittentoboththesourceanddestinationvolume,writeperformanceislimited
bythespeedoftheconnectiontotheremoteStorageCenter.
LegacysynchronousreplicationcopiesonlythevolumeActiveReplay(current,unfrozen
volumedata)tothedestinationStorageCenter;Replaysarenotcopied.Typically,
synchronousreplicationisusedonlytoloadstoragefromothervendorsortoenable
immediateremotevolumeavailabilityduringDisasterRecovery.
IfconnectivityislostbetweenthesourceStorageCenterandthedestinationStorage
Center,theentiredatavolumemustberecopiedtoensurealldataispresentand
accountedforinbothlocations.ThisalsomeanshistoricalinstantReplayinformationwill
notbeavailablefromthereplicatedvolume.
Note: Bydefault,dataisreplicatedfromthesourcevolumetotheloweststorage
tierofthedestinationvolume.Tochangethisdefault,modifythesettingsfora
replication.

Dell Compellent

425

Chapter 20 Storage Center Replications

Replication Behavior When a Destination Volume Fails


Whenthedestinationvolumebecomesunavailable,eachreplicationtypebehavesslightly
differently.Thereplicationtypesalsorecoverdifferentlywhenthedestinationvolume
comesbackonline.
Replication Type
Scenario

Asynchronous

Legacy Synchronous

Synchronous

Destination
volumeis
unavailable

Allowswritestothe
sourcevolume

Allowswritestothe
sourcevolume

HighConsistency
mode:Failswritesto
thesourcevolume
HighAvailability
mode:Allowswrites
tothesourcevolume

Destination
volumecomes
backonline

Resumestransferring
Replaysfromthesource
volumeandrecopies
activereplaydata(if
enabled)

Recopiesalldatatothe
destinationvolume

Resumestransferring
Replaysfromthesource
volumeandcopiesthe
ActiveReplaydatathat
wasmissedwhilethe
destinationvolumewas
unavailable

Replication Requirements
ToreplicateavolumefromoneStorageCentertoanotherStorageCenter,therequirements
listedinthefollowingtablemustbemet.
Requirement
StorageCenterversion

Description
EachreplicationtypehasspecificStorageCenterversionrequirements:
Synchronousreplication:Version6.3orlater
Legacysynchronousreplication:Version5.06.2
Asynchronousreplication:Version5.0orlater

StorageCenterlicense

BoththesourceanddestinationStorageCentersmustbelicensedfor
RemoteInstantReplay.

EnterpriseManager
Client

BoththesourceanddestinationStorageCentersmustbeaddedtothe
EnterpriseManagerClient.

StorageCenter
communication

TheStorageCentersmustbeconnectedusingFibreChanneloriSCSI,
andeachStorageCentermustbedefinedontheotherStorageCenter.
OnthesourceStorageCenter,thedestinationStorageCentermustbe
definedasaremoteStorageCenter.
OnthedestinationStorageCenter,thesourceStorageCentermustbe
definedasaremoteStorageCenter.

QoSDefinition

OnthesourceStorageCenter,aqualityofservice(QoS)definitionmust
besetupforthereplication.

See Also
AddaStorageCenteronpage 25
ConnectingtoRemoteStorageCentersonpage 417
CreatingandManagingQualityofServiceDefinitionsonpage 419

426

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Replicating a Single Volume to Two Destinations

Replicating a Single Volume to Two Destinations


Tworeplicationscanbeconfiguredforasinglesourcevolume.Twotopologiesare
supported:

Mixedmode:AsourcevolumeisreplicatedinparalleltotwoStorageCenters.
Example:Tworeplicationsarecreatedinparallel:

Replication1:StorageCenterAStorageCenterB

Replication2:StorageCenterAStorageCenterC

Cascademode:AsourcevolumeisreplicatedinseriestotwoStorageCenters.
Example:Tworeplicationsarecreatedinseries:

Replication1:StorageCenterAStorageCenterB

Replication2:StorageCenterBStorageCenterC

Limitations for Volumes That Have Two Replications


Thefollowinglimitationsapplytovolumesthatarethesourcefortworeplications.

Amaximumoftworeplicationsaresupportedpersourcevolume.

Onlyonesynchronousreplicationcanbeconfiguredpersourcevolume.Thesecond
replicationmustbeasynchronous.

Forcascademode(replicationsconfiguredinseries),onlythefirstreplicationcanbea
synchronousreplication.Subsequentreplicationsintheseriesmustbeasynchronous.

Disaster Recovery Limitations for Volumes That Have Two


Replications
Whentworeplicationsareconfiguredforasinglesourcevolume,activatingdisaster
recoveryforoneofthereplicationsdeletesthesecondreplication.Afterthesourcevolume
isrestored,thesecondreplicationmustbemanuallyrecreated.

Replication Icons
TheiconsdisplayedforreplicationsontheStoragetaboftheStorageviewindicate
whetherthevolumeisthesourceordestinationofthereplication.
Icon

Description
ThevolumeisthesourceforareplicationtoaremoteStorageCenter.
Note: ThisiconisalsodisplayedforvolumesthathavebeenconfiguredtoCopy,Mirror,
orMigrateintheStorageCenterManager.Theseoperationsarenotavailableinthe
EnterpriseManagerClient.
ThevolumeisthedestinationforareplicationfromaremoteStorageCenter.

Dell Compellent

427

Chapter 20 Storage Center Replications

Configuring Replications
UsereplicationstocopyvolumedatafromoneStorageCentertoanotherStorageCenterto
safeguardagainstsysteminstabilityanddataloss.
Usethefollowingtaskstosimulate,create,modify,andmonitorreplications:

SimulatingReplications

ReplicatingSingleVolumes

ModifyingReplications

MonitoringReplications

Simulating Replications
Simulatedreplicationsallowyoutoestimaterequirementsforreplicationanddetermine
anoptimalbalancebetweenvolumes,Replayschedules,bandwidthschedules,andyour
recoveryplan.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Simulate a Synchronous Replication


Runasynchronousreplicationsimulationtoverifybandwidthrequirementsandoptimal
datamovement.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCenterthathoststhevolumemustberunningversion6.3orlater.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenterthathoststhevolumeforwhichyouwant
tosimulatereplication.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickTasks,thenselectReplicationSimulateReplicate
Volumes.

IfoneormoreQoSdefinitionsexist,theCreateSimulationReplicationwizard
appears.

IfaQoSdefinitionhasnotbeencreated,theCreateReplicationQoSwizard
appears.UsethiswizardtocreateaQoSdefinitionbeforeyouconfigurereplication.

4 IntheSimulateVolume(s)toReplicatetable,selectthevolume(s)forwhichyouwant
tosimulatereplication,thenclickNext.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.
5 Configurereplicationattributes.
a IntheTypearea,selectSynchronous.
b IntheSyncModearea,selectamode:

428

HighAvailabilityMode:Acceptswritestothesourcevolumewhenthe
destinationvolumeisunavailable(orwhenlatencyistoohigh)toavoid
interruptingservice.However,ifwritesareacceptedtothesourcevolume,the
destinationvolumedatabecomesstale.

HighConsistencyMode:Preventswritestothesourcevolumewhenthe
destinationvolumeisunavailabletomakesurethatthevolumesremain
identical.However,thesourcevolumecannotbemodifiedduringthistime,
whichcaninterruptoperations.

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Configuring Replications

(Optional)Modifytheremainingreplicationattributesasnecessary.Theseattributes
aredescribedintheonlinehelp.

d Whenyouarefinished,clickNext.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.
6 (Optional)Tomodifyreplicationattributesforanindividualsimulatedreplication,
selectit,thenclickEditSettings.
7 Whenyouaredone,clickFinish.UsetheReplicationstabontheReplications&Live
Volumesviewtomonitorthesimulatedreplication(s).

See Also
SynchronousReplicationonpage 424

Simulate a Legacy Synchronous Replication


Runalegacysynchronousreplicationsimulationtoverifybandwidthrequirementsand
optimaldatamovement.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCenterthathoststhevolumemustberunningversion5.06.2.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenterthathoststhevolumeforwhichyouwant
tosimulatereplication.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickTasks,thenselectReplicationSimulateReplicate
Volumes.

IfoneormoreQoSdefinitionsexist,theCreateSimulationReplicationwizard
appears.

IfaQoSdefinitionhasnotbeencreated,theCreateReplicationQoSwizard
appears.UsethiswizardtocreateaQoSdefinitionbeforeyouconfigurereplication.

4 IntheSimulateVolume(s)toReplicatetable,selectthevolume(s)forwhichyouwant
tosimulatereplication,thenclickNext.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.
5 Configurereplicationattributes.
a IntheTypearea,selectSynchronous.
b (Optional)Modifytheremainingreplicationattributesasnecessary.Theseattributes
aredescribedintheonlinehelp.
c

Whenyouarefinished,clickNext.Aconfirmationdialogboxappears.

d ClickYes.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.
6 (Optional)Tomodifyreplicationattributesforanindividualsimulatedreplication,
selectit,thenclickEditSettings.
7 Whenyouaredone,clickFinish.UsetheReplicationstabontheReplications&Live
Volumesviewtomonitorthesimulatedreplication(s).

See Also
LegacySynchronousReplicationonpage 425

Dell Compellent

429

Chapter 20 Storage Center Replications

Simulate an Asynchronous Replication


Runanasynchronousreplicationsimulationtoverifybandwidthrequirementsand
optimaldatamovement.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenterthathoststhevolumeforwhichyouwant
tosimulatereplication.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickTasks,thenselectReplicationSimulateReplicate
Volumes.

IfoneormoreQoSdefinitionsexist,theCreateSimulationReplicationwizard
appears.

IfaQoSdefinitionhasnotbeencreated,theCreateReplicationQoSwizard
appears.UsethiswizardtocreateaQoSdefinitionbeforeyouconfigurereplication.

4 IntheSimulateVolume(s)toReplicatetable,selectthevolume(s)forwhichyouwant
tosimulatereplication,thenclickNext.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.
5 Configurereplicationattributes.
a IntheTypearea,selectAsynchronous.
b (Optional)Modifytheremainingreplicationattributesasnecessary.Theseattributes
aredescribedintheonlinehelp.
c

Whenyouarefinished,clickNext.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.

6 (Optional)Tomodifyreplicationattributesforanindividualsimulatedreplication,
selectit,thenclickEditSettings.
7 Whenyouaredone,clickFinish.UsetheReplicationstabontheReplications&Live
Volumesviewtomonitorthesimulatedreplication(s).

See Also
AsynchronousReplicationonpage 424

Convert a Simulated Replication to a Real Replication


Ifyouaresatisfiedwiththeoutcomeofasimulatedreplication,youcanconvertittoareal
replication.

Prerequisites
IfthesimulatedreplicationissynchronousandthesourceStorageCenterisrunning
version6.3orlater,thedestinationStorageCentermustalsoberunningversion6.3orlater.

Steps
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 IntheReplicationstab,selectthesimulatedreplication,thenclickConvertto
Replication.TheConverttoReplicationdialogboxappears.
3 SelecttheremoteStorageCentertowhichyouwanttoreplicatethevolume,thenclick
Next.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.
4 Configurereplicationanddestinationvolumeattributes.
a (Optional)Modifythereplicationanddestinationvolumeattributesasnecessary.
Theseattributesaredescribedintheonlinehelp.
b Whenyouarefinished,clickNext.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.

430

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Configuring Replications

5 (Optional)Tomodifyreplicationattributesforanindividualreplication,selectit,then
clickEditSettings.
6 ClickFinish.Thesimulatedreplicationisconvertedtoarealreplicationandbeginsto
synchronizewiththeremoteStorageCenter.

Replicating Single Volumes


CreateareplicationtocopyavolumefromoneStorageCentertoanotherStorageCenter
tosafeguarddataagainstlocalorregionaldatathreats.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Create an Asynchronous Replication


Createanasynchronousifyouvaluewriteperformanceanddonotneedthesourceand
destinationvolumestobefullysynchronizedatalltimes.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenterthathoststhevolumeyouwantto
replicate.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationtree,selectthevolumeyouwanttoreplicate.
5 Intherightpane,clickReplicateVolume.

IfoneormoreQoSdefinitionsexist,theCreateReplicationwizardappears.

IfaQoSdefinitionhasnotbeencreated,theCreateReplicationQoSwizard
appears.UsethiswizardtocreateaQoSdefinitionbeforeyouconfigurereplication.

6 SelecttheremoteStorageCentertowhichyouwanttoreplicatethevolume,thenclick
Next.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.
7 Configurethereplicationattributes.
a IntheTypearea,selectAsynchronous.
b (Optional)Modifytheremainingreplicationattributesasnecessary.Theseattributes
aredescribedintheonlinehelp.
8 (Optional)Modifythedestinationvolumeattributesasnecessary.Theseattributesare
describedintheonlinehelp.
9 Whenyouaredone,clickFinish.ThevolumebeginstoreplicatetotheremoteStorage
Center.

See Also
AsynchronousReplicationonpage 424

Create a Synchronous Replication


Createasynchronousreplicationifyouwantthesourceanddestinationvolumestobe
synchronizedatalltimes.

Prerequisites
BoththesourceanddestinationStorageCentermustberunningversion6.3orlater.

Dell Compellent

431

Chapter 20 Storage Center Replications

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenterthathoststhevolumeyouwantto
replicate.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationtree,selectthevolumeyouwanttoreplicate.
5 Intherightpane,clickReplicateVolume.

IfoneormoreQoSdefinitionsexist,theCreateReplicationwizardappears.

IfaQualityofService(QoS)definitionhasnotbeencreated,theCreateReplication
QoSwizardappears.UsethiswizardtocreateaQoSdefinitionbeforeyouconfigure
replication.

6 SelecttheremoteStorageCentertowhichyouwanttoreplicatethevolume,thenclick
Next.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.
7 Configurethereplicationattributes.
a IntheTypearea,selectSynchronous.
b IntheSyncModearea,selectamode:

HighAvailabilityMode:Acceptswritestothesourcevolumewhenthe
destinationvolumeisunavailable(orwhenlatencyistoohigh)toavoid
interruptingservice.However,ifwritesareacceptedtothesourcevolume,the
destinationvolumedatabecomesstale.

HighConsistencyMode:Preventswritestothesourcevolumewhenthe
destinationvolumeisunavailabletomakesurethatthevolumesremain
identical.However,thesourcevolumecannotbemodifiedduringthistime,
whichcaninterruptoperations.

(Optional)Modifytheremainingreplicationattributesasnecessary.Theseattributes
aredescribedintheonlinehelp.

8 (Optional)Modifythedestinationvolumeattributesasnecessary.Theseattributesare
describedintheonlinehelp.
9 Whenyouaredone,clickFinish.ThevolumebeginstoreplicatetotheremoteStorage
Center.

See Also
SynchronousReplicationonpage 424

Create a Legacy Synchronous Replication


Createalegacysynchronousreplicationifyouwantthesourceanddestinationvolumesto
besynchronizedatalltimes.

Prerequisites
EitherthesourceordestinationStorageCentermustberunningversion5.06.2.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenterthathoststhevolumeyouwantto
replicate.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationtree,selectthevolumeyouwanttoreplicate.

432

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Configuring Replications

5 Intherightpane,clickReplicateVolume.

IfoneormoreQoSdefinitionsexist,theCreateReplicationwizardappears.

IfaQualityofService(QoS)definitionhasnotbeencreated,theCreateReplication
QoSwizardappears.UsethiswizardtocreateaQoSdefinitionbeforeyouconfigure
replication.

6 SelecttheremoteStorageCentertowhichyouwanttoreplicatethevolume,thenclick
Next.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.
7 Configurethereplicationattributes.
a IntheTypearea,selectSynchronous.
b (Optional)Modifytheremainingreplicationattributesasnecessary.Theseattributes
aredescribedintheonlinehelp.
8 (Optional)Modifythedestinationvolumeattributesasnecessary.Theseattributesare
describedintheonlinehelp.
9 Whenyouaredone,clickFinish.Aconfirmationdialogboxappears.
10 ClickYes.ThevolumebeginstoreplicatetotheremoteStorageCenter.

See Also
LegacySynchronousReplicationonpage 425

Replicating Multiple Volumes


CreatemultiplereplicationstocopyseveralvolumesfromoneStorageCentertoanother
StorageCentertosafeguarddataagainstlocalorregionaldatathreats.

Create Multiple Asynchronous Replications


Createasynchronousreplicationsifyouvaluewriteperformanceanddonotneedthe
sourceanddestinationvolumestobefullysynchronizedatalltimes.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 OntheReplicationstab,clickReplicateVolumes.

IfoneormoreQoSdefinitionsexist,theCreateReplicationwizardappears.

IfaQualityofService(QoS)definitionhasnotbeencreated,theCreateReplication
QoSwizardappears.UsethiswizardtocreateaQoSdefinitionbeforeyouconfigure
replication.

3 SelecttheStorageCenterthathoststhevolumesyouwanttoreplicate,thenclickNext.
Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.
4 SelecttheremoteStorageCentertowhichyouwanttoreplicatethevolumes,thenclick
Next.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.
5 Selectthecheckboxforeachvolumethatyouwanttoreplicate,thenclickNext.The
wizardadvancestothenextpage.
6 Configurethereplicationattributes.
a IntheTypearea,selectAsynchronous.
b (Optional)Modifytheremainingreplicationattributesasnecessary.Theseattributes
aredescribedintheonlinehelp.
7 (Optional)Modifythedestinationvolumeattributesasnecessary.Theseattributesare
describedintheonlinehelp.
8 Whenyouaredone,clickNext.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.

Dell Compellent

433

Chapter 20 Storage Center Replications

9 Reviewthereplicationsyouhaveconfigured.
a (Optional)Ifyouwanttomodifyareplicationbeforeitiscreated,selectit,thenclick
EditSettings.
b Whenyouaredone,clickFinish.Thevolumesbegintoreplicatetotheremote
StorageCenter.

See Also
AsynchronousReplicationonpage 424

Create Multiple Synchronous Replications


Createsynchronousreplicationsifyouwantthesourceanddestinationvolumestobe
synchronizedatalltimes.

Prerequisites
BoththesourceanddestinationStorageCentermustberunningversion6.3orlater.

Steps
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 OntheReplicationstab,clickReplicateVolumes.

IfoneormoreQoSdefinitionsexist,theCreateReplicationwizardappears.

IfaQualityofService(QoS)definitionhasnotbeencreated,theCreateReplication
QoSwizardappears.UsethiswizardtocreateaQoSdefinitionbeforeyouconfigure
replication.

3 SelecttheStorageCenterthathoststhevolumesyouwanttoreplicate,thenclickNext.
Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.
4 SelecttheremoteStorageCentertowhichyouwanttoreplicatethevolumes,thenclick
Next.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.
5 Selectthecheckboxforeachvolumethatyouwanttoreplicate,thenclickNext.The
wizardadvancestothenextpage.
6 Configurethereplicationattributes.
a IntheTypearea,selectSynchronous.
b IntheSyncModearea,selectamode:

HighAvailabilityMode:Acceptswritestothesourcevolumewhenthe
destinationvolumeisunavailable(orwhenlatencyistoohigh)toavoid
interruptingservice.However,ifwritesareacceptedtothesourcevolume,the
destinationvolumedatabecomesstale.

HighConsistencyMode:Preventswritestothesourcevolumewhenthe
destinationvolumeisunavailabletomakesurethatthevolumesremain
identical.However,thesourcevolumecannotbemodifiedduringthistime,
whichcaninterruptoperations.

(Optional)Modifytheremainingreplicationattributesasnecessary.Theseattributes
aredescribedintheonlinehelp.

7 (Optional)Modifythedestinationvolumeattributesasnecessary.Theseattributesare
describedintheonlinehelp.
8 Whenyouaredone,clickNext.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.

434

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Configuring Replications

9 Reviewthereplicationsyouhaveconfigured.
a (Optional)Ifyouwanttomodifyareplicationbeforeitiscreated,selectit,thenclick
EditSettings.
b Whenyouaredone,clickFinish.Thevolumesbegintoreplicatetotheremote
StorageCenter.

See Also
SynchronousReplicationonpage 424

Create Multiple Legacy Synchronous Replications


Createlegacysynchronousreplicationsifyouwantthesourceanddestinationvolumesto
besynchronizedatalltimesandoneorbothStorageCentersarerunningversion5.06.2.

Prerequisites
EitherthesourceordestinationStorageCentermustberunningversion5.06.2.

Steps
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 OntheReplicationstab,clickReplicateVolumes.

IfoneormoreQoSdefinitionsexist,theCreateReplicationwizardappears.

IfaQualityofService(QoS)definitionhasnotbeencreated,theCreateReplication
QoSwizardappears.UsethiswizardtocreateaQoSdefinitionbeforeyouconfigure
replication.

3 SelecttheStorageCenterthathoststhevolumesyouwanttoreplicate,thenclickNext.
Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.
4 SelecttheremoteStorageCentertowhichyouwanttoreplicatethevolumes,thenclick
Next.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.
5 Selectthecheckboxfortoeachvolumethatyouwanttoreplicate,thenclickNext.The
wizardadvancestothenextpage.
6 Configurethereplicationattributes.
a IntheTypearea,selectSynchronous.
b (Optional)Modifytheremainingreplicationattributesasnecessary.Theseattributes
aredescribedintheonlinehelp.
7 (Optional)Modifythedestinationvolumeattributesasnecessary.Theseattributesare
describedintheonlinehelp.
8 Whenyouaredone,clickNext.Aconfirmationdialogboxappears.
9 ClickYes.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.
10 Reviewthereplicationsyouhaveconfigured.
a (Optional)Ifyouwanttomodifyareplicationbeforeitiscreated,selectit,thenclick
EditSettings.
b Whenyouaredone,clickFinish.Thevolumesbegintoreplicatetotheremote
StorageCenter.

See Also
LegacySynchronousReplicationonpage 425

Dell Compellent

435

Chapter 20 Storage Center Replications

Modifying Replications
Modifyareplicationifyouwanttoenableordisablereplicationoptions,convertittoaLive
Volume,ordeleteit.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Convert a Legacy Synchronous Replication to a Synchronous Replication


Alegacysynchronousreplicationcanbemanuallyconvertedtoasynchronousreplication
ifthesourceanddestinationStorageCenterarebothrunningversion6.3orlater.

Prerequisites
BoththesourceanddestinationStorageCentersmustberunningversion6.3orlater.

Steps
1 Deletethelegacysynchronousreplicationwithoutdeletingthedestinationvolume.
a ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
b OntheReplicationstab,selectthereplication,thenclickDelete.TheDeleteObjects
dialogboxappears.
c

MakesuretheRecycleDestVolumecheckboxiscleared,thenclickOK.

2 Createanewsynchronousreplicationbasedontheoriginalsourcevolumeand
destinationvolume.
a ClicktheStorageview.
b IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenterthathoststheoriginalsourcevolume.
c

ClicktheStoragetab.

d IntheStoragetabnavigationtree,selecttheoriginalsourcevolume.
e Intherightpane,clickReplicateVolume.
f

SelecttheremoteStorageCentertowhichyouwanttoreplicatethevolume,then
clickNext.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.

g IntheTypearea,selectSynchronous.
h SelecttheUseanExistingVolumecheckbox.Adialogboxappears.
i

ClickYes.TheSelectVolumedialogboxappears.

Selecttheoriginaldestinationvolume,thenclickOK.

k (Optional)Modifytheremainingattributesasnecessary.Theseattributesare
describedintheonlinehelp.
l

Whenyouaredone,clickFinish.Thedestinationvolumebeginstosynchronize
withthesourcevolume.

See Also
ReplicatingSingleVolumesonpage 431

Include Active Replay Data for an Asynchronous Replication


TheActiveReplayrepresentsthecurrent,unfrozenvolumedata.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 OntheReplicationstab,selectthereplication,thenclickEditSettings.TheEdit
ReplicationSettingsdialogboxappears.
3 SelectorcleartheReplicateActiveReplaycheckboxthen,clickOK.

436

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Configuring Replications

Enable or Disable Deduplication for a Replication


Deduplicationreducestheamountofdatatransferredandenhancesthestorageefficiency
oftheremoteStorageCenterbycopyingonlythechangedportionsoftheReplayhistory
onthesourcevolume,ratherthanalldatacapturedineachReplay.Deduplicationisnot
availableforlegacysynchronousreplications.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 OntheReplicationstab,selectthereplication,thenclickEditSettings.TheEdit
ReplicationSettingsdialogboxappears.
3 SelectorcleartheDeduplicationcheckbox,thenclickOK.

Select a Different QoS Definition for a Replication


SelectadifferentQoSdefinitionforareplicationtochangehowthereplicationuses
bandwidth.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 OntheReplicationstab,selectthereplication,thenclickEditSettings.TheEdit
ReplicationSettingsdialogboxappears.
3 FromtheQoSNodedropdownmenu,selectaQoSdefinition.
4 ClickOK.

Configure a Replication to Write Data to the Lowest Tier at the Destination


TheReplicateStorageToLowestTieroptionforcesalldatawrittentothedestination
volumetotheloweststoragetierconfiguredforthevolume.Bydefault,thisoptionis
enabledforasynchronousandlegacysynchronousreplications.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 OntheReplicationstab,selectthereplication,thenclickEditSettings.TheEdit
ReplicationSettingsdialogboxappears.
3 SelecttheReplicateStorageToLowestTiercheckbox.
4 ClickOK.

Allow Replicate Storage to Lowest Tier Selection During Initial Replication


Configuration
Bydefault,theReplicateStorageToLowestTieroptionisonlyavailablewhenmodifying
anexistingreplication.Toallowthisoptiontobeconfiguredwhenreplicationsarebeing
created,modifytheDataCollectorsettings.
1 InthetoppaneoftheEnterpriseManagerClient,clickEditDataCollectorSettings.
TheEditDataCollectorSettingsdialogboxappears.
2 ClicktheReplicationSettingstab.
3 SelecttheAllowSelecttoLowestTieronReplicationCreatecheckbox.
4 ClickOK.

Convert an Asynchronous Replication to a Live Volume


Ifserversatboththelocalandremotesiteneedtowritetoavolumethatiscurrentlybeing
replicated,youcanconvertanasynchronousreplicationtoaLiveVolume.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 OntheReplicationstab,selectthereplication,thenclickConverttoLiveVolume.The
ConverttoLiveVolumedialogboxappears.

Dell Compellent

437

Chapter 20 Storage Center Replications

3 ModifytheLiveVolumeattributesasnecessary.Theseattributesaredescribedinthe
onlinehelp.
4 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

Set Threshold Alert Definitions for a Replication


ConfigureoneormoreThresholdAlertDefinitionsforareplicationifyouwanttobe
notifiedwhenareplicationreachesspecificthresholds,suchastheamountofreplication
datawaitingtobetransferredorthepercentageofreplicationdatathathasbeen
transferred.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 OntheReplicationstab,selectthereplication,thenclickSetThresholdAlert
Definitions.TheSetThresholdAlertDefinitionsdialogboxappears.
3 Selectthealertdefinitionforwhichyouwanttoconfigureathresholdalert,thenclick
SelectThresholdDefinition.TheSelectThresholdDefinitiondialogboxappears.
4 ClickCreateThresholdDefinition.TheCreateThresholdDefinitiondialogbox
appears.
5 Configurethethresholddefinitionattributesasneeded,thenclickOK.Theseattributes
aredescribedintheonlinehelp.
6 ClickOKtoclosetheSelectThresholdDefinitiondialogbox,thenclickOKtoclose
theSetThresholdAlertDefinitionsdialogbox.

Delete a Replication
Deleteareplicationifyounolongerneedtoprotectavolumebycopyingthedatatoa
remoteStorageCenter.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 OntheReplicationstab,selectthereplication,thenclickDelete.TheDeleteObjects
dialogboxappears.
3 Selectdeletionoptions:

RecycleDestVolume:Enablethischeckboxifyouwanttomovethedestination
volumetotheRecycleBinonthedestinationStorageCenter.

DeleteDestVolume:Selectthischeckboxifyoudonotwanttoretainthedeleted
destinationvolumeintheRecycleBin(notrecommended).
Warning: Ifyoudeletethedestinationvolume,youcannotrecoverthe
volumeitispermanentlydeletedfromtheStorageCenter.

DeleteRestorePoint:Selectthischeckboxtodeletetherestorepointforthe
replication.

4 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

438

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Configuring Replications

Monitoring Replications
Monitorareplicationtodeterminehowmuchprogresshasbeenmade.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Filter Replications by Source Storage Center


ToreducethenumberofreplicationsthataredisplayedontheReplications&Live
Volumesview,youcanfilterthereplicationsbysourceStorageCenter.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 IntheSourceStorageCenterspane,hidereplicationsthatoriginatefromoneormore
StorageCentersbyclearingthecorrespondingcheckboxes.
3 (Optional)Whenyouarefinished,youcanreverttothedefaultviewbyclickingSelect
AllintheSourceStorageCenterspane.

Filter Replications by Destination Storage Center


ToreducethenumberofreplicationsthataredisplayedontheReplications&Live
Volumesview,youcanfilterthereplicationsbydestinationStorageCenter.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 IntheDRStorageCenterspane,hidereplicationsthataredestinedtooneormore
StorageCentersbyclearingthecorrespondingcheckboxes.
3 (Optional)Whenyouarefinished,youcanreverttothedefaultviewbyclickingSelect
AllintheDRStorageCenterspane.

Pause a Replication
Pausingareplicationtemporarilypreventsvolumedatafrombeingcopiedtotheremote
StorageCenter.OnlyasynchronousandsynchronousreplicationscurrentlyinaRunning
statecanbepaused;legacysynchronousreplicationscannotbepaused.Pausinga
synchronousreplicationcancauseittobecomeunsynchronized.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 IntheReplicationstab,selectthereplication,thenclickPause.ThePausing
Replicationdialogboxappears.
3 ClickOK.

Resume a Paused Replication


ResumeapausedreplicationtoallowvolumedatatobecopiedtotheremoteStorage
Center.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 OntheReplicationstab,selectthepausedreplication,thenclickResume.The
ResumingReplicationdialogboxappears.
3 ClickOK.

Dell Compellent

439

Chapter 20 Storage Center Replications

View the Replays for a Replication


Whenareplicationisselected,theReplayssubtabdisplaystheReplaysforthesource
volumeandthedestinationvolume.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 OntheReplicationstab,selectthereplication.
3 Inthebottompane,clicktheReplaystab.

View the Progress Report for a Replication


Whenareplicationisselected,theProgressReportssubtabdisplayschartsfortheamount
ofdatawaitingtobecopiedandthepercentcomplete.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 OntheReplicationstab,selectthereplication.
3 Inthebottompane,clicktheProgressReportstab.

View IO/sec and MB/sec Charts for a Replication


Whenareplicationisselected,theIOReportssubtabdisplayschartsforIOpersecondand
MBpersecond.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 OntheReplicationstab,selectthereplication.
3 Inthebottompane,clicktheIOReportstab.

Portable Volume Disks


AportablevolumediskisanexternalUSBdiskthatcanbeusedtotransferreplicationdata
fromoneStorageCentertoanother.Useaportablevolumedisk(s)tosetupreplicationsif
theconnectionbetweentheStorageCentersistooslowtocopytheinitialreplicationdata
inareasonableperiodoftime.
Thereplicationdataforeachvolumethatiscopiedtoaportablevolumediskisreferredto
asareplicationbaseline.Whenaportablevolumediskisconnectedtothedestination
StorageCenter,thereplicationbaselinesareautomaticallyrestoredtocreatereplications.
Thegeneralprocessofusingportablevolumedisksincludes:
1.Connectingtheportablevolumedisk(s)tothesourceStorageCenter.
2.ChoosingthevolumesthatyouwanttotransfertotheremoteStorageCenter.Selected
volumesarecopiedtotheportablevolumedisk(s),creatingareplicationbaselineforeach
volume.
3.Whenthecopyprocesscompletes,movetheportablevolumedisk(s)tothedestination
siteandstarttherestoreprocessonthedestinationStorageCenter.
4.Aftertherestoreiscomplete,thesourceanddestinationvolumesaresynchronized
automatically.

Types of Portable Volume Disks


Twotypesofportablevolumediskscanbeusedtotransferreplicationdata.

440

DellCompellentUSBdisks

DellRD1000diskbay(s)withremovableRD1000diskcartridges

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Portable Volume Disks

Requirements for Dell Compellent USB Disks


Inadditiontotherequirementsforreplication,thefollowingrequirementsmustbemetto
useDellCompellentUSBdisks.
Requirement

Description

EnterpriseManager EnterpriseManager5.0andhigher.
StorageCenters

SourceanddestinationStorageCentersmustberunningStorageCenter
5.0.1orhigher.
SourceanddestinationStorageCentersmustbelicensedforasynchronous
replication.

PortableVolume
DiskSpace

OneormoreDellCompellentUSBdiskstoprovidestorageforthevolume
datatobetransferred.Thecombinedsizeofthedisksmustbegreaterthanor
equaltothesizeofthevolumedatatobetransferred.

Requirements for Dell RD1000 Disk Bays


Inadditiontotherequirementsforreplication,thefollowingrequirementsmustbemetto
useDellRD1000diskbay(s)withremovableRD1000diskcartridges.
Requirement

Description

EnterpriseManager EnterpriseManager6.2andhigher.
StorageCenters

SourceanddestinationStorageCentersmustberunningStorageCenter6.2
orhigher.
SourceanddestinationStorageCentersmustbelicensedforasynchronous
replication.

PortableVolume
DiskSpace

Dell Compellent

OneormoreDellRD1000diskbay(s)withremovableRD1000diskcartridges
toprovidestorageforthevolumedatatobetransferred.Thecombinedsizeof
thediskcartridgesmustbegreaterthanorequaltothesizeofthevolumedata
tobetransferred.

441

Chapter 20 Storage Center Replications

Portable Volume Nodes


WhenaportablevolumediskisconnectedtoaStorageCenteroraStorageCenteristhe
sourceordestinationforareplicationbaseline,thePortableVolumesnodeappearsinthe
Storagetabnavigationpane.
ThefollowingtabledescribesthenodesthatcanappearunderthePortableVolumesnode.
Portable Volume Node

Description

Unassigned

ShowsportablevolumedisksontheStorageCenterthatare
currentlyunassigned.

ReplBaselinesTo[destination]

ShowsportablevolumedisksontheStorageCenterthatcontain
baselinereplicationsforwhichtheStorageCenteristhesource.

ReplBaselinesFrom[source]

ShowsportablevolumedisksontheStorageCenterthatcontain
baselinereplicationsforwhichtheStorageCenteristhe
destination.

Invalid

ShowsportablevolumedisksontheStorageCenterthatcontain
replicationsforwhichtheStorageCenterisneitherthesourceor
destinationofthereplications.

ErasingDisks

ShowsportablevolumedisksontheStorageCenterthatare
currentlybeingerased.

Using Portable Volume Disks to Transfer Replication Data


Performthesetaskstouseoneormoreportablevolumedisk(s)totransferreplicationdata
fromoneStorageCentertoanother:
1 PreparetheSourceStorageCenteronpage 442
2 ChooseVolumestoTransfertotheDestinationStorageCenteronpage 443
3 MovetheReplicationDatatotheDestinationStorageCenteronpage 445
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Prepare the Source Storage Center


PerformthefollowingtaskstopreparethesourceStorageCenter.
1 Makesuretheportablevolumerequirementsaremet.
2 Connecttheportablevolumedisk(s)tothesourceStorageCenter.

442

Ifyouareusingmultipleportablevolumedisks,connectthemsimultaneouslyto
improveperformance.Ifyoucannotsimultaneouslyconnectenoughdisksto
transportthevolumedatabecausethereareinsufficientStorageCenterUSBports,
youwillbepromptedtoconnectadditionaldiskslaterintheprocess.

IfyouareusingoneormoreDellRD1000diskbays,insertanRD1000diskcartridge
intoeachbay.

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Portable Volume Disks

3 Iftheportablevolumedisk(s)containoldorinvaliddata,useEnterpriseManager
Clienttoerasethem.
a IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selecttheportablevolumedisk.
b Intherightpane,clickErase.TheErasePortableVolumedialogboxappears.
c

SelectanEraseType,thenclickYes.

See Also
RequirementsforDellCompellentUSBDisksonpage 441
ManagingReplicationBaselinesandPortableVolumeDisksonpage 445

Choose Volumes to Transfer to the Destination Storage Center


OnthesourceStorageCenter,usetheStartReplicationBaselinewizardtoselectthe
destinationStorageCenter,thevolumesthatwillbetransferred,andtheportablevolume
disk(s)thatwilltransportthereplicationbaselinesforthevolumes.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectPortableVolumes.

Note: ThePortableVolumesnodeappearsonlyifoneormoreportablevolume
disksarepresentontheStorageCenter.
5 Intherightpane,clickStartReplicationBaseline.TheStartReplicationBaseline
wizardappears.
6 SelectthedestinationStorageCenter,thenclickNext.Thewizardadvancestothenext
page.
7 Selectoneormoreportablevolumedisksandspecifyoptionalencryption.
a (Optional)Toencryptthereplicationbaseline,selecttheUseEncryptioncheckbox,
thentypeapasswordintheSecurityKeyfield.
b IntheSelectPortableVolumeDiskstable,selecttheportablevolumedisk(s)that
willtransportthereplicationbaseline.
c

ClickNext.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.

8 Selectthevolume(s)toinclude.
a Selecteachvolumetoaddtothereplicationbaseline,thenclickAddVolumes.When
youaddavolume,theEstimatedSpaceUsedbyVolumesisupdated.
Note: Ifthevolumespaceexceedsthestorageavailableontheportable
volumedisk(s),thewizardinformsyouthataftertheinitialspaceisfilledyou
mustaddadditionalportablevolumedisk(s).
b Whenyouarefinishedaddingvolumes,clickNext.Thewizardadvancestothenext
page.

Dell Compellent

443

Chapter 20 Storage Center Replications

9 Configurethereplicationanddestinationvolumeattributes.
a (Optional)ModifytheReplicationAttributesandDestinationVolumeAttributes
asneeded.Theseattributesaredescribedintheonlinehelp.
b Whenyouarefinished,clickNext.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.
10 Reviewyourselections.
a (Optional)Ifyouwanttomodifyreplicationsettingsforanindividualvolume,select
thevolume,thenclickEditSelected.
b Whenyouaredone,clickFinish.

OnthesourceStorageCenter,EnterpriseManagercreatesaPortableVolume
nodeforthereplicationtothedestinationStorageCenterandthereplication
baselinebeginstocopytotheportablevolumedisk(s).SelecttheReplBaselines
To[destination]nodetomonitorcopyprogress.

OnthedestinationStorageCenter,EnterpriseManagercreatesaPortable
VolumenodeforthereplicationfromthesourceStorageCenterafterthefirst
replicationbaselineiscopiedtotheportablevolumedisk.Thedestination
volumesalsoappearundertheVolumesnode.

11 Waitforthevolumedatatocopytotheattachedportablevolumedisk(s),andswap
portablevolumedisksifnecessary.

Ifthevolumespaceexceedsthestorageavailableontheportablevolumedisk(s),
whentheattachedportablevolumedisksfillup,theStatechangestoWaitingfor
DiskstobeRemovedandAdded.

IfyouareusingDellCompellentUSBdisks,disconnectthemandconnectthe
remainingdisks.AddnewdiskstothePortableVolumenode.

IfyouareusingDellRD1000diskbays,ejectthefulldiskcartridgesandinsert
newdiskcartridges.AddnewdiskstothePortableVolumenode.
Note: IfanewportablevolumediskisaddedtoanInvalidnode,itcontains
dataforadifferenttransfer.Ifthedataisnotneeded,erasethediskbefore
addingittothePortableVolumenode.

Iftheconnectedportablevolumedisk(s)havesufficientcapacityforthevolume
data,whenthecopyoperationfinishestheStatechangestoFinishedandWaiting
forDiskstobeRemoved.Disconnecttheportablevolumedisk(s).

Seealso
ManagingReplicationBaselinesandPortableVolumeDisksonpage 445

444

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Portable Volume Disks

Move the Replication Data to the Destination Storage Center


Afterthereplicationbaselineshavebeencopiedtotheportablevolumedisk(s),transport
thedisk(s)tothedestinationStorageCenterandloadthereplicationbaselines.
1 Afterthereplicationbaselinesarecopiedortheportablevolumedisk(s)arefull,
removethemfromthesourceStorageCenter.
2 Connecttheportablevolumedisk(s)tothedestinationStorageCenter.

Youcanconnectthedisksinanyorder.

Ifyouareusingmultipleportablevolumedisks,connectthemsimultaneouslyto
improveperformance.

Whenaportablevolumedisk(s)isconnected,thedestinationStorageCenterdetectsit
andbeginsrestoringthereplicationbaseline.
3 UsetheEnterpriseManagerClienttomonitorrestoreprogress.
a ClicktheStorageview.
b IntheStoragepane,selectthedestinationStorageCenter.
c

ClicktheStoragetab.

d IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectReplBaselinesFrom[destination].
e UsethePortableVolumestabtoviewtransferprogress.

Iftherearemoreportablevolumedisksthancanbeconnectedsimultaneously,
whenthecopyoperationcompletes,theStatechangestoWaitingforDiskstobe
RemovedandAdded.Disconnecttheportablevolumedisk(s)andconnectthe
remainingdisks.IfyouareusingRD1000diskbays,swapthediskcartridges.

Whenthereplicationbaselineforavolumeisfinishedrestoring,itisremoved
fromthetableandthecorrespondingreplicationappearsontheReplicationstab
intheReplications&LiveVolumesview.

4 Afterallreplicationbaselineshavebeenrestoredfromtheportablevolumedisk(s),
disconnectthedisk(s)fromthedestinationStorageCenter.

Managing Replication Baselines and Portable Volume Disks


Usethefollowingtaskstomanagereplicationbaselinesandportablevolumedisks.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Prepare a Portable Volume Disk without Copying Replication Baselines to It


TheManagePortableVolumeDiskswizardallowsyoutoprepareoneormoreportable
volumediskstotransportreplicationdatawithoutcopyingreplicationbaselinesfor
StorageCentervolumes.Youmightwanttodothisifyouhaventdecidedwhichvolumes
toincludeoryouwanttoallowanotherEnterpriseManagerusertoaddthevolumes.
1 ConnectoneormoreportablevolumediskstotheStorageCenter.
2 ClicktheStorageview.
3 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
4 ClicktheStoragetab.

Dell Compellent

445

Chapter 20 Storage Center Replications

5 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectPortableVolumes.

Note: ThePortableVolumesnodeappearsonlyifoneormoreportablevolume
disksarepresentontheStorageCenter.
6 Iftheportablevolumedisk(s)containoldorinvaliddata,erasethem.
a IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selecttheportablevolumedisk.
b Intherightpane,clickErase.TheErasePortableVolumedialogboxappears.
c

SelectanEraseType,thenclickYes.

7 Intherightpane,clickManagePortableVolumeDisks.TheManagePortableVolume
Diskswizardappears.
8 SelecttheStorageCentertowhichtheportablevolumewilltransferareplication
baseline,thenclickNext.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.
9 Selectoneormoreportablevolumedisksandspecifyoptionalencryption.
a (Optional)Toencryptthereplicationbaseline,selecttheUseEncryptioncheckbox,
thentypeapasswordintheSecurityKeyfield.
b IntheSelectPortableVolumeDiskstable,selecttheportablevolume(s)thatwill
transportthereplicationbaseline.
c

Whenyouaredone,clickFinish.Thereplicationbaselineiscreatedandtheportable
volumedisk(s)areaddedtoit.

Add a Portable Volume Disk to a Portable Volume Node


IfthereplicationbaselinesthatwillbetransferredtoadestinationStorageCenterrequire
morespacethanisprovidedbytheportablevolumedisksyouinitiallyselected,youcan
addadditionalportablevolumedisks.
1 Ifnecessary,connectanadditionalportablevolumedisktothesourceStorageCenter.
2 ClicktheStorageview.
3 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
4 ClicktheStoragetab.
5 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectReplBaselineTo[dest].
6 Intherightpane,clickAddDisks.TheAddPortableVolumeDisksdialogbox
appears.
Note: TheAddDisksbuttonappearsonlyifoneormoreavailableportable
volumedisksareconnectedtotheStorageCenter.
7 Selecttheportablevolumedisk(s)thatyouwanttoadd,thenclickFinish.

Add a Storage Center Volume to a Portable Volume Node


Afteryouhavepreparedoneormoreportablevolumedisks,youcanselectadditional
StorageCentervolumestotransfer.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.

446

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Portable Volume Disks

4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectReplBaselineTo[destination].
5 Intherightpane,clickAddVolumes.TheAddPortableVolumeswizardappears.
6 Selectthevolume(s)toaddtothecollectionofreplicationbaselines.
a Selecteachvolumetoadd,thenclickAddVolumes.Whenyouaddavolume,the
EstimatedSpaceUsedbyVolumesisupdated.
b Whenyouarefinishedaddingvolumes,clickNext.Thewizardadvancestothenext
page.
7 Configurethereplicationanddestinationvolumeattributes.
a (Optional)ModifytheReplicationAttributesandDestinationVolumeAttributes
asneeded.Theseattributesaredescribedintheonlinehelp.
b Whenyouarefinished,clickNext.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.
8 Reviewyourselections.
a (Optional)Ifyouwanttomodifyreplicationsettingsforanindividualvolume,select
thevolume,thenclickEditSelected.
b Whenyouaredone,clickFinish.

Modify the Portable Volume Schedule


TheportablevolumeScheduleallowsyoutodefinewhenportablevolumecopyand
restoreoperationsareallowedandsetapriorityvalue(NotAllowed,Low,Medium,or
High)fortheoperations.Bydefault,theportablevolumescheduledoesnotrestrict
portablevolumecopy/restoreoperations.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectPortableVolumes.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditPortableVolumeSchedule.TheEditPortableVolume
Scheduledialogboxappears.

Dell Compellent

447

Chapter 20 Storage Center Replications

6 Addaruletorestrictcopy/restoreforportablevolumes.
a Toselectatimerange,clickthefirstcellintherangeanddragtothelastcellinthe
range.
b Afterthetimerangeisselected,rightclickthetable,thenselectthepriority.

NotAllowed:Whenselected,preventscopy/restoreoperationsfromtaking
place.

Low:Whenselected,limitscopy/restoreoperationstooneportablevolumedisk
withoneIOrequestatatime.

Medium:Whenselected,limitscopy/restoreoperationstothreeportablevolume
diskswithuptothreeconcurrentIOrequestsperdisk.

High:Whenselected,limitscopy/restoreoperationstotenportablevolumedisks
withuptotenconcurrentIOrequestsperdisk.

7 RepeatStep 6tosetadditionalrulesasneeded.
8 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

Change the Encryption Security Key for a Replication Baseline


Theencryptionsecuritykeyprotectstheencryptionkeyforareplicationbaseline.The
destinationStorageCentermustpresenttheencryptionsecuritykeytothesourceStorage
Centertoretrievetheencryptionkey.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectthereplicationbaselineasappropriate:

ReplBaselineTo[destination]

ReplBaselineFrom[source]

5 Intherightpane,clickEditEncryptionSecurityKey.TheEditEncryptionSecurity
Keydialogboxappears.
6 IntheEncryptionSecurityKeyfield,typeanewsecuritykey,thenclickOK.

Rename a Portable Volume Disk


YoucanchangethenameassignedtotheportablevolumeUSBdisk.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selecttheportablevolumedisk.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditPortableVolumedialogboxappears.
6 IntheNamefield,typeanewnamefortheportablevolumedisk,thenclickOK.

Erase a Portable Volume Disk


Eraseaportablevolumediskifyouwanttomakesurethatnodatacanberetrievedfrom
thedisk.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.

448

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Portable Volume Disks

4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selecttheportablevolumedisk.
5 Intherightpane,clickErase.TheErasePortableVolumedialogboxappears.
6 FromtheEraseTypedropdownmenu,selectanerasemethod:

QuickErase:Whenselected,erasesthedirectoryforthedata.

OnePassFullErase:Whenselected,performsonewritepassonthediskand
overwritesalldatawithzeroes.

SevenPassFullErase:Whenselected,performssevenwritepassesonthedisk,first
overwritingthedatawithzeroesandthenoverwritingthedisksixmoretimeswith
sequencesofdata.Thesecureeraserequiresextensivetimetocomplete.

7 ClickYes.

Cancel a Portable Volume Disk Erase Operation


Ifyoudonotwanttowaitfortheeraseoperationtocomplete,youcancancelit.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selecttheportablevolumedisk.
5 Intherightpane,clickCancelErase.TheCancelEraseofPortableVolumedialogbox
appears.
6 ClickYes.

Cancel a Portable Volume Disk Copy Operation


Ifyoudonotwanttowaitforthecopyoperationtocomplete,youcancancelit.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectReplBaselineTo[dest].
5 Intherightpane,onthePortableVolumestab,rightclickthevolumecopythatyou
wanttocancel,thenselectCancelReplicationBaseline.TheCancelReplication
Baselinedialogboxappears.
6 ClickYes.

Cancel a Portable Volume Disk Restore Operation


Youcancanceltheoperationtocopyareplicationbaselinefromaportablevolumediskto
thedestinationStorageCenter.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectthedestinationStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectReplBaselineFrom[dest].
5 Intherightpane,onthePortableVolumestab,rightclickthevolumecopythatyou
wanttocancel,thenselectCancelReplicationBaseline.TheCancelReplication
Baselinedialogboxappears.
6 ClickYes.

Dell Compellent

449

Chapter 20 Storage Center Replications

450

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

21

Storage Center Live Volumes


ALiveVolumeisareplicatingvolumethatcanbemappedandactiveonasourceand
destinationStorageCenteratthesametime.WhilebothStorageCenterscanacceptwrites,
whenaserverwritestothedestinationvolume,thewritesareredirectedtothesource
volumebeforebeingreplicatedbacktothedestination.
Note: InStorageCenter5.0through5.1,LiveVolume,aseparatelylicensedStorage
Centerfeature,isintendedforevaluation/demonstrationpurposesonly.Full
functionalityandsupportforLiveVolumeisprovidedinStorageCenterversion5.2
andlater.

Contents
StorageCenterRolesforLiveVolumes ........................................ 451
AutomaticRoleSwappingforLiveVolumes ................................... 452
LiveVolumeRequirements .................................................. 452
LiveVolumeIcon ........................................................... 452
CreatingLiveVolumes ...................................................... 453
ModifyingLiveVolumes .................................................... 454
MonitoringLiveVolumes ................................................... 457

Storage Center Roles for Live Volumes


TherearetwoStorageCenterrolesforLiveVolumes:primaryandsecondary.Theseroles
determinethedirectionofthereplication,andtheycanbeswappedautomaticallyor
manually.Writeperformanceisreducedforthesecondaryvolumebecausetheprimary
volumemustalsoacknowledgethesewrites.
Storage Center Role

Description

Primary

Hoststheprimaryvolume,whichislikethesourcevolumefora
conventionalreplication
Replicatestheprimaryvolumeasynchronouslytothesecondary
volume
ProcessesallIOfromboththeprimaryandsecondarysite

Secondary

Hoststhesecondaryvolume
AcceptsIOfortheLiveVolumeandroutesittotheprimaryvolume
ontheprimaryStorageCenter

Dell Compellent

451

Chapter 21 Storage Center Live Volumes

Automatic Role Swapping for Live Volumes


LiveVolumescanbeconfiguredtoswapprimaryandsecondaryvolumesautomatically
whencertainconditionsaremettoavoidsituationsinwhichthesecondaryvolume
receivesmoreIOthantheprimaryvolume.
Whenautomaticroleswappingisenabled,theprimaryandsecondaryvolumesare
automaticallyswappedwhenallofthefollowinglimitsareexceeded:

MinimumstoragespacewrittentothesecondaryLiveVolume:Specifiesthe
minimumamountofstoragespacethatmustbewrittentotheLiveVolumeonthe
secondaryStorageCenterbeforetherolescanbeswapped.ThisvalueissetintheMin
AmountBeforeSwapfield.

MinimumtimeasprimaryLiveVolume:Specifiesthenumberofminutesthatmust
passbeforetherolescanbeswapped.ThisvalueissetintheMinTimeAsPrimary
BeforeSwap(Minutes)field.

MinimumpercentageofIOonthesecondaryLiveVolume:Specifiestheminimum
percentageofIOthatmusttakeplaceonthesecondaryvolumebeforetherolescanbe
swapped.ThisvalueissetintheMinSecondaryPercentBeforeSwap(%)field.

Live Volume Requirements


TocreateLiveVolumes,therequirementslistedinthefollowingtablemustbemet.
Requirement

Description

EnterpriseManager

EnterpriseManager5.0orabove.

StorageCenters

PrimaryandsecondaryStorageCentersmustberunningStorage
Center5.0.2orabove.
PrimaryandsecondaryStorageCentersmustbelicensedforLive
VolumeandAsynchronousReplications.

StorageCenterlicense

BoththesourceanddestinationStorageCentersmustbelicensedfor
LiveVolume.

Connectivity

EnterpriseManagerClientmusthaveaccesstotheprimaryand
secondaryStorageCenters.Thatis,theStorageCentersmustbe
addedtotheEnterpriseManagerClient.
PrimaryandsecondaryStorageCentersmustbeconnectedto
eachotherbyiSCSIorFibreChannelconnections.
QoSdefinitionsmustbecreatedontheprimaryandsecondary
StorageCenters.

Live Volume Icon


ThefollowingiconisdisplayedforLiveVolumesontheStoragetaboftheStorageviewto
differentiateitfromregularvolumesandreplicatedvolumes.
Icon

Description
Primary/SecondaryLiveVolume
Note: TodeterminewhetheraLiveVolumeisprimaryorsecondaryfromtheStoragetab,
selecttheLiveVolume,thenseetheLiveVolumeAttributessectionundertheSummary
subtab.

452

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Creating Live Volumes

Creating Live Volumes


CreateaLiveVolumetocopyavolumefromoneStorageCentertoanotherStorageCenter
tosafeguarddataagainstlocalorregionaldatathreatswhileallowingbothStorageCenters
toacceptwritesforthevolume.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Convert a Single Volume to a Live Volume


ToconvertasinglevolumetoaLiveVolume,createtheLiveVolumefromtheStorageview.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenterthathoststhevolumeyouwantto
replicate.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationtree,selectthevolume.
5 Intherightpane,clickConverttoLiveVolume.

IfoneormoreQoSdefinitionsexist,theConverttoLiveVolumewizardappears.

IfaQualityofService(QoS)definitionhasnotbeencreated,theCreateReplication
QoSwizardappears.UsethiswizardtocreateaQoSdefinitionbeforeyouconfigure
aLiveVolume.

6 SelectthesecondaryStorageCenterfortheLiveVolume,thenclickNext.Thewizard
advancestothenextpage.
7 (Optional)ModifytheReplicationAttributes,DestinationVolumeAttributes,and
LiveVolumeAttributesasnecessary.Theseattributesaredescribedintheonlinehelp.
8 Whenyouaredone,clickFinish.ThevolumeisconvertedtoaLiveVolumeandbegins
toreplicatetothesecondaryStorageCenter.

Convert Multiple Volumes to Live Volumes


ToconvertmultiplevolumestoLiveVolumes,createtheLiveVolumesfromthe
Replications&LiveVolumesview.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 OntheLiveVolumestab,clickCreateLiveVolumes.

IfoneormoreQoSdefinitionsexist,theCreateLiveVolumeswizardappears.

IfaQualityofService(QoS)definitionhasnotbeencreated,theCreateReplication
QoSwizardappears.UsethiswizardtocreateaQoSdefinitionbeforeyouconfigure
LiveVolumes.

3 SelecttheStorageCenterthathoststhevolumesyouwanttoconvert,thenclickNext.
Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.
4 SelectthesecondaryStorageCenterfortheLiveVolumes,thenclickNext.Thewizard
advancestothenextpage.
5 Selectthecheckboxfortoeachvolumethatyouwanttoconvert,thenclickNext.The
wizardadvancestothenextpage.

Dell Compellent

453

Chapter 21 Storage Center Live Volumes

6 Configureoptionalattributes.
a (Optional)ModifytheReplicationAttributes,DestinationVolumeAttributes,and
LiveVolumeAttributesasnecessary.Theseattributesaredescribedintheonline
help.
b Whenyouaredone,clickNext.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.
7 ReviewtheLiveVolumesyouhaveconfigured.
a (Optional)IfyouwanttomodifyaLiveVolumebeforeitiscreated,selectit,then
clickEditSettings.
b Whenyouaredone,clickFinish.TheLiveVolumesarecreatedandtheybeginto
replicatetothesecondaryStorageCenter.

Modifying Live Volumes


ModifyaLiveVolumeifyouwanttochangereplicationattributes,LiveVolumeattributes,
convertittoareplication,ordeleteit.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Swap the Primary Storage Center for a Live Volume


IfthesecondaryStorageCenterisreceivingmoreIOforaLiveVolumethantheprimary
StorageCenter,swaprolestoimproveperformance.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 OntheLiveVolumestab,selecttheLiveVolume,thenclickSwapPrimaryStorage
CenterofLiveVolume.TheSwapPrimaryStorageCenterofLiveVolumedialogbox
appears.
3 ClickOK.

Include Active Replay Data for a Live Volume


TheActiveReplayrepresentsthecurrent,unfrozenvolumedata.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 OntheLiveVolumestab,selecttheLiveVolume,thenclickEditSettings.TheEditLive
Volumedialogboxappears.
3 SelectorcleartheReplicateActiveReplaycheckboxthen,clickOK.

Enable or Disable Deduplication for a Live Volume


Deduplicationreducestheamountofdatatransferredandenhancesthestorageefficiency
oftheremoteStorageCenterbycopyingonlythechangedportionsoftheReplayhistory
onthesourcevolume,ratherthanalldatacapturedineachReplay.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 OntheLiveVolumestab,selecttheLiveVolume,thenclickEditSettings.TheEditLive
Volumedialogboxappears.
3 SelectorcleartheDeduplicationcheckbox,thenclickOK.

454

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Modifying Live Volumes

Select different QoS definitions for a Live Volume


1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 OntheLiveVolumestab,selecttheLiveVolume,thenclickEditSettings.TheEditLive
Volumedialogboxappears.
3 FromthePrimaryQoSNodedropdownmenu,selectaQoSdefinitionthatwillbeused
fortheLiveVolumebytheprimaryStorageCenter.
4 FromtheSecondaryQoSNodedropdownmenu,selectaQoSdefinitionthatwillbe
usedfortheLiveVolumebythesecondaryStorageCenter.
5 ClickOK.

Configure a Live Volume to Write Data to the Lowest Tier at the Destination
TheReplicateStorageToLowestTieroptionforcesalldatawrittentothedestination
volumetotheloweststoragetierconfiguredforthevolume.Bydefault,thisoptionis
enabled.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 OntheLiveVolumestab,selecttheLiveVolume,thenclickEditSettings.TheEditLive
Volumedialogboxappears.
3 SelecttheReplicateStorageToLowestTiercheckbox.
4 ClickOK.

Allow Replicate Storage to Lowest Tier Selection During Initial Live Volume
Configuration
Bydefault,theReplicateStorageToLowestTieroptionisonlyavailablewhenmodifying
anexistingLiveVolume.ToallowthisoptiontobeconfiguredwhenLiveVolumesare
beingcreated,modifytheDataCollectorsettings.
1 InthetoppaneoftheEnterpriseManagerClient,clickEditDataCollectorSettings.
TheEditDataCollectorSettingsdialogboxappears.
2 ClicktheReplicationSettingstab.
3 SelecttheAllowSelecttoLowestTieronLiveVolumeCreatecheckbox.
4 ClickOK.

Allow a Live Volume to Automatically Swap Roles


LiveVolumescanbeconfiguredtoswapprimaryandsecondaryvolumesautomatically
whencertainconditionsaremettoavoidsituationsinwhichthesecondaryvolume
receivesmoreIOthantheprimaryvolume.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 OntheLiveVolumestab,selecttheLiveVolume,thenclickEditSettings.TheEditLive
Volumedialogboxappears.
3 SelecttheAutomaticallySwapRolescheckbox.
4 (Optional)ModifythedefaultswapbehaviorbyeditingtheMinAmountBeforeSwap,
MinSecondaryPercentBeforeSwap(%),andMinTimeAsPrimaryBeforeSwap
(Minutes)fields.Thesefieldsaredescribedintheonlinehelp.
5 ClickOK.

Dell Compellent

455

Chapter 21 Storage Center Live Volumes

Revert a Live Volume to a Replication


IftheremoteStorageCenterdoesnotneedtoacceptIOfortheLiveVolume,youcan
converttheLiveVolumetoaconventionalreplication.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 OntheLiveVolumestab,selecttheLiveVolume,thenclickReverttoReplication.The
ReverttoReplicationdialogboxappears.
3 ClickOK.

Set Threshold Alert Definitions for a Live Volume


ConfigureoneormoreThresholdAlertDefinitionsforaLiveVolumeifyouwanttobe
notifiedwhenspecificthresholdsarereached,suchastheamountofreplicationdata
waitingtobetransferredorthepercentageofreplicationdatathathasbeentransferred.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 OntheLiveVolumestab,selecttheLiveVolume,thenclickSetThresholdAlert
Definitions.TheSetThresholdAlertDefinitionsdialogboxappears.
3 Selectthealertdefinitionforwhichyouwanttoconfigureathresholdalert,thenclick
SelectThresholdDefinition.TheSelectThresholdDefinitiondialogboxappears.
4 ClickCreateThresholdDefinition.TheCreateThresholdDefinitiondialogbox
appears.
5 Configurethethresholddefinitionattributesasneeded,thenclickOK.Theseattributes
aredescribedintheonlinehelp.
6 ClickOKtoclosetheSelectThresholdDefinitiondialogbox,thenclickOKtoclose
theSetThresholdAlertDefinitionsdialogbox.

Delete a Live Volume


UsetheLiveVolumestabtodeleteaLiveVolume.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 OntheLiveVolumestab,selecttheLiveVolume,thenclickDelete.TheDeleteObjects
dialogboxappears.
3 Selectdeletionoptions:

ConverttoReplication:SelectthischeckboxtoconverttheLiveVolumetoa
replication.

RecycleSecondaryVolume:Enablethischeckboxifyouwanttomovethe
secondaryvolumetotheRecycleBinonthesecondaryStorageCenter.

DeleteSecondaryVolume:Selectthischeckboxifyoudonotwanttoretainthe
deleteddestinationvolumeintheRecycleBin(notrecommended).
Warning: Ifyoudeletethedestinationvolume,youcannotrecoverthe
volumeitispermanentlydeletedfromtheStorageCenter.

DeleteRestorePoint:Selectthischeckboxtodeletetherestorepointforthe
replication.

4 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

456

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Monitoring Live Volumes

Monitoring Live Volumes


MonitoraLiveVolumetodeterminehowmuchprogresshasbeenmade.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Filter Live Volumes By Primary Storage Center


ToreducethenumberofLiveVolumesthataredisplayedontheReplications&Live
Volumesview,filtertheLiveVolumesbyprimaryStorageCenter.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 ClicktheLiveVolumestab.
3 IntheSourceStorageCenterspane,hideLiveVolumesthatoriginatefromoneormore
StorageCentersbyclearingthecorrespondingcheckboxes.
4 (Optional)Whenyouarefinished,youcanreverttothedefaultviewbyclickingSelect
AllintheSourceStorageCenterspane.

Filter Live Volumes By Secondary Storage Center


ToreducethenumberofLiveVolumesthataredisplayedontheReplications&Live
Volumesview,filtertheLiveVolumesbysecondaryStorageCenter.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 ClicktheLiveVolumestab.
3 IntheDRStorageCenterspane,hideLiveVolumesthataredestinedtooneormore
StorageCentersbyclearingthecorrespondingcheckboxes.
4 (Optional)Whenyouarefinished,youcanreverttothedefaultviewbyclickingSelect
AllintheDRStorageCenterspane.

Pause a Live Volume


PausingaLiveVolumetemporarilypreventsvolumedatafrombeingcopiedfromthe
primaryvolumetothesecondaryvolume.ALiveVolumecanbepausedonlyifreplication
tothesecondaryStorageCenterisinprogress.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 OntheLiveVolumestab,selecttheLiveVolume,thenclickPause.ThePausingLive
Volumedialogboxappears.
3 ClickOK.

Resume a Paused Live Volume


ResumeapausedLiveVolumetoallowvolumedatatobecopiedfromtheprimaryvolume
tothesecondaryvolumeonthesecondaryStorageCenter.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 OntheLiveVolumestab,selectthepausedLiveVolume,thenclickResume.The
ResumingLiveVolumedialogboxappears.
3 ClickOK.

Dell Compellent

457

Chapter 21 Storage Center Live Volumes

View the Replays for a Live Volume


WhenaLiveVolumeisselected,theReplayssubtabdisplaystheReplaysfortheprimary
volumeandthesecondaryvolume.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 OntheLiveVolumestab,selecttheLiveVolume.
3 Inthebottompane,clicktheReplaystab.

View the Progress Report for a Live Volume


WhenaLiveVolumeisselected,theProgressReportssubtabdisplayschartsforthe
amountofdatawaitingtobecopiedandthepercentcomplete.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 OntheLiveVolumestab,selecttheLiveVolume.
3 Inthebottompane,clicktheProgressReportstab.

View IO/sec and MB/sec Charts for a Live Volume


WhenaLiveVolumeisselected,theIOReportssubtabdisplayschartsforIOpersecond
andMBpersecond.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 OntheLiveVolumestab,selecttheLiveVolume.
3 Inthebottompane,clicktheIOReportstab.

458

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

22

Storage Center DR Preparation and


Activation
Activatedisasterrecoverytorestoreaccesstoyourdataintheeventofanunplanned
disruption.

Contents
PreparingforDisasterRecovery .............................................. 459
ActivatingDisasterRecovery ................................................ 465
RestartingFailedReplications ................................................ 468
RestoringFailedVolumes ................................................... 469
DeletingRestorePoints ...................................................... 470

Preparing for Disaster Recovery


Preparefordisasterrecoverybysavingrestorepoints,predefiningdisasterrecovery
settings,andtestingthosesettings.
Performthesetaskstoimplementadisasterrecoveryplan:

SavingandValidatingRestorePointsonpage 459

PredefiningDisasterRecoverySettingsforReplicationsonpage 461

TestingDisasterRecoveryonpage 462

Saving and Validating Restore Points


ArestorepointincludesallinformationaboutareplicationorLiveVolume,includingthe
sourceanddestinationvolumes,sourceanddestinationStorageCenters,andtheQoS
definitionsused.IfaStorageCentergoesdown,thisinformationbecomesthebasisofa
disasterrecovery.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Dell Compellent

459

Chapter 22 Storage Center DR Preparation and Activation

Save Replication Restore Points for One or More Storage Centers


SavereplicationrestorepointsaftercreatingreplicationsorLiveVolumestomakesure
theycanbeusedfordisasterrecovery.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 IntheActionspane,clickSaveRestorePoints.TheSaveRestorePointsdialogbox
appears.
3 SelectthecheckboxesforStorageCentersforwhichyouwanttosaverestorepoints,
thenclickOK.

Set a Schedule for Automatically Saving and Validating Restore Points


Setascheduleforautomaticallysavingandvalidatingrestorepointstomakesurethat
goodrestorepointsarealwaysavailabletoperformdisasterrecovery.
1 Inthetoppane,clickEditDataCollectorSettings.TheEditDataCollectorSettings
dialogboxappears.
2 ClicktheSchedulestab.
3 SelecttheAutomaticallysaveandvalidaterestorepointscheckbox.
4 FromtheFrequencydropdownmenu,selecthowoftenyouwantrestorepointstobe
automaticallysavedandvalidated.
5 (Conditional)IfyouselectedDailyinthepreviousstep,selectthetimeofdaytosave
andvalidaterestorepointsfromtheTimedropdownmenu.
6 ClickOK.

Validate Replication Restore Points


Validatereplicationrestorepointsbeforetestingoractivatingdisasterrecoverytomake
suretheycanbeusedfordisasterrecovery.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 IntheActionspane,clickValidateRestorePoints.EnterpriseManagerreviewsall
savedreplicationsandmakessurethattheyarestillrunninganddisplaystheresultson
theRestorePointstab.TheStatuscolumndisplaystheresultsofthevalidation
operation.Possiblestatusvaluesare:

460

Up:Thereplicationisupandrunningnormally.

Degraded:Thereissomethingwrongwiththereplication.SeetotheStatecolumn
informationaboutwhyreplicationisnolongerrunning.Thisreplicationiseligible
fordisasterrecovery.

Down:Thereplicationisnotrunning.SeetotheStatecolumninformationabout
whyreplicationisnolongerrunning.Thiscouldbebecausethedestinationsystem
isnolongeravailableorthatthesourceandDestinationvolumearenolongerup
andrunning.Thisreplicationisnoteligiblefordisasterrecovery.

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Preparing for Disaster Recovery

3 Ifoneormorerestorepointsaredegradedordown,takecorrectiveaction.

Ifarestorepointisdegraded,youcanperformeitherofthefollowingactions:

Activateadisasterrecoverysite

RestoreorrestartthereplicationtothesourceordestinationStorageCenter

Ifarestorepointisdegradedordownbecauseyoupurposefullydeletedoraborted
thecorrespondingreplication,youcandeletetherestorepoint.Todoso,rightclick
therestorepoint,thenselectDelete.

See Also
ActivatingDisasterRecoveryonpage 465
RestartingFailedReplicationsonpage 468
RestoringFailedVolumesonpage 469

Predefining Disaster Recovery Settings for Replications


Predefiningdisasterrecoveryforareplicationrestorepointconsistsofassigning
destinationserversandReplaytemplatestodestinationvolumesaheadoftime,sothatif
youmustactivateadisasterrecovery,therecoverysiteisready.Ifyoudonotintendto
accessdatafromadestinationsite,youdonotneedtopredefinethedisasterrecoverysite.
DisasterrecoverysettingscannotbepredefinedforLiveVolumerestorepoints.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Predefine Disaster Recovery for All Restore Points at a Site


Ifasiteisthedestinationformultiplereplications,predefinedisasterrecoveryforallofthe
correspondingrestorepointssimultaneously.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 ClicktheRestorePointstab,thenclickPredefineDisasterRecovery.ThePredefine
DisasterRecoverywizardappears.
3 Selectthesource/destinationStorageCenterpairforwhichyouwanttopredefine
disasterrecovery,thenclickNext.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.
4 (Optional)Configuredisasterrecoverysettingsforeachrestorepoint.
a Selecttherestorepointthatyouwanttomodify,thenclickEditSettings.The
PredefineDisasterRecoverydialogboxappears.
b Modifytherecoveryvolumesettingsasneeded,thenclickOK.Theseattributesare
describedintheonlinehelp.
5 Whenyouaredone,clickFinish.

Predefine Disaster Recovery Settings for a Single Restore Point


Ifyouneedtomakesurearecoverysitehasaccesstoareplicatedvolumewhendisaster
recoveryisactivated,predefinedisasterrecoverysettingsforthecorrespondingrestore
point.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 ClicktheRestorePointstab.
3 Rightclicktherestorepoint,thenselectPredefineDisasterRecovery.ThePredefine
DisasterRecoverydialogboxappears.
4 IntheNamefield,typethenamefortherecoveryvolume.

Dell Compellent

461

Chapter 22 Storage Center DR Preparation and Activation

5 Selecttheservertowhichtherecoveryvolumewillbemapped.
a NexttotheServerlabel,clickChange.TheSelectServerdialogboxappears.
b Selecttheserver,thenclickOK.
6 Modifytheremainingrecoveryvolumesettingsasneeded.Theseattributesare
describedintheonlinehelp.
7 ClickOK.

Testing Disaster Recovery


Testingdisasterrecoveryforareplicationrestorepointcreatesarecoveryvolumeand
mapsittotheappropriateserverwithoutinterruptingtheoriginalvolume.Thisallowsyou
tomakesurethatyourdisasterrecoveryplanisviable.DellCompellentrecommendsthat
youperiodicallytestdisasterrecoveryforrestorepoints.LiveVolumerestorepointscannot
betested.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Test Disaster Recovery for Multiple Restore Points at a Site


Ifasiteisthedestinationformultiplereplications,allofthecorrespondingrestorepoints
canbetestedsimultaneously.

Prerequisites

Therestorepointsmustbeassociatedwithreplications.LiveVolumerestorepoints
cannotbetested.

ThedestinationvolumeforeachreplicationmustbepresentontheremoteStorage
Center.Ifthedestinationvolumeforareplicationrestorepointismissing,itcannotbe
tested.

Aservermustbepresentattheremotesitetotesttherecoveryvolume.

Steps
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 ClicktheRestorePointstab,thenclickTestActivateDisasterRecovery.TheTest
ActivateDisasterRecoverywizardappears.
3 Selectthesource/destinationStorageCenterpairforwhichyouwanttotestdisaster
recovery,thenclickNext.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.
4 IntheAvailableRestorePointspane,selecttherestorepointsthatyouwanttotest,then
clickNext.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.

462

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Preparing for Disaster Recovery

5 Configuredisasterrecoverysettingsforeachrestorepoint.
a Selecttherestorepointthatyouwanttomodify,thenclickEditSettings.TheTest
ActivateDisasterRecoverydialogboxappears.

Iftherestorepointcorrespondstoasynchronousreplication,thedialogboxdisplays
additionalinformationaboutthestateofthereplication:

TheSyncDataStatusfielddisplaysthesynchronizationstatusforthereplication
atthetimetherestorepointwasvalidated.

Arecommendationaboutwhetherthedestinationvolumeiscurrently
synchronizedwiththesourcevolumeisdisplayedbelowtheSyncDataStatus
fieldingreenoryellowtext.
Note: Forhighconsistencymodesynchronousreplicationsthatarecurrent,
theUseActiveReplaycheckboxisautomaticallyselected.

b SelecttheservertowhichtherecoveryvolumewillbemappedbyclickingChange
nexttotheServerlabel.
c

Modifytheremainingrecoveryvolumesettingsasneeded,thenclickOK.These
attributesaredescribedintheonlinehelp.

6 Whenyouaredone,clickFinish.

EnterpriseManageractivatesthetestrecoveryvolumes.

UsetheRecoveryProgresstabtomonitordisasterrecoverytestactivation

Test Disaster Recovery for a Single Restore Point


Ifyouwanttotestdisasterrecoveryforareplicatedvolume,testdisasterrecoveryforthe
correspondingrestorepoint.

Prerequisites

Dell Compellent

Therestorepointmustbeassociatedwithareplication.LiveVolumerestorepoints
cannotbetested.

ThedestinationvolumemustbepresentontheremoteStorageCenter.Ifthedestination
volumeforareplicationrestorepointismissing,itcannotbetested.

Aservermustbepresentattheremotesitetotesttherecoveryvolume.

463

Chapter 22 Storage Center DR Preparation and Activation

Steps
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 ClicktheRestorePointstab.
3 Rightclicktherestorepoint,thenselectTestActivateDisasterRecovery.TheTest
ActivateDisasterRecoverydialogboxappears.

Iftherestorepointcorrespondstoasynchronousreplication,thedialogboxdisplays
additionalinformationaboutthestateofthereplication:

TheSyncDataStatusfielddisplaysthesynchronizationstatusforthereplicationat
thetimetherestorepointwasvalidated.

Arecommendationaboutwhetherthedestinationvolumeiscurrentlysynchronized
withthesourcevolumeisdisplayedbelowtheSyncDataStatusfieldingreenor
yellowtext.

4 IntheNamefield,typethenamefortherecoveryvolume.
5 Selecttheservertowhichtherecoveryvolumewillbemapped.
a NexttotheServerlabel,clickChange.TheSelectServerdialogboxappears.
b Selecttheserver,thenclickOK.
6 Modifytheremainingrecoveryvolumesettingsasneeded.Theseattributesare
describedintheonlinehelp.
Note: Forhighconsistencymodesynchronousreplicationsthatarecurrent,the
UseActiveReplaycheckboxisautomaticallyselected.
7 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

464

EnterpriseManageractivatesthetestrecoveryvolume.

UsetheRecoveryProgresstabtomonitordisasterrecoverytestactivation

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Activating Disaster Recovery

Delete Test Disaster Recovery Volumes


Afteryouarefinishedtestingdisasterrecovery,deletethevolumesthatwerecreatedas
partofthetesting.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 IntheActionspane,clickDeleteTestDRVolumes.TheDeleteTestDRVolumes
dialogboxappears.
3 Selectthecheckboxesforthetestdisasterrecoveryvolumesyouwanttodelete,then
clickOK.

Activating Disaster Recovery


Activatedisasterrecoverywhenavolumeorsitebecomesunavailable.
Note: Activatingdisasterrecoveryremovesreplicationsthatareconfiguredin
series(cascademode)orthatreplicatethesamevolumetomultipledestinations
(mixedmode).
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Activate Disaster Recovery for All Restore Points at a Site


Ifasiteisthedestinationformultiplereplicationsand/orLiveVolumes,activatedisaster
recoveryforallofthecorrespondingrestorepointssimultaneously.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 ClicktheRestorePointstab,thenclickActivateDisasterRecovery.TheActivate
DisasterRecoverywizardappears.
3 Selectthesource/destinationStorageCenterpairforwhichyouwanttoactivatedisaster
recovery,thenclickNext.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.
4 Choosewhetheryouwanttoallowplanneddisasterrecoveryactivation.
a (Optional)Toallowdisasterrecoverytobeactivatedwhilethereplicationis
functioningnormally,selecttheAllowPlannedActivateDisasterRecoveriescheck
box.
b ClickNext.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.
5 IntheAvailableRestorePointspane,selecttherestorepointsthatyouwanttoactivate,
thenclickNext.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.

Dell Compellent

465

Chapter 22 Storage Center DR Preparation and Activation

6 Configuredisasterrecoverysettingsforeachrestorepoint.
a Selecttherestorepointthatyouwanttomodify,thenclickEditSettings.The
ActivateDisasterRecoverydialogboxappears.

Iftherestorepointcorrespondstoasynchronousreplication,thedialogboxdisplays
additionalinformationaboutthestateofthereplication:

TheSyncDataStatusfielddisplaysthesynchronizationstatusforthereplication
atthetimetherestorepointwasvalidated.

Arecommendationaboutwhetherthedestinationvolumeiscurrently
synchronizedwiththesourcevolumeisdisplayedbelowtheSyncDataStatus
fieldingreenoryellowtext.
Note: Forhighconsistencymodesynchronousreplicationsthatarecurrent,
theUseActiveReplaycheckboxisautomaticallyselected.

b SelectaservertomaptherecoveryvolumetobyclickingChangenexttotheServer
label.
Note: Aserverisrequiredforeachrestorepoint.
c

Modifytheremainingrecoveryvolumeattributesasneeded,thenclickOK.These
attributesaredescribedintheonlinehelp.

7 Whenyouaredone,clickFinish.

EnterpriseManageractivatestherecoveryvolumes.

UsetheRecoveryProgresstabtomonitordisasterrecoveryactivation

Activate Disaster Recovery for a Single Restore Point


IfyouwanttoactivatedisasterrecoveryforareplicatedvolumeorLiveVolume,activate
disasterrecoveryforthecorrespondingrestorepoint.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 ClicktheRestorePointstab.

466

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Activating Disaster Recovery

3 Rightclicktherestorepoint,thenselectActivateDisasterRecovery.TheActivate
DisasterRecoverydialogboxappears.

Iftherestorepointcorrespondstoasynchronousreplication,thedialogboxdisplays
additionalinformationaboutthestateofthereplication:

TheSyncDataStatusfielddisplaysthesynchronizationstatusforthereplicationat
thetimetherestorepointwasvalidated.

Arecommendationaboutwhetherthedestinationvolumeiscurrentlysynchronized
withthesourcevolumeisdisplayedbelowtheSyncDataStatusfieldingreenor
yellowtext.

4 IntheNamefield,typethenamefortherecoveryvolume.
5 Selecttheservertowhichtherecoveryvolumewillbemapped.
a NexttotheServerlabel,clickChange.TheSelectServerdialogboxappears.
b Selecttheserver,thenclickOK.
6 Modifytheremainingrecoveryvolumesettingsasneeded.Theseattributesare
describedintheonlinehelp.
Note: Forhighconsistencymodesynchronousreplicationsthatarecurrent,the
UseActiveReplaycheckboxisautomaticallyselected.
7 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

Dell Compellent

EnterpriseManageractivatestherecoveryvolume.

UsetheRecoveryProgresstabtomonitordisasterrecoveryactivation

467

Chapter 22 Storage Center DR Preparation and Activation

Restarting Failed Replications


Ifasourcevolumeiscurrentandfunctional,andthedestinationsystemisavailablebuta
Replicationfailedorwasdeleted,youcanrestarttheReplication.ToseeifaReplicationcan
berestarted,validateRestorePoints.
Note: Restartingreplicationsremovesreplicationsthatareconfiguredinseries
(cascademode)orthatreplicatethesamevolumetomultipledestinations(mixed
mode).
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Restart Replication for Multiple Restore Points in a Site


Ifmultiplereplicationsand/orLiveVolumestoasitefailedorweredeleted,youcanrestart
themsimultaneously.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 ClicktheRestorePointstab,thenclickRestore/RestartDRVolumes.TheRestore/
RestartDRVolumeswizardappears.
3 Selectthesource/destinationStorageCenterpairforwhichyouwanttorestart
replications,thenclickNext.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.
4 ReadtheRestartWarningandRecoveryWarningtext,thenclickNext.Thewizard
advancestothenextpage.
5 IntheAvailableRestorePointspane,selecttherestorepointsforwhichyouwantto
restartreplication,thenclickNext.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.
6 (Optional)Configurereplicationsettingsforeachrestorepoint.
a Selecttherestorepointthatyouwanttomodify,thenclickEditSettings.The
Restore/RestartDRVolumesdialogboxappears.
b Modifythereplicationsettingsasneeded,thenclickOK.Thesesettingsare
describedintheonlinehelp.
7 Whenyouaredone,clickFinish.

EnterpriseManagerrestartsthereplications.

UsetheRecoveryProgresstabtomonitorthereplications.

Restart a Replication for a Single Restore Point


IfareplicationorLiveVolumefailedorwasdeleted,youcanusethecorrespondingrestore
pointtorestartreplication.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 ClicktheRestorePointstab.
3 Rightclicktherestorepointthatcorrespondstothereplication,thenselectRestore/
RestartDRVolumes.TheRestore/RestartDRVolumesdialogboxappears.
4 Enableordisablethereplicationoptionsasneeded,thenclickOK.Theseoptionsare
describedintheonlinehelp.

468

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Restoring Failed Volumes

Restoring Failed Volumes


Beforeavolumecanberestored,atleastoneReplaymusthavebeenReplicatedtothe
Destinationsystem.Torestoreavolumetoanalternatesite,consultwithDellTechnical
SupportServices(seesupport.dell.com/compellent).
Note: Restoringvolumesremovesreplicationsthatareconfiguredinseries
(cascademode)orthatreplicatethesamevolumetomultipledestinations(mixed
mode).
Theprocesstorestoreafailedvolumediffersdependingonwhetherdisasterrecoverywas
activated:

Recoverfromadestinationvolumethatwasnotactivated:IfaSourcevolumeno
longerexists,EnterpriseManagerrestoresthedatafromtheDestinationvolumeby
ReplicatingitbacktoanewlycreatedSourcevolume.OncetheReplicationiscomplete,
EnterpriseManagermapsthenewsourcevolumetoaselectedserverandrestartsthe
ReplicationbackfromtheSourcesystemtotheDestinationsystem.

RecoverfromaDestinationVolumethatwasactivated:EnterpriseManagerrecovers
datafromtheDestinationvolume,includingallnewwritestothevolumeafterithas
beenactivated,totheoriginalSourcevolume.IftheoriginalSourcevolumeisnolonger
thereitwillberecreated.OncetheRestoreiscomplete,EnterpriseManagermapsthe
SourcevolumetotheselectedserverandrestartstheReplicationfromtheSource
volumetotheDestinationvolume.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Restore Failed Volumes for All Restore Points in a Site


Ifmultiplevolumesatasitefailed,youcanrestorethemsimultaneously.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 ClicktheRestorePointstab,thenclickRestore/RestartDRVolumes.TheRestore/
RestartDRVolumeswizardappears.
3 Selectthesource/destinationStorageCenterpairforwhichyouwanttorestorefailed
volumes,thenclickNext.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.
4 ReadtheRestartWarningandRecoveryWarningtext,thenclickNext.Thewizard
advancestothenextpage.
5 IntheAvailableRestorePointspane,selecttherestorepointsforwhichyouwantto
restorevolumes,thenclickNext.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage.
6 (Optional)Configurereplicationsettingsforeachrestorepoint.
a Selecttherestorepointthatyouwanttomodify,thenclickEditSettings.The
Restore/RestartDRVolumesdialogboxappears.
b Ifasourcevolumeisbeingrestored:

Dell Compellent

SelecttheMirrorBackOnlycheckboxtoswitchtheprimaryandsecondaryroles
whenthereplicationisrecreated.

SelecttheAutomaticallyDeactivateDestinationcheckboxtoautomatically
moveservermappingsfromthesecondaryvolumetothenewlyrecreated
primaryvolumewhentherestoreoptioniscompleted.Thisoptionisavailable
onlyifdisasterrecoveryhasbeenactivatedfortherestorepoint.

ModifytheNewSourceVolumeSettingsasneeded.Thesesettingsare
describedintheonlinehelp.

469

Chapter 22 Storage Center DR Preparation and Activation

ModifytheReplicationSettingsasneeded.Thesesettingsaredescribedinthe
onlinehelp.

d Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.
7 Whenyouaredone,clickFinish.

EnterpriseManagerrestartsthereplications.

UsetheRecoveryProgresstabtomonitorthereplications.

Restore a Failed Volume for a Single Restore Point


Ifasinglevolumefailed,youcanusethecorrespondingrestorepointtorestorethevolume.
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 ClicktheRestorePointstab.
3 Rightclicktherestorepointthatcorrespondstothefailedvolume,thenselectRestore/
RestartDRVolumes.TheRestore/RestartDRVolumesdialogboxappears.
4 Enableordisablethereplicationoptionsasneeded,thenclickOK.Theseoptionsare
describedintheonlinehelp.

Deleting Restore Points


IfareplicationorLiveVolumehasbeenremovedorisnolongerfunctioningandyouwant
toremoveitpermanently,deletetheassociatedrestorepoint.

Prerequisites
TheStatusfortherestorepointmustbeDegradedorDown.

Steps
1 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview.
2 ClicktheRestorePointstab.
3 Rightclicktherestorepoint,thenselectDelete.Aconfirmationdialogboxappears.
4 ClickOKtoconfirmthatyouwanttodeletetherestorepoint.

470

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

23

Remote Data Collector


AremoteDataCollectorprovidesaccesstoEnterpriseManagerdisasterrecoveryoptions
whentheprimaryDataCollectorisunavailable.

Contents
RemoteDataCollectorManagement .......................................... 471
RemoteDataCollectorRequirements ......................................... 472
InstallingandConfiguringaRemoteDataCollector ............................. 472
DisconnectingandReconnectingaRemoteDataCollector ....................... 475
UsingaRemoteDataCollectortoActivateDisasterRecovery .................... 476
EnablingEmailNotificationsfortheRemoteDataCollector ...................... 478

Remote Data Collector Management


TheEnterpriseManagerClientcanconnecttotheprimaryDataCollectorortheremote
DataCollector.IntheeventthattheprimaryDataCollectorisunavailableandyouneedto
accessEnterpriseManagerdisasterrecoveryoptions,usetheClienttoconnecttothe
remoteDataCollector.
WhenaremoteDataCollectorisinstalledandconnectedtotheprimaryDataCollector,
additionaladministrativeoptionsareavailable:

Dell Compellent

PrimaryDataCollector:AclientconnectedtotheprimaryDataCollectordisplaysthe
remoteDataCollectorstatusontheRemoteDataCollectortabintheReplications&
LiveVolumesview.

RemoteDataCollector:AclientconnectedtotheremoteDataCollectordisplaysonly
theReplications&LiveVolumesview.Configurationactionsarelimitedtodisaster
recoverypreparationandactivation,whichcanbeperformedontheRestorePointstab.
ThePrimaryDataCollectortabdisplaysstatusinformationabouttheprimaryData
Collector.

471

Chapter 23 Remote Data Collector

Remote Data Collector Requirements


TousearemoteDataCollector,configurationandsoftwarerequirementsmustbemet.

Configuration Requirements
Thefollowingtableliststheconfigurationrequirementsthatmustbemettousearemote
DataCollector.
Requirement

Description

PrimaryDataCollector

BeforeinstallingandconfiguringaremoteDataCollector,the
primaryDataCollectormustbeinstalled,configured,andstarted
(running).TheremoteDataCollectorconnectstotheprimaryData
Collector.

License

AnEnterpriseManagerFoundationlicenseisrequiredtoinstalla
remoteDataCollector.Thesamelicenseisusedforboththeprimary
andremoteDataCollectors.

EnterpriseManagerVersion

TheprimaryDataCollectorandremoteDataCollectormustbeatthe
samesoftwareversion.

EnterpriseManager
Usernameandpassword

ToconnecttheremoteDataCollectortotheprimaryDataCollector,
youmustprovideanexistingEnterpriseManagerusernameand
password.

DNSConfiguration

AllmanagedStorageCentersmustbedefinedinDNSatthelocal
andremotesites.

Software Requirements
ThesoftwarerequirementsthatapplytotheprimaryDataCollectoralsoapplytothe
remoteDataCollector.However,aremoteDataCollectorusesthefilesystemtostoredata
sothereisnodatabaserequirement.

See Also
DataCollectorRequirementsonpage 5

Installing and Configuring a Remote Data Collector


ToinstallandconfigurearemoteDataCollectoratadisasterrecoverysite,installtheData
Collectoronaserver,andthenconfigureittoconnecttotheprimaryDataCollector.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Install a Remote Data Collector


InstalltheDataCollectoronaserverlocatedatadisasterrecoverysite.

Prerequisites

472

YoursitemustmeettheremoteDataCollectorconfigurationrequirements.

TheservermustmeettheDataCollectorsoftwareandhardwarerequirements.

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Installing and Configuring a Remote Data Collector

Steps
1 DownloadtheEnterpriseManagerDataCollectorsoftware.
a Gotosupport.dell.com/compellent.
b Logontothecustomerorpartnerportal.
c

ClickKnowledgeCenter,thendownloadtheEnterpriseManagerDataCollector
Setupfile.

2 UnzipandlaunchtheEnterpriseManagerDataCollectorSetupfile.TheCompellent
EnterpriseManagerDataCollectorInstallShieldWizardappears.
3 ClickNext.TheLicenseAgreementpageappears.
4 ClickYestoacceptthelicenseagreement.TheSetupStatuspageappearsanddisplays
installationprogress.Wheninstallationiscomplete,theInstallShieldWizard
Completepageappears.
5 ClickFinish.TheEnterpriseManagerDataCollectorSetupwizardappears.

Configure the Remote Data Collector with the Data Collector


Setup Wizard
UsetheDataCollectorSetupwizardtoconfiguretheremoteDataCollector.
1 ConfigurethefirstpageoftheDataCollectorSetupWizard.

a UnderDataCollectorType,selectConfigureasRemoteDataCollector.
b (Optional)UnderDataCollectorServiceInformation,modifythedefaultData
Collectorportsifoneormoreofthedefaultportsarealreadyinuse.
Note: Ifafirewallisenabledonthehostserver,makesuretheseportsare
allowedinbound.
c

IntheServiceUserTypedropdownmenu,selectthetypeofWindowsaccount
underwhichtheDataCollectorwillrun.
Note: Useraccounts(localordomain)mustbeabletologinasaserviceand
musthaveadministratorprivileges.

Dell Compellent

473

Chapter 23 Remote Data Collector

d ClickNext.TheSelectPrimaryDataCollectorpageappears.

2 EntertheprimaryDataCollectorinformation.
a IntheServerfield,typethehostnameorIPaddressoftheprimaryDataCollector
server.
b IntheClientListenerPortfield,confirmtheportfortheprimaryDataCollector.The
defaultis7342.
c

IntheUserNamefield,typethenameofuserwiththeAdministratorprivilegeon
theprimaryDataCollector.

d InthePasswordfield,typethepasswordforthespecifieduser.
e ClickNext.TheremoteDataCollectorattemptstoconnecttotheprimaryData
Collector.Whentheconnectionisestablished,theFinishedsetuppageappears.

3 ClickFinish.

474

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Disconnecting and Reconnecting a Remote Data Collector

Disconnecting and Reconnecting a Remote Data Collector


PerformthesetaskstodisconnectorreconnectaremoteDataCollector.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Temporarily Disconnect a Remote Data Collector


StoptheDataCollectorserviceontheremoteDataCollectortotemporarilydisconnectit
fromtheprimaryDataCollector.
1 OntheremoteDataCollectorserver:
a OpentheDataCollectorManager.
b OntheGeneralInformationtab,clickStoptostoptheDataCollectorservice.
2 UsetheEnterpriseManagerClienttoconnecttotheprimaryDataCollectorandlogon.
3 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview,thenclicktheRemoteDataCollectortab.
TheConnectionStatusoftheremoteDataCollectorshowsDownthenexttimethe
primaryDataCollectorattemptstosynchronizewiththeremoteDataCollector.

Reconnect a Remote Data Collector


IfyoutemporarilydisconnectedaremoteDataCollector,youcanreconnectitbystarting
theDataCollectorservice.
1 OntheremoteDataCollectorserver:
a OpentheDataCollectorManager.
b OntheGeneralInformationtab,clickStarttostarttheDataCollectorservice.
2 UsetheEnterpriseManagerClienttoconnecttotheprimaryDataCollectorandlogon.
3 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview,thenclicktheRemoteDataCollectortab.
WhentheremoteDataCollectorservicehasestablishedaconnectionwiththeprimary
DataCollector,theConnectionStatusshowsUp.

Remove a Remote Data Collector


StoptheDataCollectorserviceontheremoteDataCollector,thenremoveitfromthe
primaryDataCollector.
Note: IfyouintendtopermanentlyremovetheremoteDataCollectorfromthehost
server,uninstalltheDataCollectorusingAdd/RemovePrograms.
1 OntheremoteDataCollectorserver:
a OpentheDataCollectorManager.
b OntheGeneralInformationtab,clickStoptostoptheDataCollectorManager
service.
2 UsetheEnterpriseManagerClienttoconnecttotheprimaryDataCollectorandlogon.
3 ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview,thenclicktheRemoteDataCollectortab.
4 ClickRemoveRemoteDataCollector.Aconfirmationdialogboxappears.
5 ClickYes.

Dell Compellent

475

Chapter 23 Remote Data Collector

Using a Remote Data Collector to Activate Disaster Recovery


IftheprimaryDataCollectorisunavailable,youcanperformEnterpriseManagerDRtasks
usingtheremoteDataCollector.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Log on to the Remote Data Collector


UsetheEnterpriseManagerClienttoconnecttotheremoteDataCollector.
1 StarttheEnterpriseManagerClientapplication.TheEnterpriseManagerClient
appears.
2 Completethefollowingfields:

UserName:EnterthenameofanEnterpriseManageruser.

Password:Enterthepasswordfortheuser.

Host/IP:EnterthehostnameorIPaddressoftheserverthatishostingtheremote
DataCollector.

WebServerPort:IfyouchangedtheAPIWebServerPortduringinstallation,enter
theupdatedport.

3 ClickLogIn.TheClientconnectstotheremoteDataCollectoranddisplaysthePrimary
DataCollectortab.

476

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Using a Remote Data Collector to Activate Disaster Recovery

Use a Remote Data Collector to Prepare for Disaster Recovery


YoucanusearemoteDataCollectortovalidaterestorepointsandtestactivatedisaster
recovery.
1 UsetheEnterpriseManagerClienttoconnecttotheremoteDataCollector.
2 ClicktheRestorePointstab.
3 Clickoneofthefollowingbuttonstopreparefordisasterrecovery:

ValidateRestorePoints

TestActivateDisasterRecovery

See Also
SavingandValidatingRestorePointsonpage 459
TestingDisasterRecoveryonpage 462

Use a Remote Data Collector to Test Activate Disaster Recovery


TestingdisasterrecoveryfunctionsthesamewayforprimaryandremoteDataCollectors.
1 UsetheEnterpriseManagerClienttoconnecttotheremoteDataCollector.
2 ClicktheRestorePointstab.
3 ClickTestActivateDisasterRecovery.

See Also
TestingDisasterRecoveryonpage 462

Use a Remote Data Collector to Restore a Failed Volume for a Restore Point
Ifasinglevolumefailed,youcanusethecorrespondingrestorepointtorestorethevolume.
1 UsetheEnterpriseManagerClienttoconnecttotheremoteDataCollector.
2 ClicktheRestorePointstab.
3 Rightclicktherestorepointthatcorrespondstothefailedvolume,thenselectRestore/
RestartDRVolumes.TheRestore/RestartDRVolumesdialogboxappears.
4 Enableordisablethereplicationoptionsasneeded,thenclickOK.Theseoptionsare
describedintheonlinehelp.

See Also
RestoringFailedVolumesonpage 469

Use a Remote Data Collector to Activate Disaster Recovery


ActivatingdisasterrecoveryfunctionsthesamewayforprimaryandremoteData
Collectors.
1 UsetheEnterpriseManagerClienttoconnecttotheremoteDataCollector.
2 ClicktheRestorePointstab.
3 ClickActivateDisasterRecovery.

See Also
ActivatingDisasterRecoveryonpage 465

Dell Compellent

477

Chapter 23 Remote Data Collector

Use a Remote Data Collector to Delete Test DR Volumes


Afteryouarefinishedtestingdisasterrecovery,deletethevolumesthatwerecreatedas
partofthetesting.
1 UsetheEnterpriseManagerClienttoconnecttotheremoteDataCollector.
2 IntheActionspane,clickDeleteTestDRVolumes.TheDeleteTestDRVolumes
dialogboxappears.
3 Selectthecheckboxesforthetestdisasterrecoveryvolumesyouwanttodelete,then
clickOK.

See Also
TestingDisasterRecoveryonpage 462

Enabling Email Notifications for the Remote Data Collector


YoucanconfiguretheprimaryDataCollectortosendyouanemailnotificationif
communicationwiththeremoteDataCollectorislost.
1 StarttheEnterpriseManagerClientandlogontotheprimaryDataCollector.
2 Inthetoppane,clickEditUserSettings.TheEditUserSettingsdialogboxappears.
3 OntheGeneraltab,makesureyouremailaddressisenteredintheEmailAddressfield.
4 ClicktheManageEventstab.
5 Inthetable,selecttheRemoteDataCollectorDowncheckbox.
6 ClickOK.

478

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

24 Storage Replication Adapter for VMware


SRM

VMwarevCenterSiteRecoveryManager(SRM)supportsstoragevendorsusingStorage
ReplicationAdapters.TheDellCompellentStorageReplicationAdapter(SRA)allowssites
touseVMwarevCenterSRMonDellCompellentStorageCentersthroughDell
CompellentEnterpriseManager.

Contents
WheretoFindDellCompellentSRADeploymentInstructions ................... 479
DellCompellentSRALimitations ............................................. 479
VMwareSRMandEnterpriseManagerPrerequisites ............................ 481
EnterpriseManagerSRAConfigurations ...................................... 482
ReprotectingAfterMigrationswithSRM5.0andESX4.1Hosts ................... 483
SelectingtheReplayTypetoUseforSRM5.xVolumeFailover ................... 484

Where to Find Dell Compellent SRA Deployment Instructions


ThischapterprovidesoverviewinformationaboutusingSRMonStorageCentersthrough
EnterpriseManagerandtheDellCompellentSRA.Forcompleteinformationoninstalling
andconfiguringVMwarevCenterSiteRecoveryManager,includingdownloadingand
installingStorageReplicationAdapters,refertotheSRMdocumentationprovidedby
VMware.
BeforeinstallingtheDellCompellentSRA,checktheSRAreadmefileforthemostcurrent
informationregardingtheinstallationandconfigurationprocess.

Dell Compellent SRA Limitations


ThefollowingfeaturesarenotsupportedbytheDellCompellentSRA:

StorageCenterlivevolumes

StorageCenterlegacysynchronousreplications

StorageCenterconsistentReplayProfiles
Note: ConsistentReplayProfilescanbeusedtocreateconsistentReplays,but
theDellCompellentSRAdoesnotguaranteethatSRMactivatesasynchronously
replicatedReplaysthatareconsistentwitheachother.

Dell Compellent

VMwareConsistencyGroups

479

Chapter 24 Storage Replication Adapter for VMware SRM

Dell Compellent SRA Software Requirements


ThesoftwarerequirementsforVMwareSRM5.5differfromtherequirementsforSRM5.0
5.1.

Requirements for VMware SRM 5.5


ThefollowingtableliststhesoftwarerequirementsforVMwareSRM5.5.
Component

Requirements

StorageCenter

Version5.0orlater

EnterpriseManager

Version6.4.2orlater

DellCompellentSRA

Version6.2.2

VMwarevCenterSiteRecoveryManager(SRM) Version5.5
Microsoft.NetFramework

Version2.0installedontheSRMserver

Requirements for VMware SRM 5.0 and 5.1


ThefollowingtableliststhesoftwarerequirementsforVMwareSRM5.0and5.1.
Component

Version Requirements

StorageCenter

5.0orlater

EnterpriseManager

6.2.2orlater

DellCompellentSRA

6.2.2

VMwarevCenterSiteRecoveryManager(SRM) 5.0or5.1
Microsoft.NetFramework

480

2.0installedontheSRMserver

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

VMware SRM and Enterprise Manager Prerequisites

VMware SRM and Enterprise Manager Prerequisites


TousetheDellCompellentSRAwithVMwarevCenterSiteRecoveryManager,the
followingconfigurationrequirementsmustbemet.
Requirement

Description

DataCollector
Deployment

AnEnterpriseManagerDataCollectormustbevisibletoallStorage
CenterswithintheSRMconfiguration.
Threeoptionsareavailable:
InstallandconfiguretheEnterpriseManagerDataCollectoronthe
recoverySRMsiteonly.
InstallandconfigureEnterpriseManagerPrimaryDataCollectoronthe
protectedsite;installandconfigureEnterpriseManagerRemoteData
Collectorontherecoverysite.
InstallandconfigureEnterpriseManagerPrimaryDataCollectoronthe
recoverysite;installandconfigureEnterpriseManagerRemoteData
Collectorontheprotectedsite.

StorageCenter
Configuration

VMwareESX/ESXiserversmustbecreatedonboththeprimaryand
secondaryStorageCenters.
QoSNodesmustbedefinedonboththesourceanddestinationStorage
Centers.

EnterpriseManager
Users

Threeusersarerequired:
ToinstallSRM:AnEnterpriseManageruserthatcanaccessallStorage
Centersattheprotectedandrecoverysites.
TomanagetheprotectedsitewithSRM:AnEnterpriseManageruser
thatcanaccessonlytheStorageCentersattheprotectedsite.
TomanagetherecoverysitewithSRM:AnEnterpriseManageruser
thatcanaccessonlytheStorageCentersattherecoverysite.

Communication
betweenEnterprise
ManagerandSRM

Thefirewall(ifany)betweenSRMandEnterpriseManagermustallow
SOAPoverHTTPonTCPport3033.

Replications

UsingEnterpriseManager,createreplicationsfromtheprotectedsiteto
therecoverysite.
Sourceanddestinationvolumesmustnotbereplicatinganywhereelse.
Restorepointsforreplicationsmustbevalidatedandsaved.

RestorePoints

Dell Compellent

RestorepointsarenotavailabletoVMwarevCenterSRMuntiltheyhave
beensaved.UsingEnterpriseManager,saverestorepointsforthe
replications.IfyouareusingDataCollectorsonboththerecoveryand
protectedsites,youmustsaverestorepointsonbothsites.

481

Chapter 24 Storage Replication Adapter for VMware SRM

Enterprise Manager SRA Configurations


ThissectionpresentstwosupportedconfigurationsforusingVMwareSiteRecovery
ManagerwithEnterpriseManager:usingaprimaryDataCollectoronly,orusingaprimary
DataCollectorandaremoteDataCollector.

Primary Data Collector Only Configuration


Inthefollowingfigure,theProtectedandtheRecoverysitesareconnectedbyasingle
EnterpriseManagerPrimaryDataCollector.

InaconfigurationwithonlyoneEnterpriseManagerDataCollector,locatetheData
CollectorattheRecoverySite.

482

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Reprotecting After Migrations with SRM 5.0 and ESX 4.1 Hosts

Remote Data Collector Configuration


Inthefollowingconfiguration,theProtectedSiteisconnectedtoanEnterpriseManager
PrimaryDataCollector;theRecoverySiteisconnectedtoanEnterpriseManagerRemote
DataCollector.

InaconfigurationwithanEnterpriseManagerRemoteDataCollector,locatetheRemote
DataCollectorontheRecoverySite.ThisconfigurationallowsDRactivationfromthe
remotesitewhentheProtectedSitegoesdown.Bydesign,theEnterpriseManagerRemote
DataCollectorisconnectedtothesameStorageCentersastheEnterpriseManagerPrimary
DataCollector.

Reprotecting After Migrations with SRM 5.0 and ESX 4.1 Hosts
IfyouareusingStorageCenterOSversionspriorto5.5.6withVMwareSRM5.0andESX
4.1hosts,youmustperformadditionalstepstoreprotectvirtualmachinesonESX4.1hosts.
Ifyoudonotperformareprotectpromptlyafterrecoveringfromaplannedmigrationwith
VMwareSRM5.0,hostsrunningVMwareESX4.1Update1attempttowritetoLUNsthat
arereadonly,causing/var/logonthehoststobeginfillingup.Eventuallythehostsbecome
unresponsiveanddisconnectfromVMwarevCenter.Toavoidthissituation,runreprotect
assoonaspossibleafterrunningrecovery.
PerformthefollowingstepstoreprotectvirtualmachinesonESX4.1hosts:
1 Runreprotectassoonaspossibleafterrunningrecovery.Thereprotectfailsto
complete.
2 IftheESXhostdisconnectsfromvCenter,performthefollowingsteps:
a Check/var/logpartitionspaceanddeleteunneededvmkernellogsifnecessary.
b ReconnecttotheESXhostwithvCenter.

Dell Compellent

483

Chapter 24 Storage Replication Adapter for VMware SRM

3 Runthereprotectagainwithforcecleanupselected.
4 RestoreplaceholdersfortheESX4.1update1hostvirtualmachines.
5 Deletethe*tmpplaceholdersfromthenewrecoverysite.

Selecting the Replay Type to Use for SRM 5.x Volume Failover
TheSRMSelectableReplayoptiondetermineswhethertheActiveReplay(current
volumedata)orlastfrozenReplayisusedwhenVMwareSiteRecoveryManager(SRM)
initiatesafailoverortestfailover.Bydefault,thecurrent,unfrozenstate(ActiveReplay)of
thevolumeisused.

Limitations for Selecting the Replay Type for SRM Failover


Insomesituations,theSRMSelectableReplayconfigurationisignored.
SRM Action

Recovery Type

SRM Selectable Replay Configuration Honored?

Activaterecoveryplan

PlannedMigration No

Activaterecoveryplan

DisasterRecovery

Iftheprotectedsiteisdown,yes.
Iftheprotectedsiteisup,no.

Testactivaterecoveryplan N/A

IftheReplicaterecentchangestorecoverysite
checkboxisclearedinSRM,yes.
IftheReplicaterecentchangestorecoverysite
checkboxisselectedinSRM,no.

Change the Replay Type Used for SRM Volume Failover


ModifytheSRMSelectableReplayoptiontochangetheReplaytypeusedforSRM
volumefailover.
1 Inthetoppane,clickEditDataCollectorSettings.TheEditDataCollectorSettings
dialogboxappears.
2 ClicktheReplicationSettingstab.
3 FromtheSRMSelectableReplaydropdownmenu,selectoneofthefollowingoptions:

AlwaysuseActiveReplay:Usesthecurrent,unfrozenstateofthedatathathasbeen
transferredtothedestination.(ActiveReplay).Thisoptionisthedefault.

UseActiveReplayifReplicatingActiveReplay:Usesthecurrent,unfrozenstateof
thedata(ActiveReplay)onlyifReplicateActiveReplayisenabledforthe
replication.IfReplicateActiveReplayisdisabled,thelastfrozenReplayisused.

AlwaysuseLastFrozenReplay:UsesthemostcurrentReplaythathasbeen
transferredtothedestination.

UseRestorePointSettings:Usesthesettingsthatareconfiguredfortherestore
pointthatcorrespondstothevolume.IfUseActiveReplayisnotselectedwithinthe
restorepoint,thelastfrozenReplayisused.

4 ClickOK.

484

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Storage Center Monitoring and


Reporting
ThissectiondescribesusingThresholdAlertstocreatecustomalerts,usingreports,configuring
Chargebacktobilldepartmentsbasedonstorageusage,monitoringlogs,andmonitoringperformance.

Contents
Chapter25:StorageCenterThresholdAlerts ................................................. 487
Chapter26:StorageCenterReports ......................................................... 511
Chapter27:StorageCenterChargeback ...................................................... 521
Chapter28:StorageCenterandEnterpriseManagerLogMonitoring ............................ 539

Dell Compellent

485

Storage Center Monitoring and Reporting

486

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

25

Storage Center Threshold Alerts


Thresholdalertsareautomaticallygeneratedwhenuserdefinedthresholddefinitionsfor
storageobjectusagearecrossed.Thresholdqueriesallowyoutoqueryhistoricaldata
basedonthresholdcriteria.

Contents
ConfiguringThresholdDefinitions ........................................... 487
ViewingandDeletingThresholdAlerts ....................................... 496
ConfiguringVolumeAdvisorMovementRecommendations ..................... 498
ExportThresholdAlertDatatoaFile ......................................... 506
ConfiguringEmailNotificationsforThresholdAlerts ........................... 507
PerformingThresholdQueries ............................................... 508

Configuring Threshold Definitions


Thresholddefinitionsmonitortheusagemetricsofstorageobjectsandgeneratealertsifthe
userdefinedthresholdsarecrossed.
ThetypesofusagemetricsthatcanbemonitoredareIOusage,storage,andreplication.
EnterpriseManagercollectstheusagemetricdatafromthemanagedStorageCenters.
StorageobjectsontheStorageCentersareassignedtothresholddefinitionsandeach
thresholddefinitioncontainsoneormorethresholdvalues.Whenthevalueofamonitored
metricreachesathresholdvalue,analertoccurs.
Performthetasksinthefollowingsectionstosetupandviewthresholddefinitions:

Dell Compellent

SettingUpThresholdDefinitionsonpage 488

AssigningStorageObjectstoaThresholdDefinitiononpage 491

AssigningThresholdDefinitionstoStorageObjectsonpage 492

ViewingThresholdAlertsforaThresholdDefinitiononpage 495

487

Chapter 25 Storage Center Threshold Alerts

Setting Up Threshold Definitions


Youcancreate,view,edit,anddeletethresholddefinitions.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Create a Threshold Definition


CreateathresholddefinitiontomonitorIOusage,storage,orreplications.Whenthe
thresholdsyouspecifyareexceeded,thresholdalertsaregenerated.

Prerequisites
Toreceiveemailnotificationsforthresholdalerts,thefollowingemailsettingsmustbe
configured:

SMTPserversettingsfortheDataCollector

Emailaddressforyouruseraccount

Notificationsettingsforyouruseraccount

Steps
1 ClicktheThresholdAlertsview.
2 ClicktheDefinitionstab.
3 ClickCreateThresholdDefinition.TheCreateThresholdDefinitiondialogbox
appears.

4 EnteranameforthethresholddefinitionintheNamefield.
5 SelectthetypeofthresholddefinitiontocreatefromtheTypedropdownmenu.

IOUsage:ReadandwriteIOperformance.

Storage:Useandgrowthofstorage.

Replication:Statusofreplications.

6 SelectthetypeofstorageobjecttoassigntothethresholddefinitionfromtheAlert
ObjectTypedropdownmenu.
7 SelectthetypeofusagemetrictomonitorfromtheAlertDefinitiondropdownmenu.

488

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Configuring Threshold Definitions

8 (Optional)Assignthethresholddefinitiontoallofthestorageobjectsthatareofthe
typespecifiedintheAlertObjectTypefieldbyselectingtheAllObjectscheckbox.If
youselectthischeckbox,itcannotbemodifiedafterthethresholddefinitioniscreated.
9 SpecifythealertnotificationsettingsfortheError,Warning,andInformthresholds:

ErrorSettings:Enterthethresholdvaluethattheusagemetricmustexceedto
triggeranErrorthresholdalert.ToemailErrorthresholdalertstotheEnterprise
Manageradministrator(s),selecttheEmailcheckboxandenterthenumberoftimes
thattheusagemetricmustexceedtheErrorSettingsthresholdvaluetotriggeran
alertemail.

WarningSetting:Enterthethresholdvaluethattheusagemetricmustexceedto
triggeraWarningthresholdalert.ToemailWarningthresholdalertstothe
EnterpriseManageradministrator(s),selecttheEmailcheckboxandenterthe
numberoftimesthattheusagemetricmustexceedtheWarningSettingsthreshold
valuetotriggerthealertemail.

InformSettings:Enterthethresholdvaluethattheusagemetricmustexceedto
triggeranInformthresholdalert.ToemailInformthresholdalertstotheEnterprise
Manageradministrator(s),selecttheEmailcheckboxandenterthenumberoftimes
thattheusagemetricmustexceedtheInformSettingsthresholdvaluetotriggerthe
alertemail.

10 (Optional)ConfigurethedefinitiontogenerateVolumeAdvisorrecommendationsto
moveoneormorevolumestoadifferentStorageCenterbyselectingtheRecommend
StorageCentercheckbox.

Recommendationsaregeneratedwhentheerrorthresholdisexceeded.

ThischeckboxisavailableonlyforthresholddefinitionsthatsupportVolume
Advisor.

11 TospecifytheperiodoftimethatEnterpriseManagerwillmonitorthethreshold
definition:
a SelecttheTimeConstraintcheckbox.
b EnterthestartofthetimeperiodintheStartTimefield.
c

EntertheendofthetimeperiodintheEndTimefield.

12 TospecifywhichdaysoftheweekthatEnterpriseManagerwillmonitorthethreshold
definition:
a SelecttheDayConstraintcheckbox.
b Selectthecheckboxesofthedaysoftheweektomonitorthethresholddefinition
andclearthecheckboxesofthedaysoftheweektonotmonitorthethreshold
definition.
13 ClickOKtocreatethethresholddefinition.

Dell Compellent

IfyouselectedtheAllObjectscheckbox,thethresholddefinitioniscreatedandthe
CreateThresholdDefinitiondialogboxcloses.

IfyoudidnotselecttheAllObjectscheckbox,theAddObjectsdialogboxappears.

489

Chapter 25 Storage Center Threshold Alerts

14 SelectthestorageobjectstoassigntothethresholddefinitionintheAddObjectsdialog
box.Additionalobjectscanbeaddedtoathresholddefinitionafteritiscreated.
15 ClickFinish.

See Also
AssigningStorageObjectstoaThresholdDefinitiononpage 491
ConfiguringEmailNotificationsforThresholdAlertsonpage 507
ConfiguringVolumeAdvisorMovementRecommendationsonpage 498

View an Existing Threshold Definition


SelectathresholddefinitionontheDefinitionstabtoviewtheassociatedobjects,alerts
thatarecurrentlyactiveforthedefinition,andrecentalertsthatarenolongeractive.
1 ClickThresholdAlertsintheviewpanetodisplaytheThresholdAlertswindow.
2 ClicktheDefinitionstab.
3 Selectthethresholddefinitiontoview.Thethresholddefinitionappearsinthebottom
paneoftheDefinitionstab.
Inaddition,thefollowingtabsappearinthebottompaneoftheDefinitionstab:

AssignedObjects:Displaysthestorageobjectsassignedtotheselectedthreshold
definition.

CurrentThresholds:Displaysthethresholdalertsthatarecurrentlyactiveforthe
selectedthresholddefinition.

HistoricalThreshold:Displaysrecentthresholdalertsthatarenolongeractivefor
theselectedthresholddefinition.

Edit an Existing Threshold Definition


Editathresholddefinitiontochangethename,notificationsettings,orschedulesettings.
1 ClicktheThresholdAlertsview.
2 ClicktheDefinitionstab.

490

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Configuring Threshold Definitions

3 SelectthethresholddefinitiontoeditandclickEditSettingsinthebottompane.The
EditThresholdDefinitiondialogboxappears.
4 Tochangethenameofthethresholddefinition,enteranewnameintheNamefield.
5 TochangethethresholdvalueandemailnotificationsettingsfortheErrorthreshold
alert,enternewvaluesintheErrorSettingsfields.
6 TochangethethresholdvalueandemailnotificationsettingsfortheWarningthreshold
alert,enternewvaluesintheWarningSettingsfields.
7 TochangethethresholdvalueandemailnotificationsettingsfortheInfothreshold
alert,enternewvaluesintheInfoSettingsfields.
8 TochangetheperiodoftimethatEnterpriseManagermonitorsthethresholddefinition

SelectorcleartheTimeConstraintcheckboxtoenableordisablethetime
constraint.

IftheTimeConstraintcheckboxisselected,enterthestartofthetimeperiodinthe
StartTimefieldandentertheendofthetimeperiodintheEndTimefield.

9 TochangethedaysoftheweekthatEnterpriseManagermonitorsthethreshold
definition:

SelectorcleartheDayConstraintcheckboxtoenableordisablethedaysofthe
weekconstraint.

IftheDayConstraintcheckboxisselected,selectthecheckboxesofthedaysofthe
weektomonitorthethresholddefinitionandclearthecheckboxesofthedaysofthe
weektonotmonitorthethresholddefinition.

10 ClickOK.

Delete a Threshold Definition


Ifyounolongerneedathresholddefinition,youcandeleteit.
1 ClicktheThresholdAlertsview.
2 ClicktheDefinitionstab.
3 SelectthethresholddefinitiontoremoveandclickDeleteinthebottompane.The
DeleteObjectsdialogboxappears.
4 ClickOK.

Delete Multiple Threshold Definitions


Youcandeletemultiplethresholddefinitionssimultaneouslybyselectingthemandthen
rightclickingtheselection.
1 ClicktheThresholdAlertsview.
2 ClicktheDefinitionstab.
3 UseShift+clickand/orControl+clicktoselectmultiplethresholddefinitions.
4 RightclickontheselectionandselectDelete.TheDeleteObjectsdialogboxappears.
5 ClickOK.

Assigning Storage Objects to a Threshold Definition


Youcandeterminewhichstorageobjectsathresholddefinitionmonitorsbyaddingor
deletingtheobjects.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Dell Compellent

491

Chapter 25 Storage Center Threshold Alerts

Assign Storage Objects to a Threshold Definition


Ifyouwanttouseanexistingthresholddefinitiontomonitoradditionalstorageobjects,
addthemtothedefinition.
1 ClicktheThresholdAlertsview.
2 ClicktheDefinitionstab.
3 Selectthethresholddefinitiontowhichtoassignstorageobjects.
4 ClickAddObjectsinthebottompane.TheAddObjectsdialogboxappears.
ThestorageobjectsthatappearintheAddObjectsdialogboxdependonthealertobject
typeofthethresholddefinition.
5 Selectthestorageobject(s)toassigntothethresholddefinition.
6 ClickFinish.

Unassign Storage Objects from a Threshold Definition


Ifyouwanttostopathresholddefinitionfrommonitoringastorageobject,removethe
objectfromthedefinition.Storageobjectscannotberemovedfromthresholddefinitions
forwhichtheAllObjectscheckboxisselected.
1 ClicktheThresholdAlertsview.
2 ClicktheDefinitionstab.
3 Selectthethresholddefinitionfromwhichyouwanttounassignstorageobjects.
4 ClicktheAssignedObjectstab.
5 Rightclickonthestorageobject(s)tounassignandselectdelete.TheDeleteObjects
dialogboxappears.
6 ClickOK.

Assigning Threshold Definitions to Storage Objects


AsanalternativetotheThresholdAlertsview,youcanusetheStorageviewtoassign
thresholddefinitionstostorageobjects.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

View the Threshold Definitions Assigned to a Storage Center or Storage Object


SelectastorageobjectandthenclicktheSetThresholdAlertDefinitionstoviewthe
assignedthresholddefinitions.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 SelectaStorageCenterintheStoragepane.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 TodisplaythethresholddefinitionsassignedtotheStorageCenter,skiptoStep 5.
Todisplaythethresholddefinitionsassignedtoastorageobject,selectoneofthe
following:

492

Volumes:Selectthevolumeforwhichtodisplaytheassignedthresholddefinitions.

Servers:Selecttheserverforwhichtodisplaytheassignedthresholddefinitions.

RemoteStorageCenters:SelecttheremoteStorageCenterforwhichtodisplaythe
assignedthresholddefinitions.

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Configuring Threshold Definitions

Disks:Selectthediskforwhichtodisplaytheassignedthresholddefinitions.

StorageProfiles:Selectthestorageprofileforwhichtodisplaytheassigned
thresholddefinitions.

5 Intherightpane,clickSetThresholdAlertDefinitions.TheSetThresholdAlert
Definitionsdialogboxappears.

Thethresholddefinitionsassignedtousagemetricsoftheselectedstorageobjectare
displayedinthedialogbox.

Assign a Threshold Definition to a Storage Object


SelectastorageobjectandthenclicktheSetThresholdAlertDefinitionstoassigna
thresholddefinition.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 SelectaStorageCenterintheStoragepane.
3 ClicktheSummary,Storage,IOUsage,orChartingtab.
4 TodisplaythethresholddefinitionsassignedtotheStorageCenter,skiptoStep 5.
Todisplaythethresholddefinitionsassignedtoastorageobject,selectoneofthe
following:

Volumes:Selectthevolumeforwhichtodisplaytheassignedthresholddefinitions.

Servers:Selecttheserverforwhichtodisplaytheassignedthresholddefinitions.

RemoteStorageCenters:SelecttheremoteStorageCenterforwhichtodisplaythe
assignedthresholddefinitions.

Disks:Selectthediskforwhichtodisplaytheassignedthresholddefinitions.

StorageProfiles:Selectthestorageprofileforwhichtodisplaytheassigned
thresholddefinitions.

5 Intherightpane,clickSetThresholdAlertDefinitions.TheSetThresholdAlert
Definitionsdialogboxappears.
6 Selectstorageobjectusagemetrictowhichtoassignathresholddefinition.

Dell Compellent

493

Chapter 25 Storage Center Threshold Alerts

7 ClickSelectThresholdDefinition.TheSelectThresholdDefinitiondialogbox
appears.

ThethresholddefinitionsthatappearintheSelectThresholdDefinitiondialogbox
dependonthetypeofusagemetricselected.
Ifathresholddefinitionsfortheselectedusagemetricdoesnotexist,createathreshold
definitionbyclickingCreateThresholdDefinitionandreferringtoSettingUp
ThresholdDefinitionsonpage 488.
8 Selectthethresholddefinitiontoassigntotheusagemetric.
9 ClickOK.TheSetThresholdAlertDefinitionsdialogboxappearsandshowsthe
thresholddefinitionsassignedtotheusagemetric.
10 ClickOK.

Assign a Threshold Definition to a Controller or a Storage Center


SelectacontrolleroraStorageCenterthenclicktheSetThresholdAlertDefinitionsto
assignathresholddefinition.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 SelectaStorageCenterintheStoragepane.
3 ClicktheHardwaretab.
4 TodisplaythethresholddefinitionsassignedtotheStorageCenter,skiptoStep 5.
Todisplaythethresholddefinitionsassignedtoastorageobject,selectoneofthe
followingnodesintheHardwaretabnavigationpane:

StorageCentername:SelecttheStorageCenterforwhichtodisplaytheassigned
thresholddefinitions.

Controllername:Selectthecontrollerforwhichtodisplaytheassignedthreshold
definitions.

5 Intherightpane,clickSetThresholdAlertDefinitions.TheSetThresholdAlert
Definitionsdialogboxappears.
6 Selectstorageobjectusagemetrictowhichtoassignathresholddefinition.

494

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Configuring Threshold Definitions

7 ClickSelectThresholdDefinition.TheSelectThresholdDefinitiondialogbox
appears.

ThethresholddefinitionsthatappearintheSelectThresholdDefinitiondialogbox
dependonthetypeofusagemetricselected.
Ifathresholddefinitionsfortheselectedusagemetricdoesnotexist,createathreshold
definitionbyclickingCreateThresholdDefinitionandreferringtoSettingUp
ThresholdDefinitionsonpage 488.
8 Selectthethresholddefinitiontoassigntotheusagemetric.
9 ClickOK.TheSetThresholdAlertDefinitionsdialogboxappearsandshowsthe
thresholddefinitionsassignedtotheusagemetric.
10 ClickOK.

Viewing Threshold Alerts for a Threshold Definition


UsetheDefinitionstabtoviewthecurrentthresholdalertsandhistoricalthresholdalerts
forathresholddefinition.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

View the Current Threshold Alerts for a Threshold Definition


WhenathresholddefinitionisselectedontheDefinitionstab,theCurrentThreshold
Alertssubtabdisplaystheactivealertsforthedefinition.
1 ClicktheThresholdAlertsview.
2 ClicktheDefinitionstab.
3 Selectthethresholddefinitiontoview.Thethresholddefinitionappearsinthebottom
paneoftheDefinitionstab.
4 ClicktheCurrentThresholdAlertstab,inthebottompane,todisplayactivethreshold
alertsfortheselectedthresholddefinition.

View the Historical Threshold Alerts for a Threshold Definition


WhenathresholddefinitionisselectedontheDefinitionstab,theHistoricalThreshold
Alertssubtabdisplaysthepastalertsforthedefinition.
1 ClicktheThresholdAlertsview.
2 ClicktheDefinitionstab.

Dell Compellent

495

Chapter 25 Storage Center Threshold Alerts

3 Selectthethresholddefinitiontodisplay.Thethresholddefinitionappearsinthe
bottompaneoftheDefinitionstab.
4 ClicktheHistoricalThresholdAlertstab,inthebottompane,todisplaypastthreshold
alertsfortheselectedthresholddefinition.

Viewing and Deleting Threshold Alerts


ThecurrentandhistoricalthresholdalertsforthemanagedStorageCentersaredisplayed
ontheAlertstab.ThealertsareupdatedwhentheStorageReportreportgatheringtasks
arerun.Bydefault,IOUsageandReplicationreportgatheringisperformedevery15
minutesandStoragereportgatheringisperformeddailyatmidnight.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

See Also
ConfiguretheStorageCenterDataGatheringScheduleonpage 176

View Current and Historical Threshold Alerts


TheAlertstabdisplaysthethresholdalertsthatarecurrentlyactiveandthehistorical
thresholdalertsthatarenolongeractive.
1 ClicktheThresholdAlertsview.
2 ClicktheAlertstab.

TheCurrentThresholdAlertspanedisplaysallofthethresholdalertsthatare
currentlyactivefortheselectedStorageCenters.

TheHistoricalThresholdAlertspanedisplaysthresholdalertsthatarenolonger
activefortheselectedStorageCenters.

Filter Threshold Alerts by Storage Center


Bydefault,alertsaredisplayedforallmanagedStorageCenters.
1 ClicktheThresholdAlertsview.
2 ClicktheAlertstab.
3 UsetheStorageCenterspanetofilterthresholdalertsbyStorageCenter.

496

TohidethresholdalertsforasingleStorageCenter,clearthecheckboxforthe
StorageCenter.

TodisplaythresholdalertsforaStorageCenterthatisdeselected,selectthecheck
boxfortheStorageCenter.

TohidethresholdalertsforalloftheStorageCenters,clickUnselectAll.

TodisplaythresholdalertsforalloftheStorageCenters,clickSelectAll.

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Viewing and Deleting Threshold Alerts

Filter Threshold Alerts by Threshold Definition Properties


Youcanfilterthethresholdalertsbasedonthepropertiesofthethresholddefinition(s)that
triggeredthealerts.
1 ClicktheThresholdAlertsview.
2 ClicktheAlertstab.
3 UsetheFilterpanetofilterthresholdalertsbythresholddefinitionproperties.

Tofilterthedisplayedthresholdalertsbytype(IOUsage,Storage,orReplication)
selecttheFilterTypecheckbox,andthenselectthetypefromthedropdownmenu.

IftheFilterTypecheckboxisselected,theFilterAlertObjectTypecheckboxcan
beselectedtofilterthresholdalertsbythetypeofstorageobjectselectedfromthe
dropdownmenu.

IftheFilterAlertObjectTypecheckboxisselected,theFilterDefinitionType
checkboxcanbeselectedtofilterthresholdalertsbytheusagemetricselectedfrom
thedropdownmenu.

View the Threshold Definition that Generated an Alert


Ifyouwanttoviewthethresholddefinitionthatgeneratedanalertindetail,youcangoto
thedefinitiondirectlyfromthealert.
1 ClicktheThresholdAlertsview.
2 ClicktheAlertstab.
3 RightclickonacurrentorhistoricalthresholdalertandselectGotoDefinition.The
ThresholdDefinitionwindowappearsandthealertdefinitionthattriggeredthealert
ishighlighted.

Delete Historical Threshold Alerts


Ifahistoricalalertisnolongerrelevant,youcandeleteit.
1 ClicktheThresholdAlertsview.
2 ClicktheAlertstab.
3 Selectthehistoricalalert(s)todeletefromtheHistoricalThresholdAlertspane.
4 Rightclickontheselectedalert(s)andselectDelete.

Dell Compellent

497

Chapter 25 Storage Center Threshold Alerts

Configuring Volume Advisor Movement Recommendations


VolumeAdvisorcanrecommendmovingavolumetoadifferentStorageCenterto
improveperformanceand/oralleviatehighstorageusageforaStorageCenter.Volume
Advisorisconfiguredusingthresholddefinitions,whichgeneraterecommendationsalong
withthresholdalertswhenerrorthresholdsareexceeded.Volumemovement
recommendationsarecalculatedbasedonthecurrentcapacityandpastperformanceofthe
availableStorageCenters.

Threshold Definitions That Support Volume Advisor


Fourtypesofthresholddefinitionscantriggeranalertandarecommendationtomoveone
ormorevolumes.
Supported Threshold Definitions
Type

Alert Object Type

Alert Definition

Threshold Alert Recommendation

IOUsage StorageCenter

FEIO/Sec

WhenfrontendIOforaStorageCenter
exceedstheconfigurederrorthreshold,the
alertrecommendsmovingvolumestoa
specificStorageCenter.

IOUsage Volume

Latency

Whenlatencyforavolumeexceedsthe
configurederrorthreshold,thealert
recommendsmovingthevolumetoaspecific
StorageCenter,andgivesyoutheoptionto
actontherecommendationbycreatingaLive
Volume.

IOUsage Controller

CPUUsage

WhenCPUusageforaStorageCenter
controllerexceedstheconfiguredalert
threshold,thealertrecommendsmoving
volumestoaspecificStorageCenter.

Storage

PercentUsed

WhentheusedspacepercentageforaStorage
Centerexceedstheconfiguredalert
threshold,thealertrecommendsmovingthe
volumetoaspecificStorageCenter.

StorageCenter

General Volume Advisor Requirements


StorageCentersmustmeetthefollowingrequirementstobeconsideredforvolume
movementrecommendations.
Requirement
Management

Description
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManager.
Note: StorageCentersthatarenotmappedtoyouruseraccountare
notpresentedasrecommendations,butmightbepresentedas
recommendationstootherusers.

498

Licensing

TheStorageCentermustbelicensedforLiveVolume.

StorageCenterversion

TheStorageCentermustberunningthesameversion(x.y)asthe
originalStorageCenter.

Tier1disktype

TheStorageCentermusthavethesameTier1disktypeasthe
originalStorageCenter,suchasa7.2K,10K,15K,orSolidStateDisk
(SSD).

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Configuring Volume Advisor Movement Recommendations

Additional Requirements for the Volume Latency Threshold


Definition
TheoriginalvolumeandcandidateStorageCentersmustmeetthefollowingadditional
requirementstobeconsideredforvolumemovementrecommendationstriggeredbythe
volumelatencythresholddefinition.
Requirement

Description

Originalvolume
configuration

ThevolumecannotbepartofareplicationorLiveVolume.

CandidateStorageCenter
configuration

TheStorageCentermusthaveaserverobjectthatmatchesthe
servertowhichtheoriginalvolumeismapped.

ThevolumecannotbeassociatedwithaconsistentReplayProfile.

TheStorageCentermustbelessthan80%fullwhenincludingthe
sizeofthevolumetobemoved.
ThecombinedoriginalvolumeIO/secandStorageCenterfront
endIO/secmustbebelowapredefinedthreshold.

Types of Volume Movement Recommendations


Therearetwotypesofrecommendations:thosethataretriggeredbyvolumelatency
thresholddefinitions,andthosethatarenot.Bothrecommendmovingoneormore
volumestoadifferentStorageCenter,butvolumelatencyrecommendationsprovidemore
detailandincludeanoptiontoautomaticallyactontherecommendation.
Bothtypesofrecommendationscanbeviewedfromthecurrentthresholdalertsthat
containthem.OntheAlertstaboftheThresholdAlertsview,currentthresholdalertsthat
containrecommendationsdisplayYesintheRecommendcolumn.Toviewthe
recommendationcontainedbyacurrentthresholdalert,rightclickthealertandselect
RecommendStorageCentertoopentheRecommendStorageCenterdialogbox.

Recommendations Based on Volume Latency


Iftherecommendationwastriggeredbyathresholddefinitionthatmonitorsvolume
latency,theRecommendStorageCenterdialogboxdisplaysarecommendationtomovea
specificvolumetoaspecificStorageCenter.

IfEnterpriseManageridentifiedapossiblereasonfortheincreasedvolumelatency,the
reasonisdisplayedintheRecommendReasonfield.OncetheRecommendReasonis
calculated,itisnotupdatedfora24hourperiod.Ifyouviewtherecommendationafter24
hourshaveelapsed,thereasonisrecalculated.IfEnterpriseManagerisunableto
determineareason,noreasonisprovided.

Dell Compellent

499

Chapter 25 Storage Center Threshold Alerts

Thefollowingreasonscanbedisplayed:

CPU:IndicatesthatCPUusageforthecontrollerthathoststhevolumeishigh.

IOCount:IndicatesthatIOfortheStorageCenterthathoststhevolumeishigh.

DiskLatency:Thedisksthatprovidestorageforthevolumeareexperiencinghigh
latency.

Tier1Space:Tier1storagespaceisfullornearlyfullfortheStorageCenterthathosts
thevolume.

TheConverttoaLiveVolumetomovetorecommendedStorageCenterlinkopensa
dialogboxthatallowsyouautomaticallymovethevolumetotherecommendedStorage
CenterbyconvertingittoaLiveVolume.

Recommendations Based on Other Thresholds


IftherecommendationwastriggeredbyathresholddefinitionthatmonitorsStorage
CenterfrontendIO,StorageCentercontrollerCPUusage,orthepercentageofstorage
usedforaStorageCenter,theRecommendStorageCenterdialogboxdisplaysa
recommendedStorageCenterwithoutsuggestingspecificvolumestomoveorpopulating
theRecommendedReasonfield.

Creating Threshold Definitions to Recommend Volume Movement


Createathresholddefinitiontorecommendvolumemovementbasedontherateof
StorageCenterfrontendIO,volumelatency,StorageCentercontrollerCPUusage,or
percentageofstorageusedforaStorageCenter.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Create a Threshold Definition to Monitor Front-End IO for a Storage Center


WhenStorageCenterfrontendIOexceedsthevaluesetfortheerrorthreshold,Enterprise
Managertriggersathresholdalertwithavolumemovementrecommendation.
1 ClicktheThresholdAlertsview.
2 ClicktheDefinitionstab.
3 ClickCreateThresholdDefinition.TheCreateThresholdDefinitiondialogbox
appears.
4 IntheNamefield,typeanameforthethresholddefinition.

500

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Configuring Volume Advisor Movement Recommendations

5 ConfigurethethresholddefinitiontomonitorStorageCenterfrontendIO.
a FromtheTypedropdownmenu,selectIOUsage.
b FromtheAlertObjectTypedropdownmenu,selectStorageCenter.
c

FromtheAlertDefinitiondropdownmenu,selectFEIO/Sec.

6 (Optional)SelecttheAllObjectscheckboxtoapplythethresholddefinitiontoall
StorageCenters.
7 ConfiguretheIOpersecondvaluethatmustbeexceededtotriggeranerrorthreshold
alertwithavolumemovementrecommendation.
a IntheErrorSettingfield,typetherateofIOpersecondthatmustbeexceeded.
b NexttotheErrorSettingfield,intheIterationsbeforeemailfield,typethenumber
oftimesthethresholdmustbeexceededtotriggerthealert.
8 SelecttheRecommendStorageCentercheckbox.
9 Configuretheotheroptionsasneeded.Theseoptionsaredescribedintheonlinehelp.
10 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

IfyouselectedtheAllObjectscheckbox,thethresholddefinitioniscreatedandthe
CreateThresholdDefinitiondialogboxcloses.

IfyoudidnotselecttheAllObjectscheckbox,theAddObjectsdialogboxappears.

11 SelectthecheckboxforeachStorageCenterthatyouwanttomonitorwiththethreshold
definition,thenclickFinish.TheCreateThresholdDefinitiondialogboxcloses.

Create a Threshold Definition to Monitor Latency for a Volume


Whenlatencyforavolumeexceedsthevaluesetfortheerrorthreshold,Enterprise
Managertriggersathresholdalertwithavolumemovementrecommendation.
1 ClicktheThresholdAlertsview.
2 ClicktheDefinitionstab.
3 ClickCreateThresholdDefinition.TheCreateThresholdDefinitiondialogbox
appears.
4 IntheNamefield,typeanameforthethresholddefinition.
5 Configurethethresholddefinitiontomonitorvolumelatency.
a FromtheTypedropdownmenu,selectIOUsage.
b FromtheAlertObjectTypedropdownmenu,selectVolume.
c

FromtheAlertDefinitiondropdownmenu,selectLatency.

6 (Optional)SelecttheAllObjectscheckboxtoapplythethresholddefinitiontoall
volumes.
7 Configurethevolumelatencyvaluethatmustbeexceededtotriggerathresholdalert
withavolumemovementrecommendation.
a IntheErrorSettingfield,typethevolumelatencythatmustbeexceeded.
b NexttotheErrorSettingfield,intheIterationsbeforeemailfield,typethenumber
oftimesthethresholdmustbeexceededtotriggerthealert.
8 SelecttheRecommendStorageCentercheckbox.
9 Configuretheotheroptionsasneeded.Theseoptionsaredescribedintheonlinehelp.

Dell Compellent

501

Chapter 25 Storage Center Threshold Alerts

10 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

IfyouselectedtheAllObjectscheckbox,thethresholddefinitioniscreatedandthe
CreateThresholdDefinitiondialogboxcloses.

IfyoudidnotselecttheAllObjectscheckbox,theAddObjectsdialogboxappears.

11 Choosethevolumesthatyouwanttomonitor.
a Inthetable,selecttheStorageCenterthathoststhevolumes.
b Belowthetable,chooseamethodtoselectvolumes:

ToapplythethresholddefinitiontoallvolumesonaStorageCenter,selectAll
VolumesonStorageCenter,thenclickFinish.Thethresholddefinitionisadded
andtheCreateThresholdDefinitiondialogboxcloses.

Toapplythethresholddefinitiontoallvolumesinavolumefolder,selectAll
VolumesinFolder/Container,thenclickNext.Thewizardadvancestothenext
pageanddisplaysatableofvolumefolders.

ToapplythethresholddefinitiontoindividualvolumesonaStorageCenter,
selectSelectVolumes,thenclickNext.Thewizardadvancestothenextpageand
displaysatableofvolumes.

Selectthecheckboxforeachvolumeorvolumefolderthatyouwanttomonitorwith
thethresholddefinition,thenclickFinish.Thethresholddefinitionisaddedandthe
CreateThresholdDefinitiondialogboxcloses.

Create a Threshold Definition to Monitor CPU Usage for a Controller


WhentheCPUusagepercentageforaStorageCentercontrollerexceedsthevaluesetfor
theerrorthreshold,EnterpriseManagertriggersathresholdalertwithavolume
movementrecommendation.
1 ClicktheThresholdAlertsview.
2 ClicktheDefinitionstab.
3 ClickCreateThresholdDefinition.TheCreateThresholdDefinitiondialogbox
appears.
4 IntheNamefield,typeanameforthethresholddefinition.
5 ConfigurethethresholddefinitiontomonitorStorageCentercontrollerCPUusage.
a FromtheTypedropdownmenu,selectIOUsage.
b FromtheAlertObjectTypedropdownmenu,selectController.
c

FromtheAlertDefinitiondropdownmenu,selectCPUUsage.

6 (Optional)SelecttheAllObjectscheckboxtoapplythethresholddefinitiontoall
StorageCentercontrollers.
7 ConfiguretheStorageCentercontrollerCPUusagepercentagethatmustbeexceeded
totriggeranerrorthresholdalertwithavolumemovementrecommendation.
a IntheErrorSettingfield,typetheCPUusagepercentagethatmustbeexceeded.
b NexttotheErrorSettingfield,intheIterationsbeforeemailfield,typethenumber
oftimesthethresholdmustbeexceededtotriggerthealert.
8 SelecttheRecommendStorageCentercheckbox.
9 Configuretheotheroptionsasneeded.Theseoptionsaredescribedintheonlinehelp.

502

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Configuring Volume Advisor Movement Recommendations

10 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

IfyouselectedtheAllObjectscheckbox,thethresholddefinitioniscreatedandthe
CreateThresholdDefinitiondialogboxcloses.

IfyoudidnotselecttheAllObjectscheckbox,theAddObjectsdialogboxappears.

11 ChoosetheStorageCentercontrollersthatyouwanttomonitor.
a Inthetable,selecttheStorageCentertowhichthecontrollersbelong.
b Belowthetable,chooseamethodtoselectcontrollers:

ToapplythethresholddefinitiontoallcontrollersinaStorageCenter,selectAll
ControllersonStorageCenter,thenclickFinish.Thethresholddefinitionis
addedandtheCreateThresholdDefinitiondialogboxcloses.

ToapplythethresholddefinitiontoindividualcontrollersinaStorageCenter,
selectSelectControllers,thenclickNext.Thewizardadvancestothenextpage
anddisplaysatableofvolumes.

SelectthecheckboxforeachStorageCentercontrollerthatyouwanttomonitorwith
thethresholddefinition,thenclickFinish.Thethresholddefinitionisaddedandthe
CreateThresholdDefinitiondialogboxcloses.

Create a Threshold Definition to Monitor the Percentage of Used Storage for a


Storage Center
WhentheStorageCenterstorageusagepercentageexceedsthevaluesetfortheerror
threshold,EnterpriseManagertriggersathresholdalertwithavolumemovement
recommendation.
1 ClicktheThresholdAlertsview.
2 ClicktheDefinitionstab.
3 ClickCreateThresholdDefinition.TheCreateThresholdDefinitiondialogbox
appears.
4 IntheNamefield,typeanameforthethresholddefinition.
5 ConfigurethethresholddefinitiontomonitorStorageCenterstorageusage.
a FromtheTypedropdownmenu,selectStorage.
b FromtheAlertObjectTypedropdownmenu,selectStorageCenter.
c

FromtheAlertDefinitiondropdownmenu,selectPercentUsed.

6 (Optional)SelecttheAllObjectscheckboxtoapplythethresholddefinitiontoall
StorageCenters.
7 Configurethestorageusagepercentagethatmustbeexceededtotriggerathreshold
alertwithavolumemovementrecommendation.
a IntheErrorSettingfield,typethestorageusagepercentagethatmustbeexceeded.
b NexttotheErrorSettingfield,intheIterationsbeforeemailfield,typethenumber
oftimesthethresholdmustbeexceededtotriggerthealert.
8 SelecttheRecommendStorageCentercheckbox.
9 Configuretheotheroptionsasneeded.Theseoptionsaredescribedintheonlinehelp.

Dell Compellent

503

Chapter 25 Storage Center Threshold Alerts

10 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

IfyouselectedtheAllObjectscheckbox,thethresholddefinitioniscreatedandthe
CreateThresholdDefinitiondialogboxcloses.

IfyoudidnotselecttheAllObjectscheckbox,theAddObjectsdialogboxappears.

11 SelectthecheckboxforeachStorageCenterthatyouwanttomonitorwiththethreshold
definition,thenclickFinish.TheCreateThresholdDefinitiondialogboxcloses.

Moving a Volume Based on a Recommendation


Ifthevolumemovementrecommendationwastriggeredbyathresholddefinitionthat
monitorsvolumelatency,automaticallymovethevolumebycreatingaLiveVolume.Ifthe
recommendationwastriggeredbyathresholddefinitionthatmonitorsStorageCenter
frontendIO,StorageCentercontrollerCPUusage,orthepercentageofstorageusedfora
StorageCenter,movethevolume(s)manually.
1 ClicktheThresholdAlertsview.
2 ClicktheAlertstab.
3 IntheCurrentThresholdAlertspane,locatethethresholdalertthatcontainsthe
volumemovementrecommendation.AlertsthatcontainrecommendationsdisplayYes
intheRecommendcolumn.
4 Rightclickthethresholdalert,thenselectRecommendStorageCenter.The
RecommendStorageCenterdialogboxappears.

Iftherecommendationwastriggeredbyathresholddefinitionthatmonitorsvolume
latency,thedialogboxdisplaysaStorageCenterrecommendationandallowsyouto
movethevolumebycreatingaLiveVolume.IfEnterpriseManageridentifieda
possiblereasonfortheincreasedvolumelatency,thereasonisdisplayedinthe
RecommendReasonfield.
Toactontherecommendation,gotoAutomaticallyMoveaVolumeBasedona
Recommendationonpage 505.

504

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Configuring Volume Advisor Movement Recommendations

IftherecommendationwastriggeredbyathresholddefinitionthatmonitorsStorage
CenterfrontendIO,StorageCentercontrollerCPUusage,orthepercentageof
storageusedforaStorageCenter,thedialogboxdisplaysarecommendedStorage
Centerwithoutsuggestingspecificvolumestomove.
Toactontherecommendation,recordtheStorageCenternamesdisplayedinthe
CurrentStorageCenterandRecommendedStorageCenterfields,thengoto
ManuallyMoveaVolumeBasedonaRecommendationonpage 506.

Automatically Move a Volume Based on a Recommendation


UsetheRecommendStorageCenterdialogboxtoautomaticallymoveavolumebasedon
arecommendation.
1 IntheRecommendStorageCenterdialogbox,clickConverttoaLiveVolumeto
movetorecommendedStorageCenter.TheConverttoLiveVolumedialogbox
appears.
2 Mapthedestinationvolumetotheserverthatiscurrentlymappedtothevolume.
a NexttoServer,clickChange.TheSelectServerdialogboxappears.
b Selecttheserverthatiscurrentlymappedtotheoriginalvolume,thenclickOK.
3 ModifytheotherLiveVolumeoptionsasnecessary.Theseoptionsaredescribedinthe
onlinehelp.
4 Whenyouaredone,clickFinish.TheLiveVolumeiscreatedandyoureturntothe
AlertstabontheThresholdAlertsview.
5 AftertheLiveVolumeissynchronized,swaprolestomaketherecommendedStorage
CentertheprimaryfortheLiveVolume.
a ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview,thenclicktheLiveVolumestab.
b WaituntiltheLiveVolumeissynchronized,thenselecttheLiveVolumeandclick
SwapPrimaryStorageCenterofLiveVolume.Aconfirmationdialogboxappears.
c

ClickOKtoconfirmtheswap.

6 IfyoudecidethatyouwanttomaketherecommendedStorageCenterthepermanent
hostforthevolume,deletetheLiveVolumeandselecttheRecycleSecondaryVolume
checkboxtorecyclethesecondaryvolume(originalvolume).
a SelecttheLiveVolumeandclickDelete.TheDeleteObjectsdialogboxappears.
b CleartheConverttoReplicationcheckbox.
c

SelecttheRecycleSecondaryVolumecheckbox.

d ClickOK.

Dell Compellent

505

Chapter 25 Storage Center Threshold Alerts

Manually Move a Volume Based on a Recommendation


IfathresholdalertrecommendsmovingvolumestoadifferentStorageCenterbutdoesnot
recommendmovingaspecificvolume,decidewhichvolumestomoveandmanually
createLiveVolumestomovethem.
1 ExaminethevolumeshostedbythecurrentStorageCenteranddecidewhich
volume(s)tomovetotherecommendedStorageCenter.
2 ConverteachvolumethatyouwanttomovetoaLiveVolume.

UsetherecommendedStorageCenterasthedestination.

Mapthedestinationvolumetotheserverthatiscurrentlymappedtothevolume.

3 AftertheLiveVolumeissynchronized,swaprolestomaketherecommendedStorage
CentertheprimaryfortheLiveVolume.
a ClicktheReplications&LiveVolumesview,thenclicktheLiveVolumestab.
b FindtheLiveVolumeWaituntiltheLiveVolumeissynchronized,thenselectthe
LiveVolumeandclickSwapPrimaryStorageCenterofLiveVolume.A
confirmationdialogboxappears.
c

ClickOKtoconfirmtheswap.

4 IfyoudecidethatyouwanttomaketherecommendedStorageCenterthepermanent
hostforthevolume,deletetheLiveVolumeandrecyclethesecondaryvolume(original
volume).
a SelecttheLiveVolumeandclickDelete.TheDeleteObjectsdialogboxappears.
b CleartheConverttoReplicationcheckbox.
c

SelecttheRecycleSecondaryVolumecheckbox.

d ClickOK.

Export Threshold Alert Data to a File


ThresholdalertdatacanbeexportedtoCSV,Text,Excel,HTML,XML,orPDF.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.
1 ClicktheThresholdAlertsview.
2 ClickSaveThresholdAlerts
Alertsdialogboxappears.

intheThresholdAlertspane.TheSaveThreshold

3 Toexportactivethresholdalerts,selecttheCurrentThresholdAlertscheckbox.
4 Toexportpastthresholdalerts,selecttheHistoricalThresholdAlertscheckbox.
5 Selectthetypeoffiletooutput:CSV,Text,Excel,HTML,XML,orPDF.

506

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Configuring Email Notifications for Threshold Alerts

6 ClickBrowsetospecifythenameofthefileandthelocationtowhichtoexportthefile,
thenclickSave.
7 ClickOK.

Configuring Email Notifications for Threshold Alerts


Toreceiveemailnotificationsforthresholdalerts,configureSMTPserversettingsforthe
DataCollector,addanemailaddresstoyouruseraccount,andenablenotificationemails
forThresholdAlertsevents.

Configure SMTP Server Settings


TheSMTPserversettingsmustbeconfiguredtoallowEnterpriseManagertosend
notificationemails.
1 InthetoppaneoftheEnterpriseManagerClient,clickEditDataCollectorSettings.
TheEditDataCollectorSettingsdialogboxappears.
2 ClicktheSMTPServertab.
3 ConfiguretheSMTPserversettingsbyperformingthefollowingsteps:
a IntheFromEmailAddressfield,entertheemailaddresstodisplayasthesenderof
emailsfromtheDataCollector.
b IntheHostorIPAddressfield,enterthehostnameorIPaddressoftheSMTP
server.
c

IftheportnumberoftheSMTPserverisnot25,enterthecorrectportnumberinthe
Portfield.

d IftheSMTPserverrequiresauthentication,selecttheAuthenticationcheckbox,
thenentertheusernameandpasswordintheSMTPUserNameandSMTPUser
Passwordfields.
4 ClickOK.

Configure an Email Address for Your User Account


Toreceiveemailnotifications,youmustspecifyanemailaddressforyouraccount.

Prerequisites
TheSMTPserversettingsmustbeconfiguredfortheDataCollector.Ifthesesettingsare
notconfigured,theDataCollectorisnotabletosendemails.

Steps
1 InthetoppaneoftheEnterpriseManagerClient,clickEditUserSettings.TheGeneral
tabappears.
2 EntertheemailaddressofthecurrentuserintheEmailAddressfield.
3 SelecttheformatforemailstothecurrentuserfromtheEmailFormatdropdown
menu.
4 Tosendatestmessagetotheemailaddress,clickTestEmailandclickOK.
Verifythatthetestmessageissenttothespecifiedemailaddress.
5 ClickOK.

See Also
ConfigureSMTPServerSettingsonpage 507

Dell Compellent

507

Chapter 25 Storage Center Threshold Alerts

Configure Email Notification Settings for Your User Account


MakesureEnterpriseManagerisconfiguredtosendemailnotificationstoyouraccountfor
theeventsyouwanttomonitor.

Prerequisites

TheSMTPserversettingsmustbeconfiguredfortheDataCollector.Ifthesesettingsare
notconfigured,theDataCollectorisnotabletosendemails.

Anemailaddressmustbeconfiguredforyouruseraccount.

Steps
1 InthetoppaneoftheEnterpriseManagerClient,clickEditUserSettings.TheEdit
UserSettingsdialogboxappears.
2 ClicktheManageEventstab.
3 Selectthecheckboxforeacheventyouwanttobenotifiedabout.
4 ClickOK.

See Also
ConfigureSMTPServerSettingsonpage 507
ConfigureanEmailAddressforYourUserAccountonpage 507

Performing Threshold Queries


Thresholdqueriesallowyoutoqueryhistoricaldatabasedonthresholdcriteria.For
example,ifaStorageCenterexperiencedaspikeofIOusage,youcouldcreateathreshold
querytodiscoverthethresholddefinitionsettingsthatwouldhavedetectedtheevent.
Afteryoufindthethresholdsettingsyouneed,youcanusethemtocreateathreshold
definitionthatwillautomaticallymonitortheStorageCenter.

Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

508

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Performing Threshold Queries

View Saved Queries


SavedthresholdqueriesappearintheSavedQueriespane.Publicqueriescanbeviewed
byallEnterpriseManagerusers,andpersonalqueriesarevisibleonlytoyouruseraccount.
1 ClicktheThresholdAlertsview.
2 ClicktheQueriestab.TheQueriestabappears.
PublicandpersonalqueriesaredisplayedintheSavedQueriespane.
3 Torefreshthelistofsavedqueries,clickRefresh

ontheThresholdAlertspane.

Create a Threshold Query


Createathresholdquerytotestthresholddefinitionsettingsagainsthistoricaldata.New
queriescanberunimmediatelyorsavedforfutureuse.
1 ClicktheThresholdAlertsview.
2 ClicktheQueriestab.TheQueriestabappears.
3 PerformthefollowingstepsintheSaveQueryFilterValuespane:
a ClickNew.IftheNewbuttonisgrayedout,skiptoStep b.
b EnteranameforthequeryintheNamefield.
c

SpecifywhetherornottomakethequeryavailabletootherEnterpriseManager
usersbyselectingorclearingthePubliccheckbox.Bydefault,anewqueryisa
personalqueryandisnotavailabletootherusers.

4 PerformthefollowingstepsintheQueryFilterpane:
a SelectwhetherthequeryisforallStorageCentersoraspecificStorageCenter.

ToselectalloftheStorageCentersforthequery,selecttheAllStorageCenters
checkbox.

ToselectaspecificStorageCenterforthequery,cleartheAllStorageCenters
checkboxandselectaStorageCenterfromthedropdownmenu.

b SelectthetypeofquerytocreatefromthefirstDefinitiondropdownmenu.
c

SelectthetypeofstorageobjecttoqueryfromthesecondDefinitiondropdown
menu.
TheavailablestorageobjectsaredependentonthetypeofqueryselectedinStep b.

d SelectthetypeofusagemetrictoqueryfromthethirdDefinitiondropdownmenu.
TheavailablethresholdmetricsaredependentontypeofqueryselectedinStep b
andthetypeofobjectselectedinStep c.
e SelecttheperiodoftimetoquerythedatafromtheStartTimedropdownmenu.
f

EnterthethresholdvaluethattheusagemetricmusthavereachedintheThreshold
Valuefield.

g Tospecifythenumberoftimesthattheusagemetricmusthavereachedthe
thresholdvalue,enteravalueintheOccurrencesfield.
Toonlyreturnresultsthatoccurredinsequence,selecttheConsecutiveOccurrences
checkbox.
5 Runorsavethethresholdquery.

Dell Compellent

Tosavethequeryforfutureuse,clickSaveAs.Thethresholdqueryappearsinthe
SavedQueriestab.

Torunthequery,clickRun.TheresultsofthequeryappearintheQueryResults
paneatthebottomoftheQueriestab.

509

Chapter 25 Storage Center Threshold Alerts

Run a Saved Threshold Query


Youcanrunasavedquerywithoutmakinganychangesoruseitasastartingpointand
modifyitasneeded.
1 ClicktheThresholdAlertsview.
2 ClicktheQueriestab.TheQueriestabappears.
ThepublicandpersonalqueriesaredisplayedintheSavedQueriespane.
3 IntheSavedQueriespane,doubleclickthequerytorun.
4 ClickRun.TheresultsofthequeryappearintheQueryResultspane.

Export the Results of a Threshold Query


ThresholdqueryresultscanbeexportedtoCSV,text,Excel,HTML,XML,orPDF.
1 ClicktheThresholdAlertsview.
2 ClicktheQueriestab.TheQueriestabappears.
ThepublicandpersonalqueriesaredisplayedintheSavedQueriespane.
3 SelectaqueryfromSavedQueriespaneorcreateanewqueryasdescribedinCreatea
ThresholdDefinitiononpage 488.
4 ClickRun.
5 ClickSaveResults.TheSaveResultsdialogboxappears.
6 Selectafiletypefortheoutput:CSV(.csv),Text(.txt),Excel(.xls),HTML(.htm),XML
(.xml),orPDF(.pdf).
7 ClickBrowsetospecifythefilenameandlocationtosavethefile.
8 ClickOK.Theresultsofthequeryareexported.

Edit a Saved Threshold Query


Modifyasavedthresholdqueryifyouwanttochangethefiltersettings.
1 ClicktheThresholdAlertsview.
2 ClicktheQueriestab.TheQueriestabappears.
ThepublicandpersonalqueriesaredisplayedintheSavedQueriespane.
3 IntheSavedQueriespane,doubleclickthequerytoedit.
4 ModifytheoptionsintheQueryFilterareaasneeded.
Toundochangestoaqueryanddisplaythesavedvaluesofthequery,clickRevert.
5 Savethequery.

Ifthenameofthequerywaschanged,clickSavetochangethenameofthequeryto
thenewnameorclickSaveAstosaveacopyofthequerywiththenewname.

Ifonlythequeryfiltervalueswerechanged,clickSavetosavethechangestothe
query.

See Also
CreateaThresholdQueryonpage 509

510

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

26

Storage Center Reports


TheReportsfeatureallowsausertoviewPDFStorageCenterandChargebackreports
generatedbyEnterpriseManager.

Contents
ChargebackReports ........................................................ 511
StorageCenterAutomatedReports ........................................... 512
DisplayingReports ......................................................... 513
WorkingwithReports ....................................................... 515
ConfiguringAutomatedReportGeneration .................................... 516
TestingAutomatedReportsSettings .......................................... 518
ConfigureEnterpriseManagertoEmailReports ................................ 519

Chargeback Reports
TheinformationdisplayedinaChargebackreportincludesasumofchargestoeach
departmentandthecost/storagesavingsrealizedbyusingaStorageCenterascompared
toalegacySAN.Chargebackreportspresentthesamedatathatcanbeviewedonthe
ChargebackviewinPDFform.
ThefollowingtabsareavailableforChargebackreports:

Chargeback:Displaysthesumofallchargestoeachdepartmentfortheselected
Chargebackrun.

ChargebackSavings:Displaystheestimatedcostandstoragespacesavingsrealizedby
usingaStorageCenterascomparedtoalegacySAN.

See Also
Chapter 27:StorageCenterChargeback,onpage 521

Dell Compellent

511

Chapter 26 Storage Center Reports

Storage Center Automated Reports


TheinformationdisplayedinaStorageCenterAutomatedreportdependsonhowoften
thereportisgenerated,aswellastheconfiguredautomatedreportsettings.
ThefollowingtablelistsStorageCenterreporttypesandthetabstheycancontain.
Report Type

Description

Daily

AreportthatisgeneratedattheendofeachdayanddisplaysStorageCenter
informationonthefollowingtabs:
VolumeStorage:Displaysvolumestoragestatistics.
Replications:Displaysinformationaboutvolumereplications.
Alerts:DisplaysStorageCenteralerts.

Weekly

AreportthatisgeneratedattheendofeachweekanddisplaysStorageCenter
informationonthefollowingtabs:
DiskClass:Displaysinformationaboutstoragespaceoneachdiskclass.
VolumeStorage:Displaysvolumestoragestatistics.
Replications:Displaysinformationaboutvolumereplications.
Alerts:DisplaysStorageCenteralerts.
StorageCenterSummary:Displaysinformationaboutstoragespaceandthe
numberofstorageobjectsontheStorageCenter.

Monthly

AreportthatisgeneratedattheendofeachmonthanddisplaysStorageCenter
informationonthefollowingtabs:
DiskClass:Displaysinformationaboutstoragespaceoneachdiskclass.
VolumeStorage:Displaysvolumestoragestatistics.
Replications:Displaysinformationaboutvolumereplications.
StorageCenterSummary:Displaysinformationaboutstoragespaceandthe
numberofstorageobjectsontheStorageCenter.

512

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Displaying Reports

Displaying Reports
TheReportsviewcandisplayStorageCenterAutomatedreportsandChargebackreports.

View a Storage Center Automated Report


ThecontentsofStorageCenterreportsareconfiguredintheDataCollectorautomated
reportssettings.
1 ClicktheReportsview.TheAutomatedReportstabappearsanditdisplaysallofthe
StorageCenterandChargebackreportsthatcanbeviewed.
2 TodisplayreportsforanindividualStorageCenter,clicktheplussign(+)nexttothe
StorageCenterintheReportspane.Thenameofeachreportthatisdisplayedconsists
oftwoparts:

ThefirstpartofthenamedisplaysDaily,Weekly,orMonthly,whichindicateshow
oftenthereportisgenerated.

Thesecondpartofthenamedisplaysthedateandtimethatthereportwas
generated.

Forexample,thenameofadailyreportforMarch1st,2012wouldbe:
Daily03/1/201223:56:02

3 SelectthereporttoviewintheReportspaneordoubleclickonthereporttoviewinthe
AutomatedReportstab.
ThereporttabsthataredisplayeddependonwhetherthereportisaDaily,Weekly,or
Monthlyreport.

See Also
StorageCenterAutomatedReportsonpage 512
ConfiguringAutomatedReportGenerationonpage 516

Dell Compellent

513

Chapter 26 Storage Center Reports

View a Chargeback Report


YoucanviewaChargebackreportPDFontheReportsview.TheChargebackviewalso
displaysChargebackdata.

Prerequisites

Chargebackmustbeenabled.

TheChargebackandChargebackSavingsreportsmustbeenabledintheDataCollector
automatedreportssettings.

Steps
1 ClicktheReportsview.TheAutomatedReportstabappearsanditdisplaysallofthe
StorageCenterandChargebackreportsthatcanbeviewed.
2 TodisplayonlyChargebackreports,clicktheplussign(+)nexttotheChargeback
folder.ThenameofeachreportconsistsofthetextChargebackfollowedbythedateand
timethatthereportwasgenerated.
Forexample,thenameofadailyreportforMarch1st,2012wouldbe:
Chargeback03/1/201223:56:02

3 SelectthereporttoviewintheReportspaneordoubleclickonthereporttoviewinthe
AutomatedReportstab.

See Also
ViewingChargebackRunsonpage 532
ChargebackReportsonpage 511
ConfiguringAutomatedReportGenerationonpage 516

514

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Working with Reports

Working with Reports


Youcanupdatethelistofreportsandusethereportoptionsnavigate,print,save,and
deletereports.

Update the List of Reports


Updatethelistofreportstodisplaynewreportsthatwereautomaticallyormanually
generated.
1 ClicktheReportsview.
2 ClickRefresh

ontheReportspane.

Navigate Through the Pages of a Report


Usethenextandpreviousbuttonstomoveforwardandbackwardinthereport.Ifyou
wanttojumptoaspecificpage,youcantypethepagenumber.
1 ClicktheReportsview.
2 SelectthereporttoviewfromtheReportspane.
3 Performthefollowingactionstonavigatethroughthepagesofthereport:

Todisplayaspecificpageofthereport,typethepagenumberinthePageNumber
fieldandpressEnter.

Todisplaythenextpageofthereport,clickNext

Todisplaythepreviouspageofthereport,clickPrevious

.
.

Print a Report
Forbestresults,DellCompellentrecommendsprintingreportsusingtheLandscape
orientation.
1 ClicktheReportsview.
2 SelectthereporttoprintfromtheReportspane.
3 ClickPrint

.ThePrintdialogboxappears.

4 SelecttheprintertousefromtheNamedropdownmenu.
5 ClickOK.Thereportisprintedtotheselectedprinter.

Save a Report to the Client Computer


YoucansaveareportPDFonyourcomputeroranetworkshare.
1 ClicktheReportsview.
2 SelectthereporttoprintfromtheReportspane.
3 ClickSave

.TheSelectFiledialogboxappears.

4 SelectalocationtosavethePDFfileandenteranameforthefileintheFilenamefield.
5 ClickOK.ThereportissavedinPDFformat.

Delete a Report
Ifareportisnolongerneeded,youcanmanuallydeleteit.
1 ClicktheReportsview.
2 SelectthereporttodeletefromtheReportspane.Toselectmultiplereports,holdthe
ShiftorControlkeywhileyouselectthereports.

Dell Compellent

515

Chapter 26 Storage Center Reports

3 RightclickontheselectedreportandselectDelete.TheDeleteObjectsdialogbox
appears.
4 ClickOK.Theselectedreportisdeleted.

Configuring Automated Report Generation


ThesettingsforautomatedreportscanbesetupgloballyforallStorageCentersor
customizedforindividualStorageCenters.

TheglobalautomatedreportsettingsaredefinedontheAutomatedReportstabinthe
EditDataCollectorSettingsdialogbox.

TheautomatedreportsettingsforindividualStorageCentersaredefinedonthe
AutomatedReportstabintheEditSettingsdialogboxoftheselectedStorageCenter.

InadditiontoviewingautomatedreportsintheReportview,EnterpriseManagercanbe
configuredtoemailautomatedreportstousersorsaveautomatedreportstoapublic
directory.

Set up Automated Reports for All Storage Centers (Global Settings)


ConfigureautomatedreportsettingsfortheDataCollectorifyouwanttousethesame
reportsettingsforallmanagedStorageCenters.DellCompellentrecommendsconfiguring
theglobalsettingsfirst,andthencustomizingreportsettingsforindividualStorage
Centersasneeded.
1 InthetoppaneoftheEnterpriseManagerClient,clickEditDataCollectorSettings.
2 ClicktheAutomatedReportstab.

516

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Configuring Automated Report Generation

3 SelectthecheckboxesintheAutomatedReportSettingsareatospecifyhowoftento
generatethefollowingreports:

StorageCenterSummary:SelecttheWeeklyand/orMonthlycheckboxes.

DiskClass:SelecttheWeeklyand/orMonthlycheckboxes.

Alerts:SelecttheDailyand/orWeeklycheckboxes.

VolumeStorage:SelecttheDaily,Weekly,and/orMonthlycheckboxes.

Replications:SelecttheDaily,Weekly,and/orMonthlycheckboxes.

4 SelectthecheckboxesintheAutomatedTableReportSettingsareatospecifywhich
reportstogenerateandhowoftentogeneratethem.
Note: Automatedtablereportscanbesavedinapublicdirectoryorattachedto
automatedemailsbuttheydonotappearintheReportsview.
a IntheIOReportsarea,selectFrequencycheckboxestodeterminehowoftenthe
reportsaregenerated,thenselectReportTypescheckboxestodeterminewhich
reportsaregenerated.
b IntheStorageReportsarea,selectFrequencycheckboxestodeterminehowoften
thereportsaregenerated,thenselectanyoftheVolumeReportTypes,Server
ReportTypes,andDiskReportTypescheckboxestodeterminewhichreportsare
generated.
5 SelectthecheckboxesintheChargebackAutomatedReportSettingsareatospecify
thetypesofChargebackreportstogenerate.

Chargeback:SelectthischeckboxtogenerateaChargebackreportattheendof
everyday.

ChargebackSavings:SelectthischeckboxtogenerateaChargebackSavingsreport
attheendofeveryday.

6 Toexportthereportstoapublicdirectory,selecttheStorereportinpublicdirectory
checkboxandenterthefullpathtothedirectoryintheDirectoryfield.
Note: ToexporttheChargebackreportsinapubicdirectory,seeConfigure
ChargebackorModifyChargebackSettingsonpage 522.
7 ToconfiguretheDataCollectortoemailthereportswhentheyaregenerated:

SelecttheAttachAutomatedReportstoemailcheckboxtoemailthereportsinthe
AutomatedReportsSettingsarea.

SelecttheAttachTableReportstoemailcheckboxtoemailthereportsinthe
AutomatedTableReportsSettingsarea.
Note: EnterpriseManagersendsemailstotheemailaddressspecifiedinthe
UserProperties.ForinstructionsonspecifyingtheEnterpriseManageremail
address,seeConfigureEnterpriseManagertoEmailReportsonpage 519.

8 TospecifythefileformatforexportedandemailedreportsintheAutomatedTable
ReportsSettingsarea,selecttheradiobuttonofthefileformattouse.
9 ClickOK.

Dell Compellent

517

Chapter 26 Storage Center Reports

Set up Automated Reports for an Individual Storage Center


Bydefault,StorageCentersareconfiguredtousetheglobalautomatedreportsettingsthat
arespecifiedfortheDataCollector.IfyouwanttousedifferentreportsettingsforaStorage
Center,youcanconfiguretheautomatedreportsettingsintheStorageCenterproperties.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 SelectaStorageCenterintheStoragepane.
3 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheAutomatedReportstab.
5 DeselecttheUseglobalautomatedreportingsettingsfortheStorageCentercheck
box.
6 SelectthecheckboxesintheAutomatedReportSettingsareatospecifyhowoftento
generatethefollowingreports:

StorageCenterSummary:SelecttheWeeklyand/orMonthlycheckboxes.

DiskClass:SelecttheWeeklyand/orMonthlycheckboxes.

Alerts:SelecttheDailyand/orWeeklycheckboxes.

VolumeStorage:SelecttheDaily,Weekly,and/orMonthlycheckboxes.

Replications:SelecttheDaily,Weekly,and/orMonthlycheckboxes.

7 SelectthecheckboxesIntheAutomatedTableReportSettingsareatospecifyhow
oftentogeneratereportsandthetypesofreportstogenerate.

IOReports:IOusagereportsforvolumes,servers,anddisks.

Frequency:SelecttheDaily,Weekly,and/orMonthlycheckboxes.

ReportTypes:SelecttheMostActiveVolumes,MostActiveServers,and/or
MostActiveDiskscheckboxes.

StorageReports:Storagereportsforvolumes,servers,anddisks.

Frequency:SelecttheDaily,Weekly,and/orMonthlycheckboxes.

VolumeReportTypes:SelecttheVolume,VolumeFolder,and/orVolume
Growthcheckboxes.

ServerReportTypes:SelecttheServerand/orServerFoldercheckboxes.

DiskReportTypes:SelecttheDisk,DiskFolder,DiskClass,and/orDiskTier
checkboxes.

8 ClickOK.

Testing Automated Reports Settings


Youcanmanuallygeneratereportstotesttheconfiguredautomatedreportssettings
withoutwaitingforthereportstobegeneratedautomatically.
1 InthetoppaneoftheEnterpriseManagerClient,clickEditDataCollectorSettings.
TheEditDataCollectorSettingsdialogboxappears.
2 ClicktheAutomatedReportstab.

518

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Configure Enterprise Manager to Email Reports

3 ScrolltothebottomofthepaneandclickGenerateReportsNow.TheGenerate
Reportsdialogboxappears.
4 Selectthecheckbox(es)ofthereport(s)togenerate.

Togeneratedailyreports,selecttheGenerateDailyReportscheckbox.

Togenerateweeklyreports,selecttheGenerateWeeklyReportscheckbox.

Togeneratemonthlyreports,selecttheGenerateMonthlyReportscheckbox.

5 IfyoumadeconfigurationchangestotheAutomatedReportstabbeforeyouclicked
GenerateReportsNow,makesuretheSavecurrentreportsettingsbeforegenerating
reportscheckboxisselected.
6 ClickOK.ThereportsaregeneratedandtheGenerateReportsdialogboxcloses.
7 ClickOK.

Configure Enterprise Manager to Email Reports


EnterpriseManagercansendyouautomatedreportPDFsbyemail.Toreceivereportsby
email,configureSMTPserversettingsfortheDataCollector,addanemailaddresstoyour
useraccount,andenablenotificationemailsforNewAutomatedReportevents.

Configure SMTP Server Settings


TheSMTPserversettingsmustbeconfiguredtoallowEnterpriseManagertosend
notificationemails.
1 InthetoppaneoftheEnterpriseManagerClient,clickEditDataCollectorSettings.
TheEditDataCollectorSettingsdialogboxappears.
2 ClicktheSMTPServertab.
3 ConfiguretheSMTPserversettingsbyperformingthefollowingsteps:
a IntheFromEmailAddressfield,entertheemailaddresstodisplayasthesenderof
emailsfromtheDataCollector.
b IntheHostorIPAddressfield,enterthehostnameorIPaddressoftheSMTP
server.
c

IftheportnumberoftheSMTPserverisnot25,enterthecorrectportnumberinthe
Portfield.

d IftheSMTPserverrequiresauthentication,selecttheAuthenticationcheckbox,
thenentertheusernameandpasswordintheSMTPUserNameandSMTPUser
Passwordfields.
4 ClickOK.

Configure an Email Address for Your User Account


Toreceiveemailnotifications,youmustspecifyanemailaddressforyouraccount.

Prerequisites
TheSMTPserversettingsmustbeconfiguredfortheDataCollector.Ifthesesettingsare
notconfigured,theDataCollectorisnotabletosendemails.

Steps
1 InthetoppaneoftheEnterpriseManagerClient,clickEditUserSettings.TheGeneral
tabappears.
2 EntertheemailaddressofthecurrentuserintheEmailAddressfield.

Dell Compellent

519

Chapter 26 Storage Center Reports

3 SelecttheformatforemailstothecurrentuserfromtheEmailFormatdropdown
menu.
4 Tosendatestmessagetotheemailaddress,clickTestEmailandclickOK.
Verifythatthetestmessageissenttothespecifiedemailaddress.
5 ClickOK.

See Also
ConfigureSMTPServerSettingsonpage 519

Configure Email Notification Settings for Your User Account


MakesureEnterpriseManagerisconfiguredtosendemailnotificationstoyouraccountfor
theeventsyouwanttomonitor.

Prerequisites

TheSMTPserversettingsmustbeconfiguredfortheDataCollector.Ifthesesettingsare
notconfigured,theDataCollectorisnotabletosendemails.

Anemailaddressmustbeconfiguredforyouruseraccount.

Steps
1 InthetoppaneoftheEnterpriseManagerClient,clickEditUserSettings.TheEdit
UserSettingsdialogboxappears.
2 ClicktheManageEventstab.
3 Selectthecheckboxforeacheventyouwanttobenotifiedabout.
4 ClickOK.

See Also
ConfigureSMTPServerSettingsonpage 519
ConfigureanEmailAddressforYourUserAccountonpage 519

520

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

27

Storage Center Chargeback


Chargebackmonitorsstorageconsumptionandcalculatesdatastorageoperatingcostsper
department.Chargebackcanbeconfiguredtochargeforstoragebasedontheamountof
allocatedspaceortheamountofconfiguredspace.Whencostisbasedonallocatedspace,
Chargebackcanbeconfiguredtochargebasedonstorageusage(theamountofspace
used),orstorageconsumption(thedifferenceintheamountspaceusedsincethelast
automatedChargebackrun).

Contents
ConfigureChargebackorModifyChargebackSettings .......................... 522
ConfiguringChargebackDepartments ........................................ 525
PerformaManualChargebackRun ........................................... 531
ViewingChargebackRuns ................................................... 532
WorkingwithCharts ........................................................ 535
ExportingChargebackData .................................................. 536

Dell Compellent

521

Chapter 27 Storage Center Chargeback

Configure Chargeback or Modify Chargeback Settings


TheChargebacksettingsspecifyhowtochargeforstorageconsumption,howtoassign
basestoragecosts,andhowtogeneratereports.DuringtheinitialsetupofChargeback
settings,theDefaultDepartmentdropdownmenuisemptybecausethedepartmentsdo
notexistyet.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.
1 ClicktheChargebackview.
2 ClickEditChargebackSettingsintheActionspane.TheEditChargebackSettings
wizardappears.

3 Selectwhethertochargeontheallocatedspaceofavolumeortheconfiguredspaceof
avolume:

Tochargebasedontheamountofspacethatavolumeactuallyuses,selectthe
ChargeonAllocatedSpacecheckbox.

Tochargebasedontheamountofspacethateachvolumeisconfiguredtouse,clear
theChargeonAllocatedSpacecheckbox.

4 IftheChargeonAllocatedSpacecheckboxisselectedinStep 3onpage 522,selectthe


ChargeonDifferencecheckboxifyouwanttoconfigureChargebacktochargebased
onthedifferencebetweentheamountofspaceavolumecurrentlyusesandtheamount
ofspacethatavolumeusedduringthelastautomatedChargebackrun.
5 ToaddadditionalchargesthatarebasedonthenumberofReplaysthathavebeen
createdforavolume,selecttheChargeforReplayscheckboxandenterthecostper
ReplayintheReplayCostfield.
6 TochargeahigherrateforvolumedatathatusesFastTrackdiskspace,selectthe
ChargeExtraforFastTrackcheckboxandenterthepercentagetoincreasethecostfor
volumesthatuseFastTrackdiskspaceintheFastTrackPercentIncreasefield.

522

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Configure Chargeback or Modify Chargeback Settings

7 SelecthowtoassignabasecosttostoragefromtheAssignCostBydropdown.

GlobalDiskClasses:Costsareassignedtoeachavailablediskclass.

IndividualStorageCenterDiskTier:Costsareassignedperstoragetierlevelfor
eachStorageCenter.

8 SelectalocationfromtheCurrencyLocaledropdownmenutospecifythetype
currencytodisplayinChargeback.
Forexample,iftheselectedlocationisUnitedStates,thecurrencyunitisdollars($).
Note: Ifselectingalocationcausescharacterstobedisplayedincorrectly,
downloadtheappropriateWindowslanguagepack.
9 TospecifyadepartmentthatunassignedvolumeswillbeassignedtowhenChargeback
isrun,selecttheUseDefaultDepartmentcheckboxandenterselectthedepartment
fromtheDefaultDepartmentdropdownmenu.
10 ToautomaticallycreateareportwhenChargebackisrun:
a SelecttheExportReportcheckbox.
b ToautomaticallycreateindividualdepartmentreportswhenChargebackisrun,
selecttheExportDepartmentReportscheckbox.
c

EnterthecompletepathofadirectorytosavethereportstointheExportReport
Directoryfield.Thedirectorymustbeapublicdirectorythatexistsonthesame
serverastheEnterpriseManagerDataCollectionManager.

d SelectthefileformatoftheChargebackreportsfromtheExportReportFileType
dropdownmenu.
11 SelecthowoftentoperformanautomatedChargebackrunfromtheScheduledrop
downmenu.

Daily:AnautomatedChargebackrunisperformedonceaday.

Weekly:AnautomatedChargebackrunisperformedonceaweekontheday
selectedfromtheDayofWeekdropdownmenu.

Monthly:AnautomatedChargebackrunisperformedonceamonth.

Quarterly:AnautomatedChargebackrunisperformedonceaquarterstartingwith
themonthselectedtheFirstMonthdropdownmenuandeverythirdmonth
thereafter.

12 ClickNext.

Dell Compellent

IfyouselectedGlobalDiskClassesinStep 7,seeAssignStorageCostsforGlobal
DiskClassesonpage 524.

IfyouselectedIndividualStorageCenterDiskTierinStep 7,seeAssignStorage
CostsforStorageCenterDiskTiersonpage 525.

523

Chapter 27 Storage Center Chargeback

Assign Storage Costs for Global Disk Classes


IftheEditChargebackSettingswizarddisplaysthispage,assignacosttoeachdiskclass.

1 Foreachavailablediskclass,selecttheunitofstorageonwhichtobasethestoragecost
fromtheperdropdownmenu.
2 Foreachavailablediskclass,enteranamounttochargeperunitofstorageintheCost
field.
3 ClickFinishtosavetheChargebacksettings.

524

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Configuring Chargeback Departments

Assign Storage Costs for Storage Center Disk Tiers


IftheEditChargebackSettingswizarddisplaysthispage,assignstoragecostforeach
StorageCenterdisktier.

1 Foreachstoragetier,selecttheunitofstorageonwhichtobasethestoragecostfrom
theperdropdownmenu.
2 Foreachstoragetier,enteranamounttochargeperunitofstorageintheCostfield.
3 ClickFinishtosavetheChargebacksettings.

Configuring Chargeback Departments


Chargebackusesdepartmentstoassignbasebillingpricestodepartmentsanddepartment
lineitemstoaccountforindividualITrelatedexpenses.Volumesandvolumesfolderare
assignedtodepartmentsforthepurposeofchargingdepartmentsforstorage
consumption.

Setting Up Departments
Youcanadd,modify,anddeleteChargebackdepartmentsasneeded.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Add a Department
Addachargebackdepartmentforeachorganizationthatyouwanttobillforstorageusage.
1 ClicktheChargebackview.
2 ClicktheDepartmentstab.
3 IntheChargebackpane,selectDepartments.

Dell Compellent

525

Chapter 27 Storage Center Chargeback

4 ClickAddDepartment.TheAddDepartmentdialogboxappears.

5 EnterthenameofthedepartmentintheNamefield.
6 EnterthebasepriceforstorageintheBasePricefield.
7 EnterpercentagetoapplytotheglobalcostofstorageintheMultiplierPercentfield.

Toapplyadiscounttothecostofstorage,enterthepercentagebywhichtodecrease
theglobalcostandselectDiscountfromthedropdownmenu.

Toapplyapremiumtothecostofstorage,enterthepercentagebywhichtoincrease
theglobalcostandselectPremiumfromthedropdownmenu.

8 EntertheaccountnumberofthedepartmentintheAccountNumberfield.
9 EnterthepurchasingcodeofthedepartmentintheAccountCodefield.
10 EnterthenameofthedepartmentcontactintheContactNamefield.
11 EntertheemailaddressofthedepartmentcontactintheContactEmailfield.
12 EnterthephonenumberofthedepartmentcontactintheContactPhonefield.
13 ClickOKtoaddthedepartment.

Edit a Department
Youcanmodifythebasestoragepricechargedtoadepartment,changethedepartment
attributes,andchangethedepartmentcontactinformation.
1 ClicktheChargebackview.
2 ClicktheDepartmentstab.
3 Selectthedepartmentthatyouwanttoeditfromthelistofdepartmentsonthe
Chargebackpane.
4 ClickEditSettingsorrightclickonthedepartmentandselectEditSettings.TheEdit
Settingsdialogboxappears.
5 Modifythedepartmentoptionsasneeded.Theseoptionsaredescribedintheonline
help.
6 ClickOKtosavechangestothedepartment.

Delete a Department
Deleteadepartmentifitisnolongerused.
1 ClicktheChargebackview.
2 ClicktheDepartmentstab.

526

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Configuring Chargeback Departments

3 SelectthedepartmenttodeletefromthelistofdepartmentsontheChargebackpane.
4 ClickDeleteorrightclickonthedepartmentandselectDelete.TheDeleteObjects
dialogboxappears.
5 ClickOKtodeletetheselecteddepartment.

Managing Department Line Items


Youcanadd,edit,orremovelineitemexpenses.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Add a Department Line Item


Alineitemisafixedcostthatisnottiedtostorageusage.
1 ClicktheChargebackview.
2 ClicktheDepartmentstab.
3 Selectthedepartmenttowhichyouwanttoaddthelineitemfromthelistof
departmentsontheChargebackpane.
InformationabouttheselecteddepartmentappearsontheDepartmenttab.
4 ClickAddLineItem.TheAddLineItemdialogboxappears.

5 EnteranameforthelineitemintheNamefield.
6 EnterashortdescriptionforthelineiteminDescriptionfield.
7 EnterthecostforthelineitemintheCostfield.
8 ClickOKtoaddthelineitemtothedepartment.

Edit a Department Line Item


Youcanmodifythename,description,andcostforalineitem.
1 ClicktheChargebackview.
2 ClicktheDepartmentstab.
3 Selectthedepartmentthatcontainsthelineitemthatyouwanttoeditfromthelistof
departmentsontheChargebackpane.
4 SelectthelineitemyouwanttoeditfromtheDepartmentLineItemspane.

Dell Compellent

527

Chapter 27 Storage Center Chargeback

5 ClickEditSettingsorrightclickonthelineitemandselectEditSettings.TheEditLine
Itemdialogboxappears.

6 Tochangethenameofthelineitem,editthevalueintheNamefield.
7 Tochangethesmalldescriptionofthelineitem,editthevalueintheDescriptionfield.
8 Tochangethecostforthelineitem,editthevalueintheCostfield.
9 ClickOKtosavechangestothelineitem.

Delete a Department Line Item


Deletealineitemifyounolongerwanttochargethedepartmentforit.
1 ClicktheChargebackview.
2 ClicktheDepartmentstab.
3 Selectthedepartmentthatcontainsthelineitemthatyouwanttodeletefromthelistof
departmentsontheChargebackpane.
4 SelectthelineitemyouwanttodeletefromtheDepartmentLineItemspane.
5 ClickDeleteorrightclickonthelineitemandselectDelete.TheDeleteObjectsdialog
boxappears.
6 ClickOKtodeletetheselectedlineitem.

Assigning Volumes to Chargeback Departments


Tochargeadepartmentforthestorageusedbyavolumeorvolumefolder,assignthe
volumeorvolumefoldertoaChargebackdepartment.Youcanaccomplishthisfromthe
StorageviewortheChargebackview.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Assign Volumes to a Department in the Chargeback View


UsetheChargebackviewtoassignmultiplevolumestoadepartmentsimultaneously.
1 ClicktheChargebackview.
2 ClicktheDepartmentstab.
3 Selectthedepartmenttowhichyouwanttoassignthevolumefromthelistof
departmentsontheChargebackpane.
InformationabouttheselecteddepartmentappearsontheDepartmenttab.

528

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Configuring Chargeback Departments

4 ClickAddVolumes.TheAddVolumesdialogboxappears.

5 Selectthevolume(s)toassigntothedepartment.
6 ClickAddVolumestoaddtheselectedvolume(s)tothelistofvolumestoassigntothe
department.
7 ClickOKtoassignthevolume(s)tothedepartment.

Assign Volume Folders to a Department in the Chargeback View


UsetheChargebackviewtoassignmultiplevolumefolderstoadepartment
simultaneously.
1 ClicktheChargebackview.
2 ClicktheDepartmentstab.
3 Selectthedepartmenttowhichyouwanttoassignthevolumefolderfromthelistof
departmentsontheChargebackpane.
InformationabouttheselecteddepartmentappearsontheDepartmenttab.

Dell Compellent

529

Chapter 27 Storage Center Chargeback

4 ClickAddVolumeFolders.TheAddVolumeFoldersdialogboxappears.

5 Selectthevolumefolder(s)toassigntothedepartment.
6 ClickAddVolumeFolderstoaddtheselectedvolumefolder(s)tothelistofvolume
folderstoassigntothedepartment.
7 ClickOKtoassignthevolumefolder(s)tothedepartment.

Assign a Volume/Volume Folder to a Department in the Storage View


UsetheStorageviewtoassignvolumesandvolumefolderstoadepartmentoneatatime.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectthevolumeorvolumefolder.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.Adialogboxappears.
6 NexttoChargebackDepartment,clickChange.TheAddChargebackDepartment
dialogboxappears.
7 SelecttheappropriateChargebackdepartment,thenclickOK.
8 ClickOKtoclosethedialogbox.

Remove Volumes/Volume Folders from a Department in the Chargeback View


UsetheChargebackviewtoremovemultiplevolumesfromadepartmentsimultaneously.
1 ClicktheChargebackview.
2 ClicktheDepartmentstab.

530

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Perform a Manual Chargeback Run

3 Selectthedepartmentthatcontainsthevolume(s)orvolumefolder(s)thatyouwantto
unassign.
InformationabouttheselecteddepartmentappearsontheDepartmenttab.
4 ClicktheStorageCenterObjectstabtodisplaythevolume(s)orvolumefolder(s)
assignedtothedepartment.
5 Selectthevolume(s)orvolumefolder(s)tounassignfromthedepartment.
6 ClickDeleteontheStorageCenterObjectstab.TheDeletedialogboxappears.
7 ClickOKtounassigntheselectedvolume(s)orvolumefolder(s)fromthedepartment.

Remove a Volume/Volume Folder from a Department in the Storage View


UsetheStorageviewtoremovevolumesandvolumefoldersfromadepartmentoneata
time.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selectaStorageCenter.
3 ClicktheStoragetab.
4 IntheStoragetabnavigationpane,selectthevolumeorvolumefolder.
5 Intherightpane,clickEditSettings.Adialogboxappears.
6 NexttoChargebackDepartment,clickChange.TheAddChargebackDepartment
dialogboxappears.
7 ClickOKwithoutselectingaChargebackdepartment.TheAddChargeback
DepartmentdialogboxclosesandclearstheChargebackDepartmentfield.
8 ClickOKtoclosethedialogbox.

Perform a Manual Chargeback Run


Chargebackisscheduledtorunautomaticallybutitcanalsoberunmanually.Whena
Chargebackrunisperformedmanually,aManualRunentryisaddedtotheRunsfolder
ontheChargebackRunsnavigationpane.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.
1 ClicktheChargebackview.
2 ClickRunNowintheActionspane.
TheRunNowdialogboxappears.

Dell Compellent

531

Chapter 27 Storage Center Chargeback

3 ClickOK.
EnterpriseManagerperformstheChargebackrunandcreatesaManualRunentryin
theRunsfolderontheChargebackpane.

Viewing Chargeback Runs


UsetheChargebackRunstabintheChargebackviewtoviewscheduledandmanual
Chargebackruns.EachChargebackrunisdisplayedintheChargebackpane.The
ChargebackrunsnamesindicatethetypeofChargebackrun(ManualRun,DayEnding,
WeekEnding,MonthEnding,orQuarter14Ending)andthedateoftherun.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

View a Chart of Department Costs for a Chargeback Run


TheChartsubtabdisplaysabarchartthatshowsthesumofallchargestoeachdepartment
fortheChargebackrun.
1 ClicktheChargebackview.
2 ClicktheChargebackRunstab.
3 SelecttheChargebackruntodisplayfromtheRunsfolderontheChargebackpane.
4 ClicktheChartsubtab.

5 (Optional)Filterthedepartmentsthataredisplayedinthebarchart.
a ClickFilterObjects.TheFilterObjectsdialogboxappears.
b Selectthecheckbox(es)ofthedepartment(s)todisplayandclearthecheckbox(es)
ofthedepartment(s)tohide.

532

Toselectallofthedepartmentcheckboxes,clickSelectAll.

Toclearallofthedepartmentcheckboxes,clickUnselectAll.

ClickOK.Thebarcharthidesthedepartmentsthathadtheircheckboxesclearedin
theFilterObjectsdialogbox.

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Viewing Chargeback Runs

View the Results of the Chargeback Run in Table Format


TheTablesubtabdisplaysasummaryofthechargesandstorageusageforeach
department.Whenadepartmentisselected,thebottompaneofthetabdisplayscostsand
sizeinnumericalandgraphicalformats.
1 ClicktheChargebackview.
2 ClicktheChargebackRunstab.
3 SelecttheChargebackruntodisplayfromtheRunsfolderontheChargebackpane.
4 ClicktheTablesubtab.

See Also
ExportingChargebackDataonpage 536

View Cost and Storage Savings Realized by Dynamic Capacity for a Chargeback
Run
TheDynamicCapacitySavingssubtabdisplaysanestimatedamountofcostandstorage
spacesavingsrealizedbyusingaStorageCenterwithDynamicCapacityascomparedtoa
legacySANconfiguration.ThesesavingsareachievedbecauseStorageCenterallocates
spaceasneeded,whereasalegacySANallocatesspacewhenavolumeiscreated.
1 ClicktheChargebackview.
2 ClicktheChargebackRunstab.
3 SelecttheChargebackruntodisplayfromtheRunsfolderontheChargebackpane.

Dell Compellent

533

Chapter 27 Storage Center Chargeback

4 ClicktheDynamicCapacitySavingssubtab.

View Cost and Storage Savings Realized by Using Data Instant Replays for a
Chargeback Run
TheDataInstantReplaySavingssubtabshowstheestimatedcostandstoragespace
savingsrealizedbyusingStorageCenterDataInstantReplaysascomparedtolegacySAN
pointintimecopies.ThesesavingsareachievedbecauseDataInstantReplayallocates
spaceforaReplayonlywhendataiswrittenandsavesonlythedeltabetweenReplays;a
legacySANallocatesspaceforeverypointintimecopy.
1 ClicktheChargebackview.
2 ClicktheChargebackRunstab.
3 SelecttheChargebackruntodisplayfromtheRunsfolderontheChargebackpane.
4 ClicktheDataInstantReplaySavingssubtab.

534

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Working with Charts

View Cost Savings Realized by Using Data Progression for a Chargeback Run
TheDataProgressionSavingstabshowstheestimatedcostsavingsrealizedbyusinga
StorageCenterwithDataProgressionascomparedtoalegacySAN.
ForinformationonhowStorageCenterDataProgressionworks,seetheStorageCenter
SystemManagerAdministratorsGuide.
1 ClicktheChargebackview.
2 ClicktheChargebackRunstab.
3 SelecttheChargebackruntodisplayfromtheRunsfolderontheChargebackpane.
4 ClicktheDataProgressionSavingssubtab.

Working with Charts


Youcanzoominandoutoncharts,savethemasimages,orprintthem.

Zoom in on an Area of the Chart


Zoominonanareatoseemoredetails.
1 Usethemousetoselectanareaofthechartinwhichtozoom.
a Clickandholdtherightorleftmousebuttononthechart.
b Dragthemousetotherighttoselectanareaofthechart.
2 Releasethemousebuttontozoomintotheselectedareaofthechart.

Return to the Normal Zoom Level of the Chart


Afteryouhavezoomedin,youcanreturntothedefaultzoomlevel.
1 Clickandholdtherightorleftmousebuttononthechart.
2 Dragthemousetothelefttoreturntothenormalzoomlevelofthechart.

Dell Compellent

535

Chapter 27 Storage Center Chargeback

Save the Chart as a PNG Image


Savethechartasanimageifyouwanttouseitelsewhere,suchasinadocumentoran
email.
1 RightclickthechartandselectSaveAs.TheSavedialogboxappears.
2 SelectalocationtosavetheimageandenteranamefortheimageintheFilenamefield.
3 ClickSavetosavethechart.

Print the Chart


Printthechartifyouwantapapercopy.
1 RightclickthechartandselectPrint.ThePageSetupdialogboxappears.
2 SelectthepapersizetoprinttofromtheSizedropdownmenu.
3 SelecttheLandscaperadiobuttontoallowtheentirecharttoprint.
4 ClickOK.ThePrintdialogboxappears.
5 SelecttheprintertousefromtheNamedropdownmenu.
6 ClickOKtoprintthechart.

Exporting Chargeback Data


YoucanexportalldataforaChargebackrunorexportChargebackrundataforasingle
department.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Export Chargeback Run Data


ChargebackrundatacanbeexportedtoCSV,Text,Excel,HTML,XML,orPDF.
1 ClicktheChargebackview.
2 MakesuretheChargebackRunstabisselected.
3 IntheChargebackpane,selecttheChargebackrunforwhichyouwanttoexportdata.
4 IntheChargebackpane,clickSaveChargebackData
dialogboxappears.

.TheSaveChargebackData

5 Selectthetypeoffiletooutput:CSV,Text,Excel,HTML,XML,orPDF.
6 ClickBrowsetospecifythenameofthefileandthelocationtowhichtoexportthefile,
thenclickSave.
7 ClickOK.

Export Chargeback Run Data for a Single Department


ChargebackrundataforadepartmentcanbeexportedtoCSV,Text,Excel,HTML,XML,
orPDF.
1 ClicktheChargebackview.
2 MakesuretheChargebackRunstabisselected.
3 IntheChargebackpane,selecttheChargebackrunforwhichyouwanttoexportdata.
4 ClicktheTablesubtab.
5 Selectthedepartmentforwhichyouwanttoexportdata,thenclickSaveDepartment
RunData.TheSaveDepartmentRunDatadialogboxappears.

536

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Exporting Chargeback Data

6 Selectthetypeoffiletooutput:CSV,Text,Excel,HTML,XML,orPDF.
7 ClickBrowsetospecifythenameofthefileandthelocationtowhichtoexportthefile,
thenclickSave.
8 ClickOK.

Dell Compellent

537

Chapter 27 Storage Center Chargeback

538

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

28

Storage Center and Enterprise Manager


Log Monitoring
EnterpriseManagerprovidesacentralizedlocationtoviewStorageCenteralerts,
indications,andlogscollectedbytheEnterpriseManagerDataCollector.Systemevents
loggedbyEnterpriseManagercanalsobeviewed.

Contents
StorageCenterAlertsandIndications ......................................... 539
StorageCenterLogs ........................................................ 545
EnterpriseManagerEvents .................................................. 550
ExportMonitoringData ..................................................... 554
ConfigureDataCollectionSchedules .......................................... 555

Storage Center Alerts and Indications


StorageCenteralertsandindicationswarnyouwhenaStorageCenterrequiresattention.
AlertsrepresentcurrentissuespresentontheStorageCenter;theyclearthemselves
automaticallyifthesituationthathascausedthemiscorrected.Indicationswarnyouabout
aconditionontheStorageCenterthatmayrequiredirectuserinterventiontocorrect.

Status Levels for Alerts and Indications


StatuslevelsindicatetheseverityofStorageCenteralertsandindications.
Status

Description

Complete

IndicatesthatanoperationontheStorageCenterhascompleted.

Critical

IndicatesanitemontheStorageCenterisinacriticalstateandmaybenearing
failure.

Degraded

IndicatesanitemontheStorageCenteriscurrentlyoperatinginadegradedmode.
Itemsinthisconditionmayoperateindegradedmodeindefinitely,butarenot
functioningtotheirfullcapability.

Down

IndicatesanitemontheStorageCenterisdownandnotcurrentlyoperational.

Emergency

IndicatesanitemontheStorageCenterrequiresimmediateattentioninorderto
remainoperational.

Inform/Okay Provideinformationregardingsomeoperationthatisoccurringorhasoccurredon
theStorageCenter.

Dell Compellent

539

Chapter 28 Storage Center and Enterprise Manager Log Monitoring

Status

Description

Unavailable

IndicatesthatanitemontheStorageCenterthatisexpectedtobepresentcannot
currentlybefoundforuse.

Viewing Storage Center Alerts


AlertsrepresentcurrentissuespresentontheStorageCenter;theyclearthemselves
automaticallyifthesituationthathascausedthemiscorrected.UsetheStorageCenter
AlertstabtoviewandsearchStorageCenteralerts.

Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Display Storage Center Alerts


AlertsrepresentcurrentissuespresentontheStorageCenter.
1 ClicktheMonitoringview
2 ClicktheStorageCenterAlertstab.
3 SelectthecheckboxesoftheStorageCenterstodisplayandclearthecheckboxesofthe
StorageCenterstohide.
ThetabdisplaysalertsfortheselectedStorageCenters.
4 Todisplayacknowledgedalerts,selecttheShowAcknowledgedAlertscheckbox.
5 TorefreshthealertdatafortheselectedStorageCenters,click
StorageCenterAlertsnavigationpane.

540

Refreshonthe

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Storage Center Alerts and Indications

Filter Alerts by Storage Center


Bydefault,StorageCenteralertsaredisplayedforallmanagedStorageCenters.
1 ClicktheMonitoringview
2 ClicktheStorageCenterAlertstab.
3 UsetheStorageCenterspanetofilteralertsbyStorageCenter.

TohidealertsforasingleStorageCenter,clearthecheckboxfortheStorageCenter.

TodisplayalertsforaStorageCenterthatisdeselected,selectthecheckboxforthe
StorageCenter.

TohidealertsforalloftheStorageCenters,clickUnselectAll.

TodisplayalertsforalloftheStorageCenters,clickSelectAll.

Search for Storage Center Alerts


UsetheSearchfieldtofindtextinthelistofStorageCenteralerts.
1 ClicktheMonitoringview
2 ClicktheStorageCenterAlertstab.
3 EnterthetexttosearchforintheSearchfield.
4 Tomakethesearchcasesensitive,selecttheMatchCasecheckbox.
5 Topreventthesearchfromwrapping,cleartheWrapcheckbox.
Note: Bydefault,whenasearchreachesthebottomofthelistandFindNext
isclicked,thesearchwrapsaroundtothefirstmatchinthelist.Whenasearch
reachesthetopofthelistandFindPrevious
isclicked,thesearchwraps
aroundtothelastmatchinthelist.
6 Tomatchwholephraseswithinthealerts,selecttheFullMatchcheckbox.
7 Tohighlightallofthematchesofthesearch,selecttheHighlightcheckbox.
8 ClickFindNext

orFindPrevious

tosearchforthetext.

Ifamatchisfound,thefirstalertwithmatchingtextisselectedfromthelistofStorage
Centeralerts.
Ifamatchisnotfound,anErrordialogboxappearsanditdisplaysthetextthatcould
notbefound.

Acknowledge Storage Center Alerts


AlertscanbeacknowledgedtoindicatetotheStorageCenterthatyouhavereadthealert
messageandareawareoftheproblem.
1 ClicktheMonitoringview
2 ClicktheStorageCenterAlertstab.
3 SelecttheStorageCenteralert(s)toacknowledge,thenclickAcknowledge.The
AcknowledgeAlertdialogboxappears.
Note: Theoptiontoacknowledgeanalertwillnotappearifanalerthasalready
beenacknowledged.
4 ClickOKtoacknowledgetheStorageCenteralert(s)displayedintheAcknowledge
Alertdialogbox.

Dell Compellent

541

Chapter 28 Storage Center and Enterprise Manager Log Monitoring

Viewing Storage Center Indications


StorageCenterindicationsareconditionsonthemanagedStorageCentersthatmay
requiredirectuserinterventiontocorrect.UsetheStorageCenterIndicationstabto
display,searchfor,anddeleteStorageCenterindications.

Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Display Storage Center Indications


IndicationswarnyouwhenaStorageCenterrequiresattention.
1 ClicktheMonitoringview.
2 ClicktheStorageCenterIndicationstab.
3 SelectthecheckboxesoftheStorageCenterstodisplayandclearthecheckboxesofthe
StorageCenterstohide.
ThetabdisplaysindicationsfortheselectedStorageCenters.
4 TorefreshtheindicationsfortheselectedStorageCenters,clickRefresh
StorageCenterIndicationsnavigationpane.

542

onthe

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Storage Center Alerts and Indications

Filter Indications by Storage Center


Bydefault,StorageCenterindicationsaredisplayedforallmanagedStorageCenters.
1 ClicktheMonitoringview
2 ClicktheStorageCenterIndicationstab.
3 UsetheStorageCenterspanetofilterindicationsbyStorageCenter.

TohideindicationsforasingleStorageCenter,clearthecheckboxfortheStorage
Center.

TodisplayindicationsforaStorageCenterthatisdeselected,selectthecheckboxfor
theStorageCenter.

TohideindicationsforalloftheStorageCenters,clickUnselectAll.

TodisplayindicationsforalloftheStorageCenters,clickSelectAll.

Search for Storage Center Indications


UsetheSearchfieldtofindtextinthelistofStorageCenterindications.
1 ClicktheMonitoringview
2 ClicktheStorageCenterIndicationstab.
3 EnterthetexttosearchforintheSearchfield.
4 Tomakethesearchcasesensitive,selecttheMatchCasecheckbox.
5 Topreventthesearchfromwrapping,cleartheWrapcheckbox.
Note: Bydefault,whenasearchreachesthebottomofthelistandFindNext
isclicked,thesearchwrapsaroundtothefirstmatchinthelist.Whenasearch
reachesthetopofthelistandFindPrevious
isclicked,thesearchwraps
aroundtothelastmatchinthelist.
6 Toonlymatchwholewordsorphraseswithintheindications,selecttheFullMatch
checkbox.
7 Tohighlightallofthematchesofthesearch,selecttheHighlightcheckbox.
8 ClickFindNext

orFindPrevious

tosearchforthetext.

Ifamatchisfound,thefirstindicationwithmatchingtextisselectedfromthelistof
StorageCenterindications.
Ifamatchisnotfound,anErrordialogboxappearsanditdisplaysthetextthatcould
notbefound.

Delete Storage Center Indications


Deleteanindicationiftheissueisresolved.
1 ClicktheMonitoringview
2 ClicktheStorageCenterIndicationstab.
3 Selectthecondition(s)ontheStorageCenterstodelete.
4 Rightclickontheselectedcondition(s)andselectDelete.TheDeleteObjectsdialogbox
appears.
5 ClickOKtodeletethecondition(s)displayedintheDeleteObjectsdialogbox.

Dell Compellent

543

Chapter 28 Storage Center and Enterprise Manager Log Monitoring

Send Alerts and Indications to Enterprise Manager Immediately


Bydefault,theDataCollectorretrievesalertsandindicationsfromeachStorageCenterat
aregularinterval.However,ifyouwantalertsandindicationstoappearinEnterprise
Managerimmediatelywhentheyaretriggered,configuretheStorageCentertosendthem
totheDataCollector.
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenterthatyouwanttoconfiguretosendalerts
andindicationstotheDataCollector.
3 OntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheAlertsandLogstab.
5 SelecttheSendAlertstoDataCollectorcheckbox.
6 ClickOK.

544

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Storage Center Logs

Storage Center Logs


StorageCenterlogsarerecordsofeventactivityonmanagedStorageCenters.Toview
StorageCenterlogsinEnterpriseManager,theStorageCentermustbeconfiguredtosend
logstoEnterpriseManager.UsetheStorageCenterLogstabviewtodisplayandsearch
foreventsintheStorageCenterlogs.

Sending Storage Center Logs to Enterprise Manager


ToviewStorageCenterlogsinEnterpriseManager,theStorageCentermustbeconfigured
tosendlogstoEnterpriseManager.YoucanalsoconfiguretheStorageCentertosendlogs
tooneormoresyslogservers.IfyouwanttosendlogstosyslogserversandtheData
Collector,configuretheDataCollectortoforwardthelogmessages.
WhenaStorageCenterisconfiguredtosendlogstotheDataCollector,EnterpriseManager
overwritesthesyslogserversettingsfortheStorageCenter.Ifyouwanttosendthelogsto
theDataCollectorandoneormoresyslogservers,configuretheDataCollectortoforward
thelogmessagestotheappropriateservers.

Send Storage Center Logs to the Data Collector


ModifytheStorageCentertoforwardlogstoEnterpriseManager.

Prerequisites

UDPport514mustbeopenontheEnterpriseManagerDataCollectorservertoreceive
logsfromStorageCenters.

TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruser
withtheAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenterforwhichyouwanttoconfigurealert
forwarding.

Dell Compellent

545

Chapter 28 Storage Center and Enterprise Manager Log Monitoring

3 OntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheAlertsandLogstab.
5 SelectSendLogstoDataCollector.
6 ClickOK.

Send Storage Center Logs to a Syslog Server


ModifytheStorageCentertoforwardlogstoasyslogserver.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenterforwhichyouwanttoconfigurealert
forwarding.
3 OntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheAlertsandLogstab.
5 SelectSendLogsDirectlytoSyslogServer.
6 IntheHostorIPAddressfield,typethehostnameorIPaddressofthesyslogserver.
7 FromtheFacilitydropdownmenu,selectthesyslogfacilitytoassigntologmessages.
8 ClickOK.

Send Storage Center Logs to the Data Collector and a Syslog Server
IfyouwanttosendthelogstotheDataCollectorandoneormoresyslogservers,configure
theDataCollectortoforwardthelogmessagestotheappropriateservers.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 SelecttheStorageCenteronwhichtoconfigureStorageCenterlogssettingsinthe
Storagepane.
3 OntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappearsforthe
selectedStorageCenter.
4 ClicktheAlertsandLogstab.
5 SelectSendLogstoDataCollector.
6 Defineasyslogservertowhichlogmessagesshouldbeforwarded.
a ClickAddServer.TheAddServerdialogappears.
b IntheHostorIPAddressfield,typethehostnameorIPaddressofthesyslogserver.
c

FromtheFacilitydropdownmenu,selectthesyslogfacilitytoassigntolog
messages.

d ClickOK.TheSyslogserverisaddedandtheAddServerdialogboxcloses.
7 RepeatStep 6asnecessarytodefineadditionalsyslogservers.
8 Whenyouarefinished,clickOKtoclosetheEditSettingsdialogbox.

546

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Storage Center Logs

Send a Test Message to a Syslog Server


Sendatestmessagetoconfirmthatthesyslogservercanreceivesyslogmessagesfromthe
DataCollector.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 SelecttheStorageCenteronwhichtoconfigureStorageCenterlogssettingsinthe
Storagepane.
3 OntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappearsforthe
selectedStorageCenter.
4 ClicktheDataCollectortabtodisplaythesettingsoftheStorageCenterontheData
Collector.
5 SelecttheSyslogserver/facilitytowhichtosendthetestmessage.
6 ClickSendTestMessage.AMessagedialogboxappearsthatindicatesthemessage
wassenttotheSyslogserver.
7 ClickOKtoclosetheMessagedialogbox
8 ConnecttotheSyslogservertomakesurethetestmessagewassuccessfullysenttothe
server.

Remove a Syslog Server


RemoveasyslogserverifyounolongerwanttheDataCollectortoforwardsyslog
messagestoit.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 SelecttheStorageCenteronwhichtoconfigureStorageCenterlogssettingsinthe
Storagepane.
3 OntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappearsforthe
selectedStorageCenter.
4 ClicktheAlertsandLogstabtodisplaythesettingsoftheStorageCenterontheData
Collector.
5 SelecttheSyslogservertoremove.
6 ClickRemoveServer.TheRemoveServerdialogboxappears.
7 ClickOK.TheselectedSyslogserverisremovedandRemoveServerdialogboxcloses.

Dell Compellent

547

Chapter 28 Storage Center and Enterprise Manager Log Monitoring

Apply Log Settings to Multiple Storage Centers


LogsettingsthatareassignedtoasingleStorageCentercanbeappliedtootherStorage
Centers.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenterthathasthelogsettingsyouwanttoapply
tootherStorageCenters.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClicktheAlertsandLogstab.
5 SelecttheApplythesesettingstootherStorageCenterscheckbox.
6 ClickApply.TheSelectStorageCenterdialogboxappears.
7 SelectthecheckboxforeachStorageCentertowhichyouwanttoapplythesettings.
8 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

Viewing Storage Center Logs


UsetheStorageCenterLogstabviewtodisplayandsearchforeventsintheStorageCenter
logs.

Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

548

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Storage Center Logs

Display Events in the Storage Center Logs


1 ClicktheMonitoringview.
2 ClicktheStorageCenterLogstab.
3 SelectthecheckboxesoftheStorageCenterstodisplayandclearthecheckboxesofthe
StorageCenterstohide.
ThetabdisplayseventlogdatafromtheselectedStorageCenters.
4 TorefreshthelogdatafortheselectedStorageCenters,clickRefresh
CenterLogsnavigationpane.

ontheStorage

Filter Logs by Storage Center


Bydefault,StorageCenterlogsaredisplayedforallmanagedStorageCenters.
1 ClicktheMonitoringview
2 ClicktheStorageCenterLogstab.
3 UsetheStorageCenterspanetofilterlogsbyStorageCenter.

TohidelogsforasingleStorageCenter,clearthecheckboxfortheStorageCenter.

TodisplaylogsforaStorageCenterthatisdeselected,selectthecheckboxforthe
StorageCenter.

TohidelogsforalloftheStorageCenters,clickUnselectAll.

TodisplaylogsforalloftheStorageCenters,clickSelectAll.

Select the Date Range of Log Events to Display


Youcanviewlogeventsforthelastday,last3days,last5days,lastweek,orspecifya
customtimeperiod.
1 ClicktheMonitoringview.
2 ClicktheStorageCenterLogstab.
3 Selectthedaterangeoftheeventlogdatatodisplaybyclickingoneofthefollowing:

LastDay:Displaysthepast24hoursofeventlogdata.

Last3Days:Displaysthepast72hoursofeventlogdata.

Last5Days:Displaysthepast120hoursofeventlogdata.

LastWeek:Displaysthepast168hoursofeventlogdata.

LastMonth:Displaysthepastmonthofeventlogdata.

Custom:Displaysoptionsthatallowyoutospecifythestarttimeandtheendtime
oftheeventlogdatatodisplay.

4 IfyouclickedCustom,performthefollowingtaskstospecifythestarttimeandend
timeoftheeventlogdatatodisplay.
Tospecifythestarttime:
a SelectOtherfromtheStartTimedropdownmenu.
b Selectthestartdateofthetimeperiodtodisplayfromthedatedropdownmenu
calendar.
c

Specifythestarttimeofthetimeperiodinthetimefield.
Tosetthestarttimetothebeginningoftheday,selecttheStartofDaycheckbox.

d ClickUpdatetodisplaytheeventlogdatausingthespecifiedstarttime.

Dell Compellent

549

Chapter 28 Storage Center and Enterprise Manager Log Monitoring

Tospecifytheendtime:
a CleartheUseCurrentcheckbox.
b Selectthestopdateofthetimeperiodtodisplayfromthedatedropdownmenu
calendar.
c

Specifythestoptimeofthetimeperiodinthetimefield.
Tosetthestoptimetotheendoftheday,selecttheEndofDaycheckbox.

d ClickUpdatetodisplaytheeventlogdatausingthespecifiedendtime.

Search for Events in the Storage Center Logs


UsetheSearchfieldtosearchthelistofStorageCenterlogevents.
1 ClicktheMonitoringview
2 ClicktheStorageCenterLogstab.
3 EnterthetexttosearchforintheSearchfield.
4 Tomakethesearchcasesensitive,selecttheMatchCasecheckbox.
5 Topreventthesearchfromwrapping,cleartheWrapcheckbox.
Note: Bydefault,whenasearchreachesthebottomofthelistandFindNext
isclicked,thesearchwrapsaroundtothefirstmatchinthelist.Whenasearch
reachesthetopofthelistandFindPrevious
isclicked,thesearchwraps
aroundtothelastmatchinthelist.
6 Toonlymatchwholewordsorphraseswithinthelogs,selecttheFullMatchcheckbox.
7 Tohighlightallofthematchesofthesearch,selecttheHighlightcheckbox.
8 ClickFindNext

orFindPrevious

tosearchforthetext.

Ifamatchisfound,thefirstlogentrywithmatchingtextisselectedfromthelistof
StorageCenterlogs.
Ifamatchisnotfound,anErrordialogboxappearsanditdisplaysthetextthatcould
notbefound.

Enterprise Manager Events


EnterpriseManagereventsaremessagesthathavebeengeneratedbyaneventin
EnterpriseManager.YoucanvieweventsontheEnterpriseManagerEventstabor
configureEnterpriseManagertoemailyouwheneventsaretriggered.

Enterprise Manager Event Types


EnterpriseManagereventsarecategorizedbyfunctionalityandarea.
ThefollowingtableliststhetypesofEnterpriseManagerevents.

550

Event Name

Description

AutomatedReport
GenerationErrors

Anerroroccurredwhengeneratingorstoringanautomatedreport

DataCollectorException

AnexceptionoccurredontheDataCollector

DatabaseErrors

Errorsinteractingwiththedatabase

FailedtoStartup

TheDataCollectorservicefailedtostart

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Enterprise Manager Events

Event Name

Description

FluidFSClusterDown

TheDataCollectorcannotcommunicatewiththeFluidFScluster

FluidFSErrors

ErrorsreturnedfromDellFluidFSclusters

NASServerErrors

ErrorsreturnedbytheCompellentNASserver

NewAutomatedReport

Anewautomatedreportisavailable
Note: Enablinganotificationforthiseventattachestheautomated
reporttoanemailandsendittoadministrators.

NewDataCollector

AnewversionoftheDataCollectorisavailable

PhoneHomeErrors

SendinginformationtothePhoneHomeserverhasencountered
errors

PortConflicts

Requiredportsarenotavailable

RemoteDataCollectorDown DataCollectorcannotcommunicatewiththeremoteDataCollector
ReplicationValidationErrors Automatedreplicationvalidationfoundoneormoreerrors
SMISServerErrors

Errorsinstalling,starting,orrunningtheSMISserver

SpaceRecoveryReport

Reportforanautomatedspacerecoveryrun

StorageCenterDown

AStorageCenterisnolongerabletocommunicatewiththeData
Collector

ThresholdAlerts

OneormoreThresholdAlertshasbeentriggered

Viewing Enterprise Manager Events


UsetheEnterpriseManagerEventstabtodisplayandsearchforEnterpriseManager
events.

Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Dell Compellent

551

Chapter 28 Storage Center and Enterprise Manager Log Monitoring

Display Enterprise Manager Events


VieweventsontheEnterpriseManagerEventstab.
1 ClicktheMonitoringview
2 ClicktheEnterpriseManagerEventstab.
3 SelectthecheckboxesoftheStorageCenterstodisplayandclearthecheckboxesofthe
StorageCenterstohide.
ThetabdisplaystheeventsloggedbytheEnterpriseManagerfortheselectedStorage
Centers.
4 TorefreshtheeventslogfortheselectedStorageCenters,clickRefresh
EnterpriseManagerEventsnavigationpane.

onthe

Filter Events by Storage Center


Bydefault,eventsaredisplayedforallmanagedStorageCenters.
1 ClicktheMonitoringview
2 ClicktheEnterpriseManagerEventstab.
3 UsetheStorageCenterspanetofiltereventsbyStorageCenter.

TohideeventsforasingleStorageCenter,clearthecheckboxfortheStorageCenter.

TodisplayeventsforaStorageCenter,selectthecheckboxfortheStorageCenter.

TohideeventsforalloftheStorageCenters,clickUnselectAll.

TodisplayeventsforalloftheStorageCenters,clickSelectAll.

Search for Enterprise Manager Events


UsetheSearchfieldtofindtextinthelistofEnterpriseManagerevents.
1 ClicktheMonitoringview
2 ClicktheEnterpriseManagerEventstab.
3 EnterthetexttosearchforintheSearchfield.
4 Tomakethesearchcasesensitive,selecttheMatchCasecheckbox.
5 Topreventthesearchfromwrapping,cleartheWrapcheckbox.
Note: Bydefault,whenasearchreachesthebottomofthelistandFindNext
isclicked,thesearchwrapsaroundtothefirstmatchinthelist.Whenasearch
reachesthetopofthelistandFindPrevious
isclicked,thesearchwraps
aroundtothelastmatchinthelist.
6 Toonlymatchwholewordsorphraseswithintheevents,selecttheFullMatchcheck
box.
7 Tohighlightallofthematchesofthesearch,selecttheHighlightcheckbox.
8 ClickFindNext

orFindPrevious

tosearchforthetext.

Ifamatchisfound,thefirsteventwithmatchingtextisselectedfromthelistof
EnterpriseManagerevents.
Ifamatchisnotfound,anErrordialogboxappearsanditdisplaysthetextthatcould
notbefound.

552

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Enterprise Manager Events

Configuring Email Alerts for Enterprise Manager Events


ToreceiveemailnotificationsforEnterpriseManagerevents,configureSMTPserver
settingsfortheDataCollector,addanemailaddresstoyouruseraccount,andenable
notificationemailsfortheevents.

Configure SMTP Server Settings


TheSMTPserversettingsmustbeconfiguredtoallowEnterpriseManagertosend
notificationemails.
1 InthetoppaneoftheEnterpriseManagerClient,clickEditDataCollectorSettings.
TheEditDataCollectorSettingsdialogboxappears.
2 ClicktheSMTPServertab.
3 ConfiguretheSMTPserversettingsbyperformingthefollowingsteps:
a IntheFromEmailAddressfield,entertheemailaddresstodisplayasthesenderof
emailsfromtheDataCollector.
b IntheHostorIPAddressfield,enterthehostnameorIPaddressoftheSMTP
server.
c

IftheportnumberoftheSMTPserverisnot25,enterthecorrectportnumberinthe
Portfield.

d IftheSMTPserverrequiresauthentication,selecttheAuthenticationcheckbox,
thenentertheusernameandpasswordintheSMTPUserNameandSMTPUser
Passwordfields.
4 ClickOK.

Configure an Email Address for Your User Account


Toreceiveemailnotifications,youmustspecifyanemailaddressforyouraccount.

Prerequisites
TheSMTPserversettingsmustbeconfiguredfortheDataCollector.Ifthesesettingsare
notconfigured,theDataCollectorisnotabletosendemails.

Steps
1 InthetoppaneoftheEnterpriseManagerClient,clickEditUserSettings.TheGeneral
tabappears.
2 EntertheemailaddressofthecurrentuserintheEmailAddressfield.
3 SelecttheformatforemailstothecurrentuserfromtheEmailFormatdropdown
menu.
4 Tosendatestmessagetotheemailaddress,clickTestEmailandclickOK.
Verifythatthetestmessageissenttothespecifiedemailaddress.
5 ClickOK.

See Also
ConfigureSMTPServerSettingsonpage 553

Dell Compellent

553

Chapter 28 Storage Center and Enterprise Manager Log Monitoring

Configure Email Notification Settings for Your User Account


MakesureEnterpriseManagerisconfiguredtosendemailnotificationstoyouraccountfor
theeventsyouwanttomonitor.

Prerequisites

TheSMTPserversettingsmustbeconfiguredfortheDataCollector.Ifthesesettingsare
notconfigured,theDataCollectorisnotabletosendemails.

Anemailaddressmustbeconfiguredforyouruseraccount.

Steps
1 InthetoppaneoftheEnterpriseManagerClient,clickEditUserSettings.TheEdit
UserSettingsdialogboxappears.
2 ClicktheManageEventstab.
3 Selectthecheckboxforeacheventyouwanttobenotifiedabout.
4 ClickOK.

See Also
ConfigureSMTPServerSettingsonpage 553
ConfigureanEmailAddressforYourUserAccountonpage 553

Export Monitoring Data


ExportStorageCenteralerts,indications,logs,andEnterpriseManagereventstoafile
usingtheSaveMonitoringDatadialogbox.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.
1 ClicktheMonitoringview
2 ClickSaveMonitoringData
dialogboxappears.

intheMonitoringpane.TheSaveMonitoringData

3 SelecttheStorageCentersfromwhichtoexportthemonitoringdata.

554

ToselectallofthelistedStorageCenters,clickSelectAll.

TodeselectallofthelistedStorageCenters,clickUnselectAll.

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Configure Data Collection Schedules

4 Selectthetype(s)ofmonitoringdatatoexport:

StorageCenterAlerts:Errormessagesthathavebeengeneratedbytheselected
StorageCenters.

StorageCenterIndications:ConditionsontheselectedStorageCentersthatmay
requiredirectuserinterventiontocorrect.

EnterpriseManagerEvents:Messagesthathavebeengeneratedbyaneventonthe
EnterpriseManagersoftware.

StorageCenterLogs:RecordsofactivityontheselectedStorageCenters.

5 Selectafiletypefortheoutput:CSV(.csv),Text(.txt),Excel(.xls),HTML(.htm),XML
(.xml),orPDF(.pdf).
IftheoutputisanExcelfile,thenumericalvaluedisplayedwithintheparenthesesof
theAlerts,Indications,andLogsworksheetsistheserialnumberoftheStorageCenter.
6 ClickBrowsetospecifythenameofthefileandthelocationtowhichtoexportthefile,
thenclickSave.
7 ClickOK.

Configure Data Collection Schedules


ConfiguretheintervalatwhichtheDataCollectorcollectsmonitoringdatafromStorage
Centers.
1 InthetoppaneoftheEnterpriseManagerClient,clickEditDataCollectorSettings.
TheEditDataCollectorSettingsdialogboxappears.
2 ClicktheSchedulestab.
3 Configurethedatacollectionschedulesbyperformingthefollowingsteps:
a TochangehowoftenIOusagedataiscollected,selectaperiodoftimefromtheIO
Usagedropdownmenu.
b Tochangehowoftenreplicationusagedataiscollected,selectaperiodoftimefrom
theReplicationUsagedropdownmenu.
c

Tochangehowoftenstorageusagedataiscollected,selectaperiodoftimefromthe
StorageUsagedropdownmenu.
IfDailyisselectedfromtheStorageUsagedropdownmenu,thetimeoftheday
thatstorageusagedataiscollectedcanbeselectedfromtheStorageUsageTime
dropdownmenu.

4 ClickOK.

Dell Compellent

555

Chapter 28 Storage Center and Enterprise Manager Log Monitoring

556

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Maintenance
ThissectiondescribeshowtomanagetheDataCollector,manageEnterpriseManagerusers,andconfigure
PhoneHomesettings.

Contents
Chapter29:DataCollectorManagement ..................................................... 559
Chapter30:EnterpriseManagerUserManagement ............................................ 583
Chapter31:PhoneHomeManagement ...................................................... 599

Dell Compellent

557

Maintenance

558

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

29

Data Collector Management


TheEnterpriseManagerDataCollectorisaWindowsservicethatcollectsreportingdata
andalertsfrommanagedStorageCenters.TheDataCollectorserviceismanagedbythe
DataCollectorManager.

Contents
UsingtheDataCollectorManager ............................................ 559
UsingtheEnterpriseManagerDataCollectorWebsite ........................... 562
UpdatingDataCollectorProperties ........................................... 563
MigratingthePrimaryDataCollector ......................................... 580
MigratingaMicrosoftSQLServerDatabase .................................... 581
UninstallingtheDataCollector ............................................... 582
DeletingOldDataCollectorDatabases ........................................ 582

Using the Data Collector Manager


UseDataCollectorManagertoviewthestatusoftheDataCollector,startandstoptheData
Collectorservice,andsetDataCollectorproperties.

Starting the Data Collector Manager


StarttheDataCollectorManagerandloginasauserwiththeAdministratorprivilege.
1 StarttheEnterpriseDataCollectorManagerapplication.TheEnterpriseManager
Loginscreenappears.

Dell Compellent

559

Chapter 29 Data Collector Management

2 EntertheusernameandpasswordofauserthathastheAdministratorprivilegeinthe
UserNameandPasswordfields.
3 ToremembertheusernameandpasswordanduseitthenexttimetheDataCollector
Managerisstarted,selecttheRememberPasswordcheckbox.
4 ClickLogIn.TheDataCollectorManagerwindowappearsanddisplaystheGeneral
Informationtab.
ThestatusoftheDataCollectorserviceisdisplayedontheGeneralInformationtab.

Managing the Data Collector Service


UsetheGeneralInformationtaboftheDataCollectorManagertomanagetheData
Collectorservice.

Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Start the Data Collector Service


IftheDataCollectorserviceisstopped,theStartbuttonappearsontheGeneral
Informationtab.
1 IntheDataCollectorManager,clicktheGeneralInformationtab.
2 ClickStart.AftertheDataCollectorservicefinishesstarting,theServicefielddisplays
Running.

Stop the Data Collector Service


IftheDataCollectorserviceisrunning,theStopbuttonappearsontheGeneral
Informationtab.
1 IntheDataCollectorManager,clicktheGeneralInformationtab.
2 ClickStop.TheGeneralInformationtabreappearsaftertheDataCollectorserviceis
stopped.

560

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Using the Data Collector Manager

Check for Updates


CheckforanewversionoftheDataCollectorsoftware.
1 IntheDataCollectorManager,clicktheGeneralInformationtab.
2 ClickCheckforUpgrade.
3 Ifanupgradeisnotavailable,clickOKtoacknowledgethedialogbox.
4 Ifanupgradeisavailable:
a ClickYestodownloadtheupgrade.
b ClickYeswhentheEnterpriseManagerasksyouifyouwanttoinstallthenew
versionoftheDataCollector.

Enter or Update the Data Collector License


TheDataCollectorcanbeusedfor30dayswithoutactivation.
1 IntheDataCollectorManager,clicktheGeneralInformationtab.
2 IntheLicenseInformationarea,clickUpdate.
TheActivateEnterpriseManagerLicensepageappears.

3 ActivatetheEnterpriseManagerbyperformingthefollowingsteps:
a IfyouarereactivatingEnterpriseManagerwithanewproductkey,clickNew
ProductKey.
b EntertheproductkeyprovidedbyDellCompellentintheProductKeyfield.
c

Selecttheactivationmethodtouse:

IftheserverthatishostingtheDataCollectorhasInternetaccess,selectActivate
overInternet.

IftheserverthatishostingtheDataCollectordoesnothaveInternetaccess,select
ActivateoverEmail/Phone.

d Ifyouareactivatingoveremailortelephone,contactDellTechnicalSupportServices
toobtaintheConfirmationNumber.(Seesupport.dell.com/compellent.)
e ClickNext.
TheGeneralInformationtabappearswithupdatedlicenseinformation.

Dell Compellent

561

Chapter 29 Data Collector Management

Using the Enterprise Manager Data Collector Website


TheEnterpriseManagerDataCollectorWebsiteissetupautomaticallywhenaprimary
DataCollectorisinstalledonaserver.
TheDataCollectorWebsiteallowsyoutoperformthefollowingactions:

UpdateEnterpriseManagerClientstothesamesoftwareversionastheinstalledData
Collector.

UpdateEnterpriseManagerserveragentstothesamesoftwareversionastheinstalled
DataCollector.

ViewEnterpriseManagerdocumentationinPDFandHTMLformat.

Access the Data Collector Website from Data Collector Manager


DataCollectorManagercontainsashortcuttotheDataCollectorwebsite.
1 IntheDataCollectorManager,clicktheGeneralInformationtab.
2 ClickGotoWebsite.
3 Ifacertificatewarningappears,acknowledgethewarningtocontinuetotheData
CollectorWebsite.

Access the Data Collector Website Using the Website Address


AnyclientthathasnetworkconnectivitytotheDataCollectorcanaccesstheDataCollector
website.
Inawebbrowser,enterthefollowingaddresstoaccesstheDataCollectorWebsite:
https://<Data_Collector_Server>:<Web_Server_Port>

562

Variable

Description

Data_Collector_Server

ThehostnameorIPaddressoftheEnterpriseManagerData
Collectorserver.

Web_Server_Port

ThewebserverportoftheEnterpriseManagerDataCollectorserver.
Thedefaultportis3033.

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Updating Data Collector Properties

Updating Data Collector Properties


UsetheDataCollectorManagertoupdateDataCollectorpropertiesandsettings.The
optionsdisplayedintheDataCollectorManagervarybasedonwhethertheDataCollector
isrunningandwhichfeaturesarelicensed.
Note: BeforemodifyingDataCollectorproperties,makesuretheWindows
Serviceswindowisnotopen.TheServiceswindowcanpreventtheconfiguration
changesfrombeingcorrectlyapplied.

ManagingDataCollectorServicePropertiesonpage 563

ConfiguringNetworkSettingsonpage 567

ConfigureaCustomSSLCertificateonpage 569

ConfiguringDirectoryServiceSettingsonpage 571

ConfiguringSMTPServerSettingsonpage 572

ConfiguringReportingLimitSettingsonpage 573

ConfiguringSMISSettingsonpage 574

ManagingAvailableStorageCentersonpage 575

ManagingAvailableFluidFSClustersonpage 576

ManagingUsersonpage 578

ViewingLogEntriesonpage 578

GatheringandExportingTroubleshootingInformationonpage 579

Managing Data Collector Service Properties


UsetheServicetabtomanageDataCollectorserviceproperties.

Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

See Also
ManuallyInitiatingPhoneHomeonpage 603

Dell Compellent

563

Chapter 29 Data Collector Management

Change the Data Collector Service Type


TheDataCollectorservicetypecontrolsthetypeofWindowsaccountunderwhichthe
DataCollectorruns.

Prerequisites
Localuseranddomainuseraccountsmustbeabletologinasaserviceandmusthave
administratorprivilegesonthehostserver.

Steps
1 IntheDataCollectorManager,clicktheServicetab.
2 SelectthetypeofWindowsaccountunderwhichtoruntheDataCollectorfromthe
Typedropdownmenu.

IfyouselectedDomainUserAccount,enterthedomainnameintheDomainfield.

IfyouselectedLocalUserAccountorDomainUserAccount,entertheusername
andpasswordforavalidadministratoraccountonthehostserver.

3 ClickApplyChanges.
AconfirmationdialogboxappearsstatingthattheDataCollectorservicemustbe
stoppedandrestartedtoapplythechanges.
4 ClickYestostopandrestarttheDataCollectorservice.

Change Data Collector Data Source


ChangethedatasourceifyouwanttouseadifferentdatabasetostoreEnterpriseManager
data.
Note: TheChangeDataSourceoptionreconfiguresanexistingprimaryData
Collectortouseanewdatabase.IfyouwanttomovetheDataCollectortoanother
server,followthestepsdetailedinMigratingthePrimaryDataCollectoron
page 580.
1 Installandconfigurethedatabasesoftwareforthenewdatabasebeforechangingthe
datasource.
2 IntheDataCollectorManager,clicktheServicetab.
3 ClickChangeDataSource.TheChangeDataSourcewizardappears.
4 SelecteitherMySQL5.0/5.1/5.5orMSSQLServer2005/2008/2012asthenewdata
sourcefromtheDatabaseTypedropdownmenu.
5 EnterthehostnameorIPaddressofthedatabaseserverintheServerfield.
6 EnterTCPportnumberofthedatabasesoftwareinthePortfield.
7 Entertheusernameandpasswordofauseraccountthathasdatabaseadministrator
rightsintheUsernameandPasswordfields.
8 (Optional)Tospecifyapasswordforthedatabaseusernamedcompmsausercreatedby
EnterpriseManager,selecttheUseCustomPasswordcheckboxandenterthe
passwordintheUseCustomPasswordfield.
IftheUseCustomPasswordcheckboxisnotselected,thepassworddefaultsto
R3p0r!cty4sgs.

564

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Updating Data Collector Properties

9 ClickNext.
Whenthewizardconnectstothedatabaseserver,thenextpageofthewizardappears.

10 Tomigratehistoricaldatafromthecurrentdatabasetothenewdatabase,cleartheDo
notmigrateanydatafrompreviousdatasourcecheckbox.

TomigrateIOusagedata,selecttheMigrateIOUsageDatacheckbox,thenselect
eitherDaysorWeeksfromthedropdownmenuandspecifythenumberofdaysor
weeksofIOusagedatatomoveintheMigrateLastfield.

Tomigratestoragedata,selecttheMigrateStorageUsageDatacheckbox,then
selecteitherDaysorWeeksfromthedropdownmenuandspecifythenumberof
daysorweeksofstoragedatatomoveintheMigrateLastfield.

Tomigratereplicationdata,selecttheMigrateReplicationUsageDatacheckbox,
thenselecteitherDaysorWeeksfromthedropdownmenuandspecifythenumber
ofdaysorweeksofreplicationdatatomoveintheMigrateLastfield.

11 ClickNext.
Theprogressofthedatamigrationisdisplayedonthelastpageofthewizard.

12 ClickFinish.
TheChangeDataSourcewizardclosesandtheServicetabreappears.

Dell Compellent

565

Chapter 29 Data Collector Management

Change the Host Name or Port for the Database Server


Ifthehostname,IPaddress,orportforthedatabaseserverchanges,updatetheData
Collectorwiththenewinformation.
1 IntheDataCollectorManager,clicktheServicetab.
2 ClickChangeDatabaseConnection.TheChangeDatabaseConnectiondialogbox
appears.
3 IfthedatabaseserverhostnameorIPaddresschanged,modifytheServerfieldas
needed.
4 Iftheserverportchanged,modifythePortfieldasneeded.
5 ClickOK.TheChangeDatabaseConnectiondialogboxcloses.

Export the Database Schema from an SQL Database


IfyouareusinganSQLdatabasetostoreEnterpriseManagerdata,youcanexportthe
databaseschema.
1 IntheDataCollectorManager,clicktheServicetab.
2 ClickExportDatabaseSchema.
3 Specifythelocationtosavetheschemafile.
4 EnteranamefortheschemafileintheFilenamefield.
5 ClickSave.
Adialogboxappearsaftertheschemafileissaved.
6 ClickOK.

Save Phone Home Data to File


IfyoursitedoesnothaveconnectivitytotheDellCompellentPhoneHomeservers,youcan
usetheExportHistoricalDataactiontosavePhoneHomedatatoafileinordertosendit
toDellTechnicalSupportServices.
1 IntheDataCollectorManager,clicktheServicetab.
2 ClickExportHistoricalData.TheExportDatadialogboxappears.
3 IntheSelectStorageCentertable,selecttheStorageCenterforwhichyouwantto
exportdata.
4 IntheExportTypearea,selectthetypeofdatathatyouwanttoexport.
5 IntheTimeRangearea,specifythetimeperiodforwhichyouwanttoexportdata.
6 Specifyafilenamefortheexporteddataandlocationwherethefilewillbesaved.
a ClickBrowse.TheSelectEMPerformanceDataFiledialogboxappears.
b Browsetothelocationwhereyouwanttosavethefile.
c

IntheFilenamefield,typeanameforthefile.

d ClickSave.TheSelectEMPerformanceDataFiledialogboxcloses.
7 ClickOK.ThePhoneHomedataissavedtothespecifiedfile.

566

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Updating Data Collector Properties

Change the Maximum Amount of Memory that the Data Collector Can Use
IftheDataCollectormanagesmanyStorageCenters,increasingthislimitcanimprove
performance.
1 IntheDataCollectorManager,clicktheServicetab.
2 IntheMaxApplicationMemory(MB)field,typeanewmaximumvalueinmegabytes.

Thedefaultis2048MB,andthereisnomaximumvalue.

DellCompellentrecommendsspecifyingavaluethatis1024MBlessthantotal
memoryavailabletotheDataCollectorhostserver.

3 ClickApplyChanges.

Configuring Network Settings


UsetheNetworktabtomanageDataCollectorports,configureaproxyserver,ormanually
selectanetworkadapter.

Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Modify the Ports Used by the Data Collector


Theportsforthewebserverandlegacywebservicecanbemodifiedtoavoidportconflicts.
1 IntheDataCollectorManager,clicktheNetworktab.
2 TochangetheportusedtobyEnterpriseManagertoreceivedatafromStorageCenters
andServerAgents,modifythevalueintheLegacyWebServicePortfield.
3 TochangetheportusedbytheEnterpriseManagerwebsiteandtheEnterpriseManager
Client,modifythevalueintheWebServerPortfield.
4 ClickApplyChanges.

Dell Compellent

567

Chapter 29 Data Collector Management

Configure a Proxy Server


IfhostsonyournetworkmustuseaproxyservertoreachtheInternet,configuretheData
Collectortousetheproxyserver.
1 IntheDataCollectorManager,clicktheNetworktab.
2 SelecttheProxyServercheckbox.
3 TospecifythattheconnectionbetweentheDataCollectorandtheproxyserveruses
HTTPSinsteadofHTTP,selectProxyServeruseHTTPS.
4 EnterthehostnameorIPaddressoftheproxyserverintheProxyServerHostorIP
Addressfield.
5 EntertheportonwhichtheproxyserveracceptsconnectionsintheProxyServerPort
field.
6 Iftheproxyserverrequiresauthentication:
a EntertheauthenticationusernameintheProxyServerUserNamefield.
b EntertheauthenticationpasswordintheProxyServeUserPasswordfield.
7 ClickApplyChanges.

Manually Select the Data Collector Network Adapter


TheDataCollectorattemptstoautomaticallyselectthenetworkadaptertousebydefault.
Ifthehostserverhasmultiplenetworkadapters,automaticdetectioncanfailandthe
networkadaptormustbeselectedmanually.

Prerequisites
ThenetworkadaptermusthaveconnectivitytothedevicesmanagedbyEnterprise
Manager,includingStorageCenters,FluidFSclusters,zNASservers,andServerAgents.

Steps
1 IntheDataCollectorManager,clicktheNetworktab.
2 CleartheAutomaticallySelectNetworkAdaptercheckbox.
3 SelectthenetworkadaptertousefromtheNetworkAdapterdropdownmenu.
4 ClickApplyChanges.

568

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Updating Data Collector Properties

Configuring Security Settings


UsetheSecuritytabtoconfigureacustomSSLcertificatefortheDataCollectororseta
loginbannermessagefortheclient.

Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Configure a Custom SSL Certificate


ConfigureacustomSSLcertificatetoavoidcertificateerrorswhenconnectingtotheData
Collectorwebsite.AnSSLcertificateisalsorequiredtocommunicatewithadirectory
serviceusingLDAPwiththeStartTLSextensionortheLDAPSprotocol.

Prerequisites

Dell Compellent

ThecustomcertificatemustbesignedbyaCertificateAuthority(CA)thatistrustedby
thehostsinyournetwork.

ThecertificatepublickeyfilemustuseDERorPEMencoding.

ThecertificateprivatekeyfilemustbeinPKCS#12format.

Youmustknowthealiasandpasswordfortheprivatekey.

569

Chapter 29 Data Collector Management

Steps
1 IntheDataCollectorManager,clicktheSecuritytab.
2 ClickChangeCertificate.TheRegisterCertificatedialogboxappears.

3 Uploadthepublickeyfile.
a NexttothePublicKeyfield,clickSelect.TheSelectdialogboxappears.
b Browsetothelocationofthepublickeyfile,andthenselectit.
c

ClickOpen.TheSelectdialogboxclosesandthePublicKeyfieldispopulatedwith
thepathtothepublickeyfile.

4 Uploadtheprivatekeyfile.
a NexttothePrivateKeyfield,clickSelect.TheSelectdialogboxappears.
b Browsetothelocationoftheprivatekeyfile,andthenselectit.
c

ClickOpen.TheSelectdialogboxclosesandthePrivateKeyfieldispopulatedwith
thepathtotheprivatekeyfile.

5 IntheAliasfield,typethenameoftheentryinthePKCS#12privatekeyfiletouseas
theprivatekey.
6 InthePasswordfield,typethepasswordfortheprivatekeyfile.
7 ClickOK.TheRegisterCertificatedialogboxcloses.
8 ClickApplyChangestoactivatethecertificateandrestarttheDataCollectorservice.A
confirmationdialogboxappears.
9 ClickYestoconfirmthatyouwanttorestarttheDataCollectorservice.

Configure a Login Banner Message


SetaloginbannertodisplayamessagetousersbeforetheylogintotheClientorData
CollectorManager.
1 IntheDataCollectorManager,clicktheSecuritytab.
2 IntheMessagefield,typeamessagetodisplayontheloginscreensfortheClientand
DataCollectorManager.
3 ClickApplyChangestoactivatetheloginbannermessageandrestarttheData
Collectorservice.Aconfirmationdialogboxappears.
4 ClickYestoconfirmthatyouwanttorestarttheDataCollectorservice.

570

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Updating Data Collector Properties

Configuring Directory Service Settings


UsetheDirectoryServicetabtoconfiguretheDataCollectortouseanActiveDirectoryor
OpenLDAPdirectoryservicetoauthenticateEnterpriseManagerusers.

Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

See Also
ConfiguretheDataCollectortoUseaDirectoryServiceonpage 585

Dell Compellent

571

Chapter 29 Data Collector Management

Configuring SMTP Server Settings


UsetheSMTPServertabtoconfiguretheSMTPserversettingsontheDataCollector.
WhenanSMTPserverisconfigured,theEnterpriseManagercansendemailnotifications.
Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.
1 IntheDataCollectorManager,clicktheSMTPServertab.

2 ConfiguretheSMTPserversettingsbyperformingthefollowingsteps:
a EnterthehostnameorIPaddressoftheSMTPserverintheHostorIPAddressfield.
b EntertheemailaddresstodisplayasthesenderofemailsfromEnterpriseManager
intheFromEmailAddressfield.
c

IftheportnumberoftheSMTPserverisnot25,enterthecorrectportnumberinthe
Portfield.

d IftheSMTPserverrequiresauthentication,selecttheAuthenticationcheckbox,
thenentertheusernameintheSMTPUserNamefieldandenterthepasswordin
theSMTPUserPasswordfield.
3 ClickOK.

572

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Updating Data Collector Properties

Configuring Reporting Limit Settings


UsetheLimitstabtoconfigurereportinglimitsettings.Themaximumsizeandnumberof
DataCollectordebuglogscanbemodifiedintheLogLimitsarea.Thenumberofdaysthat
log,alert,andreportingdataiskeptcanbemodifiedintheReportingInformationLimits
area.

Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.
1 IntheDataCollectorManager,clicktheLimitstab.
2 TomodifythemaximumfilesizeforDataCollectordebuglogs,changethevalueinthe
MaximumLogFileSizefield.
3 TomodifythemaximumnumberoflogfilesforeachDataCollectordebuglogtype,
changethevalueintheMaximumLogFilesfield.
4 Tomodifythenumberofdaysafterwhichalogisexpired,changethevalueintheLog
Lifetimefield.
5 Tomodifythenumberofdaysafterwhichanalertisexpired,changethevalueinthe
AlertLifetimefield.
6 Tomodifythenumberofdaysafterwhichreportingdataisexpired,changethevalue
intheReportingDataLifetimefield.
7 ClickApplyChanges.

Dell Compellent

573

Chapter 29 Data Collector Management

Configuring SMI-S Settings


UsetheSMIStabtoconfigureSMISserversettings.Forcompleteinformationonsetting
SMISproperties,seeChapter 7:SMIS,onpage 185.

Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.
1 IntheDataCollectorManager,clicktheSMIStab.
2 ToenabletheDellCompellentSMISprovider,selectEnabled.
WhentheSMISproviderisenabled,theDataCollectorinstallsandstartsthe
OpenPegasusCIMServer.
3 ToforcetheOpenPegasusservertousetheServiceLocationProtocol(SLP)tobroadcast
theavailabilityoftheserver,selectSLPEnabled.
4 TochangetheporttousefortheSMISserver,modifythevalueintheHTTPPortfield.
5 ToforcetheOpenPegasusservertouseHTTPSforconnection,selectHTTPSEnabled.
6 IfHTTPSEnabledisselected,entertheHTTPSportfortheSMISserverintheHTTPS
field.
7 ClickApplyChanges.

574

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Updating Data Collector Properties

Managing Available Storage Centers


UsetheStorageCenterstabtomanageavailableStorageCentersthathavebeenmapped
tooneormoreEnterpriseManagerusers.

Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

See Also
Chapter 3:StorageCenterAdministration

Refresh the List of Storage Centers


RefreshtheStorageCenterstabtoupdatethestatusinformation.
1 IntheDataCollectorManager,clicktheStorageCenterstab.
2 ClickRefresh.

Delete an Available Storage Center


RemoveaStorageCenterwhenyounolongerwanttomanageitfromEnterpriseManager.
IfaStorageCenterisremovedfromallEnterpriseManageruseraccounts,historicaldata
fortheStorageCenterisalsoremoved.
1 IntheDataCollectorManager,clicktheStorageCenterstab.
2 SelecttheStorageCentertodelete.
3 ClickDeleteSystem.
Awarningmessageappears.
4 ClickYes.

Dell Compellent

575

Chapter 29 Data Collector Management

Clear All Data for a Storage Center


CleardataforaStorageCentertoremovehistoricaldatafromEnterpriseManager.
1 IntheDataCollectorManager,clicktheStorageCenterstab.
2 SelecttheStorageCenterforwhichyouwanttoclearalldata.
3 ClickClearSystemData.
Awarningmessageappears.
4 ClickYes.

Remove a Storage Center from an Enterprise Manager User Account


RemoveaStorageCenterfromauseraccounttopreventtheuserfromviewingand
managingtheStorageCenter.
1 IntheDataCollectorManager,clicktheStorageCenterstab.
2 SelecttheStorageCenteronwhichyouwanttodeleteaUser/StorageCentermap.
3 IntheUser/StorageCenterMapspane,selecttheusertounmapfromtheStorage
Center.
4 ClickDeleteUser/StorageCenterMap.
Awarningmessageappears.
5 ClickYes.

Managing Available FluidFS Clusters


UsetheFluidFSClusterstabtomanageavailableFluidFSclusters.

Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

See Also
Chapter 17:FluidFS2.0ClusterAdministration

576

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Updating Data Collector Properties

Refresh the List of FluidFS Clusters


RefreshtheFluidFSClusterstabtoupdatethestatusinformation.
1 IntheDataCollectorManager,clicktheFluidFSClusterstab.
2 ClickRefresh.

Delete an Available FluidFS Cluster


RemoveaFluidFSclusterwhenyounolongerwanttomanageitfromEnterpriseManager.
1 IntheDataCollectorManager,clicktheFluidFSClusterstab.
2 SelecttheFluidFSclusteryouwanttodelete.
3 ClickDeleteSystem.Awarningmessageappears.
4 ClickYes.

Remove a FluidFS Cluster from an Enterprise Manager User Account


RemoveaFluidFSclusterfromauseraccounttopreventtheuserfromviewingand
managingthecluster.
1 IntheDataCollectorManager,clicktheFluidFSClusterstab.
2 SelecttheFluidFSclusterforwhichyouwanttodeleteaUser/FluidFSclustermap.
3 IntheUser/FluidFSClusterMapspane,selecttheuseryouwanttounmapfromthe
FluidFScluster.
4 ClickDeleteUser/FluidFSClusterMap.Awarningmessageappears.
5 ClickYes.

Dell Compellent

577

Chapter 29 Data Collector Management

Managing Users
UsetheUserstabtomanageEnterpriseManagerusersandmappingstoStorageCenters.

Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

See Also
Chapter 30:EnterpriseManagerUserManagement

Viewing Log Entries


UsetheLogstabtoviewEnterpriseManagerlogentries.

Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

578

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Updating Data Collector Properties

Update the List of Log Entries


RefreshtheLogstabtodisplaynewlogentries.
1 IntheDataCollectorManager,clicktheLogstab.
2 ClickRefresh.

Search the Log Entries


UsetheSearchfieldtosearchthelogentries.
1 IntheDataCollectorManager,clicktheLogstab.
2 EnterthetexttosearchforintheSearchfield.
3 Tomakethesearchcasesensitive,selecttheMatchCasecheckbox.
4 Topreventthesearchfromwrapping,cleartheWrapcheckbox.
Note: Bydefault,whenasearchreachesthebottomofthelistandFindNext
isclicked,thesearchwrapsaroundtothefirstmatchinthelist.Whenasearch
reachesthetopofthelistandFindPrevious
isclicked,thesearchwraps
aroundtothelastmatchinthelist.
5 Toonlymatchwholewordsorphraseswithinthelogs,selecttheFullMatchcheckbox.
6 Tohighlightallofthematchesofthesearch,selecttheHighlightcheckbox.
7 ClickFindNext

orFindPrevious

tosearchforthetext.

Ifamatchisfound,thefirstlogentrywithmatchingtextisselectedfromthelistoflogs.
Ifamatchisnotfound,anErrordialogboxappearsanditdisplaysthetextthatcould
notbefound.

Gathering and Exporting Troubleshooting Information


UsetheDebugLoggerstabtosetdebuglogoptionsandexportconfigurationandlogdata
fortroubleshootingpurposes.

Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

Dell Compellent

579

Chapter 29 Data Collector Management

Enable Debug Logs


Enabledebuglogstogatheradditionalinformationfortroubleshootingpurposes.Donot
setdebuglogoptionsunlessinstructedtodosobyDellTechnicalSupportServices.
1 IntheDataCollectorManager,clicktheDebugLoggerstab.
2 Selectthecheckboxesofthedebuglogstoenable.
3 ClickApplyChanges.

Export Configuration and Log Data for Troubleshooting


ExportconfigurationandlogdataasacompressedfileifitisrequestedbyDellTechnical
SupportServices.
1 IntheDataCollectorManager,clicktheDebugLoggerstab.
1 ClickGatherSupportData.TheGatherSupportDatadialogboxappears.
2 Chooseafilenameandlocationfortheexportfile.
a NexttoFileLocation,clickBrowse.Adialogboxappears.
b Browsetothelocationwhereyouwanttosavetheexportfile.
c

IntheFilenamefield,typethefilename.

d ClickSave.Thedialogboxcloses.
3 Configurethetimeperiodforwhichtoexportlogdatabychoosingadateandtimein
theStartTimefields.
4 ClickOK.Configurationandlogdataisexportedtothespecifiedfile.

Migrating the Primary Data Collector


MovetheDataCollectortoadifferentserverbyinstallingthesameDataCollectorversion
onthedestinationserver,andthenmovingtherequiredfoldersfromtheoriginalData
CollectortothedestinationDataCollector.

Prerequisites

TheoriginalDataCollectoranddestinationDataCollectormustbethesamesoftware
version.

Thedestinationservermustberunninga64bitoperatingsystem.
ForEnterpriseManager6.3andlater,theDataCollectordoesnotsupport32bit
operatingsystems.However,youcanmigrateaDataCollectorfroma32bitservertoa
64bitserver.

IftheoriginalDataCollectorisconfiguredtouseanexternaldatabasetostoredata,the
destinationservermusthaveconnectivitytothedatabase.Iftheexternaldatabaseis
hostedonthesameserver,theDataCollectormustbeconfiguredtousethedatabaseIP
addressorhostnameinsteadoflocalhost.

Steps
1 IfyoudonothavetheDataCollectorSetupfilethatmatchestheversionofthe
installedDataCollector,downloaditfromtheDellCompellentwebsite.
a Gotosupport.dell.com/compellent.
b LogontoDellCompellentCustomerSupportorDellCompellentPartnerSupport.
c

580

ClickKnowledgeCenter,thendownloadtheEnterpriseManagerDataCollector
Setupfile.

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Migrating a Microsoft SQL Server Database

2 InstalltheEnterpriseManagerDataCollectoronthedestinationserver.Makethe
followingselectionsintheDataCollectorSetupwizard:

IntheDataCollectorTypearea,selectConfigureasPrimaryDataCollector.

FromtheDataSourceTypedropdownmenu,selectFileSystem.

Whenprompted,createatemporaryadministratoraccount.

Fordetailedinstructions,seetheEnterpriseManagerInstallationGuide.
3 AftertheDataCollectorisinstalledonthedestinationserver,usetheDataCollector
ManagertostoptheDataCollectorservice.
4 Onthesourceserver,usetheDataCollectorManagertostoptheDataCollectorservice.
5 Copythe\etcfolderfromtheoriginalDataCollectortothedestinationDataCollector.
Thedefaultlocationfortheetcfolderis:

64bitWindows:C:\ProgramFiles(x86)\CompellentTechnologies\Compellent
EnterpriseManager\msaservice\etc

32bitWindows:C:\ProgramFiles\CompellentTechnologies\Compellent
EnterpriseManager\msaservice\etc
Note: ForEnterpriseManager6.3andlater,theDataCollectordoesnot
support32bitoperatingsystems.However,youcanmigrateaDataCollector
froma32bitservertoa64bitserver.

6 IftheoriginalDataCollectorisversion6.x,copythecontentsofthefollowingfolderto
theappropriatelocationonthedestinationserver:

WindowsServer2003:C:\DocumentsandSettings\AllUsers\Compellent

WindowsServer2008andlater:C:\ProgramData\Compellent\EMDC

7 UsetheDataCollectorManagertostarttheDataCollectorserviceonthedestination
server.

Migrating a Microsoft SQL Server Database


IfthedatabaseserverisMicrosoftSQLServer2005/2008/2012,theDataCollectordatabase
canbemigratedtoanewMicrosoftSQLServer.
1 BackupthedatabaseontheoriginalMicrosoftSQLServer.
2 SetupannewMicrosoftSQLServerandconfigureittousemixedmodeauthentication
(SQLServerandWindowsAuthenticationmode).
3 PerformarestoreofthedatabaseonthenewMicrosoftSQLServer.
4 Afterthedatabaseisrestored,createtherequireddatabaseuser.
a Createadatabaseusernamedcompmsauser.Donotassigntheusertoaschemaat
thistime.
b Setthepasswordofthecompmsauserdatabaseusertothepassworditwasassigned
inthepreviousdatabase.

Dell Compellent

Ifyoudidnotpreviouslychangethepassword,thedefaultpasswordis
R3p0r!cty4sgs.

Ifyoudonotrememberthepasswordoryouwanttouseadifferentpassword,
youmustenterthenewpasswordwhenyouruntheChangeDataSourcewizard
inStep 6.

581

Chapter 29 Data Collector Management

5 Runthefollowingqueryonthecompmsadb:
sp_change_users_login update_one, compmsauser, compmsauser

6 Afterthequeryfinishes,usetheDataCollectorManagertochangethedatasourceto
thenewdatabase.
Note: Ifyouchangedthepassword,selecttheUseCustomPasswordcheckbox
andtypethepasswordintheCustomPasswordfield.

See Also
ChangeDataCollectorDataSourceonpage 564

Uninstalling the Data Collector


OntheserverthathoststheDataCollector,usetheWindowsProgramsandFeatures
controlpanelitemtouninstalltheCompellentEnterpriseManagerDataCollector
application.

Deleting Old Data Collector Databases


DeletetheDataCollectordatabaseifyouhavemigratedthedatabasetoadifferent
databaseserverorifyouhaveremovedtheDataCollectorfromyourenvironment.

Clean up a MySQL Database


RemoveEnterpriseManagerdatafromthedatabaseandreinstalltheDataCollector.
1 EnterthefollowingSQLcommandsasanAdminuser:
mysql>
mysql>
mysql>
mysql>

Drop Database compmsadb;


DELETE FROM mysql.user WHERE User = 'compmsauser';
DELETE FROM mysql.db WHERE user = 'compmsauser';
FLUSH PRIVILEGES;

2 ReinstalltheEnterpriseManagerDataCollector.

Clean up a Microsoft SQL Database


RemoveEnterpriseManagerdatafromthedatabaseandreinstalltheDataCollector.
1 EnterthefollowingSQLcommandsasanAdminuser:
Drop Database compmsadb;
EXEC SP_DropLogin 'compmsauser';

2 ReinstalltheEnterpriseManagerDataCollector.

Clean an Embedded database on the File System


ReinstalltheEnterpriseManagerDataCollector.Theembeddeddatabaseonthefile
systemisautomaticallycleanedupduringthereinstallationprocess.

582

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

30

Enterprise Manager User Management


UsetheDataCollectorManagertoaddnewusersandmanageexistingusers.Tochange
preferencesforyouruseraccount,usetheEnterpriseManagerClient.

Contents
EnterpriseManagerUserPrivileges ........................................... 584
AuthenticatingUserswithanExternalDirectoryService ........................ 585
ManagingLocalUserswiththeDataCollectorManager ......................... 593
ManagingUserSettingswiththeEnterpriseManagerClient ..................... 595

Dell Compellent

583

Chapter 30 Enterprise Manager User Management

Enterprise Manager User Privileges


TheDataCollectorcontrolsuseraccesstoEnterpriseManagerfunctionsandassociated
StorageCentersbasedontheprivilegesassignedtousers:Reporter,VolumeManager,or
Administrator.
Note: EnterpriseManageruserprivilegesandStorageCenteruserprivilegesshare
thesamenamesbuttheyarenotthesame.StorageCenteruserprivilegescontrol
accesstoStorageCenters,andEnterpriseManageruserscontrolaccesstoEnterprise
Managerfunctionality.
ThefollowingtableshowstheDataCollectoraccesscapabilityofthethreeuserprivilege
levels.
Reporter

Volume
Manager

Administrator

ViewStorageCenterData

ViewChargebackData

ViewAutomatedReports

ViewThresholdAlert

ViewServerAgentInformation

ManageStorageCenters

ManageFluidFSClusters

ManageReplications

ManageAutomatedReports

ManageChargeback

ManageServerAgentInformation

ManageThresholdAlerts

Capability

ManageDataCollectorProperties

ManagePhoneHomeProperties

ManageDataCollectorUsers

See Also
StorageCenterUserPrivilegesandUserGroupsonpage 24

584

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Authenticating Users with an External Directory Service

Authenticating Users with an External Directory Service


TheDataCollectorcanbeconfiguredtoauthenticateEnterpriseManageruserswithan
ActiveDirectoryorOpenLDAPdirectoryservice.IfKerberosauthenticationisalso
configured,userscanloginwiththeClientautomaticallyusingtheirWindowssession
credentials.

Configure the Data Collector to Use a Directory Service


UsetheDataCollectorManagertoconfiguretheDataCollectortouseanActiveDirectory
orOpenLDAPdirectoryservice.

Prerequisites

AnActiveDirectoryorOpenLDAPdirectoryservicemustbedeployedinyournetwork
environment.

Thedirectoryservicemustmeetspecificconfigurationrequirements.

ActiveDirectory:ThedirectoryservicemustbeconfiguredtouseKerberos
authentication.

OpenLDAP:ThedirectoryservicemustbeconfiguredtouseLDAPwiththe
StartTLSextension,LDAPwithKerberosauthentication,LDAPS(LDAPoverSSL),
orunencryptedLDAP.
Note: IftheOpenLDAPdirectoryserviceisconfiguredtouseLDAPwiththe
StartTLSextensionortheLDAPSprotocol,theSSLcertificatepublickeyfile
(DERorPEMencoding)forthedirectoryservermustbeexportedand
transferredtotheserverthathoststheDataCollector.

Dell Compellent

TheDataCollectormusthavenetworkconnectivitytothedirectoryservice.

DNSSRVrecordsmustbecorrectlyconfiguredinyourenvironmenttoallowtheData
Collectortodeterminehowtointeractwiththedirectoryservice.IfSRVrecordsarenot
definedorareimproperlyconfigured,youmustconfigurethedirectoryservicesettings
manually.

TheDataCollectorrequiresauserthathaspermissiontoquerythedirectoryservice.
ForActiveDirectory,thisusermustalsohaveaUserPrincipleNameattribute
(username@example.com)ontheirentryinthedirectory.

TouseKerberosauthentication,youmustprovidetheusernameandpasswordfora
directoryserviceuserwhohasadministratorprivileges.

IfadirectoryserviceisconfiguredandyouwanttoreconfiguretheDataCollectortouse
adirectoryserviceinadifferentdomain,thedirectoryservicesconfigurationmustbe
disabledandappliedbeforeyoucontinue.

585

Chapter 30 Enterprise Manager User Management

Steps
1 OntheserverthathoststheDataCollector,starttheDataCollectorManager.
2 InDataCollectorManager,clicktheDirectoryServicetab.

3 ConfigureLDAPsettings.
a SelecttheEnableDirectoryServicescheckbox.
b IntheDomainfield,typethenameofthedomaintosearch.
Note: IftheserverthathoststheDataCollectorbelongstoadomain,the
Domainfieldisautomaticallypopulated.
c

IntheAuthBindDNfield,typetheDistinguishedNameorUserPrincipalNameof
theuserthattheDataCollectorusestoconnecttoandsearchtheLDAPserver.The
usernameAdministratorisnotallowed.

ExampleDistinguishedName:
CN=FirstnameLastname,CN=users,DC=corp,DC=Company,DC=COM

ExampleUserPrincipleName:username@example.com

d IntheAuthBindPasswordfield,typethepasswordfortheauthbindDistinguished
Name.
e IfyoumodifiedtheDomainfield,clickDiscovertolocatethedirectoryservicefor
thespecifieddomain.

586

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Authenticating Users with an External Directory Service

4 ClickApplyChanges.

Ifanerrorappears,youmustmanuallyconfigurethedirectoryservicesettings.
ContinuewithStep 5onpage 587.

IfKerberosauthenticationisnotenabled,theRegisterTLSCertificatedialogbox
appears.SpecifythelocationoftheSSLpublickeyforthedirectoryserver,thenclick
OK.

TheDataCollectorservicerestartstoapplythechanges,anddirectoryservice
configurationiscomplete.

IfKerberosauthenticationisenabled,theJoinDirectoryServiceDomaindialogbox
appears.Typetheusernameandpasswordofadomainadministrator,thenclick
OK.TheusernameAdministratorisnotallowed.Thesecredentialsareusedonlyto
registertheDataCollectorandarenotsaved.

TheDataCollectorcreatesaserviceprinciplename(SPN)calledhostnamedconthe
directoryfortheDataCollectorserviceandrestartstoapplythechanges.Directory
serviceconfigurationiscomplete.
5 Manuallyconfigurethedirectoryservicesettings.
a SelecttheEnableManualAuthenticationcheckbox.
b FromtheTypedropdownmenu,selectActiveDirectoryorOpenLDAP.
c

IntheDirectoryServersfield,typethefullyqualifieddomainname(FQDN)ofeach
directoryserveronaseparateline.
Note: ToverifythattheDataCollectorcancommunicatewiththespecified
directoryserver(s)usingtheselectedprotocol,clickTest.

d IntheBaseDNfield,typethebaseDistinguishedNamefortheLDAPserver.This
isthestartingpointwhensearchingforusers.

Dell Compellent

587

Chapter 30 Enterprise Manager User Management

6 (Optional)ConfigureKerberosauthentication.ToallowuserstologinwiththeClient
automaticallyusingtheirWindowssessioncredentials,Kerberosauthenticationmust
beconfigured.
a SelecttheEnableKerberoscheckbox.
b IntheKerberosDomainRealm,typetheKerberosrealmtoauthenticateagainst.In
Windowsnetworks,thisisusuallytheWindowsdomainnameinuppercase
characters.
c

(OpenLDAPonly)TypethehostnameorIPaddressoftheDistributionCenter
(KDC)intheKDCHostNameorIPAddressfield.

d IntheRelativeBasefield,typetheLDAPnodewherecomputersarestored.
Example:CN=Computers
e IntheDataCollectorHostNamefield,typethefullyqualifieddomainname
(FQDN)oftheserverthathoststheDataCollector.
7 (Optional)SpecifycustomLDAPsearchfilters.

Toconfigureacustomsearchfilterforgroups,typethefilterintheCustomGroup
Filterfield.

Toconfigureacustomsearchfilterforusers,typethefilterintheCustomUserFilter
field.

8 (Optional)IntheConnectionTimeoutfield,typethemaximumtime(inminutes)that
theDataCollectorwillwaitwhileattemptingtoconnecttoanLDAPserver.
9 ClickApplyChanges.

IfKerberosauthenticationisnotenabled,theRegisterTLSCertificatedialogbox
appears.SpecifythelocationoftheSSLpublickeyforthedirectoryserver,thenclick
OK.

TheDataCollectorservicerestartstoapplythechanges,anddirectoryservice
configurationiscomplete.

588

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Authenticating Users with an External Directory Service

IfKerberosauthenticationisenabled,theJoinDirectoryServiceDomaindialogbox
appears.Typetheusernameandpasswordofadomainadministrator,thenclick
OK.TheusernameAdministratorisnotallowed.Thesecredentialsareusedonlyto
registertheDataCollectorandarenotsaved.

TheDataCollectorcreatesaserviceprinciplename(SPN)calledhostnamedconthe
directoryfortheDataCollectorserviceandrestartstoapplythechanges.Directory
serviceconfigurationiscomplete.

Grant Access to Directory Service Users and Groups


ToallowdirectoryuserstologintoEnterpriseManager,adddirectoryserviceusersand/
orusergroupstoEnterpriseManagerusergroups.

Add Directory Groups to an Enterprise Manager User Group


AddadirectorygrouptoanEnterpriseManagerusergrouptoallowallusersinthe
directorygrouptoaccessEnterpriseManager.

Prerequisites
TheDataCollectormustbeconfiguredtoauthenticateuserswithanexternaldirectory
service.

Steps
1 OntheserverthathoststheDataCollector,starttheDataCollectorManager.
2 InDataCollectorManager,clicktheUsers&UserGroupstab.

Dell Compellent

589

Chapter 30 Enterprise Manager User Management

3 Intherightpane,clicktheUserGroupstab.

4 SelecttheEnterpriseManagerusergrouptowhichyouwanttoadddirectorygroups.
5 ClickAddDirectoryGroups.TheAddDirectoryUserGroupsdialogboxappears.

6 SelecteachdirectorygroupthatyouwanttoaddtotheEnterpriseManagerusergroup.
7 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.Thedirectorygroupsthatareassociatedwiththe
EnterpriseManagergroupappearontheDirectoryGroupssubtab.
8 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.TheAddDirectoryUserGroupsdialogboxcloses,
andthedirectorygroupsthatareassociatedwiththeselectedEnterpriseManageruser
groupappearontheDirectoryGroupssubtab.

See Also
ConfiguretheDataCollectortoUseaDirectoryServiceonpage 585

590

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Authenticating Users with an External Directory Service

Add a Directory User to an Enterprise Manager User Group


AddadirectoryusertoanEnterpriseManagerusergrouptoallowthedirectoryuserto
accessEnterpriseManager.

Prerequisites
TheDataCollectormustbeconfiguredtoauthenticateuserswithanexternaldirectory
service.

Steps
1 OntheserverthathoststheDataCollector,starttheDataCollectorManager.
2 InDataCollectorManager,clicktheUsers&UserGroupstab.
3 Intherightpane,clicktheUserGroupstab.

4 SelecttheEnterpriseManagerusergrouptowhichyouwanttoaddadirectoryuser.
5 ClickAddDirectoryUsers.TheAddDirectoryUsersdialogboxappears.

6 IntheDirectoryUsersfield,typethenameofeachdirectoryuserthatyouwanttoadd.
Entereachusernameonasingleline.
7 ClickCheckNamestoverifythatthespecifiedusersexistinthedirectoryservice.A
messageappears.

Dell Compellent

591

Chapter 30 Enterprise Manager User Management

8 ClickOKtoclosethemessage.
9 Ifanyofthespecifieddirectoryusernamescouldnotbeverified,correctthenamesand
thenclickCheckNamesagain.
10 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.TheAddDirectoryUsersdialogboxcloses,andthe
directoryusersthatareassociatedwiththeselectedEnterpriseManagerusergroup
appearontheUserssubtab.

See Also
ConfiguretheDataCollectortoUseaDirectoryServiceonpage 585

Revoke Access for Directory Service Users and Groups


TorevokeaccesstoEnterpriseManagerforadirectoryserviceuserorgroup,removethe
directorygrouporuserfromEnterpriseManagerusergroups.

Remove a Directory Service Group from an Enterprise Manager User Group


RemoveadirectoryservicegroupfromanEnterpriseManagerusergrouptoprevent
directoryusersinthegroupfromaccessingEnterpriseManager.
1 OntheserverthathoststheDataCollector,starttheDataCollectorManager.
2 InDataCollectorManager,clicktheUsers&UserGroupstab.
3 Intherightpane,clicktheUserGroupstab.
4 SelecttheEnterpriseManagerusergrouptowhichthedirectorygroupisadded.
5 ClicktheDirectoryGroupssubtab.
6 Rightclickthedirectoryservicegroupforwhichyouwanttorevokeaccess,thenselect
Delete.TheDeleteDirectoryUserGroupdialogboxappears.
7 ClickYes.

Remove a Directory Service User from an Enterprise Manager User Group


RemoveadirectoryserviceuserfromanEnterpriseManagerusergrouptopreventthe
directoryuserfromaccessingEnterpriseManager.
1 OntheserverthathoststheDataCollector,starttheDataCollectorManager.
2 InDataCollectorManager,clicktheUsers&UserGroupstab.
3 Intherightpane,clicktheUserGroupstab.
4 SelecttheEnterpriseManagerusergrouptowhichthedirectorygroupisadded.
5 ClicktheUserssubtab.
6 Rightclickthedirectoryservicegroupuserforwhichyouwanttorevokeaccess,then
selectDeleteUser.TheDeleteDirectoryUserdialogboxappears.
7 ClickYes.

592

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing Local Users with the Data Collector Manager

Managing Local Users with the Data Collector Manager


EnterpriseManagerusersandmappingstoStorageCentercanbeconfiguredontheUsers
taboftheDataCollectorManager.

Note: Foruserinterfacereferenceinformation,clickHelp.

See Also
StartingtheDataCollectorManageronpage 559

Update the Information Displayed on the Users Tab


RefreshtheUserstabtodisplaychangestouseraccountsanduser/StorageCentermaps.
1 IntheDataCollectorManager,clicktheUserstab.
2 ClickRefresh.TheUserstabreappearsafterthedataisrefreshed.

Create a User
CreateauseraccounttoallowapersonaccesstoEnterpriseManager.
1 IntheDataCollectorManager,clicktheUserstab.
2 ClickCreateUser.TheUserSettingspageappears.
3 Enterinformationforthenewuser.
a TypetheusernameoftheuserintheUserNamefield.
b (Optional)TypetheemailaddressoftheuserintheEmailAddressfield.
c

Dell Compellent

SelecttheprivilegeleveltoassigntotheuserfromthePrivilegedropdownmenu.

593

Chapter 30 Enterprise Manager User Management

d EnterapasswordfortheuserintheNewPasswordandConfirmPasswordfields.
e Toforcetheusertochangethepasswordafterthefirstlogin,selecttheRequires
PasswordChangecheckbox.
4 ClickNext.TheUserstabreappearsaftertheuseriscreated.

See Also
EnterpriseManagerUserPrivilegesonpage 584

Configure or Modify the Email Address of a User


AnemailaddressmustbeconfiguredifyouwantEnterpriseManagertosendemail
notificationstotheuser.
1 IntheDataCollectorManager,clicktheUserstab.
2 SelecttheusertomodifyandclickEditSettings.TheUserSettingspageappears.
3 EntertheemailaddressoftheuserintheEmailAddressfield.
4 ClickNext.TheUserstabreappearsaftertheemailaddressissaved.

Change the Privileges Assigned to a User


Youcanincreaseordecreasetheprivilegelevelforauseraccount.
1 IntheDataCollectorManager,clicktheUserstab.
2 SelecttheusertomodifyandclickEditSettings.TheUserSettingspageappears.
3 SelecttheprivilegeleveltoassigntotheuserfromthePrivilegedropdownmenu.
4 ClickNext.TheUserstabreappearsaftertheprivilegesarechanged.

See Also
EnterpriseManagerUserPrivilegesonpage 584

Force the User to Change the Password


Youcanforceausertochangethepasswordthenexttimeheorshelogsin.
1 IntheDataCollectorManager,clicktheUserstab.
2 SelecttheusertomodifyandclickEditSettings.TheUserSettingspageappears.
3 SelecttheRequiresPasswordChangecheckbox.
4 ClickNext.TheUserstabreappearsafterthepasswordchangeisset.

Change the Password for a User


TheDataCollectorManagercanchangethepasswordforanyuseraccount.
1 IntheDataCollectorManager,clicktheUserstab.
2 SelecttheusertomodifyandclickChangeUserPassword.TheChangePasswordpage
appears.
3 EnteranewpasswordfortheuserintheNewPasswordandConfirmPasswordfields
4 ClickNext.TheUserstabreappearsafterthepasswordischanged.

594

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing User Settings with the Enterprise Manager Client

Set Storage Center Mappings for a Reporter User


StorageCentermappingscanbesetonlyforusersthathaveReporterprivileges.Usersthat
haveAdministratorprivilegesmanagetheirownStorageCentermappingsusingthe
EnterpriseManagerClient.
1 IntheDataCollectorManager,clicktheUserstab.
2 SelecttheReporterusertomodifyandSelectStorageCenterMappings.TheSelect
StorageCenterMappingspageappears.
3 Selectthecheckbox(es)oftheStorageCenter(s)tomaptotheuser.
Clearthecheckbox(es)oftheStorageCenter(s)tounmapfromtheuser.
4 ClickNext.TheUserstabreappearsaftertheStorageCentermappingsarechanged.

Delete a User
DeleteauserifheorshenolongerneedsaccesstoEnterpriseManager.
1 IntheDataCollectorManager,clicktheUserstab.
2 SelecttheusertodeleteandclickDeleteUser.Aconfirmationdialogboxappears.
3 ClickYes.TheUserstabreappearsaftertheuserisdeleted.

Delete a Storage Center Mapping for a User


RemoveaStorageCentermapfromauseraccounttopreventtheuserfromviewingand
managingtheStorageCenter.
1 IntheDataCollectorManager,clicktheUserstab.
2 SelecttheuserforwhichyouwanttodeleteaStorageCentermapping.
3 SelecttheStorageCentertounmapfromtheuserontheUser/StorageCenterMaps
pane.
4 ClickDeleteUser/StorageCenterMap.Aconfirmationdialogboxappears.
5 ClickYes.TheUserstabreappearsaftertheStorageCentermappingisdeleted.

Managing User Settings with the Enterprise Manager Client


UsetheEnterpriseManagerClienttochangepreferencesforyouruseraccount.

User Password
TheusernameandprivilegesofthecurrentuseraredisplayedontheUserInformation
sectionoftheGeneraltab.Inaddition,theUserInformationsectionprovidestheability
tochangethepasswordofthecurrentuser.
1 InthetoppaneoftheEnterpriseManagerClient,clickEditUserSettings.TheEdit
UserSettingsdialogboxappears.
2 OntheGeneraltab,clickChangePassword.TheChangePassworddialogbox
appears.
3 TypeanewpasswordintheNewPasswordandConfirmPasswordfields.
4 ClickOKtosavechangestothepasswordandclosetheChangePassworddialogbox.
5 ClickOKtoclosetheEditUserSettingsdialogbox.

Dell Compellent

595

Chapter 30 Enterprise Manager User Management

Email Settings
Theemailaddressofthecurrentuserandtheformatoftheemailscanbeselectedonthe
EmailSettingssectionoftheGeneraltab.

See Also
ConfiguringEmailAlertsforEnterpriseManagerEventsonpage 553
ConfiguringEmailNotificationsforThresholdAlertsonpage 507

Charting Options
ThresholdalertlevelsandStorageCenteralertscanbeconfiguredtoappearonchartsfor
thecurrentuser,andchartcolorscanbechangedforthecurrentuserontheCharting
OptionssectionoftheGeneraltab.

See Also
ConfiguringUserSettingsforChartsonpage 173.

Client Options
Thedefaultview,storageunitsformatting,andwarning/errorthresholdpercentagescan
beconfiguredforthecurrentuseronClientOptionssectionoftheGeneraltab.

Specify the Default View to Display in the Enterprise Manager Client


YoucanchoosetheviewthatisfirstdisplayedafteryoulogintotheClient.
1 InthetoppaneoftheEnterpriseManagerClient,clickEditUserSettings.TheEdit
UserSettingsdialogboxappears.
2 OntheGeneraltab,selecttheviewtodisplaybydefaultfromtheDefaultView
dropdown.
3 ClickOKtosavechangesandclosetheEditUserSettingsdialogbox.

Specify How to Display Storage Units


Storageunitscanbeshowninmegabytes,gigabytes,terabytes,oranautomaticallychosen
unitofmeasurethatbestfitsthedata.
1 InthetoppaneoftheEnterpriseManagerClient,clickEditUserSettings.TheEdit
UserSettingsdialogboxappears.
2 OntheGeneraltab,selecthowtodisplaythestorageunitsfromtheStorageUnits
Formattingdropdownmenu:

Automatic:Theunitsthataremostappropriateforthedisplayedvaluesare
automaticallyselected.

AlwaysshowinMB:Allstorageunitsaredisplayedinmegabytes.

AlwaysshowinGB:Allstorageunitsaredisplayedingigabytes.

AlwaysshowinTB:Allstorageunitsaredisplayedinterabytes.

3 ClickOKtosavechangesandclosetheEditUserSettingsdialogbox.

596

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Managing User Settings with the Enterprise Manager Client

Change the Warning Percentage Threshold


Thewarningpercentagethresholdspecifiestheutilizationpercentageatwhichstorage
objectsindicateawarning.
1 InthetoppaneoftheEnterpriseManagerClient,clickEditUserSettings.TheEdit
UserSettingsdialogboxappears.
2 OntheGeneraltab,enteranewutilizationpercentageatwhichstorageobjectsindicate
awarningintheWarningPercentageThresholdfield.
3 ClickOKtosavechangesandclosetheEditUserSettingsdialogbox.

Change the Error Percentage Threshold


Theerrorpercentagethresholdspecifiestheutilizationpercentageatwhichstorageobjects
indicateanerror.
1 InthetoppaneoftheEnterpriseManagerClient,clickEditUserSettings.TheEdit
UserSettingsdialogboxappears.
2 OntheGeneraltab,enteranewutilizationpercentageatwhichstorageobjectsindicate
anerrorintheErrorPercentageThresholdfield.
3 ClickOKtosavechangesandclosetheEditUserSettingsdialogbox.

Dell Compellent

597

Chapter 30 Enterprise Manager User Management

598

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

31

Phone Home Management


TheEnterpriseManagerPhoneHomefeaturesendsdatatoDellTechnicalSupport
Servicesformonitoringandtroubleshootingpurposes.YoucanconfigurePhoneHometo
runautomatically,oryoucanmanuallyPhoneHomewhenneeded.PhoneHomesettings
canbeconfiguredforallmanagedStorageCentersorindividuallyforeachStorageCenter.

Contents
DataTypesthatCanBeSentUsingPhoneHome ............................... 599
EnablingAutomaticPhoneHome ............................................ 600
ManuallyInitiatingPhoneHome ............................................. 603

Data Types that Can Be Sent Using Phone Home


EnterpriseManagercansendreports,StorageCenterdata,andFluidFSclusterdatatoDell
TechnicalSupportServices.
ThefollowingtablesummarizesthetypesofdatathatcanbesentusingPhoneHome.
Phone Home Data Type

Description

Phone Home Method

EnterpriseManagerIO
Usagereport

SummarizesreadandwriteIO
performanceforoneormoreStorage
Centers

Automaticormanual

EnterpriseManagerStorage Summarizesstorageuseandgrowthfor Automaticormanual


Usagereport
oneormoreStorageCenters
EnterpriseManager
Replicationreport

Dell Compellent

Summarizesthestatusofreplications

Automaticormanual

StorageCenterconfiguration SendsallStorageCenterconfiguration
information

Manual

StorageCenterlogs

SendsStorageCenterlogs

Manual

FluidFSclustersummary

SummarizesallFluidFScluster
configurationinformation

Automatic

FluidFSclusterevents

SendsFluidFSclusterevents

Automatic

FluidFSclusterdiagnostics

Sendsfullsystemdiagnostics,including Automaticallytriggered
summaryinformationfortheFluidFS
oncriticalevents
clusterconfiguration,services,andlogs
Manuallytriggered
whenanadministrator
runstheFluidFScluster
diagnostics

599

Chapter 31 Phone Home Management

Enabling Automatic Phone Home


EnableautomaticphonehometosenddatatoDellTechnicalSupportServicesatregular
intervals.WhenyouenablePhoneHome,youcanchoosewhichdatatosend.

Enable Automatic Phone Home for All Managed Storage Centers


ModifytheDataCollectorsettingstoenableautomaticPhoneHomeforallStorage
Centers.
1 InthetoppaneoftheEnterpriseManagerClient,clickEditDataCollectorSettings.
TheEditDataCollectorSettingsdialogboxappears.
2 ClickthePhoneHometab.ThePhoneHometabappears.

3 SelectthehowoftentosendStorageCenterPhoneHomedatafromthePhoneHome
Frequencydropdownmenu.

4Hours:Sendsusagestatisticsevery4hours.

12Hours:Sendsusagestatisticsevery12hours.

1Day:Sendsusagestatisticsevery24hours.
Note: ThedefaultcollectionscheduleforStorageUsagedataisdailyat
midnight.Therefore,thedefaultPhoneHomeFrequencysettingof4Hoursis
ignoredforStorageUsagereports.Instead,StorageUsagereportsaresentto
DellTechnicalSupportServicesonadailybasisbydefault.

4 SelecttheEnablePhoneHomecheckbox.
5 SelectthecheckboxesoftheStorageCenterusagereportstosend.
6 ClickOK.

600

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Enabling Automatic Phone Home

Enable or Customize Automatic Phone Home for a Single Storage Center


ModifytheStorageCentersettingstoenableorcustomizeautomaticPhoneHomefora
StorageCenter.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 SelectaStorageCenterforwhichtoconfigurePhoneHomesettingsfromtheStorage
navigationpane.
3 ClickEditSettingsontheSummarytab.TheEditSettingsdialogboxfortheselected
StorageCenterappears.
4 ClickthePhoneHometab.ThePhoneHometabfortheselectedStorageCenter
appears.

5 CleartheUseglobalphonehomesettingsforthisStorageCentercheckboxtoallow
configurationofthePhoneHomesettingsfortheselectedStorageCenter.
Note: TovieworchangetheglobalPhoneHomesettings,clickChangeGlobal
Settings.
6 SelectthePhoneHomeEnabledcheckboxtoenablePhoneHome.
7 SelectthecheckboxesoftheStorageCenterusagereportstosendtoDellTechnical
SupportServices.

Dell Compellent

601

Chapter 31 Phone Home Management

8 (Optional)ChangehowoftenPhoneHomedataissenttoDellCompellent.
a ClickChangeGlobalSettings.TheEditDataCollectorSettingsdialogboxappears
anddisplaysthePhoneHometab.
b FromthePhoneHomeFrequencydropdownmenu,selectaPhoneHomeinterval.
Note: ThePhoneHomeFrequencydropdownmenucontrolsthePhone
HomeintervalforallmanagedStorageCenters.
c

ClickOK.TheEditDataCollectorSettingsdialogboxcloses.

9 IfyournetworkrequireshoststouseaproxyservertoreachtheInternet,configurea
proxyserverforPhoneHome.
a ClickPhoneHomeProxySettings.ThePhoneHomeProxySettingsdialogbox
appears.
b SelecttheEnabledcheckbox.
c

SpecifytheIPaddressandportfortheproxyserver.

d Iftheproxyserverrequiresauthentication,typevalidcredentialsintheUserName
andPasswordfields.
e ClickOKtoclosethePhoneHomeProxySettingsdialogbox.
10 ClickOK.

Apply Phone Home Settings to Multiple Storage Centers


PhoneHomesettingsthatareassignedtoasingleStorageCentercanbeappliedtoother
StorageCenters.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 IntheStoragepane,selecttheStorageCenterthathasthesettingsyouwanttoapplyto
otherStorageCenters.
3 IntheSummarytab,clickEditSettings.TheEditSettingsdialogboxappears.
4 ClickthePhoneHometab.
5 SelecttheApplythesesettingstootherStorageCenterscheckbox.
6 ClickApply.TheSelectStorageCenterdialogboxappears.
7 SelectthecheckboxforeachStorageCentertowhichyouwanttoapplythesettings.
8 Whenyouarefinished,clickOK.

IfthePhoneHomeproxypasswordisnotconfiguredorwasmodified,thedialog
boxcloses.

IfthePhoneHomeproxypasswordwasconfiguredpreviouslyandnotmodified,
theSecureConsoleProxypassworddialogboxappears.

9 (Proxypasswordonly)InthePasswordfield,typethepasswordfortheproxy,then
clickOK.

602

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Manually Initiating Phone Home

Manually Initiating Phone Home


YoucanmanuallyinitiatePhoneHomeformultipleStorageCentersorforaspecific
StorageCenter.IfaStorageCenterdoesnothaveInternetconnectivityorcannot
communicatewiththeDellCompellentPhoneHomeservers,youcanexportthedatatoa
fileandsendittoDellTechnicalSupportServicesmanually.

Perform a Manual Phone Home for Multiple Storage Centers


YoucanmanuallyinitiatePhoneHomeformultipleStorageCentersfromtheData
Collectorsettings.
1 InthetoppaneoftheEnterpriseManagerClient,clickEditDataCollectorSettings.
TheEditDataCollectorSettingsdialogboxappears.
2 ClickthePhoneHometab.
3 ClickPhoneHomeNow.ThePhoneHomeNowdialogboxappears.

4 IntheStorageCentersarea,selectthecheckboxesoftheStorageCentersforwhichyou
wanttosenddatatoDellTechnicalSupportServices.
5 IntheReportsarea,selectthecheckboxesoftheStorageCenterusagereportstosend
toDellTechnicalSupportServices.
6 IntheTimeRangearea,choosethetimeperiodforwhichyouwanttosendreportdata
toDellTechnicalSupportServices.
a IntheStartDatefields,specifythestartdateandtime.
b IntheEndDatefields,specifytheenddateandtime.Tousethecurrentdateand
timeastheenddate,selecttheUseCurrentcheckbox.
7 IntheStorageCenterarea,selectthecheckboxesforthetypesofdatatosendtoDell
TechnicalSupportServices.
8 ClickOK.ThePhoneHomeNowdialogboxdisplaysPhoneHomeprogressandcloses
whentheprocessiscomplete.
9 ClickOKtoclosetheDataCollectorSettingsdialogbox.

Dell Compellent

603

Chapter 31 Phone Home Management

Perform a Manual Phone Home for a Single Storage Center


YoucanmanuallyinitiatePhoneHomeaStorageCenterfromtheStorageCentersettings.

Prerequisites
TheStorageCentermustbeaddedtoEnterpriseManagerusingaStorageCenteruserwith
theAdministratorprivilege.

Steps
1 ClicktheStorageview.
2 SelectaStorageCenterforwhichtoconfigurePhoneHomesettingsfromtheStorage
navigationpane.
3 ClickEditSettingsontheSummarytab.TheEditSettingsdialogboxfortheselected
StorageCenterappears.
4 ClickthePhoneHometab.ThePhoneHometabfortheselectedStorageCenter
appears.
5 ClickPhoneHomeNow.ThePhoneHomeNowdialogboxappears.

6 IntheReportsarea,selectthecheckboxesoftheStorageCenterusagereportstosend
toDellTechnicalSupportServices.
7 IntheTimeRangearea,choosethetimeperiodforwhichyouwanttosendreportdata
toDellTechnicalSupportServices.
a IntheStartDatefields,specifythestartdateandtime.
b IntheEndDatefields,specifytheenddateandtime.Tousethecurrentdateand
timeastheenddate,selecttheUseCurrentcheckbox.
8 IntheStorageCenterarea,selectthecheckboxesforthetypesofdatatosendtoDell
TechnicalSupportServices.
9 ClickOK.ThePhoneHomeNowdialogboxdisplaysPhoneHomeprogressandcloses
whentheprocessiscomplete.
10 ClickOKtoclosetheEditSettingsdialogbox.

604

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Manually Initiating Phone Home

Save Storage Center Phone Home Data to a File


IfyoursitedoesnothaveconnectivitytotheDellCompellentPhoneHomeservers,youcan
usetheDataCollectorManagertosavePhoneHomedatatoafileandsendittoDell
TechnicalSupportServicesmanually.
1 OntheserverthathoststheDataCollector,starttheDataCollectorManager.
2 ClicktheServicetab.
3 ClickExportHistoricalData.
4 IntheSelectStorageCenterarea,selecttheStorageCentersforwhichyouwanttosave
data.
5 IntheExportTypearea,selecttheEnterpriseManagergeneratedreportdatatosave.
6 IntheTimeRangearea,choosethetimeperiodforwhichyouwanttosavereportdata.
a IntheStartDatefields,specifythestartdateandtime.
b IntheEndDatefields,specifytheenddateandtime.Tousethecurrentdateand
timeastheenddate,selecttheUseCurrentcheckbox.
7 IntheExportOptionsarea,choosehowtoexportthePhoneHomedatafile.

TosavethedatatoafileOntheserverthathoststheDataCollector,clickBrowse
andthenchoosealocationandfilename.

ToemailthePhoneHomedatafile,typeanemailaddressintheEmailAddressfield.

8 ClickOK.ThePhoneHomedataisexported.

Dell Compellent

605

Chapter 31 Phone Home Management

606

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

Glossary
A
Activate disaster recovery
Bringingthedestinationvolumeinareplicationonlinetoprovideaccesstothedatawhilethesource
volumeisunavailable.

Active space
AmountofspacethatisusedbyavolumeifthevolumehasnoReplaysattachedtoit.Thisnumberdoes
notincludeRAIDoverhead.

Actual space
AmountofactivespaceplusReplayspace.

Assigned disks
Disksthathavebeenassignedtoadiskfolder.

Asynchronous replication
TypeofreplicationthatcopiesReplaysfromthesourcevolumetothedestinationvolume.IfReplicate
ActiveReplayisenabled,datathatiswrittentothesourcevolumeisqueuedfordeliverytothedestination
volume.IfthelocalStorageCenterorsitefailsbeforethewriteisdelivered,itispossiblethatwriteswillnot
bedeliveredtothedestinationvolume.

Available space
Totalamountofstorageavailableonalldisks.

B
Bandwidth
RateofreplicationdatatransferbetweenoneStorageCenterandanotherStorageCenter.

Base price
Chargebackfeaturethatallowsabasestoragecosttobeassignedtoadepartment.

Dell Compellent

607

Glossary

Back end (BE)


ConnectionbetweenStorageCentercontroller(s)anddiskenclosures.

Client
EnterpriseManagercomponentthatmanagesanddisplaysStorageCenters,FluidFSclusters,andservers
thatareregisteredtotheEnterpriseManagerDataCollector.

D
Data Collector
EnterpriseManagercomponentcollectsinformationfromallregisteredStorageCenters,FluidFSclusters,
andservers.

Data Instant Replay


CapturespointintimecopiesofStorageCentervolumes,providingtheabilitytorollbackvolumestoa
previouspointintime.

Data Progression
Automaticallymigratesdatatohigherortolowerperformancedisktiersbasedondataaccess
requirements.

Deduplication
Replicationfeaturethatreducestheamountofdatatransferredandenhancesthestorageefficiencyofthe
remoteStorageCenterbycopyingonlythechangedportionsoftheReplayhistoryonthesourcevolume,
ratherthanalldatacapturedineachReplay.

Destination Storage Center


StorageCentertowhichvolumesarebeingreplicated.

Disk folder
AcollectionofphysicaldisksthatcanbeassociatedwithoneormoreStorageTypestoprovidestoragefor
StorageCentervolumes.

E
Enclosure
Aphysicalenclosurethatprovidesasingleinterface,powerandcoolingtomultipledisks.Alsoknownas
JBOD(JustaBunchofDisks).

608

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

F
Fibre Channel (FC)
Highspeedserialcommunicationprotocolpermittingdatatransferratesofupto8Gigabitspersecond.

Front end (FE)


Connectionbetweencontrollerandserver.

Free space
Totalavailablespaceminususedspace.

H
Host Bus Adapter (HBA)
AnIOadapterthatprovidesconnectivityfromaservertotheStorageCenter.

I
IO (input/output)
FlowofdatatoandfromaStorageCenter.

IO pending
NumberofIOoperationsthatarecurrentlywaitingtobeprocessed.

IO usage
Rateatwhichdataisbeingtransferred.

iSCSI
SpecificationthatdefinesthetransportofSCSIpacketsoverEthernetusingtheTCP/IPprotocol.

L
Latency
Delayindatatransmission.

M
Management controller
Inadualcontrollerconfiguration,thecontrollerthatiscommunicatingwiththeserver.

Dell Compellent

609

Glossary

N
NAT (Network Address Translation)
AlsoknownasnetworkmasqueradingorIPmasquerading.NATinvolvesrewritingthesourceor
destinationaddressesofIPpacketsastheypassthrougharouterorfirewall.MostsystemsuseNATto
enablemultiplehostsonaprivatenetworktoaccesstheInternetusingasinglepublicIPaddress.

NAS (Network Attached Storage)


Astoragesolutionthatprovidesfilelevelstorageconnectedtoacomputernetwork.DellCompellentoffers
NASsolutionsbasedontheWindowsStorageServerandNFSsystems.

O
Oversubscribed space
Configuredspaceminusavailablespace.

P
Price multiplier
InChargeback,amodifierappliedtothestoragecostsofadepartmenttoaddapremiumordiscounttothe
price.

Q
QoS (Quality of Service)
ControlshowbandwidthbetweenStorageCentersisusedforreplicationsandLiveVolumes.

R
RAID 0
Dataisstripedacrosstheavailabledisksprovidingimprovedperformance.RAID0doesnotprovideany
dataredundancy.

RAID 5
Maintainsalogicalcopyofthedatausingamathematicallyderivedrotatingparitystripe.Thismethodhas
lessoverheadfortheredundantinformationthanRAID10;however,writeperformanceisslowerthan
RAID10duetothecalculationoftheparitystripeforeverywrite.ReadperformanceissimilartoRAID10.

610

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

RAID 6
Hasstripeddatawithdualdistributedparityandprovidesfaulttolerancefromtwodrivefailures.The
arraycancontinuetooperatewithuptotwofaileddrives.ThismakeslargerRAIDgroupsmorepractical,
especiallyforhighavailabilitysystems.

RAID 10
Dataisstripedacrossavailablediskdrivesandmirrored,providinghighavailabilityandimproved
performance.Maintainsaminimumofonefullcopyofalldataonthevolume.RAID10providesoptimum
Read/Writeperformance,increasedprobabilityofwithstandingmultiplefailures,andthequickest
restorationofdata.

Redundancy
Faulttolerancesuchthatifsomedisksfail,allorpartofthedatastoredbythearrayisnotlost.Thecostof
providingthisfeatureismosttypicallyincreaseddiskspace;RAID10requiresaduplicationoftheentire
dataset.RAID55and59containanerrorcorrectingalgorithmstoredonthearray.

Replay
Pointintimecopyofavolumethatcontainsanimageofthedataasitappearedwhenthecopywas
initiated.

Replay space
AmountofspacethatisnotactivelybeingusedbyavolumeandiscontainedinitsReplays.Thisnumber
doesnotincludeRAIDoverhead.

Replay Profile
AcollectionofrulesthatdeterminewhenReplaysarecreatedandhowlongtheywillberetained.

Replicating system
StorageCentersystembeingreplicated.

Replication
TheprocessofcopyingtheReplayhistoryofavolumefromoneStorageCentertoanotherStorageCenter.
IfReplicateActiveReplayisenabled,thecurrentstateofthevolumeisalsocopied.

Restore points
InformationstoredbytheDataCollectoraboutthecurrentstateofReplicationsbetweenStorageCenters,
includingwhatvolumesarebeingreplicated,towhere,whatQoSnodeReplicationsareusing,andSource
volumeproperties

Dell Compellent

611

Glossary

S
SCSI (Small Computer Systems Interface)
CollectionofANSIstandardsthatdefineIObusesprimarilyintendedforconnectingstoragedevicesto
servers.

Server
NamerepresentingtheactualWWNsinstalledontheserver.

Space Recovery
UtilitythatrecoversspacethatWindowsreportsasbeingusedbutisactuallyempty,availablespacethat
canbeusedbyStorageCenter.

Spare disk
Diskreservedtoreplaceadiskofsameorsmallersizeintheeventadiskfails.Thecontrollerwritesthedata
fromthefaileddisktothesparediskonthefly.

Storage usage
Amountofspaceconsumedbyvolumesonthedisk(includingReplayspaceandRAIDoverhead).

Synchronous replication
Typeofreplicationthatcopiestherawdataofthesourcevolumetothedestinationvolume.Eachwriteto
thesourcevolumeiswrittentothedestinationvolumebeforetheapplicationreceivesanIOcomplete
message.Thesourcevolumeanddestinationvolumearefullysynchronizedatalltimes.Thisredundancy
ensuresanearzerolossofdataandveryquickrecoverytimesfromfailuresatthelocalsite.

T
Threshold alert definition
Definestheeventorconditionthattriggersanalert.

Threshold alert object


Defineswhatlogicalobjectsaremonitored,suchasaStorageCenter,volumefolder,orvolume.

Total storage
ActualspaceplustheamountofspacetakenupbyRAIDoverhead.

Total storage space


Actualdiskspaceusedbythevolume,includingRAIDoverhead.

612

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

U
Unassigned disks
DisksnotyetmanagedbytheStorageCenter.UnassigneddisksarenotavailableforusebytheStorage
Center.

Used space
StoragewrittentobyserversorconsumedinReplays.

V
Volume
AvirtualdiskdrivehostedbyaStorageCenter.

W
World Wide Name (WWN)
AuniqueidentifierusedbyHBAs,enclosures,anddisks.

Dell Compellent

613

Glossary

614

Enterprise Manager 2014 R1 Administrators Guide

680-017-020 B

You might also like